Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
7815 204th St Ne_BLD171_2026
e� r -1011 .!!N O M D rlrTll� U CITY OF ARLINGTO BUILD/NG DEPARTMENT BUILDING CODE SHEET INDEX I� H APPROVED _ 796% III{ 3g= � K New O'Reilly Auto Parts Store g 9 ,6i3q2•� BUILDING OFFICIAL CONTACT NUMBER: 360-403-3432 SHEET NUMBER SHEET NAME � V `/ P T1 COVER SHEET CA DATE NO CHANGES AO HOID — 1� / �( COUNTY: SNOHOMISH IxUNLESS APPIIDI,ED met E r — 1• 1 204TH STREET NE ZIP CODE: 98223BUILDING INSPEC G ( SITE SURVEY `�." �, d• �5G_ J 0 GOVERNING CODES AND ORDINANCES SV1 (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) O� OFFICE COPY BUILDING CODE: 2012 IBC Cl SITE GRADING PLAN PLUMBING CODE: 201 2 UPC oT1f�' 161551 �� A R L 1 N G TO N, WA #1 ELECTRICAL CODE: 2011 NEC C3 SITE DETAILSPMENT PLAN 09 FIRE CODE: 2012 IFC C4 EROSION CONTROL PLAN ENERGY CODE: 2012 IECC AMENDING ORDINANCE: CITY OF ARLINGTON C5 STORMWATER DETAILS a SYMBOLS LEGEND OWNER OR TENANT L1 LANDSCAPE PLAN USE GROUP&CONSTRUCTION TYPE USE GROUP: M(MERCANTILE) L2 LANDSCAPE PLANTING DETAILS w B 11- , SECTION NUMBER IOCL'�WALL TYPE MARK CONSTRUCTION TYPE:' L3 IRRIGATION PLAN o BIDDING INFORMATION (NON-COMBUSTIBLE SECTION/ELEVATION MARK O DOOR MARK L4 IRRIGATION DETAILS (" Z Q UNPROTECTED) m SHEET NUMBER I'1�1C7 D I-� D Cff R3 WJVW.DESIGNBIDBUILD.NET/OREILLY 3 C0 O �/1\ I I AREA MODIFICATIONS L5 IRRIGATION DETAILS R w a ? WINDOW MARK Ln�v LJ (.rL� LI `CLICK ON CURRENT PROJECTS LINK FRONTAGE INCREASE: NOT APPLIED S1 GENERAL NOTES o DETAIL NUMBER LOCATED ON SIGN IN PAGE TO VIEW AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER INCREASE: NOT PROVIDED ti O DETAIL MARK GRID MARK O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE STORES,INC.A MISSOURI CORPORATION INVITED GENERAL CONTRACTORS. S2 FOUNDATION PLAN a y cD (FORMERLY KNOWN AS O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE,INC.) ALL SUB-CONTRACTOR BIDS TO BE ALLOWABLE HEIGHT&BUILDING AREA O SHEET NUMBER S3 ROOF FRAMING PLAN CORPORATE OFFICES SUBMITTED TO INVITED GENERAL NO.STORIES: 2 m y 233 SOUTH PATTERSON CONTRACTORS ONLY. AREA: 12,500 S.F. S4 FOUNDATION DETAILS b N `� SPRINGFIELD,MISSOURI 65802 CONTACT OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE S5 FOUNDATION DETAILS m 417-862-2674 PHONE FOR PROJECT INFORMATION: ACTUAL HEIGHT&BUILDING AREA 2 ABBREVIATIONS LEGEND NO. STORIES: 1 STORY SE; WALL SECTIONS JERE BASS BUILDINGDINGHEIGHT: 19'-8" PROJECT ADMINISTRATOR INISTRATOR Al FLOOR PLAN 417-829-2949 GROSS BUILDING AREA: 7,385 SQ.FT. .- A2 DOOR AND WINDOW SCHEDULE A ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR INSUL INSULATE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS AC ACOUSTICAL TNT INTERIOR A3 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS ac AIRCONDITIONING Jsr .IoisT AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM: NOT REQUIRED — -- ALT ALTERNATE Jr JoINT A4 WALL SECTIONS AL ALUMINUM JNT JOINT ARCHITECT MECH. { ELEC. ENGINEER FIRE PORTABLE FIRESTEM:EXTINGUISHERS: REQUIRED _ ALUM ALUMINUM KIT KITCHEN FIRE ALARM SYSTEM: NOT REQUIRED AS ANCHOR BOLT LH LEFT HAND A5 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ARCH ARCHITECTURAL) LF LINEAL FOOT AUTOMATIC FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM: NOT REQUIRED BSMT BASEMENT LTL LENGTH F1 FINISH PLAN SRG BEARING L LINTEL BM BENCHMARK AO STRUCTURAL DESIGN(OCCUPANCY CATEGORY 10 M NAG IN 'EL BELOW MACH MACHINE Timm A. LENDBERG (REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS) SU1 SITE UTILITIES PLAN BLK BLOCK MH MANHOLE ^¢� P1 PLUMBING PLAN ,gyp 80 BLOCKING MFR MANUFACTURER '�s 1. LIVE LOADS (m C BD BOTH MAS MASONRY BW BOTTOM MO MASONRY OPENING umum ARCHITECT I •� ardt&Collins,Inc. rY=:{ ROOF(1/4"/12"): 20 PSF M1 HVAC PLAN BF BOTTOM MAX MACHNNI BF BOTTOM OF FOOTING MECH MECHANICAL) 00F BOTTOM OF FOOTING MEO MEDIUM 1736 EBEI Sunshine,mile 417 Consulting&ngineers' phone 417.881.0020 2. ROOF COLLATERAL LOADS 417.862.0558 M2 HVAC SCHEDULES BRK BpICK MBR MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING 2040 East SlanslTine f 417.881.0053 2.5 PSF BLDG BUILDING MET METAL Springllela,NiSSOuri 65804 Fax:417.862.3265 A.ARCHITECT SYSTEM: BUR BUILT-UP ROOFING MTL METAL sPriTIgBa1a,7WTssoLT.asao4 n>Feo.�Dm B.SPRINKLER SYSTEM: 0.0 PSF E1 LIGHTING PLAN OOAEngineering i- Of. CAB CABINET M METER(S) e-mail:arcnllecl@eslerlyrcnnelaer.coin = cLc CEILING MW% MILLWORK 3. SNOW LOADS Ce=1.0 Ct=1.0 E2 POWER PLAN CL CENTERLINE MIN MINIMUM GROUND LOAD(Pg): 15 PSF ^ CL CENTERUN MISC MISCELLANEOUS �lr`"'7 cc CENTER TO CENTER MT MOUNT(ED),IING) MINIMUM ROOF SNOW LOAD(P1): 25 PSF E3 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES CUR CLEAR NOM NOMINAL STRUCTURAL ENGINEER CIVIL ENGINEER COL COLUMN N NORTH IMPORTANCE FACTOR (Is): 1.0 CONIC CONCRETE NIC NOT IN CONTMCT CMU CO NCRETEMASONRYUNIT NITS NOTTOSCALE 4. WIND LOADS GCpi=+/_0.18 VS1 EMS DETAILS CORBT CONSTRUCTION Oc ONCENTER(S) BASIC WIND SPEED: Vasd=85 MPH CONni CONTRACTOR OPG OPENING Vult 110 MPH CORY CONTINUOUS OPH OPPOSITE HAND C 13-1000-A LIGHT DUTY STORAGE ON. COUNTER OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER = CFL COUNTERFLASHING 00 OUTTO OUT EXPOSURE: 13-1000-B LIGHT DUTY STORAGE GONDOLA CISK COUNTERSUNK CA OVERALL 4338 Belleview IMPORTANCE FACTOR(Iw): - 1.0 CRS COURSE(S) ON OVERHEAD N OF CUBIC Fool Pc PIECE Kansas City,Missouri 64111 5. SEISMIC 13-1000-C GRAVITY RACK o ANDERSON CY CUBIC FOOT PNT PAI ) B D C ( ) C ENGINEERING, 13-1000-D LAYOUT 00 DL DEAD LOAD M PAINT(ED) USA Ss: 1.200 DENT DEMOLISH,DEMOLITION PKG PARIONG of ODTLIN00 DETAIL PIAM PLASTIC LAMINATE Phone 816531-4144 INC s1: o.a5o DIAL DWGONAL PL PLATE BOB D.CAMPers- n CO.INC. Fax sda: osls IN o DIM DMENETERSIO PM PLYWOOD Structural Engineers-Since 1957 ENGINEERS•SURVEYORS•LABORATORIES•DRILLING DIM DIMENSION PVC POUNDS PER SQUARE sd1: 1.465 (/)j�LIJ DR DOOR PSF POUNDS PEfl BOUARE FT. In10CbdC-engIS.CORI 2045 W.WOODLAND•SPRINGFIELD,MISSOURI 65807•PHONE(417)866-2741 TY W Ds DOWN SPOUT PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE IN. IMPORTANCE FACTOR(le): 1.0 uJ W O D DRAIN Pf PRESSURETREATED SITE CLASS(NOT IN GEOTECH.REPORT): D CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW DWG DRAWING - PL PROPERTY LINE ACKNOWLEDGMENT T DF DRINK INGFOUNTAIN REM REMOVE DESIGN CATEGORY: D d E EAST RET RETURN THIS PLAN HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND EVALUATED FOR GENERAL COMPLIANCE Q.J EIFS EXTERIORINSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM RH RIGHT HAND GENERAL NOTES LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT 6. LOAD COMBINATIONS: WITH THE CITY OF ARLINGTON CODES AND ORDINANCES.CONFORMANCE OF THIS =W<D ELEC ELECTRICAL) RO ROOF DRAIN LOAD COMBINATIONS SHALL BE PER THE ABOVE DESIGN WITH ALL APPLICABLE LAWS AND REGULATIONS IS THE FULL AND COMPLETE ~tL N ENO ELECTRICWATER COOLER RFG RODFING RESPONSIBILITY OF THE LICENSED DESIGN ENGINEER.WHOSE STAMP AND SIGNATURE C') EL ELEVATION RM ROOM REFERENCED BUILDING CODE. APPEAR ON 1H15 SHEET.ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVIEW ELEV ELEVATION RO ROUGH OPENING DOES NOT IMPLY CITY APPROVAL FOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES THAT REQUIRE W ELEV ELEVATOR SNT SEALANT 181 East SOth Street - 7. BUILDING DEFLECTION LIMITS: OTHER COUNTY,STATE OR FEDERAL PERMIT REWEW AND APPROVAL.THE PROPERTYf0 N ENTER EMERGENCY sLNT sEAUNT A.CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION(LIMITED SERVICE):THE ARCHITECT careen city,IaanDB371a REFERENCED CODE DEFLECTION LIMITS,WHERE OWNER AND LICENSED DESIGN ENGINEER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE0 M IL c- EQ EQUAL sec SECTION AND/OR ENGINEER OF RECORD INDICATED HEREIN ARE PROVIDING A -"gin ( ACQUISITION AND COMPLIANCE OF ALL APPLICABLE PERMITS AND/OR AUTHORIZATIONS to v "IS EXISTING SECT SBcnoN MORE STRINGENT CODE DEFLECTION APPLY,SHALL WHICH MAY INCLUDE,BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO,WSOFW HYDRAULIC PROJECT' E%IST E%ISTING $MHG SHEATHING LIMITED SERVICE AND NOT PROVIDING CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION Phone:208-3765153 EXP EXPOSED BM SHEET F-208-3Ts6529 SUPERSEDE THE FOLLOWING DEFLECTION LIMITS.) APPROVAL ITS A),WBDOE NOTICE OF INTENT(NOT),ANY EKED OF ENGINEERS FILL EXT EXTERIOR S. SIMILAR SERVICES FOR THIS PROJECT WHICH IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF W,YW.ererxonlanadesign.00m MAX.ROOF SNOW OR LIVE LOAD DEFLECT.:SPAN/240 PERMITS AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE ENDANGERED SPECIES ACT. FOF FACE OF FINISH BC SOLID CORE FO FACE OF s souTH OTHERS.THE ARCHITECT AND/OR ENGINEER ARE NOT RESPONSIBLE •Land Planning MAX.ROOF TOTAL LOAD DEFLECT.: SPAN/180 er. FONT FACE OF MASONRY Bf SOUAREFOOT +Erosion Control City Engineer FOS FACEOFSNDS SI SOUAREINCH FOR FIELD ACTIVITIES ON THIS PROJECT WITHOUT DIRECT .Irrigation Design - - - MAX.METAL BUILDING RIGID FRAME 6 FIN FINISHIED) Br SQUARE YARD INSPECTION OF THE WORK IN PROGRESS. IF FIELD CONDITIONS ARE •waterManagement - -- - := LATERAL DEFLECTION: HEIGHT/150 DATE: COMM# 34G1 FFE FINISHEDFLOOR ELI. STD STANDARD DVS APPROVAL VALID FOR 78 MONTHS FFL FINISHEDFLOORLINE STO STORAGE UNCOVERED THAT REQUIRE A CHANGE OR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, •GraphiccommuNation Fxtraardrwy Solutions tMaLlgtl Exti-6 MAX.METAL BUILDING HORIZONTAL GIRT FE FIRE EXnNGUISHEft sus SUSPENDED THE ARCHITECT AND/OR ENGINEER DOES NOT DELEGATE AUTHORITY •Landscape Architeaure LATERAL DEFLECTION: SPAN/240 FEC FIRE E%TINGUISHER CABINET TEL SYMMETRY,(/CAL) FT FIRET SHIN ATED TEL TELEPHONE FLG FLASHING TV TELEVISION TO ANYONE ELSE FOR DETERMINING THE MEANING OF PLANS OR OCCU PAN CY LOAD D^ 7-19-1.3 FUR FLOOR THK THICKNESS) FD FLOORDRAIN T&G TONGUESGROOVE SPECIFICATIONS AS AUTHENTICATED HEREIN. FTG FOOTING TM TOP OF MASONRY REVISION FDN FOUNDATION TO TOP OF STEEL V QUALITY CONTROL ZONING CODE SUMMARY D^'r FNUN FOUNDATION Ts TOP OF STEEL B.QUALITY STANDARDS AND BUILDING CODES:CONTRACTORS SHALL FUR FURRED(ING) TOS TOP OF STEEL GA GAGE,GAUGE TW TOP OF WALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR KNOWING THE QUALITY AND PUBLIC SAFETY GV GALVANIZED TOW TOP OF WALL MARK ROOM AREA AREA PER OCCUPANTS GALV GALVANIZED TYP TYPICAL REGULATIONS SET FORTH IN THE GOVERNING CODES AND OTHER ZONING OCCUPANT PER AREA GO GENEPALCONTRACTIOR) UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 1.REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL,SECTION 01 45 16-QUALITY GL O—S,GLAZING ux0 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE APPLICABLE REGULATIONS OF LOCAL AND STATE AGENCIES HAVING CONTROL PROCEDURES,FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. CLASSIFICATION: GC(GENERAL 100 PARTS AREA"A" 3,365 S.F. 30 S.F. 113 OF GGY SUM YPSUM VTRT MERTIVINYLTLLe JURISDICTION WHICH GOVERN EACH CONTRACTOR'S WORK. PROPERTY AREA: COMMERCIAL) GM GYPSUM WALL BOARD MOT WAINSCOT (REFER TO SURVEY) 101 PARTS AREA " 3,179 S.F. 300 S.F. 11 HTG HEATING = MTERCLOSEr 2.REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SCHEDULE OF HVAC HEAnxOrvENnunNGIAIRCOND. WW'F WELDEDWREFABRIC CWES" .EXISTING CONDITIONS:FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS BY SPECIAL INSPECTIONS,IF INDICATED. PARKING SUMMARY IHic NOLLOWCORE W W M,WIDE DETAILED INSPECTION PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID AND BEGINNING PARKING FORMULA: 1 SP.PER 400 GFA 1oz OFFICE 71 S.F. 100 S.F. 1 HM NOLLOWMETAL WIN Wnxoow SPACE SIZE: 9'X19' 105 PARTS AREA"C" 360 S.F. 3005.F. 2 HK HOOK(s) — W T OUT WORK.NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND/OR ENGINEER OF RECORD IF 3.WHERE REQUIRED,THE OWNER SHALL PROVIDE THE HOR HORIZONTAL W WITHOUT EXISTING CONDITIONS DEVIATE SUBSTANTIALLY FROM THOSE SERVICES OF AN INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY TO SPACES REQUIRED: 19 INS NSULATE(D),LION)HOSE BIBB Wm WOOD SPACES PROVIDED: 26 TOTAL BUILDING OCCUPANCY LOAD 127 Ti o f l 1 INDICATED HEREIN. PERFORM TESTING AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS INDICATED. 1. 1 H.C.SPACES PROVIDED: 2 INDEX DATA: SE 114OF SEC TION 11, TOWNSHIP31 N., RANGE5E., W.M. ONSITE PROJECT CONTROL VICINITY MAP (NOT TO SCALE) �aa t2 TBM#1 IS A RAILROAD SPIKE SET IN THE NORTH FACE OF A POWER POLE 1.0 FEET 3 D 6 / - ABOVE THE GROUND AT THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF THE PROJECT SITE. T8M p1 ELEVATION=138.91' ST S.a 1141 \ #100 N:433491.5796 #101 N:433495.3526 UALIIY STATEMENT / UNDEVELOPED VACANT LAND 1 \ E:1325400.7280 E.1325187.5271 PZ7jni a3 w ELEV.-135.60 ELEV-133.72 C. F A'f E.HIGHLAND THE UNDERGROUND UTILITIES SHOWN HAVE BEEN LOCATED BASED ON FIELD ADDRESS: UNKNOWN REBAR&CAP SURVEY SPIKE W/BRASS WASHER p INFORMATION PROVIDED BY MOUNTAIN VIEW LOCATING SERVICES,LLC, CURRENT OWNER: JENSEN'S KENT PRAIRIE FARM LLC \\ � � vi DR. o z WASHINGTON ONE CALL,MAPS PROVIDE)BY MUNICIPALITIES OR UTILITY h ,�0 PARCEL#00847300001300 ) �+ M�55/.,�•Sy' NOTE: COORDINATES SHOWN FOR ONSITE CONTROL ARE GROUND COORDINATES COMPANIES,AND EXISTING DRAWINGS. UTILITIES LOCATED WITHIN THE PUBLIC �•y"J'-CALL SERVICE TICKE NUMBER �y. ' ZONING: GENERAL COMMERCIAL(GC)OF-WAYS LOCATED USING THE ^ \ 1 c CE RIGHT- SOURCE THE SURVEYOR MAKES O GUARANTEE THAT THE UNDERGROUND ", R •y5 COMPANY,ORDER NO.NCS FIRST AMERICAN 9E863NC0,DA TITLE TED U2/RANC 4/13/ UTILITIES SHOWN COMPRISE ALL SUCH UTILITIES IN THE AREA.ETHER IN 30'WIDE ACCESS& 1' 204TH T.NE y Z \ ZONING & BUILDING LIMITA77ONS o 5 SERVICE OR ABANDONED. THE SURVEYOR FURTHER DOES NOT WARRANT UTILITY EASEMENT g� VI < WHAT THE UNDERGROUND UTILITIES SHOWN ARE IN THE EXACT LOCATION _ ¢ q• � ZONING: GENERAL COMMERCAL(GC) i S INDICATED ALTHOUGH HE DOES STATE THAT THEY ARE LOCATED AS — — — — — — — — .,7� ,•y"�' \+ •y ACCURATELY AS POSSIBLE FROM INFORMATION AVAILABLE. THE SURVEYOR FOUND REBAR AND CAP •1 -I . LOT#13 FOUND REBAR AND CAP ti ,yh' MAXIMUM BUILDING HEIGHT: 45 FEET a rc HAS NOT PHYSICALLY LOCATED THE UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. STAMPED M P 716 S70'10'21'W, +,a'' JENSEN FARM STAMPED LS#12716 1 I b• . ? O� p p _�3' 1' SSMH#1404,RIM-134.26 \ 0.22'FROM PROPERTY CORNER DIVISION 1 1 \ •.'y FRONT SETBACK: 10 FEET 1Q a € y IE S'DIA.PVC(W)-124.96 S86'56'42'W,0.20'FROM r y �+ 153�+ ,5,3T. IE 8'DIA.PVC(SE)-124.96 PROPERTY CORNER 1 ,o _ LOT BOUNDARY LINE SETBACKS: 5 FEET a _ _ _ S69'I6'09'E 13Q12 ` \ INFORMATION REFLECTS THE MOST CURRENT DATA AVAILABLE PER THE CITY OF m UTILITY NOTES , UNKNOWN LOCATION OF 6" — 1T 1+ \ ARL NGTON AS OF THE DATE HEREOF. PRIOR TO CONBTRUC110N,WE RECOMMEND 1 NE 0 q 1 S PVC SEWER STUB O/ ?!1 THAT ALL INFORMATION BE VERIFIED TO CONFIRM THAT NO CHANGES IN ZONING OR 9 E SANITARY SEWER: THERE IS A SEWER MANHOLE #1404)LOCATED AT TIE rr In' eL! o< \ 1 w� \ \ BUILDING LIMITATION HAVE OCCURRED SINCE THE DATE OF THIS SURVEY. NORTHWEST CORNER OF THE PROPERTY. THIS MANHOLE HAS AN 8" - — — — — �DIA. O '`� ,•yV" .6 DIAMETER PVC SEWER PIPE THAT HEADS IN A SOUTHEAST DIRECTION WHICH PIPE POSSIBLY CONNECTS i0 \ / / { 1 r \ '• O a COULD POSSIBLY BE A SEWER STUB TO SERVICE LOT 1. FROM SEWER . / \ MANHOLE#1 A PIPE HEADS TO THE WEST POSSIBLY CONNECTING TO SEWER SEWER MANHOLE#1465 BUT 1. PROPOSED O'RELLY AUTOMOTIVE SITE LEGEND PIPE TYPE AND SIZE DOES UNDEVELOPED(VACANT)LAND Z MANHOLE#1485. '" I m / ( L) NOT MATCH EASTERLY PIPES ADDRESS XXX 204TH ST.NE,ARLINGTON,WA 98223 ` / I O FOUND REBAR&CAP AS NOTED 6.5 OUT OF MANHOLE 1455 I / 1 T SPOT ELEVATION WATER: THERE IS A FIRE HYDRANT LOCATED JUST INSIDE THE SOUTHWEST , # CURRENT OWNER: PETE COWER LLC 1 • SET REBAR W CAP STAMPED CORNER OF THE PROPERTY. THE HYDRANT IS 15.2 FEET NORTHEAST OF q' PARCEL#00847300000100 vl\ / ® SURVEY NOTE THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF THE PROPERTY. CITY OF ARLINCTON ,y"J' I / PARCEL SIZE: 30,342 SO.FT.OR 0.697 ACRES '1 O' ' �' ( HALVORSON LS#44632 a •y7i' •yh' \ 1`� 9 ® EXCEPTIONS STANDARD WATERLINE DEPTH OF COVER IS A MINIMUM OF 36 INCHES TO �'S ZONING: GENERAL COMMERCIAL(GC) •. ♦ f 'r I w 114 ® FOUND MONUMENT IN CASE THE TOP OF PIPE. I SOURCE OF TITLE: FIRST AMERICAN TITLEINSURANCE • { I'� \ 1 COMPANY,ORDER N0.NCS-591883-0O3 DATED 2/14/13 \ m' N TFA M DI �+�O REBAR W/RED HZ CONTROL CAP REVISION n _/ n 1 \ \ids JFNSFN FARM DIVISION 1 ( a NATURAL GAS: THERE IS A NATURAL GAS LINE THAT RUNS WITHIN THE F' p { Y' TYP) TYPICAL NORTHERLY RIGHT-OF-WAY CE 204TIi ST.NE AND IN THE 10-FOOT WIDE I H ,yL• , / \ 1 'ham x SURVEY SPIKE UTILITY EASEMENT ALONG THE SOUTH PORTION OF THE PROPOSED O'RELLY / "'` 1 M1 \ ,,y6• (Rn REFERENCE SURVEY o PROPERTY. PLACED A CALL TO CASCADE NATURAL GAS INQUIRING ABOUT q 4I / I UNDEVELOPED GUARD POST OR SUPPORT POST N /P \ •y0'11 CAN CABLE/TELEVISION N0 THE SIZE AND TYPE OF PIPE FOR THE NATURAL GAS LINE. AS OF 4/8/13 �" "J�• I., VACANT LAND . ,'` ADDRESS: UNKNOWN STREET SIGN PVA2 POWER �^ THERE HAS BEEN NO RESPONSE FROM CASCADE NATURAL GAS. .�,(` \134 JENSEN FLOT ARM DIVISION 1 / 1 \ (�`-j POWER POLE W/LIGHT 1n 011O CURRENT OWNER: ^ �aOM \ I 1 TELE TELEPHONE � CITY OF ARLINGTON N 0•® .,"•y y" \, I I PARCEL#00847300001400 ,� "-^( POWER POLE W/LIGHT& RCP REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE 9\ ZONING: GENERAL COMMERCIAL(GC TRANSFORMER SOURCE OF TITLE FIRST AMERICAN CMP CORRUGATED METAL PIPE 0hi LOT#1 1 TITLE INSURANCE COMPANY,ORDER N0. i_r_i POWER VAULT POB POINT OF BEGINNING Ns� U77LITY COMPANIES JENSEN FARM gVISION 1 % NCS-591883-0O3 DATED 2/14/13 SEWER.WATER.&e_TORM , '' POWER POLE ANCHOR FL FOG LINE(STRIPING) 3m CITY OF ARLINGTON ,y ,yk• • I STORM DRAIN MANHOLE SDCB STORM DRAIN CATCHBASIN w pN 238 N.OLYMPIC.ARLINGTON,WA 98223 •.f' • O { \ a \ ErD (360)403-3421 ,� 1 ,,�•j \ \ \ 1Q STORM DRAIN CATCH BASIN SDMH STORM DRAIN MANHOLE �� o u^ CONTACT PERSON: NONE SPECIFIC I -/ N OM UNDEVELOPED VACANT LAND 0• 'Q %s, SEWER MANHOLE SSMH SEWER MANHOLE rN ADDRESS: UNKNOWN 1 -135 ,�"� a \ N v NATURAL GAS '$ i •4 + L O CURRENT OWNER:3JENSEN00000 FARM I 0 1 \ \ FIRE HYDRANT WSDOT WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT T N1 CASCADE NATURAL OAS c� ,� PARCEL#00847300000200 13 5.� OF TRANSPORTATION (380)338-8745 / \ \ 0 fT ZONING: GENERAL COMMERCIAL(GC) % rtB \ �' \ ` �Y 0 CON ACT PERSON: NONE SPECIFIC I SOURCE OF TITLE: FIRST AMERICAN TIRE I G WATER MARKER POST ELECTRICITY INSURANCE COMPANY,ORDER NO. ,y "� _ J>\ ,21, WATER METER HC HANDICAP a SNOHOMISH PUD#1 I NCS-591863-CO,DATED 2/14/13 1 1 II yyp "^h HCONTSURVEY ROL POINT/100 / \ { \ 'wO\ \ , DG WATER VALVE 1N. WATERLINE P.O.BOX 1107 HZ SURVEY /' 10 . - " EVERETT.WA 98206-1107 CONTROL POINT#101 SET REBAR W/RED HZ (425)783-1000 I SET SURVEY SPIKE W/ 1If /CONTROL CAP 1 � CONTACT PERSON: NONE SPECIFIC BRASS HZ CONTROL WASHER 'h1' h: '• / /,� / ` LINE TIFFS SURFACES neRl c%TFl cpunu_c W' i� I IAJ , '.�^ \ 1 N w\ -300- - 1-FOOT CONTOUR LINE ASPHALT CONCRETE % S.0' / / �q\ --T--- BURIED TELEPHONE LINE COMCAST CABLE I I SETBACK '� \ W{ yp --G--- NATURAL GAS LINE (800)778-9140 �J,l� /13 / w �50 --W--- WATER LINE LY W CONTACT PERSON: NONE SPECIFIC •' 1 / S^�' \ { -�` 1 3H'r• {, N CARIE/TEi EPHONE • b 0 •yg0 / • / u �� / / --P--- BURIED POWER UNE GRAVEL � y N FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS NW INC �`� I 1 , '` "1 / O O. q�Y , OH OVERHEAD POWER y / 1D.WIDE UTILITY �� J I V co 0 y C1 (425)392-6412 ' •yy / L-186.78 EASEMENT ��• /\ �55 y ----OC OVERHEAD TELEVISION Q '` '.� -560.00 / '` —x—x— CHAINU K FENCE CONTACT PERSON: NONE SPECIFIC • '` I 9� /o , \ { \ / a ^a —• CENTERLINE OF DITCH O �1 0-1906'3T / b m,IIo ,y0�/ I I'$ \ 1 3 `j __ I� ,00 ��yy ILL I (OH)C IN SIGN'FOR SALE // �j'Q'1 + �YWYI EDGE OF VEGETATION LINE \/ H� EL-165.9 CONNECTION y_ .l1r�IL'I�= L 1 9 Z BY OWNER' /� 7 g,H X ao' LL D 1"' Z OTHER CAN LINE . / {v- 1 / A1, — - - — ADJACENT LOT LINE ^ Q ®20'X40'ACCESS I 1 �'• / C, / 36.9+ _ -�-- /13g.7+ ,,�P•i.r W i �W" �' 0 (O(SAG) EASEMENT (OH)PWR 1 /CIF PROPERTY BOUNDARY LINE (OH)PWR ti ®"�\ �136� 136.0+ EL=183.0 �- �-- _ � o. �5 Y°"•r/ EL=175.8(SAG) EL-176.0(SAG),�• \ 5 31 �• OH P ^,�Wy ,ti .136' �- {-� EL-1638)SAG H)CATV 36 EL-179.5(SAG W� O Q W (OH CA1V (OH)PWR - g� T.B.M.#I EL-163.8� 'q{p1 ,g,.�1P ,p,� pp Z I L=161.1(SAG) - -EL=176.1(SAG) ©E2' ^ 13C-f__ (OH)PWR ELEV.-138.9� "'{� EL=185.1(SAG) G �q0.9� 1 10" SCHEDULE B�ITEMS cc -OH_OH—H-- .P "^ EL=1748 J�� 73 �137• 1 14i-� O _ H -bFH P.O B. v 13 �9G:�I µ •` 137.8� r138�" �9 �4/0.95 140��W� ,a�� FIRST AMERICAN 14, INSURANCE COMPANY UNDER TITLE ORDER N0.NCS-591863-CO, w 3cc pqq OH $IH pH— I)'�011 H DATED FEBRUARY 14,2013 AT 7:30 A.M. � W —OH OH H H— H H---OH 13�4- H— H�- _ OH - =T� 0 -OHS _O� OH 39 SCHEDULE'S'EXCEPTIONS: _z - OH H 0 OH—OH H H H. 137. OH -- K OH—OH OH- --OH 1-2 (OH)CAN 137.28 • 137.62 n. ,3 (OH CA =16k4 - THESE EXCEPTIONS AFFECT THE PROPOSED O'REILLY PROPERTY BUT ARE NOT PLOTABLE EL-161.6(SAG) -137 ..1i37.6 1 e OH)CA1V fi38 39 0l3 0 ON iH13 SURVEY. (OH)PWR •9 38.2 EL=168.9"137.3' ¢ 7� - �W"FL ao No ,eP' 137.0 138- 137.3 E_L=175.3 1b6. _-137 7138.9 a137 /,'O',b"'{'.s �_- t (OH)PWR 1 A o 135.7 136 EL-179.3(SAG) 13 (OH)PWR_ _(OH)PWR t39.38 m 1.0'IN —137 L 182.4 T38 * o "' m GUTTER 10.0.g1 1,1 THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN THE DOCUMENT ENTITLED"RESTRICTIVE • w 137.5— EL 183.1 Oy o COVENANT'RECORDED NOVEMBER 19,1998 AS RECORDING N0.9811190047 OF OFFICIAL k 37.6 138.0.E '` RECORDS. a 1.0'W DITCH 137.47 137.67 137.99 w 138.33 738.75 py ,+P+' p `ti 9.2(SA R 1 EL=179.2(SAG) bh RECORDED: NOVEMBER 19,1998 3 --W----W---- a RAMP 6q. ) RECORDING NO.: 9611190047 W----W---�W-_-- q� �°Q o W--- ---W----W--,-- _W,--- _ I'§ "� ROSSWALK IN FAVOR OF: MCOONALD'S CORPORATION,D/B/A DELAWARE MCDONALD'S yZ O^c°j ^g0 LIyO O,VO. 10 DIA. WL;-W'-9'1, M'84.�.W-- _._-l-W Wy----. -- CORPORATION II h e' 139.28 '�••' <' --W- FOR: RESTRICTIONS ON THE USES OF LOTS 1,2,3,4,7,9,10. T38.58 •.� 1 �� 11,12 AND 13 IN THE JENSEN FARM DIVISION 1 PLAT FOR -• �, 13 55 p (� 1 / / A PERIOD OF 20 YEARS FROM THE DATE OF CLOSING OF � 10 II 0� 204TH ST. NE (OH)CAN 'T• •yq 113 i THE SALE OF LOTS.S AND.B T0.THE MCDONALD'S 45A, b• H-� EL=1637(SAG) 9, , 1 9,g CORPORATION '---5----5- --5----5----5----S-/_, -,-- II- ,138.96 ?I � SW HC RAMP �� AFFECTS: LOTS 1,2,3,4,7,9,10,11,12 AND 13 IN THE JENSEN S 5----5--- S--e--S--- y----g-_l-S-- -S 1 �'9 FOUND 2•DIA.BRASS DISC i FARM DIVISION 1 PLAT �y -� �f '.' / NOTES: THIS EXCEPTIONS AFFECTS THE PROPOSED O'REILLY I( R O I Sy W/PUNCH SET IN METAL `i PROPERTY BUT IS NOT PLOTABLE ON THIS SURVEY. `' m CASE 0.30'BELOW GRADE GRAPHIC SCALE ^ II �$ I� I 3'W HC RAMP /�'' ®(� 'L O SSMH#1065 Vie, '"V s SINt'.LE FAMILY RESIDENCE 71ESTRICTIONS,CONDITIONS,DEDICATIONS,NOTES,EASEMENTS AND PROVISIONS,IF ANY, a O 37.47 > RIM-139.06 /�ADDRESS: 20315-79TH DR.NE, AS CONTAINED AND/OR DELINEATED ON THE FACE OF THE PLAT OF JENSEN FARM IE 10"DIA.PVC(W)-123.86 '`� w (0 I)7WR // pj O 0 10 20 40 ARLINGTON,WA 98223 DIVISION NO.1 RECORDED IN VOLUME 60 OF PLATS,PAGE 32,IN SNOHOMISH COUNTY, LL. IE 10'DIA.PVC(E)-123.98 .y •�•. CURRENT OWNER: CURTIS WRIGHT WASHINGTON. O 1'= 20 FEET SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCE IE 8"PVC(E)-132.06 h =I (SAG) PARCEL#00825900000100 RECORDED: SEPTEMBER 28,1995 > W _ 1 ADDRESS: 20312-79TH DR., _,. •.� I ZONING: MODERATE DENSITY RECORDING NO.: 9509285002 SDMH#L000 ARLINGTON,WA 98223 ----3'W HC RAM \ I RESIDENTIAL(RMD) W 0 17 RM-139 7b� CURRENT OWNER: JEFFREY A.& SSMH#1068\ 1 �. ^ 05 73g EO=168R THE PROPOSED WING ARE EASEMENTS S E ENT THAT ARE SHOWN ON THE PLAT THAT AFFECT THE W?a 7 MYRNA M.DRUDGE RIM-139.12 `I• •y0 ?> PARCEL#ODS25900001700 IE 8'DIA.PVC( -131.6 _�•' (OH)CAN J O ZONING: MODERATE DENSITY 1) 10-FOOT WIDE UTIUTY EASEMENT CENTERED ALONG THE WEST PROPERTY LINE OF N O RESIDENTIAL(RMD) IE 8"DIA.PVC EL=165.9(E-131.87 m LOT 1 IN THE JENSEN FARM DIVISION 1 PLAT. IE B"DIA.PVC(S)-132.07 2) 20 X 40 FOOT ACCESS EASEMENT CENTERED ON THE WEST LINE OF SAID LOT 1 J I ADJACENT TO THE NORTHERLY RIGHT-OF-WAY OF 204TH ST.NE. Q =le W 3) 20-FOOT WIDE UTIUTY EASEMENT RUNNING PARALLEL WITH THE ADJOINING Z IL LM m NORTHERLY RIGHT-OF-WAY OF 204TH ST.NE. 4) 30-FOOT WADE ACCESS AND UTILITY EASEMENT ACROSS LOTS 2,3,AND 13 THAT j BASIS OF BEARING SURVEYORS N07ES SURVEYORS NOTES LEGAL DESCRIPTION (ORIG. DEED DESCRIPTION) PROVIDES ACCESS TO THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF LOT 1(PROPOSED O'RELLY m BASIS OF BEARING IS N8916'09"W ALONG THE SOUTH LINE OF THE SOUTHEAST 1) FIELD MAPPING COMPLETED IN MARCH 2O43. INSTRUMENT USED,TRIMBLE 5603 8) PLANNED ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS(,Q'REILLY ARTICLE a.ITEM a91: AS OF 4/8/13 TIRE ORDER NO.: NCS-591863-CO AUTOMOTIVE PARCEL). QUARTER OF SECTION 11,TOWNSHIP 31 NORTH,RANGE 5 EAST,W.M. DR200+ROBOTIC TOTAL STATION AND TRIMBLE GPS.THIS SURVEY CONTROL THERE ARE NO PLANNED ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS OR ROADWAY WIDENING PROJECTS 5) 10-FOOT WIDE UTILITY EASEMENT RUNNING PARALLEL WITH THE ADJOINING W J TRAVERSE MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE REQUIREMENTS OF WAC 332-130-090. PLANNED FOR 204Ti ST.NE. INFORMATION PER ERIC SCOTT,CITY ENGINEER FOR LOT 1,JENSEN FARM DIVISION NO.1,ACCORDING TO THE PLAT RECORDED IN VOLUME 60 NORTHERLY RIGHT-OF-WAY OF 204TH ST NE EASEMENT IS USTED UNDER THE V 0 W HORIZONTAL DATUM 2) PROPERTY OWER INFORMATION(O'REILLY ARTICLE 4.ITEM 4.151: THE CITY OF ARLINGTON. OF PLATS,PAGE 32,IN SNOHOMISH COUNTY,WASHINGTON. RESTRICTIONS SHOWN ON THE FACE OF THE JENSEN FARM DIVISION NO.1 PLAT AND Q IS RECORDED UNDER A.F.N.9402025001. THIS EASEMENT FALLS WITHIN THE PARCEL& 008 COWER 00100 9) PROPERTY ZONING(O'RELLY ARTICLE 4.ITQA 4.OJ SEE ZONING AND BUILDING Q~ a WASHINGTON STALE PLANE COORDINATE SYSTEM,NORTH ZONE,NAD 83/91 cc OWNER: PETS COWER LLC LIMITATION NOTES SHOWN ON THIS SURVEY. PROJECT SITE IS LOCATED WITHIN THE 20-FOOT HIDE UTILITY EASEMENT(PREVIOUS NOTE#3)AND IS IN FAVOR OF THE F Q ADDRESS: NO SITE ADDRESS AT THIS TIME PROPERTY IS LOCATED JUST NORTH OF CITY LIMITS OF ARUNGTON,WA. METES & BOUNDS LEGAL DESCRIPTION CITY OF ARLINGTON.PUBLIC UTILITY DISTRICT NO.1 OFF SNOHOMISH COUNTY, J VERTICAL DATUM THE INTERSECTION OF 204TH ST.HE AND 79TH DR.NE IN ARLINGTON,WASHINGTON. 10) B II IN ( LOT 1,JENSEN FARM DIVISION NO.1,ACCORDING TO THE PLAT RECORDED IN VOLUME 60 GENERAL TELEPHONE COMPANY OF THE NORTHWEST,INC.,AND THE FRANCHISED TBA.K O'REI I Y ART.F 4.ITEM 4.121: SEE ZONING&BUILDING TELEVISION CABLE COMPANY,AND TO THEIR RESPECTIVE SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. a VERTICAL DATUM IS NAVD 88 BASED ON TIES TO SNOHOMISH COUNTY SURVEY 3) SOURCE OF TITL(O'R I Y ARTC E 4.I M ai51: FULL RELIANCE HAS BEEN PLACE) LIMITATIONS TABLE ON SURVEY. OF PLATS, PAGE 32, RECORDS OF SNOHOMISH COUNTY, WASHINGTON, BEING MORE MONUMENT GP29009-19. MONUMENT IS A WSDOT 3'DIAMETER BRASS DISC WITH ON FIRST AMERICAN TITLE INSURANCE COMPANY UNDER FILE NO.NCS-591863-CO, 11) PROPERTY CORNERS fO'REILLY ARTICLE 4.ITEM 4.1T: WHERE NO PROPERTY CORNER PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: PUNCH BY MILEPOST 28.86 ON STATE ROUTE 9. ELEVATION-165.22'. DATED FEBRUARY 1 S 01 TITLE AND SOURCE OF LEGAL FOR ADJACENT P OPER DESCRIPTION.DISCLOSURE OF WAS FOUND A 2'LONG 5/8'DIA.REBAR AND PLASTIC CAP STAMPED HALVORSON BEGINNING AT THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF LOT 1 OF JENSEN FARM DIVISION 1, AS SURVEYORS CER71F/CA AON NO FURTHER SEARCH OF THE RECORD HAS BEEN MADE. LS#44632 WAS SET. PROPERTY CORNERS THAT WERE FOUND ARE NOTED ON THE RECORDED UNDER SNOHOMISH COUNTY AUDITOR'S FILE NUMBER 9509285002,RECORDS OF SURVEY. SNOHOMISH COUNTY,WASHINGTON; T0: O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE STORES,INC.AND FIRST AMERICAN REFERENCE SURVEYS 4) STE SURVI YID IS AN UNDEVELOPED(VACANT)LOT. 12) ALL DISTANCES SHOWN ARE GROUND DISTANCES. THENCE NORTH 00"43'51"EAST 199.85 FEET TO THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF SAID LOT 1; TIRE INSURANCE COMPANY: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THIS ^• DATE: 04-08-13 5) ACREAGE(O'RELLY ARTICLE 4.ITEM 431: SURVEYED PROPERTY CONTAINS 30.342 SQ. 13) HIGHWAY STATIONING(0'REILLY ARTICLE 5,ITEM 5.6): THE PROPOSED O'REILLY THENCE SOUTH 89'I6'09'EAST 135.12 FEET TO THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF SAID LOT 1; MAP OR PLAT AND THE SURVEY ON WHICH IT IS BASED WERE r HAL DRAWN BY: DO 1. JENSEN FARM DIVISION i PLAT BY CASCADE SURVEYING AND ENGINEERING,A.F.N. FT.OR 0.697 ACRES,MORE OR LESS. AUTOMOTIVE PARCEL IS NOT ADJACENT TO A STATE HIGHWAY. THENCE SOUTH 15'20'10"EAST 171.49 FEET TO THE NORTHERLY RIGHT-OF-WAY MARGIN MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2011 MINIMUM STANDARD ¢R PO 9509285002.RECORDS OF SNOHOMISH COUNTY,WASHINGTON. 8 ROADWAY JNRI901CTIIXH5&CLASSIFlCATONS(D'RETLLY ARTICLE 4.1.4.41: 204TH ~ �* �! CHECKED BY: EH 14) FFMA MAPS(O'R I I Y ARTC!.E S.ITEM 5.91: THIS SITE APPEARS ON FEMA NATIONAL OF 204TH ST. NE AND TO THE BEGINNING OF A NON-TANGENT CURVE TO THE RIGHT DETAIL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALTA/AGSM LAND TIRE SURVEYS, '1'i O ST.NE IS DEFINED AS A COLLECTOR ROADWAY AND IS UNDER THE JURISDICTION OF FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP(FIRM)NUMBER 53061CO415E DATED NOVEMBER B, WHOSE RADIAL POINT BEARS NORTH 19'41'43'WEST A DISTANCE OF 560.00 FEET; JOINTLY ESTABLISHED AND ADOPTED BY ALTA AND NSPS.THE '' PROJ. NO. 15-1079-01 2. PLAT OF AUBURN PARK BY CASCADE SURVEYING AND ENGINEERING,A.F.N. THE CITY OF ARUNGTON WITH A SPEED LIMIT OF 25 MPH. {• 9402105003.RECORDS OF SNOHOMISH COUNTY,WASHINGTON. ®7) ENCROACHMENT LIST(O'RELLY ARTICLE 4.ITEM 4.6):NO ENCROACHMENTS EXIST A' 1999. THE SITE IS LOCATED IN FLOODZONE X,"AREAS DETERMINED TO BE OUTSIDE THENCE SOUTHWESTERLY ALONG THE ARC OF SAID CURVE, THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE FIELD WORK WAS COMPLETED IN MARCH OF 2013. THE TIME OF THIS SURVEY. UTILITIES SHOWN ON THIS SURVEY FALL WITHIN EXISTING 500-YEAR FLOODPLAIN'(PER FEMA).FEMA MAP SERVICE CENTER CUSTOMER OF 19'O6'37,A DISTANCE OF 186.78 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING. BY: HUITT-ZOLLARS,INC. EASEMENTS. SERVICE.(877)336-2627. SITUATE IN THE COUNTY OF SNOHOMISH.STATE OF WASHINGTON. 15) MONITORING WELLS(o'BEILIY ARTICLE 5.ITEM 5.1o): THERE ARE NO MONITORING fsT6�" Svi WEU.S LOCATED ON THE PROPERTY. SAID PARCEL CONTAINING 30.342 SQUARE FEET OR 0.697 ACRES,MORE OR LESS. 4L L� SUBJECT TO EASEMENTS,RESTRICTIONS,RESERVATIONS AND CONDITIONS OF RECORD. - �' 5/lO�l3 SHEET: WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.44632 'S l3 ---- /1 S/e�i Awi J�Jv1'Je ENG�2 Q�OQ WASy/c� KEY NOTES: PIPES NOTES: 3 D S. L.■ y o INSTALL 5.5 LF OF CONCRETE FLUME INSTALL 53 LF OF ITO PIPE. CITY OF ARLINGTON GENERAL NOTES ^Q, " -_ •N �; G1 WITH TREADPLATE. ® REFER TO PIPE NOTES, 1. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE CITY OF ARLINGTON PUBLIC WORKS STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS,AND THE CURRENT EDITION 1. THE APPROVED PIPE MATERIALS ARE REINFORCED "� 1 S•� , ' No 4606 ° REFERTO DETAIL 31C1. OF THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION(WSDOT)STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD,BRIDGE,AND MUNICIPAL CONSTRUCTION.A COPY OF THESE CONCRETE PIPE(RCP),HIGH DENSITY POLYETHLYENE(HOPE), 'r 271 \Q V V, �i� °,•.�'GIS1�':"�°,�5�` INSTALL 4'x4'AREA INLET. DOCUMENTS SHALL BE ON SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION. N-12 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE(CMP). /'(,N �_ Z z © INSTALL 32 BY OF TURF REINFORCEMENT MAT. © RIM=135A,INV=132.9 F HIGHLAND a 2. IT IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE DEVELOPERICONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN A GRADING PERMIT, PERMIT,AND UTILITY PERMITS,FROM THE CITY.ALL REQUIRED 2. ALL PIPE IS TO BE INSTALLED PER THE MANUFACTURER'S ALL GRASS SLOPES WHICH EXCEED 3:1(H:V)SHALL UTILIZE CONTECH REFER TO DETAIL 41C1. DR. CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS PERMANENT TURF REINFORCEMENT MATS PERMITS FROM OTHER AGENCIES MUST ALSO BE OBTAINED BY THE DEVELOPER/CONTRACTOR. REQUIREMENTS AND MEET COVER REQUIREMENTS PER THE w =a i TRM 450 ORAPPROVED EQUAL.MATS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER INSTALL 44 LF OF ITT PIPE. 3. PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY,THE DEVELOPERICONTRACTOR SHALL ATTEND A PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE WITH THE CITY.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE MANUFACTURER. /n -t MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS.CONTRACTOR ® REFER TO PIPE NOTES. THE PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE BY CALUNG(360)403-3500.PRIOR TO SCHEDULING,THE CONTRACTOR MUST SUBMIT AND RECEIVE APPROVAL FOR THE TRAFFIC CONTROL Nmc z v m°x SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION INSPECTION WITH MANUFACTURER. PLAN,CITY PERMITS,TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN,PERFORMANCE BOND,COPY OF OTHER AGENCY PERMITS,A COPY OF THE CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE, 2 4TH E Z C INSTALL 4'x4'AREA INLET, AND PROOF OF INSURANCE COVERAGE. D+ p 9 e eq"• OINSTALL STORMFILTER INLET. © RIM=137.0,INV=134.5 a O O RIM=133.6,INVOUT=130.6 REFER TO DETAIL 41C1. A COPY OF THE APPROVED CONSTRUCTION PLANS MUST BE ON THE JOB SITE WHEN CONSTRUCTION IS IN PROGRESS. i s� w -.< e". UNIT TO DISCHARGE TO NATIVE SOIL. 5. ALL SITE WORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS.ANY DEVIATION FROM THE APPROVED PLANS WILL REQUIRE PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE v O R a H Z C EX.GO @ STORMFILTER=133.6 INSTALL 25 LF OF INFILTRATION PIPE. OWNER,THE CITY ENGINEER,AND OTHER APPROPRIATE PUBLIC AGENCIES. < uj T�lSEASONAL HIGH GROUNDWATER=133.6-8.5=125.0' CS IN r)=l30.6,INV(Ep130.5 6. ALL OF THE LOCATIONS OF THE EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN IN THE PLANS HAVE BEEN ESTABLISHED BY FIELD SURVEY OR OBTAINED FROM AVAILABLE RECORDS AND SHALL a PomG m h z DEPTH FROM STORMFILTER INV TO GROUNDWATER=130.6-125.0=5.6' SEES DER11-21C5. THEREFORE BE CONSIDERED APPROXIMATE AND NOT NECESSARILY COMPLETE.IT IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO INDEPENDENTLY VERIFY THE ACCURACY o ^m g 92 W g v0-i �GIJ 5.0'SEPARATION BETWEEN UNIT 8 GROUNDWATER PROVIDED. OF ALL UTILITY LOCATIONS. n m W 5 it s REFER TO DETAIL VC5. ADJUST EX.MH RIM TO MATCH co Z K w_ w r C9 PROPOSED PAVEMENT. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE AND PROTECT ALL CASTINGS AND UTILITIES DURING CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL CONTACT THE UNDERGROUND UTILITIES LOCATE SERVICE O r ED (1-800-424-5555 OR 811)AT LEAST48 HOURS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. TH NE W - W z z- B. INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF ALL WORK WILL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY REPRESENTATIVES OF THE CITY OF ARLINGTON.IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO >it w = COORDINATE AND SCHEDULE APPROPRIATE INSPECTIONS,ALLOWING PROPERADVANCE NOTICE.THE INSPECTOR MAY REQUIRE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF ITEMS THAT 00 VICINITY MAP 0 N Q �- o� NOT MEET CITY STANDARDS OR WERE CONSTRUCTED WITHOUT INSPECTION. Z m z z y Y � N 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP THE ON-SITE AND OFFSITE STREETS CLEAN AT ALL TIMES BY CLEANING WITH A SWEEPING AND/OR VACUUM TRUCK.WASHING OF THESE STREETS NOT TO SCALE W 5 z m v V R WILL NOT BE ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE CITY INSPECTOR W p C'Q W 10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN TWO(2)SETS OF'AS-BUILT'PLANS SHOWING ALL FIELD CHANGES AND MODIFICATIONS.IMMEDIATELY AFTER CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION.THE wow C) CONTRACTOR SHALL DELIVER BOTH COPIES OF RED-LINED PLANS TO THE CITY.THE CITY WILL FORWARD ONE OF THE COPIES TO THE DESIGN ENGINEER. 3 LO z< m m V wry p< H STORMWATER RUNOFF SUMMARY: a E TOTAL PROPERTY AREA=0.897 ACRES, � TOTAL DISTURBED AREA=0.844 ACRES<1.0 ACRES THEREFORE NO]IS NOT REQUIRED. O h / REFER TO SEPARATE STORMWATER REPORT FOR DETAILED CALCULATIONS. SIDEWALK LAND USE SUMMARY: PRE-DEVELOPMENT: POST-DEVELOPMENT: E PERVIOUS AREA=0.70 ACRES PERVIOUS AREA=0.19 ACRES 139.00 FFE --Ly 2 PARKING&SIDEWALK AREA=0.34 ACRES 1l4"STEEL TREADPLATE _ / IMPERVIOUS AREA=0.00 ACRES [� L� O [3 w AccEc- Z y f ROOF AREA=0.17 ACRES 138.85 SW 138.85 SW 138.9 SW 138.9 SW 138.85 SW 138.85 SW ,e rfN� w 138.65 PVi 138.75 PVT 138.9 PVT 138.9 PVT 738.75 PVT 138.55 PVT NEB -13�� l � ` w ANGLE FRAME BOLTED �- 0 W/FLUSH MOUNTED BOLTS m ap �33' 61Q Q -aw BSA a INTO CONCRETE ON BOTH i \ s A, A G SIDES OF FLUME. En3 Z \ n 134.3 / a W .8 PVT �-ya' 7 7 7dgs dBs 73gs 73gs 7dg2 a ° a CONCRETE FLUME / C i A A A A A A a o ti vr;,sc 134.5 TC / _ I'7' fr7• VT I'7• 17. L'l ° ¢ N CD = y� lac '6� SBg. / HANDICAPAREA TOBEADACOMPLIANT.SLOPES SHALL NOTEXCEE020k INANYDIRECTION INTNISAREA. TO 9F SIDEWALK FLUME - CT l , / I I � i¢ z "c s / 134�TD n Yam. '3s/2 2 HANDICAP PARKING DETAIL I J I WITH TREADPLATE N p' r-`!133.6 EGD+ / '133.8 PVT A wy 1NJ = - i �1TE H - �� j C'I SCALE:1"=10' Ci SCALE:NOT TO SCALE Z tom ,h�iE ir4g`� / 133.8 PVCy I j i - 135.9 TC F ELDIAL VERIOFY SANITARY SEWER CONNECTION PJc SEHER°tea" G ^� 1134 34 PT 135.4 PVT T ;: INVERT PRIOR TO ESTABLISHING FINAL FINISH 135 FLOOR ELEVATION. REFER TO SITE UTILITIES i I PLAN. Lor13A i NEENAH R-0880(2.5 SQ.FT OPEN 134.2/€GDAREA MIN.)INLET WITH * I GENERAL NOTES: NENAH RA899 ANGLETFRAME °f0 YAc 13l �s8 ,w I 7E LIV, LAND l I / I A. REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. g^ VARIES CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY t 47��F /�j�G v o 13$ 0 y 1 B. SITE CONDITIONS BASED UPON SURVEY SUBMITTED BY OWNER.FIELD VERIFY EXISTING MIN PROPOSED GRADES MATCH EXISTING `x'A(g 302pp FARM 5' 138.7 SW ^� I I i CONDITIONS BY DETAILED SITE INSPECTION PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID AND BEGINNING ' 138.2 FAIT 8.3 PVT .. CONSTRUCTION. PAVEMENT AT DRIVEWAY ENTRANCES. RANCfft'r' 1'V(DC) - C. FIELD VERIFY SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTION INVERT PRIOR TO ESTABLISHING FINAL 6 6" FDIIS REPANCYTRACTOR HALL OCCURS'FYENGINEER g7SS;E�A C1N 1345 '� ss� / /�y�G/DvuRp/ D. COORDINATE WORKWIFINISH FLOOR ITN. THOTHER SITE RELATED DEVELOPMENT DRAWINGS. CONCRETE 4/13 / / 3u. )' 00 / f0 ! L I 36" BOX WITH CUSTOM It M / M I I I I) TOP LID.ALL CONCRETE TO BE O MIN 3,000 PSI AT -135_, 138.7 SW T ' wI 28 DAYS.ALL STEEL O 138.2 P �, - 1 TO BEY=60,000 PSI. -------- .Sr,-13O A 0Q� 1138.3TT - SITE EXCAVATION ,35.1 E1'D+ `?n^ M2 I1 REQUIREMENTS: i 48"--y{ END VIEW I 1. AGEOTECHNICAL ANALYSIS HAS BEEN PERFORMED ON THIS SITE. 138.4 TC - °/ / I'p ) IN REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL. NOTES 3Z7 TC 137.9 P L 1. MIN.1W BARS @ 12"O.C.(ALL WALLS VERT,HOR,&SLAB) S'O/B CID 137.2 PVT 2. FOLLOW GEOTECHNICAL ANALYSIS RECOMMENDATION FOR SITE EXCAVATION. Sf, 37.5 TC 138.2 PVT / j - II 3. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR BUILDING EXCAVATION REQUIREMENTS. AC 4rj C 137.0 PVT A Cd / 00 5/�'0 nL >r0'I l, ,� I I / /SET�;E< ; ( 4 4'x4' AREA INLET D � �� .E�P� �'ReillyAuto SCALE.NOT TO SCALE D� m ACCES / 7 111'-0"X 66'-0"1 / 1 i w 4SEMENT ! �sAL? /5U:FT. 7385 j r j y_zo 0 TC ¢tea / 4h / ---- FLOOR ELEVATION:139.00'(F.F.E.ON / 137.S�TGF �,._: SUCCEEDING SHEETS TO BE f00.00J� I _ v 20 / 8F`^ 137.OT 138.75W :// 7 : - I I 0 N pNE CA �k 1 S GO i J 137.5 PVT 1 138 ro 4 I O =cx ' / p SYMBOLS LEGEND '�' z ff� RA � X 138.0 PVT C1 ' EGRES� w N v�i v .�O Al �..-c °,� o v Esr 138.3�.5--< r . DOOR I xJL� �� a - z" ° •-�� i I REFER TO SURVEY SV1 FOR EXISTING CONDITION SYMBOLS LEGEND AND SITE CONTROL. ~' •In I X i 8 138 9 TC ( 1 EWSPOTELEVATIONS s 13g5T --T--.2 _�38 �g8�'_ I --139-- EXISTINOGRADELINES - w / LIST ABBREVIATION 6CQ _+K/3 36 q�l V "cp 1390 SW GRADE NONE T'39 1396 SW 1'r`T-_ ' o! -139- PROPOSED NEWGRADELINES SIDEWALK SW CODiM.# 34GT 401SN 56G�780 79'063� )// ,' i - TOP OF WALL 1lN (/1 I •y / __ _ 7J ,, 8 �'j ,�- r� _[ TOP OF CURfi TC 138.7 EGO NEW BUILDING CONSTRUCTION �OQ TOP OF PAVEMENT PVT A C9 BEF� 36.6 r3� ^a400 TC ^ _ - ate'-_-G-. a�-G I _ x+�`U9• NEW GRADE GD DATE: 7-19-13 N -w��?i._ 1 11_ CONCRETE CONC �7395,PVT'- a -- - _ EXISTING TOP OF CURB ETC REVISION - T40 ( NEW MONUMENT EXISTING GRADE EGO DATE: SIGN LOCATION EXISTING PAVEMENT EPVT 2 H� 14027 /J _ �~ EXISTING SIDEWALK ESW C/w--1397Ep L F FLOW LINE FL -s_ p •^� �/, TOP OF BERM TOP CONSTRUCTION DRAWING APPROVAL R - �. �j ArP r����� .0•H, �,_ O NEW CONCRETE PAVING BLOCK CUrTER = _ t THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED TEMPORARYBENCHMAAK: TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL PER THE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET. RAILROAD SPIKE SET IN THE NORTH FACE OF A POWER N ter- FENCE POLE 1.0 FEEfABOVETHE GROUNDAT THE BY, APSITE GRADING PLAN SLEVATI NCO38.91' EPROJECT SITE City Engineer, CITY OF ARLINGTON -j- SURFACEROWARROW ELEVATION=73B 91 DATE c1 SCALE' V = 20' (REFER TO SVI FOR VERTICAL CONTROL) 7141S APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS C1 of DNDfyxD GENERAL NOTES: a ww CURRENT 0 'ER:A�R Z.UNK,T(AND SYMBOLS LEGEND A.REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. \ \ SOURCE pp n�ONINGARCECy B�KfNT p N a3 �, \ f.• ENER 3�O73p R/f F,gRM REFER TO SURVEY FOR EXISTING B.ALL SITE DIMENSIONS TO THE GUTTER LINE OF CURB,CONCRETE \ R ND AMfR/C MfRC/A[ ✓E'"'PAR R' I CONDITION SYMBOLS LEGEND OO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS BY DETAILED INS ECT ON ORDER "'Sr" AC COM 0 LCC (OT \ \ 15 N09_58I86J D WSURAryp f M D/yS/ON 1 PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID AND STARTING CONSTRUCTION. \ \ \ �D 2/14/13�MPANY, NEW BUILDING CONSTRUCTION C.COORDINATE WORK WITH OTHER SITE RELATED DEVELOPMENT 15 :r.....:...............\\ \ DRAWINGS. e N o6 . ••" •.........•• \ J� .a,.•, D.REFER TO STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR DEVELOPMENT OF SIDEWALKS NNd / \ I AREA OF CONCRETE ADJACENT TO FOUNDATIONS. •e e ............... E.PRIOR TO INSTALLATION,GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM.._.....::::ir::: ? ::cCi:c:ir:•rr:•i:•r:•r:::(i(ic:•'ri:::::.... \^� .................. ....................:........... ;.:;:.......:.... THAT LIGHT POLES,LANDSCAPING AND UTILITIES DO NOT CONFLICT WITH 310 SHOWN.IF ANY POTENTIAL CONFLICT IS T 1 ..... \ AREA OF PAVING N LOCATION 3H0 N TENT AL CO - ,y .;...'..................::::.... DISCOVERED,GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CONTACT THE O'REILIV .:.:..:•::. ^ '�`.`, ci \ PROJECT ADMINISTRATOR BEFORE PROCEEDING. ................... .. T 15 / _. ... NEW MONUMENT SIGN LOCATION KEY NOTES: - :i:iR 14 I.'. ::'::': O CONCRETEPAVING: ✓� V 15 d.:::::... :' 8 1 REFER TO DETAIL VC3. W - NEW CONCRETE PARKING BLOCK / EXTENTS OF PAVING TO ' S89 ALTERNATE#t E / CONNECT TO EXISTING m \ � 6 0g" ASPHALT PAVING REFER TO DETAIL 2/C3. GF. V 6 PAVING. GC REQUIRED TO 18 , p 3 P;bO"iT �p 11\ \ �e F REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL. a / MATCH EXISTING AND 3 \ LY 73s NEW LIGHT POLE LOCATION rwtk � � \ I O CONCRETE PAVING: COORDINATE CONNECTION \ 3 REFER TO DETAIL 1/C3. d WITH PROPERTY OWNER / 2 $::::•:.''.:. AND ADJACENT PROPERTY 3 \ CONCRETEO m NEW MASONRY FENCE CONSTRUCTION 3 CURB: 1 ® 0O o � REFER RTO DETAIL 3IC3. OWNERS. _ — .......................... C~ ???isi:ii:ii::f::?ism:?ii:�:i:asi::ii ?i::;?i?i:' .: I - e O4 CONCRETE SIDEWALK: m _ . ,10E FARTN�2 27.82' "•') 19.00'''"':':5 SPACES($9.00'= .33' REFER TO DETAIL 4IC3. o yo S U ON N 1 I D � v f CONCRETE OR LANDING: IEipa 18:::::': :: .. I 5 Do _ tD �� ..' 5 .'`8 O A Vqp I REFER TO DETAIL 4/C3 AND STRUCTURAL DETAILS.RAMP PAVING CU ANT .�T-7 ?:?(?:i:�? �l _'4RfNT " UN [qND AS INDICATED.LANDING CAN BE POURED MONOLITHIC IF 0 N P 9N A RfRCEI Jf CONC VIN I ED. RETE PA G S USONIN. 1008 NSfN ................................................SOUR ERA 0p0p2 14 ....:i:T:i:.i: a::....... I )RACT•, h 6 STEEL OLLARD: SOURCE Of n [COMM Op II ??$ii.-S-........... ... . :.:in':. .:.n .; I SfN FA A B ORDERn�IN �PRS>ERWAL(OC) •.APAf ......:::::: . . ................ I _ RM p/yS O REFER TO DETAIL 6/C3.PROVIDE(2)AT TRASH PAD AND _NO NCS,9 INCE Rg63�COMPgNE"ICAN ..,F?.Z� ..,, ,g..,., D UND f0 I OVERHEAD DOOR,PROVIDE(9 T SIDEWALK.REFER TO m ' ...... 18 :4 LCOR STRUCTURAL PLAN FOR LOCATION. 0q 1f02/14/13 f�l :.ai::. :...:.......:::. I CURRE rO�fSS.UVA'ANkNO T UND y W Z J� :::•:�:::: ,,' 20 PARC£CjfR.•CITY pry O7 HANDICAP PARKING SIGN: N 2 Q O Jff W ....................� I - SOUR G`GE 00014R(INO DN :!I:(rii?'::i:?:i•i'��+i i?i:(i1i::�U'::v:.c:.:::::::::::..• / 3I 00 REFER TO DETAIL 7/C3. 3 .:a-:::................ IE IN L CpMMfR a° W 66.33' 12.82' ORDER NOnlIE NCS�S R NCf A WICAN O RE ER TO HANDICAP RAMP: •.WJ.6.00 :. ... I863, 04 2/14/13 O9 HANDICAP PARKING SYMBOL: ¢ Z Z ... Q•::::::; :�:...:........... I REFER TO DETAIL 5/C3. ..:....... 1 "''g .'• I 10 HANDICAP ACCESS UNLOADING ZONE: Q Q .:R 3.67' °.'::: SLOPE 2°k MAX.EACH WAY(ADA COMPLIANT)AND STRIPE AS N ......::: - � i SHOWN. Zm / 13,::::,.... B lr:((29.00"r u�m' .19.00'�': •.5' 11 8'-0"TALL MASONRY ENCLOSURE AND WOOD GATE.REFER TO D�. N DETAIL 11/C3 AND STRUCTURAL. sf 14 18 5.`' 12 ETBACK NOT USED. 9 13 CONCRETE BUMPER BLOCK: 2.00� I ' VW x5"h x8'-0"LONG CONCRETE.ANCHOR TO PAVING WITH ^� / 1200' t8 { 10, ',7,'• O ReillyAuto Palfs I 1'-8"LONG#4 REBAR(TO SIT LEVEL WITH PAVING). Ivd LnJI m �11 I-X6B4 j POINT OF BEGINNING FOR SITE r / 0 9 S`O• =f385 I DEVELOPMENT LAYOUT PARALLEL 14 PARKING LOT LIGHTING: ` F(OQ1t E( gllOry,•1�8.�'(1• ' AND PERPENDICULAR TO EAST REFER TO SITE UTILITIES PLAN FOR LOCATION AND TYPE. 0 8SUCCEEDINGSHEETSTDSE f00.00'J : I _ PROPERTY LINE(S 15°20'10"E) 18 6 15 LIMITS OF NEW PAVING: 1 C QQ 3 { MATCH EXISTING PER CITY AND OR STATE STANDARDS. s / a ROLL DOWN CURB: 2p Unlf °•A' G SS TERMINATE AND ROLL DOWN NEW CURB WHERE INDICATED.ROLL I 1 �/_ MN •': DOOR I _ DOWN AT 1:2. 6 L 24.00 {5.5 24 —' — — — — — �I 17 CONCRETE CURB. 18 { •\ ��.-�` 1 / � �;�; � 4 n I NEW CONCRETE CURB TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT CURB. O 23.17 �. �N STRIPING: .. PROVIDE 4"WIDE PARKING LOT STRIPING AS SHOWN.USE R=560.0 D=19O6"37„ HIGFIWAYMARKING PAINT-YELLOW(2COATS) l NOT USED. y,:':}"''',}.' 1••� 'K• 17 - _ -- 20 MONUMENT SIGN LOCATION: IILL__JJJJ •• - - - ER TO SITE X .. SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER.REF _y 1 ----- ._..._.__.._..._.._._ .-.- _- '- __ UTILITIES PLAN AND STRUCTURAL FOR DETAILS. CONCRETE DRIVE APRON: ND O4T j� TO BE INSTALLED PER CITY AND OR STATE DESIGN STANDARDS.IF fl SST I 75 I NO STANDARDS PROVIDE CONCRETE PAVING CONSTRUCTION AS SHOWN ON DETAIL 1/C3. — Lam- 22 CONCRETE SIDEWALK: 0:) TO BE INSTALLED PER CITY AND OR STATE STANDARDS(TO to y W MATCH EXISTING SIDEWALK). W 0)ZO --r /' REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING SIDEWALK AND ADJACENT CURB Q (• �SD,yM 0p AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW ENTRANCE DRIVE AS SHOWN. a U. n CONCRETE FLUME AND TREADPLATE: w ]1 N REFER TO SHEET Cl FOR MORE INFORMATION. N Z N 02032FANI(Y `A%q ���� can O. 0DD825 )R& 98223 .� .. N 0) QY/NG' 5 A•R \ I " --------------------- 1E ry MDRU DCf y / AD EMRAI IRMD \ ADDRESS,203Cul 15N�rAWy RE s IDN/N&•M:���� 01 j WA 98223 COMM# 3461 CO N ST REVD J ' N N QNE CALL 1000*(RMD DATE: 7-19.13 CONSTRUCTION DRAWING APPROVAL REVISION 1 SITE DEVELOPMENT PLAN ��� ' r, F DATE: C2j SCALE: 1'=20' > THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED 3 66� PER THE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET. �Y BY. 20 O ZO AO 1 REFER TO LANDSCAPE N ��l q�G City Engineer, CITY OF ARLINGTON PLANS FOR PLANTINGS �o 6RAP11G SCALE — FEET ��. yOJ DATE: q<C BEFORE THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS C2 of 5 t w PROVIDE CONTROL JOINTS AT ow 1.SYMBOL TO BE PAINTED(HIGHWAY GRADE) } (_ PROVIDE CONTROL JOINTS AT 10'O.C.(25%SLAB THICKNESS) �N YELLOW PER ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS. yy3$ O1 12'O.C.(25%SLAB THICKNESS) COMPACTED SUB BASE TO BE 10"AT MAIN DRIVE LANE PAVING,REFER TO SITE DEVELOPMENT $ �S 5"THICK CONCRETE 1'-0" 4" 8" 2'-0" PLAN FOR LOCATION AND TYPE. PROVIDE TOOLED CONTROL JOINTS IO 8'O.C. ..m,. PROVIDE 7°THICK PAVING WITH HOT MIX ASPHALT SURFACE (25%SLAB THICKNESS)AND ISOLATION JOINTS AT CONCRETE AT BXB-W7.4XW1.4 W WF COURSE 24'O.C.,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. - NOTE:CONTRACTOR'S OPTION TO POUR s DUMPSTER PAD PLACED AT MID HEIGHT INTEGRAL(MONOLITHIC)CURB AND PAVING. '.��.• cp,n ( HOT MIX ASPHALT BASE w OF SLAB z WHERE PAVING POURED SEPARATE, COURSE 4"THICK CONCRETE SIDEWALK a eNn COMP ACTED SUB BASE a PROVIDE KEY-WAY OR,f4X 1'-0"DOWELS AT WA _ .-. COMPACTED SUB �` 48"OA. Wl8 XB W1,4x W1.4 WWF BASE ,� °� COMPACTED SUB BASE 1Y^ m coo v COMPACTED SUB `\ ' COMPACTED SUB G ,_ m GRADE I2"MIN. .-.:... \�• ;��.' - " GRADE IN COMPACTED a 6 �< I�.JI I 1 1 I I W (3)#4's CONT.W!3"MIN.COVER 1� Q COMPACTED SUB GRADE 12"MIN. #4 TIE BARS AT 49"O.C. CONTROL JOINT V W CONCRETE ASPHALT CONCRETE CONCRETE HANDICAP E 1 PAVING SECTION 2 PAVING SECTION 3 CURB SECTION 4 SIDEWALK SECTION 5 PARKING SYMBOL I� C3 SCALE: 3/4"=V-0 C3 SCALE: 3/4'=V-O' C3 SCALE; 3/4'=V-O' C3 SCALE: 3/4"=,'-O" � C3j SCALE: 3/4"=V W d ov a O d o y e SIGNAGE: PROVIDE DETECTABLE WARNINGS WITH RAISED PATTERN o "HANDICAPPED PARKING" (CAUTION YELLOW COLOR WITH.8"DIA.AND RAISE.02"PER ADAAG 4.7.7) e E ti EQUAL TO"BEST"No.SS53. o `.4 AT RIGHT HAND DISCHARGE LOCATION PROVIDE DETECTABLE BOLLARD: �p c "VAN ACCESSIBLE"SIGNAGE WARNINGS SHALL �o STANDARD 4"INSIDE DIAMETER EQUAL TO"BEST"No.SS57. M EXTEND AND DEFT RfFfR y STEEL PAINT CUSTOM GREEN MUNIS W GAALV.MOUNTING BOLTS. WIDTH AND DEPTH R SNf�.C� GLIDDEN.REFER TO EXTERIOR FINISH - THE CURB RAMP PER a SCHEDULE. ADAAG 4.7.7 000 ^ CONCRETE PAD OR SIDEWALK: 4'-0"X 110 DIAMETER 00 000 REFER TO SITE DEVELOPMENT FOR GALVANIZED POLE SET INSIDE 0 0 p 00 000 W 2 LOCATION AND TYPE. 80LLARD Wf CONCRETE. 6"HINGE: 00 p 00p p00 Z Q O TYP.(2)STANLEY BB855(APPLICATION B- Op OO p000p O t ~ BOLLARD: FULL SURFACE HINGE)PHOSPHATE SLOPE I"IN1" 000�u 000000 0_ W 3 J REFER TO DETAIL 6/C3 WITH NO HOLES ON ONE SIDE FOR 000$^00 000 LQ Z _ WELDING TO STEEL PIPE. 000 y Op 000 ° O CONCRETE FILL •e OD 0�p p0000 CD Z pop O0 p�0000 •m ti =I trL. ` 0000 0 Op0 O o O Q Op0 O N CONCRETE FOOTING .c 0 m �I,I FOR LOCATIONS WITH Z 10 ^CIRCULATION PARALLEL tl TO RAMP. 12" DIAMETE �- - J 6 STEEL BOLLARD SECTION 7 HANDICAP PARKING SIGN 8 GATE DETAIL 9 CONCRETE HANDICAP RAMP C3 SCALE: 3/4"=V-tr C3 SCALE: 3/4"=1'•0" _!�3j CALE: N.T.S. C3 SCALE: N.T.S. 1"X6"TREATED DOG EAR BOARDS GATE FRAME:1 117 11 1/2"x 1/8" STEEL TUBE OR 2'k 2'k 1/8"ANGLE W/WELDED JOINTS.PAINT CUSTOM m GREEN MIX BY GLIDDEN. I - O O a 4"x4"z1l4"STEEL ATTACH HORZ.2 x 4 TREATED TUBE GROUT FILLED& CENTERED ON STL.TUBEING, CAPED W/CONCRETE. TOP&BOTTOM W14"x 1/4" 0 PAINT CUSTOM GREEN MIX BY GLIDDEN. GALV.CARRIAGE BOLTS ON OUTSIDE TO RECEIVE FENCE FACE BOARD. —WHINGE: V w 3/4"BENT STL.BAR TYP.(2)STANLEY (BOTH DOORS) BB855(APPLICATION B-FULL SURFACE HINGE)PHOSPHATE norm (2)1"I.D.x 2"LONG STL WITH NO HOLES ON O 7 PI PE WELDED TO FRAMES -------------- m ONE SIDE FOR 0 �00 Z ALIGNED FOR BENT BAR. -—— WELDING TO STEEL W W PIPE. d BOTTOM OF FENCING 4"ABOVE GRADE a =U. CO <. 4 "S CONCRETE PAD U a n °.< ` < °e WZm 1"HOLE IN PAVMT W/MTL.SLEEVE FRONT SIDE VIEW Pq M IL RECEIVE STL BAR(3"DEPTH MIN.) _ fV W NOTE:ALL MTL.PARTS PRIMED W/METAL o PRIMER&PAINT CUSTOM GREEN MIX BY GLIDDEN REFER TO EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE. C'3 <y p COMM# 3461 14'-0^ i 1/2"X 1 1l2"X 1l8"X 4W REFER TO STRUCTURAL DATE: 7-19-13 O LONG<WELDEDTOGATE. FOR SECTION O CONSTRUCTION DRAWING APPROVAL REVISION >� 0 DATE: THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED J 3/4"BENT STL.BAR PER THE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET. (BOTH DOORS) 11 s/e" s'-o^ s/a s'-o" 11 s!e^ BY: TOP VIEW T- City Engineer, CITY OF ARLINGTON 11 MASONRY FENCE GATE DATE: 1 O NOT USED THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS C3 SCALE: N.T.S. LC3j SCALE: 3/4"=1'•(r C3 0f 5 DROP I111-0'WTTH GRATE V`lA$/y/N< 1.ALL a h� Ge e 1.A MATERIAL MEET FILTREXX® IVUW A EL EXISTING o ;;,, `< A e SPECIFICATIONS OR PER iSWM i TECHNICAL MANUAL FOR ORGANIC SPACING 3 PAVEMENT t �H-a FILTERTUBESk 6" MIN., O N �e'q••• 2 SILTSOXK COMPORT/ _ Y fvo 46�p0 JSOII/ROCKISEED FILLTOMEET _ .9 3,� �.' s. C.0 Z m. /Jyy CIS�E;:•\ � APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS. PROFILE PROFILE ,-MOUNTABLE .' ���� ? j,nON�y 3 IMUMSLOPE&GREATPICTED RFOR WATER FLOW AREA TO BE PROTECTED r II BERM •-- "fill MI MINIMUM SLOPES GREATER SLOPES� w p w a MAY REQUIRE fARGERSOCKS PER EXISTING 50• SEDIMENT LASES. �•. 0 SEE DETAIL 2/C4. V U)x 4H COMPOST MATERIAL TO BE SILT OXXTM ENGINEER `lLTRPXXO COMPOST GROUND a w 10 Se W00.KAREA DISPERSED ON SITE,AS DETERMINED -+ e M BY ENGINEER SURGE STONE O m 6.LIRE OF MULTIPLE SOCKS MUST 'O Q •p'm z SEDIMENT TUBES LUOVERLAP IB'MINIMUM SEE DETAIL 2/C4. in m< tii •'•' _ r# oEcenr FILTREXX®SILTSOXXTM _5 T V V g DRIVEWAY a FINAL PAVEMENT W 3 N �QQ - PLAN VIEW Z RUNOFF WATER O-c5 z - '�2 F FILTERED � } ? Q FILTREX7(®SILT50XX"' - �„ S,�{n R A,. `?4 NTH SEDIMENT z¢ C� (lT-1B'TYPICALI 5•.4' W WATER j w = LLI 1. :\ ¢ d STONESIZE USE 1.5""-3.SSTONE,OR EQUAL PLAN VIEW � � W �i AREA TO BE PROTECTED 2.MINLENGMH 50FEET Z n UJ o Z. Y � C 3.MIN.THICKNESS-SIX(6)INCHES. Z m cJ i V WORKAREA �\ °,•\ !' j 4.WIO7H-TWENIYRVE(25)FOOTMINIMUM 1,O � W -. WITH PAVEMENT - O'A 5.FILTERCLOTH-WILL BE PLACED OVER THE ENTIRE AREAPRIORTO PLACING OF STONE -. W 6.SURFACE WATER-ALL SURFACEWATER FLOWING TOWARD THE CONSTRUCTION EGRESS SHALL BE Z i x DIVERTED ETHER BY PIPE ORSWALES TO PREVENT THE WASHOUT OF THE EGRESS SEDIMENT TUBES W $ 1 r- Q m Q V 7.MAINTENANCE-THE ENTRANCE SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN ACONDITION WHICH WILL PREVENT TRACKING SEE DETAIL 2/C4. a O a COMPACTED // R /\/\ OR FLOWING OF SEDIMENTONTO PUBLIC RIGHTS-OF-WAY.THIS MAY REQUIRE PERIODICTOP DRESSING PAVEMENT SUBGRADE I" WITH ADDITIONAL STONEAS CONDITIONS DEMAND,AND REPAIR ANDIOR CLEANOUTOF ANY c e MEASURES USED TO TRAP SEDIMENT.ALLSEDIMENT SPILLED,DROPPED,WASHED OR TRACKED ONTO FILTERED FILTREXX®SILTSOXX"SECTION PUBLIC RIGHTS-OF-WAY MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY. N7 NOFF WATER WATERRU O y ENT n FILTREXX SILTS OXXTM y CONSTRUCTION EGRESS n BBEFORE PAVING 4"MIN. y ��,� C4 SCALE:NOT TO SCALE C4 SCALE:NOT TO SCALE i P E A e [t.Tr Ef�ESs ;_y� 11 11 � INLET PROTECTION C4 SCALE:NOT TO SCALE m 141, In I �A, Q_ W Z .2 ¢ ar g �' \ I` , CITY OF ARLINGTON TESC NOTES Q N (-5 r Sslgoy �� 1. APPROVAL OF THE TEMPORARY EROSIONISEDIMENT CONTROL(TESC)PLAN DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN APPROVAL OF PERMANENT ROAD OR STORM DRAINAGE DESIGN. �7 2..A TESL PLAN MEETING THE DOE STORM WATER MANAGEMENT MANUAL ADOPTED BY THE CITY SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE CITY FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO ANY WORK ON THE SITE.AN APPROVED COPY MUST BE MAINTAINED ON-SITE AND BE ti m '�< *✓/. -- A y6` �I STZ oC� I I �' READILYAVAILABLE TO THE CITY INSPECTOR AT THEIR REQUEST. o N 3. THE TESC BMP'S SHOWN ON THE PLAN MUST BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ALL OTHER CLEARING AND GRADING ACTIVITIES,AND IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO ENSURE THAT SEDIMENT-LADDEN WATER DOES NOT ENTER THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM,LEAVE ; _ "FeE 1 �;. ... `' I�`: THE SITE,OR VIOLATE APPLICABLE WATER QUALITY STANDARDS.MAINTENANCE,REPLACEMENT,AND UPGRADING OF THE TESC PLAN IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR UNTIL ALL CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE AND APPROVED BY Z f+ JN/Y THE CITY. LA EROSION CONTROL A _ _ / ��� �` 1 Iw 4. THE BOUNDARIES OF THE CLEARING LIMITS,SHOWN ON THE TESC PLAN,SHALL BE CLEARLY FENCED OR FLAGGED IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION.NO DISTURBANCE BEYOND THE FENCED OR FLAGGED CLEARING LIMITS f cr,y .. 8 ! .I o- SHALL BE PERMITTED.THE FENCING AND/OR FLAGGING SHALL BE MAINTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. KEY NOTES: spg / 1 5. THE TESC FACILITIES SHOWN ON THE PLANS ARE THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ANTICIPATED SITE CONSTRUCTION,DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD,THESE TESC FACILITIES SHALL BE UPGRADED AND ADDED TO AS NEEDED, 135 I FOR UNEXPECTED STORM EVENTS AND TO REFLECT CHANGED CONDITION,AS REQUIRED BY THE CITY. E7 LIMITS OF DISTURBED AREA. LOT pl ll j 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE CITY A24-HOUR EMERGENCY CONTACT PHONE NUMBER OF THE CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFIED EROSION CONTROL SUPERVISOR PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION. 136 III 7. THE TESC FACILITIES SHALL BE INSPECTED DAILY BYTHE CONTRACTOR AND MAINTAINED AS NECESSARYTO ENSURE CONTINUED FUNCTION AND OPERATION. „^ B. BETWEEN OCTOBER 1 AND APRIL 30,DISTURBED AREAS THAT ARE TO BE LEFT UNWORKED FOR MORE THAN TWO(2)DAYS SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY COVERED BY MULCH,SOD OR PLASTIC COVERING.BETWEEN MAY 1 AND SEPTEMBER 30. LIMITS OF TEMPORARY SILT SOXX. .OPT1 �'� l 137 I !, DISTURBED AREAS THAT ARE TO BE LEFT UNWORKED FOR MORE THAN SEVEN(7)DAYS SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY COVERED BY SEEDING OR OTHER APPROVED METHODS. ® S UPON REACHING A DEPTH OF 12 INCHES. REFER TO DETAIL 21C4. -0titQ;T LAND i I / ® ry ' i j 10.ANY PERMANENT RETENTION/DETENTION FACCI. SEDIMENT DEPOSITS SHALL BE REMOVED LITY USED ALL AS BASINS, TEMPORARY ETTLINGIBASIN SHALLE MODIFIED WITH TH SEDIMENT POND,AND SEDIMENT ENECESSARY ROSION CONTROL MEASURES,SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE STORAGE CAPACITY,AND SHALL BE INSTALL CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE. 1008' Ar FgNM , Q' 13$ T i CLEANED OUT ENTIRELY ONCE THE SITE IS STABILIZED.IF THE PERMANENT FACILITY IS TO ULTIMATELY FUNCTION AS AN INFILTRATION SYSTEM,THE FACILITY SHALL NOT BE USED AS A TEMPORARY SETTLING BASIN. REFER TO DETAIL 31C4. •SAL gOf, 0200 5' I'. 0 0 o I I j I 11.WHERE SEEDING FOR TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL IS REQUIRED,FAST GERMINATING GRASSES SHALL BE APPLIED AT AN APPROXIMATE RATE OF 120 LBS PERACRE. 1�WHERE AREA TO BE SEEDED AFTER RgNCE TAMERICOCI l / SEAL' %, ,I!II i j I'"I 1 13.SOIL STOCKPILES SHALL BE STABILI MULCH FOR ZED WIRY HI EROSION4 HOURS.WHEN ACTIVEYIWORKINGW WL BE ITH THE SOILIED AT L STOCKPILE,STABILIZATIONTHICKNESS OF 3 IBY GROUND COVER BMPS SHAR 3,000 POUNDS PER LL OCCUR AT THE END OF EACH WORK DAY. ® ft COMPLETION OF SITE WORK. 9186,;,C0PANY rI h !I I j I i 14.STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT THE BEGINNING OF CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTAINED FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT.ADDITIONAL MEASURES MAY BE REQUIRED TO INSURE THAT ALL PAVED AREAS ARE �.. Dq iB'D 2114 0 6 ./ i I I I KEPT CLEAN FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. ® INSTALL CONCRETE HANDLING AREA //3 i�� � � � + '` I j 15.MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF TESC FACILITIES AND STRUCTURES SHALL BE CONDUCTED IMMEDIATELY UPON RECOGNITION OFAPROBLEM OR WHEN THE TESC MEASURES BECOME DAMAGED. � PER BMP C-151. II P s- I I I I I 16.UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT,ALL BMPS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE AND RIGHT OF WAY.IF BMFS ARE REQUIRED TO REMAIN IN PLACE FOR FURTHER PROTECTION,ARRANGEMENTS FOR REMOVAL SHALL BE MADE WITH THE CITY INSPECTOR. O E6 INSTALL INLET PROTECTION r,h _- t35� �d REFERTO DETAL4C4. w I' EROSION CONTROL & -------= T MAINTENANCE PLAN NOTES: v 1. RETAIN FLOATABLE WIND BLOWN MATERIALS ON SITE BY STORING ALL TRASH AND BUILDING MATERIAL WASTE IN ENCLOSURES UNTIL PROPER DISPOSAL AT OFFSITE FACILITIES. / v I CHECK ADJACENT AREAS DAILY AND PICK UP CONSTRUC71ON WASTE MATERIALS AND DEBRIS THAT HAVE BLOWN OR WASHED OFF SITE. 2. PERMANENTLY STABILIZE ALL SURFACE AREA WITHIN AND ADJACENT TO THIS SITE THAT IS DISTURBED BY VEHICLES,GRADING AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION FOR THE PROPOSED e I I FACILITY.STABILIZATION IS OBTAINED WHEN THE DISTURBED SURFACE IS COVERED WITH STRUCTURES,PAVING AND OR PERENNIAL VEGETATION HAVING A UNIFORM COVERAGE / S 7 6 I I DENSITY OF AT LEAST 70%.STABILIZATION OF ALL DISTURBED AREA IS REQUIRED BEFORE TERMINATING MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL OF EROSION CONTROL MEASURES. SGOOV 3. CONTRACTORS SHALL INSPECT POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES AT LEAST ONCE EVERY 14 DAYS AND WITHIN 24 HOURS AFTER STORM EVENT OF 1121NCH OR GREATER Sf BA C[E CID / QO - II I DAMAGED MEASURES THAT PROVE TO BE INEFFECTIVE SHALL BE REPLACED WITH MORE EFFECTIVE MEASURES OR ADDITIONAL MEASURES WITHIN SEVEN DAYS.REPEATED FAILURE M ^,C LK OF A CONTROL MEASURE REQUIRES INSTALLATION OF A MORE SUITABLE DEVICE TO PREVENT DISCHARGE OF POLLUTANTS FROM THE CONSTRUCTION SITE. CO (' NI I 'I 4. INSTALLATION OF ADDITIONAL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE CITY OR STATE.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY WORK M+T / 4 1 OF ( i ( ON PROJECT SITE. o Rei11 y Auto P�►`ts t, I I, 5. CARE SHALL BE TAKEN M MINIMIZE THE ENCROACHMENT OF SEDIMENT INTO ALL STORM DRAIN APPURTENANCES PUBLIC STREETS,AND ONTO PRIVATE PROPERTY UNTIL °D ACCESS NT j/ 1 11 IMPERVIOUS MATERIAL(ROADIPARKING AREA SURFACE)IS APPLIED OR UNTIL PROPOSED LANDSCAPE HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED. ySeME SS 111-0"X 66-0- 6. REFER TO 2(C4 FOR SILT FENCE CONSTRUCTION. O / 7. ALL GRASS SLOPES WHICH EXCEED 3:1(H:V)SHALL UTILIZE CONTECH CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS PERMANENT TURF REINFORCEMENT MATS TM 450 OR APPROVED EQUAL.MATS .Z 1 M FLOOR ELEVATION:139.00'(F.F,E.ON I I SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION INSPECTION WITH MANUFACTURER. O w SUCCEEDING SHEETS TOD 0,0..08) i I I �I ¢ a= 3fi - w a o STAGES OF CONSTRUCTION: o Dd �•�• ' EGRESS I I w � In?`� E4 J 1`3$ DOOR - j = I 1. CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM DETAILED SITE INSPECTION TO LOCATE ALL EXISTING UTILITIES AND VERIFYANY POSSIBLE CONFLICTS WITH PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY CONSTRUCTION.CONTACT OWNERWITH ANYCONFLICTS.MONTH I 2. INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE.MONTH 1 3, INSTALLATION OF EROSION CONTROL FENCE.MONTH = _jT_(„ 4. DEMOLITION OF EXISTING SITE IMPROVEMENTS.MONTH 1 5. REMOVAL OF EXISTING PAVEMENT ON THE SITE.MONTH [ as 78 - _ 1 j 6. INSTALLATION OF ALL STORMWATER DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS.MONTH/ COMM# 3461 R 56J C- 'Gfi37�- 'I'L t_ 4 �� 7. ROUGH GRADING.MONTH 1&MONTH 2 o ---__ +tg pRE9r'` --gym e _ ---- ! •�(S 8. CONSTRUCTION OF NEW SITE IMPROVEMENTS.MONTH 2 E-7- �j� -G- --'TI - 9. FINAL GRADING.MONTH -141 - 10.PLACEMENT OF FINAL LANDSCAPING ITEMS AND SOD.MONTH DATE: 4-19-13 IO•.etq b x_ j4,\ 11.REMOVAL OF EROSION CONTROL FENCE.MONTH _ RLVISION \„5[ H` DATE: A � 1f i 4F5 - T" 3 -----J `� Rq N�+ CONSTRUCTION DRAWING APPROVAL THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED N PER THE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET. FI F EROSION CONTROL PLAN CONTACT FOR CESCL: DISTURBED AREA: Br. DANIEL HERRON TOTAL PROPERTY AREA=0.697 ACRES city Engineer, CITY OF ARLINGTON C4 SCALE' 1 ii = 20l (417)829-5804 TOTAL DISTURBED AREA=0.844 ACRES DATE: yyPP, THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS C4 Ol 5 P°°VLLJ,EN�°+AO° J a,fj Yl/ FLFI.TT CSi3 STORMFILTER CATCHBASIN DESIGN NOTES w i pD e STORMFILTERTREATMENTCAPACRYISAFUNCTIONOFTHEOA RIDGESELEenom NDTHENUMBEROFCMfRIDGM.2CARTRIDGECATC141ASIN O W •+'�M rm-, HASAMAXIMUMOFTWOCARTRIDGES.SMWISSHOWNWITIIA2r CARTRIDGE,ANDIS ALSO AVAILAKEWTTH AN IB"CARTRIDGE.STORMFILTER BEEN!!, DAM HWIN CONFIGURATIONS ARE AVAILABLE WITH A ORY INLET BAY FOR VECTOR CONTROL. PEAK MYOHAULIC CAPACITY PERTPBLE BELOW.IF THE BITE CONDITIONS EXCEED PEAK HYDRAULIC CAPACITY,AN UPSTREAM BYPASS STRUCTURE IS Q YANlD INLETGMT! CONCRETE GOUDA REQUIRED. Q 0 Q C {SOLID COVER AND REBAA TO MEET OPTIONAL) CARTRIDGESELECTION W HSD IPAPPLICABLE BY • ,.y.. CONTRACTOR CARTRIDGE HEIGHT 1. 1B' 18'DEEPuj �•rt�-�r,�•-�- v�K� "��w-�_ RECOMMENDED HYDRAULIC DROP(H) - 3.05' 22' 3w ~'" SPECIFIC FLOW RATE pPMe6 2ppMIN 1ppmlM 2ppmAY 1BPInTP 2BTAIJIP 1BpmAP Z a'W ,,:1,.. CARTRIDGE FLOW RATE(ppm) ?ZA 1135 15 ].6 15 7A Z uj A `,{�;. Attt PEAK HYDRAULIC CAPACffY 1.0 1.0 i.B I Z 1. Il•. P ■ INLET PERMANENT POOL LEVELIP) 1W' 1'4' 2'41• Q N Z ' r y1 .`' �a �Ii.'• N� JT OVERALL STRUCTURE HEIGHT(B) 4'-0' 3'-B' /'-0` = O Q a �Tn I„ •II 1.CON OHM NOTES y y I I 1.MRSITHTECIFIG OE ALL MATERWLSUNLESS CRMFILOTHERWISE y g Z m U 1 V IO 4 2.FOR SITE SPECIFIC DRAWINGS WITH DEINLED 9TORMFILIER CATCHBhSIN 37RUCTUPE pMENSIONSANO WEIGHTS,PLEASE CIX4TACTYOUR I 1 I p IO M (� ^ K` A CCNTECH ENGINEERED SOLUTIONS LLC REPRESENTATIVE.xww.mnlAchES.mm W LU O x F .� '.jar- ���'4 �.• 3.STORMFILTERCAT(TiWIN WATEROUALIY 6TRUCTURESHALL BE INACCORDANCEWITHALL DESIGN DATAAND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN W O W r iEQ 1� -• THIS DRAWING. Z 3 ZOZ r E T ACCESS COVER 4.INLET SHOULD NOT BE LOWERTHAN OUTLET.INLET OF APPLICABLE)AND OUTLET PIPING TO BE SPECIFIED BY ENGINEER AND PROVIDED BY Z 3 6 >Bs UI M a> CONTRACTOR ... 5.STORMFILTER CATCHBASIN EQUIPPED WITH 4 INCH(APPROkIMATE)LONG STUBS FOR INLET(IF APPUCABLE)AND OUTLET PIPING.STANDARD LU O Q 2'-0' OUTLET MRISBINCHESINDIAMETERMAXIMUMIXITLETS BI815ICHESINDMA M.CONNEGnM TO COLLEOTION PIPING WN BE MADE INSIDE RIM INSIDE RIM INS RIM USING FLEXIBLE COUPUNG BY CONTRACTOR O_ r O MI 1w 711• 6.STEEL STRUCTURE TO BE MANUFACTURED OF 114INCH STEEL PLATE.CASTINGS SHALL MEET AASHTO WDS LOAD RATING.TO MEET HIM LOAD C- COLIAR ODTSIDE RIM RATINGONSTRCTURE,ACOCRETECOLIARISREOUIRED.WHE MOUIRED,CONCRETECOLLARWITHQUANTTT'(2)"4 INFORCINGBARSTD BE PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. m PLAN VIEW 74 CHE7.FILTER S FILTERMEDIASHALCONTACTTIMESHALLSEATTLLFART37SEWNDS RAOWLFLOW.AND SUP 0.E WINO.RN)AL MEDADEPR SNPLL BE O y S.SPECIFIC FLOW RATE IS EQUAL TONE FILTER TREATMENT CAPACITY(Bpm)DIVIDED BY THE FILTER CONTACT 6URFACEAREA(•R A). COMPACTED GRANULAR MATERIAL INETALLATIW NOTE6 TO BOTTOM OF PAVEMENT. A ANYSU9SASE,BACKFILL DEPTH,ANDIORANTI-FLOTATION PROVISIONS ARE SITE4PECIFIC DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS AND SHALL BE SPECIFIED BY ENGINEEROFRECORD. B.CONTRACTON TO PROVIDE EWIPMENT WOH SUFFICIENT LIFTING AND HEACH CAPACITYTO LIFTANO SETTHE CATCHSASIN(UFTINO CLUTCHES CONCRETE PAVEMENT PRovloEo). NONWOVEN GEOTEXTILE TYP. C.CONTRRACTOR TO TAKE APPROPRIATE MEASURES TO PROTECT CARTRIDGES FROM CONSTRUCTION-RELATED EROSION RUNOFF. ( ) A e'r o TONasLOPEDuO 2-CARTRIDGE DEEP CATCHBASIN n a d m c i-0' 2'4' 24Y' CORNEALSLOPEOUD BE FLOATABLES BAFFLE ... -+--7 SPECIFIED BY ENGINEER STORMFILTER DATA TFT TT} -iT ti _ B POO L LEVEL STRUCTURED XX% L �.�,_,I WATER QUALITY FLOW RATE cA H. --- - RN_ISHEDGRADE - PEAK FLOW RATE X.XX III �I 1�1 III - 0 z F11 _----_____ s b T— RETURN PERIOD OF PEAK FLOW XXK -III-"' "'-III V4RIE$ � o Z r � T CARTRIDGE FLOW RATE XX {TIT -I IT(W�(T! SEE LAN17� J— � MEDIA TYPE CSF PERLITE ZPO GAC PHS xxlooc 1-Ll III III FOR E EVATION$ •f�^ .I_ N LIFTING EYE �T �} PERMANENT (T'P.OF 4) RIM ELEVATION XX%X%' TLI L-;IT I�1_- 'I I 3 D ✓ 0 POOL ELEVATION FISAYYIINLET WEIRWN.L = PIPE DATA: I.E. DIAMETE IIm-1l-III-m I �yT"I7'ITT' 'f nL 1` )� 0- W g• r INLET STUB J. XK" )I� 6TORMFILTE2R I �1 FLOW OUTLETSTUB XX%.XA' XX" T'rT -1�'17T'T��-IIII"�IIIT-T '.I�� CARTRIDGE ttP. c = CONFIGURATIONS II'I IIII-III III IIl-J1-I1-III LJ- Y f Y� 0 CUTLET -1)- N c� FILTRATION 1-ll- III.-III.-I I'I I' - 'I- - .•L ) _ S ? _ v BAY INLET TYP. CARTRIDGE ttP. INLET STAB OUTLET STUB _ _ •_ (NI_ETS AL, O O it l l _ii_fI f111T f�, � I� I_ O ET INLET OU ET - -I�,I-I -$UBGRADE$QIL I-IIII-�I ,.( _ `1 - � Q FLOW WTI.EI PIPE L��J IIII-�-�I I-I II I�J I'-yl'� �. /'� CN iv a2 KITTP. FROM OUTUE owAIT OOLET INLET INLET INLET OO -III-�-III III-L'JJI'L -III B� W ACCESS PLDC CATCHBASIN FOOT IN9 DE TT{III��� ITT TTT..� "��1 Tr�T TTTTTT� TTTTTT�T -_ Z VEIRWALL B MP.OF4) CATCHBASIN FOOT (TYR OF 4) SLOPED LID YESWO SOUDCOVER YEBWO - ram. OUTSIDE T� NOTES/SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: SECTION A-A SECTION B-B �I IIII III Ir1111 ._I 3l4"-1' CLEAN STONE CONTECK 2 CARTRIDGE CATCHBASIN 12 0 PERFORATED ADS N-12 .43 ENGINEERED SOLUTIONS LLC STORMFILTER OR APPROVED EQUAL WRAPPED Sto-Filter' FWw.mlldehEl.pwn IN NONWOVEN GEOTEXTILE _'r=• czi�-= BO��"^"°I °'-B°"'+0°'`'"+Qie°'•OH1fi4AB STANDARD DETAIL 808626J895 F1381G7m5 619BIbT999PA% NOTES: 1.PROTRUDING EDGES OF GEOTEXTILE SHOULD BE OVERLAPPED A MINIMUM OF 0.3 M(1 FT)TO ',•J ENSURE COMPLETE COVERAGE OF UNDERDRAIN WIDTH. I_ STORMFILTER INLET DETAIL I I INFILTRATION PIPE DETAIL SCALE:NOT TO SCALE C$ SCALE:NOT TO SCALE c O sow z �a ° o o F-w �cwaw 0?aq H Ta/9a COMM# 3461 DATE: 7.19.13 REVISION DATE: CONSTRUCTION DRAWING APPROVAL THIS PLAN SHEET HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED PER THE CONDITIONS ON THE TITLE SHEET. BY: City Engineer, CITY OF ARLINGTON DATE: THIS APPROVAL VALID FOR 18 MONTHS `t (V J r o f r l J PLANT SCHEDULE •g QTY.I KENJ BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME SIZE NOTES UNIT CREDIT e� DECIDUOUS SHADE TREES 3 AR I Ater Ruben Red le 2"GAL. T Fa Fraxlnus amerlcana'ALturtn Purple' Autism le Whlte Ash 2'GAL. ffi Mkt ppq;:t� ORNAMENTAL FLOWERING TREES 5 PG Prunes x alstena Schmldtels' BI GIs Plum 2'GAL, 3p SHRUBS/PERENNIALS ORNAMENTAL GRASSES 'e WDf 15 Be B#�MU a'Green Volvo" Green Velvet Boxwood e m"- \ UnUTY fAgfM fN� 20 G 05 21 5 Go ^w easker adommerl'Eleholz' Elc�holl�Gotoneaster 02 aeo oeo 11 Hs Hernwocallls Stella d'Oro' Stella d'Oro Daylllly #I - .& n;t:o ti G w tt 2B MA Mahon ia aquifollum'compacts' Gompack Oregon grape #I d E �^,�^,N N � \� 21 TM Taxes x media Taunkonll' Tauntonb Yew 05 ' a \ 155 VM 'An—ma or BI leaf Periwinkle #I •� uul w � O G PROJECT TOPSOIL NOTES �t ,a 6 CALCULATIONS I. TOPSOIL REQUIREMENTS. ASTM D 5266,PH RANGE OF 55 c TO 7,FOUR PERCENT ORGANIC MATERIAL MINIMIM,FREE OF STONES 1/2 INCH OR LARGER IN ANY DIMENSION,AND C N M 3 I TYPE A-VISUAL SCREENING REQUIREMENTS, OTHER EXTRANEOUS MATERIALS HARMFUL TO PLANT w3 W _ GS 10'-O'WIDE LANDSCAPE BUFFER ALONG THE SOUTH 2 TOPSOIL SOURCE STRIP EXISTING ""•C" . ".e: A TY LINE.WITH E 1T VI OPAQUE SCREEN UP TO 6'-0'IN AREAS OF THE 51 TOPSOIL SOIL ALL FII.� Er W PROPER I STING F SITE TO BE DISTURBED. TOPSOIL SHALL ! HEIGHT AND INTERMITTENT VISUAL OBSTRUCTIONS TO A E BE FERTILE,FRIABLE,NATURAL LOAM,SURFACE SOIL, HE OF AT LEAST 20'-0" lei REASONABLY FREE OF SUBSOIL,CLAY LUMPS,BRUSH, I "\ ;• ...`"#. J GT 33 I PARKI r I OT ANDSCAPING, VEERS AND OTHER LITTER,AND FREE OF ROOTS,STUMPS, . 20%SHADED AREA OF TOTAL PARKING LOT OF ORGANIC MATTER LARGER THAN 2 INCHES IN ANY Vl DIMENSION,AND OTHER EXTRANEOUS OR TOXIC MATTER v , (20%X 13361=26T2 5F) STATE OF .. 1 {, ..• a; ..--'..:::..' :.'.+:.. �.3jr' REQUIRED 26-T2 SF 51-RREENEEDTTO AGH E�NIS.RE70P50EIL NNT. BE REGISTERED EGISTE ON ED .. .."... :-.'a::: PROVIDED,2ggb 5F(22.4%) 5• I LANDSC gE ARCH CT / REPRESENTATIVE SAMPLES SHALL BE TESTED FOR I , ACIDITY,FERTILITY AND GENERAL TEXTURE BY A STREET TREE REQUIREMENTS, COPIES OF THE TESTING AGENCYS FINDINGS AND Fritz Bro-c7kon 3 c o • :...;: l .. I.. RECOGNIZED COMMERCIAL OR GOVERNMENT AGENCY AND I I TREES REQUIRED 1 TREE PER 50'0 I66'OF STREET FRONTAGE, RECOMMENDATIONS SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE ARGHITECT5 REPRESENTATIVE BY THE CONTRACTOR FlCATE N0.1075 TREES PROVIDED=6 ALL TOPSOIL SHALL BE AMENDED TO ACHIEVE SPECIFIED h LANDSCAPE LEGEND PRIOR TO FINAL ORGANIC TOO ENSURE REQII�RE TOPSOIL ••• HAVE BEEN MET. NO TOPSOIL SHALL BE PLACED WHILE IN ry �♦•••�••• I A FROZEN OR MUDDY CONDITION.3 4. PLACE TOPSOIL IN AREAS WHERE REQUIRED TO OBTAIN ti h T:)r�.' `'•'"'• Yj PLANTS 70 BE INSTALLED•1 THICKNESS AS SCHEDULED.PLACE TOPSOIL DURING DRY ,- D. WEATHER.PROVIDE ADDITIONAL IMPORTED TOPSOIL - y REQUIRED TO BRING SURFACE TO PROPOSED FINISH .,•••':;:':;:fey I GRADE,AS REQUIRED. 7 mP� 5. COMPACTED TOPSOIL THICKNESS AT THE FOLLOWING m '..R. ED61N6,SEE DETAIL AREAS, o .r• G5 UUD„ A. LAWN AREAS,q INCHES MINIMUM OR AS NECESSARY rn Z OUT EDGE AS DETAILED TO ACHIEVE EVEN GRADES WITH SURROUNDING W Q O I '. LANAI AREAS. Cr PROPERTY LINE(VERIFY) B. PLANTER BEDS,16 INCHES MINIMUM SURFACEEVEN a° 2 `-'`« II ••' 10 QUANTITY b• FLOOSE�FORMLY L STEXNRE.�REMOVE RIDGES AND o In pZ 1 �LI PLANT IDENTIFICATION KEY FILL DEPRESSIONS,AS REQUIRED TO MEET FINISH • : O GRADES,FINISH GRADE OF TOPSOIL SHALL BE 2'BELOW ¢ 2 CD ) 3 • :. TURF (OR FINISH GRADE OF PAVEMENTS AREAS FOR 500 AND I" ? J CS � � �, APPROVED EQUAL)OVER FOR SEED. APPROVED TOPSOIL AS T. TOPSOIL STOCKPILE LOGATION5 TO BE COVERED N ce SPECIFIED COORDINATE WITH EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL O Q •:.',":;::;.::: F:t:.`,.',;'• r PLAN. 3 a+is: 7 NATIVE DRYLAND SEED MIX 6. ALL GRAVEL,SUBBASE,AND OTHER IMPORTED FILL .......... ..... ... .. 2 (OR APPROVED OIL ASOVER MATERIALS OTHER THAN D TOPSOIL ONLY BE Z APPROVED TOPSOIL STOCKPILED IN PROPOSED AREAS, NO SPECIFIED GRAVEL OR ROCK MATERIALS SHALL BE STOCKPILED OR I::•••'♦'� ~+I..L•.•' I TEMPORARILY PLACED IN PROPOSED LANDSCAPE AREAS •.°4.6A' F TO PREVENT LANDSCAPE AREAS FROM BEING 1 - RIVER ROCK(14"DIA)OVER CONTAMINATED WITH ROCK MATERIALS. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A DETAILED ' DEWI LED STOCKPILE N TO TT PRO 5 WEED FABRIC PLAN AND TOPSOIL AS SPECIFIED O OR APPROVAL PRIOR TO ANY EARTHWORK OPERATIONS . 20X4 ' •••• LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT A O'Reilly Auto Parts PROPOSED BUILDING LANDSCAPE PLAN • fAS CCfys •.. 1 {„�,ks�.�•/ - LOCATION LAND AN NOTES. -'R__-pfNT ,�•; '•;•,•;,,, ��,p / I. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPORT TO LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT ALL CONDITIONS 5�4.�T.=f385/ i i r } WHICH IMPAIR AND/OR PREVENT THE PROPER EXECUTION OF THIS WORK,PRIOR _ _�y„ FA LOORELEVATION.'138.00'(F.F.E.ON To CLOUT LEGEND BEGINNING woaK. 'B ,�W '� - CCEEDING SNEETSTO BE f00.00' 2. NO MATERIAL SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE LANDSCAPE AL ARGHITEGT5 PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL. ALTERNATE MATERIALS OF SIMILAR ,`" W� a '.'.'.'• GS 3 F q CAN NOT BE OBTAINED. B IN D MAY BE CONSIDERED IF SPECIFIED PLANT MATERIALS TRASH ENCLOSURE ' ''-.q�, -� a PG ,��°"�'rT^`•µ M 5 1 3. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH ALL OTHER SITE RELATED DEVELOPMENT GRES$ -_ g MONUMENT SIGN DRANIN65. IJ '�•' c ����'' 4. TE LE AND OBSERVATIONS WITH LANDSCAPE GOORDINA WORK SCHEDULE _ 7M 3 O'-O"W -0"TALL LANDSCAPE SCREENING O CONSTRUCTION BE INS START-UP. :•::`... i �•"`..'"'`'`''..... ............. ......:.::`:.:::.':.:........... ... BUFFER WI1HibA THREE FOOT HIGH BERM. 5. ALL PLANT MATERIAL SHALL BE INSTALLED AS r� __ 3 ::,:::::::,:...'...::•::.: .....::,. ALLED PER DETAILS. ^:.+`.�..... ,, .... .,. - - _ _x .,......:::':::'.'a,4 :::x .... ..::::••:oz:a•::.;:•:: i%';; 4 '.!>:..':,. ' b. ALL PLANT MATERIAL SHALL C� 1.0 :::..;... ... _�_ _ ,: ..:':... °:•:••` CONFORM TO THE AMERIGAN NURSERYMAN 'W \ ...:.C;:::::::...-:..._.. ,. .. M - :a:"': ...., ..: :; ':"'..... "':•`iW.:•... 4 ,:i;;; . PROVIDE b"DITCH TO DIRECT WATER AWAY DITC •.n ... . ... :: .. �`". :.-.. STANDARDS FOR TYPE AND SIZE SHOWN.PLANTS WILL BE RE-EGTED IF NOT IN ti ."''". _ 4 FROM BUILDING,SEE CIVIL PLANS FOR b �'.+ ::.. :.: " A SOUND AND HEALTHY CONDITION. ...';:' .•.>: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. TM ., ::� :�..:.. .,,:.,;;:; S. -: ..:..:�:'� '��� '`�''����������,�. �`,�� _ I. ALL PLANTING BEDS SHALL BE COVERED WITH A MINIMUM OF 3"DEPTH OF V�_ .F. .. $ MULCH. SUBMIT SAMPLE FOR APPROVAL. # 5 8. ALL PLANT MATERIAL SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEARS TURF AREA BEGINNING AT THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER.REPLACE ALL ..,..... 'L� --- _` •. "` ...• .;. 8G ..•:.:. _ _ PLANT MATERIAL FOUND SPEC OR NOT IN A HEALTHY CONDITION IMMEDIATELY +,•:•.:'';.�•`::. ^"r"" 3 .... _g-- WITH THE SAME SIZE AND SPECIES AT NO COST TO THE OWNER •� GS ;'Y•:,..::'...,;:•., �,...,,.�,'•':';:.!;:.. '�;, •� 3 9 _1.. q. FINISH GRADES SHALL PROVIDE A SMOOTH TRANSITION WITH ADJACENT PREPARATION NOTES: SURFACES AND ENSURE ^4•. '` 3 GT � .. •.•.".'".:.•:.,''.CI POSITIVE DRAINAGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SITE &RADINIS PLAN. qOR r'' -���_, - 1.2 LIMIT TURF SUBGRAVED SLIDE PREPARATION TO AREAS TO BE PLANTED. 10. AMEND EXISTING_W-__Y!•___W. II. APPROVED COMP05� 000 SQUTARE FEET.TIROTO-TILL ORGAINIC MATTER 10 DIA.'M• DEDIMENPTH NAt1DD STONES LARGER THAN IpINGH 11NY cp _ A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES INTO TOPSOIL. Irf STICKS,ROOTS,RUBBISH,AND OTHER EXTRANEOUS f0 FERTILIZE ALL TREES AND SHRUBS WITH'AGRIFORM'PLANTING TABLETS, 3'W - MATTER AND LE6ALLY DISPOSE OF THEM OFF OHNI R'S PROPERTY. r1Hf F( _ Ifl¢ RAMP T' "��_� A, SPREAD PLANTING SOIL TO A DEPTH OF q INCHES IN'TURF AREAS 12. ALL PILANiIN6 BEDS All HgVERAMIN 16'I DEPTH OF TOPSOIL. LAVA1 Q>O O T•0'W -�, AND 16 INCHES AT SHRUB BED AREAS BUT NOT LESS THAN OUJ REQUIRED TO MEET FINISH GRADES AFTER LIGHT ROLLING AND AREAS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 12°DEPTH OF TOPSOIL. SPREAD,COMPACT, fO O W NATURAL SETTLEMENT. DO NOT SPREAD IF PLANTING SOIL OR AND FINE GRADE TOPSOIL TO A SMOOTH AND UNIFORM GRADE 3"BELOW y Z ADJACENT SURFACES OF PLANTER BED AREAS,1-1/2"BELOW ADJACENT —O �' \q` "'a•.,, SUBGRADE IS FROZEN,MUDDY,OR EXCESSIVELY NET. SURFACES OF TURF SOD AREAS,AND I'BELOW ADJACENT SURFACES OF TURF 2 `� -'"g-•�` "AF! ` 1 B. SPREAD PLANTING SOIL OVER LOOSENED SUBGRADE. 'dl� ""• �@W` `` �O�W °`��_4. REDUCE ELEVATION OF PLANTING SOIL TO ALLOW FOR SOIL SEED AREAS. Q d °.t `"'•S ,;M 66{{ 1 -'N:__ A(k 13. REUSE EXISTING TOPSOIL STOCKPILED RE THE SITE. SUPPLEMENT WITH l �� H CID?,�. 7�"X:;;r,'�• 81 �v'�__ z THICKNESS OF SOD. IMPORTED TOPSOIL WHEN QUANTITIES ARE INSUFFICIENT PLANTED IN AREAS . VERIFY SUITABILITY 2 LU 30MH#i0 \ \ ��• `3•^ "`a I - 5 UNALATERED OR UNDISTURBED BY EXCAVNGED RADES- IF TURF 15 TOATING,N6,GRADING,ORAND tp I "W_ ANALYSIS AND PROVIDE ADDITIONAL -IT/ A5 DETERMINED SOIL SOIL O 0 CD N FOLLONE;SOIL STRIPPING OPERATIONS,PREPARE SURFACE 501E AS TESTS, TOPSOIL SHALL BE A LOOSE,FRIABLE,SANDY LOAM,GLEAN AND U)Z }+ �I 1 3' A. REMOVE EXISTING 6RA55,VE6ETATION,AND TURF. DO NOT MIX FREE OF TOXIC MATERIALS,NOXIOUS Vf�Dr,AMD SEEDS,ROCKS,GRASS OR n I `� I ' W NC RAMP INTO SURFACE SOIL. OTHER TOPSOIL DOES S NOT MEET THEGN MATERIAL SE MINIMUM STANDARDS,CONTRACTOR 115 N N a ( ` 3• B. LOOSEN SURFACE SOIL TO A DEPTH OF AT LEAST 6 INGFES. RESPON51BLE TO EITHER, cN� �1 W RC RAMP AMENDDE NEED ABATEMENT MENTS DENTS AND FERTILIZERS ACCORDING APPLY SOILING SOIL Al PROVIDE APPROVED IMPORTED TOPSOIL,OR \ �V 5)IMPROVE ON-SITE NDSCAPE OPSOIL WITH METHODS APPROVED BY THIS — y MIX PROPORTIONS AND MIX FERTILIZERS ACCORDING INTO TOP 6 INCHES OF \I �� SOIL. TILL SOIL N A HOMOGENEOUS MIXTURE OF FINE TEXTURE. 14. IF IMPORTED TOPSOIL FROM OFF-SITE SOURCES 15 REQUIRED,ENSURE IT IS 'LT. l`yl 6. APPLY SOIL AMENDMENTS DIRECTLY TO SURFACE SOIL BEFORE FERTILE,FRIABLE,NATURAL LOAM,SURFACE SOIL,REASONABLY FREE OF LOOSENING. SUBSOIL,CLAY LUMPS,BRUSH WEEDS AND OTHER LITTER,AND FREE OF ROOTS, A. REMOVE STONES LARGER THAN I INCH IN ANY U DIMENSION AND DIMENSION,THAN 2 INCHES IN ANY COMM# 3461 STICKS,ROOTS,5r:Or AND OTHER IAL,INE0U5 MATTER EXTRANEOUS OR TOSTMI`S,STONES�XI�G MATTER HARM UL TO PLANT GROWTH.07HER V B. LEGALLY DISPOSE OF WASTE MATERIAL,INCLUDING 6R455, AU OBTAIN TOPSOIL FROM LOCAL SOURCES OR FROM AREAS HAVING VEGETATION,AND TURF,OFF OWNERS PROPERTY. SIMILAR SOIL CHARACTERISTICS TO THOSE FOUND ON THE PRO_ECT SITE. e • I T. FlwRF�NISH�l NE,KITH LOOSE,NTING AREAS NE TO ETEXTURE.TMGRAVE TO OBTAIN TOPSOIL ONLY FROM NATURALLY, YELL-DRAINED SI7E5 WHERE DATE: 07•19-13 WITHIN PLUS OR MINUS U2 INCH OF FINISH ELEVATION. ROLL AND TOPSOIL OCCURS AT A DEPTH OF NOT LESS THAN 4 INCHES. '. CO N ST. RAKE,REMOVE RIDGES,AND FILL DEPRESSIONS TO MEET FINISH TOXICITY,5) REPRESENTATIVE GENERALSAMPLES SHALL BY AA RECOGNIZED CG AVIDITY,FERTILITY, REVISION GRADES. LIMIT FIN15H GRADING TO AREAS THAT CAN BE PLANTED IN 20 O 20 40 G0 N N THE IMMEDIATE FUTURE. GOVERNMENT AGENCY AND COPIES OF THE TESTING AGENGYS FINDINGS DATE: 6. MOISTEN PREPARED AREA BEFORE PLANTING IF SOIL IS DRY. WATER AND RECOMMENDATIONS SHALL BE RM15FED TO THE OWNERS THOROUGHLY AND ALLOW SURFACE TO DRY BEFORE PLANTING. DO REPRESENTATIVE BY THE CONTRACTOR. NO TOPSOIL SHALL BE DELIVERED 1 LANDSCAPE PLAN NOT GREATS MUDDY SOIL. IN A FROZEN OR MUDDY CONDITION.ACIDITY/ALKALINITY RANGE-PHI.SS C�RAPHIG $(ALE — FEET q. BEFORE PLANTING,OBTAIN LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS DACCEPTANCE OF TO 7 .6. OTHE GRADING;RESTORE PLANTING AREAS G ERODED OR 15. IMMEDIATELY GLEAN UP ANY TOPSOIL OR OTHER DEBRIS r THE SITE OTHERWISE DISTURBED AFTER FINISH GRADING. CREATED FROM LANDSCAPE OPERATIONS AND DISPOSE OF PROPERLY OFF 10. DO NOT SOW IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING RAIN,OR WHEN GROUND 15 TOO SITE, L j SCALE: 7'=20'-0" DRY. TEMPERATURE SHALL BE BETWEEN 55 F AND 95 F FOR A 24 I6. TREES SHALL NOT BE PLANTED WITHIN THE IOb"CLEAR ZONE OF ALL STORM HOUR PERIOD. WIND SHALL BE LESS THAN 5 MPH, DRAIN PIPE,STRUCTURES,OR FACILITIES. It. TURF SEED SHALL BE SOYA!AT A RATE PER SEED SUPPLIER I.T. STORM DRAINAGE FACILITIES MUST BE PROTECTED FROM ANY AND ALL Y RECOMMENDATIONS. CONTAMINATION DURING THE CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION OF THE d 12. SEED SHALL BE HYDROSEEDED OR DRILL SEEDED AT THE LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM. CONTRACTORS OPTION. AREAS WITH A 4.1 OR GREATER SLOPE 10. IN THE EVENT OF A DISCREPANCY,NOTIFY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SHALL BE HYDR.OSEEDED. MMEDIATELY. 1,1 of 5 'Y. KEEP GROUND LINE SAME A5 NURSERY LINE C� a REMOVE ANY PLASTIC,BURLAP,NAILS,OR OTHER MATERIALS FROM THE ROOTBALL WHICH MAY LIMIT ROOT 6ROWTH CONSTRUCT 2"EARTH BERM TO FORM A WATER RETENTION BASIN, FILL BERM WITH MULCH,AS SPECIFIED .n E e MULCH,PER PLANS,3"DEPTH OVER ENTIRE e M"- BED. DO NOT COVER CROVDJ5 OF PLANTS ci ni as b b e ILIA PROVDE DEWITT PRO 5 WEED BARRIER $ °' FABRIC,OR APPROVED EQUAL AND BI IIOOSTIMI AS S�iFiED FOR TABLETSEACH � �°�5 •� 11=' SHRUB 6 afr'm m$Q ig C - WIDTH OF SOIL FIAMENDMENT5 TOPSOIL FED BAGKFILL 6" ROOTBALL AND 6" IN 6'LIFTS,WATER EACH LAYER, DO NOT TAMP OR OV132 COMPACT. Ey w NOTE: CONSTRUCT 6'MOUND OF TOPSOIL I. WATER SHRUB TKOE WITHIN FIRST 24 HOURS. �/ E 2. APPLY SPECIFIED PRE-EMERGENT PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS TO ALL VIER BEDS. �L RUB PLANTING ,A, G a NOT To SCALE STATE OF R WASHINGTON � S A=LENGTH,PLANT SPECIFIED LAN SC gE�AR� 2 CT = 3'DEPTH OF MULCH AT OR PER PLANT SCHEDULE wQ y PLANTER BEDS 9 .p B=05%OF'A' ryu B I�I = e 8" + CER CATE NO. 1075 o � o _ H o H GRADE PER PLANS PLAN VIEW FINIS APPROVED TOPSOIL AND 501L EDGING,PER PLANS AND DETAILS M c =TI=I!1=1 I 1=� AMENDMENTS AS SPECIFIED FINISH GRADE, EDGE 6ROUNDGOVER PLANTING PER PLANTING PER PLANS PLAN PLANTER BED CUT EDGE MULCH,PER PLAN.,3'DEPTH OVER m ENTIRE BED. DO NOT COVER CROWNS OF o � G (TYPICAL AT TREES IN TURF AREAS) NOT TO 51—ALE n PLANTS N SPLIT ALL ROOT BOUND ROOTS WITH 3 y W Q O EQUAL SPACED VERTICAL GUTS. o Z 3 TILL 501L TO A DEPT14 OF 12',BACKFILL R I- Z WITH APPROVED TOPSOIL AND SOIL In O Q WHEN PRESENT:BID - �I AMENDMENTS,A5 SPECIFIED. ¢ _ 1-- POINT �-- ROOK IN THE TRUNK FLARE/COLLAR(SPELLING AT DENTT PRO 5 WEED BARRIER FABRIC Z JUST ABOVE THE SOIL LIHE WHERE 57EM TISSUE SECTION OR APPROVED EQUAL m p J SOIL LINE)TO BE TRANS'1TIONS INTO ROOT TISSUE)TO CN Q APPROXIMATELY 114° BE AT SOIL LINE. SUBGRADE ABOVE THE 501E �� ROOT PROBE A PREVAILING WIND NOTES: 3 LINE ® DIRECTION I. ALL GROUNDCOVER PLANTS TO BE PLANTED ON CENTER AND IN A TRIANGULAR Z PATTERN. 2. APPLY SPECIFIED PRE-EMERGENT PER MANUFACTURERSALL RECOMMENDATIONS TO A SOIL LI 6ROUHDCOVER BEDS. REMOVEDETOINTEA6TIONALED BRANCHES PERENNIAL & GROUNDCOVER \ AND PRUNE TO INTERNATIONAL \ S OF ARBORICULTURE STANDARDS'. IMPROPERLY PRUNED PLANTING NOT TO SCALE TREES(AS DETERMINED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT)SHALL NBE O HIGHEST ROOT SHALL REMOVED AND REPLACED. DO NOT BE 2"MAXIMUM REMOVE MAIN LEADERII BELOW SOIL LI14E MULCH,AS SPECIFIED UTILIZE SOIL)ROOT RUBBER CINCH TIE PROBE AROUND FINISH GRADE TRUNK(APPROX 1"-2' 2"x 2'WOOD STAKE(LENGTH AS AWAY FROM TRUNYJ REQUIRED)-DO NOT PENETRATE L��l TO LOCATE HIGHEST \ ROOTBAI i.SEE NOTE I. SET STAKES ROOTS. \ PARALLEL TO PREVAILING WIND. (�[ \ \\ EDSEPRO HI-TEST POLY LANDSCAPE V %00 REMOVE TREE WRAP TRUNK ED61N6,OR APPROVED EQUAL, 0 \ PROTECTION,AFTER INSTALLATION STAKE FER RBS�END 1 O 0 O CONSTRUCT 2"EARTH BERM AT EDGE \ /\ _ s y OF ROOTBALL, FILL TREE RING W/ AS MULCH,AS SPECIFIED. //\// SECURE FABRIG�I UNDER EDGIFI O �. \ LOOSE EDGESNDE READ nm 3°THICK MULCH LAYER,KEEP MULCH \ REMOVE BURLAP, % 3"AWAY FROM TRUNK. �\ GOMPAGTED SUBGRADE TWU$AND WIRE W FINIY \ BASKET FROM TOP OF ROOTBALL, B \ ,NY;,rlyM.,.. COMMERCIAL SLOW RELEASE REMOVE ALL NAILS, w FERTILIZER TABLETS TIES,AND PLASTIC �w . �= - POLY LANDSCAPE EDGING FROM ROOTBALL. B�1Is _ ¢��� _ SIDES of HALE ROUGH a UNEVEN v (TYPICAL BETWEEN SM E AND TURF AREA NOT TO SCALE UTILIZED TO WRAP ylj �(_�_)�'I -( _ BAACK�FFIILL AWI�DAPPROVED TOPSOIL THE ROOTBALL,ITIL SHALL BE _ SPECIFIED. BAGKFILL IN 6"LIFTS, COMPLETELY WIDTH WIDTH WIDTH WIDTH WIDTH WATER EACH LAYER, TAMP REMOVED. ONLY OF BALL OF BALL OF BALL OF BALL F BALL LIGHTLY AS REQUIRED, BACKFILL BIODEGRADABLE BIODEGRADAB 501E EVEN W/TOP OF RODTBALL, 5'MIN.DIA. BURLAP SHALL BE TREE RING DO NOT�R LOMPACTII ZO LEFT ON THE BOTTOM OF THE ROOTBALL. SET ROOTBALL ON NATIVE, ®iiiiiiiiiniii �U LLI NOTES: UNDISTURBED SOIL LU 0 ZO I. THE STAKING OF TREES IS TO BE THE CONTRACTORS OPTION;HOWEVER,THE CONTRACTOR 15 Q O- RESPONSIBLETO INSURE THAT ALL TREES ARE PLANTED STRAIGHT AND THAT THEY REMAIN STRAIGHT d FOR LENGTH OF WARRANTY PERIOD OR I YEAR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION WHICHEVER IS GREATER. =LU ALL STAKING SHALL BE REMOVED AT THE END OF THE WARRANTY PERIOD. H-ELL.N 2. IN THE EVENT OF A QUESTION OR LACK OF CLARITY ON THE DRAWINGS,THE CONTRACTOR 15 TO NOTIFY D(D c"I THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING. 0.LZ-C 3. LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AND OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION N-V OF PLANT MATERIAL. 4. WRAP RUBBER CINGH TIES AROUND THE TREE TRUNKS AND STAKES USING EITHER THE STANDARD OR FIGURE EIGHT TYING METHOD. SECURE THE TIES TO THE STAKES WITH GALVANIZED NAILS TO PREVENT SLIPPAGE. 5. WATER TREE TINGE WITHIN THE FIRST 24 HOURS. 6. IN THE EVENT HARDPAN SOILS PREVENT TREE PLANTING AS DETAILED,NOTIFY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. 1. FOR TREES LOCATED WITHIN ROADSIDE PLANTERS LE55 THAN 6'-0"IN WIDTH,PROVIDE TREE ROOT BARRIER(DEEPROOT#24-2 OR APPROVED EQUAL). LOCATE ROOT BARRIER AT BACK OF CURB AND COMM# 34b1 EDGE OF SIDEWALK. ALL TREE INSTALLATIONS SHALL CONFORM TO ALL AGENCY APPROVAL REQUIRETENT5,CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY PRIOR TO ANY INSTALLATIONS. DECIDUOUS TREE PLANTING DATE: 07-19-13 a v NOT TO SCALE REVISION 9 DATE: i gig E s L2 of 5 IRRIGATION NOTES � ss I. SYSTEM DESIGN BASED ON TIE ASSUMPTION OF THE AVAILABILITY OF 16 G.P.M.WITH 55 P.S.I.AT THE SOURCE AND 40 P.S.I.AT THE HEADS. 2. cy asm UND£HEC , 3. OONTRACTOR 70 VERIFY LOGATION OF ALL UTILITIES PRIOR TO INITIATION OF ANY DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. ANY Z CURRDVT ° VAC DAMAGE TO EXISTING UTILITIES SHALL BE CONTRACTORSCONTRACTORSRE5PON51BILITY. Q ° tR• ,UNK CA 0 4. COORDINATE ALL IRRIGATION INSTALLATION OPERATIONS WITH CIVIL,MECHANICAL,AND ELECTRICAL ENGINE RINb SHEETS. r,�BCE 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF IRRIGATION CONDUIT AND SLEEVES UNDER HARD%RFACE5 WITH RESPECTIVE SOURCE OF 20N/NO 008giK(NT PRAT CONTRACTORS. \ OIfD(R N31 e(��i EJFARM«c �NSLN Frm ARM 6. IRRIGATION PLAN.ALL SLEEVES PAINTED STAKE EXFIELD VERIFALL BE Y LO ATIOOVE 6RADEE'STA OF SLEEVES SHALL BE TAPED OR KES SHALL NOT LL REM ED AS PART OF IRRIGATION CONTRACT. ROVED UNiIMATE LI CAPPED AND MMARKED THE IRRIGATION �IOCATION OF SLEEVES ARE S SHOWN -- Col Dq AN(g ' ALL 5LEEVE-5 SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 15'BEYOND BACK OF CURB OR EDGE OF PAVEMENT. PROVIDE COMPACTED BAGKFILL AS N o ft 2 1 00MPgN 1 NECESSARY AT HARD SURFACE LOCATIONS,. /4/13 Y T CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS AND FEES REQUIRED FOR THIS WORK. € e e e 01 w 6. IRRIGATION GONTROLLEWS)ARE TO BE LOCATED AS SHOWN ON THE PLAN, CONTROLLERS SHALL BE WIRED TO POWER SUPPLY BY A tl LICENSED ELECTRICIAN PER LOCAL CODES. IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED CONNECTIONS TO 24 VOLT v's ob 4 ;W I IRRIGATION CONTROL WIRE INSIDE THE BUILDING THROUGH APPROPRIATE SIZED CONDUIT. F -9 R 9. ALL HEADS ARE TO BE 4"POP-UP IN LAWN AREAS AND 12'POP-UP IN SHRUB AND GROUND GOVER AREAS. IRRIGATED AREAS 2 98z- y I - CONTAINING VEGETATION WHICH POTENTIALLY MAY IMPEDE PERFORMANCE OF A 4'POP-UP SPRINKLER ARE TO BE REPLACED WITH A B ¢F 'OA `v _ \ ``�` \ 12'HIGH FOP-UP SPRINKLER : fr 8 o a, 10. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK TO MEET OR EXCEED NEC.,STATE GODES,LOCAL CODES,AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. � •41 I I. OCONTRACTOR PERATIONS.SHALL REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF ALL ROCK AND DEBRIS BROUGHT TO THE SURFACE AS A RESULT OF TRENCHING, m 3 LL 9 w 3 9 12. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. " w ob` I 13. ALL 24 VOLT POWER WIRES SHALL BE•14 A49 COPPER. ALL ABOVE GROUND 120 VOLT AND 24 VOLT WIRE SHALL BE IN PVC V - / CONDUIT. ONE POWER WIRE SHALL BE PROVIDED BACK TO THECONTROLLER FOR EACH VALVE. ALL COMMON WIRES SHALL BE#12 AW6 COPPER. ALL 24 VOLT WIRES SHALL BE TAPED TOGETHER AT TEN FOOT(IOb°)INTERVALS. Ln n `i / 14. INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL NATIONAL,5TATE,AND LOCAL LAVE AND ORDINANCES. I5. IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE AS-BUILT DRAWING IN POP FORMAT UPON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION AND PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT. THE ENTIRE SYSTEM SHALL BE GUARANTEED TO BE COMPLETE AND PERFECT IN EVERY DETAIL FOR A PERIOD OF TWO YEARS FROM THE DATE OF ITS ACCEPTANCE;REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF ANY DEFECTS OCCURRING WITHIN THOSE TWO YEARS SHALL BE FREE OF 5 JJJ?J� _ EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. Ui� JJ IT A5 PART OF THIS CONTRACT,PERFORM AT NO EXTRA C05T WINTERIZATION AND SPRING START UP OF THE SYSTEM DURING THE h J J .ram J,Js_ sag, Y GUARANTEE PERIOD(2 YEARS). STATE OF CC � PC J J JJ_1JJJ rs Q U , 16. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND WITHOUT FLAWS OR DEFECTS OF THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE SPECIFIED,AND SHALL MEET WASHINCION y1 �J / , p +.JJJJTJJJJJJJ77t._ g c ¢ THE RISGUIREMENTS OF THIS SYSTEM. USE MATERIALS AS SPECIFIED,NO SU65TITUTIONS SHALL BE PERMITTED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN REGISTERED e "JJJJJJJJ J JJJJJJLJ PERMISSION OF THE OWNER OR LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. JJJJJJJJJJJ 7�-JJJJJ / 14. IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE NECESSARY MINOR FIELD ADJUSTMENTS TO SPRINKLER NOZZLES,SPRINKLERS,PIPE,AND OTHER LAN CT h .'.l:R'. JJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJ�J�J JJJJJJ S O / JJJJJ J2 IRRI6ATION EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS TO FIT THE AS-BUILT SITE. ADJUST WAD AND PIPE LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED TO AVOID DAMAGING 7ti 13 .� JJJ JJ 5 FJLISTISR00T5. ADJUSTMENTS SHALL ENSURE HEAD TO HEAD COVERAGE AND NOT OVER-SPRAY THE BUILDING OR OTHER Fritz Br e / JJJJJ JJJ _ CERFlCATE N0.7075 y H JJ,JLJI J J 20. IRRIGATION PIPING LAYOUT IS SCHEMATIC. WHERE LINES ARE SHORAN BELOW PAVEMENT ADJACENT TO LANDSCAPE AREAS,THEY SHALL JJJJJ BE/ LOCATED IN THE LANDSCAPE AREA UNLESS SHOWN WITH A SLEEVE SYMBOL.21. BASE PLAN AND LOCATION OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT ARE SCHEMATIC IN NATURE. FIELD VERIFY ALL BASE AND EXISTING IRRIGATION •o / JJ JJ_ ELEMENTS AND CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION AND PROVIDE NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS. a, JJ JJ_ 107 / _ 'JJ JJ_ 22, IRRIGATION PRESSURES RESSUCONTRACTOREST SHALL USE THEO AN GE MANUFACTURERS APPROVED PRESSURE RE6ULAT ROTOR OF 40 P61 IN SPRAY ZONES AND 40 PS.I.IN MODULE AS SPECIFIED TO ADJ15T ZONEOPE py ON FARM ySION 1 / ll JJJJJI 25. ALL MAINLINE F SHALL BE AH RGO DUCTILE IRON PUSH O TYPE UNLESS NOTED FOR LATERAL SERVICE.(ON 3"OR LARGER nnEn1�4, ONLY) _"�UPFD VAC JJ_ 24. IN THE EVENT OF A DISCREPANCY,IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. 2(ty P�41 OUN�KN,NO l JJ jJ I I I I JJJJ �� $y�NC• FlC1re�00B42MN2 FgRM JJJJ JJJJ' CALLOUT LEGEND SYSTEM OPERATIONAL _m �.nNC/^IM"uW DD MPJJJJJ 0 0 0 0 0 .. JJ JJ TRACT' 0 °ROCK NO.H INSURaN RST, �(CCU .�+;:.. 11 JJ_ 'f A' JJ JJ_ ARN D/y& CONNECT NEW I I/4'MAINLINE TO STUB PROVIDED BY OTHERS IN THIS y Z CS�Sgj COMP SCAN R'•. JJJJ- OF/1 O APPROXIMATE NOTES LOCATION. (FIELD VERIFY) SEE CIVIL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL y W Q ANY JJJJJJ_ UNDf�.n INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS. Z 3 ca CO,pA DOOR JJJJJJ N'fLDP a JJJJJJ CD ADDR fD vac SYSTEM OPERATION: a Z /IJ JJJJJJI RRfIyT Oiyy.•UNA?V (AND O 2"WIRE SLEEVE. ROUTE TO CONTROLLER LOCATION PER LOCAL CODES AS (based on historical climate) P JJJ JJ_ 2 PARCE( "z ° 2 REQUIRED. _ CONTROLLER SETUP: Q ,`; JJ JJJ_ OWING• t Ln 0084I,Ipp��UNGTgy JJJJJJ SOURCE OF D AL COM nV O WALL MOUNT IRRIGATION CONTROLLER IN THIS APPROXIMATE LOCATION A5 A cyUiny techn1g"will be used for application of water,each _ Z JJJ JJ ON "t/N FIRS�CjgL(GC REQUIRED. CONNECT 120 VOLT AS REQUIRED. ALL ABOVE GRADE WIRES SHALL station run time will be applied with three(3)different start •m JJJJJ' ° ND rya-SURgNCf qM�l BE LOCATED IN APPROPRIATELY 5IZED CONDUIT(2°MINIMUM). IRRIGATION times. Therefore station run times reflect one third(113)the O W JJJ JJ 59185 00MPgNYCAN CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE WITH CERTIFIED total application. Peak water application will require Irrigation O N Q JJ_^ U MP 6 JJJ JJ_ Lb,Oq�D 2 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. IRRIGATION every I^ght. Set controllers forstart time#1 at 1,3Opm.,sstart JJJ -, //4 CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE ALL CONTROLLER OPTIONS AND ZONES ARE FULLY 3 JJJ JJ_ /13 time#2 at 12,OOam.,and start time#3 at 5.30am. Extend m J JJJ OPERATIONAL AFTER TRENCHING HAS FINISHED. CONTROLLER LOCATION TO BE JJJ JJ _ MIA" SLV--- JJJJJJJJ JJJ JJ OWNER APPROVED. REVISE LOCATION A5 REQUIRED FOR OWNER APPROVAL, water wlndo If required to meet peak water requirements. Z JJJJJ JJJJJJ 5 JJJ JJ' INITIAL STATION RUN TIMES: JJJJJ JJ JJJ- ®EXTEND EXTRA WIRES TO THIS POINT,COIL APPROXIMATELY 24"LENGTH OF JJJ 's EXTRA WIRES IN SEPARATE VALVE BOX AT THIS LOCATION. DRIP ZONES,SHRUBS-30 MINUTE CYCLES. 5 JJJJ JJ_ PRO-SPRAY NOZZLE SPRAY ZONES.TURF-3 MINUTE CYCLES. JJJ.JJJ INSTALL YiUNTER POLY FLEX RISER AT END OF DRIPZONE LINE TO ENSURE MP ROTATOR NOZZLE SPRAY ZONES.TURF-5 MINUTE GYGLES. JJJ.JJJ 'T• JJJJ' OO PROPER FUNCTIONALITY,NOZZLE WITH(fS-T-GU. SYSTEM BALANCING: JJJ JJ si'N AP,2rK, !._ JJJ JJ ©GAP PIPE IN TH15 APPROXIMATE LOCATION.PROVIDE A WATER TIGHT FITTING. As the system operates,some zones w111 be wet while others JJJ JJ_ JJJ JJ ETBACK are Ad t onlythose stations which-%.I-additional or JJJ JJ less water. or le,If Station TSI,a I5'tUff spray Zone i5 T2 � ' JJJ�JJI IRRIGATION MATERIAL LEGEND ��' example, P�05) O'Reilly Auto Parts J JJJ mica the station T51 run time from fifteen ent / / ( ,r JJ JJ_ minutes to sixteen(16)minutes. Continue making adJustments until ' MP3K T 1-0'/.j j JJJ JJ- the zone molstury content Is acceptable. Use nozzle changes JJJJJJ_ SYMBOL DESCRIPTION or nozzle screw aAAustments to adjust wet and areas within / JJJ JJ POINT OF BEGINNING FOR SITE a zone J dry `J t,P3 QhO / JJJ JJ DEVFJ.OPMENTLAYOUTPARALLEL 'HUNTER'PROS-06-PR540-OV,MP ROTATOR LOORELEt1ATI0N.'159.00'(F.F.E.ON JJJ JJ' AND PERPENDICULAR TO EAST MP3K MP2K MP1K SERIES POP-UPSPRAYSPRINKLERS. SUCCEEDING SHEETSTOBEf00.00) JJJJJ_ PROPERTYLINE(S1520'10'EI (fy Q 6 e 0 C) NOZZLE ASt-PI000'S UNLESS OTHERWISE DRIP IRRIGATION NOTES JJJ JJ INDICATED. D1JJJ JJ a JJJ JJ 'HUNTER'ICZ-101-40 ELECTRIC REMOTE EMITTER DRIP LINE IRRIGATION SYSTEM,HUNTER ,g / MP3K JJ JJJ CONTROL VALVE. SEE ZONE SCHEDULE FOR I. ALL PLANTER BEDS SHALL BE IRRIGATED Wlhl AN INLINE •�•. 3 EGRES VALVE SIZE. EQUAL '�TES IN THE NOTED AREA ARE TO R IRRIGATED O MP3 �- .i 2'�TU LT' NT DOOR AS HER DETAIL. THE CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE TO p INSTALL THE DRIP SYSTEM AS PER MANUFACTURERS j 5 HUNTER'REMOTE CONTROL VALVE LABEL(D RECOMMENDATIONS AND THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS, .Z pg =DRIP). A. AN INLINE THE EMITTER SPACING SHALL BE EI DRIP LINE IGHTEEN INCHENG SHALL BE USED.) GLASS 200 SOLVENT WELD PVC LATERAL AND THE EMITTER FLOWS ARE TO BE.45 6PH. LATERALS \ 114" LINE,SIZE AS INDICATED ON PLANS. SHALL BE SPACED AT EIGHTEEN INCHES 0B9 5 PROVIDE ONE . \ 'r,' 6 - A KING DRAIN AUTOMATIC B. A FILTER WITH A TRIFLUREX RING SHALL BE INSTALLED DRAIN VALVE AT LOW POINT OF EACH \ >• _ LATERAL ZONE. ON EACH ZONE, THE FILTER SHALL BE INSTALLED CONJUCTIFI 1TH AN ELECTRIC REMOTE CONTROL IN V _ • VE AS SPECIFIED(SIZE NOTED ON 5GIEOULE). THE FILTER " V CLASS 200 SOLVENT WELD PVG MAIN MODEL SHALL BE A 3/4'150 MESH DISC,FILTER WO-5). LINE. SEE DETAIL. N °•:.�V:' ~ G. ALL ZONES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A LINE FLUSHING SCHEDULE 40 IRRIGATION SLEEVE,SIZE AS VALVE. INSTALL WITH DOLLAR. SEE DETAIL. ------ IN ON PLANS. (Provide an additional D. ALL ZONES SHALL HAVE AN AIR/VACUUM RELIEF VALVE, 6"SLV 2'sleeve at all main Ilse sleeve locations for SEE DETAIL. THESE SHALL BE INSTALLED AT THE HIGHEST control wires) POINTS WITHIN THE ZONES. Z 4 E. ALL TUBING SHALL BE STAKED DOM WITH TL56 SIX INCH Th GRAY SCHEDULE 40 PVC,FOR ELECTRICAL O(6")SOIL STAPLES TO PREVENT EXPOSURE OF PIPE W 0-Z Sj, IIy" CONTROL WIRES,SIZE AS INDICATED ON THROUGH MMLCR SEE DETAIL. 1UE -- --- PLANS. COORDINATE WITH ELEGTRIGAL. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO INSTALL THE O= ® APPLIED TO ENSURE THE HEALTH OF ALL PLANT MATERIAL. p DRIP SYSTEM So THAT THE OPTIMUM AMOUNT OF NAJER 19 WILKINS GATE VALVE OR APPROVED EQUAL, Q d SIZED TO MATCH MAIN LINE. EXTRA EMITTERS ARE TO BE INSTALLED AT ALL TREES d PLANTED WITHIN THE PLANTER BEDS TO INSURE PROPER =LU W m Qa I"HUNTER HiQ-SLRG QUICK COUPLING VALVE WATERING IF NECESSARY. WU (7 N .HK-55 KEY,AND HOSE SWIVEL,SEE 3. THE CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE TO SCHEDULE A MEETING `SO,NH DETAIL WITH THE LANDSCAPE ARGHITC•CT AND THE OWNERS U)Z REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE#'� \ NIBGO MANUAL DRAIN VALVE,SIZE TO INS ION IN ORDER TO REV�IWORK TO EE DONENC,WITH ANY . NO co 0 MATCH MAINLINE,SEE DETAIL. CHANGES IN MATERIAL SPECIFIED OR TO THE DESIGN OF THE N U) SYSTEM SHALL BE ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF ADDRESS. SING((-F HUNTER I-GORE-1200M-SS 12 STATION WALL TIE LAND51-APZ ARCHITECT. CUPR�,T O W k.-/9�ICY RESID MOUNTED CONTROLLER WITH LOCKABLE, 4. ALL PVC-LATERAL LINES FROM VALVES TO HEADERS ARE TO STAINLESS STEEL CABINET,AND LINER DR, LNCf �►� EE BURIED AT MINIMUM DEPTH OF TWELVE INCHES 02°). SIZE ARUNGT SOLAR-SYNC ET SYSTEM,SEE DETAIL. OMIN; INSTALL SOLAR-5YNG SENSOR WITHIN 40'-0° AS NECESSARY. (SEE PIPE SIZING NOTES ON THIS SHEET) 2 °MOD RCL(�00 7 9. O MYRNq'Wq 98223 OF IGG CONTROLLER 5. AFTER INSTALLATION OF THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM THE �A>E OENSNy���DOAM°RUB CE �` 7 CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE THE OWNER WITH COMM# 3461 L A0,,SS� 2N AS-MILT DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR MAINTENANCE OF 20315^�FA, '``' I-I/4"REDUCED PRESSURE BACK FLOW (RM° T9 Rf , �1 TOR`.�DETAIL. THE DRIP SYSTEM, (�, OURR(NT R1 DR NE,QD(,T,c(. b. PROVIDE DRIP RECEIVES ADEQUATE IRRIGATION.ENSURE EACH SHRUB AND TREE �v zpN/NC,,.,V j CUN ' �T WA TO HIVE FROM WNIDER OF EMITTERS REQUIRED,LOCATE IP LINE TO ADJUST DRIP LIINE LOCATIONDATE: 07-19.13 r� O ZONE SCHEDULE TO OBTAIN COMPLETE COVERAGE. REFER TO NOTES FOR REVISION a 1 � SPECIFICATIONS. N N ZONE# GPM PSI VALVE SIZE DATE` 1 IRRIGATION PLAN ,�� �A� - o� 113.82 5bi 40 IOZ-101-40 -40 L,3 SCALE: 1"=W-O" TSI 2A7 40 I' IGZ-101-40 TS2 14.74 40 I' IGZ-101-40 DRIP MATERIAL LEGEND JJJJJJJJ) )JJJJJJJJ DRIP ONE JJJJ J- JJJ' DRIP ZONE - L3 of AREA ONE JJJJJJJJ-1 AREA TWO JJ) JJJJJJ z d1E Cy y ae 12'ROUND VALVE BOX Q,.,,, @ QUICK COUPLER VALVE WITH COVER S REMOTE CONTROL VALVE RVG,FILTER,PRV WILKINS 9TSXL REDUCED PRESSURE NOTE: =MR I I—I�I—I II z WITH DISC FILTER AND PRV A55ENBLY m,o E BACK FLOW PREVENTOR OR 1, ALL PIPES AND FITTINGS USED FOR BACK III-III—III= '��, FINISH GRADE -e APPROVED EQUAL FLOW ASSEMBLY TO BE MADE OF RED BRA55. III —III—III e A`: BALL VALVE FILTER FABRIC,BARRIER POLYETHYLENE SUPPLY L_— ® HEADER,CONTINUE TO 8 m H =� LASGO BRASS L�. = 90°ELL _ STABILIZER NEXT TREE m m =6 u =II _ —III- POLY SUPPLY HEADER NIPPLES TEE WITH I"PLUG FOR SPRINKLER I NI LI-�—� 6°DAP PEA GRAVEL `�"' �� E 3 �VN •• BLAZING'Fast Fltting Tee � mg�2 E � III—III 80"88 �1 11 III _ - - BLOWOUT WITH AIR COMPRESSOR III=III — — - T n n H 51-HEDULE 80 NIPPLE DRIPLINE START CONNECTION z q 11_; 9 III III III III III = — — MALE ADAPTERJIM -'� BRA55 UNION r]��������=�=� —U IIi=III=I " DRIPLINE TUBING C� MAINLINE(24 DEEP MIN) STRONG BOX ENCLOSURE.FOR I" — — — — DIMENSIONS PER _ AND SMALLER R.P.V.USE PLANS � � ` 5BBG-30ALI,LARGER THAN I" G AIR GAP -"III= III __� = III= = = 90'STREET ELLS rTy R.P.V.USE SBBG-45ALI.PROVIDE -III= III=III =III -III=_I DRIPLINE TUBING LATERAL EMISSION POINT LOOKING KIT N o DRAIN LINE 90"STREET ELLS I- Ili= = III- III- U SCHEDULE 80 NIPPLE � Q 1� m M =11 I I=11I-I=1 I- _I I E 51-HEXL F 40 � '=III=„III= i i� �U='� TREE ROOT13ALL FINISH GRADE FITTINGS - AREA PERIMETER V 6 DIA.ROUND - ESTIMATED DRIPLINE VALVE BOX to 4'GONGRETE PAD, III= III III III /� QUICK COUPLER VALVE OF MATURE TREE STATE OF r /t AIR/VACUUM/T RELIEF VALVE REGISTERED a, a' SIZE AS REQUIRED III F-III III - — � NOT TO SCALE (PLUMBED TO DRIPLINE AT REgSTERED � = � III 1= H�I —I --III, �I L-III III LAN SC AR I CT TO PROVIDE 3"ON --'.� III III=�- N- EACH HIGH POINT O y ALL SIDESENCLOSURE OF fill�III IMF= H) z IFHOLE IN �GW LF - LINE FLUSHING �,��I j ENCLOSURE t= .._Iy I I I-=I I-I I � _PAD FOR II =III-I I T VALVE W/GRAVELFritz 6"GLA552001DRAIN AR CER CATS N0.1075 I c `� PVC SLEEVE II H I-1�I I_ I�I PIPE IIF-IIH DRIPLINE TEE e =III=II II- =II 11 �Ilrll�l DRIPLINE TUBING & ASSESSORY P/C,LINE TO �IF�a = '(=III— C— Ol'PERF.— �iF= �� 3/4"DISC FILTER BLANK DRIPLINE TUBING y SYSTEMS „L- PVC,PIPE_ — (TY(TYPICAL) ILTER 3/4"SGH 00 UNION B x 18"VALVE (BE TERED ON MOUND OR ry MANUAL DRAIN (TYPIGAIa —FABRIC_ II�11=��f III �X FOR TREE PLANTING VALVE(REQUIRED V'DIA.12"DEEP 4—Ilr-III—I��-III-Pi�=-f REMOTE CONTROL NOT TO SCALE "e ONLY IF LINE DRAIN BED WITH 2" 121E Ir � - � -i TIC VALVE 3/4"PRV SLOP-5 TOWARD GRAVEL FOR DRAIN -IC IHIIIIriI m� II1_11 III m BACK FLOW VALVE.WRAP WITH 'I�11�111=ITrII� -III=III=:-III=III,IIC POLY EXHAUST HEADER PREVENTM FILTER FABRIC --'LI L�-L -1�= � i- FINISH GRADE " 3/4"SOH 80 LF ~LINE FLUSHING VALVE N UNION 1 REDUCED PRESSURE MALNLINE V.G. CLASS 200 PLUMBED TO POLY y W Q P.V.G.LATERAL PERIMETER LATERALS 2"TO BACK FLOW PREVENTER NOTTOSCALE L 4"FROM EDGE {� Z J AREA PERIMETER LF PLUMBED TO POLYETHYLENE ~ ? -=III-',I—III z M x F I.P.S LINE FLUSHING VALVE DRIPLINE LATERAL Y O J =III-III= s COUPLING DRIPLINE"END FEED"LAYOUT N I= FLOW III- TUBING Q _ L DRIPLINE END FEED LAYOUT 3 — �I IN IIIIIC. DRIPLE START 1I1= Z _ -I!I-1I1= III=III-III = NOT ro SCALE III`IIl=ill=III=11' coNNEcr1oN 2" — _ 1�111=11=III= MALE ADAPTER Z = - iI �T ITi-1i �- HIHTI-r FROM AUTOMATIC BRICK SUPPORT I Fill II =iI WALL IRRIGATION (I-EA.GORNERJ SPRINKLER o CONTROLLER I GU.FT.PEA GRAVEL SUMP - I-III-III-I I!-III- 1 T EXHAUST HEADER LL 2"RIGID STEEL PIPE FILTER FABRIC DRIPLINE TEE J UNCTION BOXS- BUILDING FLOOR LINEFLUSHING VALVE CAULK BOTH SIDES REMOTE CONTROL VALVE PLUMBED TO POLY BLANK TUBING CENTERED LF AREA PERIMETER ON MOUND OR BERM FINISH GRADE J A NOT TO SCALE AR 1LDING WITH 3/4 FILTER DIRECT BURIAL - — FOUNDATION CONTROL AND II�II ES TO = HI DRIPLINE START COMMON WIR r�[ VALVES. 2°RIGID STEEL AIR/VAOUIM RELIEF V CONNECTION VALVE(PLUMBED TO CONTROL VALV . PIPE ELBOW DRIPLINE AT EACH ��-��-- � (12"RAD.MIND 'C -Tr III �• III � — •: � C=. EXHAUST HEADER HIGH POINT) III II�II�II - IIU1�- DRIPLINE TEE 11-lJrlrEl - - 1- FINISH GRADE SUPPLY HEADER O -1I1-1 I1-1IIII rl" x —IC — DRIPLINE LATERAL I W TUBING DRIPLINE TEE y O AIR/VACLUM RELIEF REMOTE CONTROL AUTOMATICIRRIGATION DRIPLINE TUBING VALVE(PLUMBED TO 2 CONTROLLER NOT TO SCALE DRIPLINE ONE AT EACH VALVE WITH DISC HIGH POINT) FILTER AND PRV I,\[J BLANK TUBING CENTERED DRIPLINE TRIANGULAR N ON MOUND OR BERM 2 NOT TO SCALE BLANK DRIPLINE TUBIN - LAYOUT G a 4"VALVE Z� FIN15H GRADE MARKER ® 0 m N FINDERS TAPE DRIPLINE 3/4" AR ®® W c O (9"DEEP) EL LATERAL LINE ill=III a❑ (MIN.12"DEEP) 'BLAZING'Fast Fitting Tee FINISH rrt���i �III—III 4"P.V.G.SLEEVE =W 5��SOILROCK LL POLYETHYLENE PIPING GRADE =1L (D N =11-LI T-III a O Z to ALL PIPE -III—III N —W 1 xH 40 =1I I-III N1Bco r BRASS m a BALL DRAIN r FITTINGS N V MAINLINE SUPPLY HEADER -III (24°DEEP MIN) VALVE WITH"T"DRAIN ROCK HANDLE OR TAPE AND BUNDLE REMOTE CONTROL VALVE WITH _ I G.F.MIN. O APPROVED EQUAL r CONTROL WIRE AT DISC,FILTER AND PRV __ — _ r i 10'-0"O.G. I I' - LOW POINT IN INTERVALS ALONG III=III=i MAINLINE,SIZE - = - MAIN LINE -III= PER PLANS III= = COMM# 3461 II=III=III SOH.80 NIPPLE - —"'—"'— I'="'= @(Lateral DRIPLINE START CONNECTON Line to Tee NGTToscALe "III'ITII'III ;1111I-II-II-I I'I IIII "Ii'IIIIIII'I'Illli"iI1II'III g8 DRIPLINE CURVED AREA DATA: a�-19-L3 &TREELNCH SECTION -11_I1=III-11=11I RMS,ON NOT TO SCALE LAYOUT NOT TO SCALE 1.NODRAIN LINES MAY BE DIRECTED TO 71iE 517E DRAINAGE DATf;. SYSTEM WHERE APPLICABLE. REFER TO PLANS FOR MORE INFORMATION. nMANUAL DRAIN VALVE NOT TO SCALE I4 of 5 FINISH GRADE �' < N c 6"ROUND VALVE a� DRIPLINE TUBING Box 5 LINE FLUSHING VALVE(TLFV) .e°OP Eo� GOMPRE5510N $$8 RING(PROVIDED) a cn N N 6yi BRICK SUPPORTS G b a (THREW n _ SPEA UMP VEL 1 III c _ a w IIm mH E+ 1 FLUSHING VALVE 6"ROUND VALVE BOX NOT TO SCALE FINISH GRADE ST ATE R VALVE VACUUMK RELIEF = — — — LAND CE9g C EE AR ITECT 3/4"M x I/2"F REDUCTION BU5HIN6 _—_— _—__ Fritz Br DRIPLINE TUBING CER FlCATE NO.1075 o E 5/4"CRUSHED GRAVEL — a SUMP _m =_ BRICK SUPPORTS- — — fj(- — �r m DRIPLINE 160 2-104AY ADAPTER TEE ui ' N � 2 AIR / VACUUM RELIEF VALVE _ — — — FINISH GRADE W Q ZO NOT TO SCALE r � ~—T�— — INSTALL I/4"ABOVE GRADE AND Z 3 Z MULCH PER PLAN I — — — A MINIMUM OF 4"OFF WALKS o I— Z AND CURBS 2 v1 O FINISH GRADE I= ^—� POP-UP SPRAY HEAD Q � Z N -i IT I/2"MARLEX STREET ELLS 90°ELL SPIRAL BARB— cv � 't FITTINGS LINEAR LOW DENSITY o Q POLYETHYLENE SHINS PIPE(I2" 3 SCHEDULE 40 PVG LONG MIN.,18"LON6 MAX) Z LATERAL LINE (MIN.12"DEEP) VEED . DRIPLINE LATERAL BARB FABRIC OR --r SCHEDULE 40 FITTINGS �— SPAG146 PER PLANS APPROVED EQUAL 5LB GRADE SPRAY HEAD POP-UP SPRINKLER 3 LLADRIPLINE SUBGRADE NOT TO SCALE INSTATIONNOT TO SCALE POLYETHYLENE SUPPLY HEADER N O O START CONNECTION EXHAUST HEADER NON PARKIN&ISLAND PERIMETERUU AR AIRIVACM RELIEF ON BLANK DRIPLINE TUBING REMOTE CONTROL VALVE AGR055 ANY HIGH POINT ED WITH DISC FILTER AND (Tl'PJ PRV TOTAL LENGTH OF DRIPLINE P*. TUBING IN THI5 AREA CAN I�JI NOT EXCEED MAXIMUM LF LENGTH OF RUN.(SEE DESIGN m[ DRIPLINE START 6UIDELINES) �J CONNECTION MALE ADAPTER DRIPLINE TUBING THROU5HOUi N O PLANTER WITH DRIPPERS A7 W) SPACING IN LOAM O AR SUPPLY HEADER o START CONNECTION ON E O 0 LU SUPPLY HEADER(TYPJ C 0 2 DRIPLINE TUBING DRIPLINE PRESSURE REDUCING a n ISLAND PERIMETER VALVE ASSEMBLY a F LL N 00C, LF DRIPLINE FILTER WITH REMOTE Z—a aP DRIPLINE TEE CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY N N DRIPLINE ELL AIRNAGUUM RELIEF ON BLANK DRIPLINE TUBING � ACROSS ANY HIGH POINT AIR/VACUUM RELIEF (TfPJ ('UMM# 34b1 VALVE(PLUMBED TO DRIPLINE AT EACH LINE FLUSHING VALVE ON END AR HIGH POINT) OF EXHAUST HEADER AT POINT S OF THE LOWEST PRESSURE ON DATE: 07.19.13 p SYSTEM.(MINIMUM OF ONE PER REVISION °y LINE FLUSHING VALVE 15&PMXTYP) DATE: f PLUMBED TO DRIPLINE @NDYIPIPLINE PARKING ISLAND TICAL LAYOUT NOT TO SCALE 4 DRIPLINE ISLAND LAYOUT NOT TO SCALE 1.5 of 5 lye msL,.ay, STRUCTURAL NOTES �N E.D� DESIGN CRITERIA IS BASED UPON (REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION) 2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE STRUCTURAL DESIGN(OCCUPANCY CATEGORY II) I o 7 2 1. GENERAL: (REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS) c3 A. CONTRACTOR HAS SOLE RESPONSIBILITY TO COMPLY WITH ALL OSHA REGULATIONS. 1. LIVE LOADS �f B. THE STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF THE BUILDING IS BASED UPON THE FULL INTERACTION OF ALL ITS COMPONENT PARTS,WITH NO PROVISION ROOF(1/4"/12"): 20 PSF s,� MADE FOR CONDITIONS OCCURRING DURING CONSTRUCTION.THE STRUCTURE IS STABLE ONLY IN ITS COMPLETED FORM.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE BRACING DURING CONSTRUCTION.TEMPORARY SUPPORTS REQUIRED FOR STABILITY DURING ALL INTERMEDIATE 2. ROOF COLLATERAL LOADS STAGES OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE DESIGNED,FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR A.ARCHITECTURAUMECHANICAL: 2.5 PSF ?''" � CONSTRUCTIBILITY ANALYSIS AND ERECTION PROCEDURES,INCLUDING DESIGN AND ERECTION OF FALSEWORK,TEMPORARY BRACING,ETC. B.SPRINKLER SYSTEM: 0.0 PSF THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER ASSUMES NO LIABILITY FOR THE STRUCTURE DURING CONSTRUCTION. C. CORRECTIONS DUE TO UNFORESEEN FIELD CONDITIONS OR DIMENSIONAL DISCREPANCIES ON CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS MUST BE 3. SNOW LOADS Ce=1.0 C1=1.0 goM IMPLEMENTED. BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE PROJECT ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW AND AUTHORIZATION PRIOR TO CORRECTIVE MEASURES BEING GROUND LOAD(Pg): 15 PSF O A"•; MINIMUM ROOF SNOW LOAD(Pt): 25 PSF aq N u D. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE IN S USED IN CONJUNCTION E O ARCHITECTURAL,MECHANICAL,AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. IMPORTANCE FACTOR 18: 1.0 E. NOTES AND DETAILS ON DRAWINGS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER THESE GENERAL NOTES. ( ) m m F. ALL SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE PROJECT ARCHITECTIENGINEER PRIOR TO SUBMITTING TO THE BUILDING tr ti DEPARTMENT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. 4. WIND LOADS GCPI-+1-0.18 BASIC WIND SPEED: Vasd=85 MPH 2. FOOTINGS$FOUNDATION EXCAVATION: Vull=110 MPH EXPOSURE: C And A RECOMMENDATIONS STATED IN THE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT ISSUED. A GEOTECHNICAL ANALYSIS HAS BEEN PERFORMED ON THIS SITE. EBY CARDNO ATC(DATED APRIL 29,2013)SHALL BE FOILLOWEDROPRIATE (Irv). 1.0 G�IMPORTANCE FACTOR B. THE FOUNDATIONS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED FOR A SOIL BEARING OF 2000 pef FOR CONTINUOUS AND 2000 pat FOR ISOLATED FOOTINGS. C. FOUNDATIONS AND SLAB SHOULD BEAR ON ADEQUATE NATURAL SOILS OR ON PROPERLY PLACED AND COMPACTED ENGINEERED FILL.SEE 5. SEISMIC GEOTECHNICAL REPORT FOR SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS REGARDING EXCAVATION AND PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE.A GEOTECHNICAL Se: 1.2D0 ^ w ENGINEER SHOULD BE PRESENT TO DIRECT THE REMOVAL OF UNSUITABLE SOILS AND TO DETERMINE THE ADEQUACY OF THE BEARING Si: OA50 `I � SURFACE PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF REINFORCEMENT AND CONCRETE. Sds: 0.816 V W 0. FOOTING WIDTHS TO BE AS SHOWN ON PLANS AND DETAILS.BOTTOM OF FOOTING IS TO BE EXCAVATED SQUARE AND TRUE. Shc: 0,465 WA •• E. NO FOOTING TRENCH SHALL BE OPENED WITHOUT HAVING REINFORCING AND CONCRETE READY TO BE PLACED WITHIN THAT WORKING DAY. IMPORTANCE FACTOR(le): 1.0 ANY VARIATION FROM THIS PROCEDURE SHALL ONLY BE UPON THE APPROVAL OF THE PROJECT ARCHITECT. SITE CLASS(GEOTECH.REPORT): D ~ 6 F. ALL STRIP FOOTINGS SHALL BE CENTERED UNDER WALLS BEING SUPPORTED AND ALL ISOLATED FOOTINGS SHALL BE CENTERED UNDER DESIGN CATEGORY: D COLUMNS,UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. Set EQUIVALENT LATERAL FORCE PROCEDURE: G. MINIMUM EXTERIOR FOOTING DEPTH SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON THE FOUNDATION PLAN ON SHEET S2. ORDINARY STEEL MOMENT FRAME T/2 H. IN THE EVENT THAT ORGANIC SOIL OR UNCOMPACTED FILL IS FOUND BELOW FOOTINGS OR FLOOR SLABS,IT SHALL BE REMOVED AND ORDINARY AND STEEL 15 WITH V FRAME =71.0 KIPS R REPLACED WITH SELECT FILL,COMPACTED IN 8"LIFTS TO AT LEAST 95%OF MAXIMUM DENSITY AS DETERMINED BY STANDARD PROCTOR ORDINARY STEEL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAME PROCEDURES(ASTM O 898). R=3.25 AND Cs=0.231 WITH V(NS)=76.2 KIPS I. STRUCTURAL FILL SHOULD BE PLACED IN NO GREATERTHAN 8•LOOSE LIFTS AND COMPACTED TO AT LEAST 96%OF MAXIMUM DENSITY AS _ DETERMINED BY STANDARD PROCTOR PROCEDURES(ASTM D 698).ADEQUATE DENSITY AND MOISTURE CONTENT TESTS SHOULD BE 6. LOAD COMBINATIONS: ® _PERFORMED TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS.SUBGRADE INSPECTION AND FILL TESTING UNDER CONTROLLED LOAD COMBINATIONS SHALL BE PER THE ABOVE rr CONDITIONS IS CONSIDERED ESSENTIAL IF THE FOOTINGS ARE TO BE FOUNDED IN FILL.A TESTING FREQUENCY OF AT LEAST ONE FIELD REFERENCED BUILDING CODE. �g DENSITY TEST FOR EACH 2500 SQUARE FEET OF LIFT,BUT NOT LESS THAN 3 TESTS PER LIFT IS RECOMMENDED WITHIN THE BUILDING AREAS. < 3. CONCRETE: 7. BUILDING DEFLECTION LIMITS: A. FOR ALL CONCRETE PLACEMENT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE,ALL READY MIX CONCRETE SHALL BE 3000 psi.WITH TYPE I CEMENT(WATER (REFERENCED CODE DEFLECTION LIMITS,WHERE _ (, CEMENT RATIO=0.50)DO NOT ADD WATER TO MIX DESIGN AFTER DELIVERY TO THE PROJECT SITE. MORE STRINGENT CODE DEFLECTION APPLY,SHALL B. EXTERIOR CONCRETE(EXPOSED TO FREEZE-THAW)SHALL BE 4500 pal WITH TYPE I CEMENT(WATER TO CEMENT RATIO-D.45). SUPERSEDE THE FOLLOWING DEFLECTION LIMITS.) C. EXPOSED EXTERIOR CONCRETE SHALL BE AIR-ENTRAINED(TOTAL AIR CONTENT=5%).INTERIOR CONCRETE SHALL NOT BE AIR-ENTRAINED. MAX.ROOF SNOW OR LIVE LOAD DEFLECT.:SPAN/240 ` D. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE,CONCRETE COVER OVER STEEL REINFORCEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO THE MINIMUM REQUIRED BY ACI 318. MAX.ROOF TOTAL LOAD DEFLECT.: SPAN/180 E. REINFORCEMENT DETAILING AND PLACEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 318 AND ACI 315,EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED. MAX.METAL BUILDING RIGID FRAME F. HOT OR COLD WEATHER CONCRETING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 305-89 AND AC1308-"0,RESPECTIVELY. LATERAL DEFLECTION: HEIGHT/15D G. ANY CONCRETE PLACED BY MEANS OF PUMPING SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 3G4.2R(82). MAX.METAL BUILDING HORIZONTAL GIRT H. CEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-150 TYPE I. LATERAL DEFLECTION: SPAN/240 m I. AGGREGATES SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-33 FOR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE, o J. READY MIX CONCRETE SHALL BE MIXED AND DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C-94. .2 Z K. ADMIXTURES MAY BE USED WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.ADMIXTURES USED TO INCREASE THE WORKABILITY OF y Z Q p THE CONCRETE SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED TO REDUCE THE CEMENT CONTENT.NO CALCIUM CHLORIDE ADMIXTURES ALLOWED. 3 4. SLABS ON GRADE: kt 2 A. FLOOR SLABS ARE TO BE PLACED AND FINISHED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 302(SEE PROJECT MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION). j Z lY B. THICKNESS TOLERANCE FOR ALL SLABS IS TO BE PER ACI 117 AND IS NO MORE THAN+%"(THICKER)AND NO MORE THAN-W(THINNER)FROM SPLICE TABLE ' THE DESIGN THICKNESS. H CD v (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) S. REINFORCING: K J� A. REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE BILLET STEEL,ASTM A 815,GRADE 60.PROVIDE CONTINUOUS BENT BARS AT FOOTING STEPS AND 90 DEGREE BAR LAP SPLICE(in.) EMBED LENGTH nn.) p BENT TIES AT CORNERS,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.LAP SPLICES OR EMBEDMENT LENGTHS SHALL CONFORM TO CLASS B SPLICE(SEE SIZE Top BARS s OTHERS TOP BARS OTHERS HOOKS s 3 N SPLICE TABLE).ADJACENT BAR SPLICES IN WALLS AND FOOTINGS TO BE STAGGERED/ALTERNATED.ALL FOOTINGS SHALL REQUIRE HOOKED Class B Clan B Id Id Idh Z REINFORCING PROJECTED INTO WALLS,PILASTERS OR COLUMNS.THE SIZE AND SPACING OF DOWELS ARE TO MATCH VERTICAL r#3 30 24 24 20 10 REINFORCING,B. WELDED WIRE FABRIC(W WF)SHALL CONFORM TO THE CURRENT ASTM SPECIFICATION FOR COLD DRAWN STEEL REINFORCEMENT WIRE.LAP 40 30 30 24 12ENDAND EDGES MINIMUM 6". 48 40 40 30 16 C. REINFORCING DETAILING,BENDING,AND PLACING SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 315. 80 48 48 38 18 D. MINIMUM CONCRETE COVERAGE:THE MINIMUM CLEAR DISTANCES BETWEEN REINFORCING STEEL AND FACE OF CONCRETE SHALL BE MAINTAINED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE: SLABS ON EARTH.....................................................................................................UPPER 113 OF SLAB THICKNESS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1.SPLICE TABLE IS BASE ON THE FOLLOWING. CONCRETE BELOW GRADE,FORMED................................................................................2" A.CONCRETE fc-3,000 psi(WATERICEMENT RATIO=0.5) CONCRETE BELOW GRADE,UNFORMED AND POURED AGAINST EARTH.................3" B.CONCRETE EXPOSED TO FREEZErrHAW fd=4,500 PSI(WATER/CEMENT RATIO=0.45) FORM OR OTHER SURFACE EXPOSED TO WEATHER..............................................1-1/2" C.GRADE 80RESAR 0.BAR SPACING NOT LESS THAN 2 BAR DIAMETERS 6. STRUCTURAL STEEL E.CONCRETE COVER NOT LESS THAN ONE BAR DIAMETERS A. FABRICATOR QUALIFICATIONS: 2.LAP LENGTHS SHOWN ARE FOR CLASS'B'TENSION SPLICES PERACI 318-06 1. FABRICATOR MUST PARTICIPATE IN THE ABC QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM AND BE DESIGNATED AN AISO-CERTIFIED PLANT. CHAPTER 12. I o C B. MATERIALS: 3.TOP BARS ARE DEFINED AS HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT PLACED SO THAT MORE L� 1. STRUCTURAL STEEL............................................................................................ASTM A982,GRADE 50 UNLESS NOTED THAN IT OF CONCRETE IS CAST BELOW THE REINFORCEMENT IN THAT MEMBER. 2. PLATES,ANGLES,CHANNELS,AND MISCELLANEOUS STEEL.......................ASTM A36 4. STANDARD 90 DEG.HOOKS: A.RADIUS=B BAR DIAMETERS FOR#3 THRU#8 3. ANCHOR RODS.....................................................................................................ASTM F1554,GRADE 36 RADIUS=8 BAR DIAMETERS FOR#9 THRU#11 fpL 4. HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS............................................................I.........................ASTM A325(YY4"0)UNLESS NOTED B.LENGTH=16 BAR DIAMETERS L__J (OF NORTH AMERICAN MANUFACTURE) S. HOOK LENGTH MAY BE REDUCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318-05 CHAPTER 12.5 TENSION(T)AND SLIP CRITICAL(SC)BOLTING TO HAVE TENSION CONTROL BOLTS OR DIRECT TENSIONS INDICATOR WASHERS S. WELDING ELECTRODES......................................................................................AWS A5.1(E70)(X) SEE NOTE 4.A O 6. PIPE........................................................................................................................ASTM A53,GRADE 36 7. SQUARE AND RECTANGULAR HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTION(HSS).......ASTM A500,GRADE B SEE NOTE 4.B a. LIGHT GAUGE STEEL:SHALL CONFORM TO AISI(LATEST EDITION)AND THE FOLLOWING: A. ALL LIGHT GAUGE METAL STUDS,JOISTS AND HEADERS ARE TO MEET OR EXCEED INDUSTRY STANDARDS AS SET FORTH BY THE STEEL ��•l� STUDS MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION(SSMA). BED LENGT !LAPLICE OOK B. LIGHT GAUGE STEEL MEMBER DESIGNATIONS SHOWN ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ARE SSMA STANDARD DESIGNATIONS. d m C. ALL LIGHT GAUGE STEEL WALL SHALL BE LATERALLY BRIDGED USING 1W COLD FORM CHANNELS SPACED AT 48"O.C.MAXIMUM VERTICALLY, BRIDGING CHANNEL IS TO BE POSITIVELY CONNECTED AT EACH END BY AN APPROVED METHOD. D. BOTTOM TRACK FASTENERS TO BE SPACED AT 48"O.C.MAXIMUM AND WITHIN 6"OF DOOR AND WINDOW OPENINGS AND ENDS OF WALLS. E. REFER TO TYPICAL COLD-FORMED NOTES ON SHEET 86 FOR CONCRETE ANCHORAGE REQUIREMENTS. N F. ALL LOAD BEARING STUDS TO BE SEATED SQUARELY INTO TOP AND BOTTOM WALL TRACKS WITH NO MORE THAN 1/16'GAP. NN0 G. THE DESIGN OF SLIP TRACKS SHALL CONFORM TO THE GUIDELINES ESTABLISHED IN SSMA TECHNICAL NOTE NO.1 PUBLISHED JANUARY,2001. 97 - 9. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS O= A. ALL CMU SHALL BE 2-CELL BLOCK, Z2 BLOCK.CELLS WHICH CONTAIN REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE FILLED SOLID WITH GROUT,INCLUDING BOND BEAMS AND LINTELS. •® U)O Ud STRUC�+ �•. p A �+ ® B. VERTICAL CELLS TO BE FILLED SHALL HAVE VERTICAL ALIGNMENT SUFFICIENT TO MAINTAIN A CLEAR,UNOBSTRUCTED,CONTINUOUS X U)Z TURAL SPECIAL INSPECTIONS: VERTICAL CELL NOT LESS THAN 2"x3•IN PLAN DIMENSIONS,SEE SECTION 6183. rW 1 O A. The structural design for this project is based on completion of special C. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE,FOUNDATION DOWELS SHALL EXTEND TO BOTTOM OF FOUNDATION CONCRETE AND 48 DIAMETERS PLUS 8"INTO r�a inspections during construction in accordance with section 1704 of the 2009 THE MASONRY WALL OR PARTITION.LAPS OR SPLICES SHALL BE 2'-0"OR 48 DIAMETERS,WHICHEVER IS GREATER.THERE SHALL BE A If International Building Coda.The owner shell employ one or more qualified FOUNDATION DOWEL FOR EACH VERTICAL REINFORCING BAR. =W special inspectors to provide the required special inspections. D. VERTICAL WALL REINFORCING SHALL EXTEND CONTINUOUS FROM THE TOP OF FOUNDATION TO EMBED INTO UPPER MOST BOND BEAM. ®. I-U N B. Special Inspections shall be required for the Items indicated below.The General E. AN ADDITIONAL VERTICAL BAR(#5 MIN.)WITH FOUNDATION DOWEL,SAME SIZE AND LENGTH AS THE DESIGNATED WALL REINFORCING BARS, Z N Contractor shall provitle notification to the inspector when items requiring SHALL BE PLACED: O Z cD inspection are ready to be inspected and provide access for those Inspections. 1. AT INTERSECTION OF WALLS. U) 1) Placement of Concrete 2. ON EACH SIDE OF DOOR AND WINDOW OPENINGS. N 2) Testing of Concrete 3. ON EACH SIDE OF CONTROL JOINTS.(REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR CONTROL JOINT LOCATIONS.) 3) Bolts in Concrete F. BOND BEAMS AT TOP OF CMU WALLS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS.ALL INTERMEDIATE BOND BEAMS,IF ANY,SHALL BE CONTINUOUS EXCEPT 4) Placement of Reinforcing Steel WHERE INTERSECTED BY OPENINGS. 5) Verificallon of Soll Bearing Capacities G. HORIZONTAL MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE FABRICATED 9 GAUGE LADDER TYPE UNITS INSTALLED AT t8"O.C.STARTING AT 16" 8) High Strength Bolling ABOVE FOUNDATION.WHERE DOUBLE WYTHE CMU IS SHOWN,WYTHES MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY TIED TOGETHER WITH 9 GAUGE LADDER 7) Post Installed Anchor Bolls TYPE JOINT REINFORCEMENT. 8) Drill$Epoxy Anchor Bolts and Dowels H. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS SHALL CONFORM TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE CURRENT BUILDING CODE AND ASTM C-90(fm'=1500 WITH TYPE S° COMM# 3461 9) Structural Welding MORTAR,UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.SEE DESIGN CRITERIA FOR BUILDING CODE INFORMATION. 10) Structural Steel I. VERTICAL REINFORCING SHALL BE#5's AT 32"O.C.-LAP SPLICES TO BE 48 BAR DIAMETER(30'MIN.)VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE 11 Li ht Gau a Stick Framin Ins action 1 CENTERED IN EACH CELL BY USE OF REBAR POSITIONERS AT MAXIMUM SPACING OF 24"O.C.-POSITIONERS SHALL BE 9 go.WIRE AND HOT 12 Mason St DIP GALVANIZED. ry( )periodic. J. USE DETAILS 2 THROUGH 9 ON SHEET S3. In addition to material verification,observe all reinforcing voids prior to I)ATE, 7.19.13 routin to confirm clean void and mbar position and lap. Observe grouting. 4. LUMBER: REVISION 13) op a ncahon or metalw mg Faoncaton A. TREATED LUMBER: DATE, C. The special inspector shell furnish inspection reports to the building official, 1. IN LOCATIONS WHERE TREATED LUMBER IS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS,THE APPROVED PRESSURE TREATED WOODS ARE ACQ-D owner,dis architect and structural engineer,immandediate any other noon of parson. (CARBONATE)OR CA-B TREATED WOODS WITHOUT AMMONIA CARRIERS.THE CHEMICAL RETENTION LEVELS ARE TO BE NO GREATER 1 10-15.13 D. All discrepancies shell gi eer of r to the immediate attention of the field repcontraort,for THAN 0.4 PCF FOR ACO-2,0.21 PCF FOR CA-8.ALL METAL CONNECTORS ARE TO HAVE A GALVANIZED COATING OF NO LESS THAN 1.85 correction if uncorrected and to the engineer of record e p 48 hours by copy of field report, OUNCES OF ZINC PER SQUARE FOOT PER ASTM A653.ALL BOLTS,SCREWS,NAILS,AND OTHER FASTENERS ARE TO BE GALVANIZED PER then,it uncorectetl within 72 hours,to the proper design authority,building official and structural engineer. ASTM A153,WHERE TREATED LUMBER IS SHOWN IN EXTERIOR INSTALLATIONS WITH NO ROOF COVERINGS TO PREVENT DIRECT E. The special inspector shall submit a final signed report stating that the work EXPOSURE TO RAIN,USE HOT DIP GALVANIZED CONNECTORS PER ASTM A123, requiring special inspection was,to the best of the inspectors knowledge,in conformance with the approved plans and specifications and the applicable p D workmanship provisions of the building code. U 4338 Belleview Structural Engineers-Since 1957 Kansas City, MO 64111 I / BOB D. CAMPBELL&CO.,INC. 02013 eoB D.CAM BELiL6$CO.,INC. S 121. l) n. E. WA ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST KEYNOTES: r. tiA NOTE: CONCRETE UNIT CAP WITH 1 2 3 4 5 MASONRY TEXTURES AND " BACKER ROD,SEALANT AT BUTT n COLORS T MATCH BUILDING. 1" 7°/s" 1" JOINTS,CONT.FLEXIBLE FLASHING p1 FLOOR SAFE:OWNER FURNISHED.CONTRACTOR INSTALL.PROVIDE 18"x18" 110'-0" REFERST MATCH BUILD( &DRIP EDGE CAST INTO CAP WITH BLOCKOT(SEE SECTION 4/84).REFER TO ARCHITECT FOR PLAN LOCATION.FINAL A 20'-0" 30'-0" 30'-0" 30'-0' DRAWINGS. #3 DWL x8"Q 32"oc EXTENDING 1 v INSTALLATION OF SAFE TO BE AFTER COMPLETION OF OFFICE GYP.BOARD WORK 1 TYPMIN.INTO MORTAR IN PLACET 8 BOND BEAM. O (PLACED IN UPPER ONE-THIRD ID PROVIDE 4' HICKCONCRETE NCRET SLAB REINFORCEDNE35) WITH 4 COMPACTED FREE *� • DRAINING GRANULAR MATERIAL Y CONT.SPLIT OR SMOOTH FACE ENGINEER)ON PROPERLY PREPARED 3UBGRADE.PROVIDE CONTROL AND ISOLATION TYP. SIM. 4'-0" '•9" s (AS DIRECTED BY THE ON3ITE GEOTECHNICAL 2 12 11 BOND BEAM(REFER TO ARCH.) JOINTS AS INDICATED.SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR TOP OF CONCRETE SPOT ELEVATIONS -0" 55 SS S5 10 WITH(2)#4 CONT.AT 4' o.c.(TYP.) BOTTOM OF FOOTING o pg DOOR PA0•PROVIDE 4"THICK CONCRETE REINFORCED WITH 6x8•W1.4xW1,4 WWF __L_ Z J- -L_ J- Z �BO L S- -Zs -� _ J.., t„".. (PLACED IN UPPER ONE-THIRD OF SLAB THICKNESS)OVER 4'COMPACTED FREE X"ISOLATION JOINT wl DRAINING GRANULAR MATERIAL(AS DIRECTED BY THE ONSITE GEOTECHNICAL A ASPHALTIC FILLER&SEALANT. ENGINEER)ON PROPERLY PREPARED SUBGRADE,PROVIDE CONTROL AND ISOLATION r o F5.0 ^? T- F5, g F5.0 P3 °7 -17 24" 4 JOINTS ASINDICATED.SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR TOP OF CONCRETE SPOT ELEVATIONS.P12 S4 7 8 I 8"(NOMJ SPLIT OR SMOOTH FACE CMU,REFER SLAB HAIRPIN.SEE DETAIL61S4 FIELD BEND HAIRPIN TO MISS FLOOR SAFE •S4 #4 x5'-0"OWL 24"oc. P4 O O TO ARCH.REFER TO STRUCTURAL NOTES ON FIELD BEND AS SHOWN. WHERE REDUIRED.)mm m m SHEET S1 FOR WALL VERT.&HORIZ.REINF.ua REFER TO SHEET S3 FOR TYP.CMU DETAILS. CONCRETESLAB p5 STEEL BOLLARD:SEE SITE DEVELOPMENT PLANS. ERE APPLICABLE,m Ih' pER CIVIL. ALIGN WITH CENTERLINE OF STOREFRONT MULLIONS) P14 "" CONT.SPLIT OR SMOOTH FACE BONDBEAM(REFER TO ARCH.)w/(2)#4 CONT."' P4 r P4 (- 55 TVP. 2°CLR.CVR. p8 PROVIDE#4x4'-0'DOWEL TURN 45 DEGREE AT SLAB INSIDE CORNERS.PAVING OR GRADING PER CIVIL,SEE ALNP. � S3 BOTTOM OF INTERIOR I I I I I I I I I EL.SEE IVIL p) SIDE WALK CONTROL JOINT.SEE SECTION 11S4. w GRADING PLAN FOR FINISH GRADES. F=OOTINGS/GRADE SEAMS I I I I I I I I I I I I I J #3STIRRUP 1n p6 SIDE WALK ISOLATION JOINT(SEE SECTION 3134) 9T4(TYP.U.N.O.) CAP @ 30.00. E Q..? fu �� ti pg #4 x 5'-T 2'A' CORNER BARS AT MID-DEPTH IN 4'SLAB SECTION. DOWEL V-6"SLAB L_ - _J L _ - .J L-- __1 L_ - L- - JIL- - J L_ - J L_ - J L_ - _J L- - J L- - J u°s \\ \ \\ \ \: O v' TURNDOWN INTO r 1 O m m 6'-8"DWI--MATCHING SIZE& w�•%f�• / /� �� p1g NOT USED. GRADE BEAM MR) F_ -7 � � � � � 7 F_ 7 � 7 F_ � I � � � r � � S5 ��z SPACING OF WALL REINF. I #4 CONT. FTIG,SHOWN&1LAPPED PER":"INTO TOP C L P11 115z5'-0"2'4i"CORNER CARS AT CORNERS OF WALL AND FOOTING PER 71S4. O _ o CMU NOTE"SO",SEE 72 I I #3 STIRRUPS @30"oc• P12 7"CONCRETE SLAB WITH MlToc EACH WAY MID-HEIGHT IN SLAB. aC 6"THICK CONCRETE SLAB R ENFORCED w/#Ws @ 15"m EACH WAY(PLACED I I I I I I 55 STRUCTURAL NOTES SHEET 81. - O o AT MID-DEPTH OF SLAB THIOKNESS)(FIBERMESH CANNOT BE USED IN LIEU _ L_ - J I - _J L_ - -I L OF THIS REINFORCEMENT) VER 10 MIL POLYETHYLENE VAPOR RETARDER _J [- - J - J (3)#5 CONT, EL.SEE PLAN P13 VESTIBULESLAB"8•THICK CONCRETES AB REINFORCED WI#4 @12'ac EACH WAY TOP&BOTTOM. I (PLACED AT MID-HEIGHT OF SLAB THICKNESS)OVER POLYETHLINE o 4 OVER 4"COMPACTED FREE RAINING GRANULAR MATERIAL(AS DIRECTED !��"�, § 2'-0" L - 11 - -1 j- - --I r - -I r BY THE ONSITE GEOTECHNI ENGINEER)OVER PROPERLY PREPARED - - 6; io '�' VAPORDIECTED BY THE R r ONSITOMPACTEDFREE ENGINING EER)RANULAR OVER PROPERLY TYP, 55 DRAWINGS) FINISH FLOOR L.=LLAT N OF UNDER PER CIVIL ��',�;•;1••. (AS DIRECTED 8Y THE ONSITE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER)OVER PROPERLY I DRAWINGS)COORDINATE( STALLATION OF UNDER SLAB MECHANICAL, I I I I S I I 5 TYPICAL TRASH/HVAC PREPARED SUBGRADE.TOP OF SLAB FI.=100'-0' e ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING SYSTEM WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. S4 S5 '1, 5 2 ENCLOSURE DETAIL O _ III I I III I I TYR I I : I, a P74 GRADE BEAM STEP,SEE SECTION 31S2. �a $'j SCALE: 314"=V-0" J - _J L_ __J L_ J - _J L_ - J L_ - -I - -I r 4 -I F - -1 f- -I F- FOOTING SCHEDULE W 1 I I I III I I I III I I I I III 3 I I I I 55 .• SS § EXTEND BOTT.BARS 40 BAR DIA. y F- 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I TYp I I I SIM MARK FOOTING SIZE F0071NO REINFORCEMENT BOTTOM OF FOOTING SS P �+ PLUS DEPTH OF STEP(TYP.) (W x L x 7) ELEVATION .,o., W Z J P4 P4 P4 ;I, q ` LONG. TRANS. z � O C - L J L J - L L - L L_ L - I L_ - L J L L - � L_ - L SS L ..1 m GR.BM.REINF. *-3�"0" F3.0 3'A"x3'-0"xZ.O" (8)#5 (e)#5 9T4" Q fn I� YI r SIM. SIM. TYPE 3 -II SECTIONSPER PIL IN& PROVIDE3DOUBLE F3.5 3'-8"x3'-8"x2'-0" (6)#5 (6)#5 97'-3" Z ? m 2 6 PB S5 8 F 1j; ?? STIRRUPS AT STEP F4.0 4'-WxW-TxZ.O- (8)#5 (8)#5 97'-4" z p I S5 TYP. TYP. I I 55 I I NP. _ I TYR I I; a BOTT.DIAGONAL F4.5 4'-8"x4'-6•xZ-O" (8)#5 (8)#5 97'-4" 3 N mI TYR g r C a AT STEP(TYP.) F5.0 5'-O"x&-O-xV_O- (10)#5 (10)#5 98'-W m TYP. 11 S5 11 35 I I 55 1 I 55 I I m v I F5.5 5'-8"x5'-8"x2'-0' (10)#5 (10)#5 97'-4" 2 P71 BOF=97J F4.5 J L_ - 1 L F6.0 rn F5.0 J L - L BOF=9T-0" II I: (12)#5 (12)#5 9T-0" -_ J FELD a,A"x&-Vx2'-0" B - F6.5 6'-0"x8'-SN2'-0" (12)#5 (12)iR5 g7'-4" r 5 F7.0 T-0'x71-0"x2'-0" (14)#5 (14)#5 974" P13 .II. F7.5 Tva -8'kT-8"x2'A" +!'L+ '.: :. .. ''J 1._ - !--11 PROVIDE 2'-0"HK. NOTES: „^ MIN.AT DISCONT. 1.ALL ANCHOR BOLTS SFALL BE 32E,QUANTITY AND SPACING AS SPECIFIED BY THE PRE-ENGINEERED MEFAL (veY[QJl P5 ENDS(TYP.) BUILDING MANUFACTURER MAINTAIN Y MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER AROUND BOLTS.TIES SHALLWRAP 8 I AROUNDANCHOR BOLTS. Typ, EXTEND BO-.BARS 40 BAR DIA. 2 COLUMN BASE PLATES ARE TO REST ON TOP OF SLAB.PROVIDE LEVEL BEARING SURFACE FOR EVENCONTACT. PLUS DEPTH OF STEP(TYP.) 3.COLUMN FOOTING REINFORCEMENT TO BE INTEGRAL WITH CONTINUOUS FOUNDATION REINFORCEMENT.• 4.PROVIDE ANCHOR BOLT TEMPLATES AT COLUMN.5'-1" 5'-0" 5'-1" 5'-1" 5'-0' 5'-1" ' " 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" 8'-0" 4'-8" 4'-8" T�17 4'-8" B-C. 5'-0•' 1.11 4'-4" � TYPICAL GRADE BEAM STEP 5.ALL SPREAD FOOTINGSARETO BE CENTERED BENEATH COLUMNS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 0 3 SECTION CONST. L!2j SCALE: 314"=V-0" 1 FLOOR/FOUNDATION PLAN N N 0 S2 SCALE: t/e"=t'O" SIGN BY OTHERS SIGN POLE&BASE PLATE BY OTHERS CMU BEYOND AT EACH END CONT.SPLIT OR SMOOTH FACE BOND BEAM(REFER TO ARCH.) 8"(NOM.)SPLIT OR SMOOTH FACE CMU,REFER WITH(2)#4 CONT.AT 4'-TO.c.(TYP.) TO ARCH.REFER TO STRUCTURAL NOTES ON SHEET S1 FOR WALL VERT.&HORIZ.REINF. '` GROUT AS NECESSARY REFER TO SHEET S3 FOR TYP.CMU DETAILS. AFTER SIGN POST HAS cN ' BEENPLACEDAND FINISH GRADE SEE ANCHORED Y V) SITE PLAN �'°+14rF.;,';• i'.>:. �. Z CMU CONTROL JOINTS 14'-0" O • �\ -WEEP HOLES @ 32"oc W 0 (4)#5 HORIZ.BARS f W 1. SPACING: n FULL GROUT ALL CMU W y Cl 25'-0"MIN.IN FULLY GROUTED CMU 8'•0" 8'-0" iq r�_ #5 x4'-0"OWLS a 32"oc. 20'-0"MIN.IN PARTIALLY GROUTED CMU I EMBED DWL 16"INTO TOP (4)L3/4'TS DIA.ANCHOR Q 0- 30'-0'MAX. B J OF FOOTING AS SHOWN. BOLT5 FOR SIGN PER IL n 2. CONTROL JOINT MUST BE LOCATED 4'-B"+/- 10,(-Typ•) PLAN 2 W tp FROM BUILDING CORNER.REFER TO ROOF O C14 SECTIONS WEE AND 8/S6. - - - - - - - - - - - - to - 3. COORDINATE CONTROL JOINTS WITH ROOF #4 BENT DOWELS (3)#3 TIES& • § to I,oQ PURLINS.LOCATE AT APPROX.MID-POINT (4)3/4"DIA.ANCHOR (4)#6 BENT OWLS 112"oc EA.FACE M a" BETWEEN ROOF PURLINS.REFER TO ROOF BOLTS DRILL&EPDXY N U).q. SECTION 1/S6. INTO FOUNDATION,12" _ (5)#4 CONT. EMBED.(CONTRACTOR ' •' 4 I JtD" a N FIELDVERIFY31)1 6" HOLE DIM § AETER SIGN POLE&BASE PLATE BY OTHERS 5" CONTRACTOR FIELD FB SECTION COMM# 3461 VERIFY PRIOR TO INSTALLING - - - - - - - - ANCHORS,TYPICLl - - - J -- $2 SCALE: 3/4"=V-0" NOTE: DATE: 7.19.13 BRING TO THE ENGINEER'S REVISION ATTENTION ANY VARIANCE p SIGN FOUNDATION DATE: TO SPECIFIED ANCHOR, SIZE OR LAYOUT PRIOR TO 5,2 SCALE: 1/2"=T-0" 1 10.15.13 ANCHORING SIGN. B D C 4338 Belleview Structural Engineers-Since 1957 Kansas City, MO 64111 (818)531-0144 FAX(816)531-8572 BOB D.CAMPBELL&CO.,INC. =013-BOB D.CAMPBELL&CO.,INC. O 4N MASONRY LINTEL SCHEDULE k 0'-0"TO 6'-0°MASONRY OPENING 8"DEEP CMU CONTROL JOINTS LINTEL BLOCK WITH(2)CONTINUOUS BARS PER SECT.41S3 AS SHOWN WITH LNTEL 1. SPACING: 2 3 4 5 BLOCK EXTENDING 24"BEYOND OPENING 25'-0"MIN.IN FULLY GROUTED CMU 20'-0"MIN.IN PARTIALLY GROUTED CMU 30'-0"MAX. 110'-0" 73 61-4"TO 8'-0"MASONRY OPENING 18°DEEP LINTEL 2. CONTROL JOINT MUST BE LOCATED 4'-r-P 30'-0" WITH CONTINUOUS BARS PER SECT.4/S3 WITH 2- FROM BUILDING CORNER.REFER TO ROOF 20'-0" 30'-0" #5 CONTINUOUS TOP BOND BEAM AS SHOWN WITH v SECTIONS 31S6 AND 8/S6. " 3. COORDINATE CONTROL JOINTS WITH ROOF y I I 3 CMU LINTEL OVER DOOR PURLINS.LOCATE AT APPROX.MID-POINT S6 OP NINGS,SEE MASONRY OO TOP OF PARAPET LIt EL SCHEDULE 8'-0"YO 12'-O"MASONRY OPENING 24"DEEP LINTEL BETWEEN ROOF PURLINS.REFER TO ROOF ❑0 8"(NOM)CMU SEE ARCHITECTURAL WITH CONTINUOUS BARS PER SECT.4/53 WITH 2- SECTION 1/S8. w 2 (TYPICAL) LINTEL BAS SHOWN WITH LO KUEXTEND EXTENDING 24TOP BOND BEBEYOND OPENINGS p w❑o AND#3®8"o.c.VERT.STIRRUPS EA.FACE WITH 90 _ A U DEGREE HOOK AT EA.END Jzc _ z w _ 2`17 SPANDREL BEAM AND DRAG ST UT BY PRE- 1 OPENING O E NT L IN V O ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING UFACTURER. Sfi BACK FROM FACE OF JAMB " W HOLD LATERAL DEFLECTION TO MAX.U240 AND ARCHITECTURAL PLANS SEE WHERE SHOWN ON hoa>� C� iv _ TRANSFER INTENSION AN CO P.MEMBER �iq E .AND END CONNECTIONS,A MIN UM OF 24,000 DETAIL 2153 8 3153. a' POUNDS(-TYPICAL).REFERENC D CODE w V zp7 zDEFLECTION LIMITS SHALL SUP RSEDE NOTED O 1= O❑ O DE LECTIONLIMITS — e W Z mop 'zo Z. I ® y w F a w o _ r — REINFORCING PER — _ ~ O LL w w w STRUCTURAL NOTE 9E ON CONTROL JOINT.FILL WITH SEALANT ON Y,"DIA.FOAM f o w J ❑w w m❑ I I SHEET S1 IN GROUTED BACKER ROD w o ❑ m ❑ CELL CONTINUOUS _ _ _ L _ w g 0. w w w=O m • CONTROL JOINT SEE DETAIL x z m 5 O z - m O O z `- 1 7 I I I I ZIS3 AND LINTEL SCHEDULE. m O M. z r Z. uj w ❑ ui SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR z Z. w ❑ pj r w 55 •0- SEE MASONRY LINTEL w W LL°w a w w _ a w w — > d x SCHEDULE ABOVE FOR BUILDING LOCATION n y _ o- m a❑w m y W a y Ow LINTEL REQUIREMENTS VERTICALJOINT p cxi m m W a w m w z w rOn z m< REINFORCING m ❑ z �+ REINFORCING PER �¢ _ _ J — STRUCTURAL NOTE 9E ON m z w g m w t w I PER SECT.21S3 w r `�w_ m 0.❑ a ❑ I I SHEET S1 IN GROUTED NOTES FOR JAMB � r❑ _ � O _ a A SEE CMU WALL a a 9 N p O ❑_ 0 CELL CONTINUOUS REINFORCING 24"MIN of W Z ❑ZO O zxm 00 Q=IN_- K ad%~ K - - MASONRY CONTROL z � a w 3 z ' 0 J=Z D~° 2 JOINT DETAIL Wz ON °cOri° < °LL'r' ¢' O �¢ �zo N¢o W� S3 SCALE: NONE MASONRY MASONRY 1 m ❑ F TYPICAL OPENING REINFORCEMENT c ~ S6 BEA1uTAND DRAG S - as 1.)(1)VERT.BAR MATCHING WALL REINF.SIZE LINTEL DETAIL O Q ENGINEERED METAL BUILDIN MANUFACTURER. - < IN 8"CMU WALLS FOR EACH VERTICAL LINE 3 N HOLD LATERAL DEFLECTION T MAX.0240 AND o.w Q SHOWN ON ELEVATION. 53 SCALE: NONE 2 TRANSFER IN TENSION AND C MP.,MEMBER m i 2)(2)#4 HORIZ.BARS IN 8"CMU WALLS FOR _ AND END CONNECTIONSr,A MI IMUM OF 24,000 . EACH LINE SHOWN BELOW OPENINGS POUNDS(TYPICAL).REFEREN ED CODE 8"(NOM)C 1 ON ELEVATION AND AT BOND BEAMS 8"(NOM)CMU DEFLECTION LIMITS SHALL SU ERSEDE NOTED (TYPICAL) 86 (TYPICAL) DEFLECTION LIMITS. — s MIN DIMENSION 3.)SEE NOTE#4 AND S/S3 FOR BARS ADJUSTMENTS TO DIMENSIONS TO OVER OPENINGS. 7/t77_ — PER 51S3 AND PROVIDE DEFINED CLEAR GROUT NOTE 4 EF UT SOLID 16"DEEP NOTE: COVER,BUT ALL ADJUSTMENTS _ s OPENINGS 8'v}" REINFORCING SHALL SHALL BE APPROVED BY ENGINEER BOND za '-0"WIDE. BE PLACED IN PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION AND 2'-0" s SPACE BARS TO POSITIONERS PRIOR SHALL NOT EXCEED 114" BM 2'-0" INSIDE OF VERT. TOP REINF.PER TO GROUTING. TOP OF PARAPET I 1 L— (. _� 5 e SiM 1 BARS SEE ARCHITECTURAL 1 p S6 sa M LINTEL SCHEDULE 2Ya"* 33 "3 3)"t Y L KI 8"CMU WALL S6 ❑ S6 q i 4 TYP. GROUT VOID(TYP.) SIM. S6 J2�INF.CHAIR iO (CONSOLIDATE& 16"M5'{1PPORT(a� MORTAR CMU RECONSOLIDATE n VERT.BARS u //''�� ARE FULL TYp 48"ox. WEBS ADJACENT GROUT W/MECH. FOR MASONRY CONTROL JOINTS SEE DETAIL \jO N ST. HEIGHT TO GROUTED VIBRATOR) 2/S3.COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL "TYPICAL OPENING&COLUMN REINF." I volos.(TVP. FOR CONTROL JOINTS LOCATIONS. Y BOT.REINF.PER ) DEL BAR 1 ROO�FRA�MIN�GPLAN (v LINTEL453 NOTE4 REINF.4 CMU WALL ELEV. THICKNESSPER PLAN 1 BAR DIAMETER REBARPOSITIONERS PROVIDE SUPPORT FRAME FOR HUNG SCALE: 1/e° CLEAR GROUT SHALL BE PROVIDED MECHANICALEQUIPMENTAND UTILITIES PER 77 S3 SCALE: NONE 5 SECTION COVER ENDSTO OFORTBOTH SECTION AISB(TYPICAL).P.E.M.B.TO DESIGN ENDS OF EACH BAR ROOF FRAMING FOR THE MECHANICAL SCALE: 1 1/2"=1'-O° AND ATA MAXIMUM EQUIPMENT LOADS. GENERAL CRITERIA:(SECTION 4/S3 CONT.) S3 OF 24"o.c. NOTE: POSITIONER SHALL BE 1.)VERTICAL REINFORCING BARS SHOWN SEPARATE VERTICAL REINF. 9 GA.WIRE(MIN.)& ON'TYPICAL OPENING"SHALL BE PLACED IN PLACEMENT TOLERANCE HOTDIP GALVANIZED. SEPARATE VOIDS. SHALL BE±Y4"FROM LOCATIONS NOTED. LAPPING BAR LOCATION o 2.)VERTICAL REINF.BARS SHALL BE DOWELED TO FOR NEXT LIFT(TYP.) o] FOUNDATION WITH A DOWEL OF MATCHING 512E In SINGLE BAR 0 AND SPACING. REINF.FOR 8" ® Z E 3.)CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND VERIFY WALL OPENINGS IN MASONRY WALLS.OPENINGS ®® K I,, SHALL BE DETAILED ON REINFORCING SHOP ALL MORTAR PROJECTIONS Z DRAWING ELEVATIONS. CMU WALL CL w O COLUMN DIMENSIONAL RANGE INTO GROUTED VOIDS SHALL a BE LESS THAN W BEYOND 16"<W<40' - 4.) LINTEL REINFORCING(5/S3): INSIDE FACE OF MSRY. =Wto n A.)OPENINGS 5'-4"OR LESS WIDE-2#4 COW c ~ N Q B.)OPENINGS BTWN5'-0"&6'-4"WIDE-2#SCONT. V DETAIL �"`° #3 TIES(�8°o.c. _ _ Wi N ao THRU COLUMN HT. t D.)OPENINGS BTWN 8'-4"&12'-0"WIDE-2#6 COW 135 DEGREE PLUS 2'-0"ABOVE I. w!#3 @ 8"o.c.VERT.STIRRUPS EA.FACE WITH 53 SCALE: 1 7/2"=t'-O" N d- HOOK(TYP.) AND BELOW OPNG. i; TOP BOND BM 90 DEGREE HOOK EA.END .(I BLOCK)BLOCK) �/ CONTROL JOINT PROVIDE 1 CORNER BAR REINF NOT SHOWN (OR WALL END) NOTE: IN OUTSIDE FACE.4'-0" FOR CLARITY. ALL MASONRY VOIDS AND BOND BEAMS (MATCH BOND BM REINF) TO BE GROUTED SHALL BE FREE OF DEBRIS ¢z 24 SAW CUT OR 96(a L_ ANY MASONRYAND MORTAR DROPPINGS PRIOR TO W//DROPPINGS OR DEBRISUTING. m o SPECIAL BLOCK �• VERT.REINF.PER 48 BAR DIAMETER OBSERVED IN VOIDS SHALL BE REJECTED. COMM# 3461 CMU z LAP(MIN.)(TYP.) TYP WALL NOTES K.O. - d DATE: 7-19-13 ALL VOIDS IN COLUMN \ SLOTS —, m #4 HOOK BAR(T1YP. REVISION SHALL BE GROUTED. BOND BEAM REINF. a'-o' AT CONTROL JOINTS DATE: NOTE: "KNOCKOUT'or TROUGH BOND BM BLOCK PER 41S3(TYP.) OR WALL ENDS n TIES SHALL BE NOTE:REBAR (TYPICAL UNIT EXCEPT Q DOOR OPNGS —, 1 10-15-13 FABRICATED TO _ - LOCATED PER SOLID BOT BD,BM SHALL BE USED. MAINTAIN A SINGLE 6/53 PROVIDE GROUT STOP(RE:SPECS.)UNDER LAYER OF TIE REINF. K.O.BOND BEAMS OVER CELLS WHICH ARE "TYPICAL BENT HORIZONTAL BAR ANCHORAGE" IN MASONRY JOINT. _ NOT TO BE REINFORCED AND GROUTED. "TYPICAL COLUMN" SECTION SECTION S3 DETAIL S3 SC 6 D 4338Belleview SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" SCALE: NO SCALE =1'•0° Structurei Engineers-Sine 1957 Ka �144nsas MO 64111 S$ SCALE: 1 1/2° 16)531-0572 BOB D.CAMPBELL&CO.,INC. 02013-BOB D.CAXAMPBELL&CO.,INC. 0 O� fix, NOTE:ANY OR ALL SAWED ' e^ 1 6" 8^ yP��NIE. O L�,� JOINTS MAY BE FORMED PER SECTION 2/S4 AT 7 5 q 3 SQUARE KEYNOTES: Tc '�SAFE KEYPAD 8 CONTRACTORS OPTION W E E SAWED N EL.SEE PLAN EL SEE PLAN LOCK MECHANISM WHERE SHOWN ON PLAN .. m GUT WITHIN 12 HRS OF #4 CONTINUOUS LIP&STOPPER O PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING STRUCTURAL SYSTEM.SEE P.E.M.B.SHOP OOR<74 PLACING CONIC.(FILL IT I (EXTEND 30" FOR SAFE DOOR DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. f W/SEALANT PER SPECS) - BEYOND RECESS) EL.SEE PLAN 8 > > GROUT O ANCHOR BOLTS.SEE FOUNDATION SCHEDULE AND PRE-ENGINEERED METAL „ O,tJ! / /�//\//��/ //�/ /\/\\/ //\\\\�\/\ __ BUILDING DRAWINGS FOR SIZE,QUANTITY AND PLAN LOCATIONS.SEE A/S4 \ \ \ /\\/�\\��\\�\\��\�\\�\\� / / /// / FOR TYPICAL SHOP FABRICATED ANCHOR ASSEMBLY. //n/ 10"TYR @ ALL �I POLYETHYLENE FOOTINGS& 18 VAPOR RETARDER 8" 8" Iq O INTERIOR CONCRETE SLAB,SEE FOUNDATION PLAN. m E GRADE BEAMS PER PLAN(TYP.)I � N o �/\ /// / / S i D EWALK EXTERIOR CONCRETE SLAB OR SIDEWALK,SEE FOUNDATION PLAN. c i ai o• 10 MIL.VAPOR RETARDER i Jl EL.SEE PLAN r-a Ir-r \/ o ENGINEERED FILL PER pER SPECS.(TYPICAL) 2 ISOLATION JOINT T --- #4 BENT LJ-Ly' \/, SAFE SET IN LEAN MIX OS yx^DIA.xt'-8"SMOOTH DOWELS @24"oc,GREASE ONE END TO PREVENT BOND. GEOTECHNICAL REPORT J �, 1'-8" BAR @ 12"oc /j \ CONCRETE/GROUTmm -BOTT.OF INTERIOR BOTT.OFINTERIOR / m /• SCALE: 3/4"=1'•0" (3 BAR MIN.) O SLAB HAIRPIN,SEE DETAIL SB4. FLO TYP CONTROL S4 MO OLI PLACE GR.BM-,PLACE 3 � MONOLITHIC w/FTGS MONOLITHIC wl FTGS y��//��/i��\ %T�/�/��/�� ../� BY WNER,OR ENBTALED FURNISHED 7 Yx"ISOLATION JOINT WITH ASPHALTIC FILLER 8 SEALANT. 1 JOINT DETAIL 3 SECTION BY CONTRACTOR 40 BAR DIA. 1'-4" O#4 CONTINUOUS S4 SCALE: 3/4"=1'•0' ORT-6"MIN. 3CORNER $4 SCALE: 3/4"=V-O" w 1" BARS 4 SECTION O PROVIDE Y4"x2Yx"xZY"PLATE WASHERS ON ANCHOR BOLTS. [� r� 10 SEE DETAIL B/S4 FOR VERTICAL ANCHOR BOLT CONFINEMENT REINFORCEMENT. ( $4 SCALE: 3/4"=V-0" (20 )#3 TIES @ 4"ac IN SLAB AND#3 @ 8"oc(MINIMUM OF THREE TIES)IN FOOTING. 11 o 12 (4)#8 VERTICAL BENT DOWELS. 12"I h 10A c REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL 1O3 PROVIDE#4 STANDEES TO SUPPORT TOP REBAR IN FOOTING(3 MIN). r. DRAWINGS FOR GUARD RAIL #6 HAIRPIN #4 xl'-6"DWLS @24"oc,DRILL&EPDXY INTO OR HAND RAIL INFORMATION7 . 74 #4 @ 12'oc EACH WAY,TOP.31 CLEAR COVER EACH END AND ABOVE. �'' M TYP,VERT.BAR FON.w/SIMPSON STRONG-TIE SET-XP(EBB C a r WHERE REO'D 2508)OR HILTI HIT-RE 500-SD EPDXY SYSTEM 15 COLUMN FOOTING REINFORCEMENT,SEE FOUNDATION SCHEDULE, I� ` WHERE �+ (EBB 2322)$8"EMBED.(MIN) GRID 32^� � o w � /2 24"�x,4-0"OWL @ 24-M #4 XS-8"DWL @ 24"0c _ e �/ TYPICAL CORNER BARS FIELD BEND AS SHOWN 8" FIELD BEND AS SHOWN '® B" 3 4 O e ------ SECTION B T 8 EL.SEE PLAN ^ w #4@8bc HORIZ.BEND ------ DIAMETER S4 SCALE: 3/4"=V-O' EQUALS SIX TIMES 6 PAVING OR GRADING, BAR DIAMETER S4 SEE SITE DWGS FOR B y. ADD'L INFO. B„ 2, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL p Ry 24"F#4 x5'-0"DWL@24"oc DRAWINGS FOR GUARD RAIL v> W 2 OR HAND RAIL INFORMATION. FIELD BEND AS SHOWN � �I #5 @ 12"oc II 1Yx"EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE,15#DENSITY 8 B. 11" ����•'�• °' C W ? #3 STIRRUP 4 TYP. #4 x4'-0"DWLS "c� W BENT OWL wt SQUARE EDGE,RIGID INSULATION BOARD FIELD BEND AS SHOWN 4 O TYPICAL GRID DAP@3D^oc -- LOCATED AS SHOWN AT PERIMETER OF #4 @ Woo HORIZ. (3)#5 CONT. BLDG.(R-5 MINJINCH REQ'D) 5 HAIRPIN DETAIL #3 STIRRUPS TOP 8 BOTT. #3 STIRRUPS @ 30"oc PAVING OR GRADING, PAVING OR GRADING, _ ? SEE SITE DWGS FOR o; H- J 6 0 @ 30"cc �- _ _ JJ ADD'L INFO. ,C 7 SEE SITE DWGS FOR e} S4 SCALE: 3/4"=T-0" ---___ _ EL.SEE PLAN \ \/\\'\/\\#4 @ 12"oc ADD' INFO O Q CONT.FTG.� T-0,. /\\'\///�\/j�//\/j\ \�/\-/EACH WAY v,3 m N r j BEYOND In If 3 6 2 �- 11 /1 #5 @ 12"oc #3 STIRRUP v\\ #5 @ 12"oc (�7 M O - SECTION BENT DWL I CAP@30"oc I BENT wN. • • m GRID - - SCALE: 3/4'=V-0" (3)#5CONT. W I S4 I O © #30TIIRRUPS TOP&80, I I @ STIRRUPS HI _ EL.SEE PLAN I101Lnll Ind.. CONT.FTO. B 6 SECTION 2 BEYOND10 SECTION $4 SCALE: 3/4"=V-0" 8 SECTION 4 SCALE: 3/4"=V.0" 14J SCALE: 3/8'=1'-O" O SEE SEPARATE DRAWING DETAILS I [ PROVIDE BY PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURER FOR ANCHOR I I FOUNDATION BOLTS QUANTITY,DIAMETER AND SPACING COLUMN&BASE - II o INSULATION ADDED a PLATE PROVIDED BY I I co PRE-ENGINEERED HEX NUT&FLAT METAL BUILDING I WASHER Z-Q, MANUFACTURER - I • .00.Z TOP OF SLAB - a Q f d NOTE:SHOP ASSEMBLE TEMPLATES =W n g ¢ AND BOLTS.ANCHOR BOLT w LL N o ASSEMBLY TO BE PLACED IN FORM GRID B t B 1 ` �C7a x TYP• O o'S PRIOR TO POURING CONCRETE. O , O Z /q"THICK STEEL TEMPLATE Z FOR PLACEMENT OF ANCHOR j Z STEEL ROD MATERIAL MAY BE 19 BOLTS.BOLTS AND TEMPLATE I O THREADED ASTM F1554 GR.36 ROD. TO BE ASSEMBLED BY THE io ALL ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL BE 8"CMU WALL 2 10 O-r- N U)a STEEL FABRICATOR CLEANED WITH NON-PETROLIUM SOLVENT AND BE FREE OF ALL OIL. 0 0 TOP OF PILASTER GREASE,ICE,ECT. m a+. `r- �.; 11, `,1 .•1. i' 2 OR FOOTING GRID TEMPLATE NUT :-:I: " •�: •..'';•,; GRID m GRID . -,• COMM# 3461 g - PROVIDE 3"DIA.HOLE IN TY 1U` 2 8"CMU WALL `o DATE: 7-19-13 CENTER OF PLATE J, GRID 8"AND 6"MTL. REVISION s 1 GRID STUD WALL DATE: TACK WELD ANCHOR NUT& �' Y;'PLATE WASHER TOBOLT SHOP FABRICATED B SECTION C SECTION D SECTION t 10.15.13 A ANCHOR ASSEMBLY s4 SCALE: 3/4"=1'•0" S4 SCALE: 3/4"=1'•0" S4 SCALE: 3/4"=11•0" (__!4j SCALE: NONE B D C 4338 Belleview o11� Structural Engineers-Since 1,117 Kansas City, MO 64111 (816)531-4 44 FAX(816)531-8572 A O� BOB D. CAMPBELL &CO .,INC. @2013-BOB D.CAMPBELL&CO.,INC. S4 'Y GRID SEE KEYNOTES: P.E.M.B. 78 O GRID 8" #4 BENT DOWEL& GRID SEE SECTION 1/S5 FOR CONT.#4 TO BE O1 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING STRUCTURAL SYSTEM.SEE P.E.M.B.SHOP g^ g^ TYPICAL BOND BEAM PLACED AS SHOWN 11" DIM.PER PLAN DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. SPACING. 8" O ANCHOR BOLTS.SEE FOUNDATION SCHEDULE AND PRE-ENGINEERED METAL ' BOND BEAMS IN WALL Ca]4'-0"o.c.MAX.AND BUILDING DRAWINGS FOR SIZE,QUANTITY AND PLAN LOCATIONS.SEE A/S4 C3 3" PER ROOF SECTIONS Ct SLOPE PER FOR TYPICAL SHOP FABRICATED ANCHOR ASSEMBLY. (TYPICAL) C2 1 GRADING P7 1- LAN I O INTERIOR CONCRETE SCAB,SEE FOUNDATION PLAN. Eo w 7 7 o m 2A 2 2/� 4 16 y 3 4O EXTERIOR CONCRETE SLAB OR SIDEWALK,SEE FOUNDATION PLAN,Ci SS g LSEC TION 24 8 24 ago m_ 8 3 S5 ___—____ _ EL.SEE PLAN O 2"DIA-V-6"SMOOTH DOWELS @24"oc,GREASE ONE END TO PREVENT BOND. 7 EL.SEE PLAN SCALE: 1 1/2"=1'.0" w c T SLAB HAIRPIN,SEE DETAIL 5/S4.8 C3 g 3 2"CLR.CVR. —lr ————rEL. — — \/\\/\\/\\/\\/\\ $°ISOLATION JOINT WITH ASPHALTIC FILLER&SEALANT. 20 y ./\/\/\/l/\/.. (TYPICAL) II Y � #4CONTINUOUS E /37 PROVIDE X"x2Ys"x2"PLATE WASHERS ON ANCHOR BOLTS.21 AB t8SEE DETAIL 8/S4 FOR VERTICAL ANCHOR BOLT CONFINEMENT REINFORCEMENT. W• EL.SEE PLAN h-4 E.IIIYOND 17 11 (2)#3 TIES @4"oc IN SLAB AND#3 @ g°oc(MINIMUM OF THREE TIES)IN FOOTING. m I tB III III 19 31 * (4)#fi VERTICAL BENT DOWELS. 12"F — 1'�• � • 3 S ECTI®� 13 PROVIDE#4 STANDEES TO SUPPORT TOP REBAR IN FOOTING(3 MIN).C ^v v IEEL.SEE PLAN —_—- 21 23 15 $5 SCALE- 3/4"=7'•0" 14 #4 @ 12"ac EACH WAY,TOP.3"CLEAR COVER EACH END AND ABOVE GRID 2-0 � SEE FOUNDATION SCHEDULE FOR FOOTING SIZE 15 COLUMN FOOTING REINFORCEMENT,SEE FOUNDATION SCHEDULE � h o � 30 (CENTER FOOTING UNDER COLUMN) = y i6 #4 x 5'-0"DOWEL @ 24"oc.FIELD BEND AS SHOWN. 24R�- 1 SECTION SECTION 17 (3)#5 CONTINUOUS,Top&BOTTOM. SS SCALE: 3/4°=1'.0' " I, 1B SCALE: 3/4°= #3 STIRRUPS 30"oc. $5 1'•0' �1 19 #3 STIRRUP CAP�1 @ 30"oc. NOTE: NOW PER PAVING OR GRADING,SEE SITE DEVELOPMENT DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL G CLEAR COVER NS REBAR, GRID GRADING PLAN 20 INFORMATION.SEE GRADING PLAN FOR FINISH GRADES. CONC.CAST AGAINST EARTH, o 2"CLEAR COVER G REBAR R CONC. 8 2 21 CONTINUOUS FOOTING REINFORCEMENT TO RUN THROUGH COLUMN FOOTING. FORM SURFACE AGAINST EARTH _ 3 ti W 11" 8" 4 g g 24 7 16 6 O NOT USED. Z C O EL.SEE PLAN — —i'4 _ W 2 23 CONTINUOUS FOOTING BEYOND. o W Z SLOPE PER II 4_A•- — _— _ —_ _ ___ GRADING PLAN B • O#4 xl'-6°DOWELS @24"oc.DRILL AND EPDXY INTO FOUNDATION WITH SIMPSON Ul I II STRONG-TIE SET-XP(ESR 2508)OR HILT[HIT-RE 500SD EPDXY g ANDBE SYSTEM(E SR 2322)GRID y . a za" J / \/\�\/\i GRID / \/\/� @ SEE SECTION 1/55 FOR 4 z� 24 7 � 18 ___ 'II—I� 13 � \\,\ ` O#4 x 4t-0"DOWELS 18'oc.FIELD BEND AS SHOWN. 12°r— O d' � TYPICAL BOND BEAM EL.SEE PLAN II I III 14 SLABBEYOND TYPICAL BOND BEAM R O CONTINUOUS SLAB TURN DOWN RETURN TO AND DOWELED TO GRADE BEAM m N 11" 8" SPACING. a 26 21 10 II II 8.. g SPACING. AND/OR FOOTING. Z �,• 31 27 STEEL BOLLARD,SEE SITE PLAN. C2 C1 3 — — — EL.SEE PLAN____— 7 C1 8 28 #4 BENT BAR TIED TO CONTINUOUS#4. 7 //\//\//\//\//\//\ I I \/�// 15 U 3 2"CLR CVR. 29 (3)#5 CONTINUOUS TOP&BOTTOM AND(2)it5 CONTINUOUS ATMID-HEIGHT SLOP34 E PER 8 ___ __ 31 SEE FOUNDATION SCHEDULE FOR FOOTING SIZE 3D C2 (TYPICAL) OF GRADE BEAM. „^ GRADING PLAN C3 16 — (CENTER FOOTING UNDER COLUMN) EL.SEE PLAN 3 2fi SEE SECTION 3/S5 FOR C3 30 BOTTOM OF INTERIOR GRADE BEAMS,PLACE MONOLITHIC WITH FOOTINGS. 4 1g 7 TYPICAL FOOTING AND c _k TT EL.SEE PLAN REINFORCEMENT ® SECTI®®® w a P, SECTION ®d 28 t - _ 31 BOARD EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE,15#DENSITY W/SQUARE EDGE,RIGID INSULATION V` ¢ v LJ — — —— e i ' � ,. ,• � Y,r BOARD LOCATED AS SHOWN AT PERIMETER OF BUILDING.(R5 MINIMUM PER INCH � � REQUIRED,TOTAL R-7.5 REQUIRED � SCALE: 3/4°=1'-O" $$ SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" ��r\ \ \ \ - / /�/ / / / / ) 32 #5 CONTINUOUS,TOP&BOTTOM AT GRADE BEAM PROJECTION PER PLAN.71 _ ,. 18 #3 U-BARS @ 30"oc AT GRADE BEAM PROJECTION PER PLAN. 19 �#4x5'-B"DOWEL @24"oo.FIELD BEND AS SHOWN. 32' ,DYz" 26 SEE SECTION 31,91FOOTING FOR ECTI/1 TYPICAL FOOTING AND O REINFORCEMENT EL.SEE PLAN Ci 8"(NOM)SPLIT OR SMOOTH FACE CMU,REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL.REFER TO CMU SLOPE PER —— WALL NOTES ON SHEET S1 FOR WALL VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT. GRADING PLAN SS SCALE: 3/4"=V-0" g 21 2'-0" GROUT ALL COURSES BELOW GRADE SOLID. 30 ' 6-6"DOWEL 12'F— MATCHING SIZE AND SPACING OF WALL 2g °� SECTION ®� C2 EMBED DOWEL 21"INTO TOP OF FOOTINGS REINFORCEMENT. OWN AND LAPPED CMUNOTE"9C" _ _ _ � GRID SECTION ON St.SEE CMU WALL NOTES SHEET St. S5 SCALE: 3/4"=V-0" O CONTINUOUS W(NOM)SPLIT OR SMOOTH FACE LINTEL BLOCK OR BOND BEAM (REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL)W/(2)#4's CONT. 0 7 / BOND BEAMS IN WALL O NOT USED LO 4 4'-0"o.c.MAX.AND � (( PER ROOF SECTIONS ® Z /r (TYPICAL) ® O d I, 8" I 2fi Q C3 C3 CS 94 AT BOND BEAM LOCATIONS. 2�—OR 2-0^ Z cs �GRID Q 3/8"PARGE FOUNDATION a v =UI v SECTION Ci INSULATION ADDED W1 8"METAL STUDS PER TYPICAL COLD-FORMED STEEL FRAMING NOTES ON SHEET S6. DIM.PER PLAN P O O SS SCALE: 3!4°=1'•0' 7 Q O 6"METAL STUDS PER TYPICAL COLD-FORMED STEEL FRAMING NOTES ON SHEET 36. 10J4" 8" 8"SLOPE PER C2 N Q.v 8 16 3 2"CLR.CVR. W3 FASTEN STUDS TOGETHER WITH#10 SCREWS @12'oc. GRADING PLAN (TYPICAL) 20 EL SEE PLAN W4 EXTERIOR PLYWOOD WALL SHEATHING PER TYPICAL COLD-FORMED STEEL NOTES g 27 I 4 IP ON SHEET 86. _ m W5 EXTERIOR FINISH,REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS / / / COMM# 3461 20 . 25 24 7 8 18 3 EL.SEE PLAN ///\\/\\ ANCHOR PER TYPICAL COLD-FORMED STEEL FRAMING NOTES ON SHEET Be. I C3 W 8 -- 23 I i 19 \31 DATE: 2-19-13 7 33 Is RP,VISION EL.SEE PLAN. - DATE: 8 28 8" L 2'-0^ 17 10-15-13 SEE SECTION 1/S5 FOR 2'-8^ 30 TYPICAL FOOTING AND - 7 SECTION REINFORCEMENT SECTION (_!5j SCALE: 3/4"=V-0' $5 SCALE: 3/4'=1'4" Structural Engineers_ Kansas s City, M 9 Since 1957 Kansas City, MO 64111 f BOBD. CAMPBELL&CO.,INC. 020133 OD.CAMPBEBLL&CO.INC. S5 p* 6 S GRID a-z'/ KEYNOTES: tw� GRID 0 GRID GRID 1 3�e" 9 e" 1 �k _ 1 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING STRUCTURAL SYSTEM.SEE P.E.M.B.SHOP DRAWINGS �A o 8" 8" TOP OF METAL STUDS I 8" O FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. NOTE: EL.SEE ARCHITECTURAL TOP OF MASONRY TOP OF MASONRY CONTRACTOR COORDINATE TOP OF MASONRY 10 r { 2 CONNECTION CLIP AND BOLTS BY PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING SUPPLIER. EL.SEE ARCHITECTURAL EL SEE ARCHITECTURAL { SLOPE(SEE PLAN) EL.SEE ARCHITECTURAL • FINAL METALUILOING 10 PURLIN I T SUCH THAT { { S CMU CONTRd1 JOINTS ARE C, O O PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING WIND BEAM OR BRACING FOR LATERAL LOADS AND/OR 9 i? EL.SEE P.E.M.B. ——— — NOTE: _ VERTICAL SUPPORT AT STOREFRONT.SEE P.E.M.B.SHOP DRAWINGS.FIELD DRILL HOLES IN N Eo; 2 1�' 9° eY OTHERS NOTE. 1 FULL GROUT ALL CMU 'r BE EN PURLINS. WIND BEAM TO MATCH CLIP LOCATIONS. e m.J] FULL GROUT ALL CMU— THAT IS SHADED, INCLUDING ALL HEAD - r 13 1 4 NOT USED. EL.SEE P.E.M.B. - THAT IS SHADED, JOINTS.(TYPICAL) 1 SLOPE(SEE PLAN)' .. /--� INCLUDING ALL HEAD 5 NOTE: _0 1 ) JOINTS.(TYPICAL) SLOPE(SEE PLAN) FULL GROUT ALL CMU _______ `/ EL.SEE P.E.M.B. ;< ';� Q O P.E.M.B.PLATE CONNECTION PER P.E.M.B WITH(2)ANCHORS DRILLED%"DIA.x 0'S"DEEP ;- THAT IS SHADED, HOLE INTO MASONRY FOR(2)V"DIA.z U-8Y2"ALL-THREAD ROD @41 IN FULLY INCLUDING ALL HEAD iv EL.SEE P.E.M.B. EL.SEE P.E.M.B. _ EL.SEE P.E.M.B. I GROUTED CELLS.EPDXY IN PLACE,REFER TO EPDXY INSTALLATION NOTES.ANCHOR JOINTS.(TYPICAL) 5 2 f I i ALSO TO BE LOCATED WITHIN 6"OF ANGLE ENDS. cr L 7 9 - NOT ( O DRILL V"DIA,x O'-4Ya"DEEP HOLES INTO MASONRY FOR(1)V DIA.x 01-W ALL-THREAD ROD IL 3 10 O O O O o O FOR CANOPY LOADS, 14 IN FULLY GROUTED CELLS.EPDXY IN PLACE.REFER TO EPDXY INSTALLATION NOTES. [� NOTE: 6 I POSITIVE DIRECTION IS OI 0 18 V TOP OF BOND BEAM CONTRACTOR COORDINATE TOP OF BOND BFJ1M —___= TO THE LEFT AND DOWN. Gt:d TOP OF BOND BEAM EL.113'-4" FINAL METAL BUILDING 3 EL.113'A" EL.113-4 O O o PURLIN LAYOUT SUCH THAT EL.SEE P.E.M.B. CANOPY STRUT LOADS. qq EL.SEE P.E.M.B. 7 CONTINUOUS L 6"x 4"z Yz"LBDGER ANGLE.ANCHOR TO WALL BY DRILLING%"j E 10 CMU CONTROL JOINTS ARE _ — DEAD LOAD: Tt=220 POUNDS 5fi DEEP HOLE INTO MASONRY FOR.(413/a"DIA.x O'-8Yz ALL-THREAD ROD AT 8"oc CE °J LOCATED AT MID-POINT -4" 10 =150 POUNDS ,� ON ROOF PURLIN AND FROM END,IN FULLY GROUTED CELLS.EPDXY IN PLACE EL.SEE P.E.M.B. 1 i 7 LIVE LOAD: Tt=840 POUNDS BETWEEN PURLINS. I'H O : 1 EPDXY INSTALLATION NOTES.ANCHOR ALSO TO BE LOCATED WITHIN 6"OF ANGTOP OF BOND BEAM 3 6 _ L V1 565 POUNDS 1 '!TOP OF BOND BEAM TOP OF BOND BEAM SNOW LOAD: T1=1045 POUNDS T1 1 6 OB L 6"x4"xYz x 7'-4"LONG.ANCHOR TO WALL BY DRILLING�r/e°DIA.x0'-0e/a"DEEP HOEL.112'-0" EL.112'-0" V1=700 POUNDS EL.112'-0' i MASONRY FOR(4)%-DIA.x0'-BYz"�21 ALL-THREAD ROD IN FULLY GROUTED 10 6 NOTE: L WIND LOAD: T1=-760 POUNDS V1 EPDXY IN PLACE,REFER TO EPDXY INSTALLATION NOTES. - RA _ Fi C r (UPLIFT) V1--510 POUNDS ®� 3 LOCATIONS WITH ME pL BUILDING 9 8°(TOM)SPLIT OR SMOOTH FACE CMU,REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL.REFER TO CMU WALL I i ACTURI TO BLEAR OPENIN I 19 1 L ® SHEET S1 FOR WALL VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT. c e 18 1 EL.SEE P.E.M.B. 01 .% 9 �I 10 CONTINUOUS 8"(NOM)SPLIT OR SMOOTH FACE LINTEL BLOCK OR BOND BEAM _ L (REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL)W/(2)#4's CONT.@ 4'-0i T2 1) 1 1 SECTION (TYPICAL P.E.M.B.STRUT CONNECTION TO MASONRY AT END SPANS) i6 11 NOT USED F2 SECTION SECTION V2$S SCALE: 3/4"=V-O' h S6 SCALE: 9/4"=T 3•0° CANOPY AND STRUT LOADS S6 SCALE: 3/ - DEAD LOAD: T2=-13 PLF 12 V2 9 PLF NOTE USED. = _ LIVE LOAD: T2=46 PLF o GRID V2=31 PLF SECTION W SNOW LOAD: 72=58 PLF Z Q p i V2=39 PLF $6 SCALE: 3/4"=1'•0" 1 C I 3 1 B BLOCKING ANCHORED TO 8" 13 WIND LOAD: T2=42 PLF d W Z I (UPLIFT) V2=428 PLF t3 3V" ND 8°METAL STUDS WITH V"EXTERIOR PLYWOOD SHEATHING PER TYPICAL W 20 WALL BY DRILLING O DIA.x ( D-FORMED NOTES. ¢ � Qz 6 0'-6"DEEP HOLE INTO %"PLYWOOD 25 MASONRY FOR(4)%"DIA. 14 FASTEN STUDS TOGETHER WITH#10 SCREWS @ 12"Dc&@ 6"oc AT CANOPY CONNECTIONS. N �... I ALL-THREAD ROD AT 8"oc EA. Ya"DIA.TAP-CON Z I WAY EMBEDED 6"IN FULLY W/1Ya"EMBED I 15 EXTERIOR FINISH,REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. ~ J 6°MAX. GROUTED CELLS. 1 12"0 c O _F Q: 3 3/8°PARGE 11 11 I TOP OF BOND T O Q 22 11-1 S_ S : EL.113'd" BOND BEAM LINTEL PER i6 STEEL NETWORK"STIFFCUP AL600"OR EQUIVALENT FASTENED TO EACH STUD w/ m N ( ) - 17 II - MASONRY LINTEL (4)#12 SCREWS AND TO P.E.M.B.STRUCTURAL SYSTEM WITH(3)#12 SCREWS.(AT FULL Z ® CANOPY,BLOCKING, HEIGHT STUDS,STEEL NETWORK"VERTICLIP SLBBOW(OR EQUIVALENT)FASTENED TO EACH 2 STRUTS AND SCHEDULE ON SHEET S3 STUD W(3)#12 SCREWS AND TO P.E.M.B.STRUCTURAL SYSTEM WITH(3)#12 SCREWS.) CONNECTIONS PER - '. 2q 21 O CONTINUOUS BLOCKING ANCHORED TO COLD-FORMED STEEL FRAMING NOTES: _ 2� ARCHITECTURAL. �, WALL BY DRILLING 74a"DIA.x 0'-8"DEEP TYPICAL COLD-FORMED STUD,JOIST AND TRACK ' GRID TOP OF BOND BEAM SHALL BE PER THE FOLLOWING,UNLESS EL.112'-0" " HOLE INTO MASONRY FOR E DIA. 17 #4 AT BOND BEAM LOCATIONS.2 0" ' ALL-THREAD ROD AT 16"oc EMBEDED 6"IN OTHERWISE NOTED IN SECTIONS: O --I_ OR C I I" FULLY GROUTED CELLS.EPDXY IN PLACE, 1. CAL STUDS: 2'0" 2'-0° REFER TO EPDXY INSTALLATION NOTES. 1 362 1112-03 AT 24"ON CENTER. 18 CANOPY,BLOCKING,STRUTS AND CONNECTIONS PER ARCHITECTURAL. 9 s • • 4A SECTION - �e"PLYWOOD ANCHOR ALSO TO BE LOCATED WITHIN 6" TUD WITH 1%'STIFFENED FLANGES l-JCJ c OF ENDS. 18 GAUGE(t=0.0451"OR 43 MILS) 19 CONTINUOUS BLOCKING PER ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.CONNECT TO EACH STUD WITH 7 SECTION CALTRACK: (3)#12TEKSCREWS. 17 8„ W $s SCALE: 1 1/2"=V-0° 1 362 50-43 TOP AND BOTTOM OF STUD /YI T Q RACK WITH 1Y"FLANGES 20 (3)2x8 BLOCKING AT STRUT,UNLESS LARGER SIZE NOTED PER ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. I 6 ' S6 SCALE: 3/4"=V-W i 18 GAUGE it=0.0451"OR 43 MILS) 21 V".DIA.THRU BOLT BY OTHERS. L� S6 6°x16p(600,9262 54)METAL 3. TYPICAL STUDS: GRID STUD BLOCKING W/CLIP 8DOS162-43 AT 24"ON CENTER. 2"xZ"z16p EACH END W/(4) 8"STUD WITH 1%'STIFFENED FLANGES - #12 SELF TAPPING SCREWS 18 GAUGE(t=0.0451"OR 43 MILS) O Ve"x2Y2"PLATE WASHER WITH�Ye"DIA.HOLE. (TYPICAL P.E.M.B.STRUT CONNECTION TO MASONRY AT END SPANS) / 1 5/8"UNISTRUT P1000 EACH CLIP PEMB ROOF TYPICAL TWO PLACES PEMB R OF 4. TYPICAL TRACK: PURLIN UNDER UNIT PURLIN 80OT150-43 TOP AND BOTTOM OF STUD O 5"xSxVie"PLATE WITH'Yta"DIA,HOLE. 8"TRACK WITH IY27 FLANGES SECTION 5 18 GAUGE It=0.0451"OR 43 MILS) 24 2"DIA.PIPE. O O O 5. TYPICAL JOIST: 6005282�3 UNPUNCHED SECTION O 4 Ya"DIA.z 3Y2"LAG SCREWS. S6 SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0° PEMB 8"DEEP UNPUNCHED SECTION () ROOF PURLIN 18 GAUGE(t=0.0451"OR 43 MILS)WITH - TRACK OF MATCH GAUGE ON EACH END. NOTE: 6. TYPICAL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN STUDS CONTRACTOR COORDINATE 1/2"DIA.A307 AND TRACK WITH(2)ASTM C-1513 CORROSION FINAL METAL BUILDING BOLT W/NUT& RESISTANT COATED#10 SELF DRILLING AND L [ PURLIN LAYOUT SUCH THAT GRID 1 5/8"UNISTRUT P1000 DIAGONAL 1 WASHER IN 9116" TAPPING SCREWS WITH LOW PROFILE(Ye"OR CMU CONTROL JOINTS ARE BRACE IO TWO LOCATIONS EACH HOLE(TYPICAL LESS WITH Y2 EACH SIDE AND APPLIED TO LOCATED AT MID-POINT+/-4" DIRECTION.BRACES MAY BE ON 2 MIN. FOUR LOCATIONS) EACH END,UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 8" 8 SAME SIDE OR OPPOSING SIDES N BETWEEN PURLINS. 7. CONNECTIONS TO METAL BUILDING NOTED IN 0 10 AND OPPOSITE ENDS.BOLT TO c0 TOP OF MASONRY PURLIN AND UNISTRUT W/3/8"DIA. SECTION AND SHALL BE APPLIED TYPICAL, u7 EL.SEE ARCHITECTURAL A307 BOLTS 1 5/e"UNISTRUT P1000 1/2"DIA.A307 BOLT W/ UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. _0 1 WASHER RING. NUT&TENSION W1NUT&WASLLTHREICAL SIMPSON IIET-HP11 EPDXY SYSTEM INTO MASONRY ® o SLOPE(SE PLAN) 1 . ti - TYPICAL TWO PLACES SPRING.TYPICAL FOUR WI NUT. WASHER READ R 8. FOR NONSTRUCTURAL INTERIOR STUD ® Z D_ 11 UNDER UNIT WALLS,CONNECTION TO CONCRETE SHALL BE •® 0 O W EL.SEE P.E.M.B. LOCATIONS. FOUR LOCATIONS A SIMPSON STRONG-TIE STRONG BOLT-2,V" 1. SIMPSON STRONG-TIE"ET-HP"EPDXY SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S 2 2 DETAIL DIA.WITH 1r/e"EMBED @ 32"ac,CENTERED ON RECOMMENDATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS.ANCHORS SHALL BE FULL TIME INSPECTED IN W O 11 11 B STUD TRACK.MINIMUM OF 2 PER RUNNER. iQ _ 5 17 TYP. ACCORDANCE WITH IAPMO UNIFORM E5,EVALUATION REPORT NUMBER 241. S6 RUNNER TRACK THICKNESS SHALL MATCH Q O. 1518. UNISTRUT P1006 WALL STUD GAGE. Q- 7 2. DRILL PROPER SIZE HOLE IN FILLED CELL FOR DESIGNATED ANCHOR A SHOWN IT THE PLANS. J n CLEAN OUT HOLE WITH OIL-FREE COMPRESSED AIR.COMPLETE PREPARATION WITH USE OF A p O O 3/8"PARGE PEMB ROOF 9. FOR ALL OTHER STUD WALLS,CONNECTION � =W 0 TYPICAL TWO PLACES NYLON BRUSH DO NOT USE WIRE BRUSH),BLOW OUT DUST OR FRAGMENTS. (g N L — PURLIN UNDER UNIT TO CONCRETE SHALL BE A SIMPSON ( �tL II� ii 4"EMBED TITEN HD(TE RED ON Y2"DIA.WITH ® O 0 7 4"EMBED 48"oc,CENTERED ON STUD t'n c0 EL.SEE P.E.M.B. TRACK.MINIMUM OF 2 PER RUNNER.RUNNER 3. PRIOR TO INJECTION,DISCHARGE AND DISPOSE OF APPROXIMATELY ONE FLUID OUNCE OF EPDXY. M D'r EPDXY MUST BE UNIFORM IN COLOR.INSERT NOZZLE INTO THE BOTTOM OF THE HOLE AND FILL R a- p - o NOTE: TRACK THICKNESS SHALL MATCH WALL STUD ONE HALF THE HOLE DEPTH. N 1n d' FULL GROUT ALL CMU —————— ---------------- ---------- —————-- ---- GAGE. THAT IS SHADED, 10. ALL STUD CONSTRUCTION SHALL HAVE 4. MARK SIDE OF ANCHOR PRIOR TO PLACEMENT TO INSURE THE ROD IS PLACE TO THE REQUIRED 1 8 '� JOINTS.INCLUDING ALL HEAD HORIZONTAL BRIDGING AT 48"ON CENTER DEPTH. (TYPICAL) VERTICALLY.HORIZONTAL SHALL BE 6 1 5l8"UNISTRUT P1000 DIAGONAL CHANNEL WELDED OR MECHANICALLY TOP OF BOND BEAM BRACE III TWO LOCATIONS EACH 5. INSERT SELECTED ROD SLOWLY BY HAND INTO THE BOTTOM OF THE HOLE USING A SLOW FASTENED TO WEBS OF PUNCHED STUDS COMM# 3461 (� EL.113'4" DIRECTION.BRACES MAYBE ON 1 WITH A MINIMUM OF TWO SCREWS INTO EACH TWISTING MOTION. SAME SIDE IT OPPOSING SIDES 6. LOAD ONLY AFTER RECOMMENDED CURE TIME(SEE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS). 10 AND OPPOSE ENDS.BOLT TO 2 MIN. FLANGE OF THE CLIP ANGLE FOR FRAMING EL.SEE P.E.M.B. PURLIN AND UNISTRUT W/3/8"DIA. MEMBER UP TO 61NCHES DEEP.FOR O —I _ O A307 BOLTS MEMBERS OVER 6"DEEP AND ALTERNATE FOR iv 112"DIA.A307 BOLT W/NUT& 6"DEEP PUNCHED STUDS COMBINATION OF _ _ ,.- __ - • TOP OF BOND BEAM WASHER TYPICAL FOUR FLAT,TAUT, STEEL SHEET STRAPS OF WIDTH DA'1'1;: T"19.13 -- EL.112'-0" 15/8"UNISTRUT P7000- LOCATIONS EACH END W1 DIA. WALL THREAD ROD AND THICKNESS MATCHING THICKNESS REVISION 6 5 TYPICAL TWO PLACES W/NUT B WASHER TYPICAL 1 5/8"UNISTRUT P7000 UNDER UNIT BLOCKING FLANGE AND THICKNESS AT 8 FEET DATE: TYPICAL TWO PLACES FOUR LOCATIONS ON CENTER HORIZONTALLY.STRAPS AND TOP&BOTTOM TRACK BLOCK TO BE ANCHORED TO EACH 1 10-15-13 DETAIL 11 11 STUD WITH(2)SCREWS(Y2 EACH SIDE). 11. EXTERIOR SHEATHING SHALL BE%"EXTERIOR PLYWOOD I RATED)SHEATHING(REFER 6 SEISMIC C c TO ARCH.DWGENTS.FOR FIRE TRATMEPLYWOOD TO SEISMIC RESTRAINTS FOR REQUIREMENTS)ATTACH PLYWOOD TOEACH STUD WITH#10 FIAT HEAD SCREWS Qc 6"o.c. (TYPICAL P.E.M.B.STRUT CONNECTION TO MASONRY AT END SPANS) AT PERIMETER OF SHEETS AND @ 12"o.c.AT d FA SUSPENDED MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT BSHEET INTERIOLOCK ATALLL I PROWGECOLD-FORMED � ® C 4338Belleview _ SECTION Structural Engineers-Since 1957 Kansas City,MO 64111its (' _ SCALE: NONE(IF REQUIRED BY FIELD CONDITIONS) BOB D. CAMPBELL&CO.,INC. 02013-BOB D.CAMPBELL&CO.,INC. o]- y`(j SCALE: 3/4"=1'A° Ss _ (816)531-4144 FAX(816)531-8572 a 3 SIB"(14 GA.) a �~ 110'-VI TOP TRACK GENERAL NOTES: w CONTINUOUSI/ n PRLIN` ^` A.REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 1 2 3 4 5 8"(16 GA.) B.REFER TO P.E.M.B.DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.(1)EACH SIDE 1'4' 20'-0" 30'-0" 30'-0" ' " 1� (2)3/8"TECH C.ALL DIMENSIONS TO ROUGH FACE OF ROUGH FRAMING,CONCRETE OR12 SELF / (2)3/8"TECH 12 CENTERLINE OF STRUCTURE,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.3-5/8"METAL 3-4" 33-4' 3'd" 32'-8" 3'-4" 28'-0" 3'-0" 2' 3' TAPPING I / SELF TAPPING STUD INTERIOR PARTITION DIMENSIONS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. g (L SCREWS ! SCREWS DIMENSIONS FOR CMU WALLS SHOWN AS B"NOMINAL p 501 ACTUAL.ll o O SAFE ^O 3 3 PURLIN / D.REFER TO SHEET FI FOR INTERIOR FINISH REQUIREMENTS AND OWNER 4V N 4`0 FURNISHED AND INSTALLED FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT. e O ,n in b O N \ _ A Mgt 4 1 g °�O /}��n^ng2 KEY NOTES: = v IS Al 3 2 3 PARTS AREA"C" 4 �( REST RM. OFFlCE (� FASTEN 3 518"(14 GA.) 2 REST RM. Al Al M61 6 ;� 6 I _ Sq 104 61 103 ( 102 ___ 6__ __ SIM 1 OS 10 6 TRACK U LI O.C.TO Oj STEEL COLUMN: yt g M S4 _ - --_` q EACH PURLIN W/TWO WHERE HEADER WALL RUNS PER METAL BUILDING MFG. A4 m 3 - 318"TECH 12 SELF- PERPENDICULAR TO ROOF PURLINS GC TO PROVIDE PRE-FINISHED BREAK METAL MATCHING ALUMINUM 4 O m O 4 Al 5 v� S41 TAPPING SCREWS. PROVIDE: STOREFRONT FINISH AND COLOR WITH NO HORIZONTAL SEAM. � 5 M81 16 3 m II n Al O m (ABOVE) (2)6"(16 GA.)CONTINUOUS STUDS 2 NOT USED F 4 II 5 y (1)EACH SIDE OF TOP TRACK 4 1,_g„ in (1)TECH 12 SELF TAPPING SCREW O3 FLOOR SAFE: 1� A4 4 II 3T-0„ KICKER:3 5/8"(20 AT EACH VERTICAL STUD/TOP y 1 Az 2 1 g^ II OWNER FURNISHED AND CONTRACTOR INSTALLED.SIZE N T I.,y B �-! 28'-9 5l8" 8'-10" 8'-10" 9'-0" 57'-1 12" GA.)METAL STUDS TRACK TRANSITION VERIFIED BY OWNER.PROVIDE 18"X 18"BLOCK OUT B DO NOT • � � @ 4'-0"O.C.MAX. (4)TECH 12'S AT EACH PURLIN INSTALL UNTIL AFTER OFFICE GYP.BD.WORK HAS BEEN COMPLETE. Q V g II CONNECTION REFER TO STRUCTURAL SHEETS FOR LOCATION. OVE) C/1 .4�i A5 pet II M81 O4 FIRE EXTINGUISHER: II (2)3I8"TECH 12 MOUNT 42"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. e "_,+ - 111-6" Q �a < II SELF TAPPING II BE LAY-IN-CLG OS SHOWROOM CORNER BOX OUT: M� y INSTALL PLYWOOD BACKING TO EACH FACE FROM 8•-0"TO 10'-0" �I 5 ACOUSTICAL TILE A.F.F.FOR INSTALLATION OF SECURITY MIRRORS. - `p HEADER WALL: CEILING IN PARTS in "a II (ABOVE) A4 3 51W(20 GA.)MTL AREA"A"RM 100 <D 6"PVC DOWNSPOUT BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR.REFER TO PARTS AREA"A" _ STUDS @ 24"O.C. ELEVATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. y A4 M82 II BD. SIDE.TO w o PARTS AREA"B' II ao O1 II 2 Y 2)2X FIRE ROOF STRUCTURE NOTE: ( G.C.TO REVIEW METAL BUILDING ERECTION DRAWINGS BEFORE cn AS ON PART AREA"B" 6 II 1 q TREATED SIDE.TO 17-9'OFF CONSTRUCTION BEGINS TO CONFIRM THAT ANY ROD BRACES SHOWN AllCONTINUOUS FINISH FLOOR ON IN THOSE DRAWINGS WILL NOT INTERFERE WITH CLEARANCES, SIM. II 2 AS 4 q5 d' BLOCKING SHOWROOM SIDE. ACCESSORIES OR PLUMBING FIXTURES SHOWN IN REST ROOMS.G.C. M81 II Ai AS 2 106'-10" TO NOTIFY O'REILLY REPRESENTATIVE AND ARCHITECT IF THEY o BELIEVE THAT THERE MIGHT BE A CONFLICT.IF THERE IS SUCH A o II A3 8.0.HEADER CONFLICT,INSTALL 6"STUD WALL AGAINST EXTERIOR WALL TO v;i W Z II ENCAPSULATE RODS(PLUMBING FIXTURES AND WALL OPPOSITE y 2 3 Q II M61 2 EXTERIOR WALL TO SHIFT TO ALLOW FOR THIS 6"WALL AS WELL). p W Z II HEADER WALL SECTION W z A3 II M82 SIM. Al SCALE: 1/2'=1'•0' 13 Q N (D II Al 6 A4 CORNER 6"MTL.STUDS(20)@ 2W' J VESTIBULE Ai BEAD O.C.W/(1)LAYER OF 5/8" (ABOVE) 100p - TYPE"X GYP.BD.EA.SIDE p Q \ FASTEN 3 5/8"(20 GA.)TRACK @ 24"O.C. O 10 TO EACH PURLIN N(2)3/8"TECH 12 1X4 WOOD TRIM(PAINT 3 © —•44 0' SELF-TAPPING SCREWS GRADE PINE)ATTACHED TO T.O.W. A4t m BREAK 4 5 METAL STUD FRAMING WITH Z AREA N S42 I 1A y TECH 12 SCREWS AT 24' SIM. M82 n `�' _ PURLIN O.C.SET FLUSH.PAINT _ IID S41 ION EXPOSED SURFACES TO BATT INSULATION - I MATCH WALL FINISH. TO FLOOR PLAN 1 —2 p'� TECH 12 REFER FOR WALL TYPES. A4 A4 SCREW DEFLECTION 3'-4" 22'-8" 3'-4" 22'-0" V-0" 12'-0" 8'-0" 18'-8" 6'-0" T-4" 3'-4" CHANNEL PROVIDE MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP.BD.@ ALL WET LOCATIONS. 1 CONST C ry ry ,,,'$" 4 WALL / CEILING SECTION 1 FLOOR PLAN T.O. LAY-IN-CLG Al SCALE: 1 t/2•=1'N Ai SCALE: 1/8"=V-0" FRAMING 109'-0" DSL.3 5/8"X(20 GA.) CEILING IN PARTS ACOUSTICAL TILE MTL.STUDS @ C.J. OC AREA"A"RM 100 AS SHOWN. GYPSUM BOARD CEILING AT OFFICE ONLY M (25 GA.) MTL. STUDS 3 i INSULATION TOV-0 A.F.F. ` `1/4"X7/18"(1)PIECE � VEE-SHAPED SLOT 5/8"GYP. CONTROL JOINT @ BOTH BOARD SIDES OF HEADER POL SHED ISWALL TYPES: CONCRETE PARTS AREA"A"COC w 1.PROVIDE FIRE STOPPING AND FIRE SEALANT MATERIALS AS REQUIRED AT ALL RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION GYP. BOARD CA■ z R MATERIAL TRANSITIONS AND PENETRATIONS.RATING TO BE EQUAL TO RATED WALL ASSEMBLY. 2.PROVIDE DIAGONAL BACKING BRACING(WX 16 GA.FLAT STRIP)AT CORNER FACES OF FREE STANDING 5/6"TYPE 7L'GYP.BD. 3 INTERIOR WALL SECTION Al SCALE: 1-t/2"=T-0" ® 1'--O Z PARTITION SYSTEMS. 1 12"METAL Z-FURRING CHANNELS @ 24"O.C. Al SCALE: 1/2"=V-0" h�d WITH 112"FOIL FACE POLYISOCYANURATE 3.PROVIDE MOISTURE RESISTANT TYPE"X-GYPSUM BOARD IN REST ROOMS. INSULATION(MIN R-9)BETWEEN IL REQ'D.CLEAR SPACE 2 W 4.PROVIDE"J"MOLDING REGLETS OR CORNER BEAD AT ALL DISSIMILAR WALL MATERIAL TRANSITIONS. 8 x 8 x 16 SPLIT FACE CMU PROVIDED FOR FRONT 6" REQ'D.CLEAR SPACE H ly(V APPROACH(AT INTERIOR PROVIDED FOR FRONT =O U' ci 5.EXPOSED INSULATION SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 0-25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPMENT RATING OF 0-050. DOOR) APPROACH(AT EXTERIOR (q w CONCEALED INSULATION SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 0-75 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPMENT RATING OF 0-450. 8 x B x 16 SMOOTH FACE CMU DOOR) d CONT.STUDS TO ROOF M82 FRAMING ABOVE DISTANCE IS 7'-0" }- 1 12"METAL Z-FURRING CHANNELS @ 24"O.C. 5/8"TYPE W GYP.BD. CONT.STUDS TO CONT.STUDS TO ROOF CONT.STUDS EACH SIDE.TO ROOF DECK I\ WIffTH1 12"FOIL FACE 8'-6"A.F.F. FRAMING ABOVE POLYISOCYANURATE TO 12'-0"A.F.F. ON PARTS AREA"B".TO EACH. 12'-0"OFF FINISH FLOOR 5/8"NPE'X'GYP. 5/8"TYPE W GYP BD NOTE:REFER TO STRUCTURAL INSULATION(MIN R-0) 5/8"TYPE 7C'GYP.BD. ON PARTS AREA"A". BD.EACH SIDE SIDE.TO ROOF D.ECK ON FOR GAUGE AND SPACING FOR 'S BETWEEN ON(1)SIDE TO IZ-V' 8 x 8 x 16 PARTS AREA LO TO 12'-0" ALL EXTERIOR METAL STUDS "(25 GA)MTL. 3-5/8"(26 GA.)MTL. OFF FINISH FLOOR ON SPLIT FACE CMU OFF FINISH FLOOR. 3-5/8 STUDS AT 24"O.C. STUDS AT 24"O.C. PARTS AREA"A". BOTTOM TYPE•F GYP BD.TO STUD(25 GA.)4"MTL. 312"UNFACED 3-5/8"(20 GA.) DATE: Y-19-13 BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK STUDS AT 24"O.C. 3 12"UNFACED GATT. BATT.SOUND MTL.STUDS AT DISTANCE IS 5'-i"m 1'-0" REVISION SOUND INSULATION TO M61 S41 S42 9'-0'A.F.F.@ OFFICE 102 m INSULATION S44 24"O.C. DATE: E.I.F.S.OVER 3"THICK 1 12"METAL Z-FURRING CHANNELS @ RIGID INSULATION CONT.STUDS TO 8'-6" 24"O.C.WITH 1 1/2"FOIL FACE CONT.STUDS 5/8"TYPE'X'GYP.BD. REQUIRED 5'TURNING SPACE A.F.F. POLYISOCYANURATE INSULATION TO 8'-8"A.F.F. 5/8"EXT.FIBERGLASS REINFORCED (MIN R-9)BETWEEN 8x8x18 SHEATHING N CONT.WEATHER BARRIER c SPLIT FACE CMU CONT.STUDS TO 12'-0"A.F.F. 5/8"TYPE IN GYP. 1 12"METAL Z-FURRING CHANNELS @ 24"O.C. V VESTIBULE DIAGRAM 3-5/8"(25 GA.)MTL. ALIGN FACE OF STUD WITH FACE OF COLUMN BD.EACH SIDE WITH 1 12 FOIL FACE POLYISOCYANURATE STUDS AT 24"O.C. 3-M.,(25 GA.)MTL STUDS AT 6"(25 GA.)MTL INSULATION(MIN R-9)BETWEEN p1 SCALE: 1/4"=V-W 518"TYPE 7C GYP.BD. 24"O.C. STUDS AT 24"O.C. jj 6"METAL STUD FRAMING 1 12"METAL Z-FURRING 5/8"T(PE W GYP.BD. 312"UNFACED 8"METAL STUD FRAMING CHANNELS @ 24 O.C.WITH 1 12" 8x8x16 SPLIT FACE CMU BAIT.SOUND 6"BATT INSULATION W/FOIL FACE FOIL FACE POLYISOCYANURATE 551 INSULATION SAS INSULATION(MIN R-9)BETWEEN 546 SG2 VAPOR BARRIER Al of 5 DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE1DL � 1• M DOOR -- --- ./ U ACTU 7-5/8" DOOR FRAME DETAILS MK HARDWARE REMARKS L ANCHOR PER MFG.RECOMMENDATIONS NO. PART DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER 1 112"METAL Z-FURRING @ 24"O.C.WITH 1 1/2"FOIL SIZE(WIDTH x HEIGHT x DEPTH) TYPE SWING MATERIAL GLAZING SST KEYED TYPE MATERIAL HEAD JAMB 11.062 X US26D-"E"KEYWAY(REMOVABLE CORE) e FACE POLYISOCYANURATE INSULATION(MIN R-9) £y --'- - - 1 CYLINDER KEYED EXTERIOR SIDE(DOOR 1 ONLY) SCHLAGE O (�y;:;!;; BETWEEN. EXTERIOR REFER TO 7/A2 REFER TO NOTES 1 '-0"X 7'-0" A' FLOOR PLAN ALUM. 1 A 1 HOC.ALUM 71 HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND FRAME 3 A2 8"BOND BEAM UNIT,REFER TO STRUCTURAL //// SYSTEM,REFER SCHEDULE FOR TYPE F N _ SIM 1,2,3 REQUIRED HARDWARE FURNISHED WITH STOREFRONT DOOR SYSTEM x =y• a b ':ki, ;'-' 8"SPLIT FACE CMU JAMB UNIT WI(1) REFER TO 7/A2 REFER TO NOTE 1 DEADBOLT (DOOR 1 ONLY)M518506 X US28 ADAMS RITE ae.n w 5/8"TYPE"X"GYP.BD. ,e;i:.-t"s #5 VERY.(GROUT CELL FULL) 1A. 3'•0"X T-0" •4 FLOOR PLAN ALUM. 1 -- 1 HOC.ALUM 7IA2 SIM 1 Sf m. 1 DEADLOCK LEVER (DOOR 1 ONLY)4550 X US28 ADAMS RITE ®eNr.`m'• 'r^•;ti''•'i, SEALANT BOTH SIDES(TYP.) REFER TO HOL. REFER TO NOTES r-- FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING: 2 310"X T-0"X 1.3/4 B 2 A 2 HOL.MTL 1IA2 2IA2 1,2,4,6,7 1 STRIKE MS4002 X US28 ADAMS RITE P1 N a`a ANCHORED TO STRUCTURE. FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING: FLOOR PLAN METAL 1/2" PER MANUFACTURER 1 CLOSER 4040BCXAL(ADJ.TO S#) LCN d ANCHORED TO STRUCTURE. SECTIONAL HOL REFER TO NOTE / SEALANT BOTH SIDES P. 3 6'-0"X 8'-0" D 3 - STANDARDS AND 31A2 4/A2 1 PAIR OFFSET PIVOTS 195/188 X US26D RIXON �, (TYP.) � � � � OVERHEAD METAL 1 RECOMMENDATIONS i ANCHOR PER MFR.RECOMMENDATIONS 5/8"TYPE"X"GYP.BD. 1 SET PUSH/PULLS ULTRA LINE 86-161 WITH OFFSET PULL X US26D EFCO ya i HOLLOW METAL FRAME,REFER DOOR 1 1/2"METAL Z-FURRING @ 24"O.C.WITH 4 3'-0"X 7'-0"X 1-314" C REFER TO SOLID REFER TO 4 - 2 HOL.MTL 9/A2 10/A2 REFER TO NOTE 1 SET WEATHERSTRIP WOOL PILE,CONY.,REPLACEABLE PEMKO nm„ 1 1/2"FOIL FACE POLYISOCYANURATE FLOOR PLAN WOOD GLAZING 1,5 ✓� SCHEDULE FOR TYPE SCHEDULE INSULATION(MIN R-9)BETWEEN. 5 T-0"X 7'-0"X 1.3/4" C REFER TO SOLID 5 - 2 HOL.MTL 9IA2 10/A2 REFER NOTE 1 SWEEP: RETRACTING RESILIENT SEAL TYPE PEMKO 1 HEAD DETAIL 2 JAMB DETAIL FLOOR PLAN WOOD - 1.5 1 THRESHOLD _ ANSI AND ADA COMPLIANT _ PEMKO W REFER TO SOLID REFER TO NOTE 1 DOORSTOP (DOOR to ONLY)483 x US260 ROCKWOOD Q 6 3'-0"X 7'-0'X 1.314' C FLOOR PLAN WOOD b 2 HOC.MTL 9/A2 10IA2 1 5 1' E" SCALE: 1.1l2'-1••0' A2 SCALE: 1.1/2"- •O" REFER TO HOC. REFER TO NOTES *k '_ - _ .SET NUM-•BER 2 (DOOR MARK 2 _._ A2 - - 7 3'-0"X T-0'X 1.3/4' B 8 - 2 HOC.MTL 1IA2 2IA2 FLOOR PLAN METAL 1,4,8,7,E NO. PART DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER A W •• NOTES: DOORS SHALL BE SHOP PREPARED FOR HARDWARE. 1.6 PAIR HINGES ECBB1100.4.5"X 4.5"-NRP,US26D HANGER 1.2.ALL EXTERIOR DOORS TO BE KEYED ALIKE.CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY AND MATCH CORE OF DOOR MARKED"2". 9300 B 486/689-PRT03 E30 �i CC as 3.REFER TO FOUNDATION PLAN FOR SLOPING OF CONCRETE AT SILL. 1 EXIT DEVICE THRU-BOLTED ITEM W/SEX BOLTS DORMA V 8"SPLIT FACE CMU CORNER JAMB UNIT 4.EXTERIOR DOOR,FRAME AND HARDWARE SUPPLIED BY OWNER,CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. H = SEALANT EXTERIOR W/(1)#5 VERT.(GROUT CELL FULL) S.IT IS THE CONTRACTORS OPTION TO DIRECT ORDER AND PURCHASE INTERIOR DOORS,HOLLOW METAL FRAMES AND HARDWARE THROUGH LOCKNET, 20.067 RIM CYLINDER IC,W/SCHLAGE E KEYWAY Mel SEALANT 8"BOND BEAM UNIT,REFER TO STRUCTURAL 4„ 8.FRAME FOR INDICATED DOOR TO HAVE 4"HEAD. i RIM CYLINDER (LARGE FORMAT)•28D-WI 2 SECURITY KEYS AND 1 SCHLAGE :.., 1 112"METAL Z-FURRING®24"O.C.WITH 7.AT EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAMES,CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL LOW TO NON-EXPANSIVE FOAM INSULATION EQUAL TO CORE KEY PER LOCK,1 BITTED =' 7.6 1 1/2"METAL Z-FURRING @ 24"O.C.WITH 1 1/2"FOIL 1 VZ FOIL FACE POLYISOCYANURATE "GREAT STUFF•WINDOW AND DOOR"BY DOW,OR FILL FRAME WITH A MINIMUM OF R-11 BATT INSULATION AND SEAL OFF. C 1 /I FACE POLYISOCYANURATE INSULATION(MIN R-9) INSULATION(MIN R•9)BETWEEN. 8.DOOR AND FRAME TO BE"B"LABEL FOR INDICATED FIRE DOOR. 8616DST HD GR 1,ADJ#3 x 689 FINISH W/COVER-THRU- = BETWEEN. �.ys 1 DOOR CLOSER BOLTED ITEM W/SEX BOLT INCLUDES DORMA 5/8"TYPE"X"GYP.BD. yyb .� 28 METAL NO.FIELD COCKNEY HOLD-OPEN ARM WI THUMBTURN e r; ,j; z.• PAINTED TO MATCH BLOCK. 100 COURCHELLE DRIVE PHONE 800.887.4307 EXT 137 1 LATCH GUARD LG10pZISF STRAIGHT W/PIN WI SEX BOLTS LATCHGUARO ''s!'^''`` 2 X FIRE TREATED NAILERS: FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING: NICHOLASVILLE,KY 40358 FAX 859-881-5499 y a �� ANCHORED TO STRUCTURE. ANCHORED TO STRUCTURE. CONTACT:BEN GORTON,AHC EMAIL:construction@locknet.com 1 KICKPLATE 8 X 34 X.050 SS FINISH HAGER a _ 518"TYPE"X"GYP.BD. 1 THRESHOLD 38"ALUM MILL ADA COMPLIANT POSTEL as 26 GA.METAL FLASHING.FIELD FRAME TYPES: 1 SWEEP CONCEALED ALUM MILL VINYL SULK POSTEL M PAINTED TO MATCH BLOCK. VERTICAL LIFT GARAGE DOOR AND DOOR TYPES■ JAMBS:KERFED QEBD-500 a TRACK ASSEMBLY W/WEATHER SEALS, 1 SET WEATHERSTRIP HEADER:ADHESIVE QDST-075 SCHLEGEL INSTALL PER MFG'R RECOMMENDATIONS VERTICAL LIFT GARAGE DOOR AND TRAGK __ i DOOR VIEWER 898-190 DEGREE WIDE ANGLE-26D IVES .� ASSEMBLY W/WEATHER SEALS,INSTALL PER SET.NUMBER 3. DOORMARK3 °M^ MFG'R RECOMMENDATIONS I I ( J 2„ I I I I REQUIRED HARDWARE FURNISHED WITH OVERHEAD DOOR SYSTEM Z Q O 3 HEAD DETAIL 4 JAMB DETAIL -�'_____ '�gy=__ I; I SETNUMBERR MDSIDEONOOR ARK4 a 3 z SCALE: 1.1/2'=1'•0' p2 SCALE: 1.1/2'=7•0" o r I i NO. PART DESCRIPTIONS } MANUFACTURER a W Z rx I II o AU5307LN X US26D - YALE < y (D h L__JI I 1 WALL BUMPER 409XUS2- ROCKWOOD 2 ? EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH --J -- -- --- -- -- - -- EXTERIOR SYSTEM(E.I.F.S.) ----- HOLLOW ALUMINUM DOOR 1.5 PAIR HINGES B81279 X 4.5 X 4 5 X US26D HAGAR 4 CIL (INSULATED)FLUSH HOLLOW METAL O O Q 5/8"EXTERIOR FIBERGLASS REINFORCED HOLLOW ALUMINUM STOREFRONT WELDED HOLLOW METAL FRAME SYSTEM WI SAFETY GLASS (18 GA.)(REFER TO SCHEDULES FOR SET NUMBER 5 (DOOR MARKS S.AND 6) 3" 8" 8° Z, SHEATHING SYSTEM THERMALLY BROKEN W/ (16 GA.)W/(3)MIN.ANCHORS PER (REFER TO SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES) - - - ---- --- ---- -- -- =` 3 WALL FRAMING SYSTEM,REFER TO WALL WALL FRAMING SYSTEM,REFER V INSUL.GLASS(REFER TO JAMB(REFER SCHEDULES FOR COLORS) NO. PART DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER SECTIONS W WALL SECTIONS. SCHEDULES FOR COLORS, COLORS) 1.5 PAIR HINGES BB1279 X 4.5 X 4.5 US26D HAGAR SEALANT BOTH SIDES GLAZING TYPES.) AQ B - (TYP-) 1 PRIVACY LOCK SET AU5302LN X US26D YALE 6/8"EXTERIOR FIBERGLASS REINFORCED SHEATHING 1O SHIM AND ANCHOR PER MFG'R. 2 1 WALL BUMPER - 409 X US26D @ DOOR NUMBER E ROCKWOOD _-. m RECOMMENDATIONS p-p^ 440 X US26D @ DOOR NUMBER 5 Ld SHIM AND ANCHOR PER MFG'R. HOLLOW ALUM.STOREFRONT SYSTEM, -- 1 FLOOR STOP ROCKWOOD RECOMMENDATIONS REFER STOREFRONT NOTES ROUGH OPENING (MOUNT AS CLOSE TO CORNER AS POSSIBLE) ( ) 1. REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL LAY-IN CEILING WALL FRAMING SYSTEM,REFER REQUIREMENTS. I S' MAEtM w„ i 5 t?,wr SYSTEM(REFER FINISH SCHEDULE) WALL SECTIONS. 2.REFER GPRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING SHOP I NO.;.:i DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. PART DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER TO TYPENG GYP.SYSTEM ADHESIVE ATTACHED I 1.5 PAIR HINGES ECBB1100.4.5"X 4.5'•NRP,U828D HALER TO FRAMING SYSTEM I i SEALANT BOTH SIDES(TYP.) FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING: I w _. 1 EXIT DEVICE 8300 B 486I689 EXIT ONLY DORMA G ANCHORED TO STRUCTURE. HOLLOW ALUM.STOREFRONT SYSTEM,(REFER m 6300 MLT ADJ 2.8 ALUM-GRADE 1 CLOSER WITH BACK STOREFRONT NOTES) -J 1 DOOR CLOSER CHECK•WITH COVER HAGER i 1l2"METAL Z-FURRING @ 24"O.C.WITH _ 1 1/2"FOIL FACE POLYISOCYANURATE 6' THRU•BOLTED ITEM W/SEX BOLTS � EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM(E.I.F.S.) SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR INSULATION(MIN R-9)BETWEEN. /'� INTERIOR DOOR$t FRAME FINISH NOTES: (REFER TO SCHEDULES FOR � 1 LATCHGUARD LGt00LSF STRAIGHT W/PIN W/SEX BOLTS LATCHGUARD 6 JAMB DETAIL I. WOOD DOORS SHALL BE CUSTOM GRADE ROTARY FINISHES) i THRESHOLD 36"ALUM MILL ADA COMPLIANT POSTEL LJ 5 HEAD DETAIL SLICED NATURAL BIRCH WITH FACTORY PREFINISH. /� INSULATE SECTIONAL STEEL OVERHEAD DOOR W/ 1 SWEEP CONCEALED ALUM MILL VINYL BULB POSTEL FINISH SHALL BE EQUAL TO GRAHAM#300-MEDIUM C @ LIFT CLEARANCE TRACK&LOCKING HARDWARE O SCALE. 1.1/2'=110" A2 JAMBS:KERFED QEBD-500 �. SCAIRt 1•tAr.1'•O' BROWN.ANY VARIANCE MUST BE APPROVED BY SYSTEM VERTICAL LIFT/MANUAL PULL ROPE 1 SET WEATHERSTRIP SCHLEGEL O'REILLY AUTO PARTS. NOTE: HEADER:ADHESIVE ODST-675 HOL.ALUM.STOREFRONT SYSTEM,REFER TO 2. INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAMES SHALL BE SHOP DASHED IN DOOR AND OPERATION(COLOR TO BE FACTORY PRIMED GRAY) FLOOR PLAN AND WINDOW TYPES PRIMED AND FIELD PAINTED WITH 2 COATS DOUBLE LETTER INDICATE &FIELD PAINT(REFER TO ELEVATIONS I.LIFT HOC.ALUM.STOREFRONT SYSTEM, CLEARANCE TRACK MOUNTED AT 11'-0"MAX HEIGHT /REFER TO FLOOR PLAN AND WINDOW CONTINUOUS SILL FLASHING AND SUB SILL SEMI-GLOSS ENAMEL GLIDDEN CUSTOM GREEN MIX. PAIRED DOOR LOCATIONS D L�JI TYPES SEALANT(TYP.BOTH SIDES) DOOR-SEE DOOR SCHEDULE. WINDOW TYPES: 38'-7112"(R.O.3V-S") 41/2" 8�-p^ 1/2" N CONCRETE FLOOR(REFER WALL SECTIONS) (UNIT DIM.) 4112.1 1/2�� 1 V-11 3/4" 8•-0" 1817 3/4" � 4-B^ X-0" 5-0 (EQUAL) (EQUAL) (EQUAL) 4171" 41 (EQUAL) (EQUAL) (EQUAL) (EQUAL) L ID 2"TYP. -_ Z w SIM. A2 A2 A2 A2 U)O w 7 HEAD DETAIL 8 SILL DETAIL 51M BIM. o SCALE: 1.1W=1'•0" A2 N J WHERE WALL OCCURS ❑ n ❑ 1 1 1 1 1 1 FOR INTERIOR WALL CONST.REFER TO ,'y 2 W W ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ O co y FLOOR PLAN AND WALL SECTIONS b / SEALANT BOTH SIDES(TYP.) 'O Iy ' / 5/8" FOR INTERIOR WALL CONST. // /� �/ %/ ;/i� �!� �%/ '❑ �❑ i� i�/ REFER TO FLOOR PLAN AND WALL DOUBLE STUDS AT JAMES TYPES INSTALL 3 MIN.JAMB ANCHORS EACH JAMB. b b /� COMM# 3461 DOUBLE STUDS AT HEADER FRAME REINFORCING PER MFR'S !b RECOMMENDATIONS AT ALL HARDWARE SEALANT BOTH SIDES(TYP.) LOCATIONS. DOOR-SEE DOOR SCHEDULE. CONTINUOUS SILL n CONTINUOUS SILL 8 HOLLOW METAL FRAME,REFER FLASHING EQUAL TO 8 B BL 8 FLASHING EQUAL TO 1..r v DATE: 7-19-13 "EFCO"#1G85 P A2 TO DOOR SCHEDULE FOR TYPE "EFCO"#IG65(TYP.) A2 A2 (TYP.) REVISION (RATED WHERE REQUIRED) 4„ HOLLOW METAL FRAME,REFER TO DOOR SIM. COULTER&COMPANY STOREFRONT NOTES: DATE: SCHEDULE FOR TYPE(RATED WHERE REQUIRED) 13711 E.66TH ST.N. DOOR-SEE DOOR SCHEDULE. © OWASSO,OK 74055 1.FIELD VERIFY FINAL ROUGH OPENING PRIOR TO FABRICATION.PHONE:(918)272-4494 2.REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR DESIGN CRITERIA. GLAZING SCHEDULE 3.IT IS THE CONTRACTORS OPTION TO DIRECT ORDER AND FAX',(918)272-7908 PURCHASE STOREFRONT AND GLASS FROM COULTER&COMPANY. 10 JAMB DETAIL EMAIL brenda@coulterglass.com HEAD DETAIL (1/4"SOLAR-COOL 2)AZURL TE EXTERIOR PANE) ken@coulterglass.com N 4 CONTACT YOUR ROJECT ADMINISTRATOR FOR VERIFICATION. (IN CLEAR INTERIOR PANE) CONTACT:BRENDA OR KEN 5.WHEN THE WIND SPEED IS EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN 120 MPH, SCALE; 1.1/2"=V-0" /� SCALE: 1.1/2'=1••O" A STORM PANEL SYSTEM WILL BE OWNER FURNISHED AND SHADING COEFFICIENT.28 INSTALLED ON THIS PROJECT.CONTACT YOUR PROJECT =1/4"CLEAR SAFETY GLAZING ADMINISTRATOR TO VERIFY/COORDINATE. A.2 of 5 1 2 3 4 5 e W~ 63"O'Reilly with 31"Auto Parts(Linear) SEALANT GENERAL NOTES: Q r T.O.METAL BTUD 1 9 2 24 $ q A.REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. i,,, ELEV.119'__ A4 A4 1 1 "MASTER FLASH OR .a 4 2 1 4 1 4 APPROVED EQUAL B.REFER TO PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING DRAWINGS FOR 1 25 2 PIPE FLASHING WITH ADDITIONAL REQUfREMENTS. T.O.MASONRY _ ''I • .,-,q _ _ APPROPRIATE m.n E ELEV.117'4" O ReI I Iy ADHESIVE C.REFER TO MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL PLAN FOR SYSTEM TYPES N 23 A O 0 e,.D - 25 AND LOCATIONS. e M TOP OF STOREFRONT 25 - D.REFER TO SITE DEVELOPMENT PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL e w e ELEV.111'-6" - 2 10 ! 24 SFJtI EDGE OF COVER REQUIREMENTS. WITH LAP EDGE w 05 VENT PIPE KEY NOTES: W FINISH FLOOR HEIGHT - - / / / A3 SCALE: N.T.S. A ELEV.100'-0" O ERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM(E.I.F.S.): [..: REFER TO OUT FINISH SCHEDULE AND SECTIONS. V A BOTTOM OF FOOTING 1 —__---------------------- -- __ __ ____ -----_- ____—_________ L_� E.I.F.S.REFER TO wa W RE:TO FOUNDATION PLAN \^ ELEVATIONS FOR TYPE. O2 MASONRY WALL CONSTRUCTION: " Ear A '■. 23 24 1$ `14 13 27 REFER TO EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE AND WALL SECTIONS. E 1 WEST ELEVATION v RUSTICATION JOINT O3 PRMi E-FINISHED STANDING SEAM ROOF fBEYOND): G� \' � BY PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING COMPANY. vj PRE-FINISHED METAL CAP FLASHING(FIELD BREAK): e t- A3 SCALE: 1/8"=V 0 3/4, REFER TO EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE. O - e O FACTORY PRIMED SHEET METAL CAP FLASHING(FIELD BRFJIKI: ]� m B 63"O'Reilly with 31"Auto Parts(Linear) A COLOR SHALL BE FIELD PAINTED CUSTOM RED MIX TO MATCH E.LF.S.PANEL Ao a y SIM. O PRE-ENGINEERED INTERNAL METAL GUTTER PER METAL � g BUILDING MANUFACTURER AND 6"PVC D.S.(BY CONTRACTOR). y T.O.MASONRY 5 1 4 8 9 A4 4 1 24 25 A4 4 1 S JOINT DETAIL OSP"T FACE HEAD AND JAMB UNITS. ELEV.119'4" g on M T.O.MASONRY 8 LIN OF ROOF EAVE HEIGHTDASHED ELEV.11T4" ..�tl_ °-k- A g.: A3 SCALE: N.T.S. O F E DASHD LINE INDICATES LINE OF ROOF BEYOND WITH SLOPE D S 0 _ OF 1/4"PER FOOT. A 25 ELEV.114'-i t" COLOR SPLITFACECMU. 0 v�F TOMATC 9 SIGN: o 2 25 2 eANo eELOWow APPROXIMATE OUTLINE OF SIGN.PROVIDE BLOCKING AS y Z Q p sMooTH FACE crnu. REQUIRED FOR MOUNTING OF SIGN,COORDINATE WITH SIGN y 2 COMPANY FOR EXACT SIGN PLACEMENT.OWNER FURNISHED AND ti 3 2 1$ 23 B.O.BANGING n E I F a 6ANOwG: W INSTALLED LOGO.REFER TO SIGN PACKET INFORMATION FOR Y -1 8'zt"THICK E.I.F.S OVER Lil EL.++oa Rlclo wsurwnoN. FURTHER DETAIL. � lY 0 ti 10 ADDRESS NUMBERS Q N CO 6"VINYL BY CONTRACTOR.COLOR TO BE WHITE. FINISH FLOOR HEIGHT I- -t ELEV.100'-0" 11 NOT USED O Q BOTTOM_ FOOTING I \ 23 __i_J _ E.LF.S■ BANDING DETAIL 12 DOOR AND FRAME: 3 N--_ J---- -- -_J-_L--- RE:TO FOUNDATION PLAN 2 A3 SCALE: N-T.S. (REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE.) 2 16 25 4 13 STOREFRONT: EXTERIORFINISH SCHEDULE (REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR WINDOW TYPES.) 2 SOUTH ELEVATION TYPE: COMPANY TYPE: COLOR: 74 LINE OF FOUNDATION: �±3j SCALE: 1/8"=1'•0 (REFER TO FOUNDATION PLAN.) SHERWIN WILLIAMS PAINT (1)COAT S-W PREPRITE BLOCK FILLER 16 STEEL BOLLARDS: 5 4 3 2 B25W25(NO LESS THAN 8 MILS) (9)TYPICAL AT STOREFRONT(2)AT O.H.DOOR LOCATION.FIELD (2)COATS S-W CONFLEX XL SMOOTH PAINT CUSTOM GREEN.(REFER TO FOUNDATION PLAN.) ELASTOMERIC A5-400(NO LESS THAN 6.7 MILS EACH COAT) 16 HOSE BIB: STANDARD CONCRETE MASONRY (REFER TO PLUMBING PLAN) UNIT COLD WEATHER APPLICATIONS: q SHERWIN WILLIAMS PAINT 17 LIGHT FIXTURE: C M.U.) T.O.MASONRY 1 26 8 4 1 8 3 26 4 1 B 19 19 3 26 18 4 B � 19 21 6 26 4 (CM (1)COAT S-W LOXON BLOCK SURFACER (REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLAN) � SPLIT FACE (NO LESS THAN 8 MILS) ELEV.11T_4" 2 1 PER LOCAL SUPPLIER (2)COATS S-W ULTRACRETE SOLVENT - NOT USED (8"X 8"X 16"NOM.) BORNE SMOOTH B48(NO LESS THAN 8 EAVE HEIGHT 6 PROVIDE FULL B" MILS EACH COAT OR 16 MILS TOTAL) 19 ROOF TOP UNIT(BEYOND): ELEV.114'-11" FACE AT ALL CORNERS APPROXIMATE LOCATION 25 COURSE:RUNNING FIELD COLOR:EQUAL TO SOFTER TAN (REFER TO MECHANICAL PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATION) O 2 25 SW5141 20 MECHANICAL WALL PENETRATIONS: 2 ACCENT COLOR:EQUAL TO PROVIDE FRAMING,FLASHING,AND SEALANT AS REQUIRED. LATTE SVV6108 (REFER TO M.E.P.SHEETS) - 23 (INDICATED BY SHADING:. r ) 21 ROOF PIPING VENT(BEYOND): SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 09900 REFER TO DETAIL 5/A3. FINISH FLOOR HEIGHT CUSTOM ORAP01 0305 WITH DRWIT O DOWNSPOUT COLLECTION SYSTEM: ELEV.100,_p„ ', -- STRATOTONE HIGH PERFORMANCE REFER TO SHEET Ci. COLORANT 23 MASONRYCONTROL/EXPANSION JOINT: N BOTTOM OF FOOTING J -L_-- __-_____ __J__L-_ �_ ____ __ _______ i_� EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH (FACTORY MIXED ONLY) O SYSTEM DRWIT-OUTSULATION PLUS MD (MATCH MASONRY)PROVIDE SEALANT OVER 12"DIAMETER m RE:TO FOUNDATION PLAN SANDBLAST FINISH FOAM BACKER ROD.REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. eD 22 7 23 20 22 14 23 25 20 22 20 25 23 20 22 20 22 (E.LF.S.) (INDICATED BY SHADING: ) 3 EAST ELEVATION 24 RUSTICATION JOINT: 0 ,p FIELD PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS REFER TO DETAIL 6/A3. ®® 0 'UI�L C�YAD � �UI"t !'-©Or �LK✓� "SOFTER TAN" 49EIFS BANDING: W 1 Z O A3 SCALE: 1/8`=1'•O l EFCO IVY COLOR TO BE SHERWIN WILLIAMS"SOFTER TAN"SW6141.REFER r�d TO DETAIL 7/A3 AND EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE. STOREFRONT d ti (NOSUBSTITUTES) KAWNEER DARKIW a:D.I tD A - B 26 18 GA.PRE-FINISHED STAINLESS STEEL SCUPPER BY P.E.M.B.MFG. CO.-INSTALL PER MFG'R INSTRUCTIONS.INSIDE OPENING WIDTH O LL N VISTA WALL INTERSTATE GREEN TO BE T4".REFER TO DETAIL 91A4. ® 0 Z CID n7 CUSTOM GREEN MIX BY 27 PRE FABRICATED METAL CANOPY: M Il GLIDDEN EXTERIOR EQUAL TO ARCHITECTURAL SHADE PRODUCTS 770-590-123D- N U) 5 4 13 6 SEMI-GLOSS LATEX CATHY BRADFIELD)8"FASCIA,T-0"PROJECTION,FLAT METAL 8 A4 17 A4 1 4 A4 25 17 A4 , 4 1 T.O.METAL STUD BASE:6407-500 CANOPY WITH HANGER RODS(1 1/4"SCHEDULE 40 PIPE),HANGER T.O.MASONRY SIM. ELEV.119'-8" BOLLARDS IN FIELD YOX:3P 42 ROD COLOR TO BE RED TO MATCH EIFS COLOR BEHIND(FIELD ELEV.11T4" TBL:4P48 VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF ROD BRACING WITH APPROVED $ GRN:3P14 SIGNAGE PLANS SUBMITTED UNDER A SEPARATE SUBMITTAL). EAVE HEIGHT 23 WHT:2PU METAL DECKING-.D65 EXTRUDED ALUMINUM IN 6"WIDE PANELS; CUMAI 3461 ELEV.114'-11" COLOR#:CUSTOM MIL FINISH ALUMINUM TOP,EXPOSED BOTTOM SHALL BE POWDER 25 4 EXTERIOR DOORS OWNER FACTORY FINISHED BIRCH WHITE 3'ODIAMETER ROUNDEDOWNS OUTS TO EXTEND 3"DELOOW CA OPY 2$ FIELD PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS AT LOCATION SHOWN-GREEN TO MATCH STOREFRONT.PROVIDE 2 OVERHEAD DOOR OWNER "SOFTER TAN"SW6141 3RD PARTY ENGINEERED PLANS SEALED FOR THE STATE OF DATE: 7-19-13 _ WASHINGTON.REFER TO WALL SECTIONS AND STRUCTURAL. ' 2 CUSTOM RED MIX BY SHERWIN WILLIAMS REVISION N 15 (VERIFY MIX BELOW MATCHES E.LF"S. DATE: 12 COLOR) FACTORY PRIMED SHEET SHERWIN WILLIAMS MIX FINISH FLOOR HEIGHT METAL CAP FLASHING AT BASE:GALL-B65ON F RMULA ELEV.100'-0" I STOREFRONT BY METAL BUILDING MFG'R GALLON FORMULA BOTTOM OF FOOTING (FIELD BREAK) QV:45 �_�.- TW:15 RE:TO FOUNDATION PLAN CLEAR COAT-DIAMOND CLOD CLEAR 16 15 7 23 20 23 14 2 COAT URETHANE B65T1051B65V105/B65C105- 3 COMPONENT '.. 4 NORTH ELEVATION PRE-FINISHED SHEET METAL CAP FLASHING BY METAL BUILDING MFG'R COOL BIRCH WHITE A3 SCALE: 1/8"=V-O" (FIELD BREAK) A3 of 5 KEY NOTES: Og ROOF INSULATION: 16 8"AND 6"METAL STUD FRAMING: 24 NOT USED 35 PRE FABRICATED METAL CANOPY: GENERAL NOTES: a �r GUARDIAN BUILDING PRODUCTS."SUPPORT FILM,BANDING AND INSULATION ATTACHED TO PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING STRUCTURAL EQUAL TO ARCHITECTURAL SHADE PRODUCTS(770-580_1230-CATHY w 2 X CONTINUOUS NAILER FIRE TREATED: BRADFIELD)W FASCIA 6""SYTEM 8"AND 3. (R-36)(NO SUBSTITUTE)FIBERGLASS BLANKET FRAME SYSTEM,OR MASONRY WALL CONSTRUCTION WITH#12 25 ,3'•0"PROJECTION, 1O PRE-FINISHED SHEET METAL(26 GA.)-FIELD BREAK: S O FLAT METAL CANOPY WITH HANGER FLASHING,COUNTER-FLASHING,COPING,DRIPS,AND CONTINUOUS CLEAT INSULATION OVER HIGH STRENGTH STEEL SUSPENSION STRAPS ATTACHED SCREWS AT 24"O.C.WITH A MINIMUM OF(2)AT EACH P.E.M.B. A. REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL (CUT DOWN THICKNESS AS REQUIRED)ANCHOR TO TOP RODS.HANGER RODS TO BE MOUNTED USING THROUGH BOLTS AND STEEL SYSTEM(CLEAT TO BE FIELD FABRICATED).REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH. UNDERNEATH PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING ROOF PURLINS.TAPE, CONNECTION.(REFER TO STRUCTURAL SHEETS FOR GAUGE AND OF MASONRY BOND BEAM WITH 1/2"EXPANSION ANCHORS COMPRESSION SLEEVE THROUGH EIFS(FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF REQUIREMENTS. FASTENERS AND INSULATION PROVIDED BY GUARDIAN BUILDING PRODUCTS. SPACING) AT 32"O.C. ROD BRACING WITH APPROVED SIGNAGE PLANS SUBMITTED UNDER A 3 (OWNER SUPPLIED AND CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) SEPARATE SUBMITTAL).(1 1/4"SCHEDULE 40 PIPE);METAL DECKING-.065 B. REFER TO PRE"ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING SHOP O2 FIRE TREATED 2 X NAILERS(CUT DOWN THICKNESS AS REQUIRED): 18 6"(18 GA.)METAL STUD FRAMING: 26 FLEXIBLE FLASHING: EXTRUDED ALUMINUM IN 6"WIDE PANELS.PROVIDE TWO 3"DIAMETER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. $ a ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE WITH TECH#12 SCREWS AT 24"O.C.STAGGER. 10 INSULATION: ATTACHED TO PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING STRUCTURAL CONTINUOUS TO LAP OVER NAILERS AND DOWN BEHIND ROUND DOWNSPOUTS TO EXTEND 3"BELOW CANOPY AT LOCATION SHOWN. dd O 6"(R-19)FIBERGLASS BATT INSULATION WITH FOIL FACE FRAME SYSTEM.MATCH SPACING OF STUDS CALLED OUT IN CONTINUOUS CLEATS ON BOTH SIDES.LAP JOINTS 8" REFER TO ELEVATIONS AND STRUCTURAL. REFER C. REFER TO MECHANICAL,ELECTRICAL,AND PLUMBING 2 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING STRUCTURAL FRAMING SYSTEM: VAPOR BARRIER. KEYNOTE IS. MINIMUM AND MASTIC JOINTS. SHEETS FOR SYSTEM TYPES AND LAY-OUT. .ten B REFER TO P.E.M.B.SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REQUIREMENTS. 36 2x10 WOOD BLOCKING ANCHORED TO EACH STUD IN WALL(CONTINUOUS AT O4 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING SHEET METAL FLASHING: O O O (,, ,); D. SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS TO BE INSTALLED PER .. 11 MASONRY CAVITY INSULATION: 17 SIB"M.R.TYPE"X"GYPSUM BOARD: 27 EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM EIFS BOTTOM OF CANOPY). a en FOAMED IN PLACE(R-11)MASONRY CAVITY INSULATION IN REFER TO INTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE OVER 3"THICK RIGID INSULATION.REFER TO ELEVATIONS S.M.A.C.NA.(SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING N N a> COUNTER-FLASHING,ACCESCONT.SORIES CLEATS,DRIPS CLOSURES,TRANSITIONS, ALL NONSTRUCTURAL VERTICAL CELLS.PROVIDE PATCHING FOR PAINT. FOR LOCATIONS OF RUSTICATION JOINTS. 37 2x8 WOOD BLOCKING ANCHORED TO EACH STUD IN WALL IN BETWEEN STUDS CONTRACTORS NATIONAL ASSOCIATION)LATEST o COPINGS AND ACCESSORIESIO REQUIRED,REFER TO P.E.M.B.SHOP O ( REVISION. a•' DRAWINGS.REFER TO EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE FOR COLORS. AND REPAIR OF MASONRY AS REQUIRED. AT BOTTOM OF CANOPY AND AT HANGER ROD LOCATIONS). 18 WALL SIGNAGE: 28 EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM(E.I.F.S.): v a c=a 12 O PRE-FINISHED HOLLOW ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM: SURFACE MOUNTED.OWNER FURNISHED AND INSTALLED, OVER 31V THICK RIGID INSULATION.REFER TO ELEVATIONS 38 .040"ALUMINUM FLASHING TO MATCH WINDOW FRAME COLOR,INSTALL E. DIMENSIONS TO FACE OF STRUCTURE,CONCRETE OR S PRE-ENGINEERED INTERNAL METAL GUTTER PER METAL BUILDING AND 8" REFER TO WINDOW TYPES,GLAZING SCHEDULE,AND PROVIDE BACKING AND ELECTRICAL AS INDICATED. FOR LOCATIONS OF RUSTICATION JOINTS. CAULK AT TOP.E.I.F.S.ABOVE TO DRAIN PER MANUFACTURER ROUGH FRAMING UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. PVC D.S.(BY CONTRACTOR).CAULK AROUND DOWNSPOUT WHERE DOWNSPOUT S OR. REQUIREMENTS. EXITS BUILDING.CAULKING COLOR TO MATCH EXTERIOR WALL. EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE FOR COL eF. REFER TO FOUNDATION PLAN FOR FOOTINGS, u.y 18 SEALANT: 29 EXTERIOR INSULATIO O N FINISH SYSTEM(E.I.F.S.): O O (3� ©PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING ROOF PANEL SYSTEM WITH THERMAL BLOCKS: 13 PRE-FINISHED SHEET METAL: EQUAL TO"TREMCO"SERIES 830(DARK GREEN) OVER 2"THICK RIGID INSULATION.REFER TO ELEVATIONS 39 18 GA.STAINLESS STEEL SCUPPER BY P.E.M.B,MANUFACTURER MFG.CO.- FOUNDATIONS,AND REINFORCEMENT REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO P.E.M.B.SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REQUIREMENTS. GC TO PROVIDE CEILING SYSTEM.FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT SYSTEM. CAULK AROUND PERIMETER OF SCUPPER TYP.(28 GA.)COLUMN ENCLOSURE TO EXTEND THRU FINISH TYPICAL BOTH SIDES OF STOREFRONT ALL AROUND. FOR LOCATIONS OF RUSTICATION JOINTS. INSTALL PER MFG'R INSTRUCTIONS.INSIDE OPENING WIDTH TO BE V4"' G. REFER TO INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULES �al O7 6I8"EXTERIOR FIBERGLASS REINFORCED SHEATHING W/CONT.WEATHER BARRIER 9FOR MATERIAL FINISH TYPES AND LOCATIONS.2 X FIRE TREATED NAILERS: 30 DOOR UNIT: F� 14 ACOUSTICAL REFER CEILING SYSTEM: ANCHORED TO STRUCTURE. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN AND DOOR SCHEDULE FOR TYPES 40 G.C.TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL(R-30)FIBERGLASS GATT INSULATION WITH FOIL G..; SUSPENDED,REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR TYPE. AND LOCATIONS.SLOPE CONCRETE AT SILL. FACE VAPOR BARRIER. H. NOT ALL INSULATION SHOWN FOR CLARITY.INSULATION FLi O8 RIGID FOUNDATION INSULATION.REFER TO STRUCTURAL. 0 RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURE: SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 0.25 AND A REFER TO ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR TYPE AND LOCATION. 000NCRETE MASONRY UNIT(C.M.U.): 41 INSULATION CLIP TO BE SUPPLIED BY P.E.M.B.AND INSTALLED BY SMOKE DEVELOPMENT RATING OF 0-450.CONCEALED I..I E HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF H HA SHALL A THIS UNIT WITH SMOOTH FACE ON EXTERIOR SIDE. CONTRACTOR.CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL THE 38"LONG INSULATION INSULATION1� O FLOORING AND BASE: RETAINERS LAPPING AT 2"AT EACH END AND SECURING WITH SELF DRILLING 0-76 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPMENT RATING OF 0450. Q G.) REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR TYPES AND LOCATION. 32 "TYVEK"CONTINUOUS INFILTRATION AND MOISTURE BARRIER SCREWS AT V-0"O.C. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR MASONRY CONTROL JOINT H OX GRID GRID OVER SHEATHING. LOCATIONS. 2" 23 CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT LONG INSULATION FLASHING DETAIL 2" 5/8" Mel FLASHING DETAIL 2" 5/8" O RUNNING BOND WITH HORIZONTALREWFORCEMENT AT-IX IS")O.C. 33 EXPOSED FASTENERS TO HAVE NEOPRENE WASHERS. 42 AT ZTAT EACH END AND SECURING WITH MASONRY FASTENERS ARTS-0"D.C. 11 B" 1/2" 1 11 B" 1l2" VERTICAL.REFER TO STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR VERTICAL A4 _ REINFORCEMENT REQUIREMENTS.REFER TO ELEVATIONS AND O 1 1/2"METAL Z-FURRING CHANNELS G 24"O.C.WITH 1 la' 43 EIFS BAND REFER TO DETAIL VA1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. FLASHING DETAIL m y T.O.METAL STUD STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF CONTROL JOINTS. FOIL FACE POLYISOCYANURATE INSULATION(MIN R•9) REFER TO EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE FOR FINISH. BETWEEN. FLASHING DETAIL T.O.MASONRY P9 29 II 8 EL.119'4" SIM. ^I/D) FLASHING DETAIL GRID FLASHING DETAIL A4 GRID 1 GRID FLASHING DETAIL 12 F $ $ 1 i A4 1 i A4 y \ 29 31 4 r , A4 1 / 1 4 T.O.MASONRY T.O.MASONRY r 31 4 b 12 - T.O.MASONRY T.O.MASONRY M �I 6 II g EL.11111 37 EL.11T4" EL.11T4" 4 EL.7174" I I h T.O.EAVE O 01 Oil O I SCUPPER 29 1 4 I I 31 6 i 31 EL.116'-31/4" ' 8 9 DETAIL 7 B 29 4 29 1 t8 6 29 4 m 37 3 32 I 3 qq a T.O.PURLIN 8 T.O.PURLIN T.O.PURLIN T.O.PURLIN 8 W Z 18 18 EAVE HEIGHT ( 9 EL.(VARIES) 3 EL.(VARIES) EL.(VARIES) EL.(VARIES) 3 3 32 37 i A 15 EL.114-11 \y 9 9 9 9 W Z 35 " 15 27 ) 3 c 38 _ iC 7 7 3g U ) 3 32 23 23 3 2 ? B.O.FRAMING / 7 37 ~ Z w EL.112'•8" `Ly t0 38 21 5 � °i 34 L 14 14 � N 3 B.O.SHEATHING 14 18 11 Z EIFS 2 EL.111'1 1@" 19 14 23 34 EL,B.C..EIFS" 31 36 38 -6 3/ B.O.ACCENT BAND 7 HEAD DETAIL 19 17 EL.y 10'-8" 43 5 11 A2 77 11 28 HEAD DETAIL 17 23 28 HEAD DETAIL MASONRY FORT WPLL ELEVPT101ION MnRKBPNO 19 B.O.MASONRY O ENS10N8,REFF q 10 8EC110N 1IM EL.107'4" D COL.DETAIL NOTE: REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR FOOTINGS,FOUNDATIONS, 23 SLABS,REINFORCEMENT AND 4 LJ ALL CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT BOND BEAM AND STEEL 17 17 O 13 REINFORCEMENT LOCATIONS. 30 (BEYOND) JN T.O.ACCENT BLOCK _ T.O.ACC.BLOCK T.O.ACCENT BLOCK T.O.MULLION 12 EL.103'4" EL.103'4" EL.103'4" EL.IKWL" 12 SILL DETAIL 30 23 B 28 23tr A2 / 19 Y 22 31 19 2 22 8 O 2 FINISH FLOOR '( 22 8 FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR 26 cD FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR 8 EL.100'-0" 6 •'.1.' EL.100 0 EL.100'-0" EL.100'•0" El.100'-0" EL.100'-0" — , 8 ZO a CO Z a o ¢� av 1 WALL SECTION 2 WALL SECTION 3 WALL SECTION 4 WALL SECTION 5 WALL SECTION 6 WALL SECTION 13 WALL SECTION °' o LL A4 SCALE: 1/2"=1'-d' A4 SCALE: 1/2'=1'A' p4 SCALE: 1/2"=1'-O" A4 SCALE: 1/2"=1'HY A4 SCALE: 1/2-=1'A" p4 SCALE: 1/2"=1-O" A4 SCALE: 1/2"=V-W m M L 11 501 L GRID -9 5/8" L 1'-7 5/8" L N� 4 1' d' 3/4" 3114" 7 5M' 28 2p " 8" B" 32 „ 2" ,3111" 6" 8" 1 3/4" 3 1/4" V-3 SB" 26 SL E TO DRAIN 1 8 2 27 7 SLOPE TO DRAIN 26 SL E TO D 1 33 39 — 33 7 33 COMM# 3461 U ... 23 26 34 25 to 4 75 `"-' 4 DATE: 7-19.13 31 17 _ 27 31 REVISIONS. DATE: 29 15 - 29 z S o S 41 GRID 13 32 40 23 42 PLAN SECTION 20 23 7 E.I.F.S. 8 FLASH DETAIL 9 SCUPPER DETAIL 1O AT COLUMN 11 FLASH DETAIL 12 FLASH DETAIL A4 SCALE: 1 1/2'=V-0' A4 SCALE: 1 1/2'=1'Ar A4 SCALE: 1 1/2'=V.0" A4 :SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" A4 SCALE: 1 1/2"=VAY A4 SCALE: 1 1/2"=V-O" A4 of 5 TOILET ACCESSORIES GENERAL NOTES: 3 2 3 MK DESCRIPTION I MANUFACTURER I MODELNUMBER I MOUNTEDHEIGHT REMARKS A.REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL FOR s Al Al A7 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. : r- TISSUE PAPER 19"A.F.F TO BOTTOM it'-8"A.F.F. SIM. Oq (BY OWNER) BY OWNER(N.LC.) s a_ ia" CEILING HEIGHT DISPENSER ROLL B.REFER TO PLUMBING/ELECTRICAL PLANS = XE FOR SYSTEMS AND TYPES. 1 OB GRAB BAR BOBRICK B6806 x 48" 34"A.F.F.TO t REFER TO 121A5 k GYPSUM BOARD CONTROL JOINT 1 - - C.REFER TO INTERIOR I EXTERIOR FINISH (SEE DTL 5/A1) OC ! GRAB BAR BOBRICK B68D6 x W' 34"A.F.F.TO t REFER TO 12/A6 SCHEDULES FOR MATERIAL FINISH TYPES B AND LOCATIONS. 1 SANITARY NAPKIN AT WOMEN'S RM RECEPTACLE BOBRICK B-270 27'A.F.F.TO TOP ONLY „ OE SOAP DISPENSER (BY OWNER) 38"A.F.F.TO SOAP BY OWNER(N.I.C.) KEY NOTES: I I PAPER TOWEL •-a, O (BY OWNER) 4'-0"TO TOWELS BY ONMER(N.I.C.) PAINT: DISPENSER Oi L F=1===== I I I I OG ! TILT MIRROR BOBRICK B-293-1836 38"A.F.F.TO METAL EDGE O OOOR:R TO INTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE) m I COUNTER BY OWNER I I COUNTER BY OWNER I I COUNTER BY OWNER 18"W X 36"H BOTTOM- -- - - ---- - COUNTER BY OWNER (REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE) I I I I I I O WHITETEXTON °'H MEWS HCRR SIGN ROCKWOOD BF687 BLUE 6d'A.F.F.t0 CENTER BLACK BACKGROUND O BASE: C _-- - (REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE) `t O WOM SIGN CRR ROCKWOOD BF888 BLUE 60"A.F.F.TO CENTER TE TEXTBLACK BAC GROUND O4 EYE WASH I STATION: 1 INTERIOR ELEVATION PLACE 048"ABOVE FINISH FLOOR(REFER ►� E A5 SCALE: 114"=1'-O OK MOP HANGER REFER TO M.E.P.PLANS FOR DETAILS 60"A.F.F.TO CENTER NIA TO M.E.P.PLANS) V as O5 MOP SINK: Vj go 3 O '., GRAB BAR BOBRICK B6806 x 18" 40"A.F.F.TO 4. REFER TO 121A5 (REFER TO M.E.P.PLANS) Al Al NOTE: 0 (REFER TO M.E.P.LL HUNG LAVATORY: 11'-6"A.F.F. SIM. 4a° CEILING HEIGHT 1.COMRACTOR TO PROVIDE FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING FOR INSTALLATION OF ALL TOILET ACCESSORIES EP PLANS) ,2 2.IT IS THE CONTRACTORS OPTION TO DIRECT ORDER AND PURCHASE TOILET ACCESSORIES THROUGH LOCKNET. y `e 1 (EXCLUDING ITEMS LABELED"OWNER SUPPLIED") 0 WALL CONSTRUCTION: (REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR TYPES) e m 1 LOCKNET a n GYPSUM BOARD CONTROL JOINT(SEE DTL.51A1) 100 COURCHELLE DRIVE PHONE 800-887-4307 EXT 133 ® FIXTURE OUTLINE: o 1 NICHOLASVILLE,KY 40356 FAX 869-881-5499 (BY OWNER)N.I.C. h a A.F.F. _ ___ CONTACT:PAM PEEL EMAIL:construc6on(o�lockneLcom B.O.HEAD ER WALL -� —� —r----- ------T--- --r----- 7r-----i (D DRINKING FOUNTAIN: w II I I TOILET ACCESSORIES DETAIL (REFER TO M.E.P.PLANS) I I I II I II I I I I II I I I I I I I i I I I I I rt 4p 1'. Q I I I I I II I 10 STOREFRONT: 11 I I I I 8 6 m g„ 18„ (REFER TO DOR SCHEDULE FOR TYPES) 48" �, 36' 11 OPEN TO BEYOND e:H I I I II I II I I I I II I o I I I I I I 12 CORNER BOX OUT H W 2 I II I II 1 I I II o A 0 t $ z 13 2"SOLID FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING. Z m m H 14 NUDO FIBER-LITE FRP LINER PANEL(OR p � 02 2 INTERIOR ELEVATION APPROVED EQUAL).090 TEXTURED MODEL NO. ti Oq TISSUE PAPER O GRAB BAR 48"LONG CO GRAB BAR 36"LONG Op SANITARY NAPKIN LPPR(WHITE)REFERTOFINISH PLAN.INSTALL N Z DISPENSER REFER TO DETAIL 12/A5. REFERTODETAIL RECEPTACLE A5 SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0° O REFER TO DETAIL 12/A5. 121A5 BEYOND EDGE OF MOP SINK.PANELS AT MOP INK LOCATION TO 6" ot L GRAB BAR IW LONG 15 WALL MOUNTED URINAL: O Q • N ® (REFER TO M.E.P.PLANS) 11'-6"A.F.F. 2 CEILING HEIGHT 9 i N R i 1 1T' u0i o z DOOR FRAME O O 12 (-----7----- T----1-----1-----T----1-----r----T-----1-----r----- OSOAP DISPENSER OPAPER TOWEL OTILT MIRROR OH JO DOOR SIGNAGE A5 I I I I I I I I I I DISPENSER 14 1 I I I I I I I I I 12 14 L A B C D A L 8 I I I I I I I I I I I ( I I E G F C B L I I I I I I I I I I C D B A L 1a t4 L g i I I I I i I I i I I I I i I I K a A 6 A5 AS F A C V u B C - � 8 S G �Zg oo A 3 INTERIOR ELEVATION ��5 A5 3 �~V3 16"A$ SCALE: 1/4'=1'O O V 3 16" CL E E 3 fLLEXPOSED PIPING TO BEERED WI INSULATION. 11'-6"A.F.F. H J REFER TO PLUMBING REFER TO PLUMBING IS FOR FIXTURE CEILING HEIGHT SHEETS FOR FIXTURE \\ \\ \\ \\ \\ \\ \\ \\ \\ MEWS REST.RM. WOMEN'S REST.RM. TYPES. TYPES. FLUSH CONTROLS TO BE ON 1 DIMENSION TO WALL FINISH,EDGE WIDE SIDE OF TOILETS. (.I \\ \\ \\ \\ \\ \\ \\ 10 OR CENTER LINE OF FIXTURE. N RESTROOM RESTROOM RESTROOM Z 6 RESTROOM PLAN 7 ELEVATION 8 ELEVATION 9 ELEVATION •� 0.0 W Z \\ \ Ag SCALE: 1/4"=T-0' A5 SCALE: 1/4"=V-0' A§ SCALE: 1/4'=1'-0" A5 SCALE: 1/4'=1'•0° _ 13 I I \\ \\ \\ \\ \ \\ \\ As �` o m I ��� \\ \ \\ \\ ❑ 14 14 O m Z T L B C F G E N a v GRAB BAR SUPPORT BAR 4 INTERIOR ELEVATION FASTENER&MOUNTING -- g 15 SUPPORT SHALL BE ABLE TO WITHSTAND 250#/FT.IN AS SCALE: 1/4"=1'•0° BENDING,SHEAR&TENSION. 8'-0"AF.F. [o - COMM# 3461 CEILING HEIGHT A N O .n 0 011 1 1 As, 13 ° DATE: 7-19-13 2 2 CLR. CL CLR. REVISION K HLl4 (ALL EXPOSED PIPING TO BE MI DATE: ALL JEDPIINGTOBE OVERED W/INSULATION. MIN.1 1/4" 12" P ALL EXPOSED PIPING TO BE COVERED W/INSULATION. 11" ift m e d 2 MINJ LL°'O a FLUSH CONTROLS TO BE ONt7"@ ¢o- y (FLUSH CONTROLS TO BE ON MINrn WIDE SIDE OF TOILETS. o OOWIDE SIDE OF TOILETS... 1- 3 RESTROOM RESTROOM LAVATORY 5 INTERIOR ELEVATION 10 ELEVATION 11 ELEVATION 12 GRAB BAR DETL. 13 CLEARANCES /L A5 SCALE: 1/4"=lA A5 SCALE: 1/4'=1'-0° A5 SCALE: 1/4"=1Ar A5 SCALE: 1.1/2"=1 4Y Arm SCALE: 1/2"=V-0" A5 of 5 a GENERAL NOTES: FINISH SCHEDULE CEILING yyy 1 2 3 4 5 A.REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. MARK ROOM FLOOR BASE NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST CEILING HEIGHT NOTES 1 i B.DIMENSIONS TO ROUGH FACE OF FRAMING OR FACE OF FIXTURE 100 PARTS AREA(A) F•1 B-1 W-3 W-3 W-3 W-3 C-1 11'S" 2UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 100A VESTIBULE F-1 NIA -- -- -- -- C-2 11'-5'• C.FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY.(N.I.C.). 101 PARTS AREA(B) F-2 NIA W-3 W-3NJ-4 W-3 W-3 NIA VARIES 1 2 I 102 OFFICE F-2 B-1 W-3 W3 W-3 W-3 C-2 8'-8" 1 r 103 REST ROOM F-2 B-1 W-5 W-5 W5 W-5 C-3 8'-8" 1 e-!"• �114NI. 104 1 REST ROOM F-2 B-1 W-5 1 5 W-5 W5 1-3 8'4" 1 1 m m I L—J�_—_�_�—_ 0 — A 105 PARTS AREA(C) F-2 NIA W-3 W3 W-3 W-3 N/ALL VARIES 1 u — REST HIM [ OFFICP Y J L—J L— J —————————� � r ray' e�� •. ' � :- PARTS ARlA"C" °d REST M 103 I 1102 I A'� ;+ T•,, •„;aT,,n,.,d• 1y OS ('REFER TO FINISH LEGEND FOR DETAILS) a "" t_ W-1: NOT USED W �N W-2: NOT USED N R ,;X1 W-3: PAINT(2)COATS ICI PAINTS(GLIDDEN)"LIGHT NAVAJO":ULTRA HIDE INT LATEX FLAT BASE 1210.011ON WHITE TINT A W •• J BLK 0P8 N im YOX 0P20 Ei OXR 0 P 2 COLOR# 40YY 78I112 -- -- -- _ _ _ ^`1? l r R � V Oo r _ _ _ N _2.7 �".,�Y�'*`4��r*;"'� �'�•� '. s '"4 r m � r� W-0: PAINT(2)COATS CUSTOM GREEN MIX BY GLIDDEN:EXTERIOR SEMI GLOSS LATEX 1�, Q L— — — — —� r ul .f r.�vt�' P� 'y,� Y,�µ +,, `�• BASE 2407-500 �I _ M '.,� swh •x.+�p a YOX 3P42 <' m �I� TBL 4P48 °3 I ;'�i I' •I � � GRN 3P14 }f WHT 2PO COLOR# CUSTOM m e W-5: NLIDO FIBER-LITE FRP LINER PANEL(OR APPROVED EQUAL) q re .090 TEXTURED h MODEL NO.LP-F9(WHITS) u ne e y C-1: 2-0"X 4'-0'ACOUSTICAL LAY-IN:EXPOSED WHITE METAL GRID,INTERMEDIATE DUTY-DOUBLE WEB m — —— —— —— —— —— �t' —--�—— —— — ➢ � 1'U4t a�r+i CONSTRUCTION(.013 MTL.THICKNESS)WITH LAY-PANELS- "FINE FISSURED"MINABOARD / v —— —— —— —— —— —— ——ia—— —— _ -,(, 41.4ws $7 Ap y;+t'""• t, n .7 ""( C-2: PAINT(2)COATS ICI PAINTS(GLIDDEN)"LIGHT NAVAJO.ULTRA HIDE INT LATEX FLAT BASE 1210-01ION WHITE TINT -- -- — — -- — -- -- — '^s,( !k 'N S R4 �' {"-•` YOX0P20 W Q p OXR 0 P 2 q,5,� 4 >i �, r A';/ a $ C0 Y _ — 5' 1 t, ,� /W 1 M ,,"a,,� ' Z COLOR#40YY 78/112 — — — — W R 45' C-3: PAINT 2 COATS ICI PAINTS(GLIDDEN)"LIGHT NAVAJO"ULTRA HIDE INT LATEX SEMI GLOSS o D: Z •sL O — — — BASE 1418-0110 WHITE TINT €4 i l w �, �-N•3"' YOX 0 PTil L 20 Z z ai FFR OP4 I COLOR# 40YY 78/112 NO SUBSTITUTEQNBREAK3' �1 � AREA — — — — — — — I I Ii d Wu('+> ) NOTES' — � 1.EXTERIORS OF 102-OFFICE(EXCEPT SOUTH SIDE PAINTED W-3),103/104-REST ROOMS,PAINTED WITH W-4 AND -- -- --, -- -- -- --A`+-- -- — tl ;�,. y -t '"'3.•JA a _ PROVIDE BASE B-1SE INDICATED ON DRAWING 2.LOCATION OF BA . W FINISH LEGEND F-1:POLISHED CONCRETE: CONST N N ❑FINISH PLAN F-2:SEALED CONCRETE O 1 B-1:BASE: MFG:VPI SPECIFIED:EQUIVALENT BY JOHNSONITE,ROPPE,AFCO.OR APPROVED EQUAL. 0 COLOR:JET#01 u°Di SIZE:4"X 1/8"THICK COVE TOE. ® Z- •SEES N O w NOTE:PROVIDE PIECES OF 2'LENGTH BASE W 1,03 Z FOR INSTALLATION END FIXTURES AT I—�= ENTRANCE OF PARTSS AREA(B). F a�a xw1^� DLL N ® O NO!t' M NU) n 7 COMM# 3461 DATE: 7.19.13 REVISION DATE: 7-!® F l of 1 °0yy*icYPxl..�yyldI``r \ GRAVEL CROSSING NOTE, UTILITY COMPANY CONTACTS WHERE NEW UTILITY SERVICES ARE ROUTED UNDER FULL CUTOFF TYPE LUMINAIRE(S). EXISTING GRAVEL AREAS,ALL EXISTING GRAVEL SHALL BE ELECTRIC: SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUD v ZV DAVID WOOD(360)435-7505 C7 ✓ .�i0 REMOVED IN THE FOLLOWING STEPS: _____ 7 •• REFER TO SITE UTILITIES PUN '•1 d s�,t �!1S •' TELEPHONE:FRONTIER, (425)392-8412 �E FOR LOCATIONS AND 1) REMOVAL&TRENCHING 2) INSTALLATION OF UTILITY ORIENTATIONS. REFER TO o�EI u� LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR 3) BACKFlLL&COMPACTION ( ) x SPECIFICATIONS. GAS: PUGET SOUND ENERGY, 425 808-7857 4) INSTALLATION OF NEW GRAVEL THAT MATCHES THE a E EXISTING SURROUNDINGS IN BOTH MATERIAL AND ELEVATION. WATER: CITY of ARLINGTON,ERIC SCOTT (360)403-3512 GHT POLE. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE,OBTAIN&PAY FOR SEWER: CITY OF ARLINGTON, (360)403-3421 e e ALL REQUIRED PERMITS&LICENSES To PERFORM THIS ao 0o y WORK&SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL TRAFFIC .Z.4 c CONTROL. /CONCRETE WE. OJ 01O I WA`S�j NEW UTILITIES \�=D) (SYMBOLS APPLY ONLY WHEN USED ON DRAWINGS) -WS- WATER SERVICE @�b ,U a+ m I�SAN-� SANITARY SEWER _ cm 5 PARKING LOT LIGHTING —LACE— U/C ELECTRIC NOTES w -- - __ —UGT— U/G PHONE w ~9 SU1 NO SCALE �Zqp 2 ggg --- Qi PULL THRU VENSTAR SURVEYOR/LIGHTING CONTROL iva; cue �3- —T— U/G PHONE PANEL. SEE SHEET VS AND VENSTAR SCOPE OF Col - H (BY PHONE CO.) WORK. Q Q.; 'LA1J �' I 0—OWE— NEW UNDERGROUND PHONE SERVICE CONDUIT. ALL CO2 C r--�� 'A #3 REBAIt TIES AT 16' 0.C. : OVERHEAD ELECTRIC BENDS SHALL BE LONG SWEEP TYPE. CONTRACTOR GC IQ; SHAH I t:ONTA-7 ISTFD PHON COMPANY CONTACT 0EE—ANCHOR ONT— OVERHEAD PHONE#6 REBAR(TYP.OF 8). - - N SITEAND DETERMINEROUTE FOR CONDOR. REFER TO TELEPHONE SCONNECTING TO EXISTING REQUIREMENTS. INCLUDE ALL CONDUIT AND TRENCHING ELECTRICAL CONDUIT. IN BID. -BOLTS FURNISHED BY —CS— GAS SERVICE �- e POLE MANUFACTURER. CONNECT NEW SEWER SERVICE (BY GAS Co.) BRANCH CIRCUIT 6 FEEDER SCHEDULE. N c o TO EXISTING SEWER MAIN.FIELD y y #:k VERIFY LOCATION AND INVERT I ® SAW CUT O 2-#8 AND 1 -#8 GROUND IN 0.75" CONDUIT. c E MATCH MANUFACNRER'S PRIOR TO TRENCHING.INVERT: ANCHOR BOLT PATTERN IXHSONG MANHOLE. r 2.00'HIGHEST(ASSUMED). e GROUND LUG. RIM ELEV: 134.28 , r�r ( ) I® BORE O 3-yJtO AND 1 -p10 GROUND IN 1' CONDUIT. PACK GROUT UNDER POLE TO I W). 124.98 I w ( rftr�� P.O.C. POINT OF CON NECTION BETWEEN SITE LEVELING NUTfl, PROVIDE FULL CONTACT WffH INVERT S 98 AND WASHER. /FOOTING. _11?9 `�I PIPING(SPEC 33 0 00)AND BUILDING PIPING GENERAL NOTES. ,o y RADIUS EDGE. l l ,r r r (SPEC 22 00 00.D21 13 1LANDSCAPEEIRRICATKN. 1. BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZES ARE M _-3--/3 TIES AT TOR 32 �r�r, INCREASED, TO ALLOW FOR VOLTAGE DROP. — W) 2 COMPANCONT CES SHALL USING COUTDI UTILITY WITH COMPANY UTILITY CONTACT 1'0%38' HEADED ANCHOR BOLTS (GRADE F1554)WITH HARDENED ! r INFORMATION GIVEN. COORDINATE FOR ALLCop m �8 BARESTEEL WASHERS. WHEN DESIGN / '- P �r� UTILTY WORK SHOWN. GIVE UTILITY COMPANIES ° Z GROUNDGIND RADE FE554ED E EXCEEDS I)BOLTS P7 )— NOT CE rj ESTIMATEDOCOMPLETIONCDATE START DATE AND c / , CO 1 Sul 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM THAT LIGHT 0- Z ,Ill =� \ MUST BE USED. IIIII= FINISH GRADE. /_ / POLES, LANDSCAPING AND UTILITIES DO NOTCO it (8)-#5 BARS VERT.(ARRANGED / ; 1 I_ POTENT ULWCONFLICT ITH SIGN L�SATDISCOVERED,ON GENERAL ° l- SYMMETRICALLY AROUND PERIMETER / Ii OF CONCRETE PIER). / / CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE O'REILLY 2 4 / !/ NEW SARITARY I I PROJECT ADMINISTRATOR BEFORE PROCEEDING. I-Z I TACK WELD ANCHOR NUT& ! h I m J m SEWER SERVICE. I - -__- \0 T!x3' PLATE WASHER TO ! ; li 4 I I O N ELECTRICAL / 0 039 Rr E Ano C.O. I I TELEPHONE SERVICE REQUIREMENTS- ; CONDUIT. / I o P.OLC.I 2 3/4"z10' I Il�SY (20� 1 SPECIAL NOTE: NEW S RVI 70 B 4 DIN SHUT BE AN G OUND ROD. / 1 I OF U/G@TELEPH E@73SE, CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE INSTALLATION I , 320W) 2q"MC OF U/G TELEPHONE SERVICE CONDOR WITH OWNER. CONTACT 1B' DIAMETER REBAR TIES / 1 I (417)874-7288. SPACED AT 16' O.C. ! , 1 4 5 SU U /O , SCHEDULE 40 PVC CONDOR WffH RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL LONG rJ/1 SWEEP BENDS O 18'-24' DEPTH FOR PHONE SERVICE. PROVIDE IV�PV4 ! _� (TYPICAL) /�. 1 MINIMUM 1/4' POLYPROPYLENE PULL UNE. PUCE CONDOR A CONCRETE ,! • II ,c� I MINIMUM OF 12- FROM U/G ELECTRICAL CONDUITS IN SAME TRENCH. 4 POLE BASE DETAIL I CAP CONDOR AT PROPERTY LINE BELOW FINISHED GRADE AND INSTALL I _ CABLE MARKER FOR PHONE COMPANY,IF NECESSARY. OTHERWISE, I ; I 1 / i I CONTINUE PHONE SERVICE CONDOR TO A POLE AND INSTALL RIGID SU1 NO SCALE / GALVANIZED STEEL CONDOR TO A MINIMUM 10'ABOVE FINISH GRADE, % I / sU1 � I ATTACHE TO POLE — / CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION AND VERIFY ^^/� DETECTABLE PLASTIC WARNING FINISHED GRADE / , / I _ REQUIREMENTS WITH PHONE COMPANY,PLUS INCLUDE ALL FEES(IF ,pL TAPE.(SPEC 28 05 53). l . l `�J OReill�/Aufo Parts I I ANY)BY PHONE COMPANY FOR INSTALLATION OF NO LESS THAN 1Q L� _ I l \ J I _ PAIR CAB.c IN MENTIONED CONDUIT,TO CONTRACTOR INSTALLED I l _ SO.FT.=7,385 I I 4'z8'x3/4 BACKBOARD WITHIN BUILDING. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE O /8 AWG CU.GROUND TO TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT LOCATION,FROM _ , l FLOOR ELEVATION:138.00' I I ELECTRICAL GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM. FINAL CONNECTIONS AND VERIFY ������ III—III / I I _ INSIDE PHONE WIRING BY OWNER, TH MINIMUM /��/\�/n-n--\�n, III 1 /MW 20 I I I_ ONLY IF IID R.RO ND PHON SERVICE I NOT AVA Aa F THEN MAV INSTALLATION \��\��\��\��\�� / 28 ( / I WIDEPTHTH THE / I ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL STUB / / •S 2011� / / WEATH HEeDINEIG COORDINATE WIDTH OWNER ANDPHONE CO RISER AUTHORITIES.LOCAL /�\\/�\\/�\\/�\\/�\\ SELECTED BACKFlLL GRADE,AND Z0ONDUITIP TIE 4Z-G OFEIXCESS 2 5 CLEAN GRAVEL UNDER WIRECON TCT THE CONDUIT. MAK THE FIIPAVEMNAL/ A, U/ 1 tT ONE CONNECTIONS INSIDE_POLE.1 J" J I I SAWCUT NOTE- ELECTRICAL _ W SIGN DISCONNECT FUPNISHE 11Hd WHERE NEW UTILITY SERVICES ARE ROUTED UNDER EXISTING PAVED N INSTALLED BY SIGN/CONTRACTOR. --/., 5' 1/2" LIMESTONE GRAVEL / , 1 I AREAS,ALL EXISTING PAVING SHALL BE REMOVED IN THE FOLLOWING o� I - STEPS: I I I 1) SAWCUfTnREMOVAL A PAVING. 0) PIPE �'�� I ql _ I - 2) REMOVAL AND TRENCHING. ` `�.(� /� - - I- 3) INSTALLATION OF UTILITY. Z= PIPE // ----_ 4) BACKFlLL AND COMPACTION Q -�-F__ -- ---------S-RoF- -- - •� I- _ NG FI I ___ 1 I \ S) INSTALLATION OF NEW PAVING THAT MATCHES THE EXISTING �y ' 3 INSTALLATION DETAIL --1� _ W5 �" NATURAL GAS SUPPGAS MErER AND LIER. SURROUNDING PAVING IN BOTH MATERIAL AND ELEVATION. LU Tn 0 2 N ERGROUND E IICC��SERVICE. W --- 3 - �_ -�� CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE.OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED Q = REFER TOE SERVICE IDIAGNSTALLATION, I � PERMITS AND LICENSES TO PERFORM THIS WORK AND SHALL BE 0. SU1 NO SCALE E QUIREMENIS.P INSTALLATION, T OR SHALL CO WITH NEW DOMESTIC SU _ RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL TRAFFIC CONTROL WHILE PERFORMING =W r TRENCH WIDTH NOTES: UTILITY C TO CONFIRM R I WATER SERVICE. �-..� �, SAWCUTTING OPERATIONS AS NECESSARY. w F--N AS REQUIRE. 1.WHERE CROSSING i�i�i�i�I�I�i I�I�i ICI U A, OTHER UTILITIES,MAINTAIN K, UIREMENTS. EXISTING IE NEW 1' IRRIGATION METER,PR G N Z,LQ if CLEARANCE. WITH TRANSFORMED TAP BY UTILITY,CONTRACTOR SH INSTALL DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY 'T DETECTABLE PLASTIC 2.TRENCH DEPTHS SHALL COSTS INCURRED B BACKFLOW PREVENTER(B.F.P.)IN METER BOX CONTRACTOR CAUTIONII m a WARNING TAPE. COMPLY WITH LOCAL j NTO BID. (SPEC 26 05 53). ELECTRIC LLECTUTILIT ICE TELEPHONE „£ VERIFY SEWER LINE ELEVATION N v NEW 0.75'WATER METER,P CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. 2O4�/T TAP BY UTILITY,CONTRACTOR W BEFORE STARVING ANY BUILDING PAD GRADING AND PLUMBING WORK T_ SHALL INCLUDE ALL COSTS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY LOCATION,MATERIAL, n EXISTING 10'AC INCURRED BY UTILITY INTO BID. SrONDITION,ACCESSIBILITY(INCLUDING STATE HIGHWAY OR.OTHER _ <. �j WATER MAIN. RIGHT'S-OF-WAY)AND WORKABLE FLOW LINE ELEVATION OF THE 24 MINIMUM FOR _ li EXISTING SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LINE OR MAIN. (0-BOON)ELECTRIC IF A WORKABLE FLOW LINE HAS NOT BEEN ESTABLISHED AT THE TIME SERVICE AND I I I .. SELECTED BACKFlLL- OF FINAL SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTION.THEN THE COMM# 3461 o TELEPHONE SERVICE. I CLEAN GRAVEL UNDER _ PAVEMENT/CONCRETE. -III CLEAN SAND OR SOIL, CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL EXPENSES ASSOCIATED 48' MINIMUM FOR S GREATER THAN 600V. /COMPACTED 95% 0 NERHAND LOCALTIREQUIREMENTS•CRINDf]t PUMP SYSTEM MEET DATE Y-19-13 PROCTOR DENSffY. � REVISION 3 DATE: ELECTRICAL CONOUR(S). r REFER TO ELECTRICCAALL z PLAN FOR QTY. EXISTING CONDITIONS NOTES- �, rl�) 1. EXISTING INSTALLATIONS(SUCH AS WATER MAINS/ONES,GAS n 3» MINIMUM '„`lj MAINS/LINES,SEWER MAINS/LINES,TELEPHONE LINES,POWER LINES, ��l AND UTILITY STRUCTURES IN THE VICINITY OF THE WORK TO BE N CONDUITS. tT1, DONE)ARE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS ONLY TO THE EXTENT THAT 2" ``a\/JJ / BYCTHENENGINEERNINN PREPARING MADE TIEAVAILABLE DRAWNGS. THERE IS DISCOVERED UNDERGROUND 20 0 20 ,D 80 GUARANTEE AS TO THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF SUCH SITE UTILITIES PLAN INFORMATION,AND ALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE ACCURACY AND m COMPLETENESS THEREOF IS EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. s 0 2 ELECTRICAL CONDUITS su1 SCALE. T�'ZO� NORTH ® GRAPHIC SCALE-FEET 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR LOCATING 1' SL 1 CONSTR. ALL EXISTING INSTALLATIONS. SCALE NpR„H S U 1 0f 1 `,AgyIDl111IPMC ry1 PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE SPEC 22 00 00 & 22 40 00 MARK DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER CATALOG TRIM IN• APPROVED PIPING LEGEND NUMBER H WASTE VENT MANUFACTURERS GAS LOAD (SYMBOLS APPLY ONLY WHEN USED ON DRAWINGS) nT $"� >W o HANDICAP1,3-LOW- U r3.:2S M�. Z H.W.C. ACCESSIBLE AMERICAN PRESSURE CADET RIGHT HEIGHT 18-1/2'1.8 GPF 1/2' ___ 4' 2• CONSUMPTION ZURN (PIPE SIZING BASED ON 2006 INTERNATIONAL -WS- WATER SERVICE(BELOW GR.) a ^ i7''•O'1b1S ,r STANDARD ASSISTED CHURCH 95000T WHITE OPEN FRONT SEAT COMPLETE WITH s WATER HAMMER ARRESTER, '••....• WATER CLOSET 1.8 GPF MAX EWER FUEL GAS CODE,TABLE 402.4(2)) SEE SCHEDULE d Z" �i�/' (TANK TYPE) 2487.016 BOLT CAPS MEETS ADA -. CU100.1NES AND ITEM MBH/INPUT COLD WATER ° AAX 44� ANSI A117.1". _• °� ry/„111d ZURN#Z8737 FLAT GRID SINK STRAINER FURNACE(FURN-1) 100 HOT WATER ® FLOOR DRAIN,SEE SCHEDULE LAV HANDICAPPED AMERICAN 0355.012 DELTA#501-DST CUSSIC CENTERSET FAUCET 1/2" 1/2' 2' 1 1/2' 1,2 ZURN LAVATORY STANDARD 4'CENTERS J.R.SMITH#0700-M31 FLOOR MOUNTED �� WASTE BELOW GRADE Cb0' FINISH FLOOR CLEANOUT, a w o (WALL MOUNTED) UVATORY SUPPORTS WADE FURNACE(FURN-2) 100 SEE SCHEDULE e m"• BARRIER-FREE 2 FURNACE(FURN-3) 100 CAS �C.O"' FINIS GRADE CLEANOUT, H.O.F. STATION HI-LO ELKAY EZSTLBC ACCESSORY APRON#LKAPREA 1 2" --- 2" 1 1/2" 1,2,4 HALSEY SEE SCHEDULE 0D°O DRINKING FOUNTAIN FRON ONLY TROL / TAYLOR FURNACE(FURN-4) 100 /! 7 ------- VENT _ F.D. FLOOR DRAIN J.R.SMITH 2O05Y-A5 PB) COMBINATION WASTE VENT --- --- 2" 1 1/2"CAST 5 WADE,ZURN TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD 400 Q `T g - NOTE: 'oD ••a, C.O. CLEANOUT J.R.SMITH WITH CARPET CLAMPING RING WHERE REQUIRED --- --- SEE --- SAME SIZE AS WADE,ZURN SEE THE APPLIABLE PLUMBING CODE FOR MINIMUM WASTE PIPING SLOPE. j.•y (INTERIOR) 4100 PLAN LINE GAS PIPING SIZED USING LONGEST MAXIMUM RUN C.O.1 CLEANOUT J.R.SMITH -- --- --- SEE --- SAME SIZE AS WADE,ZURN OF EQUIVALENT LENGTH OF PIPING= 150'-0•. (EXTERIOR) 4250 PLAN UNII INLET PRESSURE-LESS THAN 2 PSI. MAXIMUM PRESSURE DROP-0.5 INCH W.C.AND SEE Pi 0.6 SPECIFIC GRAVITY. W.C.O.. WALL CLEANOUT J.R.SMITH 4350 -- .. .. --- - SEE --- WADE,ZURN PLAN =Mn W.H.A. WATER HAMMER SIOUX CHIEF 552-A -- --- --- --- --- -- J.R.SMITH, I E+ `Ru ARRESTER WADE,ZURN RENT UP TO 3" I e VENT THROUGH ROOF\ 1 NOTES- MODEL WALL CLAMP AND VACUUM BREAKER; OPERATING ROD _ I V H.B. HOSE BIB WOODFORD MODEL BS ASSEMBLY MUST BE ORDERED PER WALL WIDTH. 0.75' --- --- --- -- --- II I i J1 i' GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES, H �" M.B./ MOP BASIN/ FIAT 32-AA HOSE A BRACKET k B9-CC-24'MOP i E.W EYE WASF{ FIAT HANGER. SPEAKMAN SC-5811-RCP FAUCET. SPEAKMAN WITH VACUUM I i I ti SPEAKMAN FIAT MSB-2424 1/2" 1/2' 3" 1 1/2' BREAKER HAWS,ZURN 1 1. ALL PLUMBING WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE R Mr I WITH THE APPLICABLE CODES NOTED ON THE COVER d' m SANGER. EYEWASH. AEI s F REST RM. C.00.1. SHEET. O y SLOAN ROYAL 186-1,1.0 GPF FLUSH VALVE 'L=.._� UR. URINAL AMERICAN LYNNBRO 1. 1.0 JAY R.SMITH SERIES#8GO FLOOR MOUNTED 3 4' --- 2' 1 1 2' -- KOHIER,ELJER, 104 WA URINAL STANDARD OPF 8801.012 / / CRANE 1•S" .r{; I I 2. DRAWING IS DIAGRAMMATIC AND IS NOT TO BE .- URINAL SUPPORT O•S• •WC• 'C' SCALED. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS OR ,t 007MIOT-S DOUBLE CHECK VALVE TYPE 1- V.1 FIELD MEASUREMENTS FOR DIMENSIONS. � e B.F.P. BACKFLOW WATTS ___ ___ ___ ___ FEBCO }��� ��' 1 I a h PREVENTER ZURN ^" I M.S. - A M.B. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING y S iq 1� i C.O.I. ___ CONSTRUCTION PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS BID. NOT. COORDINATE ROUGH-IN OF ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. I REST RM. NO EXTRAS WILL BE PAID DUE TO UNANTICIPATED 2. SINKS AND LAVATORIES FOR HANDICAPPED ACCESS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH OFFSET TAILPIECES. ALL SINK AND LAVATORY DRAIN AND WATER ONES SHALL BE LAV. I 1 33 EXISTING CONDITIONS. INSULATED WITH PROTECTIVE DEVICES EQUAL TO"MCGUIRE"JPW 2150 WC,WHITE MOLDED CLOSED CELL VINYL,OR"TRUEBRO'#103W,WHITE MOLDED VINYL H.D.F. �'/I I IAV H.W,C 1 J� 0.75" f51 1•F.D. 0.75' F.D. 4. PIPING MATERIAL SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 3. FOR HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE WATER CLOSET,FURNISH AND INSTALL WITH THE FLUSH HANDLE ON THE WIDE SIDE OF THE RESTROOM. JR. I / H.O.F. I ® UNDERGROUND WATER SERVICE-(SPEC 22 00 00) 4.MOUNT UPPER UNIT RIM AT 3W A.F.F.,BOTTOM FRONT EDGE OF LOWER UNIT AT 27'A.F.F.,ADA COMPLY. (� I I 5 0.S 3'VENT UP TO 3" ABOVE GROUND HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING - 5. COMBINATION WASTE AND VENT T,• I H.W.0 4 pt ,W.H.A. VENT THRU ROOF (SPEC 22 00 00) F.D. I DRAIN, WASTE AND VENT PIPING-(SPEC 22 00 00) OWNER SUPPLIED,CONTRACTOR INSTALLED •D• ------ - 3V. AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING DUAL VOLTAGE=240 OR 208 85'RISE O 1 tV I' 4,TYP UR. Lpy, JURISDICTION. m P7 GAS PIPING (SPEC 22 00 00) _ W.H. WATER HEATER EEMAX L'XB5T (025R REDUCED OUTPUT) 0.5 O.S' --- --- GPM FLOW RATE NO F.D. 0 75' W.H. o Z (INSTANT) 'THERMOSTATIC' AMPS-40 SEE 1/P1. SUBSTITUTIONS i Y 5. VALVES ON WATER LINES SHALL BE BRONZE BALL y Lil Q 9.5 KW MIN.WIRE= WIRE SET AT 110' 0.75' CW DOWN,EXTEND VALVES. DO NOT SUBSTITUTE GATE OR GLOBE O -4- NO FLAT VENTING ALLOWED. DRY 0.75' CW TO U.R.AND 0.7 O.5 VALVES. VALVES SHALL BE THE SAME SIZE AS z ? NOTES: /' 2" VENTS SHALL RISE VERTICALLY TO GRAYBAR ELECTRIC COMPANY.INC. PITH:SANDI YOUNG-DIRECT LINE. 1 (314)573-2082 �I 0.5" CW TO H.D.F. O THEIR INLET PIPING. (SPEC 20 05 00) d I. WATER HEATER SHALL BE DIRECT ORDERED 11885 LACKIAND ROAD 6' (MIN.)ABOVE,FLOOD LEVEL C.O. ~Z Q AND/OR RELEASED FROM THE LISTED ELECTRICAL OR SAM CAST-DIRECT UNE: 1 (314)573-2081 RIM OF HIGHEST TRAP OR TRAPPED EQUIPMENT DISTRIBUTOR: ayba a •e Toy-r.eom FIXTURE BEING VENTED. 6. ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES ARE TO BE FURNISHED Sf.LOUTS,MO 83148 y �I eandra.veuneser muel.caetoa a �c.o. -. COMPLETE WITH NECESSARY STOPS, TRAPS, Q TOLL-FREE= 1-888-280-0128 - TAILPIECES, TRIM, ETC. (SPEC 22 40 00) TOLL FREE FAX= 1-888-280-0128 �1� I=_Z WASTE & VENT PLUMBING PLAN 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BCONTRACT WITH HIS OTHER CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS IN HIS O 2 ROUGH-IN AND INSTALLATION. COOPERATION DOES O N Q 3 PIPING RISER DIAGRAM P1 SCALE, 1/4""T-O" NORTH NOT MEAN'I WAS HERE FIRST". ; CONSTR. B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR Z P1 NO SCALE NORTH INSTALLING A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTENT OF THE PLANS, WHETHER OR NOT EVERY ELEMENT THEREOF IS 0.75" 1.75- T r1 TREFERENCE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT. L� 9. FI NOT INSTALL CAPPED AIR CHAMBERS AT I I REST RM. ...`s ' REFER TO PLAN FOR 11FI%TURFS. INSTALL WATER HARMER ARRESTERS AS ENACT ORIENTATION. II 104 GAS METER ANDEEETT RATED FOR O IINSTALLATIONEST IN ARE 0.75' SERVICE BY NATURAL LOCATIONS. SPEC 22 00 00 I I I WATERLINE TO HOSE'BIB GAS SUPPLIER. SU7 FOR ( ) I I I TO BE INSTALLED AS GAS PIPING PAINT TO MA H C NTINUATION. FIRE CAULK SEAL ALL ' 10 ALL HOT COLD WATER SUPPLY PIPING OUTSIDE I I 0'S ' HIGH AS POSSIBLE aaI�(��D BUILDING.;THR EAL PIP N OF REST PIPING PENETRATIONS I I CONNECTION FIXTURES SHALL BE 1/2' UNLESS p I I ROUTED WHERE SHOffffN. FIRE W >-GSRR THRU FlREWALL. ^______ PENNOTED OTHE LSE. 104 II HOT AND COLD - , 1 --- 11.PLUMBING PRIPPING SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED ABOVE WATER ONES �------,_ ® G ELECTRICAL PANELS. PROVIDE REQUIRED INSIDE WALL b -____ I J_______ '-D.75'_ OFFICE -- ----�I i---- ----------PARTS MEA'C"-----1_�'-�--- _-- CLEARANCES PER 'N.E.C.' COORDINATE __ I I 0.75 COLD AND H.S. T REST RM. I - - O r-� 1'B� /1" ELECTRICAL PANEL LOCATIONS WITH THE 11 HOT WATER LINES TO 4' W.H.A. 4' I O 103 , _ I -T 5--� WS�r ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. REST RM. _J 102 r-�'i 1•S" 105 / 1 I SUPPLY LAVATORIES. I- I Lp 1 �" L_______1_----_- 12. O II INSTANTANEOUS I I 'FURN-$ 1 I04 1• ' I I i_ , S- 1 _ REFERENCE WATER a NES ABOVE FINIe_H FLOOR SPEC ______ MOP II WATER HEATER _ ��'S S-�� I pp Sul FOR 22 07 19T. J______ HANGER W.H. I I I.25" .I FURN-2' "FURN-1"1 -J CONTINUATION. 13.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ALL STATE I I LAV• S' REFERENCE �� G _ G I 1' COLD WATER SERVICE DOWN WITH SHUT AND LOCAL BUILDING REGULATION AGENCIES AND EYE WASH I SHEET GAS PIPING SERVING- -J,� = F VALVE AT UTILITY COMPANY(S) IN THE PROCUREMENT OF AND s 10.75 IJIp,7y SU7 FOR 1 FURN-S r ,� .K-OF 1Y AFF.,SECUR0.Y FASTEN(E,W,) WALL BASE 0.75" 3 CONTINUATION. THE FURNACES SHALL EXPOSED PIPING TO WALL. I PAYMENT OF ALL PERMITS, LICENSES, FEES AND 9'-� 29' RUN UP JUST BELOW -rr-I- - --- ------ ---- ' CHARGES REQUIRED FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE FAUCET UNION,TPICAL- I � FIRE GAPE SEAL ALL I YgRK.THE ROOF DECK AS I I I L inPIPING PENETRATIONS HOSE BRACKET 36' EXPOSED COLD WATER HIGH AS POSSIBLE L.`s-•-- ---------------- „ THRU RREWALL 1 MOP WI ______ ______ �3 _____ ___ __ ______ _ 14.PROVIDE CHRATI ESCUTCHEON COVERALL SU AT ALL 1 N�� OUT.(INSULATED) 10.2Y 0.25' ® HU VTO n r PIPE PENETRATIONS OF FINISHED WAIL SURFACES. __ FINISHED FLOOR T -- - T i T 7 r .. 1 AVEe SEF �------�--- -r-----�-------r----1 I I I '�•�I I Ik=====_i#__ _�______#______#______�______#__-°='�I EXPOSED HOT WATER ITT RNAC DETAI ON I ° _u-----1------1______1______i______1______1______rl_J 15. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO N (INSULATED) SEE DETAIL 12 AS 2.875' L1 (TM _--__ ------------ ---- 1 ROUTE ALL WATER PIPING AROUND SPACES WITH ( 5.25 S -� ( )-- -ln- J 1 .S RES TR OOIvr FOR ADA° CE 11 i i I CHASES, EXTERIORTEMPERATURES WALLS, ETC.FREEZING (I IF FREEZING DIMENSIONS. ______ _ __________________ -______n_ ___________ ____- ) G) 1 04 ELEVATION _ _ ____________ OF ANY WATER PIPING OCCURS IT SHALL BE THIS 5 # I 4I n n ___ T T I PPIIPINGCTTHROUGHEAPNOSIBILITY TO N-FREEZING SPACEAIR THE TO THE O d _____________________-__________________ ____. Ii u•6 � __________ ------______ � � I I FIXTURE/APPLIANCE ORIGINALLY SERVED BY THE a,N UJ i P1 NO SCALE FROZEN PIPING. W O_ 24" SQUARE r----- ----------- ----- ---- ------- -- --------------------- _-- _--_____----------'-- _-_---_-_-- _ /II 'I 18.ALL CAULKING ON BUILDING PENETRATIONS SHALL ___J ____________________ __________________ ______ -___ _____ n - 1 ANY gCONTRACOTORNTWHO NON-SAG USED USELIIANE CONE SORLAANY 4 4. CLEANOUT FLANGED HOUSING __ _ __I n ______ ___________ ___ _ d J n FEMALE ADAPTER AND THREADED li �•1' =====_°- -- ------------ ---- ----==91 1 OTHER CAULKING WILL BE REQUIRED TO REMOVE S W _____ _____ __________ ________ ___________ ___________ LE PW0.(ISOLATED FROM HOUSING) CONCRETE PAD �" __1 ___�-"---- - I -i� ° ° PARTS L_u-_____1______,.___________________y______�______JI_J I AND REPLACE WITH A SPECIFIED SEALANT (SPEC j li N ______ L___________ ___________L________ _ 07901 O FINISHED GRADE \ ; -- - --Y ---------------i I� ARQ RO ______ FARTSIO _______�___ _______ _ __________ ______ __ ____ ____________ _ 1 77SHALLO d 11 100 Ilk' INFORM THE -I IMI I I- I-III -' J I u 1 1 1 ' TO BE INSTALLED. OF ALL PLUMBING EQUIPME N N a 11 � .PLUMBING SUB-CONTRACTOR INF _ ------ „ ELECTRICAL SUB-CONTRACTOR OF THE VOLTAGE AND ______ " n # POWE RE UI REME TS NT _ _ ______________ _________ ________________________ ___________ Q r----------------------- ----------- - ------- ----------------- u J 8.ALL RGAS PPINGNINSTALLATIONS SHALL COMPLY , I , I, I , L _ _______ ___ __ i WITH "NFPA-54• (LATEST EDITION). 11i _ ___ 1 19.ALL WATER HEATERS AND HOT WATER STORAGE r----- r--� r TANKS SHALL HAVE A DRAIN VALVE INSTAlLEO AT ________ __ i-= _____ _____ _____ 7___ CAST IRON SOIL _ _________ ___ y==,=,_�� -_J , L L L�- - � I jL ---__1------� THE BOTTOM OF THE TANK AS REQUIRED BY CODE. COM ht N 3.4(>I J ____________ __ _____" "�I L__J L_-____________ _____ ______ _____ _____ _ PIPE RISER -- -----'------'------'`---- ----°-' o CAST IRON BEND ___________ ___________ ___________ __ ___________________� I WATERLINE TO HOSE BIB i PLAN r TO BE INSTALLED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE AND NOTATIONS/ABBREVIATIONS R SAME MATERIAL�� ______________________________. L17- ROUTED WHERE SHOWN. DATE: 7.19.13 AS LINE REFER TO PLANS FOR 0.75'- SIZE OF PIPE. REVISION -- ------------------ IINDIC TES DIRECTION OF NORTH DATE. WYE BRANCHGROUTED PLUG WHEN I SR _ A_ W.HA' NORTHCLLEEND OFO LINE T CCURS 1 m __________________ _ 3 DE-----1 ------ ------ , 100A .B DETAIL REFERENCE-UPPER i______ � ____ �______ p- .-_.... ---�+ - B e NUMBER INDICATES TAIL FLOW ________-.____ _ _____________ COLD WATER E3 NUMBER, LOWER NUMBER a NOTE: DOWN IN WALL TO INDICATES SHEET NUMBER. G.C.TO REVIEW METAL BUILDING ERECTION DRAWINGS BEFORE HOSE BIB. FINISH GRADE CONSTRUCTION BEGINS IN CONFIRM THAT ANY ROD BRACES O PLAN NOTE REFERENCE O SHOWN IN THOSE DRAWINGS WILL NOT INTERFERE WITH 100 ROOM NUMBER REFERENCE 61 m CLEARANCES,ACCESSORIES IF PLUMBING FIXTURES SHOWN IN D INDICATES CONNECTION TO 4 CLEANOUT DETAIL REST ROOMS. G.C. E NOTIFY TO'REILLYTHERE REPRESENTATIVE AND PLUMBING PLAN ARCHITECT IF THEY BFLLYE THAT THERE MIGHT BE A o CONFLICT. IF THERE IS SUCH A CONFLICT,IN 6' STUD P1 SCALE, 1/Br'"1r-O" NORTH EXISTING SYSTEM P1 NO SCALE WALL AGAINST EXTERIOR WALL TO ENCAPSULATE RODS SHIFT TO ALL W FOR THIS 6'WALL AS WELLPLUMBING RES AND WALL OPPOSITE ). WALL TO CONSTR. } NORTH P I U� I a 1gg54E6ligdggP � avJ •v'�ON '•.i'L 20 GAUGE GALVANIZED SHEET METAL HVAC LEGEND STRAPS ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE ® (SYMBOLS APPLY ONLY WHEN USED ON DRAWINGS) SUPPLY DIFFUSER(4-WAY) -D- CONDENSATE PIPING INSULATION e PLAN ® SUPPLY DIFFUSER(1-WAY) -R-- REFRIGERANT PIPING a e 2S ' 31(y1sNr ,� Roo K S EETMETAL M7 NOTATIONWABBREVIATIONSg a z a *+a / ALL TRANSVERSE DUCT JOINTS SHALL\ ® f- tg elf WITH DULT SEALANT RETURN AIR GRILLE AIR FLOW INDICATOR BE SEALED W d„a !®reeve INDICATES DIRECTION OF NORTH ® EXHAUST GRILLE 04 THERMOSTAT '' - - ------- __--_ _ NORTH -1 DUCT / \ WIRING OR CABLE DETAIL REFERENCE-UPPER NlOMBER INDICATES DETAIL - FLEXIBLE DUCT(MAXIMUM ® VENSTAR EQUIPMENT CONTROL PAC I""III""I E3 NUMBER, LONER NUMBER 8'-0°LENGTH)NOTE TURNING VANES I""III%%%%I INDICATES SHEET NUMBER. LOCATION OF FLEX DUCT 14 EIJSTOMERIC POLYURETHANE ..%I Oi PLAN NOTE REFERENCE SHALL BE ONLY AS INDICATED MOTORIZED DAMPER REFERENCE HVAC GENERAL NOTES#17 I;;;;III::.:I ON PLAN VIEW DRAWING BACKDRAFT DAMPER a, ROOM NUMBER REFERENCE 0 VENSTAR REMOTE SENSOR 700 SADDLE TAP FITTING o /4 1/2"DIAMETER ---- -1III" �L - ® INDICATES CONNECT I IXJ TO S.O.W. DOCUMENT R'SCOPE OF WORK EXISTING SYSTEM �_ MANUAL BALANCE DAMPER DOCUMENT T EXHAUST AIR ® FIRE DAMPER 1-i1 c=a INTAKE/EXHAUST - 8" WIDE x 20 GAUGE GALVANIZED/ DUCT SEALANT SHALL BE OF THE V m TERMINAL --S INTAKE AIR STEEL PLATE SHIELD REQUIRED AT SYNTHETIC E7.ASTOMERIC TYPE EQUAL a --BLOCK WALL EACH HANGER, FULL WIDTH OF DUCT TO•UNITED°'UNI-SEAL", DUCT F„y TAPE SHALL NLW BE USED AS THE y ROUND DUCT PRIMARY SEALANT y CONCENTRIC s INSULATION HANGER DETAIL v '`x N R INTAKE/EXHAUST VENT Mi No SCALE NOTES CD IDTHERMOSTATS. (TYPICAL FOR EACH THERMOSTAT) M1 No SCALE 1 2 3 4 5 SEE SHEET YSi, H R GENERAL HVAC NOTESe CONTINUOUS VAPOR 1. DRAWING IS DIAGRAMMATIC AND IS NOT TO BE BARRIER\ SCALED. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS OR w =,M FIELD MEASUREMENTS FOR DIMENSIONS. DUCTS MUST 2. ALL WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE BE AIR TIGHT WITH THE APPLICABLE CODE(S) NOTED ON THE � y ����//��,,..��,, {� •�-�pj COVER SHEET. NOIE:CONC / INTERNAL GUTTER BACK OF PARAPET /§� duAtlTc✓ � �P+C pTEL - ,UA'•'J" - 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL ^ UNIT LOCATIONS HALL 10• ROUTE REFRIGERANT 1 EXISTING CONSTRUCTION PRIOR TO SUBMITTING DUCT SIZES GIVEN m BE STANDIRDI D AT PIPING DOWN THROUGH /ARE NET INSIDE / M2 HIS BID. NO EXTRAS WILL BE PAID DUE TO o DIMENSIONS 70'-0' FROM E E OF ROOF.TYPICAL ROOF ICAL UNANTICIPATED EXISTING CONDITIONS. } 4. ALL ROOF AND WALL PENETRATIONS REQUIRED m Z 2 SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE GENERAL o CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE ALL SLEEVES, FLASHING, CURBS, REINFORCING ANGLES, SUPPORTING a Z u 'CDU-4 °CDU-3" 'CDU-Y 'CDU-1' FRAMES, ETC.,WHICH ARE REQUIRED UNLESS THEY w cn Q UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ARE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT TO BE FURNISHED Q I_ DUCT WRAP-1-1/7 ---- - BY OTHERS. �z rD rD THICK,1 LB.DENSITY 2.06 PARTIAL ROOF PLAN 5. A SUBMITTAL TO OF ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT .m �. 'DUCT WRAP INSULAROM. r] PROPOSED TO BE USED ON THE JOB SHALL BE p Z PREPARED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AFTER AWARD OF THE CONTRACT. THE SUBMITTAL WILL BE O N Q SHEETMEIAL M1 SCALE' 1/8LOCK "-f-O" NORTH ® ® REVIEWED BY THE OWNER FOR EQUAL QUALITY AND 3 4'WIDE SEALING STRIP- ROUND CONSTR. PERFORMANCE TO THE ITEMS SPECIFIED. ALL 2 SECURED IN PLACE WITH DUCT NORTH CONTROL DEVICES SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE 100%COVERAGE OF ADHESIVE SUBMITTAL. ROUND DUCT 6. THE PROPER PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTROL SYSTEM - IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. WRAP INSULATION DETAIL 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COOPERATE AND 7 COORDINATE HIS WORK WITH THE WORK OF OTHER 1 Z WIRE FROM NEAREST CONTROLLED 3 4 5 SUBCONTRACTORS OF THE PROJECT. COORDINATION M1 NO SCALE LIGHT Fl POSITION DAMPER TO RE IN 40z32 EXTRUDED ALUMINUM DOES NOT MEAN'I WAS HERE FIRST". OPEN POSITION WHEN LIGHT IS ON STATIONARY LOUVER,PAINTED TO OR IF ECONOMIZER IS OPERATING. W CAP(MOUNT MATCH EXTERIOR WALL FINISH,MOU S. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIB.E FOR LINING SECURED TO DUCT (TYPICAL) BOTT M 010'AF.F.) AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE,TR VENT I INSTALLING A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM INTERLOCK EACH MOTORIZED DAMPER'S OPERATION WRH TH PRODUCTS MODEL 2700.TYP. IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTENT OF THE PLANS, WITH 100X COVERAGE OF 4 F ELBOW DUCT WITH RESPECTIVE ECONOMI ER AT EACH FURNACE.SEE SCHEDU L5 CONDENSATE ADHESIVE Z 2x12 ELBOW FROM I CONCENTRIC W WHETHER OR NOT EVERY ELEMENT THEREOF IS O AND DETAILS ON M2 FOR MORE INFO. (TYPICAL DRAIN DOWN M1 _ LLin 'L' 8 SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT.�j REST RM. " RETURN GRILLE TO �( I EXHAU VENT.FIRE DUCTS MUST 'MOUNT ON INSULATED BACK PER Q E E �I��I"""" JUST ABOVE THE °FURN-2' S 1 9. DUCT DIMENSIONS ON PLANS ARE TO BE FINISHED BE AIR nUA�TURER*S REDUIREMENTS,TYP t 50 ' Bpf CEILING PLATFORM. 3' Mi (TIP) °FURN-1'3• IPE FAL ND ICAL)NUTAR SPACEBETWEENDUCT SIZES GIVENMECHANICAL FASTENERS IN91 E DIMENSI NS.ARE NEI INSIDE\ WHERE REQUIRED W-FURN-11 _ PARTS v(L 10.DUCT MATERIALS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: DIMENSIONS REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS - - - A 5-'J- D- }14x14 �105 ROUND SUPPLY AIR DUCT(SPEC 23 30 00) SHEETMUCT _..._-.- ___� m ' _ 24x24 24x24DUCT\; JOINTS MUST BE B L A_ _____ _ q ___ _ _- _ ______ __ - METAL WALL SNDS SPEC 23 30 00).INSTALL TURNING VANES IN ALL_AT CORNERS C 5 ---- , 9 0 24 O.C.HVAC6'0 a ' " e ELBOWS. DO NOT SUBSTITUTE RADIUSEDELBOWSs a' m___�.______s __ _____Jr ; __� CONTRACTOR 100 p 5 i1._______ ______ ip=__ SHALL ROUTE NEW___ ' .� + __� _) RUNOUTSTODIFFUSERS (SPEC 23 30 00) 12' \ n J 4L DUCTS BETWEEN SEEDIFFUSER INSTALLATION DETAIL. METAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE/ JOINTS BUTTED TIGHTLY i ECO 3• ',\�� 8'0 ON W�ADS EXHAUST DUCT (SPEC 23 30 00) TOGETHER WITH HEST ' D 0 D D ' DUCT UNING- 1'THICK, 1 14X74 $ COVERAGE OF ADHESIVE h 14z14 °FURN-3' 24x24 24x24 " \14x1 24x24 24.24 7/2 LB, DENSITY 2.09 40 � � 975 �+ OB_ 975 975 TRANSITIONS SHALL CONFORM TO SMACNA _ 'ACOUSTICAL DUCT UNING' 240 i- - ---' , 975 I STANDARDS. 10'0 1° - , SEE PARTIAL 60 I _______.___ 5T-RM. I i RECTANGULAR DUCT ® 10"0¢-- - ROOF PLAN Z T------T-----T __-- i 71.0N5ULARMAFLEXC CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING WITH N • 1"0 �_____� n� ABOVE FOR 100 , 7,__ o 10i0 7 ------` ----- ' ni CONTINUATION. M05 M1 T�PERED I L o •• x ui - E1fTOR 12.ALL WORK IS TO BE GUARANTEED FOR ONE YEAR mp k______ __ _________#______ ICAL) ° ° _____..______________.______�_____,.}6• _ ___.0 NNGBNTR UPON OCCUPANCY. LINER INSULATION DETAIL 48x32 EXTRUDED ALUMINUM - `____ p 430 6 STATIONARY LOUVER WITH A A 0 3 e I 13.NO EQUIPMENT OR FIXTURE SUBSTITUTIONS (THAT Z ER If COUNTER-BALANCED GRAVITY -T-;a 14x14 _ y1 _ _ _ I i �n Mi (TYP) 70 "C I ARE NOT CURRENTLY LISTED) WITHOUT PRIOR p M1 NO SCALE BACKDRAFT DAMPER,PAINTED _ 7____ r_____ ____i WRITTEN P - 4p T I T ;i _i� r--M1 _- ____ i WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE OWNER WILL BE W TO MATCH EXTERIOR WALL p _T______r______r____-r_ FINISH.MOUNT AS HIGH AS I i i ! ik®°li =____ ___________#______#______#___ _===�1 I I W"no i POSSIBLE(TYPICAL).VENT I L-----' ----------I-------A-- - -- A ---- --- _- _ � _ � g. _ ____u'_� I 14.UPON COMPLETION BALANCE SYSTEMS TO AIR FLOPS _ _ _ _ 1-1 7 CONDENSATE LINE PRODUCTS MODEL --' 14x14 z ;� -" ' t0• I SHOWN. REPORT THE BALANCING MEASUREMENTS ON 4 ll i 2700/3600. ___ 10'0___ 0 10"0 230 10'0 I THE AS BUILT' DRAWINGS. R 0?- -- 1-_-ll oC 10'0r_-_ _ _ ____ _ _T_____ _____ _____ 415 I S W n CEILING i _ _______ ___________ _____P -$________ _ yq'yT�� 15.MOUNT CONDENSATE AND REFRIGERANT LINES AS 1-LL N J 101 II ' ' n n 74°�--T------r-----T-- -- - i HIGH AS POSSIBLE. Ve N i I I k ___�=___=#-===�======#____ O Eo K -- ---r---- ----r---------- - - -----�----- ----T---- _° u _ - -___L_� 16.CONTROL WIRING BY HVAC CONTRACTOR, FINAL ' _____1______.�_ cn cG i i ' 14 iF CONNECTIONS BY HVAC CONTRACTOR. M K i � i i i 10'0 ; 1 17.ALL CAULKING ON BUILDING PENETRATIONS SHALL N U) ! BE A ONE-COMPONENT NON-SAG URETHANE r----'--- r---- -- - - - ----------r--i - ----r--- r�\r__ _ ____- 1 ELASTOMERIC SEALANT. ANY CONTRACTOR WHO SINGLE THICKNESS VANES UP TO 1B'LONG ' " n T T ��J]T( DOUBLE THICKNESS VANES OVER iB' LONG ---- -------------- ---U ° = I USED SILICONE OR ANY OTHER CAULKING WILL BE 14x14 REWIRED TO REMOVE AND REPLACE WITH A 30 _____i ii I 15 - ----1-----`--'--'`" -`--- -�--'-- ----�+-' SPECIFIED SEALANT SPEC 07 92 00). _ __ _ ____ _T____ SHEETMETAL I S PARTS AREA'A 18.THE HVAC SYSTEM SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN DUCT\ __-__ _�_____ ______ ___________ - / �----- ---- -- �- - __-__�---- ----- +� 100 ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 101:7-2 AND NFPA 90A COMM# 3461 _______L__ _ STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF AIR 1-i/2' PVC - ---- ---- - ---- '� _ _T CONDITIONING AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS'. BRACKETED TO __-__-- ____- _i -+� ______>______.___ _ ___ ____u� 19.ALL HVAC SYSTEM FLUES k VENTS SHALL BE i i o FLOW STUDS INSIDE _ _j - CONSTRUTED IN P ACCORDANCE WITH NF A 54 1 Wes' A �i C 1 (LATESTCEDITION). DATE: 7-19-13 __------L------ i ^= 415 20.PROVIDE AIR FILTRATION MEDIA FOR OUTSIDE AND REVISION RETURN AIR PRIOR TO OCCUPANCYTHAT PROVIDES DATE: I 00 ' ; iFj TYp AT LEAST A MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REPORTING �. , Z� iij VALUE (MERV OF B. 3 \SDUARE OR MOP BASIN 10'0 __�____r____________i _i " DUCT f O RECTANGULAR '------ '� VESTIBULE �� - ., 0 21.COVERING OF DUCT OPENINGS AND PROTECTION OF n LINING ; MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DURING CONSTRUCT ION: FINISHED FLOOR 2' �------ -----� �------�----�-------'----' -----i - � i - m __________________ AT TIME OF ROUGH INSTALLATION OR DURING ��[j/) STORAGE ON THE CONSTRUCTION SITE AND UNTIL g - ------------- FINAL STARTUP OF THE HEATING AND COOLING TURNING CONDENSATE EQUIPMENT, ALL DUCT AND OTHER RELATED AIR j NOTE: COVERED WITH TAPE, PLASTIC, THE OR 5 VANES DETAIL 4 DRAIN TERMINATION HVAC PLAN OISTRIBUTION COMPONENT OPENINGS SHALL BE BOTTOM OF HVAC OTHER METHODS ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING EQUIPMENT AND DUCT AGENCY TO REDUCE THE AMOUNT OF DUST OR M1 NO SCALE M1 NO SCALE M1 SCALE, 1/8"-T-0" NORTH ® ® WORK SHALL BE AT DEBRIS WHICH MAY COLLECT IN THE SYSTEM. C ORTH 12'-3'A.F.F.MINIMUM. Ml of 2 o e�euaa.eerrrr GRILLES, REGISTERS & DIFFUSER SCHEDULE NATIONAL ACCOUNT GAS FURNACE & CONDENSING UNIT SCHEDULE G MAX MIN MAX MAX 1. ALL CARRIER WAD UNITS WITH ACCESSORIES ARE OWNER SUPPLIED BY O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE. GENERAL MANAGER• SrOM R�RVI REPS: ui o o eW MARK DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER CATALOG FINISH MOUNTING ACCESSORIES REMARKS REFERENCE NC R RO PRESS 2. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ALL CARRIER WAD UNITS. CARRIER CORPORATION DOUGLAS MASCH a' `w o 'O z - DETAIL NATIONAL ACCOUNTS (DB) (Ff) (Ff) DROP 3. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR 75 RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FIRST YEAR LABOR WARRANTY ON ALL CELL 317-370-2727 SARA TILTON OWNER SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT. 29 INDUSTRIAL PARK DR. dou.moachOcarrierutc.com ) a m �y 19 9 (866 389-4658 EXT.3429 f Z A A SUPPLY ANEMOSTAT S2HO WHITE DUCT OB A — 30 8 12 0.08 4. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR S WORKING ON O'REILLY PROJECTS MUST CALL"CARRIER CORPORATION'S BINGHAMTON,NY 13904 sara.tiltonOcorrier.utc.com m d a s0aa OaTTa L711- ` B SUPPLY ANEMOSTAT E-1-0 WHITE SURFACE DT A,C 5/M2 30 9 13 0.08 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS' DEPARTMENT FOR CONFIRMATION OF ORDERS AND BILL OF MATERIALS. I ggg 5. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING,SHIPPING AND RECEIVING OF ALL C SUPPLY HEMOSTAT EPL WHITE DUCT/LAY-IN — B 4/142 30 8 12 0.081 CARRIER UNITS FROM CARRIER NATIONAL ACCOUNTS.CONTACT PERSON(S)LISTED TO THE RIGHT. �, E D RETURN ANEMOSTAT S3HD-81 WHITE LAY-IN/EXPOSED — D 2/M2 30 — — 0.1 MARK DESCRIPTION MFR. CATALOG HTG. AFUE CLG.MBH SEER SUPPLY FAN ELECTRICAL WT. ACCESSORIES REMARKS REF.DETAIL �"'�r, NUMBER IN OUT TOT. SENS. CFM OA. ESP HP V PH MCA MOCP (Iba) e i N d E EXHAUST HEMOSTAT S3H05 WHITE CEILING OB — — 30 — — 0.1 - GAS FURNACE 170 TS1,SP,CIR o0 0o d FURN-2 HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION CARRIER 59SPSA100E21 100 97 96.3--- --- --- 1950 300 0.6 1.0 115/1 15.6 20 B1 TXV,VT,OS,IRS © ® ri-•.e F RETURN ANEMOSTAT S3HD WHITE SURFACE — — — 30 — — 0.1 1LBNc3 10 _'•,_ MOTORIZED NCA SCD57 — DUCT BELIMD E — — — — — fW2L' EVAPORATION COIL CNPHP6024 © ECO I/M2 ® DAMPER /LF-120 CDU SACK CH,WSC,EF, �I4IJ CONDENSING UNIT 208/230 SPRING-RETURN OL-4 (5-TON) CARRIER 24ACC660A003 --- --- -- 53.5 42.5 15.0 --- --- --- --- 10 �'0 40 3� RFD,RTI,S5,LAC 0 © © vim.a`e DAMPER MU 8 DS MOTOR ACCESSORIES-FACTORY SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED ACCESSORIES-FIELD ACCESSORIES APPROVED ALTERNATE MANUFACTURER'S SS - SAFETY SWITCHES .HI O LOW REFRIGERANT.(STANDARD) ECO - 100E ECONOMIZER. 'MICROMEIL' J0832-1200-98931 3-POSTION CONTROL SYSTEM,ADJUSTABLE OB -OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER -TUTTLE AND BAILEY -ARROW TXV _ THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE."CARRIER' /KSATXG5O1HSO(PURON R410A) DRY BULB CONTROLLED,INTERNALLY INSULATED,LOW LEAK,PAINTED WITH BLADES.CONNECT VIA » r DT -DIRECTIONAL TABS •-PRICE INDUSTRIES •-ARROW NOT REQUIRED WITH HEAT PUMPS) MECHANICAL UNKAGE.INTERLOCK ECONOMIZER OPERATION WITH MOTORIZED DAMPER AND INTAKE r-CARNES r-KRUEGER ( Ems- •-TITUS LAC. - LOW AMBIENT CONTROL 'CMRIER' /KSMA0301410 .,_. -._- LOUVER.SEE'GRILLES REGISTERS&DIFFUSER SCHEDULE' FOR MORE INFO.ON INTERLOCK V .. - REMARKS: -OPERATION A -1-WAY ACCESSORIES-FACTORY SUPPLIED AND FIELD INSTALLED 1-I-aa W 8 -4-WAY CV - CONCENTRIC VENL'CARRIER' /KGAVrO601AAA REMARKS 11�1 E C -DIRECTIONAL TABS, ADJUST TO PROVIDE THROW AS INDICATED ON PLANS D -PROVIDE 1' FIBERGLASS FILTER FOR GRILLE SACR- START ASSIST-CAPACROR RELAY,'CARRIER?#KSAHS1701AAA E - CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE INTERLOCK WIRING BETWEEN INTAKE LOUVER AND ECONOMIZER,INTAKE LOUVER SHALL BE"CLOSED' EF - EVAPORATOR FREEZESTAT."CARRIER' /KAAFT50101AAA HEATING CAPACITY BASED ON 47*F wb OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE AND 717F db ENTERING INDOOR COIL WHENEVER ECONOMIZER IS IN 10OX RETURN AIR UNOCCUPIED MODE. INTAKE LOUVER SHALL BE'OPEM WHENEVER ECONOMIZER WSC- WINTER START CONTROL"CARRIER" #KAAWSOIOIAA4 © COOLING CAPACITY(TOTAL)BASED ON BOF eda AND BTF ewb,95F AMBIENT TEMPERATURE V DAMPERS OPEN FOR FREE COOLING AND FRESH AIR INTAKE OCCUPIED MODES CH - CRANKCASE HEATER.'CARRIEI" (STANDARD ON UNIT) rin Ix Vr - VENT TRAP."CARRIEFr /KGAEr0201ETK ® ADJUST TO CFM SHOWN. Cc HTG - HORZONTAL TRAP GROMMET."CARRIEI"#KGACK0101HCK r. _ INSULATED ROUND DUCT ® NOTE:DURING CONSTRUCTION:CARRIER FACTORY INSTALLS A TEMPORARY AIR FILTER INSIDE EACH FURNACE. d' SUPPORT DIFFUSER FROM ROOF ACCESSORIES-FIELD SUPPLIED AND FIELD INSTALLED r e /FRAMING WITH WIRE AS REQUIRED _ eur s THESE TEMPORARY AIR FILTERS SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE DURING CONSTRUCTION ONLY. m o0 RTI REFRIGERANT TUBING.INSULATION&PROPER R410 CHARGE NOTE,AT JOB COMPLETON:CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL RETURN AIR FILTERS FROM INSIDE ALL TO PREVENT SAGGING OF CEILING. h [off n RFD -REFRIGERANT FILTER DRYER. FURNACES.CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL DITTO AIR FILTERS BEHIND EACH RETURN AIR GRILLE ONLY. COUP-CONDENSING UNIT PAD, CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO SUPPLY AN ADDITIONAL CLEAN SET OF FILTERS TO THE OWNER AT JOB COMPLETION. ACCESSORIES-O'RELLY SUPPLIED AND FIELD INSTALLED AIRFILTER(S)SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED OR LEFT INSIDE ANY FURNACE Em- e o y =+ TS1 - T-STAT•VENSTAR COMMUNICATING THERMOSTAT. (NO SUBSTITUTIONS). REFER TO SHEET VS1. OUTSIDE AIR,SEE PLAN FOR FURNACES REQUIRING OUTSIDE AIR. v, DS - DISCONNECT SWITCH or CIRCUIT BREAKER-(GRAYBM/O'REILLY)SUPPLIED W/ELECTRICAL © REFRIGERANT=R410A. _ e BILL OF MATERIALS 6e INSULATED RS - VENSTM REMOTE SENSbR (NO SUBSTITUTIONS). REFER TO SHEET VS7. 8 MAXIMUM CIRCUIT BREAKER OR TIME-DELAY FUSE. ROUND DUCT\ ti EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE 1.HORIZONTAL PORTIONS OF THE VENTING SYSTEM SHALL BE SUPPORTED TO PREVENT SAGGING SUPPORT COMBUSTION AIR PIPING(IF APPLICABLE)AND VENT PIPING A ai ,,,BENDS A7 NOT LESS Oi PREFERRED INSTALLATION MINIMUM OF EVERY 5 Fr.(1.5M)(3Fr.(.9M)FOR SDR-21 OR-26 PVC)USING MARK MANUFACTURER CATALOG NUMBER CFM EST. VOLTS/I MOTOR ACCESSORIES REMARKS o THAN ONE(1)DUCT HVAC CONTRACTOR TO ROUTE PERFORATED METAL HANGING STRAP. ESP. PHASE H.P. � DIAMETER CENTERLINE RADIUS. DUCTS SHALL EXHAUST AIR DIRECTLY OUT 2.SLOPE COMBUSTION AIR PIPING(IF APPLICABLE)AND VENT PIPING UPWARD FROM W Q FRAMING SPACING OF BUILDING AT A RISE RATE EF-1 COOK GN�340 285 0.125 120 1 SADDLE TAP FITTING WITH EXTEND A FEW INCHES OF 1/4' PER FOOT(AS FURNACE A MINIMUM OF 1/4 IN.(6MM)PER LINEAR Fi.WITH NO SAGS BETWEEN / 132W SD,DS,WC A,C t Z ? BALANCING DAMPER EQUAL TO BEYOND THE END OF HANGERS. O 'AIR-TITE TAKE-OFF" /ATRPWD SHEET METAL INDICATED IN O). 3.HORIZONTAL PORTIONS OF THE VENTING SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO ABBREVIATIONS: APPROVED ALTERNATE MANUFACTURERS o_ CONNECTIONS BEFORE PREVENT THE ACCUMULATION OF CONDENSATE AL -AUTO LOUVERS -GREENHECK y fr METAL 16 O.C. 5/8'SHEEROCK BENDING. DUCTS 8D -BACK DRAFT DAMPER »-CARNES ❑ to 0 STUDS (EACH SIDE) U.L LISTED CLASS 1 SHALL NOT BE DS -DISCONNECT MEANS Q PRENSULATED FLEX SLOPE UP INTAKE FF -FILTER FRAME _ COMPRESSED 7 FROM FURNACE Z DUCT RUNOUT TO 1 4 pEX FOB. WC -WALL CAP, COOK D`WFA-2, ALUMINUM DIFFUSER,RIOT TE -TOTALLY ENCLOSED FAN MOTOR m -J OVER a FEET'LONG 3" INTAKE AIR� ES -EXTERNAL SHUTTER � � �� SEE PLAN FOR SIZE. 3' EXHAUST AIR-- O N Q SQUARE x ROUND A �� REMARKS: 3 ADAPTER\ ELBOW MUST CONNECT\I III A -ADJUST FOR CFM REQUIRED Z DIRECTLY INTO EXTERNAL T I.I 1Y B -WALL FAN PACKAGE-GALVANIZED STEEL. ALUMINUM PROPELLER, 1/2" MESH SCREEN. DRAIN TRAP TEE-VENT FITTING \\UP AT I \\ MAX C -EXHAUST FAN SHALL BE WIRED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO OPERATE WITH SURFACE MOUNTED �1 EITHER RESTROOM LIGHT SWITCH 12' x 17 SUPPLY AIR GRILLE. \ S/4PEPER FOOT ll 3 FURNACE CENNG OPENING DIFFUSER IN LAY-IN PANEL OR NG TILE. 13' SEE SCHEDULERED IN EUREFER TO PLAN (ALTERNATE)~ ------ � FOR DIRECTION OF THROW CARRIER I '' CONDENSATE TRAP SUPPLIED SURFACE TYPICAL �� �CONDENSATEDRAIN LINES SEE PLAN FOR ROUTING. 5 MOUNTED DIFFUSER 4 LAY-IN DIFFUSER pp AI TERN4TE INSrAI! PER (USE ONLY AN IF NECESSARY) 0 MZ NO SCALE MZ NO SCALE A I RATE IT 1/4 PER FOOT CANNOT BE ACHIEVED WITH A DIRECT ROUTE,USE ALTERNATE CONDENSATE TRAP AS SHOWN(p), r_C A-USE MINIMUM LENGTH NECESSARY. AND TIE INTO TYPICAL CONDENSATE DRAIN V LINE AS SHOWN(O3 ). CARRIER VENT RESTRICTED TO A MAXIMUM OF 60' C TRAP KIT(PART jKGAEr010ETK)MUST BE USED. B-RESTRICTED TO A MINIMUM OF 6' a FURNACE EXHAUST Q CONNECT RS T�0 R OF R°N �3� VENT INSTALLATION Z-PURLIN\ WEBS WITH ONE SIMPSON M2 NO SCALE S/VGT 2.5 AT EACH LOCATION. POWER SUPPLY USE WASHER AS REQUIRED AT CONDUIT REFRIGERANT Z-PURLINS ROD CONNECTION AND(16)#14 LIQUID LINE UNI-STRUT PLATE PERPENDICULAR TO SDS SCREWS TO PURLIN WEB. STAINLESS STEEL BAND FITTINGS AT FURNACE. UNI-STRUT CLAMP,TYPICAL OF ALL REFRIGERANT CORNERS.(TYPICAL) RUBBER PAD ON SUCTION LINE DOUBLE NUT AND LOCK WASHER r TOP OF PORTALS PLUS(DYNAMIC FASTENER) 18O CONDUIT BEND STAINLESS STEEL T— ------'a--�-: UNI-STRUT& ALUM' iS TALL(XT)PIPE DOWN.SEAL OPEN END BOLT AND LOCK BOLO CONDENSING UNIT BASE PAN N� I 4f' UNDER FURNACE 6" THROUGH UNI-STRUT AS CLOSE TO FURNACE FUfiHING WITH C-212 MULTI-PIPE - WfTH EXPANDING FOAM WASHER PROVIDED. t TO MINIMIZE METAL ROOF UTILITY CLAMP AS N PORTAL CAP PIPE SEALANT,IXR OPEN END co VIBRATION NOISE WITH CONTROL WIRING, � BOTTOM OF � � PRACTICAL I(" (2)O(3/8" - 1' PIPE) Z 1 CDIL I DOUBLE-NUT ALL-THREAD RODS TO 2 O 1 - CONDENSING o L JA T UNDERSIDE OF UNI-STRUT TO SUPPORT () (� -r PIPE) WRING TO CONDUIT. UNIT' CONDENSING ING UNIT OF 0 �� /I UNI-STRUT.MINIMUM OF FOUR LOCATIONS APPLY DOUBLE BEAD OF BIIIYL - _ - O WFILTER GRILLE ON CERTAIN TAPE TO UNDERSIDE OF FLANGE WP,GFl, STANDING SEAM O DYNAMIC FASTENERS Z/S-5-U CLAMPS W WFURNACES. SEE PLAN. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 1-1 O O (800)821-5448 r�_UNI-STRUNI-STRUT / I GASKEIED FASTENER OF TYPE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT (L 'H-FRAME IAVOl1T 'H-FRAME'LENGTH 3/8'ALL THREAD ROD HANGER d 0 AS RECOMMENDED BY METAL TO POWER PANEL Op 2' J BUILDING MANUFACNRER STAINLESS STEEL �9 NOT TO SCALE AS SQUIRED. DISCONNECT SECURE CONDUIT INSIDE SWITCH SET SCREWS i W 3' PVC-SCHEDULE 40 INTAKE/EXHAUST AIR FLEX DUCT TO BUILDING TO PURUN , CONDENSING HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ZOUTLETS.REFER/ Mi SHEET. FILTER GRILLE ON APPLY URETHANE SEALANT UNDER RECEPTACLE UNIT(BACK B-LINE B52 UNI-STRUT(13/16" O FLASHING,SEE NOTE BELOW. USE SIDE OF UNTQ TALL)IN THE INBQABQ POSITION TOO) eD SEALANT TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY COMPENSATE FORROOF SLOPE P'1 x riBOLTFURNACE AND COOLING COIL CERTAIN FURNACES pMAp�� �4LlTOGETHER WITH FACTORY SUPPLIED PLATES. AS SHOWN ON PLAN. METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURER. fA V STANDING SEAM ON METAL ROOF BACK OF FURNACE AND COIL TO IMPORTANT NOTE- _—aLOPE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL BE OF AGAINST THE HANGING E ECONOMIZER MIXING BOX,TO BE DUCTED,AS CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN TO SWEEP AWAY ALL DRILL SHAVINGS AND TO DRY UP THE WATER POSITION EACH UNI-STRUT' RODS FOR SUPPLIED PLATES. IJPC INDICATED ON PLAN. LEFT ON ROOF PANEL USED FOR LUBRICATING THE PIPE II II AND UTILITY CLAMP AS ■-.a.a� �R METAL ROOF II1IL= CEASE TO LEFT AND RIGHT INSTALL THREE(3)EVENLY SPACm PANELS CONCENTRIC,45 DEGREE MAXIMUM 7/4 BOLTS ALONG UNI-STRUT.BOLT MARK PERIMETER OF FLANGE ON ROOF PANEL,LIFT FLASHING,AND APPLY SEALANT TO ROOF METAL ROOF UTILITY CLAMPS EQUAL FRONT S1DE5 AS PRACTICAL PER SMACNA STANDARDS. THRU UNI-STRUT INTO FURNACE TO NOTE- PANEL APPLY BUM TAPE TO PERIMETER.APPLY AND SPREAD THE SEALANT FULLY ACROSS / TO DYNAMIC FASTENER'S-5-Lr. CCIi`1:�1# 3461 PREVENT MOVEMENT OF FURNACE AT CONTRACTORS OPTION, THE UNDERSIDE OF FLANGE. MINIMUM(4)PER UNIT. INSTALL HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL- PER MANUFACTURERS CENTER CONDENSING UNIT n ALL-THREAD MAY BE ATTACHED SLOPE OVER STANDING SEAMS INSTALL i-5�, 12 GAUGE FASTEN TWO HOLES OPPOSITE EACH OTHER AND PROGRESSIVELY COMPLETE THE FASTENING BY RFDOMMENDATIONS. (MINIMUM SQUARE-TO-ROUND SHEET l TO PURLINS WITH'HANCERMAT� ELECTRICAL CDNDUR GAS UyNI-STRUT EQUAL 70 B-LINE PRESSING THE BASE FIRMLY TO THE ROOF SHEETS TO AVOID GAPS. SEALANT SHOULD OOZE TO 115 IN-LBS MAXIMUM SUCH THAT FRONT AND METAL FABRICATED BY COCK #22 CHANNEL)H-FRAME SIZE 3/e-18 1T3.BACK-UP OUT FROM BASE. REFRIGERANT SUCTION AND TORQUE 150 IN-LBSj LEVEL AND REAR HAVE THE SAME iv HVAC CONTRACTOR. \ \ UNDER UNR FOR SUSPENSION. NUT MUST BE INSTALLED 3 6 ANCHOR CONDENSING UNITS TO AMOUNT OF OVERHANG DATE: 7-19-13 UNION RESULTING IN 3500/PULL-OUT �Ob LIQUID LINE CLAMPS. CONDENSING UNIT WEIGHT I MOUNT TOP OF UNI-STRUT 1 4 A 2 APPROX.±337 LBS. REVISION n \DIRT lEG 12'-3"A.F.F.MINIMUM. ROOF PLAN VIEW DATE: ' N AND CAP CONNECT TO GAS LINE 5 4 WA LINE'TRACTOR SHALL STRUT INSTALL' _ AS SHOWN ON PLAN. NOTE- FASTENER PLAN TO CTALLOMPENSATE IN THE LO FOR RpOpPOSITION F SLOPE INSTALLATION OF ALL THREAD n DUCT TEMPERATURE SENSOR(DTS) _-�REFRIGERANT PIPING,ROUTE AS HANGER-RODS MUST TAKE INTO ACCOUNT GASKETED FASTENER REQUIRED 70 CONDENSING UNIT. ALL REQUIRED EQUIPMENT ACCESS AND BOLT COOLING COIL TO \ CLEARANCES. IF EQUIPMENT ACCESS IS \ �1� CONDENSING UNIT ON ROOF DETAIL m UNI-STRUT USING 1/4' `CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE RESTRICTED AFTER INSTALLATION,THE PORTALS PLUS BOLTS AT THREE LOCATIONS. WITH TRAP,SEE PLAN CONTRACTOR WILL BE REQUIRED TO - AWMI-FLASH FLANGE\ eI�] NO SCALE S REMOUNT THE UN R AT HIS OWN EXPENSE. URETHANE SEALANT �Y�L 2 HORIZONTAL FURNACE DETAIL SEEN 0 r] DOUBLE BEAD OF 3/16' DIAL METAL ROOF o M2 NO`SCALE UAPPLIED PANEL NBROKEN MOUND ROUND BUTYL TAPE,PERIMETER PLANES ECTON OF FLANGE M2 of 2 s ,evpuuLntp7, M •I I m PANEL PLP SINGLE-THROW, •irz z-POLEOCCUPANCY a z 10 SENSOR SWITCH YEN9fAR DATA JUNCTION BOX "1c ,� CONCENTRATOR f,� ep y J VENSTAR INTERIOR HOT �, m A SURVEYOR LIGHTING --TO REST ROOM ®M --NEW QUAD LIGHTING ® RECEPTACLE CONTROL 120V— LIGHT FIXTURE r b PANEL LIGHTING at CIRCUIT ""'""'a NEUTRAL �n �.�p VS1 VYIN w VENSTAR LIGHTS --TO REST ROOM SURVEYOR Li FIXTURE LIGHT FIXTURE A PLACEMENT HOT UGHTING q CPANTRONEL O 12 AN CIRCUIT —FAN UTT NOTES- PLACEMENT o - `w EMERGENCY/IXIT NEUTRAL SINGLE-THROW. 1 PULL THRU VENSTAR SURVEYOR LIGHTING CONTROL W LIGHTING 2-POLE OCCUPANCY / MOUNT SCREEN SENSOR SWITCH PANEL. SEE SHEET VS1 AND VENSTAR SCOPE OF L.F.L APPROXIMATELY 5'-8"ABOVE VS1 TO BE INSTALLED AS RESTROOM EXHAUST m FINISHED FLOOR. CLOSE 10 BREAKER PANELS GENERAL NOTES V m - AS POSSIBLE.I'-er K 8'-1 g EMERGENCY/EXIT LIGHTING CONNECTION DIAGRAM 2 FAN WIRING DIAGRAM N� ~ X 3/4" PLYWOOD BACK 1. ALL INTERIOR LIGHTING WITHIN PARTS AREA•A" N 9 PANEL 4'-O•CLEARANCE E1 NO SCALE Ei NO SCALE SHALL BE CONSIDERED SALES ZONE ON ONLY t• REQUIRED IN FRONT OF BACK WHEN STORE IS OPEN FOR BUSINESS). r PANEL 2. ALL INTERIOR LIGHTING WITHIN PARTS AREA W. PART-' AREASSHALL BE A EA •CONSSDEROEDS'W'ORKICE.ZONESD(OONEAK WHENEVER THERE IS MOTION OR THE STORE IS ^1 c e r��V APPROXIMATELY OPEN. y 1'-0'ABOVE c FINISHED FLOOR. FLOOR � c I e`e 4 VENSTAR EQUIPMENT BOARD E1 NO SCALE oZ y Q O W t Z 3 z m J o �O Q ~ I-Z O r o N Q 3 m ROUTE LIGHT FIXTURE PORTION CIRCUIT CI3 � 5 1 / DIRECTLY TO CIRCUIT BREAKERR,.FIXTURE Y SHPIA.yQj BE SWITCHED BY LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM. SEE DETAIL 3/El. 3 e ROUTE EMERGENC%EXITTO BE 1 YEN x D WHEN EITHER "MP` E' E1 PIP'I DI/FIRECTLYRE PORTION OR C�RCU66IT CIRCUIT LIGHTINGFIXTURE SCHEDULE I SUSPEND 8'AFF. E1 BA ROOM LIGHT IS 1p PLC 2 BREAKER,FIXTURE SHALL IbMRE THIS ROW OF SW IT RED L USING REST RM. OFFICE 2 BE SWITCHED M. LIGHTING "MP' DOUBLE PO WALL SWITCH. CONTROL SYSTEM.TYPICAL. FIXTURES ONLY. 103 102 ALL ITEMS LISTED ON THE"LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE GRAYBAR ELECTRIC COMPANY.INC. ATTN:SANDI YOUNG-DIRECT LINE: i (314)573-2082 " 11885 LACKLAND ROAD OR SAM CAST DIRECT LINE: 1 (314 h3n-2081 ,1 WILL BE SUPPLIED BY THE OWNER(RELEASE ALL ITEMS eandra eamuel.eae(Oy L29M , _ SEE N.E.C. - SHALL BE DIRECT ORDERED AND/OR RELEASED FROM THE Sf.LOUTS,MO 83148 yaunaOaTpvhar.eem or r______PAPA PAPA__ TOLL-FREE= 1-800-289-5254 - --,REST R ® __ 1-- ----- --- -- -__1_--" i LISTED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT DISTRIBUTOR: TOLL FREE FAX 1-888-280-0128 ,._____J�'_-__ 104 "g, "E ( _. i •p•.______ •�+___ _ 4G'__ PAPA_______?.G.•____. ___ � 3 PARTS AREA C' •C' A � MTG. LAMPS 3e PLF, 105 TYPE 0Ef 2 2"per„ W 3 Z3 (General Electric) •N .E •PLP• M. •A NL •A -A ___ -_____ __e ___ .p.___ _ 1 MARK MFG. CATALOG NUMBER SUPPLY FINISH > (3 o LAMP CATALOG DESCRIPTION OF NOTES m 18�� S c �i, NUMBER WATTAGE ACCESSORIES "P�• .I MP• O FLUORESCENT LIGHTS. SECURITY �/• �X •p •� A _ -_ •A •A "MP• A A WILLIAMS 78-8-432-EBLH4(IOPA4P32SC)-AD- 120 WHITE % X 4 F2BT8/Xl/ 98 SHS(2 PER T-BAR MOUNTING BRACKET(CEILING GRID LIGHT WRAITNL `•6 BPL/P• P� 4 -- ------------ --- •A 7 9 BUILDING/MvUNI BOXXIINNSIDE BD-UNV,NO SUBSTITUTIONS SPX35/EGO FIXTURE) ONLY.ADVANCE<10X T.H.D.ELECTRONIC PH 'P� CONDUIT TH U WALL FOR BALLAST,NO SUBSTITUTIONS. CONTROL •EY "� 'C' � ..__ PAPA__PAPA__ __- �• I _.. — PAPA-INSTALL 8'-0• R POWER SUPPLY TO 8 WILLIAMS 78-4-232-EBLH2(IOPA2P32SC)-AD- 120 WHITE X X 2 F28T8/%L/ 48 SHS(2 PER T-BAR MOUNTING BRACKET(CEILING GRID 1 ____--PAPA----- --_---- FF A CK_ 3 --------- --------- ----- - ------ ILLUMINATED SIGN.EXACT BD-UNV,NO SUBSTITUTIONS SPX35/EGO FIXTURE) ONLY).ADVANCE<10%T.H.D.ELECTRONIC i ----------- -'--1�-- ---• i -___ _____- : - LOCATIONS OF BALLAST.NO SUB51TI1J110N5. W THIS PAPA_ iAi________ _________ _________ eA° PENETRATIONS SHALL BE C WILLIAMS 78-8-432-EBLH4(IOPA4P32SC)-AD- 120 WHITE X X 4 F28T8/XL/ 98 VBY-3(2 PER CHAIN HANGER O 12'A.F.F.+3'OF �______PAPA____ _PAPA__PAPA__PAPA ___-_____ -AE-- --- 1 u ' COORDINATED WITH SIGN BD-UNV,NO SUBSTITUTIONS SPX35/EGO FIXTURE) CHAIN ADVANCE<10%T.H.D.ELECTRONIC '-� FIXTURES 3 ' In 1 COMPANY.PENETRATIONS BALLAST.NO SUBSTITUTIONS. � PAPA__PAPA__ _PAPA__PAPA__PAPA_ _ PAPA__ONLY. E1 ' n � SHALL B BEHIND PAPA_ WATERPROOF N D WILLIAMS 78-4-232-EBLH2(IOPA2P325C)-AD- 120 WHITE X X 2 F28T8/XL/ 48 VBY-3(2 PER CHAIN HANGER O 12'A.F.F.+3'OF p -1� ------ --- - WITH ELASTOMERIC ap BD-UNV,NO SUBSTITUTIONS SPX35/EGO FIXTURE) CHAIN,ADVANCE<701G T.H.D.ELECTRONIC , 4 °• _- _ = T_== ETHANE(NO L(j BALLASG NO SUBSTITUTIONS. ' ii •u Ai A "A A EXCEPTIONS)EQUAL TO (O I PAPA__________ _________________ __________________ ____ L LKEN 11B I - EXTERIOR LIGHTS p ) Z W' PAPA__ .SAC. 150 MOUNT 12'-C•A.F.F.TO CENTERUNE OF , PAPA__PAPA_____ _____________ ____ PAPA_ PAPA__ 1 FL gM� 37wPLp• 0 N W E2 HUBBELL TRP-i50P8-FT-BZ-PCf, 120 DARK X X 1 WITH _ mn, _____0_ NO SUBSTITUTIONS BRONZE FIXTURE PHOTOCONTROL FIXTURE.INSTALL 3/8• INSIDE DIAMETER I L PAPA__ PAPA____ PAPA__PAPA__ PAPA__ ________ ___ _______ ___ Z C" {}__PART .Np__-_ {}-_ _ W Tp BLACK, 1' LENGTH RUBBER HOSE,ON ___. PARTS AREA'B' 23 � � PHOTOCANTROL(TO SHIELD FROM _ _ _ 101 EAf " Ai_-______ A_____�A _________ _A___ •, 1 -0 PAPA__ PAPA__ PAPA_ PAPA__PAPA__ cd ' ; _ ' N _ u _ ________ _____ _________ _____ _ A a O ' 1 1 L'J0. FL000ucHrs ' F2 HUBBELL TRP-150P8-Fr-B2.NO SUBSTITUTIONS --- MOUNT 12'AFF TO CENTERUNE INSTALL AS HIGH AS •P -------------- ---------------- ""----"- ----- -----li ® L =LU bhp 120 % X 1 FIXTURE 'S0 OF FIXTURE. POSSIBLE ON WALL. 1 h H LL n1 L PORTFOLIO 1D81S0010-ERW8B40-BLWOH, 120 CLEAR X X 1 WITH 25 ___ RECESSED CAN (TYPICAL) r-----------r--- ------------------ ----------------- ---- J - _ _ I--r--t— _ �' COORDINATE N '� ` ------- ----- --- ----- - �� N NO SUBSTITUTIONS FIXTURE --_--- --_--- ----- - - -- SPACING PAPA____ - 1 MP• 0 APPROXIMATE PAPA__PAPA__ 'PLP• ' ii _u_____--- ____ AND en d n A COMBINATION EXIT/EMERGENCY LIGHTS h EMERGENCY LIGHTS 1g I -t� PLACEMENT N 0)� WITH ON SITE XR COOPER APCH7R(RED LETTERS) 120 WHITE X % X 2 LED EXIT+(2) 2.34 UNIVERSAL BACKUP BATTERIES SHALL MAINTAIN 1005 E I `-----D R-- --'--------------- '--"-- Y_ REPRESO'REILLENTATIVE. 3.BV ALL CLG ILLUMATION FOR A MINIMUM OF 90 PER VS1 PANEL"E __ - _T--- ---- ---- ---- ---- - TNE• REPRESENTA SNGLE PR) MINUTES TO COMPLY WITH ARTICLE W C. - .�,___ POSITION D. Po-._PAPA__ -- --- --------- ----- (TYPICAL) S EEL-_ ___ r LOCATE VENSTAR PAPA_ ______PAPA_ __PAPA______ DOUBLE FACE 700.12(A)OF THE NEC SURVEYOR ' PN - g- -- IA,I_______ ____ ____ _________ _____ _1 L_____-L______�__ __PAPA__PAPA__PAPA -------PAPA__PAPA__ PAPA_."E� _ _ _.._ __-- SYSTEM AND __ _ , •A E1 A •A• "R A EM COOPER APEL 120 WHITE X X �X�2� 3.8V 0.33 UNIVERSAL BACKUP BATTERIES SHALL MAINTAIN 100X LIGHTING S1 I�- PEN" 3 ---- ----- COMM (WALL/CLG.) ILLUMATION FOR A MINIMUM OF 90 CONTROLLER PAPA_____ _____________PAPA_ PAPA__PAPA__ PAPA MINUTES TO COMPLY WITH ARTICLE NEAR PANELS � __ 4 r -VESTI -- COMA# 3461 a 700.12(A)OF THE NEC "MP"AND•PLP•. •MP, .C. PAPA____ ��PAPA___ Ei :� _PAPA__ .� ___"PUP" i •B, _ •FY m POLE LIGHTS-SHOEBOX-FORWARD THROW(TYPE N PATTERN) ------ -- ------------ --- ------------------ --- 3 -f X o ___-__PAPA__PAPA__ ___ o� 52 HUBBELL RCS-Af0-P32-H4-F-Q-DB-L L________ __PAPA--__--___-- IV _-_ (320 WATT FORWARD THROW SHOEBOX) RE:SU7 FOR pTY. --- 25'-0• POLE MOUNTING- i i ----- ----- -_ _—01 DATE• 320-360 NO SUBSTITUTIONS '--' _ ' MP• N n QUAD- DARK X X �------ ------------, r--'EAf_---------- ----------'-------i ` "E - ---T -—- DATE: I�SIO Z19-13 ---- 18 SECURITY _ _ _ _ TAP BRONZE 43828-MV320 U B / LIGHTING A2 OR582(0 90')LA9 / 33 _ (DRILLED FOR 2 LIGHTS) 2, 18 3 MOUNT INSIDE BUILDING& CONDUIT THRU WALL •pLP' "MP.� FOR POWERWER S SUPPLY TO ILLUMINATEDD SIGN.EXACT LOCATIONS w 1 OF PENETRATIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH SIGN COMPANY.PENETRATIONS SHALL BE BEHIND SIGNAGE. o MTV G�MOUNTING CABL-CABLE 7HD-TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION WATERPROOF WITH EL STOMERIC POLYURETHANE(NO o RED -RECESSED MFG -MANUFACTURER UNIV-UNIVERSAL IXCEPTIONS)EQUAL TO'WLKEN' 118.(TYPICAL) SURF-SURFACE Q1Y -QUANTITY CLG-CEILING 1 GRD -GROUND LIGHTING PLAN FLIT -FLUORESCENT p TRK -TRACK INC -INCANDESCENT CABL-CABLE HID -HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE E1 SCALES 1/8"-1'-O" NORTH 0 CONSTR. El of 3 NORTH x oa➢1111,11fIff M BOTTOM SHELF GROUND.OUTLET SEE SURWITH CESOLATEDMOUNTED (14A) �G�ON••'• J',N FRONT DOOR = FLOOR BOX DETAIL TYPICAL NETWORK SWITCH N a'. . N . oo•• `� AFTER COUNTERS HAVE BEEN SET,THEN EACH BOX SHALL BE SECURELY PRINTER 20A/1P °4 ANCHORED WITH A MINIMUM OF(2)3/18" D CONTRACTOR SHALL CREATE OPEN HOLES (2.SA) .•1 $^ 20A, 120V.4-PLOT X 1--1/2''TAPCON" CONCRETE SCREWS. 20A/1P 20A/1P K$ ISOLATED GROUND ABOVE EACH OUTLET FOR ACCESS TO THE RECEPTACLE INSIDE FLOOR VIA EMERGENCY PANEL OUTLETS AND THE JUNCTION BOX. �� � a o Offff0fe11o1YY`, E POSITION B. COUNTER BY INSTALL FLOOR BOXES nPw� ��OA)BOX.TYPICAL OF FOUR. OWNER. TYPICAL. IN THIS LOCATION I I 8'COUNTER B. COUNTER 8'COUNTER BESIDE EACH OTHER. a — /8'COUNTER SPX , a oo:n g •P 1� 'PEP' 13 'PLIY 'PLP• 17 PLF' MC CABLE 'PLFf --- 5 oo ooy 4 IGNITION MODULE CONTINUE TO_ (9A) OFFICE 5-- ————— ————— ————— (1)20A,120V, AUTO METER 'Q� / I SEE PLAN A N FOR CONTINUATION I l }-PLEX RECEPTACLE FOR DESCRIPTION. I l CONDUITS FOR POWER VOICE/DATA CONDUITS \ _ STUBBED UP UNDER ———__= CIRCUITS,ROUTE TO d COUNTERS.(TYP) ——— ——————— ELECTRIC PANELS. 0.75"PVC ——————————(4)0.75"PVC PLUG-IN SEQUENCE FOR •TESTER• s COUNTER MOUNTED RECEPTACLES _ - E2 NO SCALE N TE - E2 SCALE, 1/4" - 1 0" 0 1'CONDUIT FOR DATA WIRING BY OWNER. FIRST STUB UP OF CONDUIT MUST BE IN COUNTER FURTHEST AWAY FROM STOREFRONT. ao o 4-PLEX OUTLET.SEE PUN FOR O OUTLET ONONE SCIRCUIT OAND (2)TSINGLE OUTLETS � CYr LCuJ of - D-, p TYPE REQUIRED. - EACH ON ITS OWN CIRCUIT WITH#10 WIRE. SEE •"et x p _ T DETAIL 7/E2 r9 FLOOR BOX SHALL BE LISTED SPECIFICALLY p 2 4 5 �. �• 4 FOR"SURFACE MOUNTED FLOOR' o O 2' CONDUIT UNDERSLAB FOR OWNER INSTALLED INSTALLATION(RE:NEC 314.27(C)).DOUBLE ,_ D ROUTE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT PHONE SERVICE TO COUNTER. STUB CONDUIT UP CONDENSI G UNIT LOCATIONS 1 GANG GALVANIZED STEEL SURFACE MOUNTED , D ` DOWN THRU ROOF AND INSIDE CWNTER FURTHEST AWAY FROM STOREFRONT n('J7 RA SHALL B STANDARDIZED AT 10' ^ - BOX(TACO#192 OR EQUIVALENT)WITH Q c � p PENETRATE WALL BELOW ROOF M2 e rU� QUAD OUTLETS.PROVIDE WITH MLVeunm _ FROM E E OF ROOF.TYPICAL 1� GUTTER.TYPICAL. O4 3- CONDUIT UNDERSLAB (FOR PRINTER CABLE), `` c STEEL FACE PLATE. f D O O , L^ y v- F . FROM UNDER COUNTER TO PRINTER LOCATION. TOP O CONCRETE FLOOR O f A INSTALL A MAXIMUM OF 12'BELOW FINISH FLOOR � DIMENSION LINE IS TO BACK OF PARAPET LEVEL. CENTER OF BOX.SEE p 'MP' c "MP, c'MP' "MP" ?'MF" "MP" o"Mr INTERNAL GUTTER/ O5 CUT 3- CONDUIT (FOR PRINTER CABLE) FLUSH FLOOR PLAN. �FE 'MP' 10 8 2 WITH FLOOR. v� 13(TIE) 13 13(TIE) ,e \ p 13(TIE) 22 (TIE) 2FLOORBOX 4-PLEX ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLE. ^SEEDETAIL 5/E2 AND 1/E3. BOA wr BOA/40A 'p BOA/40A Yew O7STUB UP CONOUITS 4"AFF. TYPICAL OF ALL RIGID STEEL CONDUIT �lJ4 COUNTERS. STUBBED UP FROM BELOW I I SE I I FUSE L ( FUSE 1 I m FLOOR SLAB. L-J L-J L_J L-J O FLOORBOX 4/PLEX RECEPTACLE SEE DETAIL 5/E2. G Z 'CDU-4' 'CDU-3' "CDU-Y "CDU-1' WIRE TO INDICATED DEVICES WITH 20' OF WIRING In L,Q SURFACE 'WHIP•OR TYPE MC CABLE. COIL AND "ZIP-TIE" Z 3 = Y PARTIAL ROOF POWER PLAN WIRING WHIP' TO PURLINS AT ROOF STRUCTURE MOUNTED FLOOR BOX (FOR FUTURE DROP BY OWNER, DOWN TO INDICATED C EQUIPMENT.) VMERE A LOCATION HAS MULTIPLE I-Z 5 DEVICES, LOCATE ALL DEVICES NEXT TO EACH �f E2 SCALE' 1/8"-P-O" NORTH OTHER AT ROOF STRUCTURE. ¢ _ E2 NO SCALE CONSTR. 10 2- CONDUIT UNDERSLAB FOR OWNER INSTALLED o ~Z NORTH PHONE SERVICE W:DATA WIRING TO OFFICE#102. OPEN 9'X4B' 11 1' EMPTY CONDUIT FOR FUTURE WIRING 3Y ONNZR. J TV Q r-----r-------- 3 4 m 1 / \ STUB CONDUIT UP INSIDE COUNTER FURTHEST AWAY \Y) 5 FROM STOREFRONT. ALARM I 12 FLOORBOX DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (FOR COKE MACHINE Z PLACEMENT *PHONE VIA EMERGENCY ONLY.) SEE DETAIL 5/E2 SIM. — I 18'X 24- 1 SYSTEM ex4' BOXES SHALL BE HUNG O 80'AF.F.TO BOTTOM "p�PANEL'r �z9o• PLACEMENT" OF BOX.CONDUIT SHALL EXTEND MAXIMUM OF 5'ABOVE 'PEP' 3 POSITION A. BOX.(TYPICAL AT TINS FIXTURE ONLY) RRESTOM ,B a E2f4p I BRANCH CIRCUIT 6 FEEDER SCHEDULEf F-----1 EQTELCOUIPMENT I 24"X48' 104 .pLp, 3 , 23•MP. O 2-/10 AND 1 -Iy10 GROUND IN 0.5"CONDUIT. PLACEMENT I 2-#8 A D -#10 GROUND IN 0. 5' CONDUIT. • • INSTALLER 1 i o- ® ROOM '-r- --r-- 1 gyp'34 _Al- _P ______; ,________________________ 33 2-/10•"1 'f1O GROUND AND 1 7#1 ISOLATED 8 L--------- LA CONTRACTOR SHALL MARK PHONE L----- --- ----- -D 11 "MP' 103 'OFFIOE a - I r-� 1 I 'FURN-1*--_,, -� AREA"C" GROUND IN 0.5 CONDUIT. EQUIPMENT BOARD AS INDICATED 20 "M� 15 - 102 1 2p"MP, `-Jy ----- --- L_Jy- 105- O FOR PLACEMENT OF EQUIPMENT OPEN I AND INSTALL CONDUIT ONLY I" PLF" - -- --�-�------ ----- -----"'-- .. "MP, , I I ' 8-x98' OPEN'AREAS. /I—j 1 ________�i 32 1 , - _� S ON LEAVE 1'-0'OF CLEARANCE IN 'FURN—, L$ WATER COOLER 2 " 8" WIRE TWO y_______iM ____i_______�____ FRONT OF TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT \_. .�8 RECEPTACLE. WAS pLp` III IUTLEPHONE BOX EACH EACCHETCIIRCUIT. BOARD. SEE FLOOR PLAN. INSTALL JUNCTION BOXES FOR .. ��" I T ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DOOR MP, 5 4 HEATER � -F„RN-3* III TELEPHONE AND INSTALL 4'WxB'Hx3/4 POSITION SWITCHES AND WIRE TO P1 �+ BELOW I I/ f I-'Ii -ir' 18(TIE) I COMPUTER DATA 8Y8TEM& tv CONTROLUNG WAG IN AREA OF LAV• r ___________ ____ a23m Pam" I 1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SKALL PROVIDE AND Q b PLYWOOD V I- AFF. BACK DOOR,PER EQUIPMENT I INSTALL ALL TELPHONE AND DATA CONDU ••:..•.- .. •.. .. -„.• _. •,.. •,'• ,• SUPPLIER REQUIREMENTS. SEE L_____ ___________ ' I I 2 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VACUUM FLOOR SLAB SHEET VS1. ® �- - -- I OUT ALL CONDUITS TO REMOVE WATER.__________________� /� _____ I I__.,___ a ____________ _____________ ____ III /J✓ n n i-T___ T ___T_______ ___#______ ___#_____�- 3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE I CHECK b-d 1=====-i'== -'O�____-__=====9i I PULL-STRING IN EACH CONDUIT. TELEPHONE/ALARM SYSTEM " ° L1= - u 4. OWNER SHALL A WIRING. AND INSTALL ALL L______ _ _________________________yp•_________ _____ __-. y, �� TELEPHONE AND DATA WIRING. a EQUIPMENT BOARD INSTALLATION I ,MP 9 9 i I I 1 II ' _ I , 1------�------�------T----�-----1- � �____, Ili n n ------T------* ---T-------) I E2 SCALE' 3/8• - T-0° /��� L ------=__=__=====y_----i------ L 1 CUTOFF SAW, 120V. / iF•di i_________ * __-#____-�____ ______________________________ ______ �� ---TEMPORARILY DUCT CRIMPER, 120V, T 18'PEP' 10 V EAAT' I GO WffH 1 HP _______________________ ____ _-___ ___________ ___________ In TAPE TO CLOSE END MOTOR. AR100 A 8' OF 2' CONDUIT. eo' �____________________________-�/_______________�________________I e n _� I Q. LATHE. 120V,WITH 1 - 7 _- I B' O HP MOTOR. __ __�MFp _____________________________________-____l________ _____ ___,7.______T�______7�___ O Ik # # # # # vDc I L_A-- ---1-----`-----1 u 1 •� i ` ------ ----- ------ ------ ---/-------- E� -- _ CEILING PANEL 24 THESE CONDUITS AND 2' CONDUIT STRUCTURE IN I / POSITION C. / W O=. BOXES ARE TO BE USED TO 8'AROVE OFFICE. _-_- - _-_ MIT! __R 8 ________ ___________________ f Q ONLY BY OWNERS VOICE✓k CEIUNO. _ _ _______ _______ _ _ _ ______D II 4 I P, ____________________T=---,_ PUNCH r K.O.IN _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ __•Jr�I LL DATA WIRING. y1 N 4' DEEP 12'xi7 PULL BOX 12x12 BOX. _________OF Ir DEEP �_______Z__________________________ ____ 8 fria b NOM- ______-______ ___..______ _� ' ----- - '-¢li� FOR ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS TO DEVICES AT COUNTER I O Z N WITH SCREW COVER FOR DATA\ L----------- ------f---------------------- ----- -___ ----- 1 OR PRINTER LOCATIONS.ROUTE CONDUIT AND I O (0 WIRING BY OTHERS. "MP' / PARTS AREA'-B° I k \ b,p„ / II ,I CONDUCTORS DIRECTLYFROM PANEL,-UNDER SLAB. -- I I co d `OFFICE !-FACE BOXES 35 41' _-___ �__________________ 101 __________• ________ 7 ___ _____ WALL - TOWARD OFFICE. L______ ____ _____, LJ �_u_______________________ ____________________________________ ____________ r PUNCH(1)T K.O. (TYPICAL) e PENSION SURVEYOR BREAK `'� / 49'-7" it 'x A(2) 1' K.O.IN E7 SYSTEM LOCATION"MP'VS1 •E• AREA�__.,___ _ _____________ _ __ -PRINT - --- BOTTOM OF 4' DEEP Y - ____ __ _____ ___ __ ____ __ TO V51 12"xIr BOX. " Y CONDUIT RM/4 PLP' . 18 POSITION E. --------------------------------------- ' „ 1 INSTALL JUNCTION BOX FOR 2 ELECTRIC METER AND PANEL'E' FLOOR 1' CONDUIT a PEP^ SLAB E3 SERVICE DISCONNECT , 7 I PENSION SURVEYOR SYSTEM DOOR COMM# 3461_______________________________________________ •I EQUIPMENT INSTALL RECEPTACLE AS CLOSE PEP' "PEP" �______ ___ p io SUPPLER REQUIREMENTS.UI IN OUTER CORNERAS POSSIBLE. E TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT 7 _.,�_ ______________________________-______ E INSTALLATION LOCATION. -__ 19 I- tt a h VESTIBULE TYPICAL(TWO PLACES) PROVIDE 4'WzB'Hx3/4 FIRE ♦ __ ___________ __________________ ____ ___ r _______________-_ ___i 100A o ]MC RETARDANT TREATED _ __ < m _ ____ __ ______ _—_� O 1 DATP: 7-19.13 0; ROUTE THIS CONDUIT TO PLYWOOD, 17 AFF. _ ________________ PHONE EQUIPMENT BOARD. w -pLP" _ ___ _ �30 —4 PVC SCHEDULE 40 CONDUIT. DIMENSION FRO REVISION DEDICATED CIRCUIT FOR STUB UP CONDUIT Ir AFF,INSIDE 1Y 1 COLUMN LANE. DATE: CCONDUITS OUNTERS TAS FUTURE USE.(LOCATE DUPLEX I"PEP' BUILDING Up•AT TELEPHONE OUTLET 9'-IT'AF.F.TO I EQUIPMENT LOCATION. MOUNT RECEPTACLE IN CEILING FOR'OPEN SIGN".CIRCUIT RECEPTACLE TO NEAREST SHOWN ON PLAN BOTTOM WITHIN HUBBELL DEEP I I LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL CONTROLLED UGHTING CIRCUIT.'OPEN" SIGN CAN ALSO SINGLE GANG HINGED COVER BE OPERATED BY INTEGRAL PULL CHAIN. PVC JRW57350). -L-A CONDUIT STUB-UPS AT OFFICE [CONTRACTOR \\REFER TO SHEET SU1 o q SHALL COORDINATE FOR CONTINUATION. 0 3 ELECTRIC AND PHONE POWER PLAN m CONNECTION WITH ELECTRIC AND a E2 NOT TO SCALE PHONE COMPANY. E2 SCALE: 1/8"-1'-0" NORTH —_- 0 CONT o NORTH E2 OT 3 ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND 'mot G�aN•" CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELBOARD SCHEDULE CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELBOARD SCHEDULE 'E' - TRANSFER SWITCH SCHEDULE (SYMBOLS APPLY ONLY WHEN USED ON DRAWINGS) a N PANELBOARD:"MP" MANUFACTURER:SQUARE D VOLTAGE:120/240 PANELBOARD:"PLP" MANUFACTURER:SQUARE D VOLTAGE: 120/240 _ POSITION OCT.BKR. LOAD DESCRIPTION ® FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE&TYPE bl_9_ _ LOCATION:PARTS B TYPE:NQOD PHASE:1 LOCATION:PARTS B TYPE:NF PHASE:1 'A1" ° n m MOUNTING:SURFACE ENCLOSURE:NEMA 1 WIRE:3 MOUNTING:SURFACE ENCLOSURE:NEMA 1 WIRE:3 A 75A/1P OFFlCE COMPUTER FLUOR ER SAND NOUTER BALLAST RSWI CHED �,�04•..... "" � --__--- - B 15A/1P COU R RECEPTACLES SEPARATELY w c a 4p11111 FED BY:MAIN D.S. AIC:10000 RMS AMPS PE:400 FED BY:"MP" AIC:10000 RMS AMPS E:225 _ --- C 15A/1P �SHOWRC�)M,UqHnNo LIGHT FIXTURE&TYPE CEILING OR DIMENSIONS:2Ox5.75x56 C.B. MTG. SPACE:42 POLES BRKR MLO:MLO DIMENSIONS:20x5.75x44 C.B. MTG. SPACE:42 POLES BRKR MLO:MLO O"B' b"D" ( WALL MOUNTED) ACCESSORIES:CH F GB IGB ACCESSORIES:CH FL, GB IGB D �20A/1P CIRC. C/B C/B LOAD PHASE LOAD(VA) LOAD C/B C/B CIRC. CIRC. C/B C/B LOAD PHASE LOAD A LOAD C/B C/B CIRC. E i5A/1P TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT RECEPTACLE ®'X XT EXIT LIGHT&TYPE (CEILING OR �y N WALL MOUNTED) •n�e e NO. EQUIPMENT SERVED AMPS ACC. A A B A ACC. AMPS EQUIPMENT SERVED NO. NO. EQUIPMENT SERVED AMPS ACC. A A B A ACC. AMPS EQUIPMENT SERVED NO. F 15A/1P SPARE °p 0°a 1 CUTOFF SAW 20 1730 4430 2700 40 CDU-1 2 1 CRIMPER 20 1770 2730 960 20 LIGHTING 2 �� EMERGENCY LIGHT&TYPE •CONTRACTOR SHALL WIRE LIGHTING CIRCUITS TO 20A BREAKERS. NIGHT LIGHT (24 FIR LIGHT) WIRED 3 LIGHTING 20 830 3330 2700 2 4 3 BFP HOTBOX 20 500 1950 1450 20 LIGHTING 4 ® AHEAD OF ANY LOCAL SWITCHES tiNl/ 5 LATHE 20 1700 4400 2700 40 CDU-2 6 5 COKE MACHINE 20 1750 3000 1250 20 LIGHTING 6 YAM A 7 LIGHTING 20 1200 3900 2700 2 B 7 ISO.GRD.RECEIPTS. 20 360 1GBO 720 20 IISO.GIRD.RECEPTS. 8 20AAP, SINGLE POLE 120/277V SWITCH v, CROSS-HATCH REPRESENTS CIRCUITS 9 LIGHTING 20 1250 3950 2700 40 CDU-3 10 9 CHECK-IN RECEPTS I.G. 20 500 1220 720 20 �UGHTING 10 THAT ARE ASSOCIATED WITH3 20AMP, THREE-WAY 120/277V SWITCH G EMERGENCY GENERATOR CONTROL. 11 WATER COOLER RECEPT. 20 GFCI 540 3240 i_2700 2 12 11 ISO.GRD.RECEPTS. 20 1030 1440 360 20 ,ISO.GRD.RECEPTS. 12 20AMP, DOUBLE POLE 120/277V SWITCH V 13 CDU RECEPTACLES 20 720 3420 2700 40 CDU-4 14 13 4S0.G D.RECEPTS. 15 360 720 360 15 ISO.GRD.R C PIS. 142 75 INST.WATER HEATER 50 HLF 4750 7450 2700 2 78 15 PHONE EQUIPMENT RECEPTS. 15 720 3720 3000 30 BATTERY BACKUP I.G. 16 NOTESI � OCCUPANCY SENSOR WALL SWITCH, EQUAL NOTES- 17 2 4750 5375 625 20 BUILDING LIGHTING 18 17 RECEPTACLES 20 360 1260 900 20 RECEPTACLES 18 (CODE REFERENCES-2005 EDITION OF-NEC) TOG O WATT STOPPER PW-100 -Z OCCUPANCY SENSOR WALL SWITCH, EQUAL - � II� W 19 EXHAUST FAN 15 250 1810 1560 20 TARTER AL7.TESTER 20 19 BREAK AREA RECEPTS. 20 360 1440 7080 20 RECEPTACLES 20 1. BOND ALL NONCURRENT CARRYING METAL PARTS OF 05 TO WATT STOPPER PW-200 GENERAL NOTES [.n 21 TARTER ALL TESTER 20 1560 1560 SPACE 22 21 SPACE 540 540 20 BREAK AREA RECEPTS. 22 SERVICE EQUIPMENT(INCLUDING METER ENCLOSURE)TO 0 DUPLEX 20AMP, 125V, 2P, 3W GROUNDING ELECTRODE AS REQUIRED PER NEC 250-92. O GROUNDING TYPE RECEPTACLE 1. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND ARE NOT TO BE 23 TARTS ALT.TESTER 20 1560 2520 960 30 SITE LIGHTING 24 23 LIGHTING 20 630 1130 500 15 RINTER RECEPTACLE 24 SCALED. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS Q V e ISOLATED GROUND 20AMP, 125V. 2P, AND FIELD VERIFY CONDITIONS FOR DIMENSIONS. 25 LIGHTING 20 920 1880 960 2 26 25 LIGHTING 20 300 300 SPACE 26 2• THE GROUNDED NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR SHALL BE M 3W GROUNDING TYPE RECEPTACLE. 10 1 - BONDED TO EACH SERVICE DISCONNECTING MEANS 2. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA Cc � e y� 27 PANEL'PLP�' 125 11220 12520 1300 20 SITE SIGN 28 27 LAWN SPRINKLER CTRL 20 100 100 SPACE 28 ENCLOSURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 250-240. (ORANGE IN COLOR) 7G-NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC) (LATEST n 29 2 11420 12720 1300 20 SITE SIGN 30 29 BATTERY RACK RECEPT. 20 360 610 250 20 SECURITY SYSTEM 30 QUADPLEX 20AMP, 125V. 2P. 3W EDITION). � v 3. BONDING OF OTHER ENCLOSURES SHALL BE IN 04 GROUNDING TYPE RECEPTACLE a, � 31 SPACE 1660 1560 20 TURN-1' 32 31 BATTERY RACK RECEPT. 20 360 360 SPACE 32 ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 250-96. 3. ALL WIRING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT, EXCEPT THAT - ® RECESS MOUNTED FLOOR BOX WITH MC-CABLE MAY BE SUBSTITUTED ONLY AS FOLLOWS: ® y 33 SPACE 1660 1880 20 "FURN-Y 34 33 LED BUILDING SIGN 20 HLN 520 520 SPACE 34 APPROPRIATE RECEPTACLE S I ' ( ) A. M0-0ABLE(MAXIMUM CABLE LENGTH OF 10'-0") - SERVICE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING AND 35 VENTAR SURVEYOR 15 50 1710 1660 20 TURN-S 38 35 SPACE SPACE 38 MAY BE INSTALLED ONLY FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT BONDING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH: SINGLE 20 AMP, RECEPTACLE' AC 3W e e 37 2 50 1710 1660 20 TURN-$ 38 37 LED BUILDING SIGN 20 HLN 520 520 SPACE 38 O WIRING TO LIGHT FIXTURES IN LAY-IN GRID NEC 250-24 NEC 250-68 GROUNDING TYPE RECEPTACLE. CEILINGS. h y 39 SPACE SPACE 40 39 SPACE SPACE 40 NEC 250-50 NEC 250-92 B. MC-CABLE (MAXIMUM CABLE LENGTHS SHOWN o E NEC 250-90 SINGLE 30 AAP, 125V, 2P, 3W ON COUNTER MOUNTED RECEPTACLES DETAIL ON 41 DATA CONCENTRATOR RECEPT 15 600 800 SPACE 42 47 SPACE SPACE 42 GROUNDING TYPE RECEPTACLE. SHEET E2 SHALL BE INSTALLED INSIDE OF THE e CONNECTED SUBTOTAL: 41705 38140 359 MAXIMUM AMPS® 120 240 VOLTS. CONNECTED SUBTOTAL 11420 11220 94 MAXIMUM AMPS® 120 240 VOLTS. TELEPHONE OUTLET-4'Sq BOX WITH FRONT CHECKOUT COUNTERS. BONDING 1 CONDUIT TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE 4. FEEDER CONDUIT SHALL BE IMC OR RGS ABOVE CIRCUIT BREAKER ACCESSORIES: PANELBCARD ACCESSORIES: ALL SWITCHGEAR WILL BE SUPPLIED BY hIE OWNER O'REILLY). CEILING GRADE, AND PVC BELOW GRADE, WITH IMC OR RGS rM. ( ATTN:SANDI YOUNG-DIRECT LINE: 1 (314)573-2052 ELLS AND RISERS. INTERIOR BRANCH CIRCUIT h AC-AUXILLIARY CONTACTS CH-CONCEALED HINGE SWITCHGEAR SHALL BE DIRECT ORDERED AND/OR RELEASED OR SAM CAST-DIRECT LINE: 1 (314)573-2081 DATA OUTLET-4" SO BOX WITH 1' CONDUIT SHALL BE ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING. "- AFCI-ARC-FAULT INTERRUPTING CW-COLUMN WIDTH PANEL IGB-ISOLATED GROUND BAR FROM THE LISTED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT DISTRIBUTOR: sandra.veunaOemy6ar.00m or a emoel.castOamvhar.eom REQUIREMENTS CONDUIT TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE EXTERIOR BRANCH CONDUIT SHALL BE PVC BELOW AT-ALARM TRIP DD-HINGED DOOR W/IN DOOR NBK-NEUTRAL BOND KIT TOLL-FREE=1-888-280-0128 3 CEILING GRADE AND IMC OR RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL GRAYBAR f]J:CTRIC COMPANY.INC. CONDUIT CONTINUING ABOVE GRADE. (SPEC 26 05 IX-EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKER EGT-EXTENDED GUTTER(TOP) SER-SERVICE ENTRANCE RATING TOLLFREE FAX=1-888-280-0128 1T.L IS,MO 5 ROAD E3 NO SCALE JUNCTION BOX 4' SQUARE UNLESS m GFCI-GROUND FAULT INTERRUPT EGB-EXTENDED GUTTER BOTTOM SFB-SUB-FEED CIRCUIT BREAKER ST.LOUTS,MO 63146 O 33). _ Z HACR-RAC R RATING EGL-EXTENDED GUTTER LEFT SFL-SUB-FEED LUGS NOTED OTHERWISE o 5. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES TO H O HLF-HANDLE LOCK-OFF EGR-EXTENDED GUTTER RIGHT SGB-SECOND GROUND BAR KIT ® MOTOR-USE INDICATED AVOID CIXHFLICTS. COORDINATION DOES NOT MEAN w LV Q HLN-HANDLE LOCK-ON FL-FLUSH LOCK(S) TRN-200%RATED NEUTRAL BUS BAR u�r MOTION DETECTOR •I WAS HERE FIRST•. t Z 3 2 NEW-NEW C.B.(REPLACE EXITING) CL-COMPRESSION LUGS TVSS-TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION ELECTRIC SERVICE RESPONSIBILITIES- 0 C - SR-SWITCH RATING FTL-FEED-THRU LUGS REFER TO SITE UTILITIES PLAN FOR UTILITY COMPANY CONTACT INFO. NEMA L5-3OR-SPECIAL RECEPTACLE 5. ALL WIRING IN FINISHED SPACES SHALL BE T-SHUNT TRIP GB-EQUIP.GROUND BAR CONCEALED. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. (n O HEM DESCRIPTION FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY ITEM DESCRIPTION FURNISHED BY INTALLED BY �, DISCONNECT SWITCH F- UTILTY CO. CONTRACTOR UTILITY CO. CONTRACTOR UTILITY CO. CONTRACTOR UTILITY CO. CONTRACTOR 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR Q =C7 gu Q, PLUG/FUSED SAFETY/TOGGLE SWITCH INSTALLING A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM I�Z 1 SERVICE LATERAL X X Q RISER O.H.SERVICE AT BUILDING N/A N/A N/A N/A (125V MAX). FUSE PER MFR•5. IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTENT OF THE PLANS, `m J SERVICE LATERAL SERVICE DROP INSTRUCTIONS. WHETHER OR NOT EVERY ELEMENT THEREOF IS O C, q X X 7 X X 4" SQUARE STEEL BOX MOUNTED SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT. O N Q RELIANCE 31406CRK KIT INCLUDES: RACEWAY POLE 04 FLUSH ON FLOOR WITH QUADPLEX ; MODEL:Y DESCRIPTION Q LE METER BASE X X Q SERVICEOR R X X RECEPTACLE (SEE ABOVE RECEPTACLE 8• REQUIREMENTS. EQUIPMENT ROUGH-IN CONNECTION = 31408C TRANSFER SWTIT:H PC3010 10,LONG POWER CORD METER X X DESCRIPTION). SEE SURFACE #6 AWG COPPER TO NEAREST PB30 OUTDOOR RECEPTACLE gQ TRANSFORMER PAD N/A N/A N/A N/A IN TAL AT OUNTED ON OF OBOX FOR �- 9. ALL OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE METALLIC. REFER /METAUJC GAS PIPING. PAD MOUNT TO SPECIFICATION (SECTION 26 05 34). L1420P (EXTRA)PLUG Q CT CABINET N/A N/A N/A N/A 0 TRANSFORMER N/A N/A N/A N/A 4• SQUARE STEEL BOX MOUNTED FLUSH META AWG COPPER R NEAREST 10.ALL CAULKING ON BUILDING PENETRATIONS SHALL METALLIC COLD WATER PIPE 4®M ON FLOOR WITH QUADPLEX E ISOLATED BE ELASTOMERIC POLYURETHANE (NO EXCEPTIONS). GROUND RECEPTACLE (SEE ABOVE ^A (j8 AWG TO TELEPHONE ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLE EQUAL TO'VULKEM' 716. ANY CONTRACTOR VhK) EQUIPMENT -'1/0 AWG COPPER NOTES, NOTES, DESCRIPTION). SEE SURFACE MOUNTED USES REDICOTO OR ANY OTHER CAULKING WILL WI WITH GROUNDING ELECTRODE TRANSFORMER PROVIDE 400A DISCONNECT,HEAR DUTY, 1.ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY (CODE REFERENCES-NEC) FLOOR BOX DETAIL FOR INSTALLATION CONDUCTOR. POLE OR PROVIDE 3R,24OV. 10.SOLID NEUTRAL,WITH WITH UTILITY COMPANY'S OF BOX. OUTLET COVER SHALL BE RED ELASTOMERIC POLYURETHANE. #i/0 COPPER TO- `SERVICE DROP T1Y0-400A BUSSMANN LPN-RK(OR 1. REFER TO SITE UTILITIES PLAN FOR METER BUILDING STEEL EXOTHERMIC WELD.OR TERMINATE CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. AND TRANSFORMER POLE,OR PAD MOUNT IN COLOR. 11.RECEPTACLES INSTALLED IN RESTROOMS SHALL BE /ALL CONDUCTORS AT PANELBOARD POLE,BY EQUAL)FUSES AND GROUND BAR. 2.CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE TRANSFORMER LOCATIONS. ISOLATED GROUND QUADPLEX GFCI TYPE OR SHALL BE PROTECTED BY A GFI EQUIPMENT GROUND BAR URLRY DISCONNECT SHALL BE LOCKABLE. ALL ITiLITY COMPANY CHARGES 2, BOND ALL NONCURRENT CARRYING METAL 4 0 COMPANY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE INTO BID. RECEPTACLE (TWO ISO. GRD DUPLEX DEVICE. LOCATE NEAR MAIN PANEL ^ PARTS OF SERVICE EQUIPMENT(INCLUDING METER ®6 HORIZONTAL REBAR �'\ OWNER WITH NEW PADLOCK AND TWO SETS N RECEPTACLES IN ONE 2-GANG BOX OR TIE WIRES. Y OF KEYS,FOR EXTERIOR DISCONNECT. ENCLOSURE)TO GROUNDING ELECTRODE AS UNDER A SINGLE RED IN COLOR 12.ALL DEVICES SHALL BE IVORY. REFER TO REQUIRED,PER NEC 250-50. BOND ALL OTHER COVERPLATE.). SPECIFICATION (SECTION 26 27 26) FOR REBAR(TYPICAL) ENCLOSURES PER NEC 250-96. DEVICES. d 3/'4 PVC PIPE SLEEVE. FOR BIDDING PURPOSES,ASSUME 40'POLE. 3. ALL ELECTRIC SERVICE EQUIPMENT, ELECTRICAL PANELBOARD (REFER TO G EXTERIOR CONCRETE PROVIDE WEATHERHEAD(S)AT TOP OF POLE. 4 3 PANELBQARDS,CIRCUIT BREAKERS•AND FUSED PANELBOARD SCHEDULE) 13.USE DEVICE PLATES MANUFACTURED BY THE DEVICE FOOTING. CONCRETE SLAB INSTALL RISER PER UTILITY COMPANY SWITCHES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 10KAIC MANUFACTURER. REFER TO SPECIFICATION (SECT 8 INTALLATION STANDARDS. INSTALL CONDUIT AND INTERRUPTING RATING,IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC �� CONDUIT CONCEALED IN ROOF 26 27 26)• CONDUCTORS TO WITHIN 3'-4'OF TRANSFORMER. 110-9. INSULATION NOIE:ELECTRICAL DETAIL IS ALLOW ENOUGH CONDUCTOR LENGTH FOR UTILITY ALL EMERGENCY CIRCUITS �\ CONDUIT CONCEALED IN CEILING OR 14.FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS SHALL OO FOR CONCEPT. ACTUAL COMPANY CONNECTIONS TO TRANSFORMER. SHALL ORIGINATE IN PANEL i WALL BE COPPER, STRANDED, SOOV THHN/7H'WN Y FOOTING TYPE MAY VARY. PANEL PANEL PANEL "PLP•AND BE ROUTED INSULATION. EXCEPTION: WIRE SIZES#1(I AWG MP" PIP' E ��- CONDUIT CONCEALED IN FLOOR SLAB ANTI SMALLER SHALL BE SOLID. REFER TO 1Lr� 400A.SELF-CONTAINED- O THROUGH PANEL"E. BOND ONE REBAR IN THE FOOTING AND ONE REBAR IN THE SLAB METER SOCKET. MOUNTING TERMINATIONS IN PANEL"E! EXPOSED CONDUIT SPECIFICATION (SECTION 26 05 19). GROUNDING ELECTRODE: WITH#1/0 AWG COPPER TO THE GROUNDING ELECTRODE.THE REST HEIGHT SHALL BE PER SHALL BE MADE ACCORDING TO � THIRTY FEET OF#1/0 OF THE REBARS IN THE FOOTING AND SLAB ARE PERMITTED(PER 10, UTILITY COMPANY 2 2 1 "TRANSFER SWITCH SCHEDULE' i•i• �� HOME RUN-DIAGONAL LINES INDICATE 15.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A TYPED CIRCUIT AWG BARE COPPER. NEC 250.52(A)3)TO BE BONDED TOGETHER BY THE USUAL CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS FOR PANEL'E• NUMBER OF WIRES, ARROWS INDICATE DIRECTORY FOR ALL PANELS. REFER TO M4EIALUC TIE WIRES. RGS OR IMC CONDUIT WITH NUMBER OF CIRCUITS SPECIFICATION (SECTION 26 OS 53). STAND-OFF BRACKETS AT �(1�� BRANCH CIRCUIT OR FEEDER-SEE 18.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A ONE(i) YEAR 10'ABOVE GRADE AT POLE. SCHEDULE FOR CONDUCTOR&CONDUIT WARRANTY ON ALL WORK PERFORMED. MM GROUNDING ELECTRODE TEST MEASURE AND RECORD GROUND RESISTANCE FROM SYSTEM RELIANCE TRANSFER PANEL QUANTITY&SIZE NEUTRAL CONNECTION AT SERVICE ENTRANCE TO CONVENIENT GROUND REFERENCE POINT USING RGS OR IMC ELBOW. \ WITH CAPACITY FOR SIX(6) 17.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NEW WORKING LAMPS1,4 C4 SUITABLE GROUND TESTING EQUIPMENT.MAXIMUM ACCEPTABLE RESISTANCE:25 OHMS.WHEN 2 1 3 4 SINGLE POLE CIRCUITS. }� GROUND WIRE IN ALL LIGHT FIXTURES AT JOB COMPLETION. O 39" MINIMUM RADIUS. co n RESISTANCE EXCEEDS 25 OHMS;DRIVE AND BOND(N COPPER MINIMUM)ANOTHER GROUND R00. RGS OR IMC 3/4 CONDUIT WITH THREE#10 THHN AN ❑7 ONE GROUND ROD LENGTH AWAY(MINIMUM 6'-0')AND REPEAT STET. ELBOW. 3S• 18.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH AND SHALLx MINIMUM RADIUS. #10 GROUND. INCLUDE ALL FEES FOR THE SERVING ELECTRICZ x GROUNDINGS ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS UTILITY COMPANY"TO PROVIDE ELECTRIC SERVICE O 8 RELIANCE OUTDOOR RECEPTACLE. SEE AS SHOWN. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO INCLUDE ALL )O LU 1 I II-� 6 SHEET E2 FOR LOCATION. 'AF' ABOVE FLOOR FLOOR BOX FITTING TO INFORTHESTALL ASERVING 25 I PAIR CABLE UTILITY THCOMPANYIN THE Of W U)Z 6 ELECTRODE DETAIL , TRANSFER SWITCH CORD BOX 'AFF' ABOVE FINISH FLOOR BUILDING. �2 r�F 'AHU' AIR HANDLER Q -O- E3 NO SCALE 'CDU' CONDENSING UNIT 19 PERMIITSTAANNDSHALL FEES FORAHHGE FOR AND IS SCOPE OF WORK ALL =W co 2 ELECTRIC SERVICE DIAGRAM •EF• ELECTRIC FURNACE 20.CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE BY HVAC CONTRACTOR. 0 N ISOLATED GROUND PANEL 'EFU• ELECTRIC FURNACE FINAL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE BY HVAC O Z ID CEILING NO SCALE (BRANCH PANEL SHOWN) "EMT" ELECTRIC METALLIC TUBING CONTRACTOR. REFER TO SHEET M7. dco SWITCH 21.APPROVED MANUFACTURERS:NQIE THE ILLUSTRATED TURN' GAS FURNACE q, pANELBOARDS AND SAFETY MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE Ow ISOLATED METALLIC BOX " "GF" GROUND-FAULT INTERRUPTING DEVICE SWITCHES/DISCONNECTS. REFER TO TYPICAL.SPECIAL HEIGHTS GROUND ° SPECIFICATION SECTION 26 24 00 ARE NOTED/S FOLLOWS. COLD-1. RECEPTACLE NEUTRAL ° ( ) ABOVE COUNTER-� WATER 8 HP' HEAT PUMP SQUARE D RECEPTACLE LINTER lr.e BOX WRING A-4. ------------ o TERMINAL BAR a _r-� 2_ PIG' ISOLATED GROUND DEVICE - GE COVER FOR SINGLE - SEIMENS 'IMC" INTERMEDIATE METALLIC TUBING W GANG FACE PLATE FOR HOT- - - CUTLER-HAMMER IT TELEPHONE OR DATA WATER --GREEN INSULATED BONDING JUMPER NL' NIGHT LIGHT B. DEVICES. REFER TO SPECIFICATION (SECTION COMA# 34b1 'o I I I II RECEPTACLES TO METAWC PIPE('IYP) s4W MAX. 28 27 28 ./ 'PEG' PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL HUBBELLE - BOND METAWC COLD AND HOT LEVITON 'R' RED IN COLOR COVERPLATEDIELECTRIC -- WATER PIPING AT WATER HEATER. _ - PASS&SEYMOURUNION(TYP.) ( ) --- NEUTRAI- 'RGS' RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL ( FLOOR BOXES. REFER TO SPECIFICATION LINE (SECTION CI OS 34). UATE: 7•I9-13 __ __ °° 'OUP' WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSUREI{ -------- ISO.GROUND B DIMENSIONS ADJACENT TO ANY SYMBOL - APPLETON REVISION IO II �� � MN. NOTES STEEL CITY nEQ.GROUND 60• - HUBBELL INDICATES OF EVI HEIGHT TOcCUSTOMER SIDE H EMPLOYEE SIDE 1. PROVIDE AT ALL WATER HEATER CENTERLINE OF DEVICE DATE: LOCATIONS. ° a ENT 2. BONDING AT WATER HEATER IS IN GROUND BAR _ PLAN NOTATIONS FLOOR BOX,4-PLD( ADDITION TO BONDING COLD WATER _____________ \RECEPTACLE - WATER HEATER - PIPE AT THE ELECTRICAL SERVICE fl ® BRANCH CIRCUIT&FEEDER SCHEDULEv N ENTRANCE. INSULATED EQUIPMENT POWER COUNTER INSULATED ISOLATED CONDUCTOR TO GROUND BAR INDICATES DIRECTION OF NORTH UNDER COUNTERS. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING GROUND TO O 3 -#1. 1-#6 EQUIPMENT GROUND AND i - #6 m CONDUCTOR METAL BOX INSULATED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING NORTH ISOLATED GROUND IN 1.5' CONDUIT. CONDUCTOR FROM FEEDING PANEL DETAIL REFERENCE-UPPER NUMBER 2 3-500MCM AND 1 -#2 EQUIPMENT GROUND IN 3" TYPO AL METALLIC e INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER, LOWER O EQUIPMENT GROUND BAR 3 E3 NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER. CONDUIT. 5 MOUNTING HEIGHTS 4 WATER PIPE BONDING TYPICAL ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLE O 3-500 MCM IN 3"CONDUIT. - E3 O1 PLAN NOTE REFERENCE NO SCALE E3 NO SCALE E3 NO SCALE O CONDUCTOR TO ELECTRODEBARE COPPER GROUNDING ELECTRODE Lr 0 100 ROOM NUMBER REFERENCE E3 o1 3 J POWER z SUPPLY a it J LL�� a ° ¢ azZ O U. w o'4.o" Z OM rRS-485 MAIN ELECTRICAL BREAKER PANEL EQUIPMENT CONTROL PAC (ECP) REMOTE SENSOR THERMOSTAT TERMINALMOUNTED INSIDE HVAC SYSTEM IN CONDITIONEDGROUPED IN MANAGER AREA AREACT WIRINGOMATCH 0� O aORDER TO O ®LEOADSGE O IT CT o I FTT_� o FRONT DOOR fl � m Ell �o SPLIT CT SPLIT CT 0 0 V f j _ ® ® R pp p r d lel MAGNET JE h e� PHASE _ �¢ VOLTAGE o game o WIRE 6 SENSORS O O LEADS � �am ECP POWER & PER ECP INSTRUCTIONS FRONT DOOR MATCH CT C HVAC CONTROL AND S.O.W. °' ORDER WIRING SURVEYOR THERMOSTAT COMMUNICATION SURVEYOR EMS COMPONENTS = y S'R"E`R"R""E° R"°""°R RS-485 COMM AND POWER WIRING _ mb PART DESCRIPTION QTY m NOTE: OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTED TO ONE ECP ONLY z A PER LOCATION. FACE NORTH WHEN POSSIBLE. Dc400-E2 DATA CONCENTRATOR 1 y W 3 ECP400-3 EQUIPMENT CONTROL PAC 1 PER HVAC o Z B SP400 EQUIPMENT SENSOR PACK 1 PER HVAC L �Zo O 0 CT414 COMMUNICATING THERMOSTAT 1 PER HVAC F- RS410 WALL MOUNT REMOTE SENSOR 1 PER HVAC iiE� Z O O C HVAC CONTROLS LCP401 LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL 1 p� MD400 ADDITIONAL MOTION DETECTOR AS NEEDED o N Q O 0 O O O a� CONNECT TO CK1 AND CK2 OF ECP400-3 TBD SINGLE CHANNEL POWER MONITOR 1 z CONTROLLING HVAC IN AREA OF BACK DOORS TBD 600A SPLIT CT 3 000 ® SCIM400D SINGLE CHANNEL INPUT MODULE 1 O O OTS400 OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 GROUND LOADING DOOR REAR MAN DOOR VfJ GENERAL NOTES: SURVEYOR RS-485 COMM SWITCH SWITCH 1. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING NOTE: SINGLE PHASE SERVICE EXCLUDES THE 'C' PHASE CT AND VOLTAGE LEAD. 2. DRAWING FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. SEE THE POWER MONITOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR INFORMATION. 101 MAGNET 10 191 MAGNET 3. LOCAL BUILDING CODES, BUILDING PLANS, AND LOCATION OWNER POWER MONITORING STATEMENT OF WORK (S.O.W.) TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER THIS DOCUMENT. a 4. NOT ALL WIRING IS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING. FOR CLARITY, ONLY NORMALLY CLOSED MAGNETIC SWITCHES WIRED IN SERIES ONE EXAMPLE OF EACH TYPE of DEVICE IS SHOWN. Oo SECURITY INTERFACE 0 OPENING EITHER DOOR OPENS THE CIRCUIT. LD WIRE RUN TO ALARM 5. REFER TO THE SURVEYOR MANUAL AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS PANEL. LEAVE WIRE FOR EACH COMPONENT FOR DETAILED WIRING AND ADDITIONAL CRITICAL COILED ABOVE. DO INFORMATION. NOT CONNECT. REAR DOORS N' INSTALLER 0 & AND EXPOSE THE TALLER TO HIGH VOLTAGE AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS. USE OF A LICENSED ELECTRICIAN IS REQUIRED. FOLLOW ALL APPROPRIATE DATA CONCENTRATOR SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. ADDITIONAL SAFETY INFORMATION IS IN THE o EXTERIOR PHOTOCELL SURVEYOR INSTALLATION MANUALS. MOUNTED PER S.O.W. MOTION DETECTORS FOR SURVEYOR EMS TECHNICAL SUPPORT AND o x 1 OR MORE AS NEEDED o 0 o SYSTEM COMMISSIONING, PLEASE CONTACT: •® W co Z SURVEYOR POSITION PER S.O.W. r�_ SURVEYOR TECHNICAL SUPPORT ¢ a RS-485 COMM o O a 0 o DIRECT: 818-812-9812 � =w OFFICE: 818-341-8760, OPTION 1 �` LL co O 9S Raa 0 R a O amm O suOrNeyors ppo�tCwenstor.�om M PACIFIC TIME OO O a Go �IL� PUSH BUTTON LIGHTING CONTROL BOARD co ONLY USED WHEN REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE m m mmm mmm mmm Comm# s46i LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL BUILT IN CONTACTORS a TITLE CONNECT TO LIGHTING CIRCUITS PER ZONES ON ELECTRICAL PLANS DATA CONCENTRATOR ----------------------------------------I POWER SUPPLY REVISION z-19-1s o 0 o 0 00N�F 0 0 0 000 00 o SURVEYOR RS-485 COMM rEvis>ox ON } i CONNECT TO ALL DEVICES vnTE: ❑❑I � cn I HOME—RUN WHEN POSSIBLE ICAT-5 ETHERNET oo do I o 0 REILLY INSTALLATION OVERVIEW a I C-1 C-2 C-3 C-3A C-4 C-4A I CABLE. CONNECTINTERIOR INTERIOR EXTERIOR EXTERIOR PARKING PARKING i PER S.O.W. SIZE DATE DWG NO !REV �51 --W�--SALES----SIB----Sly---SITE-----TE---I D 4—30-13 S13—001 — LIGHTING CONTROL DATA CONCENTRATOR SCALE NONE DRAWN C. GODWIN sHEET OF 1 VSl of 1 16 GA7/C �1/'7<"_ LIGHT DUTY SHELVING ANALYSIS LOADS&DISTRIBUTION:TYPE 6.135HELVES(SINGLE ROW( (SEE DETAIL(SIDE VIEW) TRANSVERSE SEISMIC LOADS: T6511iF11_ ES(SINGLE ROW( (BEE DETAIL 1SIDE VIEW) A 1/8"0 SCOPE: ANALYZE PERSECTION 1613OFTKE2009IBC WHERE LATERAL FORCES ARE DETERMINED THE FRAME SHALLBEANALYZEDASABRACED FRAMEI NTHE LONGITUDINAL DIRECTION,AND A MOMENT RESISTING (H-- + + THE PURPOSE OF THIS ANALYSIS IS TO SHOW THAT THE FOLLOWING LIGHT DUTY STORAGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 15.5 OF THE ASCE 7.OS: FRAME I N THE TRANSVERSE DIRECTION,UTI LIZING MOMENT RESISTING SPREADER TO COLUMN CONNECTIONS. 07 W p 0)W 2"ip [gy}I ATTACH POST TO 3/4° FIXTURECOMPUES WITH SECTION 1613 OF THE 20091BC WHERE LATERAL FORCES ARE Vtransu•SO6 LB -,l<`llll FOOTPLATE W/ - DETERMINEDINACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 15.5 OF THE ASIDE 7.05. SITE CLASS•O �H (1)#10 SHEET V+Cs'WF WHERE Cs•Sos/(R/I) Vcol•53 LB yLY2 N METALISCREW 7/18" i/8' PARAMETERS, AND Ws-OPERATING WEIGHT 2Q TYP. STABILITY OF THE LIGHT DUN STORAGE FIXTURE UNITS IS PROVIDED BY METAL SPRINGER BRACES SN=2/3-Fa•S6 WHERE Fa=1.076&Is=1.06 O8 1/2'G(2 HOLES) v 0.760 TRANSVERSE SEISMIC C IN THE TRANSVERSE DIRECTION ANO%-BRACES IN THE LONGITUDINAL DIRECTION. Z I.1.00 <..•NO PUBLIC ACCESS FS@6"=6LB I"N A i 7/8' 1 1/4' =W O STORAGE FIXTURES WILL BE ANALYZED UTILIZING THE FOLLOWING FORMULA: R•4 __ H- B / 2 /B" 5/8. 12GA LATERAL FORCE: REDUCTION=0.7 <===WORKING STRESS F2 L042'•18 LB - 'TI V•Ce-We WHERE b+Sas/(R/I) NO.OF LEVELS•6 LVL Me^ a V 2 •((Z/3)•Fa'Se'I/RI•We PRODUCT LOAD,wPL•190 LB F3@78"=34 LB } 9/32" DEAD LOAD,wDL-5 LB (1140 LB MAX.PER BAY) J CL e 12 GA. P DEPTH-"IN F4@114"•47 LB h4 •J Q< I J} SPECIFICATIONS: HEIGHT= I. Fs W O. 7/1 I L//� q/q' 2 /g'i •MAINSTEEL Fy•3fi000PSIMIN.YIELDSTEEL 111 may/ ,/ LONGINDINAL&TRANSVERSE DIRECTION Mu -1- /4 -BOLTS A307(UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) i O FULLY LOADED Mc4•Well52.8•hl J 1/a" - -ANCHORS 3/8"Ox2-1/2"MIN.EMBED.HILT(POWERS ERSTUDANCHOR S02(1 CCESR•302) V=106LB 76'1•(0.67•1140 Lg+3018)/4] =517 N-UB --- h3 O \Y/ "-•--q 1/4' 0R3/8"6x2.1/2"MIN.INSPECTION FOR OR INSTALATIO =STRB =3171N•LB PERIODIC SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIRED FOP ANCHOR INSTALLATIONS. LATERAL FORCE DISTRIBUTION M33v Po L HT HEIGHT WxH FI of IV,01-(Fl/2]•h2/2 Maa -- A COLUMN B FOOTPLATE SLAB 4IN(minlmumrequlred)x 2500 PSI(minimum required) 2LB 6.OIN 793.81N-L 1.7 LB .1IN-B •(92.8 LB-(5.7 LB/2)•(361N)/2 22.81N 1 132 LB 28.BIN 3E1D.21N-LB B.D LB 231.8IN-LB •8991N-LB 21/2" -SOIL 1000 PSF 22.BIN 3 132 LB 51.61N 6826.]IN-LB 11.1 LB 744.0IN-LB MIN.EMBEDMENT 23.8IN 4 132 LB ]4.4IN 9843.1 IN-LB 20.8 LB 1546.81N-LB Maa=[Vc.IHF2/2)-(F1/2)I"h3/2 M12 MAXIMUM MINE= PERMISSIBLESTORAGE LOAD: 22.8IN 5 132 LB 9J.21N 12859.61N-LB 27.2 LB 1140.11N-LB =(32.8US-(5.7 La/2)-(18.4 LB/2)1'(361N/1) 1 33 I'M 128IN fi 132 LB 120.0IN 15876.O IN-LB 33.5 LB 4023.91N-LB =7331N-LB -.+ 1340 LB MAX.PER BAY M+^ M 340 LB MAX.PER SHELF 120.OIN F= 50009IN-LB 106 LB 9197IN-LB •[52.8US-(5.7LB/2)-(18.4 LB/])•(34.4 LB/211'(361N/2) DEPTH BOARD Ma<•[Vcol-(F3/2)-(FZ/3)-(FI/2)1•h4/2 OPTION 1:HILT(KWIK HUS-EZ KH-E PARTART'ICLE =4241N-Le ( BOARD SHELVING PROFILES, TRANSVERSE ELEVATION BACK TO BACK ANCHORING PLAN DETAIL (ICC#ESR-3027) TYPES LEVELS MAX.PER BAY TOP SHELF LOADED ONLY (1)REO'D PER FOOT PLATE I.TYPE2SHELVES 2 480 LB Vtop=0.7•[G76'1'DBDkB+30L6)/4I CONNECTION MOMENT hl="IN 3.TYPE 4-SSHELVES 4-S 960 LB •29 LB Mconnua=((Ms.J+(Mta)I h2=36.OIN 3.TYPE fi-125HELVES S32 1140 LB LATERAL FORCE DISTRIBUTION =1,2161N�LB h3.36.OIN EXISTING WALL 4.TYPE 13.24 SHELVES 13.24 3140 LB h LEVEL WEIGHT HEIGHT WxH H Mel h4.36.0IN 21/2" 4 Mconna.s= -(Me.-UB'I MIN.EMBEDMENT g / 6A IN 1 SLg 6,o IN Soo IN-LB 0.0 L8 0.2IN-LeCRITICAL DONFIGURATIONS• 22.8IN 2 SlB2B.8IN 144.0IN-LB 0.2 LB 9.91N-10 •1,fi331N-LB dapth•12.OIN 12"DEEP SINGLE ROW 22.81N 3 SLB 51.61N 258.O IN-LB 0.3 LB 15.8IN-LB g (2)12"DEEP BACKJO-BACK ROWS 22.8IN45LB 74.41N 372.0IN-LB 0.4 LB 32.81N-LB VERIFYADEQUACYOFCONNERION �R,g Mmnn•1,6331N-18 SINGLE ROW ANCHORING PLAN DETAIL 22.8IN 5 s LB 97.21N 48fi.01N-LB 0.6 LB 56.0IN•LB ANALYSIS WILL BE DONE ON CRITICAL CONFIGURATIONS ONLY. 22.81N 6 195 LB 120.0IN 234pDDIN-LB 27.7 LB 3329.41NAS 1UAC OPTION 2:POWERS STUD SD2 VERIFY ADEn.1-991N S r' 3 THE RESTOFTYPES CAN BE VERIFIED BY SIMPLE REVIEW. *-DENOTES ANCHOR LOCATION 9 ' (ICC#ESR-2502) p ? (1)REO'D PER FOOT PLATE 120.0 IN F• 216901N-LB 29 LB 34391N-1B C ANCHOR D SHELF 1 2 3 XAIIIE COLUMN ANALYSIS;TYPE 6-12SHELVES(SINGLE ROW) (BEE DETAILA) TRANSVERSE MOMENT CONNECTION ANALYSIS:TYPE 6-32SHELVES(SINGLE ROW) (SEE DETAIL E) LONGITUDINAL1 ACING ANALYSIS•REARX-BRACE(BACK•T0.BACK ROWS) (SEE DETAILF&1) TRANSVERSE DIRECTION BRACING CAPACITY IS GOVERNED BY TENSION CAPACITY OF CROSS BRACING,AND SHEAR CAPACITY 1 �>•7� ANALYZED PER AISI COLD FORM STEEL MANUAL. Mcenn,max=0.5Me- OF CONNECTION SCREW. j (1+0.115as1 Pstatic+0.75 Pseiamic=997 LB Nestle-KOF LEVELS-(wPL I wDL) =1,2251N-LB I 1 0.7S•Vlong=0.75-Wongit'2 BAYS/1 X-BRACE H I 0.75 Mm1•6]5IN-lB =III LB 5•(19018+S 1B)/2 1 =79.5 LB•2 BAYS/1%-BRACE SETS 18 GA yl I MLx/rx=1�2531.51N/OA756<IN=(KI/r)max Pselimlc=F(FI'hn)/depth=IMovt/d) IAI MOMENT bPM OC nn max/SxSTRINGER: Sx-0.2651N"3 =IS8Lg <••=2 BAY TRIBUTARY TO X-BRACES. ¢.W DOU BLE BACK BRACE AT ALL END BAYS Kyly/ry-1.228IN/03272IN =766 LB =12251N-010.2651N"3 Fy=36,000 PSI vaI•g.vme(Wog/Lnori:) 4 1/32" 1� I " -69 7 •4,621 PSI V I I THEN ALTERNATE DOUBLE&SINGLE L�+�• BACK BRACES FOR ALL OTHER BAYS AXIAL Fe•n"2E/IKUr)maxA2 f� ib/Fb•Ib/(O.6AFy) 226L8SEISMIC LOADINTENSIONaaaaa (SEE ELEVATIONS FOR CLARIFICATION TENSION caPAOTY OF STRAP) 46.1 K51 h• -0.21 P51/216W PS< Tallow=0.6'Fy'AREA(gross) Py/2.18.oK1 •0.11 1.0 DK -972 LB >Vdlag OX IN TENSION42"OVERLAP FOR DOUBLE BACK BRACES SINCEFe Fy/2 -I-x'THEN, Fn=F 1 F 4Fe) +aw - MAXIMUM LOADS ON TABS: OR1 .1I #1 vl Y/ _ Tallow=os•FuAREA(net) E I A =36KS1"[I36K51/(4'46.1KSI Pmax•Mcenn max/Teb0lsunceA' =290 KSI •306LB101;LB >Vd1ag OK INTENSION 1 Fr•Aeff•Fr, IBI SH EAR CAPACITYOFCONNECTOR TABS:.(I1 =5,497 LB BRACE FITS TIGHTLY IN THE INTERIOR OF THE COLUMN. �"d Iol Oa1.92 Area=z•tl-d TASPROPERTIEPns=4.2"(t2^3•d)^0.5'Fu2THE 3 PUNCH-OUTS HOLD THE BRACE IN PLACE / =0.11N"0.28S IN Height,h•0.2811N �✓ . SCREWS1(19 A. pa•Pn/Oc A=0.751N •0.028IW2 Depth,d=0.285IN =4.2•I(O.Ofi IN)"3.0.1651NI"D.5+5800 PSI AREA(gressl-0.04501N^2 #8 SHEET METAL SCREW$1®EA.END •5497 LBIL92 B•1,51N Thickness,tl=0.051N •1,454 LB AREA(net)-0.03511N^2 v 2,863 LB f•0.O601N Pallow•Area'(0.4FV) Tab Distance=4.0IN Pns=2.7•tl'OF" Lhodu 48.p IN E HORIZONTAL BRACE F REARX-BRACE PP. 0.35 0.1s Aeff•O,1W IN^3 410 LB Pm,OK v2.7'0.061N•0.1fi51N•SBOW P51 vert=48.OIN FLE%URE Ix=0.0431N14 •1,550 IS Wage 67.91N CHECK:P/Pa+(Cmx•Mx)AMax•px)s 1.0 Sx•0.0531N^3 ICI BEARING ON COLUMN! Pns=2.7't2•d'Fu2 Fy=36,W0 PSI D p/Pao+Mx/Mex51.0 rz•0.471IN Fu=58,000 PSI •1.]'0.06 IN"0.165IN•58000 P51 Fu•5&WO PSI Pnp:Ae'Fy ly•0.0201N^4 16ga column,[-0.061N =1,550 LB Fv=10,000 PSI 0 =0.191N"2•360W PSI Sy=0.0541N^3 Pns-eft/Q=(1454 LB/3) ASO sa(atyfamr for screw,0.3 6,831 LB ry•0.117INAbrg.=2•ti•tPno/Qc Kx=1.3 =0.11N'0061N484 LB >220 LB Vtliag ONINSHEAR6831 LB/1.92 Lx=31.5IN •.0061W2=3,558 LB Ky= .0My1e1d•My=Sx•FVLy=22.1IN Pallow=Area•Fbearing 0.05311N^3.3W00 P51 Fy36 RE =34B LB >Pmax,OK Max•My/Of Ok 1.67 19101N-LB/1.67 Cmx•0.851,1441N-LB Cb+1.0Pcr•nA2EIAKLI"2 -2.29500X51-0.0431N^4/(1.2-31.5 IN)^2 8,746 Us (1/[1-(Oc'P/Pcr)H-A(1/[1-(1.92'99]lB/8]4fi lB)]]^-1 SP IDES =oae USE(4)#8x3/!j) 4- •C• (BACK TO BACK SHOWN) THUS, (997 L8/2863L8)+(0,85.6751N.LB)/(11441NAB-0,78)• 0.99 <1.00 DKFASTEN UPRIGH (99JLB/3558LB)+(6751N-L8/11441N-LB)• 0.87 <1.a oX p FOR FREE STANDING UNITS B C G BACK TO BACK ASSEMBLY H GENERAL CONFIGURATION 4 5 6 ¢ a a a a TYPE 2 SHELVES(J1) TYPE 4.5 SHELVES(J2) OVERTURNING ANALYSIS:TYPE 6-12 SHELVES(SINGLE ROW) (SEE DETAIL C) OVERTURNING ANALYSIS:TYPE 6.12 SHELVES(BACK-TO-BACK ROWS( (SEE DETAIL C) SLAB&SOIL ANALYSIS:TYPE 6-11 SHELVES(SINGLE ROWI :' 88"--'P •P72'LP72'SP •I +8'u-�P 1'12�'12'S� DEPTH OF SINGLE UNIT=121N DEPTH OF BA CX.TO.BACKUNIT=241N SE) I TOP SHELF HEIGHT•1201N TOP SHELF HEIGHT=120IN N LEVE W 6 LVL p LEVELS=6 LVL IAI PUNCTUREl.2+0.3SPs)DL+(0.95+0.2Sps)'PU1.5'EL=1,741 LB Pmax=1741 LB BASE PIATE WIDTH(W)-5.00 IN EST.1985 (Al FULLY LOADED: (AI FULLY LOADED: BASE PIATE DEPTH(B)=2.251N SEIZMIC 3 Y F 3' Vtotal=106 LB Vtotal=211 LB Fpunct•3.66'sgrt(f4) ENGINEERING,INC. x / =1.66*s v\ ! 2 O `^ / 2�� Mot•FIFp•h)•0.75 161 AIIaDIIC Street / y �� ! •6,8971N-LB Mot•13,79S'2 UNIT51.0.75 Pomona,California LU U v I ♦ •13,7951N-LB Apuncty(W+B+0-2•t 91768 \ ' v\\ Ms[• O6A.1 OL+0.75.060145p)'O.6]wPL)x Depth/3 •gp,IN"2 Te"909)B89.0989 1 0' W `` `\/x / / x% x% // 1 0' 3" 1 0" WN \ ^ / ` / v x ` I/ 1 0" 3 F((' lWw (' Mst•FI(O.6A.11Sas)wDL+0.75•(0.6.0.145os)'0.67WPLI x Depth/2 Fax VJ vx x'x/ \ )\ tD J X )/ „ ; )/ •1,7891N-LB •7,1571NdB fv/Fv=Pmax/(Apunct•F punet) =0.34 1.0 Ox DRAWN BY: P.O./A.M. h I v X tts / V /\v /^v PUPIif[=(Mot-Ms[){0 d ull `k j� Pupllft=(Me277 US st)/0 1075IAB TENSION \x •426 LB a UPLIFT =277 LB <v UPLIFT Asoi1=Pmaz'144/(soil DATE: 07/09/13 ,\\^ / / / v DID.;INA2 LAST REV,BY: `^ / 3" III)TOP SHELF LOADED " j REV.DATE: h` IBI TOP SHELF LOADED L•15.8 N,ii5 S,1 t� ^i. - Vtop•29LB Vtop-59 LB 8-sgrt(B'W)+t t TYPE: LOZ \\ FRONT VIEW / 8" SIDE VIEW Mein F(Fp•h)•o.75 Metz F(Fp'h'2 UNRS)•oJ5 I.(L-B7.4 l)/2 =.;ti'i•:-i::)+-�i`-?+%i%'•'-i`i':ii5�; SCALE: N,r.S. SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW •2,5791NAB •5,1S91NAB =4.21N B----�' APRYD BY:SAL E.FHTEEN BACK TO BACK BACK TO BACK ->I(-- TYPE 13.24 SHELVES IJ4) Mlt=FR0.64.11SN)wDL+0.75•(D.&D.14SN)wPL]x Depth/2 Mst•F((G6.0.%1SN)wD14 0.7S•(06-0.14Sm)wPL]x Depth/2 Mconc•w1"2/g•(feo11•I^3)1(144.2) l TYPE 6-12 SHELVES(J3) IE. •5151N•LB y�8' 2' 2 8' 2' 2' Puplift (Me[•Mst)/D •(Mot-N•LB •62A t-2 S \v �°If 1 •17218 a UPLIFT PUPlllt=129 U MU)/D Scone l67INA3/6 Pp =139 LB <•UPLIFT =2.671N^3 i}9@.1 ti =4.01N (coot=SB'sgrt(1'c)WHERE Bv0.55 It'=2,SW PSI 3B P51 3 3" y g" ANCHOR: ABLHO& 0.0.55 •t• �1 L� QUANTITY- PULLOUT•750 L8 SHEAR=g00 LB QUANTIMI PULLOUT•750 L8 SHEAR=BW LB fb/fb•Mconc/(gconc'fconc)Wo O / 2' -` OCCURRENCE•1 /0 =y OCCURRENCE-2 •0.17 <1.0 OR SOIL• AL BY y->j Ps/Pt+VeM 1;1.2 is•1,DW PEP =N \ / / Y \) N 2 COMBINED STRESS(A)- Pa/Pl+VsNt<1.2 EXPIRES 1 0" N� 1 0" 3" IMP 3" 10" �Lil 1 0"3" (I-(42618/II'750LB)]+(53LB/Il•800LB)) COMBINED STRESS(A)=(554LB/(1'750LB)1+(212LB/(1'BWLeII OQ-12-2014 NZ \ /\ // \) Cyj =0.63 <1.2 OR =S.W <1.2 OR / COMBINED STRESS(B)=1172L8/(i'750 LBII+(15 LB/11.800 LB)) DESCRIPTION: COMBINED STRESS(B)•(258 LB/(l'750 LB))+(58 LB/(1-800I S)1 =o.ss <l.z oX =o.4z <1.2 OK LIGHT DUTY 2 11 ' 3' 8 USE(1)3/8"O x3.1/2"MIN.EMBED.HILTI KH-EZ SCREW ANCHOR[ICC ESR-3027)PER FOOT PLATE USE(1)3/8"0x2.1/2"MIN.EMBED.H1L71 KH•EZSCREW ANCHOR(ICC ESR-3027)PER FOOT PLATE STORAGE ANCHORAGE REQUIREDAT EVERY BAY ANCHORAGE REQUIRED AT EVERY OTHER BAY AND AT ENDS,PERIMETER POST ONLY (FIXTURE#t A) USE 3/8"6 x 2.1/2'MIN.EMBED.POWERS POWER STUD SDI(ICC ESR-2502)AS AN OPTION. USE 3/8"o z 2 1/2"MIN.EMBED.POWERS POWER STUD SDI(ICC ESR•2502)AS AN OPTION. FRONT VIEW 6„ SIDE VIEW gii SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW 8„ SIDEVIEW (PULLOUT CAPACITY-750 US,SHEAR CAPACRY•900 IS,OK BY SIMPLE REVIEW( (PULLOUTCAPACITY=]50 LB,SHEAR CAPACITY=9W L8,OR BY SIMPLE REVIEW) , BACK TO BACK SINGLE ROW BACK TO BACK DRAWING NUMBER: J LIGHT DUTY STORAGE FIXTURE ELEVATIONS(96"TALL CONFIGURATION SIMILAR.MOST CRITICAL SHOWN) 7 8 9 13-1000-A 7 GA.PIN 1 290" LIGHT DUTY GONDOLA ANALYSIS LOADS&DISTRIBUTION•DTILl20"Hx48"Wx16"D (SEE DETAIL J) 7 ARM ANALYSIS:TYPE 120"Hx48"Wz18"D (SEE DETAIL E) ANALYSIS BASED ON SECTION 16130E THE 200918C ANOTHE AS[E]-O5. tM W ,\ SCOPE, (A)CHECKTENSION CAPACITY. ARM Ln W THEPURPO$E OF THIS ANALYSIS 15 TO SHOWTHATTHE FOLLOWING LIGHT DUTYSTOMGE ITITURE SITE CLASS=D _D: ARM SPAN-78.0IN A=0.0901N^2 IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION i6130FTHE 2009 IBC AND THE ASCE 7-05. V=Cz•Wz W HERE Cs=5�/(R/I) F- ® �11A AND Ws=OPEMTING WEIGHT LOAD-75 LB/LEVEL d=31�NP51 ('7y Sps=0,760'Ss WHERE Ss 1.06,Fa=1.076 0=Q M-LOAD x(ARM SPAN/2) f PARAMETERS: -0.760 O_78 L675 B/LEVELx 181N/2 THE STOMGE FIXTURE UNIT USED IN THIS PROJECT CONSISTS OF LOZIER GONOOUI TYPE COMPONENTS. i=1.50 ---IN AREA OF PUBLIC ACCESS � 3/18" FIXTURE UNDS WILL BEANALYZEDUTNZING THE FOLLOWING LATERAL FORCE FORMULA: R=3 =-TABLE 15.4-2 =.6 0 THK. 4132"' LATEPALFORCE: REDUCTION=0.7 m=WORKING STRESS ASSUME ONLYTNETOP CLIP INTENSION QLU U0 V•Cs•Ws WHERE6=Sas/(R/0 Z - •I(2/3)'Fa'Ss'I/R)-Ws 18 TENSIONCAPA[RY-T-O,6FYxA BASE CONNECTOR NO OF lEVE15-5 LVL I- O,6.3600 PSI x 0.N IN^2 J d 1' P. PLATE LOAD,wPL-70 tB/LVL =1,9441B 18 GA. DEAD LOAD,wDL=5 lB/LVL I1.I 9 SPECIFICATIONS: usr � -*- MOMENTCAPACITY•Txtl 1944 LB x 11251N ® - OL MAIN STEEL Fv=36000 PSI MIN.YIELD STEEL 18" �2 = } O -ANCHORS 3/e"ox2-1/2"MIN.EMBED.HILTI KH-EZ SCREW ANCHOR(]CC ESR-3027) LONGITUDINAL&TRANS ERSE DIRECTION =2,IB]IN-IB >fi751N-IB OR QO OR 3/8"¢x 2-1/2"MIN.EMBED.POWERS POWER STUD SD2(IOC E511-2502) LOAD/2 PERIODIC SPEOAL INSPECTION REQUIRED FOR ANCHOR INSTALLATIONS. V=0.7.10,76.1.5'(0.67.350 LB+25 LS)/3] IS)CHECK FOR SHEAR CAPACITY: - 18 GA. -SLAB 4IN(mi0imum required),2500 PSI(,WrBum require V.-d) -69 LB _(70LB+SLB)/2 S B BASE BRACKET k 38• 38LB/LEVEL -SOIL 5000 PSF _ LATERAL FORCE DISTRIBUTION SHEAR CAPACITY-OAFy•A CONFIGURATIONS: h LEVEL WEIGHT HEIGHT WKH Fi Mot =0,4x36000 PSI,0.D91N^2 241N 1 75 LB 241N 1,800IN-LB G LB 1331N-IB =1.2961B >W LB OR- ® TYPE320'Hx4B"W,18"D SINGLE SIDED 18IN 2 75 LB 421N 3,1501N-LB 10 LB 4061N-IB TYPE84'Hx48"Wx18"D DOUBLE SIDED 181N 3 75 LB 601N 4,500 m�1a 14 LB 8291N-LB BASE BRACKET ANALY915 TYPE 320'Hx48"W,SB"D (SEE DETAIL B) 1/2" TYPE78'Hx48"Wx1R-0 OOUBLESIDED 181N 4 75 LB 781N 1,8501N-LB iB LB I.L. eTYP. 18IN 5 75 LB 961N 7,2001N-LB 22 LB 2,U2 IN-LB M<aI(M.)=7,0421NAB BASE BRACKET 0 PSI 7 STORAGE LOAD: Fy=36,OIW3Po=Mcol(to-L/Sx Sx•L181N^3PRODUCT LOAD=70 LB PERSHEIF 961N 375 LB 1• 225001N-LB 69 LB 4,89OIN-LB -]0421N-LB/1381N^3 20.6.351 Mcol(seismic)-IN`H) Fb-01,6 3E000 P51 4,8901N-L821,60pP51 11 GALEVELING LEG a _ 3/8"O BOLT Mmils[atic)_75 LS x 18)IN Depth K S/1xp Af levels/2 Po/Fb=5968 P51/21E00 P51 _ O =0.28 1.0 OK SAW =3,3751N-LB Mcol(totall=MC01(staUC)+0.75'Mcol(selsmlc) 6 =7,0421N-LB A UPRIGHT C ANCHOR PLATE 1 2 3 MIN.EMBEDMENT ' COLUMN ANALYSIS:TYPE 120"Hx48"Wx18"D (SEE DETAIL A) OVERTURNING ANALYSIS:TYPE 120"Hx48"Wxl8"D (SEE DETAIL D) LOADS&DISTRIBUTION:TYPE 84"Hx48"Wx18"D (SEE DETAIL 1) DEPTH IDI=181N ANALYSIS BASED ON SECTION 1G13 OF THE 2W9 RIC AND THE ASCE 7-05. TOPSHELFHEIGHT=961N #LEVELS=5 LVL SITE CLASS=D OPTION1:HILTI KWIK HUS-EZ(KH-EZ) 118" Pm (1+011So)Pcn1 v Cs'Ws WHERE Cs=Sre/(WB PLAN VIEW(SINGLE) (]CC#ESR-3027) 406 LB (A)FULLY LOADED: AND Ws=OPERATING WEIGHT :a DENOTES ANCHOR LOCATON (2)REO'D PER ANCHOR PLATE 18' Vtotal=69 LB Sw=2/3•1 a•Ss WHERE Ss-306,Fa-S.W6 FRONT&BACK EVERY PLATE Mm Mcol COWMN 0.760 a a a a a 7,042IN-LB SECTION PROPERTIES Mot=l(Fp•h)'0.75 I=1.50 -==IN AREA OF PUBLIC ACCESS t-18GA. =3,6671N-LB R=3 < =TABLE 15.4-2 21/2" Ol./r,-2.1-961N/LDS7 IN Fy-36,000 PSI 1,� 190.7 AREA 0.T/IN^2 Ma 6-1[(0.&D.IBs)wDL+0.75'(0. .14W-0.67wPLI x Depth/2. REDUCTION-0.7 <_=WORKING STRESS MIN.EMBEDMENT 4 .867IN^4 =897IN-LB I- Kyly/ry 1'141N/0.4841N Sx 676IN^3 NO.OF LEVELS-4LVL 18 49.6 ERNS ( rx 1A57IN P pllft=(Mot-Mst)/0 PRODUCT LOAD,wPL=701B/LVl - 3 ty 0.18301N^4 =154 LB <=UPUFT 18" 11 GA. Cc (2"^2E/Fy]^.5 5y_0.27001N^3 DEAD LOAD,wDL=5L8/LVL _ PLAN VIEW(DOUBLE) 84" ,e-DENOTES ANCHOR LOCATION OPTION 2:POWERS STUD SD2 1zfi 1 rv=Q4MOIN 181 TOP SHED LOADED ONLY: iB^ ICC#E$R-2502 U=961N Vt,p-10.7.0.76.1.5•(70 LB+25 UH/3) _ -,�- ( ) SINCE KI/r>CC USE Fa-[12R^2Ey[23(KVT)^2I Ly=241N =25 LB(2)REO'D PER ANCHOR PLATE LONGITUDINAL&TRANSVERSE DIRECTION24" FRONT&BACK EVERY PLATE Fa-[32x^2Ey[23(KI/r)^21 Mot=Vtop•h V=[0J'OJ6•1.5'(0.671 8.LB•20 LB)'2/31 I LL1I 4,105 PSI 2,4271N-LB =ISOLB D ANCHOR E ARM h-Pml/Area Met=l[(0.6-0.115ps)wDL+O.]5•(0.6-0.14So)wPL]x Depth/2 =528P51 =3491N-LB Z % M/Sz Puplift=(Mot-Mit)/D O 70421N-LB/0.6761W3 =135LB cUPUFT LATERALFORCE DISTRIBUTION 1= •10,41]PSI h LEVEL WEIGHT HEIGHT ]3, IN.LB FI Mot 2. 24 IN 1 150 LB 241N 13 LB 3121N-LBfa/Fa-0.13 <0.15 USEfa/Fa+fb/Fb 181N 2 LSO LB 421N 23 LB 9551N-LBCONNECTORS&"H"SECTION ANCHOR: 1B IN 3 150LB601N 32 LB 1,9501IN NOTE: RI$ Fb=.6•Fy QDANTIIY=2 PULLOUT=]50 LB SHEAR=800 LB 181N 4 150 LB ]BIN 42 LB 3,2951N-LB ARE SPOT WELDED TO SHELF ' M. � I ' NUMBER OF HAT SECTIONS • =21,60o PSI OCCURRENCE=1 VARY DEPENDING ON DEPTH 48" F'e=12R"2E/23(Kyrl"2 Pe/Pt+VsNCOMBN/A COMBINED STRESS(A)=(15418/(2.750 LB))+(35 LB/(2•B00 LB]I 0.22 <1.,OK Po/Fb=0,48 78IN 60018 l• ILO lB 6,5131N-LB COMBINED STRESS(B)=(10 LB/(2•]SO LB))+I1318/(2'e00 LB)) COMBINEDSTRE55=0.61 <1.0 O.K. =0.08 <1.20K 22 GA Y E 22 GA (2)3/e"0 x 2.1/2"MIN.EMBED.HILTI KH-EZSCREW ANCHOR(ICC ESR-3027) m PER ANCHOR PLATE;FRONT AND BACK,EVERY BAY. OR W USE 3/8"0 x 2-1/2"MIN.EMBED.POWERS POWER STUD SD2(ICC ESR-2502)AS AN OPTION. Q (PULLOUT CAPACITY=750 US,SHEAR CAPACTY=900 LB,OK BY SIMPLE REVIEW) O F SHELF G BASE DECK 4 5 6 ¢ Q Q Q Q ,-"-1 TYPE 120"H x 48"W X 18"(J7) OVERTURNING ANALYSIS:TYPE64"HN48"Wx16"D SEE DETAIL SEAS ZMIC, \7/1��., DOUBLE SIDED DEPTH(D)°361N 1 TOP SHELF HEIGM=]81N /4" 1 I I #LEVELS=a tm SEIZMIC 48"N M. SEIZMIC IAJ FULLY LOADED/DOUBLE SIDED LOADED: TYPE 84"H x 48"W x 18"(J2) vtgm uOLe io on,Ric l INC. Mot 1(Fp•h)-0.75 Pomona,CBlifornla .�18ay 81788 T =a,eBS IN LB Fax(909)869 098869 9 Mrt=l((0.2 N-UB�wDL+O.]5`(0.6-0.145as)•0.67wPL]x0epth/2 TOP RAIL-20 GA T " 1 =z,e12IN-La DRAWN BY: P.O./A.M. CENTER RAIL-24 GA. 1 0' Puplift=(Mot-Met)/D DATE: 07/09/13 e/18" BOTTOM RAIL-22 GA. T„ T „ LAST REV.BY: 1/2' =SS LB a-UPUFr ',. 84" REV.DATE: IBI TOP SHELF WADED/DOUBLE SIDED LOADED: VW io.7`0.]6'1.5•(70 LB+201B)•2/3] TYPE: LOZ 48 LB SCALE: N.T.S. 24" 24" Moi=YtoP'h'0,75 APRV'D BY:SALE.FATEEN H HORIZONTAL BRACE =2,11.1-9 FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW Met-lI(O.6-0.115a:IwDL w035•(0.6-o.14Se)wPL]x Depth H A •1,3051N LB SPJ W 7 Pupift (Met Ms[)/D E TYPE 78"H x 48"W x 18"(J3) 42 US UPUFT F818 rsrcaE° AN OR: A'.9L QUANTTIY=2 PULLOUT=750 LB SHEAR LB T OCCURRENCE=2 EXPIRES 2U GA.END ()Q-12-2014 TRIM G Ps/Pt+yxNt 93z i - COMBINED STRE55(A)=(112 LB/(2.750 LB))+(110 LB/(Z•e00 Us)) =0.14 <E.20K DESCRIPTION: 7" 1' COMBINED STRESS(B)-IN UV(2'750 ED))+(48 W/(2'BOO UH) LIGHT DUTY B 'I =0.09 <1.2 OK STORAGE 2.r USER)3/8"0 x 2-1/2"MIN.EMBED.HILTI KH-EZSCREW ANCHOR(IM ESR-302]) 22 GA.BASE 22 GA.FRONT PERANCHOR PLATE ANCHOR PERIMETER ONLY,EVERY OTHER BAY. (FIXTURE NZA) 1/��I\\\h''D OR BRACKET TRIM J _ KICK PANEL FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW USE 3/W0,2-1/2"MIN.EMBED.POWERS POWER STUD SD2(ICC ESP-2502)AS AN OPTION. C D /(PULLOUFCAPACFTY=750 UL SHEAR CAPACITY=900 US,OR BYSIMPLE REVIEW( I GENERAL CONFIGURATION J LIGHT DUTY STORAGE GONDOLA ELEVATIONS E Dig -1 000NUMBER: 13-1 -B GRAVITY RACK ANALYSIS CONFIGURATIONS LOADS&DISTRIBUTION:TYPE GRAVITY FLOW 184"H%60"W%30"DI (SEE DETAILJ) LI-- A ® A ANALYZE PER SECTION 1613 OF THE 200916C WHERE LATFEBERAL FORC ARE DETERMINED M W SCOPE: IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 15.S OF THE ASCE 7-05: I�llJ ® D THE PURPOSE OF THIS ANALYSIS LETO SHOWTHATTHE FOLLOWING GRAVITY BACKCOMPUESWITH TYPE GRAVITY FLOW 184"Hx60"Wx30"DI r� REQUIq EVENTS SET FORTH IN SECTION 16330F THE 20091BC WHERE WE LATERAL FORCES ARE SITE CLASS D M(n E DETERMINED INACCORDANCEWITHSEUION15.50FTHEAKE7-05. NUMBEROFLEVELS=6LVL V-Cs-Wl—1 WHERE Cs AND WWtal-(0.67wPL11m) F—3 F LOAD PER FLOW SHELF=500W Sq-2A-Fa'Ss AND Fa=1,076&Ss=1.06 Oo ® PARAMETERS: 0.76 ELn —>F,,BEAM LATERAL FORCE: TOTAL LOAD ON BULK RACK SYSTEM=—LB 1 1.So < PUBLIC ACCESS Q W in R 4 EL F5 O z ® LOCKING V-IN-WNAM WHERE Cs-S,/(R/) < ttPE GRAVITY FLOW IR"Hx60"W z30"DI REDUCTION 0.) ===WORKING STRESS ® Typ P CLIP a[(2/3)-F.-Ss-1/RI.W PRODUCTLOADPERLEVEL,wPL500L9 EL4 — F4 -J O_OC 1/8° 5/8" ® NUMBEROFLEVELS=SLVL DEAD LOAD PER LEVE'wD1=50 LB JU¢ NOTE:ANALYSISWILL CHECK FOR OVERTURNING ONLYSINCE UNITS ARE UNDER 8 FT. NO.Or LEVELS LVL EL IFS W d LOAD PER FLOW SHELF=SDO LB DEPTH=301N EL2 �F2 ® SPECIFICATIONS TOTAL LOAD D MAIN STEEL FY=SOOOOPSI ON BULK M EL FI BACK LATERAL FORCE Oo ® - 'C FULLY LOADED ® ® -ANCHORS 3/80x21/ZMIN.EMBED HILTIXH-EZ SCREW ANCHOR(ICC ESR-3027) V=0.7'(D.76'1.5'(0.67-300D LB+300 LB)/41 ---4� OR 3/80x 2-1/2 MIN EMBED POWERS POWER STUOSD2(ICC ESR-2502) =461 LB ® PERIODIC SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIRED FOR ANCHOR INSTALLATIONS. ® LATERAL FORCE DISTRIBUTION -SLAB 41N(miRlmum requlretl)x2500 PSI(minimum requlretl) h LEVEL WEIGHT HEIGHT W%H I FI I Mot 91N 1 550 LB 91N 4,9501N-LB 15.7 LB 141IN-LB -SOIL 10D0 PEP 141N 2 550 LB 231N 12,6501N-LB 40.2 LB 9241N-LB TYPICAL BRACE TO COLUMN CONNECTION -B TYPICAL BEAM TO COLUMN CONNECTION 141N 3 SSO LB 3]IN 20,3501N-1B fi4.6 LB 23911N-LB 141N 4 550 LB SS IN 28,050IN-LB 89.1 LB 4,5431N-L0 Y 341N S 550 LB 651N 35,7901N-LB 113.5 LB 7,3791N-LB 1 J3/{6" j 5J$" 791N 6 SSO LB 791N 43p501N-LB 136.O LB 26,goc278 MIN-ILE VI/\ /Y 2:WH= 145,200NNLS 461.1 LB 2fi2781N-LB TOP SHELF LOADED ONLY Vtop=0.7'(0.76'1.5'(500 LB+300 LB)/41 =160 LB LATERAL FORCE DISTRIBUTION 14 GA.—,, h LEVEL WEIGHT HEIGHT W XH I Fi I Mot ® 91N 1 50 LB 91N 4501N-LB 1.4 LB 102 IN LB c 7/16" 1/8" 141N 2 SO LB 231N 1,150IN-L8 3.5 LB 80IN-LB 141N 3 SO LB 371N 1,8501N-LB S.fi LB 2071N-LB ® 141N 4 SO LB 511N 2,550IN-LB 7.)LB 3941N-LB e z 141N 5 SO LB 651N - 3,2501N-LB 9.8 LB 6401N-LB 141N 6 SEO LB 791N 43,4501N-LB 131.7LB 10,4001N-L5 791N 5 7CD IN-LB L59.7 LB 117341N-L3 P. ® 1 7/8°-t!1/4-� 12 GA 9 1 2 3 P 01/4" 2 19' 11/32"SO OVERTURNING ANALYSIS:TYPE GRAVITY FLOW f84"Hx60"W x30"OI (SEE DETAIL B&C) HOLES ® DEPTH OF UN IT=301N va" TOP SHELF HEIGHT=791N .�z (A]FULLY LOADED- COLUMN B FOOT PLATE V=461 LB Mot=F(FI'HQ-0.75 a a a a a =19,]091N-LB M.-2[(0.64).1150wOL+0.]5'(0.6-0.145o,)°0.67wPL]x Depth/2 =13A841N-LB PuPlift=(Mot-M.VD /4" =207 LB <=UPLIFT (91 TOP SHELF LOADED, 2 1/2° 2 1/2" vtop-1601- TMIN.EMBEDMENT TMIN.EMBEDMENT � 8,8011N-LB 3/8" 3 20 GA. 1 11 32' Ms[-5,100IN-LI wDL+O.]5'(0.6-0.145os1wPL)x Depth =5,1001N-LB 2 OPTION 1.HILT I KWIK HUS-EZ(KH-EZ) OPTION 2:POWERS STUD SD2 Pup6R=(M.'M'LD 4 (ICC#ESR3027) (ICC#ESR-2502) =123 LB r_UPLIFT (1)REO'D PER FOOT PLATE (1)REO'D PER FOOT PLATE _ U ANCHOR: W QUANTITY=1 PULLOUT=750 LB SHEAR=800 LB PI/Pr+VIM 5 1.2 COMBINED STRESS(A)=(207 LB/(1'750 LB))+(231 LB/(1-EOD LB)) =0.56 <12 OK COMBINED STRBS(B)=(123 LB/(1'750 LB))+(80 LB/(1.800 LB)) C ANCHOR D HORIZONTAL&DIAGONAL BRACE _°�� <32 OK USE ILI 3/8"0 x2-1/2'MIN.EMBED.HILTI KH-EZ SCREW ANCHOR(ICC ESR-3027)PER FOOT PLATE OR m yII\\ USE 3/8"0x 2-1/2"MIN,EMBED.POWERS POWER STUD SD2(ICC ER-2502)AS AN OPTION. .� 1 1/16" (PULLOUT CAPAC"=750 LB,SHEAR CAPACITY=900 LB,OK BY SIMPLE REVIEW) 16 GA. llll����h DECKS REMOVED W- 12 GA. FOR CLARITY o 5 4 QQQQ F S E 3 /4" D EST.1985 1" SEIZMIC A ENGINEERING,anticSt eet 181 Atlantic Street Pomona,California 91768 F TeL(909)869-0989 WIRE WELD B C Fax(909)869-0981 _ BOTH ENDS TYP. DRAWN BY: P.O./A.M. F CONNECTOR DATE: m/o9/13 LAST REV.BY: E BEAM H GENERAL CONFIGURATION REV.DATE : TYPE: LOZ. TYPE GRAVITY FLOW(J2) SCALE: N.T.S. APRVD BY:BAL E.FATEEN TYPE GRAVITY FLOW 01) q —T�0' � T°°" SAtiV1.FA. 1" 1� 1� 3TERYV ��Y 1° /0A'AL 1 B4" 14" 84" 3 EXPIRES 7" 7" z" �Ie— 04-12-2014 1 1� DESCRIPTION: �Ravlrr 1� 1 1� 1 (FIX URE#3A) 1 1 FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW DRAW NG NUMBER - J GRAVITY RACK FIXTURE ELEVATIONS . 13-1000-C �W O'REILLY AUTO PARTS #3159 °g ONZ M.60 uj OLYMPIC PLACE & 204th ST. NE Jg< ARLINGTON, WA oa REST RM. o -- QwKe '--------- TESTi0 0 -- ---INSTALLER ; -----�L---------------------'------------ REST RM. OFFICE' Y T PARTS AREA "C" � 1 I 104 103 102 0 iro HOSE M 10$ z HOSE LO Q ' ---------- - '-10" II CV 11 CAD N Lin u I ] �S, Lu 1 _ ! of J® N n n I I 112-ALA Now t e o0 O 21 -/II IE==31 I qq / _ U2-WAYII U U 78" 1- - , TALL 11 11 11 1 'i i i ii CO Y - I �F�i F-il __ ----- _ __TI________TI ______TTII________ ________ _ �I 11 1,2.WAYn I I 6'-5" I I---- --- - - ------ 1 1 1 1 I I ii ii 11 U2WAYU i i zo -- -- CV (V Y PARTS AREA "A" 1 I1J ; LO ; N '� Q Q 100 PARTS AREA "B" Z9 L.WAYII I - For Al 11 II II IE==31 1 1 N 1 i ii_ i i ii na-wnrn TALL o 1 n u - W l 11 u u ii 19 Y 1i ii C u < o - �-- T T P J u N i�ee=_s =======Ot-------- ---------t--------�-------=�======__�_==_____ - II -------- ------ -------- ------- 112-WAYII I I I I I I II II II U 5 I I 1 I NII II 11 I L-- -----------------1--------1--------1--------l----------------- III 1 I ii II II (� Y I II II r ' 4 II IIEFRER' I I TALL y m <V �•ii ;;T Y 11 I I 41 6-5 J R__ _�VESTIBULE � 100A _ SEIY II II II 0 N 3'-8" ii ii EST.18a5 FtO�F-�i SEIZMIC BREAK oI A N ENGINEERING,INC. I 3 0 ii '' r 181 A9anif S',reat 11 11 p Pomona,California 0 AREA - II II A 91768 Tel.(908)888.0888 1 u Fax (908 888.0981 N - __- ® _ _ _ _ DRAWNBY: P.O./A.M. L j M DATE: 07/09/13 LAST REV.BY: REV.DATE: 52'-511 57, TYPE: SCALE: N.T.S. 110' APRVD BY:SAL E.FATEEN STo S. F.14 FIXTURE #1A - L. D. STORAGE = 96"/120" HIGH SECURED FIXTURES (LOZIER) A L E� FIXTURE #2A - L. D. GONDOLA = 78'/84'/120' HIGH SECURED FIXTURES (L❑ZIER) EXPIRES 04-12.2014 DESCflIPTION: FIXTURE #3A - GRAVITY FEED ® = 72'/84" HIGH SECURED FIXTURES (LOZIER) Lavour DRAWING NUM�FR. 13-1000-D 1 ,� CITY OF ARL ' AGTON 238 N. OLYMPIC AVE - ARLINGTON, WA. 98223 PHONE; (360) 403-3551 BUILDING PERMIT Address:7815 204th Street NE Permit#: 171 Parcel#:008473 00000 100 Valuation:531720 00 OWNER APPLICANT CONTRACTOR Name:O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE STORES, Name:O'Reilly Auto Parts Stores, Inc Name:Stout Building Contractors,LLC INC. Address:233 S.PATTERSON AVENUE Address:233 South Patterson Ave Address: 1380 West 50 South City,State Zip:SPRINGFIELD„MO 65802 City,State Zip:Springfield,MO 65802 City,State Zip:Centerville,UT 84014 Phone: Phone:417-829-2949 Phone:801-200-6571 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR Name: Name: Address: Address: City,State,Zip: City,State,Zip: Phone: Phone: LIC#: EXP: LIC#: EXP JOB DESCRIPTION PERMIT TYPE: Commercial New CODE YEAR: 2012 STORIES: I CONST.TYPE: DWELLING UNITS: 0 OCC GROUP: BUILDINGS: I OCC LOAD: PERMIT APPROVAL I AGREE TO COMPLY WITH CITY AND STATE LAWS REGULATING CONSTRUCTION AND IN DOING THE WORK AUTHORIZED THEREBY;NO PERSON WILL BE EMPLOYED IN VIOLATION OF THE LABOR CODE OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON RELATING TO WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE AND RCW 18.27. THIS APPLICATION IS NOT A PERMIT UNTIL SIGNED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL OR HIS/HER DEPUTY AND ALL FEES ARE PAID. IT IS UNLAWFUL TO USE OR OCCUPY A BUILDING OR STRUCTURE UNTIL A FINAL INSPECTION HAS BEEN MADE AND APPROVAL OR A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY HAS BEEN GRANTED. 1BC110/IRCI 10. SALES TAX NOTICE, es tax relating to construction and construction materials in the City of 141 gtrat muIt-0,0A prted on your sales tax return form and coded C Eton# 01. _ 1 's Q?4b � i1)CI4 re Print Name Date Rcic -cd B, Date CONDITIONS Adhere to approved plans. ,THIS PERMIT AUTHORIZS ONLY THE WORK NOTED.THIS PERMIT COVERS WORK TO BE DONE ON PRIVATE PROPERTY ONLY. ANY CONSTRUCTION ON THE PUBLIC DOMAIN(CURBS,SIDEWALKS,DRIVEWAYS,MARQUEES,ETC.)WILL REQUIRE SEPARATE PERMISSION. PERMIT FEES Date Description Fee Amount 8/27/2014 Building Permit Fee $6,392.28 8/27/2014 Building Plan Review Fee $4,154.98 8/27/2014 State Building Code Surcharge Fee $4.50 8/27/2014 Traffic Mitigation-City $83,875.00 Total Due: $94,426.76 Total Payment: $94,426.76 Balance Due: $0.00 CALL FOR INSPECTIONS BUILDING(360)403-3417 When calling for an inspection please leave the following information: r^ Permit Number,Type of Inspection being requested,and whether you prefer morning or afternoon -„ I I (s✓ Permit Information Date 8/26/2013 - Permit Numberl171 Project Name O'Reilly Auto Parts Store, Inc. _ Permit Type Commercial Site Address 7815 204th Street NE Description New Commercial Valuation 531720.00 _ Square Feet 7385 Status Applied Permit Issued Permit Expires Phone 417-829-2949 Email Occupancy Load Type of Construction Proposed Use Auto Parts Store Number of Stories 1 Assigned To Launa Peterson Property Information Owner Information Parcel#:00847300000100 O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE STORES, INC. O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE STORES, INC. 233 S. PATTERSON AVENUE' 7815 204th Street NE SPRINGFIELD..MO 65802 Contractors Contractor Name Primary Contact Phone Email Contractor Type License License# Bob D Campbell&Company,Inc. Lee Johnson 816-531-4144 Ijohnson@bdc-engrs.com AIA/PE Office of Thomas A Lundberg Tim Gulliot 417-862-0558 tim esterl schneider.com AIA/PE O'Reilly Auto Parts Store, Inc. Jeremy Bass 417-829-2949 OWNER Review Date Type Description Target Date Completed Date Assigned To Status 8/26/2013 Commercial Building 9/9/2013 Chris Young In Review 8/26/2013 Commercial Building Permit Tracking 9/9/2013 Launa Peterson In Review 8/26/2013 Commercial Building 9/9/2013 Tom Cooper In Review Uploaded Files Upload File I Date File _ 8/26/2013 BLD-171. dfI Delete 1 V ' _ COMMERCIAL APPLICATION l SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST Department of Community Development City of Arlington• 238 N Olympic Ave. •Arlington,WA 98223 •Phone(360)403 3551 •FAX(360)403 3418 THIS APPLICATION TO BE USED FOR NEW COMMERCIAL STRUCTURES AND RESIDENTIAL DWELLINGS UNITS CONTAINING TOWNHOUSES OR THREE OR MORE UNITS.THIS APPLICATION MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY A COMMERCIAL APPLICATION SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST AND AN OCCUPANTS STATEMENT OF INTENDED USE. Name of Project: O'Reilly Automotive Stores,Inc. Valuation: $531,720.00 Project Address: 204 Street NE Lot 1 Jensen Farm Division No 1 according to the Parcel ID#: 00847300000100 Legal Description Plat recorded in Volume 60 of plats, Page 32, in Snohomish County, Washington. Owner: O'Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc.(Jeremy Bass) Phone Number: (417)829-2949 Address: 233 South Patterson Ave. City: Springfield State: MO Zip Code: 65802 Engineer:Bob D.Campbell&Company,Inc.(Lee Johnson) Phone Number: (816)531-4144 Cell Phone: N/A Fax: (816)531-8572 E-mail: Ijohnson@bdc-engrs.com Address: 4338 Belleview City: Kansas City State: MO Zip Code:64111 General Contractor:TBD Phone Number: Cell Phone: Fax: E-mail: Address: City: State: Zip Code: Contractor's License Number: Expiration: Contact Person: Office of Thomas A.Lundberg,LEED AP(Tim Guillot) Phone Number: (417)862-0558 Cell Phone: N/A Fax: (417)862-3265 E-mail:tim@esterlyschneider.com Address: 1736 East Sunshine,Suite 417 City. Sprngfeld State: MO Zip Code: 65804 Proposed Scope of Work:Construction of a new commercial building for the purpose of the retail sale of auto parts. I he Wertiy that he above information is correct and that the construction on, a d the occupancy and the use of the above- d cr ed property be in accordance with the laws,rules and regulation of the fate IfWashington. 7 46Kpplicants Signature Dat Jeremy bass '° Print Applicants Name RECEIVED FOR STAFF USE ONLY IT i �, 7/ �le COA Engineering Dept. Permit# Ac#te4Ay Amount Received Receipt# Date Received Web Forms—146 Page 6 of 9 7/10CJY i I COMMERCIAL APPLICATION SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST Department of Community Development City of Arlington • 238 N Olympic Ave. •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403 3551 • FAX(360)403 3418 PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF A PERMIT, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED IN ITS ENTIRETY AND RETURNED TO THE CITY FOR APPROVAL. THE COMPLETED FORM MUST HAVE THE ORIGINAL SIGNATURES OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ALL PARTIES. Name of Project: O'Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc. Project Address: 204 Street NE Owner: O'Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc. (Jeremy Bass) Phone Number: (417) 829-2949 Address: 233 South Patterson Ave. city: Springfield State: MO Zip Code: 65802 Architect: Office of Thomas A. Lundberg (Tim Guillot) Phone Number: (417) 862-0558 Address: 1736 East Sunshine, Suite 417 city: Springfield State: MO Zip Code: 65804 Engineers Bob D. Campbell & Company, Inc. (Lee Johnson) Phone Number: (816) 531-4144 Address: 4338 Belleview City. Kansas City state: MO Zip Code: 64111 General Contractor: TBD Phone Number: Address: City: State: Zip Code_ DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES Special Inspection Firm Special Inspectors: TBD The Special inspection Firm of will perform special inspection for the following types of work(separate forms must be submitted if more than one firm is to be employed). ® Reinforced Concrete Q Bolting in Concrete ® Pre-stressed Concrete Q Shotcrete Q Structural Masonry ® Structural Steel and Welding ([3 High-Strength Bolting ([3 Spray-Applied Fireproofing ® Smoke-Control Systems ([3 Other Specify All individual inspectors to be employed on this project will be WABO certified for the type of inspection they are to perform. If inspection is for work that is not covered by the WABO categories, a detailed resume of the inspector and firm must be submitted.The resume must show the inspector and firm are qualified to perform the work and testing required by the project design and specifications. The work shall be inspected for conformance with the plans and specifications approved by the City. Revisions and addenda sheets will not be used for inspection unless approved by the City.The special inspector shall report to the City revisions that are not approved. A daily record will be maintained on site itemizing the inspections performed, for the review of all parties.Any nonconforming items shall be brought to the immediate attention of the contractor for resolution.A weekly shall be submitted to the City; detailing the inspections and testing performed, listing any nonconforming items and resolution of nonconforming items. Unresolved nonconforming items will be detailed on a discrepancy report and presented to the building department. A final report shall be submitted to the Building Division prior to the Certificate of Occupancy being issued.This report will indicate that inspection and testing was completed in conformance with the approved plans,specifications and approved revisions and addenda. Any unresolved discrepancies must be detailed in the final report. The special inspector and special inspection firm serve in the role as"deputy"City of Arlington inspectors and as such are responsible to the City of Arlington Building Division in the performance of the required work. Web Forms—146 Page 8 of 9 7/10CJY ^ COMMERCIAL APPLICATION of SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST Department of Community Development City of Arlington• 238 N Olympic Ave. •Arlington,WA 98223•Phone(360)403 3551 •FAX (360)403 3418 Contractor: The contractor shall provide the special inspector or agency adequate notification of work requiring inspection. The City approved plans and specifications must be made available,at the job site for the use of the special inspector and the City Inspector.The contractor shall maintain all daily inspections reports,on site,for review. The special inspection functions are considered to be in addition to the normal inspections performed by the City and the contractor is responsible for contacting the City to schedule regular inspections.No concrete shall be poured or other work covered until approved by the City Inspector. Building Division: The Building Division shall review any revisions and addenda.Approved copies will be given to the contractor to maintain as part of the approved plan set. The City Inspector will monitor the special inspection functions for compliance with the agreement and the approved plans. The City Inspector shall be responsible for approving various stages of construction to be covered and work to proceed. Design Professionals: The architect and engineer will clearly indicate on the plans and specifications for the specific types of special inspection required, and shall include a schedule for inspection and testing. The architect and engineer will coordinate their revisions and addenda process in such a way as to insure all required City approvals are obtained,prior to work shown on the revisions being performed. Owner: The project owner,or the architect or engineer acting as the owners agent,shall employ the special inspector or agency. ENFORCEMENT: A failure of the special inspector or firm to perform in keeping the requirements of the IBC,the approved plans and this document may void this agreement and the Building Officials approval of the special inspector. In such case a new special inspector and/or firm would need to be proposed for approval.A failure of the design and/or construction parties to perform in accordance with this agreement may result in a STOP WORK notice being posted on the project,until nonconforming items have been resolved. 11 ACKNOWLEDG MENTS 4! I have read find agree to co ply with the terms and conditions of this agreement. Owner Date: 7 i Gener Cont actor: Date: Architect: Date: Engineer: Date: Special Inspection Agency: Date: City of Arlington Building Official: Date Web Forms—146 Page 9 of 9 7/10CJY COMMERCIAL APPLICATION SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST Department of Community Development City of Arlington•238 N Olympic Ave. •Arlington, WA 98223• Phone(360)403 3551 •FAX(360)403 3418 Project Name/Tenant O'Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc. Site Address 204 Street NE Bldg/Unit/Suite IBC Construction Type 11B IBC Occupancy Type Mercantile Description of Use Retail sale of auto parts Building Square Footage 7,385 Number of Stories Square Footage Per Floor 7,385 Will there be any installation, modification or removal of the following? (Check all that apply) ❑ Automatic fire extinguishing systems ❑ Compressed gas systems ❑ Fire alarm and detection systems ❑ Fire pumps ❑ Flammable and combustible liquids(tanks,piping etc...) ❑✓ Hazardous materials ❑ High piled/rack storage ❑ Industrial ovens/furnace ❑ Private fire hydrants ❑ Spraying or dipping operations ❑ Standpipe systems ❑ Temporary membrane structure,tents(>200sq ft)or canopies(>400 sq ft) Provide details on any of the above checked items: Hazardous Materials include auto parts and automobile accessories. Installation,changes,modifications or removal of any of the above may require additional submittals, Information,or permits during the plan review or construction process. Jeremy joss P t td Name of Occupant/Agent / ,-�/&I� - 7 ' Signa ure of Occupant/Agent Date Web Fbrms—146 Page 7 of 9 7/10CJY d - - -i- - I COMMERCIAL APPLICATION SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST Department of Community Development City of Arlington•238 N Olympic Ave. •Arlington,WA 98223 • Phone(360)403 3551 •FAX(360)403 3418 The following minimum information is required for your Commercial/Multi-Family Building Permit Application. Mark each box to designate that the information has been provided. Please submit this checklist as part of your submittal documents. Incomplete applications will not be accepted. ❑✓ One(1)City of Arlington Commercial/Multi-Family Permit Application (One permit application per building or structure is required) ✓0 One(1)City of Arlington Commercial/Multi-Family Submittal Requirements Form �✓ Three(3) Site Plans ❑✓ One(1) 11"x 17"Site Plan ❑ Three(3)Architectural Drawings ✓❑ One(1) 11 "x 17"Set of Building Elevations 0✓ Three(3)Structural Drawings ❑✓ Three(3) Structural Calculations ❑✓ One(1)Geotechnical Engineering Reports (if applicable) ❑✓ One(1)Project Specification Manuals(if applicable) ✓❑ One(1)NREC Code Compliance Forms ✓� One(1)Special Inspection Requirements Forms ✓❑ One(1)Occupant's Statement of Intended Use Form N/A[] One(1)Letter of Verification of Water and Sewer Availability from City of Marysville(if applicable) Drawings shall be BOUND SEPARATELY BY TYPE, architectural, structural and landscape, and then ROLLED TOGETHER/N COMPLETE SETS> An intake appointment is required for all new Commercial or Multi-Family Building Permit Applications. To schedule an appointment please contact the City of Arlington Permit Center at(360)403 3551 or by email to Pre App Appointment Request. I ackn ledge that all items designated above are included as part of this application. 8 ' licant's Signature Datb RECEIVED AUG 2 3 Z 0 1 1 COA Engineering Dept. Web Forms—146 Page 1 of 9 7/10CJY i COMMERCIAL APPLICATION SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST Department of Community Development City of Arlington• 238 N Olympic Ave. •Arlington,WA 98223 • Phone(360)403 3551 •FAX(360)403 3418 The building permit does not include any mechanical,electrical,plumbing or fire sprinkler/alarm work. These permits are issued separately.Mechanical,electrical,plumbing, or fire sprinkler/alarm permits require a separate permit application and may also require separate plan review. Please note that any tenant improvement work in a space that involves food handling or preparation requires Snohomish County Health District approval before the permit can be issued.You must provide the Permit Center a copy of the approval letter or the approved plans. Contact the Snohomish County Health District at(425)339-5250 with any questions or for more information. An intake appointment is required for all large Tenant Improvement Building Permit Applications.To determine if your project requires an intake appointment,to schedule an appointment or to ensure that you have the most current information,please contact the City of Arlington Permit Center at(360)403-3551 or by email to aermitcenter a)ci.arlinaton.wa.us. Application by courier or mail will not be accepted. Incomplete applications will not be accepted. I acknowledge thatV�Il,iterns designated as submittal requirements must accompany my Building Permit Application to be considered a complete submit Y�, Signature: Date: 7 ne ner's Representative 01R' illy Automotive Stores, Inc. 417-829-2949 Compa y: ; Phone: Web Forms—146 Page 5 of 9 7/10CJY HOMAS A. LUNDBERG architect 1736 E. SUNSHINE, SUITE 417 SPRINGFIELD, MO 65804 TRANSMITTAL 417.862.0558 FAX 417.862.3265 email: thom@esterlyschneider.com Date: August 21, 2013 T0: Mr. Chris Young City of Arlington Community Development Department 238 North Olympic Avenue Arlington, Washington 98223 Re: O'Reilly Auto Parts 204th Street NE Arlington, WA#1 COPIES DATE DESCRIPTION ACTION TAKEN 3 Complete Sets of Plans, including the following: See Remarks 7-19-13 Sheets T1, C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, L1, L2, L3, L4, L5, S1, S2, S3, S4, S5, S6, Al, A2, A3, A4, A5, F1, SU 1, P1, M1, M2, E1, E2, E3, and VS1 Rev. 5-6-13 Sheet SW 7-9-13 Sheets 13-1000-A, 13-1000-B, 13-1000-C, and 13- 1000-D 3 Pre-Engineered Metal Building Sets, prepared by Butler Manufacturing, Inc., including the following: 7-23-13 Letter of Certification 7-23-13 Drawings 1 7-19-13 Specific tion Manual 1 4-29-13 Foundation Engineering Study prepared by Cardno ATC 1 Set of NREC Code Compliance Forms, including the following: 8-19-13 Envelope Summary 8-21-13 Lighting and Mechanical Summaries 1 8-7-13 Completed and Signed Commercial Application Submittal Checklist REMARKS For your review to obtain a Building Permit. Please contact our office if you have any questions. Thank you. Justin Petersburg /Tim Guillot bmb RECEIVED Copy transmittal to: Mr. Steve Peterie, O'Reilly Auto Parts AUG 23 2013 COA Engineering Dept. ,b - I -1 �5 11 r 1 Commercial Plan Review OWNER: © ✓�L�/ !�� /¢ � ,`'�J ADDRESS: USE: �/Cl�i(fJ7ile CONSTRUCTION TYPE: (Type V Provision) Yes No SCOPE OF WORK: REVIEWED BY: DATE: 9113 GENERAL INFORMATION 302 Occupancy Class (A2 <50 occupants= B) NO _ A0 Ambulatory Care Provision Yes No Chapter 4 Special Use/Occupancy Provisions IVDNe T503 Building Area (OK? If not, go to Section 506) E� 504.1 Building Height(OK? If not, go to Section 504.2) YRS 505 Mezzanine' Yes 505.2 Area Limitation Yes No 505.3 Egress Yes No 505.4 Openness Yes No V1, 506.3 Sprinkler Increase (300%or 200%) Yes No ✓ 507 Unlimited Building Yes No ✓ 508.2 Incidental Use Area Yes No ✓ 508.3.1 Accessory Occupancy_ Yes 'No 508.3 Mixed Use Yes No 508.3.2 Non-separated Use Yes No 508.3.3 Separated Use Yes No ✓ T601 Construction Type ' Yes ✓ No T602 Distance Separation Yes No 603 Combustible Construction Yes No 705 Fire Walls 1 Yes No 706 Fire Barriers Yes No ✓ 706.4 Continuity Yes No ✓ 707 Shaft Enclosure Yes 'No ✓ 708 Fire Partition Yes No ✓ 709 'Smoke Barrier Yes No ✓ 710 Smoke Partition Yes No ✓ 715 Opening Protectives Yes !No ✓ 717.2 Fire Blocking Yes I No ✓ 717.2.6 Architectural Trim (20 feet) Yes No ✓ 717.3 Draftstopping (1,OOOs Yes ✓ No 719 Thermal & Sound Yes No 801 Interior Finishes Yes No Fire Systems 901 Fire Protection Yes No ✓ 903 Sprinklers Yes No ✓ 903.2.13 Additional Requirements Yes No e - -♦ Fire Systems Continued 904 Alternative Systems Yes No ✓ 905 Standpipes Yes No 907 Fire Alarm/Detection Yes No t� 908 Emergency Alarms Yes No ✓ 909 Smoke Control Yes No ✓ 910 Smoke and Heat Vents Yes No ✓ 911 Fire Command Center Yes No Means of Egress T1004.1.1 Occupant Load /017 1004.5 Convergence Yes No T1005.1 Egress Width /?k 1006 'Egress Illumination Yes �_// No 1007 ,Accessible Means of Egress Yes !� No 1007.6 Areas of Refuge 1008 'Doors/Turnstiles Yes t/ No 1008.1 Doors Yes No 1008.1.1 Door Size Yes ✓ No 1008.1.2 Door Swing Yes No 1008.1.7 Door Arrangement Yes V No 1008.1.8 Door Operation (locks) Yes No 1008.1.9 Panic Hardware Yes No ✓ 1009 Stairs Yes No t/ 1009.1 Stair Width Yes No ✓ 1009.2 Headroom Yes No ✓ 1009.3 Treads/Risers (7" max, 11" min.) Yes No ✓ 1009.7 Vertical Rise 12 feet max. Yes No ✓ 1010 Ramps 'Yes No 1011 Exit Signs Yes ✓ No 1012 Handrails (both sides, extensions, etc.) Yes No ✓ 1013 Guards 42-inches Yes No ✓ 1013.5 'Mechanical Equipment: 10 feet Yes ✓ No 1013.6 Roof Access: 10 feet Yes No �[fo 1014 Exit Access Yes l/ No 1014.2 Intervening Spaces Yes No ✓ 1014.4 Aisles ,Yes No ✓ 1015 Exit and Exit Doorways Yes ti/_ No T1016.1 Travel Distances Yes ✓ No 1015.2 Remoteness (1/2 or 1/3) Yes No 1017 Aisles Yes No ✓ 1018 'Corridors Yes No ✓ 1018.1 Corridor Ratings Yes 'No ✓ 1018.2 Corridor Width Yes No ✓ 1018.4 Dead Ends Yes No ✓ 1018.5.1 Corridor Ceilings Yes No ✓ 1019 'Egress Balconies Yes No ✓ 1020 Exits Yes No 1021 Number and Continuity Yes No Means of Egress Continued 1022 �Vertical Enclosures Yes No V 1023 Exit Passageways Yes No V 1024 Luminous Egress Markings Yes No ✓ 1025 Horizontal Exits Yes No ✓ 1026 'Exterior Exit Ramps Yes No J/ 1027 Exit Discharge Yes No ✓ 1028 Assembly Yes No {� 1029 Emergency Escape and Rescue Yes No ✓ Accessibility 1103 Scoping Requirements Yes No 1104 Accessible Route Yes ✓ No 1104.4 Vertical Accessibility>3,000sf Yes No ✓ 1105 Accessible Entrances Yes ✓ No 1106 Parking and Loading Yes ✓ No 1107 Dwelling and Sleeping Units Yes No ✓ 1108 Special Occupancies Yes No 1109 Other Features and Facilities Yes No 1110 Signage Yes ✓ No Interior Environment 1203 Ventilation Yes No _ 1204 Temperature Control Yes No 1205 Lighting(also see WSEC) Yes ✓ 'No 1206 'Yards and Courts Yes No 1207 Sound Transmission Yes No 1208 Interior Spaces Yes ✓ No 1209 Access to Unoccupied Spaces Yes No 1210 Surrounding Materials Yes No LIZ Exterior Walls 1403 'Weather Protection (Condos-see WAC) Yes No 1404 Materials Yes No 1405 Installation of Wall Coverings Yes ti/ No 1405.6.2 ,Veneers Yes No 1406 Exterior Combustible Materials Yes No 1407 Metal Composite Material (MCM)' Yes No 1408 EIFS Yes ✓ No Roof Assmeblies and Structures 1503 Weather Protection - Drainage Yes ✓/ No 1504 Performance Requirements-Wind Yes ✓� No 1505 Fire Classification Yes V No 1506 Materials Yes ✓ No 1507 Roof Coverings Yes ✓ No 1508 Roof Insulation Yes No 1509 Roof Top Structures- Penthouses Yes No f/ 1510 Re-Roofing Yes No Structural Design 1604 General Design Requirements (Eng.) Yes V/ No Chapter 17: Special Inspections Required Yes 1/ No 1803 Geotechnical Data Yes No 1807 Foundation Walls- Prescriptive Yes No 1808 Foundations- Prescriptive Yes No ✓ 1809 Shallow Foundations Yes No ✓ 1810 Deep Foundations Yes No 1905 Concrete Yes No 2103 Masonry Yes No 2110 Glass Unit Masonry Yes No 2205 Structural Steel Yes ✓ No 2303 Wood Construction Yes No ✓ 2308 Conventional Construction - 1-story max. Yes No 2403 Glass and Glazing Yes No 2406 Safety Glazing Yes ✓ No 2505 Gypsum Board and Plaster Yes V No 2603 Foam Plastic Yes No 2902 Plumbing Fixtures Yes No 3001 Elevators Yes No 3103 Special Construction Yes No 2009 Washingtor '-ite Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonre 'intial and Multifamily Zone 1 Non-Residerffal ENV-SUM 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 Project Info Project Address 204th Street NE Date 8/19/2013 Arlington, WA 9e223 For Building Department Use Applicant Name: Jeremy Bass Applicant Address: 233 South Patterson Ave. Springfield, MO 65802 Applicant Phone: 417-829-2949 Project Description New Building ❑Addition ❑ Alteration ❑Change of Use ❑Prescriptive 2 Component Performance ❑Seattle EnvStd Compliance Option (See Decision Flowchart(over)for qualifications) ❑ Systems Analysis Occupancy Group Nonresidential O Multifamily Residential Climate Zone Climate Zone 1 O Climate Zone 2 (See WSEC 302.3 for county list) Fenestration Area Calculation Total Fenestration (rough opening) Gross Exterior These fenestration and wall values are (vertical&overhd) divided by Wall Area times 100 equals %Fenestration calculated per inputs provided in the ENV-UA form. In the electronic form 445 . 0 - 5627 .0 X 100 = 7 . 9% these cells auto-fill and cannot be edited. Allowable if project meets all requirements as defined in section 1310.2. Only allowed as Semi-Heated Path yes prescriptive path and must be calculated separately from other conditioned spaces Limited to Q no reduced wall insulation levels Requires other fuel heating and qualifying thermostat. Envelope Requirements(enter values as applicable) Envelope Requirements(continued) Minimum Insulation R-values Maximum U-factors Roofs-Insulation Above Deck Vertical Fenestration Roofs-Metal Building Non-Metal Frame Roofs-Single Rafter Metal Frame Roofs-Attic and All Others Entrance Door Walls-Mass Skylights-Without Curb Walls-Metal Building Skylights-With Curb Walls-Steel Framed Opaque Doors-Swinging Walls-Wood Framed and Other Opaque Doors-Non-Swinging Floors-Mass Maximum SHGC(or SC) Floors-Steel Joist Vertical Fenestration Floors-Wood Framed and Other Non-North Maximum F-factors North Slabs-on-Grade-Unheated Skylights Slabs-on-Grade-Heated Notes: RECEIVED AUG 23 2013 COA Engineering Dept. bib- n I ?-+ ,"•. . r i f I 2009 Washingtor `1te Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonre '?ntial and Multifamily • • ' 2 • • 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 Minimum Requirements Use table to determine if project qualifies for the optional for Prescriptive Option Prescriptive Option. All components must meet the stated Climate Zone Climate Zone I Climate Zone 2 Nonresidential Residential,Other Nonresidential Residential,Other than than Single-Family Single-Fa lly O a ue Elements Insulation Min.R-Value Rogfs Insulation Fn it 1 bove Deck R-30 6, R-38 ai R-30 c.i. R-38 6. Metal Building 5+ - 5+ - 5+ -1 I Ls 11-25+R-1 Ls Sin le-Rafter R-38 8 R-38 R-38 Attic and Other R-38 adv or R-49 R-38 adv or R-49 R-38 adv or R-49 R-38 adv or R49 Walls.A bove-grade Mass ' ' R-7.6 c.i R-13. c.i. + -7 + - + -75 c.i. R-19+R-1 c.i. Steel Framed R-13+R-7.5c.i. R-19+R-8.5c.i. R-13+R-7.5 c.i. R-19+R-14 c.i. Wood Framed and Other R-21 R-13+R-6 c.i. R-13+R-7.5 c.i.,or R-21+R-5 c.i. R-21+R-2.5 c.i. Below Grade Wall Same as above grade Same as above Pradc Floors Mass R-30 c.i. R-30 c.i. R-30 c.i. R-30 c.i. Steel Joist R-38+ - + _ + - + -4 c.i. Wood Framed and Other R- 0 R-30 R-30 R-30 Slab-On-Grade Floors Unheated R-10 for 24 in.(with R-10 for 24 in.(with R-10 for 24 in.(with R-10 for 24 in.(with thermal break) thermal break). thermal break thermal break) Heated R-10 c.i.(with thermal R-10 c.i.(with thermal R-10 c.i.(with thermal R-10 c.i.(with thermal break) break) break break l2paque Doors Maximum 11-Factor in LJ-0.600 U-0.400 U-0.600 U-0.400 n Fenestration 0-4 ° 1- Vertical Fenestration Nonmetal framin U-0.32 J-0.32 U-0.32U-0.32 Metal framin U-0.40 U-0.40 U-0.4 0 U-0.40 Entrance I- Sk ll his Without curb(i.e-sloped t- 1- 5 5 With curb i .individual Fenestration 0-40%of Wall Assembly Maximum SIiGC Factor Vertical Fenestration SHGC-0.40 all, OR No Requirement SHGC-0.40 all, OR No Requirement SHGC-0.45 all PLUS SHGC-0.45 all PLUS permanent PF>0.50 on permanent PF>0.50 on west,south,east west,south,east The following definitions apply:c.i.=continuous insulation,Ls=liner system(see 0OW601)Zone 1,nonresidential walls may be ASTM C90 concrete block walls,ungrouted or partially grouted at 32 irailiea l{frtically and 48 inches or less on center horizontally,with rmgrouted cores filled with material having a maximunro 4L&tAYAY of gkniilib 82 fF n 0.44 u 2009 Washington Mite Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonre,' ',ntial and Multifamily III oll1111111 • • KIM, ffff • • 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 Project Address 204th Street NE Date 08/19/2013 Occupancy Group Nonresidential 0 Multifamily residential Clear For Building Department Use Climate Zone O Zone 1 O Zone 2 Fenestration Area as%gross exterior wall area 7.996 Max.Target: 40.0% Notes: 1: If fenestration area exceeds maximum allowed,then calculate adjusted areas on Target Area Adjustment sheet on the backside of the ENV-SHGC form. 2: U-factors shall come from chapter 10 or calculated per 1332. See the ENV-CHK worksheet for example of how to complete the rows on this form. Building Component Proposed UA Target UA Provide assembly ID&page/plan#for each bldg-element U-factor x Area(A) =UA(U x A) U-factor x Area(A)= UA(U x A) Y R= ID: 0.034 R= ID: Above Deck Insulation U-0.034 R= ID: w R=36 ID:A4, Note 9-Table 10-7(F) 0.022 7150 157.3 0.031 7150 221.7 00 R= ID: Metal Building U-0.031 R= ID: R= ID: 0.027 w R= ID: Single raft,attic,other U-0.027 O R= ID: E R=19 ID:A4,Note 10-Table 10-5(A) 0.055 380 20.9 0.064 380 24.3 ii R= ID: Steel frame/metal bldg U-0.064 R= ID: > R= ID: 0 '0 Q t R= ID: 0.057 R= ID Wood Frame,other U-0.057 00 R= ID. m R= ID: R=9 ID:A4,Note 11 -Table 10-5(B)(1) 0.090 1009 90.8 0.150 4712 706.8 0 N R=9 ID:A4, Note 11 -Table 10-5(B)(1) 0.090 1056 95.0 Mass Wall U-0.150 m R=9 ID:A4, Note 11 -Table 10-5(B)(1) 0.090 987 88.8 R=9 ID:A4, Note 11 -Table 10-5(B)(1) 0.090 1660 149.4 Proposed assembly U-factor from Tables 10-5 thru 10-513 0 R= ID: 0.150 30� R= ID: Assumed to be Mass Wall U-0.150 m R= ID: Proposed assembly U-factor from Tables 10-5 thru 10-5B. Do NOT use Table 10-1. a� w U=0.6 ID:A2, Door Type B-Table 10-6 0.600 21 12.6 0.60 90 54.0 no U=0.6 ID:A2, Door Type B-Table 10-6 0.600 21 12.6 All Doors U-0.60 O O U=0.6 ID:A2, Door Type B-Table 10-6 0.600 48 28.8 E2 R= ID: 0.029 _$ R= ID: Floors U-0.029 L` R= ID: F-factor x Perimeter =UA(U x A) F-factor x Perimeter= UA(U x A) a� R=7.5 ID:S5, Key Note 31 -Table 10-2 0.580 361 209.4 0.540 361 194.9 m t R= ID: Slab-On-Grade U-0.540 rn R= ID: O c R= ID: 0.360 N cci R= ID: Heated Slab-On-Grade U-0.360 = Proposed assembly F-factors can usethe ucnhheated values in Table 10-2 w t U�8 ueU#(v I1s5 rat�iter�han Tab a 10-5btvelues. Plans entered Area UA Area UA clearly state t 10 note requirements. Page 1 Subtotal 12693 866 12693 1202 r"� � � � 1 �. 2009 Washingtor me Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonre'",,'ntial and Multifamily Envelope UA, contiNged. Zone 1 Non-RWsidenfial Project Address 204th street NE Date 08/19/2013 Fenestration Area as%gross exterior wall area 7.996 Max.Target: 40.0% For Building Department Use Notes: 1: If fenestration area exceeds maximum allowed,then calculate adjusted areas on Target Area Adjustment sheet on the backside of the ENV-SHGC form 2:Provide NFRC or Table 10-6 U-factor(See Section 1312.1)for fenestration assemby(combined See the ENV-CHK worksheet for example of how to complete the rows on this form. Building Component Proposed UA Target UA Provide assembly ID&page/plan#for each bldg.element U-factor x Area(A) =UA(U x A U-factor x Area(A)= UA(U x A) E U=0-63 ID:A2,Glazing Schedule-Table 10-6 0.63 445 280.4 0.40 445 178.0 iT U= ID: Metal Frame m U= ID: U-0.40 s U= ID: U= ID 0.32 U= ID Non-Metal Frame L o U= ID. U-0.32 Z U= ID U= ID: 0.60 2 U= ID: Metal Entance Door a U= ID: U-0.60 g U= ID: U= ID: 0.50 v U= ID: Without Curb N 0 U= ID: U-0.50 o, U= ID: Y U= ID: 0.60 �j U= ID: Including Curb U= ID: U-0.60 U= ID: Area UA Area UA Page 2 Subtotal 445 280 445 178 Page 1 Subtotal 12693 866 12693 1202 To comply: Total 13138 1146 13138 1380 1)Proposed Total UA shall not exceed Target Total UA. 2)Proposed Total Area shall equal Target Total Area. 2009 Washingtc '�tate Energy Code Compliance Forms for NonreF' 1tial and Multifamily Calculation • Non-Resfflntial ENV-SHGC 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 Project Address 204th street NE Date 08/19/2013 Fenestration Area as%gross exterior wall area 7.9$ prop 1 40$ Max.Targel For Building Department Use Prescriptive PF Credit O Yes OO No Vertical North Facing Credit (1323.3 Exp. 2) O Yes OO No Notes:To comply the Proposed total SHGC x A for all fenestration(vertical&skylights)shall not exceed Target total SHGC x A. If the north facing credit is used then the north and non-north must comply separately with skylights being included with the non-north vertical fenestration. Skylights Proposed SHGC Target SHGC List ID&page#,NFRC or glass only SHGC* x Area(A) =SHGC x A SHGC x Area(A)= SHGC x A ID: 0.35 ID: Criteria SHGC ID: All 0.35 ID: ID: *Note:Manufacturer's SC may be used in lieu of SHGC. Totals Totals Nonresidential compliance is based upon combined skylight and vertical L _J fenestration performance.Residential compliance is based upon skylight only. All Non-North Vertical Fenestration++ Proposed SHGC Target SHGC List ID&page#,NFRC or glass only SHGC+ PF PF Adjusted x Area(A) =SHGC x SHGC x Area(A)= SHGC x A Mult* SHGC ID:A2,Glazing Schedule 0.25 1.00 0.25 445 111 0.40 445 178.0 ID: Criteria SHGC ID: All 0.40 ID: Prescriptive PF 0.45 ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: -Note:If projection factors or north vertical glazing credit are used Totals 445.0 111.3 Totals 445.0 178.0 then vertical fenestration must be entered according to orientation. If neither are used then vertical fenestration can be entered in either section. Non-North Total 111.3 178.0 +Note:Manufacturer's SC may be used in lieu of SHGC. Fenestration that separates conditioned space from a non-conditioned or semi-conditioned space shall be listed here with a proposed SHGC equal to the target value. * Note:Multipliers only apply if prescriptive PF credit not used. North Vertical Fenestration++ Proposed SHGC Target SHGC List ID&page#,NFRC or glass only SHGC+ PF PF Adjusted x Area(A) =SHGC x SHGC x Area(A)= SHGC x A Mult* SHGC ID: ID: Criteria Mixed North ID: Orientation Separate ID: All 0.40 0.45 ID: Prescrpt P 0.45 0.50 ID: North Total For compliance:Proposed total SHGC x A shall not exceed Target total SHGC x A. If north glazing credit is used then north facing vertical fenestration must Area SHGC x A Area SHGC x A comply separately from non-north vertical fenestration and skylights. Grand Grand Total 445.0 111.3 Total 1 445.0 178.0 a 2009 Washington -tate Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonrest,',ntial and Multifamily iTarget Area • Calculations 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 FPr jectAddress 204th street NE Date 08/19/2013 If the total fenestration area as a%of gross exterior w all area(calculated on ENV-SUM) exceeds the maximum allow ed in Table 13-1, then this calculation must be submitted Use the resulting areas in the Target UA and SHGC calculations above SKY=Skylight. Refered to as overhead glazing in WSEC 1333&1334 and equations 13-1 &13-2. VF=vertical fenestration Refered to as vertical glazing in WSEC 1333&1334 and equations 13-1 &13-2 NW=net w all(excludes fenestration,BG,and doors) DBG =Doors and below grade w all. Total Fenestration=SKY+VF. Gross Exte riorWall Area=VF+NW+ DBG Proposed Areas Above Grade Walls Doors&BG Walls Fenestration-> SKY= VF= 445.0 0 Opaque- NW- 5092.0 DBG= 90.0 Gross Exterior Max Fenestration% Maximum Target Wall Area (Table 13-1) Fenestration Area 5627.0 X 40.0% I _ 100 = 2250.8 Total Fenestration Maximum Target Excess Fenestration 0 Excess Fenestration 445.0 _ 2250.8 = -1805.8 _ lesser -1805.8 Total Fenestration Excess Fenestration Target Fenestration Total Fenestration Target VF Multiplier Apply to all Proposed 445.0 _ = 445.0 _ 445.0 = 1.00 Fenestration Areas to get Target Fenestration Area Net AG Wall Area Excess Fenestration Target Net Wall Area Net Wall Target Net Wall Mutt. Apply to all Proposed 5092.0 + = 5092.0 _ 5092.0 = 1.00 Opaque AG Wall Areas to get Target Area Vertical Fenestration Proposed Area Target VF Mutt. Target Area metal frame 445.0 X 1.00 = 445.0 non-metal frame X = metal entrance X = Skylight Proposed Area Target VF Mutt. Target Area w ithout curb X = Target areas in shaded w ith curb = boxes shall be used as X target areas on ENV-UA AG Wall Proposed Area Target Net Wall Mutt, Target Area Steel Frame/metal 380.0 X 1.00 = 380.0 Wood/Other frame X = Mass 4712.0 X 1.00 = 4712.0 Sum of Proposed 5537.0 Sum of Target 5537.0 Sum of Proposed must equal Sum of Target. SHGC Calculation Proposed Area Target VF Mult Target Area Skylights(all) X I SHGC target areas in Non-North Vertical Fenestration 445.0 X 1.00 = 445.0 shaded boxes shall be entered as target areas on North Vertical Fenestration X = ENV-SHGC r - ! � `� � I 2009 Washingtor "'ate Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresid—lial and Multifamily Building 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 Project Address 204tn street NE Date 8/19/2013 The following information is necessary to check a building permit application for compliance with the building envelope requirements in the Washington-State Nonresidential Energy Code Applicability I Code Location Building Department (yes,no,na) Section Component Information Required on Plans Notes GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1301-1314) 1301 Scope I Unconditioned spaces identified on plans if allowed N.A. 1310.2 Semi-heated spaces Semi-heated spaces identified on plans if allowed N.A. 13103 Cold Storage/refrigerat All refrigerated spaces identified on plans. ENV-RFG completed 1311 Insulation Yes 1311.1 General installation Indicate installation nethod,densities and clearances to achieve 07 21 00 intended R-value of all insulation materials Yes 1311 2 Roof/ceiling insul. Indicate R-value on roof sections for attics and other roofs; A4 Indicate clearances for attic insulation; Indicate baffles if eave vents installed; Indicate face stapling of faced batts Yes 1311 3 Wall insulation Indicate R-value and framing material on wall sections; A4 Indicate face stapling of faced batts; Indicate above grade exterior insulation is protected; Indicate mass of masonry walls if mass wall claimed A4 Indicate loose-fill core insulation for masonry walls as necessary s2 Indicate frequency of grouted cores and bond beams as necessary S2 N.A. 1311.4 Floor insulation Indicate R-value on floor sections; Indicate substantial contact with surface; Indicate supports not more than 24"o.c.; Indicate that insulation does not block airflow through foundation vents. Yes 1311 5 Slab-on-grade floor Indicate R-value on wall section or foundation detail; S3 Indicate slab insulation extends down vertically 24"from top; s3 Indicate above grade exterior insulation is protected N.A. 1311 6 Radiant floor Indicate R-value on wall section or foundation detail; Indicate slab insulation extends down vertically 36"from the top; Indicate above grade exterior insulation is protected; Indicate insulation also under entire slab where req'd.by Official Yes 1312 Glazing and doors Provide calculation of vertical and overhead glazing area as percent of gross wall area ENV-SHGC Yes 13121 U-factors Indicate glazing and door I on glazing and door AL schedule(provide area-weighted calculations as necessary); Indicate if values are NFRC or default,if default then specify A2 frame type,glazing lavers,gapwidth,low-e coatings,gas filling Yes 13122 SHGC&SC Indicate glazing solar heat gain coefficient or shading coefficient on glazing schedule(pro ide area-weighted calculations by orientation as necessary) 1313 Moisture control Yes 1313 1 Vapor retarders Indicate vapor retarders applied to warm side of insulation A4 Yes 13132 Roof/ceiling vap ret. Indicate vapor retarder on roof section;or list exception A4 Indicate vap retard with sealed seams for non-wood structure A4 Yes 1313.3 Wall vapor retarder Indicate vapor retarder on wall section A4 H.A. 1313.4 Floor vapor retarder Indicate vapor retarder on floor section N.A. 13135 Crawl space vap ret Indicate required grade ground cover with required overlapping. 1314 Air leakage Yes 13141 Bldg envel sealing Indicate sealing,caulking,gasketing,and weatherstripping Ad Yee 13142 Glazing/door sealing Specify maximum air leakage rates for fenestration and door products 08 41 13 Yes 1314.3 Assemb.as ducts Indicate sealing,caulking and gasketing A3 N.A. 1314.4 Recessed Lighting Fixtur,Indicate IC rating,ASTM E283 cart.,and gasketing or caulking to ceiling N.A 13145 Loading Dock Seal Indicate weatherseal at cargo and loading dock doors N.A 1314.6 Continuous Air Barrier Indicate air barrier sealing on all roof,wall &floor details Indicate leakage testing method. Provide testin results to building official Max.leakage of 0.40 cfm/ft2 at 0.3 inch w g PRESCRIPTIVE PERFORMANCE Sections 1320-1323 N.A. ENV-SUM Form Completed and attached. N.A 1323 Glazing Indicate number of glazing panes and location of emissivity coating or exception taken COMPONENT PERFORMANCE (Sections 1330-1338 ENV Yes ENV-SUM,ENV-UA, Completed and attached Forme &ENV-SHGC Forms If"no"is shown for any question,provide explanation: 2009 Washington-'%te Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidc it and Multifamily 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamill RevWW February 2011 FENESTRATION,SKYLIGHTS,&DOORS:Per Energy Code Section 1312.1, • U factors shall be "determined,certified,and labeled in accordance with RS-31 by a certified independent agency licensed by the National Fenestration Rating Council(NFRC)." If using this approach,provide manufacturer, model number and NFRC rating on the drawings. • "Unlabeled glazing and doors shall be assigned the default U factor in Table 10-6.". If using this approach, provide all glazing characteristics on the drawings:list number of glazing layers,gap width,low-e coating,gas fill,frame material,thermal break details per footnote 2 to Table 10-6B. OPAQUE ASSEMBLIES:Per Energy Code Section 1332, • "The U factors for typical construction assemblies are included in Chapter 10. These values shall be used for all calculations." For example:see Table 10-5A for metal stud walls and metal building walls/roofs,see Table 10-7A to E for steel truss ceilings,etc. FURTHER INFORMATION:Refer to the Northwest Energy Efficiency Council website at:www,neec.net Below are examples of how the Component Information on ENV-UA-1 are to be completed Building Component Rr-o-posed UA Typical Example List ID&page# code table#or calculation page# U-factor x Area A Roofs Other I Fl=38 ID:Rl/Al.5, T.30-7 default 0.031 532 R-38 blown-in attic insulation per default Deck JR=40 ID:R2/Al.5, T.10-7G default 0.025 9885 R-40 uniform thickness rigid insulation per default Walls ru R=13+7.5 ID:Wl/A1.6, T.10-5A(1) default 0.064 7587 R-13 cavity+R-7-5 rigid ins over metal studs per default R=5 ID:W2/Al.6, T.10-5B(2) default 0.157 923 R-5 rigid ins.at edge of intermediate concrete floors per def EL R= ID: 0 R= ID: R=11 ID:W4/Al.6, T.10-5(l) default 0.094 512 R-11 cavity ins.between wood studs on cone wall per def. R= ID: Doors U=0.6 ID;D7 Al.3, T.10-6 default 0.60 120 ]Non-NFRC fire-rated exit door per default U=1 2 ID;02/Al.3, T.10-6 default 1.20 40 Non-NFRC warehouse door per default Floors and Slabs Floor R=30 ID:Fl/Al.7, T.30-4A default 0.031 10417 R-30 continuous ins under concrete floor slab per default IR= ID: Slab R=10 ID'FL r, - eau •"I o R-10 slab ed a ins.for 2 feet without thermal break er def. Fenestration and Skylights _ ID:Wl/Al.3, NFRC certified 0.36 12307 Curtainwall rated,certified,and labeled per NFRC c� ID:W2/Al.3, T.10-6 default 0.50 5240 Non-NFRC curtainwall,2 layer,0.05emis,argon,TB,fixed ID:W3/Al.3, T.10-6 default 0.65 282 Non-NFRC curtainwall,2 layer,0.05emis fixed ID:W3/Al.3, T.10-6 default 0.78 282 Non-NFRC curtainwall,2 layer,0.05emis operable ID:Sl/Al.3, NFRC certified 0.50 453 Sloped glazing rated.certified,and labeled per NFRC �� ID:S2/Al.3, T.10-6 default 0.78 lie Non-NFRC atrium sloped glazing,2 layer,0.05 errs.,fixed 2009 Washington State - ergy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidentir' -nd Multifamily Residential Project Summary . . 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Project Info Project Address 204th St. NE Date 8/21/2013 Arlington, WA #1 For Building Department Use Applicant Name: Mitchell Stockton Applicant Address: 2040 East Sunshine Springfield, MO 65804 Applicant Phone: 417-581-0020 Q®A9oil A9AAlllOep® IG • 0 `."t`P ti �i0 r O i •l..t. t ss N �� .11••'• �� ZO is e �NO. 473IrJ °n—s C n I) AUG 21 2013 U 17'36 E UfISN!idl ST'N-UITE 417 �Fi�INC�F'I�LD, . -, .-. �J \ ./ 2009 Washington Statr lergy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidentir' Dui Multifamily Residential Interior • • 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and NILI l`anvly Residential Revised December 2010 Project Info Project Address 204th St. NE Date 8/21/2013 Arlington, WA #1 For Building Department Use Applicant Name: Mitchell Stockton Applicant Address: 2040 East Sunshine Springfield, MO 65804 Applicant Phone: 417-881-0020 Project Description ❑✓ New Building ❑ Addition ❑ Alteration ❑Plans Included Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. Compliance Option O Prescriptive * Lighting Power Allowance O Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist(over). Indicate Prescriptive&LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting and space use not changed (check appropriate box-sec. 1132.3) ❑ Less than 60%of the fixtures new,installed wattage not increased,&space use not changed. Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Location Allowed Gross interior (floor plan/room#) Occupancy Description Watts per ftz" Area in ft2 Allowed x Area 100-105 Retail 1.33 7385 9822 From Table 15-1 (over)-document all exceptions on form LTG-LPA Total Allowed Watts 9822 Proposed Lighting Wattage Location Number of Watts/ Watts (floor plan/room#) Fixture Description Fixtures Fixture Proposed 100 A - Suspended 8' Fluorescent 52 96 4992 10o, 102, 103, B - Suspended 4' Fluorescent 10 48 480 101, 105 C - Suspended 8' Fluorescent 36 96 3456 101, 105 D - Suspended 4' Fluorescent 3 48 144 100A L - Recessed Can 1 25 25 Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watts 9097 Notes: 1.For proposed Fixture Description,indicate fixture type,lamp type(e.g.T-8),number of lamps in the fixture,and ballast type(if included). For track lighting,list the length of the track(in feet)in addition to the fixture,lamp,and ballast information. 2.For proposed Watts/Fixture,use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture(not simply the lamp wattage)and other criteria as specified in Section 1530. For line voltage track lighting,list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50,or as applicable,the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. For low voltage track lighting list the transformer rated wattage. 3.List all fixtures. For exempt lighting,note section and exception number,and leave Watts/Fixture blank. 2009 Washington State --iergy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidenti qnd Multifamily Residential Interior • • SuTmary • , 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Mullifamlly Residential Revised December 2010 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: Q Warehouse or Parking Garage Other Qualification Checklist Lighting Check if 95%or more of fixtures comply with 1,2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. Note:If occupancy type is"Other"and fixture Fixtures: answer is checked,the number of fixtures in (Section 1. Fluorescent fixtures with a)1 or 2 two lamps,b)reflector or louvers, the space is not limited by Code. Clearly 1521) c)5-60 watt T-1,T-2,T-4,T-5,T-8,or CFL lamps,and d)hard-wired electronic indicate these spaces on plans. If not dimming ballasts. Screw-in CFL fixtures and tracking lighting do not qualify. qualified,do LPA Calculations. 2. Metal Halide with a)reflector b)ceramic MH lamps1 c)electronic ballasts 3. LED lights. TABLE 15-1 Unit Lighting Power Allowance LPA Use LPA W/ft Use LPA` W/ft Automotive facility 0.85 Office buildings,office/administrative areas in facilities 0.91 of other use types(including but not limited to schools, hospitals,institutions,museums,banks,churchesf Convention center 1.10 Parking garages 0.20 Courthouse 1.10 Penitentiary and other Group 1-3 Occupancies 0.90 Cafeterias,fast food establishments°, 1.20 Police and fire stations 0.90 restaurants/bars5 Dormitory 0.85 Post office 1.00 Dweling Units 1.00 Retail retail banking,mall concourses,wholesale 1.33 stores(pallet rack shelving) Exercise center 0.95 School buildings(Group E Occupancy only),school 1.00 classrooms.day care centers Gymnasia.assembly spaces 0.95 Theater,motion picture 0.97 Health care clinic 1.00 Theater,performing arts 1.25 Hospital,nursing homes,and other Group 1-1 and 1.20 Transportation 0.80 1-2 Occupancies Hotel/motel 1.00 Warehouses 0.50 Laboratory spaces(all spaces not classified 1.62 Workshops 1.20 "laboratory"shall meet office and other appropriate categories) Laundries 1.20 Libraries" 1.20 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Onl Manufacturing facility 1.20 Main floor building lobbies'(except mall concourses 1.10 Museum 1.00 Common areas,corridors,toilet facilities and 0.80 washrooms,elevator lobbies Footnotes for Table 15-1 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed,the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically,the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official.This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table.See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased,by 2%per foot of ceiling height above 20 feet,unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by 2%per foot of ceiling height above 12 feet. 4) For all other spaces,such as seating and common areas,use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by 2%per foot of ceiling height above 9 feet. 6) Reserved. 7) For conference rooms and offices less than 150ft2 with full height partitions,a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.1 w/ft2 may be used. 8) Reserved. 9) For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating over 5,000,the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.60 W/1112. 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window,provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three-quarter-height partitions(transparent or opaque)and lighting for free-standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional lighting power allowance is allowed for merchandise display luminaires installed in retail sales areas that are specifically designed and directed to highlight merchandise. The following additional wattages apply: i.0.6 watts per square foot of sales floor area not listed in items ii and iii below; ii. 1.4 watts per square foot of furniture,clothing,cosmetics or artwork floor area;or iii.2.5 watts per square foot of jewelry,crystal or china floor area. The specified floor area for items i,ii,or iii above,and the adjoining circulation paths shall be identified and specified on building plans. Calculate the additional power allowance by multiplying the above LPDs by the sales floor area for each department excluding major circulation paths. The total additional lighting power allowance is the sum of allowances for sales categories I,ii,or iii plus an additional 1,000 watts for each separate tenant larger than 250 square feet in area. The additional wattage is allowed only if the merchandise display luminaires comply with all of the following: (a)Located on ceiling-mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself(not on the wall). (b)Adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes(vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed and automatically controlled,separately from the general lighting,to be turned off during nonbusiness hours. This additional power shall be used only for the specified luminaires and shall not be used for any other purpose. This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed. 11) Provided that a floor plan,indicating rack location and height,is submitted,the square footage for a warehouse may be defined,for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance,as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area(access side only) of the racks.The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not covered by racks. r ��w 2009 Washington State Inergy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidentipt 9nd Multifamily Residential Exterior • • 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Project Info Proj Addres:204th St. NE Date 8/21/2013 Arlington, WA #1 For Building Department Use Name: Mitchell Stockton Appl. Name 2040 East Sunshine Springfield, MO 65804 Appl. Phone 417-861-0020 Project Description ❑✓ New ❑ Addition ❑ Alteration ❑ Plans Included Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. Lighting Zone O Zone 1 Zone 2 0 Zone 3 O Zone 4 (as specified by Jurisdiction) Compliance Option Lighting Power Allowance Q Systems Analysis Building Grounds KEI Efficacy>60 lumens/W ❑ Controlled by motion sensor (luminaires>100 Watts) Exemption(list) Alteration Exceptions ❑No changes are being made to the lighting and space use not changed. (check appropriate box-sec. 1132.3) ❑Less than 60%of fixtures are new,installed wattage not increased,&space use not changed. Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Base Site Allowance: 750 Allowed at s Area(fe),perimeter Allowed Watts Tradable Surfaces Description per ft2 or per If (If)or#of items x ft2(or x If) Uncovered Parking and drives Uncovered Parking and Drives 0.10 W/ft2 16133 1613 Grounds Walkways <10 wide Walkways < 10- wide 0.8 W/LF 197 158 Uncovered Parking and drives 1 1 0.10 W/ft2 Total Allowed Tradable Watts: 1771 Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage (use mfgr listed maximum input wattage for luminaire.) Number of Watts/ Watts Surface Fixture Description Fixtures Fixture Proposed Walkways <10, wide Full cut off wallpacks 4 150 600 Uncovered Parking and Cutoff pole mounted fixtures 6 320 1920 nri Total proposed tradable watts may not exceed the sum of total allowed tradable watts plus Total Proposed Tradable Watts: 2520 the base site allowance. Any base site allowance not needed to make tradable watts comply can be applied to individual non-tradable categories. Non-Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Base Site Allowance Remaining: 1 Allowed Watts Area(ft),perimeter Allowed Watts Non-Tradable Surfaces Description per ft2 or per If (If)or#of items x ft2(or x If) Non-Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage Number of Watts/ Watts Surface Fixture Description Fixtures Fixture Proposed Non-tradable proposed watts may not exceed allowed watts for any individual Total excess Non-Tradable watts: 0 surface unless the total excess watts for all non-tradable surfaces are less than the 1 remaining site allowance. Site Allowance Balance: 2009 Washington State F-^rgy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential- d Multifamily Residential Exterior • • SufflFmary (back) LTG-EXT 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 TABLE 15-213 LIGHTING POWER DENSITIES FOR BUILDING EXTERIORS Specific area description I Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Base site allowance 500 W 600 W 750 W 1300 W Tradable Surfaces 2 Uncovered Parking Parking lots and drives 0.04 W/ft2 0.06 W/ftZ 0.10 W/ftZ 0.13 W/ftz Areas Building Grounds Walkways less than 10 ft wide 0.7 W/linear 0.7 W/ 0.8 W/ 1.0 W/ foot linear foot linear foot linear foot Walkways 10 ft wide or greater 0.14 W/ftZ 0.14 W/ft2 0.16 W/ft2 0.2 W/ftz Plaza areas Special feature areas Exterior Stairways 0.75 W/ftZ 1.0 W/ftZ 1.0 W/ftZ 1.0 W/ftz Pedestrian tunnel 0.15 W/ftz 0.15 W/ftZ 0.2 W/ftz 0.3 W/ftZ Landscaping 0.04 W/ftZ 0.05 W/ftz 0.05 W/ftZ 0.05 W/ftz Building Entrances 20 W/linear 20 W/linear 30 W/linear 30 W/linear and Exits Main entries foot of door foot of door foot of door foot of door width width width width Other doors 20 W/linear 20 W/linear 20 W/linear 20 W/linear foot of door foot of door foot of door foot of door width width width width Entry canopies 0.25 W/ftz 0.25 W/ftz 0.4 W/ftz 0.4 W/ftz Sales Canopies Free standing and attached 0.6 W/ftz 0.6 W/ftz 0.8 W/ftz 1.0 W/ft2 Outdoor Sales Open areas' 0.25 W/ftZ 0.25 W/ftZ 0.5 W/ftZ 0.7 W/ftZ Street frontage for vehicle No 10 W/linear 10 W/linear 30 W/linear sales lots in addition to"open Allowance foot foot foot area"allowance Non-Tradable Surfaces° Building Facades No Allowance 0.1 W/ftZ for 0.15 W/ftz for 0.2 W/ftz for each each each illuminated illuminated illuminated wall or surface? wall or surfaces wall or surface Automated teller machines and night depositories 270 W per 270 W per 270 W per 270 W per location' Vocations location locations Entrances and gatehouse inspection stations at guarded 0.75 W/ftz of covered&uncovered area facilities Loading areas for law enforcement,fire,ambulance 0.5 W/ftZ of covered&uncovered area and other emergency service vehicles Material handling and associated storage No Allowance No Allowance No Allowance 0.5 W/ft2 Drive-up Windows&Doors 40OW per drive-through Parking near 24-hour retail entrances 800 W per main entry FOOTNOTES FOR TABLE 15-213: 1.Base site allowance may be used in tradable or nontradable surfaces. 2.Lighting power densities for uncovered parking areas,building grounds,building entrances and exits,canopies and overhangs and outdoor sales areas may be traded. 3.Including vehicle sales lots. 4.Lighting power density calculations for the following applications can be used only for the specific application and cannot be traded between surfaces or with other exterior lighting. The following allowances are in addition to any allowance otherwise permitted in the"Tradable Surfaces"section of this table. 5.May alternately use 2.5 watts per linear foot for each wall or surface length. 6.May alternately use 3.75 watts per linear foot for each wall or surface length. 7.May alternately use 5 watts per linear foot for each wall or surface length. 8.An additional 90 watts is allowed per additional ATM location. 2009 Washington Statr ^nergy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidents--' ;nd Multifamily Residential Lighting Power Al • ance Adjustment 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Project Address 204th St. NE Date 8/21/2013 Use this form if you are claiming any ceiling height adjustments for your Lighting Power Allowances for interior lighting. The Occupancy Description should agree with the"Use"listed on Code Table 15-1. Identify the appropriate Ceiling Height Limit(9 feet, 12 feet or 20 feet)on which the adjustment is based. The Adjusted LPA is calculated from this number and from the Allowed Watts per ftz. Carry the Adjusted LPA to the corresponding"Allowed Watts per ftz"location on LTG-SUM. Adjusted Li hfing Power Allowances (Interior) Location Allowed Ceiling Height Ceiling Height limit Adjusted LPA (floor plan/room#) Occupancy Description Watts per ftz** for this room for this exception** Watts per ftz " From Table 15-1 based on exceptions listed in footnotes ��� �_ti 2009 Washington State ^nergy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidenlif-' qnd Multifamily Residential Lighting, Motor, • • 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Project Address 204th St. NE Date 8/21/2013 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting,motor,and transformer requirements in the 2009 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability Code Location Building Department (yes,no,n.a.) Section Component Information Required on Plans Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) Yes 1513.1 Local control/access Schedule with type,indicate locations E1 Yes 1513.2 Area controls Maximum limit per switch E1 No 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and features,indicate locations NO No vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans No No overhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans No No 1513.4 Display/exhib/special Indicate separate controls No Yes 1513.5 Exterior shut-off Schedule with type and features,indicate location Yes (a)timer w/backup Indicate location E1, VS1 Yes (b)photocell. Indicate location Sul, E1 Yes 1513.6 Inter.auto shut-off Indicate location Yes 1513.6.1 (a) occup. sensors Schedule with type and locations E1 Yes 1513.6.2 (b) auto.switches Schedule with type and features(back-up,override capability): Indicate size of zone on plans El, vSl No 1513.7 Hotel/motel controls Indicate location of room master controls NO No 1513.8 Commissioning Indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning NO EXIT SIGNS Section 1514 Yes 1514 Max.watts Indicate watts for each exit sign 100-105 LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE Section 1530-1532 Yes 1531 Interior Lighting Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, NO Summary Form lamps,ballasts,watts per fixture Yes 1532 Exterior Lighting Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, No Summary Form lamps,ballasts,watts per fixture MOTORS Section 1511 No 1511 Elec motor efficiency MECH-MOT or Equipment Schedule with hp,rpm,efficiency No TRANSFORMERS Section 1540 No 1540 Transformers Indicate size and efficiency NO If"no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: r `. .•.-• 1 I � t 2009 Washington State -nIergy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidenti�-' -ind Multifamily Residential f+. �� . f � S \...l M. � 2009 Washington State -,ergy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresident— and Multifamily Residential 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 Project Info Project Address 204th St.NE Date 8/21/2013 Arlington,WA#1 For Building Dept. Use Applicant Name: Mitchell Stockton Applicant Address: 2040 East Sunshine Springfield,MO 65804 Applicant Phone: 417-881-0020 Project Description Briefly describe mechanical system type and features. ❑Includes Plans Include documentation requiring compliance with commissioning requirements, Section 1416. Compliance Option 0 Simple System 0 Complex System 0 Systems Analysis (See Decision Flowchart(over)for qualifications.Use separate MECH-SUM for simple&complex Equipment Schedules The following information is required to be incorporated with the mechanical equipment schedules on the plans. For projects without plans,fill in the required information below. Cooling Equipment Schedule Equip. Equip Capacit/ OSA CFM SEER Econmizer Heat ID Type Brand Name' Model No.' Btu/h or Econo? or EER IPLV3 Option or Recovery Exceptions Y/N Heatin E ui ment Schedule Equip. Equip Capacity` OSA cfm Heat ID Type Brand Name Model No.' Btu/h or Econo? Input Btuh Output Btuh Efficiency4 Recovery Y/N Fan E ui ment Schedule Equip. Equip ID Type Brand Name' Model No.' CFM SP1 HP/BHP Flow Controls Location of Service 'If available. 2 As tested according to Table 14-1A through 14-1G. 3 If required. 4 COP,HSPF,Combustion Efficiency,or AFUE,as applicable. 5 Flow control types:variable air volume(VAV),constant volume(CV),or variable speed(VS). 6 Exception number from Section 1433. ,� r ' t�/� t _ � 2009 Washington State---orgy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidenti-I and Multifamily Residential Mechanical SummV� (back) MECH-SUM 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 All Systems: ❑ No humidification? U No Reheat? System Description If Heating/Cooling ❑ Constant vol? ❑Split system? ❑<=84,000 Btuh? ❑Economizer See Section 1421 for full description of or Cooling Only: ❑ Air cooled? ❑ Packaged sys? ❑< 135,000 Btuh? Simple System qualifications. ❑Cooling Cap<=15 Btuh/ftz? ❑Heating Cap.>0&< 10 Btuh/ftz? rFe__atin_g Only: <1000 cfm? < ° z. ❑ ❑ 30/°outside air. ❑ Heating Cap.<=10 Btuh/ft? Decision Flowchart Use this flowchart to determine if project qualifies for Simple System Option. If not,either the Complex System or Systems Analysis Options must be used. START Cool Crap—15 Btuh W,or Humidification ►_ Heat/Cool Eq.wit No or Reheat? H8a Cap<=10 Btuh/f?? Yes Yes No Heating/Cooling Air Cooled, b System Type or Cooling Only onstant Vol Yes Heating Only Reference \Section 1421 J Total <1000 CFM Serving� No No cfm? <Single Room-' • �IQ'000? Y�Yes s Package Unit Split System No <30%OSA Cap< 135,0010 NO —84,000 Btuh N • Btu Yes Yes Yes V Heating Qualifies for No Cap—10 Yes ' Econo No Economizer N gt\�2: ncluded? Exception (section 1433) Yes Yes Simple System ► Allowed (section 1420) Use Complex 10.'1 Systems (section 1430) Complex Systems Refer to MECH-COMP Mechanical Complex Systems for assistance in determining which Complex p Y Systems requirements are applicable to this project. 2009 Washington Stp' Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential -rid Multifamily Residential 'Mechanical Permit PWVns Checklist MECH-CHK 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 Project Address 204th St. NE 8/21/2013 The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Applicability Code Location Building Department (yes,no,na) I Section Component I Information Required on Plans Notes HVAC REQUIREMENTS(Sections 1401-1424) 1411 Equipment Performance Yes 1411.1 Minimum efficiency Equipment schedule with type,capacity,efficiency M2 Yes 1411.1 Combustion htg. Indicate intermittent ignition,flue/draft damper&jacket loss M1,M2 No 1411.1 Air-cooled chiller Provide total air and water chiller capacity NO No 1411.2.1 Water-cooled chiller Full-load and NPLV values adjusted for any non-standard conditions No No 1411.4 Pkg.elec.htg.&clg, List heat pumps on schedule No No 1 14115 JUnenclosed Heat Indicate radiant heat system and occupancy controls No 1412 HVAC Controls Yes 1412.1 Temperature zones Indicate locations on plans M1 Yes 1412.2 Deadband control Indicate 5 degree deadband minimum M1 No 1412.3 Humidity control Indicate humidistat NO Yes 1412.4 Setback and Shutoff Indicate thermostat with 7 day program capability&required setback M1,M2 Yes 1412.4.1 Dampers Indicate damper location,leakage rate,control type,&max. leakage Mi No 141242 Optimum Start Indicate optimum start controls No No 14125 Heat pump control Indicate heat pump thermostant&outdoor lockout on schedule No Yes 1412.6 Combustion heating Indicate modulating or staged control M1,M2 Yes 1412.7 Balancing Indicate balancing features on plans M1,M2 No 1412.8 Ventilation Control Indicate demand control ventilation for high-occupancy areas No No 1412.9 Loading Dock& Indicate enclosed loading dock&parking garage ventilation system No Garage Ventilation activation and control method. No 1423 Thermostat interlock Indicate thermostat interlock on plans No No 143221 Temperature Reset Indicate temperature reset method No 1413 Air/Water Economizers Yes 1412.1 Single zone systems Indicate multiple cooling stage control capability M1,M2 Yes 1413.1 Air Econo Operation Indicate 100%capability on schedule M1,M2 No 1413.1 Wtr Econo Operation Indicate 100%capacity at 45 degF db&40 deg F wb No No 1413.2 Wtr Econo Document Indicate max.OSA condition for design clg load&equipment No performance data. No 1413.3 Integrated operation Indicate capability for partial cooling No No 1413.4 Humidification Indicate direct evap or fog atomization w/air economizer No 1414 Ducting Systems Yes 1414.1 Duct sealing Indicate duct design pressures,sealing,and testing requirements M1 Yes 1414.1.2 Low press.duct test Indicate applicable low pressure duct systems shall be leak tested M1 Yes 14141,3 High press.duct test Indicate high pressure duct systems shall be leak tested,and identify M1 the location of this ductwork on plans Yes 1414.2 Duct insulation Indicate R-value of insulation on duct M1 1415 Piping Systems Yes 1415.1 Piping insulation Indicate R-value of insulation on piping M1 1416 Completion Requirements Yes 1416.3.2 System Balancing Indicate air and water system balancing requirements M1,M2 No 1416.3.3 Functional Testing Provide sequence of operations and test procedures. No Yes 1416.3.4 Documentation Indicate O&M manuals,record drawings,staff training ALL No 1416.3.5 Comm.Report Indicate requirements for final commissioning report No No 1416.4 Compliance Chklist I Submit to building official upon substantial completion. No Mechanical Summary Form Completed and attached. Equipment schedule with types,input/output, efficiency,cfm,hp,economizer } I 2009 Washington SW Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential ^nd Multifamily Residential � MechanicalPermitlqtns Checklist Continued 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 Project Address 204th at. NE Date 8/21/2013 The followin information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the Washington%late Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability Code Location Building Department es,no. no) Section Com onent Information Required on Plans Notes SERVICE WATER HEATING AND HEATED POOLS (Sections 1440-1454) 1440 Service water htg. No 1441 Elec.water heater Indicate R-10 insulation under tank NO No 1442 Shut-off controls Indicate automatic shut-off of circulators or heat trace NO No 1443 Pipe Insulation Indicate R-value of insulation on piping No No 1444 Pump Energy Indicate method of pump energy management(Sec 1438) NO No 1445 Heat Recovery Indicate preheat capacity as%of peak service water demand NO 1460 Heated Pools NO No 1452 Heat Pump COP Indicate minimum COP of 4.0 NO No 1452 Heater Efficiency Indicate pool heater efficiency NO No 1453 Pool heater controls Indicate switch and 65 degree control NO No 1454 Pool covers Indicate vapor retardant cover NO No 1454 Pools 90+degrees Indicate R-12 pool cover NO No 1455 Heat Recovery I Indicate method and capacity of exhaust air temperature reduction NO COLD STORAGE(Sections 1460-1465) 1460 Cold Storage No 1463 Evaporators Indicate motor type and speed control No No 1464 Condensors Indicate condenser cooling type,design wb temp and control No No 1465 Compressors Indicate design minimum condensing temp and control. NO If"no" is indicated for any item in Sections 1401-1424 or 1440-1465, provide explanation: CITY OF ARLINGTON 238 N. OLYMPIC AVE - ARLINGTON, WA. 98223 1;2 PHONE; (360) 403-3551 BUILDING PERMIT Address: 7815 204th Street NE Permit#: 514 Parcel #:00847300000100 Valuation:43000.00 OWNER APPLICANT CONTRACTOR Name:OREILLY AUTOMOTIVE STORES, Name: RightWay Plumbing,Heating,A/C Inc Name: RIGHTWAY PLUMBING, HEATING INC. DR Address:233 S. PATTERSON AVENUE Address:647-A Sunset Park Drive Address: Zip: SUNSET PARK Y, City, State Zip:SPRINGFIELD„MO 65802 City, State Zip:Sedro Woolley,WA 98284 City, State -855- 665EDRO WOOLLEY,WA 98284 Phone: Phone: 360-661-4261 Phone:360-855-2665 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR Name: RightWay Plumbing, Heating,A/C Inc Name: Address:647-A Sunset Park Drive Address: City, State,Zip:Sedro Woolley, WA 98284 City, State,Zip: Phone:360-855-2665 Phone: LIC#: RIGHTWPO77NS EXP: 6/8/2016 LIC#: EXP: JOB DESCRIPTION PERMIT TYPE: Commercial Mechanical CODE YEAR: STORIES: CONST.TYPE: DWELLING UNITS: OCC GROUP: BUILDINGS: OCC LOAD: PERMIT APPROVAL I AGREE TO COMPLY WITH CITY AND STATE LAWS REGULATING CONSTRUCTION AND IN DOING THE WORK AUTHORIZED THEREBY;NO PERSON WILL BE EMPLOYED IN VIOLATION OF THE LABOR CODE OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON RELATING TO WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE AND RCW 18.27. THIS APPLICATION IS NOT A PERMIT UNTIL SIGNED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL OR HIS/HER DEPUTY AND ALL FEES ARE PAID. IT IS UNLAWFUL TO USE OR OCCUPY A BUILDING OR STRUCTURE UNTIL A FINAL INSPECTION HAS BEEN MADE AND APPROVAL OR A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY HAS BEEN GRANTED. IBCI IO/IRCI 10. SALES TAX NOTICE: Sales tax relating to construction and construction materials in the City of Arlington must be reported on your sales tax return form nd code _City of Arlin # I I. / 3 / �n Cj Sl�e�b 7 / Signature Print Name Date Relc. d By Date CONDITIONS THIS PERMIT AUTHORIZS ONLY THE WORK NOTED. THIS PERMIT COVERS WORK TO BE DONE ON PRIVATE PROPERTY ONLY. ANY CONSTRUCTION ON THE PUBLIC DOMAIN(CURBS, SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS, MARQUEES, ETC.)WILL REQUIRE SEPARATE PERMISSION. PERMIT FEES Fee Amount Date Description 11/3/2014 Mechanical Fee(Enter Fixture Fee) $$25.00 25.00 11/3/2014 Mechanical Permit Base Fee $400.00 11/3/2014 Mechanical Plan Review Fee Total Due: $925.00 Total Payment: $0.00 Balance Due: $925.00 CALL FOR INSPECTIONS BUILDING (360)403-3417 When calling for an inspection please leave the following information: Permit Number,Type of inspection being requested,and whether you prefer morning or afternoon .i � ,- �, � .• �_ _ i I t. J `i MV V I ` 5 Permit Information Date 11 KT2014 Permit Number 514 Project Name O'Reilly Auto Parts Inc Applicant Name RightWay Plumbing, Heating,AIC Applicant Address 647-A Sunset Park Drive City, State, Zip Sedro Woolley, WA 98284 Contact Eric Shelby Phone 360-661-4261 Email eric@rightwayplumb heat.com Permit Type Commercial Mechanical Site Address 7815 204th Street NE Valuation 43000.00 Status Applied Permit Issued Permit Expires Square Feet 0 Type of Construction/Occupancy Load Number of Stories 0 Proposed Use HVAC Instattetion Assigned To Amy RuSko Owner InformatTOMOTIVE STORES,INC O'REILLY 233 S.PATTERSONNA\6580E Property Information SPRINGFIELD„ Parcel#: 00847300000100 O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE STORES, INC. 7815 204th Street NE Status Assi ned To Review lion Tar et Date Com feted Date kris Yowl Ein Review Date Type g��� 111712014 Uptoad File 'I1/3/2014 -ommercial Mechanical D Uploaded Files Fite Date C 11/3/2014 7815 Addendum 2 and Narrative 4- - df 2:28:10 PM I 11/3/2014 7815 Addendum 2 and Narrative 3 _ d f 2:28:00 PM 11/3/2014 r 2:27:49 PM 781� Addendum 2 and Narrative 11I3I2014 Cj 7815 Addendum 2 and Narrative -1 - f 2:27:43 PM 11/3/2014 2:15:42 PM 815 Comm erciai Mecha' Perini(A Mica(ion• (if Delete COMMERCIAL MECHANICAL PERMIT APPLICATION � r Department of Community & Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 Phone (360) 403-3551 THIS APPLICATION MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY TWO (2) SETS OF CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AND ALL OTHER INFORMATION OUTLINED IN THE MECHANICAL PERMIT SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS, IF APPLICABLE. Type of Permit: New Installation 0 Replacement O Alteration Project Valuation: [$43000.00 Parcel ID# ? Project Address: 17815 204th st. n.e. Project linstallation of hvac Description: Owner: O'Reilly auto parts Address: 1223 south Patterson ave. City: Ispringfield State: Imo ZIP: 68508 Contact Person: JEric Shelby Phone: 360-855-2665 Cell Phone: 360-661-4261 Fax Number: �360-855-0631 E-mail: ,eric@rightwayplumb-heat.com Address: �647-a sunset park drive City: sedro woolley State: wa ZIP: �98284 Contractor Information Contractor: RightWay Plumbing, Heating,A/C Inc. Phone: 360-855-2665 Address: 647-a Sunset Park Drive City: Sed ro Woolley State: wa ZIP: 98284 License Number: lirightwpO77ns I Expiration: i16-8-16 Please indicate type of number of appliances: CONDENSING 14 AC (VRF) GAS PIPING l UNIT OUTLET HEAT PUMP FURNACE L UNIT HEATER (multi-split) HEAT PUMP BOILER PAINT (mini-split) BOOTH Furnace 4 CHILLER DRYER J HEAT REJECTION COOLER TYPE I EQUIPMENT HOOD AC (air cooled) TYPE II i AST HOOD AC (water cooled) VENTILATION 1 UST SYSTEM AC (evaporator) PACKAGE OTHER UNIT Please Attach Plans and Supporting Documents (PDF Only) f - alington, WA OReilly Addendum 2 and Narrative.pdf STAFF USE ONLY: Permit Number: �, Accepted Receipt# By: Date Received. Amount Received: By submission of this form, I hereby certify that the above information is correct and that the construction on, and the occupancy and the use of the above-described property will be in accordance with the laws, rules and regulation of the State of Washington. AgMk vITY OF ARLAGTON 238 N. OLYMPIC AVE - ARLINGTON, WA. 98223 PHONE; (360)403-3551 BUILDING PERMIT Address:7815 204th Street NE Permit#:509 Parcel#:00847300000100 Valuation:8500.00 OWNER APPLICANT CONTRACTOR Name:O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE STORES, Name:TubcArt Name:Tube Art Group I NC. Address:233 S.PATTERSON AVENUE Address:)1715 SE 5111 Street Address: 11715 SE 5th Street City,State Zip:SPRINGFIEL,D„MO 65802 City,State Zip:Bellevue,WA 98005 City,State Zip:Bellevue,WA 98005 Phone: Phone:206-264-2954 Phone:206-264-2954 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR Name: Name: Address: Address: City,State,Zip: City,State,Zip: Phone: Phone: LIC#: EXP: LIC#: EXP: JOB DESCRIPTION PERMIT TYPE: Sign CODE YEAR: 2012 STORIES: I CONST.TYPE: DWELLING UNITS: 0 OCC GROUP: BUILDINGS: I OC'C LOAD: PERMIT APPROVAL I AGREE TO COMPLY WITH CITY AND STATE LAWS REGULATING CONSTRUCTION AND IN DOING THE WORK AUTHORIZED T'FIRRE.BY;NO PFRSON WILL BE EMPLOYED IN VIOLATION OF T IE LAHOR CODE OF THE SI'ATL:OF WASHINGTON RELATING TO WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE,AND RCW 18,27. THIS APPLICATION IS NOT A PERMIT UNTIL SIGNED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL OR HIS/TIER DEPUTY AND ALL FEES ARE PAID. IT IS UNLAWFUL TO USE OR OCCUPY A BUILDING OR STRUCTURE UNTIL,A FINAL INSPECTION HAS BEEN MADE AND APPROVAL OR A CERTIFICATF.OF OCCUPANCY HAS BEEN GRANTED. IBCt 10/IRCI10. SALES TAX NOTICE:Stiles tax relating to construction and construction materials in the City t . r ington nt et be reported on your sales tax return form and t ol'`rhington#3101 Sig aurtc Print Name Dale Released (Jute i CONDITIONS Adhere to approved plans. THIS PERMIT Atl"I'IIORIZS ONLY THE WORK NOTED THIS PERMIT COVERS WORKTO BF,DONE ON PRIVATE PROPERTY ONLY ANY CONSTRUCTION ON THE PUBLIC DOMAIN(CURBS,SIDEWALKS,DRIVEWAYS,MARQUEES,ETC)WILL REQUIRE SG.PARATE PERMISSION. PERMIT FEES Date Description Fee Amount 10/27/2014 Sign Permit Fee $222.59 Total Due: $222.59' Total Payment: $0.00 Balance Due. $222.59 CALL FOR INSPECTIONS BUILDING(360)403-3417 When calling for an inspection please leave the rollowing information: Permit:Number,T',ype of Inspection being requested,and whether Vou prefer morning or afternoon e CITY OF ARL.AGTON 238 N. OLYMPIC AVE - ARLINGTON, WA. 98223 42 PHONE; (360) 403-3551 BUILDING PERMIT Address:7815 204th Street NE Permit#:509 Parcel#:008473 00000 100 Valuation:8500.00 OWNER APPLICANT CONTRACTOR Name:O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE STORES, Name:TubeArt Name:Tube Art Group INC. Address:233 S.PATTERSON AVENUE Address:11715 SE 5th Street Address: 11715 SE 5th Street City,State Zip:SPRINGFIELD„ MO 65802 City,State Zip: Bellevue,WA 98005 City,State Zip:Bellevue,WA 98005 Phone: Phone:206-264-2954 Phone:206-264-2954 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR Name: Name: Address: Address: City,State,Zip: City,State,Zip: Phone: Phone: LIC#: EXP: LIC#: EXP: JOB DESCRIPTION PERMIT TYPE: Sign CODE YEAR: 2012 STORIES: I CONST.TYPE: DWELLING UNITS: 0 OCC GROUP: BUILDINGS: I OCC LOAD: PERMIT APPROVAL I AGREE TO COMPLY WITH CITY AND STATE LAWS REGULATING CONSTRUCTION AND IN DOING THE WORK AUTHORIZED THEREBY;NO PERSON WILL BE EMPLOYED IN VIOLATION OF THE LABOR CODE OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON RELATING TO WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE AND RCW 18.27, THIS APPLICATION IS NOT A PERMIT UNTIL SIGNED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL OR HIS/HER DEPUTY AND ALL FEES ARE PAID. IT IS UNLAWFUL TO USE OR OCCUPY A BUILDING OR STRUCTURE UNTIL A FINAL INSPECTION HAS BEEN MADE AND APPROVAL OR A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY HAS BEEN GRANTED. IBC 110/IRCI 10. SALES TAX NOTICE:Sales tax relating to construction and construction materials in the CitV*Ar" gton m st be reported on your sales tax return form and coded City of Arlington#3101. /oz7 /y Signature Print Name Date Released B Date CONDITIONS Adhere to approved plans. THIS PERMIT AUl'HORIZS ONLY THE WORK NOTED.THIS PERMIT COVERS WORK TO BE DONE ON PRIVATE PROPERTY ONLY ANY CONSTRUCTION ON THE PUBLIC DOMAIN(CURBS,SIDEWALKS,DRIVEWAYS,MARQUEES,ETC.)WILL REQUIRE SEPARATE PERMISSION_ PERMIT FEES Date Description Fee Amount 10/27/2014 Sign Permit Fee $222.59 Total Due: $222.59 Total Payment: $0 00 Balance Due: $222.59 CALL FOR INSPECTIONS BUILDING(360)403-3417 When calling for an inspection please leave the following information: Permit Number,Type of Inspection being requested,and whether you prefer morning or afternoon .r Permit Information Date 10/27/2014 Aermit Number 509 Project Name O'Reilly Auto Parts Applicant Name TubeArt Applicant Address 11715 SE 5th Street City, State,Zip Bellevue,WA 98005 Contact Shawn Phone 206-264-2954 Email shawnb@tubeart.com Permit Type Sign Site Address 7815 204th Street NE Valuation 8500.00 Status Applied Permit Issued Permit Expires Square Feet 0 Type of Construction/Occupancy Load Number of Stories 1 Proposed Use Signage for new store Assigned To Launa Peterson OwnerProperty Information Parcel#:00847300000100 O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE STORES, INC. O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE STORES, INC 233 S PATTERSON AVENUE 7815 204th Street NE SPRINGFIELD„MO 65802 Contractors Contractor Name Primary Contact Phone Email Contractor .- License ube Art Group hewn Brown 06-264-2954 ishawnb@tubeart.com 1CONTRACTOR [Labor&Industries UBEAD'311QS Review Date Type Description Target Date Completed Date Assigned To Status 1O0/27/2014 Sin 11/3/2014 0hris Young In Review R7/2014 f Sin 11/3/2014 Froy Davis In Review Uploaded - Upload File Date File 10/27/2014 7815 Sign Permit Application res onse. df Delete 9:45:21 AM 10/27/2014 7815 Ain tonOReill . df Delete 9:45:21 AM _ ,� I SIGN PERMIT APPLICATION Department of Community & Economic Development • City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 Phone (360) 403-3551 THIS APPLICATION MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY TWO (2) SETS OF COMPLETE PLANS, INCLUDING STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS WHERE APPLICABLE, TWO (2) FULLY DIMENSIONED PLOT PLANS SHOWING ALL SIGNS OON SITE (EXISTING AND PROPOSED). Valuation: r8500.00 Project 17815 204th St NE Address: Owner: O'Reilly Auto Address 1233 Patterson St City: ISpringfield State: MO Zip: 65803 Phone 1417.862.2674 Number: Email: Ishawnb@tubeart.com Contractor Information Contractor TubeArt Name: Address 11715 se 5th st City: Bellevue State: 'WA Zip: i98005 License ITUBEAD-311QS Expiration: 06/30/15 Number Email Address shawnb _tubeart.com I Phone Number 2062642954 WALL SIGN CALCULATIONS MONUMENT SIGN CALCULATIONS Wall height 19 Total street frontage in feet 88g OCT 2 3 2014 1-11� � A �� II 1 I �� Wall length Jill Height of proposed sign L6 Area of wall 12109 Width of proposed sign 12 Sign length 132 Total sign print area p48 Sign height 15 Total sign structure area 28 Total sign area 115 First floor square footage ,7437 First floor square footage X .025 = 185 Are there other wall signs on the building? No If yes, provide location and square footage of each sign. F_ Please attach plans or other supporting documents- Arlington 0 Reilly.pdf I have read and agree to comply with the terms and conditions of this agreement. ® Choice 1 4\ 1 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA J www geotest-inc.com OeoTG'r7T 20611 67thAve.NE. Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7418 Concrete Inspection & Compressive Strength Test Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB M 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT M CB004 PERMIT 171 DATE: 1/16/2015 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE#: 1 of 2 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Tim Martin Placement Location: Concrete Paving North Side of Building to Northwest Entrance and Trash Enclosure Sample Location: North of the Northeast Corner of Building 1 st load at the End of the Mixer Truck's Chute Field Data: Eq.No. Supplier Smokey Point Concrete/Skagit Read Slump,in.(C143) 6.50 7 Mix# 0160A Air Content,%(C231) 5.2 8 Mix Description 6 Sack,7/8",AEA,NCA,70%Hot Water Unit Weight,pcf(C138) NT Truck/Ticket# 8076/2203 Air Temperature,°F 45 Strength Required 4500 psi at 28 days Mix Temperature,°F(C1064) 68 24 Quantity Placed,cy 175 Field Cure Temperature,°F 33/71 24 Time Batched 8:39 AM Water Added on Job,gals 0 Time Sampled 9:23 AM Water Requested by NA Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Compressive No. (Days) Date (lbs) (in 2) Strength(psi) Remarks 40070 7 01-23 43320 12.69 3410 TYPE 2: 40071 28 02-13 0 0.00 0 40072 28 02-13 0 0.00 0 40073 28 02-13 0 0.00 0 40074 Hold 00-00 0 0.00 0 Reinforcement Inspection Yes n/a:not applicable Specimen Size 4"X 8" Reinforcement Conforms Yes n/t: not tested Test Reference ASTM C31/C39 Comments: The reinforcing steel was found to conform with details 1 and 3 on C-3 and detail 2 on S-2. The concrete was placed with a boom pump and was leveled with a hand screed. COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric City of Arlington City of Arlington Community Development Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc. The above test results relate to the sample(or location)tested GEOTEST SERVICES, INC. 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 20611 67th Ave, NE. Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 www.geotest-inc.com phone.' (360) 733-7318 fax: (360)733-7418 Concrete Compressive Strength Test Report * Continuation PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 CLIENT: Jtout Building Contractors REPORT#: CB004 CONTRACTOR:TBD PAGE#: 2 of 2 Sample Location: Load was placed southwest of the trash enclosure. 9th load,sampled from the end of the hose Field Data: Truck/Ticket# 8068/2224 Slump,in.(C143) 5.50 Time Batched 10:50 A.M Air Content,%(C231) 5.0 Time Sampled 11:32 A.M Unit Weight,pcf(C138) N/T Air Temperature,°F 48 Water Added on Job,gals 0 Mix Temp°F(C:1064) 67 Water Requested by N/A Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Compressive No. (Days) Date (Ibs) I (in 2) -Strength(psi) Remarks 40079 7 01-23 52470 12.69 4130 TYPE 2: 40080 28 02-13 0 0.00 0 40081 28 02-13 0 0.00 0 40082 28 02-13 0 0.00 0 40083 Hold 00-00 0 0.00 0 Comments: Sample Location: Field Data: Truck/Ticket# / Slump,in.(C143) Time Batched Air Content,%(C231) Time Sampled Unit Weight,pcf(C138) Air Temperature,°F Water Added on Job,gale Mix Temp.'F(Cl 064)1 Water Requested by Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Compressive No. (Days) Date (Ibs) (in 2) Strength (psi) Remarks Comments: 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 9�, www.geotest-inc.com CyeoTe5T 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7418 Concrete Inspection & Compressive Strength Test Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT#: CB003 PERMIT#: 171 DATE: 1/12/2015 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE#: 1 of 1 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Bill Kinsella Placement Location: West Side Parking Area From South Approach to End of North Side of the Building Sample Location: Middle of 11 Cubic Yard Load,Center of Entry Way Field Data: Eq. No. Supplier Smokey Point Concrete/Skagit Read Slump,in.(C143) 5.00 11 Mix# 0160A Air Content,%(C231) 5.8 1 Mix Description 6 Sack w/AEA&Hot Water Unit Weight,pcf(C138) NIT Truck/Ticket# 8092/1897 Air Temperature,°F 41 Strength Required 4000 psi at 28 days Mix Temperature,°F(C1064) 61 112 Quantity Placed,cy 154 Field Cure Temperature,'F 64/41 112 Time Batched 5:42 AM Water Added on Job,gals 0 Time Sampled 6:35 AM Water Requested by Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Compressive No. (Days) Date (Ibs) in' Strength (psi) Remarks 39842 7 01-19 59880 12.63 4740 39843 28 02-09 0 0.00 0 39844 28 02-09 0 0.00 0 39845 28 02-09 0 0.00 0 39846 Hold 00-00 0 0.00 0 Reinforcement Inspection Yes n/a:not applicable Specimen Size 4"X 8" Reinforcement Conforms Yes n/t: not tested Test Reference ASTM C31/C39 Comments: Concrete was placed via pump and was mechanically consolidated. Reinforcement was found to confor n with Detail 1 on on page C-3 of plans dated 7/9/2013. COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric City of Arlington City of Arlington Community Development Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc. The above test results relate to the sample(or location)tested. I 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 96- www.geotest-inc.com tow CpeoTG 5T 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733,7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360) 733.7418 Concrete Inspection & Compressive Strength Test Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB M 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT M CB004 PERMIT M 171 DATE: 1/16/2015 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE M 1 of 2 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Tim Martin Placement Location: Concrete Paving North Side of Building to Northwest Entrance and Trash Enclosure Sample Location: North of the Northeast Corner of Building 1 st load at the End of the Mixer Truck's Chute Field Data: Eq.No. Supplier Smokey Point Concrete/Skagit Read Slump,in.(C143) 6.50 7 Mix# 0160A Air Content,%(C231) 5.2 8 Mix Description 6 Sack,7/8",AEA,NCA,70%Hot Water Unit Weight,pcf(C138) NT Truck/Ticket# 8076/2203 Air Temperature,°F 45 Strength Required 4500 psi at 28 days Mix Temperature,°F(C1064) 68 24 Quantity Placed,cy 175 Field Cure Temperature,°F 24 Time Batched 8:39 AM Water Added on Job,gals 0 Time Sampled 9:23 AM Water Requested by NA Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Compressive No. I (Days) Date (lbs) (in 2) Strength(psi) Remarks 40070 7 01-23 0 0.00 0 40071 28 02-13 0 0.00 0 40072 28 02-13 0 0.00 0 40073 28 02-13 0 0.00 0 40074 Hold 00-00 0 0.00 0 Reinforcement Inspection Yes n/a:not applicable Specimen Size 4"X 8" Reinforcement Conforms Yes n/t: not tested Test Reference ASTM C31/C39 Comments: The reinforcing steel was found to conform with details 1 and 3 on C-3 and detail 2 on S-2. The concrete was placed with a boom pump and was leveled with a hand screed. COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric City of Arlington City of Arlington Community Development ' Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,withoul the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc. The above test results relate to the sample(or location)tested. GEOTEST SERVICES, INC. 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 20611 67th Ave. NE, Unit A,Arlington, WA 98223 www.geotest-inc.com phone: (360) 733-7318 fax. (360)733-7416 Concrete Compressive Strength Test Report * Continuation PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB M 14-0475 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors REPORT M CB004 CONTRACTOR:TBD PAGE M 2 of 2 Sample Location: Load was placed southwest of the trash enclosure 9th load,sampled from the end of the hose Field Data: Truck/Ticket# 8068/2224 Slump,in.(C143) 5.50 Time Batched 10:50 AM Air Content,%(C231) 5.0 Time Sampled 11:32 AM Unit Weight,pcf(C138) N/T Air Temperature,°F 48 Water Added on Job,gals 0 Mix Temp.°F(C1064) 67 Water Requested by N/A Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Compressive No. (Days) - Date , (Ibs) (in2) j Strength(psi) Remarks 40079 7 01-23 0 0.00 0 40080 28 02-13 0 0.00 0 40081 28 02-13 0 0.00 0 40082 28 02-13 0 0.00 0 40083 Hold 00-00 0 0.00 0 Comments: Sample Location: Field Data: Truck/Ticket# / Slump,in.(C143) Time Batched Air Content,%(C231) Time Sampled Unit Weight,pcf(C138) Air Temperature,°F Water Added on Job,gals Mix Temp.°F(C1064) Water Requested by Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Compressive No. (Days) Date (Ibs) (in') Strength (psi) Remarks Comments: 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham,WA 96. www.geotest-inc.com C�G'OTG r7T 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7418 Concrete Inspection & Compressive Strength Test Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB M 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT#: CB003 PERMIT#: 171 DATE: 1/12/2015 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE#: 1 of 1 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Bill Kinsella Placement Location: West Side Parking Area From South Approach to End of North Side of the Building Sample Location: Middle of 11 Cubic Yard Load,Center of Entry Way Field Data: Eq.No. Supplier Smokey Point Concrete/Skagit Read Slump,in.(C143) 5.00 11 Mix# 0160A Air Content,%(C231) 5.8 1 Mix Description 6 Sack w/AEA&Hot Water Unit Weight,pcf(C138) NT Truck/Ticket# 8092/1897 Air Temperature,°F 41 Strength Required 4000 psi at 28 days Mix Temperature,°F(C1064) 61 112 Quantity Placed,cy 154 Field Cure Temperature,°F 112 Time Batched 5:42 AM Water Added on Job,gals 0 Time Sampled 6:35 AM Water Requested by Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Compressive No. (Days) Date I (Ibs) (in') Strength(psi) Remarks 39842 7 01-19 0 0.00 0 39843 28 02-09 0 0.00 0 39844 28 02-09 0 0.00 0 39845 28 02-09 0 0.00 0 39846 Hold 00-00 0 0.00 0 Reinforcement Inspection Yes I ri not applicable Specimen Size 4"X 8" Reinforcement Conforms Yes n/t: not tested Test Reference ASTM C31/C39 Comments: Concrete was placed via pump and was mechanically consolidated. Reinforcement was found to confo with Detail 1 on on page C-3 of plans dated 7/9/2013. COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric City of Arlington City of Arlington Community Development Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc. The above test results relate to the sample(or location)tested. r1 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com OO' OeoTG 5T 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7418 Composite Prism Compressive Strength Test Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors REPORT#: PB003 CONTRACTOR: TBD PAGE#: 2 of 4 SO North end of the East wall. Prism 39038 represents the - upper 16" of the void in the _ right of the photo.(The prism'` __ below it broke upon attempt to remove.) Prism 39039 -. represents the void in the left of the photo. Prisms 39039 (left) and 39038 (right) after transport to the lab and trimming to remove „ compromised or inconsistent end shells. s iM� 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com C7e4TG 5tT 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7418 Composite Prism Compressive Strength Test Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB M 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT#: P6003 PERMIT#: 171 DATE: 12/11/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE#: 1 of 4 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Logan Senrud Placement Location: Prisms Saw Cut From CMU Walls Constructed in Fall of 2014 Field Data: Eq.No. Prism Type Ungrouted Time Grout Batched NA Unit Type C90 Med.Weight Time Grout Sampled NA Mortar Type S Grout Slump,in.(C143) NA Grout Mix# NA Air Temperature,°F NA Grout Supplier na Grout Temperature,°F(C1064) NA Strength Required,fm 1500 psi at 28 days Field Cure Temperature,°F NA Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area I Corr. Compressive No. I (Days) I Date (Lbs.) I (in') lFactorl Strength(psi) Remarcs 39038 4 12-15 83070 44.04 0.93 1750 Grid A/1.4,6 ft Above Footing 39039 4 12-15 90180 43.96 0.90 1850 Grid A/2.2,4 ft 8 in Above Footing Reinforcement Inspection NT n/a:not applicable Specimen Size Prism Reinforcement Conforms NT I n/t: not tested Test Reference ASTM C1314/C1587 Comments: GeoTest observed R&D Masonry saw cut the two prisms tested from the north portion of the East wall. See above for grid locations. The prisms and voids were visually inspected. No bond beam or vertical reinforcement was cut and the two prisms listed above were un-grouted. Test age indicates days after removal from the structure. COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric City of Arlington City of Arlington Community Development Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc The above test results relate to the sample(or location)tested. 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com OeoTG ST 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)2515276 fax:(360) 733.7418 Composite Prism Compressive Strength Test Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors REPORT#: PB003 CONTRACTOR: TBD PAGE#: 4 of 4 �WWLWl' Prism 39039 in the compression machine after Sb0 T1 plaster capping and compressive strength testing. Failure occurred through one face shell and center web. 1 l iT f 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geolest-inc.com 00' C7eOTe5T 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7418 Composite Prism Compressive Strength Test Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors REPORT#: P13003 CONTRACTOR: 1131) PAGE#: 3 of 4 Prism 39038 after plaster capping and compressive strength testing. Failure occurred through one face shell and center web. ' r- i � 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com OO' C y OTG 5T 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360) 733,7418 Grout Compressive Strength Test Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB M 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT#: GB001 PERMIT M 171 DATE: 10/8/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE M 1 of 1 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Bill Kinsella Placement Location: Along Line 1 from A to B at Elevation 0-4' Field Data: Eq.No. Supplier Smokey Point Concrete/Skagit Read Slump,in.(C143) 7.00 11 Mix# PG70836 Air Content,%(C231) NIT Mix Description 7 Sack Unit Weight,pcf(C138) NT Truck/Ticket# 8075/2123184 Air Temperature,°F 54 Strength Required 2000 psi at 28 days Mix Temperature,°F(C1064) 55 112 Quantity Placed,cy 9 Field Cure Temperature,°F 58-62 112 Time Batched 6:50 AM Water Added on Job,gals Time Sampled 7:20 AM Water Requested by Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Corr. Compressive No. (Days) j Date (lbs) (in2) 1actorj Strength (psi) Remarks 37523 7 10-15 31710 11.59 1.00 2740 37524 28 11-05 43100 11.49 1.00 3750 37525 28 11-05 44720 11.32 1.00 3950 37526 Hold 00-00 0 0.00 1.00 0 Reinforcement Inspection Yes n/a:not applicable Specimen Size 4"X 4"X 8" Reinforcement Conforms Yes n/t: not tested Test Reference C1019/C39 Comments: Reinforcing steel was in place and was found to conform with detail 11-7 on page S.6 and details 11 on S.5 of plans dated 10-1-13. Grout was placed via line pump and was mechanically vibrated. COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric City of Arlington City of Arlington Community Development Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc, The above lest results relate to the sample(or location)tested. 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com 00-V (�I eoTe5T 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7418 Composite Prism Compressive Strength Test Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB M 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT M P6003 PERMIT M 171 DATE: 12/11/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE M 1 of 1 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Logan Senrud Placement Location: Prisms Saw Cut From CMU Walls Constructed in Fall of 2014 Field Data: Eq.No. Prism Type Ungrouted Time Grout Batched NA Unit Type C90 Med.Weight Time Grout Sampled NA Mortar Type S Grout Slump,in.(C143) NA Grout Mix# NA Air Temperature,°F NA Grout Supplier na Grout Temperature,°F(C1064) NA Strength Required,fm 1500 psi at 28 days Field Cure Temperature,°F NA Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Corr. I Compressive I_ No. (Days) Date (Lbs.) (in' Factor Strength(psi) Remarks ) 39038 4 12-15 0 0.00 1.00 0 Grid A/1.4,6 ft Above Footing 39039 4 12-15 0 0.00 1.00 0 Grid A/2.2,4 ft 8 in Above Footing Reinforcement Inspection NT n/a:not applicable Specimen Size Prism Reinforcement Conforms NT I n/t: not tested Test Reference ASTM C1314/C1587 Comments: GeoTest observed R&D Masonry saw cut the two prisms tested from the north portion of the East wall. See above for grid locations. The prisms and voids were visually inspected. No bond beam or vertical reinforcement was cut and the two prisms listed above were un-grouted. Test age indicates days after removal from the structure. COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric City of Arlington City of Arlington Community Development Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc. The above lest results relate to the sample(or location)tested. GEOTEST SERVICES, INC. 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 20611 67th Ave NE, Unit A,Arlington, WA 98223 www geotest-inc com phone: (360) 733-7316 fax: (360)733-7418 Concrete Compressive Strength Test Report * Continuation PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB M 14-0475 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors REPORT M CB002 CONTRACTOR:TBD PAGE M 2 of 2 Sample Location: A to A.5/3 to 3.25/8th Load,88 Cubic Yards Field Data: Truck/Ticket# 8073/2123944 Slump,in.(C143) 8.00 Time Batched 8:42 AM Air Content,%(C231) NT Time Sampled 9:30 AM Unit Weight,pcf(C138) NT Air Temperature,°F 46 Water Added on Job,gals 0 Mix Temp.°F(C1064) 59 Water Requested by Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area � Compressive No. I (Days) Date (Ibs) (in 2) 1 Strength (psi) Remarks 37843 7 11-03 50180 12.69 3950 TYPE 2: 37844 28 11-24 64150 12.69 5060 TYPE 3: 37845 28 11-24 68910 12.69 5430 TYPE 5: 37846 28 11-24 68320 12.69 5380 TYPE 3: 37847 Hold 00-00 0 0.00 0 Comments: � Sample Location: Field Data: Truck/Ticket# / Slump,in.(C143) Time Batched Air Content,%(C231) Time Sampled Unit Weight,pcf(C138) Air Temperature,°F Water Added on Job,gals Mix Temp.°F(C1064) Water Requested by Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Compressive No. (Days) Date Ibs (W) Strength(psi) Remarks Comments: 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 9a«d www.yeulesl-inc.curn 00-V Ge0 1 e5 1 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360) 733.7418 Concrete Inspection & Compressive Strength Test Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Stroot NE,Arlington,'WA REPORT M CB002 PERMIT M 171 DATE: 10/27/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE M 1 of 2 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Tim Martin Placement Location: Interior Slab on Grade at Lines A to B/1 to 5 and Floor Safe Pad With Walls Sample Location: 1 st Truck at Chute, Line 1 to 1.5/A to A.5 Field Data: Eq.No. Supplier Smokey Point Concrete/Skagit Read Slump,in.(C143) 4.75 Mix# 01600 Air Content,%(C231) NT Mix Description 6 Sack,7/8",WRA Unit Weight,pcf(C138) NT Truck/Ticket# 8093/2123929 Air Temperature,'F 48 Strength Required 4000 psi at 28 days Mix Temperature,°F(C1064) 63 128 Quantity Placed,cy 165 Field Cure Temperature,°F 57/72 128 Time Batched 7:05 AM Water Added on Job,gals 10 Time Sampled 8:05 AM Water Requested by Concrete Con. Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Compressive No. (Days) Date (Ibs) (lint) Strength (psi) Remarks 37838 7 11-03 64290 12.69 5070 TYPE 3: 37839 28 11-24 77510 12.69 6110 37840 28 11-24 79570 12.69 6270 TYPE 5: 37841 28 11-24 79140 12.69 6240 TYPE 5: 37842 Hold 00-00 0 0.00 0 Reinforcement Inspection Yes I n/a:not applicable Specimen Size 4"X 8" Reinforcement Conforms Yes n/t: not tested Test Reference ASTM C31/C39 Comments: The reinforcing steel was found to conform with the Notes and details in the project's plans, revision date 10/15/13. The concrete was placed with a boom pump and was mechanically consolidated. The concrete contractor was informed of the high slump test result for the eighth load.This load was sampled (set number two). COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric City of Arlington City of Arlington Community Development Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc. The above test results relate to the sample(or location)tested, 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com P� CG e (�OI`5I 20611 67th Ave.NE. Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7418 LATERAL FRAMING INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT#: LF002 PERMIT M 171 DATE: 12/5/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE M 1 of 1 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Tim Martin Items Inspected Location Re-inspection of Nonconforming Items(See LF001) See Report LF001 Reference Drawings: Al, S6 Items Inspected Comments Lumber grade,species,size �] Structural panel grade and thickness,glue U Shear wall/diaphragm length,location U Panel edges bear on framing members U Diaphragm chord,drag strut, braces and related U Connection of blocking to wall top plates U Gypsum board with wood framing conforms U 3"nom.framing in place, nails staggered where shown U Foundation plates or sills on concrete are treated U Base-plate bolting complies Yes Nail diameter,length,number of lines,spacing U Pneumatic or mechanically driven fasteners conform U Nail heads driven flush U Hold down,type,location U Lag bolts/proper hole size U Cold-formed framing-proper size,gage,spacing Yes Screw type, spacing,driven flush Yes Cold-formed welding conforms(AWS D1.1 and D1.3) Other U The above items were conforming Se Nonconforming Items(see below) U Comments: GeoTest was on site as requested to reinspect the nonconforming items noted in report LF001. Missing bolt, wrong and missing kickers and missing horizontal bridging were addressed and now the header wall, interior non-load bearing walls and the interior walls/joist at the office/restrooms were in conformance with the project's plans. —_ ' S - COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric City of Arlington City or Arlington Community Development Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc. 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com OO' CpeoTe,5T 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7418 LATERAL FRAMING INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT#: LF001 PERMIT M 171 DATE: 12/4/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE M 1 of 2 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Tim Martin Item(s) Inspected Location CFS:Header Wall(See Comment#1 &3) Line 3.1 /A.2 to A.8&A.2/3.1 to 3.8 CFS:Dividing Wall(Non Load Bearing)(See Comment#2&3) Line 3.1/A to A.2&A.8 to B,A.2/3.8 to 5 CFS:Interior Walls(See Comment#2&3) Lines 2.2 to 2.8 I A to A.2(Office/Restroom) CFS:Stud Joists Lines 2.2 to 2.8/A to A.2(Office/Restroom) Reference Drawings: All,S-1,S-6 Items Inspected Comments Lumber grade,species,size ❑ Structural panel grade and thickness,glue ❑ Shear wall/diaphragm length,location ❑ Panel edges bear on framing members ❑ Diaphragm chord,drag strut,braces and related ❑ Connection of blocking to wall top plates ❑ Gypsum board with wood framing conforms ❑ 3"nom.framing in place,nails staggered where shown ❑ Foundation plates or sills on concrete are treated ❑ Base-plate bolting complies See Comments Nail diameter, length,number of lines,spacing ❑ Pneumatic or mechanically driven fasteners conform ❑ Nail heads driven flush ❑ Hold down,type,location ❑ Lag bolts/proper hole size ❑ Cold-formed framing-proper size,gage,spacing See Comments Screw type,spacing,driven flush Per Plan Cold-formed welding conforms(AWS D1.1 and D1.3) ❑ Other ❑ The above items were conforming he Nonconforming Items(see below) ❑ Comments: GeoTest was on site as requested to inspect the cold-formed steel framing at the above locations, The following were items which did not conform with the project's plans. 1)The header walls at lines A.2&3.1 requires 3-5/8" (20 gauge)kickers at 48"on center. Continued an Next Page... ...Continued from Previous Page The kickers installed were constructed using a thin gauge angle and at some areas were missing. 2) In the framing notes on sheet S6, note#8 states that non-structural interior stud walls should be anchored to the concrete slab with 3/8"anchor bolts. The bottom track of all the above walls were anchored to the slab using pneumatic fasteners. 3) Framing note#10 on S6 states all stud construction should have bridging at 48"on center vertically. All walls inspected on this date had no bridging. GeoTest will reinspect the three items which were not in conformance when scheduled.All other items at the above walls and ceiling (Joists)did conform with the project's drawings. Amended 12/8/2014; please see GeoTest's Lateral Framing Inspection Report LF002, dated 12/5/2014 for conformance. COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric City of Arlington City of Arlington Community Development Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc. 741 Marine Drive, Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com OO' GG OTe5T 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360) 733.7418 Composite Prism Compressive Strength Test Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT#: PB001 PERMIT M 171 DATE: 10/15/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE M 1 of 1 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Logan Senrud Placement Location: 4-5'Lift Top-Out at North,West and South Walls.A.2-13/5,B/1-5,and A.4-13/1. Field Data: Eq.No. Prism Type Grouted Time Grout Batched 6:05 AM Unit Type 8"Medium Weight,ASTMC90 Time Grout Sampled 6:49 AM Mortar Type S Grout Slump,in.(C143) 9.00 3 Grout Mix# PG70030 Air Temperature,°F 51 Grout Supplier Smokey Point Concrete/Skagit Read Grout Temperature,°F(C1o64) 69 24 Strength Required,Pm 1500 psi at 28 days Field Cure Temperature,°F Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Corr. Compressive No. (Days) Date (Lbs.) (in') Factor Strength(psi) Remarks 37515 7 10-22 161240 64.23 0.86 2160 37516 28 11-12 0 0.00 1.00 0 37517 28 11-12 0 0.00 1.00 0 Reinforcement Inspection Yes n/a:not applicable Specimen Size Prism Reinforcement Conforms Yes n/t: not tested Test Reference ASTM C1314/C39 Comments: GeoTest was on-site as requested to provide reinforced structural masonry special inspection. Approximately 12 cubic yards of Mix PG70030 (Sampled Truck 8729, Ticket 2123515)was placed at the above locations. Reinforcement was found to be in conformance with the approved structural details on S3-S6. Grout was placed via line pump and was internally vibrated. COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric City of Arlington Reviewed by This report shall not he reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc. The above test results relate to the sample(or location)tested. i 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WAS www.geotest-inc.com C r OTG 5T 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 - _ phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360) 733.7418 Concrete Inspection & Compressive Strength Test Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB M 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT#: CB001 PERMIT M 171 DATE: 9/26/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE M 1 of 2 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Tim Martin Placement Location: Continuous Footings at Lines A, B, 1 &5 Spread Footings at Lines A&B/2,3,4,Interior Grade Beams /Footings A to B/1 to 5 Sample Location: 2nd Truck 10 Cubic Yard Load,at Bottom 10"to 12"of the Grade Beams at Line A.2 to A.4/2 to 3 Field Data: Eq.No. Supplier Smokey Point Concrete/Skagit Read Slump,in.(C143) 4.25 8 Mix# 01550 Air Content,%(C231) NT Mix Description 5.5 Sack,7/8" Unit Weight,pcf(C138) NT Truck/Ticket# 8073/2122675 Air Temperature,°F 63 Strength Required 3000 psi at 28 days Mix Temperature,°F(C1064) 72 113 Quantity Placed,cy 238 Field Cure Temperature,°F 59-78 113 Time Batched 11:56 AM Water Added on Job,gals 0 Time Sampled 12:34 PM Water Requested by Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Compressive No. (Days) Date (Ibs) (in') Strength (psi) Remarks 37111 7 10-03 71030 12.63 5620 TYPE 2: 37112 28 10-24 85100 12.69 6710 TYPE 3: 37113 28 10-24 87360 12.69 6880 TYPE 2: 37114 28 10-24 86730 12.69 6830 TYPE 2: 37115 Hold 00-00 0 0.00 0 Reinforcement Inspection Yes I n/a:not applicable Specimen Size 4"X 8" Reinforcement Conforms Yes nit: not tested Test Reference ASTM C31/C39 Comments: The reinforcing steel and column anchor bolts were in place in accordance with the project's plans. The concrete was placed in three lifts and each lift was mechanically consolidated. .llrr;�f JlltL9?/lSJGJF COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric City of Arlington Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc The above test results relate to the sample(or location)tested- GEOTEST SERVICES INC. 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 ' 20611 67th Ave. Ni_, Unit A,Arlington, WA 98223 www.geotest-inc.com phone: (360) 733-7318 lax. (360)733-7418 Concrete Compressive Strength Test Report * Continuation PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB M 14-0475 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors REPORT#: CB001 CONTRACTOR:TBD PAGE#: 2 of 2 Sample Location: 10 Cubic Yard Placed at Middle 10"Lift Section/Footings Between Lines Two and Four at A Line Field Data: Truck/Ticket# 8093/2122089 Slump,in.(C143) 5.00 Time Batched 1:28 PM Air Content,%(C231) NT Time Sampled 2:08 PM Unit Weight,pcf(C138) NT Air Temperature,°F 64 Water Added on Job,gals 0 Mix Temp.°F(C1064) 73 Water Requested by Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Compressive No. (Days) Date (Ibs) inz) Strength (psi) Remarks 37116 7 10-03 69890 12.63 5530 TYPE 2: 37117 28 10-24 82890 12.69 6530 TYPE 3: 37118 28 10-24 82650 12.69 6510 TYPE 2: 37119 28 10-24 78410 12.69 6180 TYPE 3: 37120 Hold 00-00 0 0.00 0 Comments: Sample Location: 20th Truck,10 Cubic Yard Load,placed at lines A to B/2.3 to 3.3 top 6"Lift Field Data: Truck/Ticket# 8075/2122705 Slump,in.(C143) 5.75 Time Batched 3:30 PM Air Content,%(C231) NT Time Sampled 4:08 PM Unit Weight,pcf(C138) NT Air Temperature,°F 64 Water Added on Job,gals 0 Mix Temp.'F(Cl064) 74 Water Requested by Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Compressive No. I (Days) Date (lb s) (in2) Strength (psi) Remarks 37121 7 10-03 62110 12.63 4920 TYPE 2: 37122 28 10-24 83950 12.69 6620 TYPE 3: 37123 28 10-24 79060 12.69 6230 TYPE 2: 37124 28 10-24 79020 12.69 6230 TYPE 2: 37125 Hold 00-00 0 0,00 0 Comments: 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com for CMG OTG 5T 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 96223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7418 Composite Prism Compressive Strength Test Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT#: P6001 PERMIT#: 171 DATE: 10/15/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE#: 1 of 1 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Logan Senrud Placement Location: 4-5'Lift Top-Out at North,West and South Walls.A.2-13/5,B/1-5,and A.4-13/1. Field Data: Eq.No. Prism Type Grouted Time Grout Batched 6:05 AM Unit Type 8"Medium Weight,ASTMC90 Time Grout Sampled 6:49 AM Mortar Type S Grout Slump,in.(C143) 9.00 3 Grout Mix# PG70030 Air Temperature,°F 51 Grout Supplier Smokey Point Concrete/Skagit Read Grout Temperature,°F(C1064) 69 24 Strength Required,fm 1500 psi at 28 days Field Cure Temperature,°F Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Corr. Compressive No. (Days) Date (Lbs.) (in?) Factor Strength(psi) Remarks 37515 7 10-22 161240 64.23 0.86 2160 37516 28 11-12 118480 68.71 0.86 1480 37517 28 11-12 126310 69.09 0.86 1570 Reinforcement Inspection Yes n/a:not applicable Specimen Size Prism Reinforcement Conforms Yes n/t: not tested Test Reference ASTM C1314/C39 Comments: GeoTest was on-site as requested to provide reinforced structural masonry special inspection. Approximately 12 cubic yards of Mix PG70030(Sampled Truck 8729, Ticket 2123515)was placed at the above locations. Reinforcement was found to be in conformance with the approved structural details on S3-S6. Grout was placed via line pump and was internally vibrated. COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric City of Arlington Reviewed This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc. The above test results relate to the sample(or location)tested. i I 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com �o- 0 GG OTG'ST 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 '= phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7418 ADHESIVE ANCHOR INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT#: AA001 PERMIT M 171 DATE: 11/11/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE M 1 of 1 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Bill Kinsella Item(s)Inspected Location Adhesive Anchor for Roof Beam Ledger Along Grid 1&5 from A to B-Roof Elevation Adhesive Anchor for Roof Beam Ledger Along Grid A&B from Grids 1 to 5-Roof Elevation Reference Drawing(s): Details 1 2,&3 on Page S6 of 6 of Plans Dated 10-15-2013 Item(s)Inspected Comments Base Material Condition Good Drill Bit Type Concrete Hole Diameter/Depth 7/8"/6"Depth Hole Cleanliness Good Anchor Spacing/Edge Distance Cluster of 4 and Every 12"on Center Anchor Type All Thread Anchor Diameter/Length 3/4"/8"in Length Anchor Embedment 6" Adhesive Type Simpson Set ET-HP Adhesive Expiration Date [yf 7-2016 Adhesive ICC-ES Report 3372 Other ❑ The above items were conforming Lf Nonconforming Items(see below) L] Comments: Work was found to conform to the above referenced details and the manufacturer's recommendations. COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric City of Arlington Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Ina 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, INA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com GG'OTG ST 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(868)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7418 Inspection Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT#: IR001 PERMIT M 171 DATE: 11/11/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE#: 1 of 1 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Dan Weaver INSPECTION OF: Epoxy Anchors Comments:GeoTest was on site this date to perform epoxy anchor inspection for the above project. The perimeter roof ledger angle and beam connections were ready for instillation of the 8"long 3/4"all thread.The epoxy used was Simpson ET-HP ERS#3377.This evaluation report stated that the minimum temperature for instillation was 40e.The ambient temperature on this date was 350. Contractor was informed and will reschedule for later this date as the temperature warms up.See GeoTest's Adhesive Anchor Report for results. COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric City of Arlington Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc. . � 1 I I 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com PVC?G OTG 5T 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7418 Grout Compressive Strength Test Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT M GB001 PERMIT M 171 DATE: 10/8/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE M 1 of 1 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Bill Kinsella Placement Location: Along Line 1 from A to B at Elevation 0-4' Field Data: Eq.No. Supplier Smokey Point Concrete/Skagit Read Slump,in.(C143) 7.00 11 Mix# PG70836 Air Content,%(C231) NT Mix Description 7 Sack Unit Weight,pcf(C138) NT Truck/Ticket# 8075/2123184 Air Temperature,°F 54 Strength Required 2000 psi at 28 days Mix Temperature,°F(C1064) 55 112 Quantity Placed,cy 9 Field Cure Temperature,°F 112 Time Batched 6:50 AM Water Added on Job,gals Time Sampled 7:20 AM Water Requested by Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Corr. Compressive No. I (Days) I Date (Ibs) I (W) Factor Strength (psi) Remarks 37523 7 10-15 31710 11.59 1.00 2740 37524 28 11-05 43100 11,49 1.00 3750 37525 28 11-05 44720 11.32 1.00 3950 37526 Hold 00-00 0 0.00 1.00 0 Reinforcement Inspection Yes I n/a:not applicable Specimen Size 4"X 4"X 8" Reinforcement Conforms Yes n/t: not tested Test Reference C1019/C39 Comments: Reinforcing steel was in place and was found to conform with detail 11-7 on page S.6 and details 11 on S.5 of plans dated 10-1-13. Grout was placed via line pump and was mechanically vibrated. COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric City of Arlington Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc. The above test results relate to the sample(or location)tested. I 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com P' CPG OTG 5T 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7418 Composite Prism Compressive Strength Test Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB M 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT#: PB002 PERMIT M 171 DATE: 10/8/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE M 1 of 1 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Bill Kinsella Placement Location: Along Grid A from 1-3 Elevation 4-8',Along A from 3-5 Elevation 4',Along Grid B 1-5 Elevation 04, Along(1)3-5 Elevation 0-4',Along Grid 5 A to B Elevation 0-4' Field Data: Eq.No. Prism Type NA Time Grout Batched 6:50 AM Unit Type 1 Time Grout Sampled 7:20 AM Mortar Type S Grout Slump,in.(C143) 7.00 Grout Mix# PG70030 Air Temperature,'F 54 Grout Supplier Smokey Point Concrete/Skagit Read Grout Temperature,°F(C1064) 66 112 Strength Required,fm 1500 psi at 28 days Field Cure Temperature,'F 112 Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area ' Corr. Compressive No. I (Days) Date (Lbs.) (in2) Factor Strength (psi) Remarks 37527 7 10-15 152520 65.61 0.86 2000 TYPE 6A:Grouted 37528 28 11-05 154840 65.72 0.86 2030 Grouted 37529 28 11-05 193450 65.72 0.86 2530 Grouted 37554 7 10-15 59710 45.45 0.86 1130 Ungrouted 37555 28 11-05 63470 38.68 0.86 1410 Low Break:Ungrouted 37556 28 11-05 63980 40.80 0.86 1350 Low Break:Ungrouted Reinforcement Inspection Yes n/a:not applicable Specimen Size Prism Reinforcement Conforms Yes n/t: not tested Test Reference ASTM C1314/C39 Comments: Reinforcing steel was in place and was found to conform with S-11 details 1-7 on page S.6 and detail 11 of set of plans dated 10-1-13. Grout was placed via line pump and was mechanically consolidated. -1-1. < COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric City of Arlington Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc. The above test results relate to the sample(or location)tested, i I i i 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 CMG OTG ST low phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7418 Grout Compressive Strength Test Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT#: GB001 PERMIT#: 171 DATE: 10/8/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE#: 1 of 1 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Bill Kinsella Placement Location: Along Line 1 from A to B at Elevation 0-4' Field Data: Eq.No. Supplier Smokey Point Concrete/Skagit Read Slump,in.(C143) 700 11 Mix# PG70836 Air Content,%(C231) NIT Mix Description 7 Sack Unit Weight,pcf(C138) NIT Truck/Ticket# 8075/2123184 Air Temperature,'F 54 Strength Required 2000 psi at 28 days Mix Temperature,'F(C1064) 55 112 Quantity Placed,cy 9 Field Cure Temperature,'F 112 Time Batched 6:50 AM Water Added on Job,gals Time Sampled 7:20 AM Water Requested by Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Corr. Compressive No. (Days) Date I (lbs) (in") Factor Strength (psi) Remarks 37523 7 10-15 31710 11.59 1.00 2740 37524 28 11-05 43100 11.49 1.00 3750 37525 28 11-05 44720 11.32 1.00 3950 37526 Hold 00-00 0 0.00 1.00 0 Reinforcement Inspection Yes n/a:not applicable Specimen Size 4"X 4"X 8" Reinforcement Conforms Yes n/t: not tested Test Reference C1019/C39 Comments: Reinforcing steel was in place and was found to conform with detail 11-7 on page S.6 and details 11 on S.5 of plans dated 10-1-13. Grout was placed via line pump and was mechanically vibrated. COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric City of Arlington Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc. The above test results relate to the sample(or location)tested. i 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com 20611 67th Ave. NE Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 Geo 1 e7 1 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)2515276 fax:(360)733 7418 STRUCTURAL STEEL INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT#: SS001 PERMIT#: 171 DATE: 11/13/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE#: 1 of 1 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Bill Kinsella Type of Inspection: Wall Plate&Channel Clips to Roof Beam for Buttler Building Item(s)Inspected Location Wall Plates Around the Complete Perimeter of Building Channel Clips Around the Complete Perimeter of Building Reference Drawing(s): Buttler Building Drawing Details on Page DS-1 W Reference Fabrication Welders Comments E Inspection Code Code Certification Welders Name/Cert.No. L AWS D1.1 he AWS WASO Christopher Stevenson#W08546,Expires 1-2015 D AWS D1.3 ❑ AISC AWS-SMAW AWS D1.4 AWS-FCAW El N IBC Procedures G AISC B Size Type Torque Method Comments 0 L 7/8,3/4,1 1/8,1 5/16" ASTM A307 El Turn-of-Nut All Nuts were Snug Tight T ASTM A325 Cal.Torque Wrench I ASTM A490 Load Indicating El N IBC G AISC The above items were conforming Nonconforming Items(see below) Ej Comments: GeoTest was onsite as requested to inspect the welding of the wall plates to the wind beam and the end clips to the wind beam per Details on page DS-1 of the Buttler Building plans. GeoTest inspected bolting of the girders&beam to columns inside the building; between grids A& B and 1 &5.All conformed with Buttler Building plans and structural plans dated 07-19-2013. COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric City of Arlinglon City of Arlington Community Development Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in Full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc (11-19-14) i �: .I GEDTEST SERVICES, INC. 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 20611 67th Ave.NE, Unit A,Arlington, WA 96223 www.geotest-inc.com phone: (360) 733-7316 fox: (360)733-7418 Concrete Compressive Strength Test Report * Continuation PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors REPORT#: CB002 CONTRACTOR:TBD PAGE M 2 of 2 Sample Location: A to A 5/3 to 3 25/8th Load,88 Cubic Yards Field Data: Truck/Ticket# 8073/2123944 Slump,in.(C143) 8.00 Time Batched 8:42 AM Air Content,%(C231) NT Time Sampled 9:30 AM Unit Weight,pcf(C138) NT Air Temperature,°F 46 Water Added on Job,gals 0 Mix Temp.°F(C1064) 59 Water Requested by Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test ` Total Load Area Compressive No. (Days) Date (Ibs) I (in 2) Strength(psi) I Remarks 37843 7 11-03 0 0.00 0 37844 28 11-24 0 0.00 0 37845 28 11-24 0 0.00 0 37846 28 11-24 0 0.00 0 37847 Hold 00-00 1 0 0.00 0 Comments: Sample Location: Field Data: Truck/Ticket# 1 Slump,in.(C143) Time Batched Air Content,%(C231) Time Sampled Unit Weight,pcf(C138) Air Temperature,°F Water Added on Job,gals Mix Temp.°F(C1064) Water Requested by Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Compressive No. (Days) Date (Ibs) (in 2) Strength(psi) Remarks Comments: 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 5, www.geolesl-inc.Gorr) 00' C p e oTG ST 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(886)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7418 Concrete Inspection & Compressive Strength Test Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT#: CB002 PERMIT#: 171 DATE: 10/27/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE M 1 of 2 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Tim Martin Placement Location: Interior Slab on Grade at Lines A to B/1 to 5 and Floor Safe Pad With Walls Sample Location: 1 st Truck at Chute,Line 1 to 1.5 I A to A.5 Field Data: Eq. No. Supplier Smokey Point Concrete/Skagit Read Slump,in.(C143) 4.75 8 Mix# 01600 Air Content,%(C231) NT Mix Doecription 6 Sack,7/8",WRA Unit Weight,pcf(C138) NT Truck/Ticket# 8093/2123929 Air Temperature,°F 48 Strength Required 4000 psi at 28 days Mix Temperature,°F(cin(34) 63 128 Wuantlty Placed,cy 16b Field Cure Temperature,°F 128 Time Batched 7:05 AM Water Added on Job,gals 10 Time Sampled 8:05 AM Water Requested by Concrete Contrac Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Aream co ressive No. (Day) Date (Ibs) I (in') Strength (psi) I Remarks 37838 7 11-03 0 0.00 0 37839 28 11-24 0 0.00 0 37840 28 11-24 0 0.00 0 37841 28 11-24 0 0.00 0 37842 Hold 00-00 0 0.00 0 Reinforcement Inspection Yes n/a:not applicable Specimen Size 4"X 8" Reinforcement Conforms Yes n/t: not tested Test Reference ASTM C31/C39 Comments:The reinforcing steel was found to conform with the Notes and details in the project's plans, revision date 10/15/13. The concrete was placed with a boom pump and was mechanically consolidated. The concrete contractor was informed of the high slump test result for the eighth load. This load was sampled (set number two). COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric City of Arlington Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc. The above test results relate to the sample(or location)tested. 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www geotest-inc.com C7e0Te 5T 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 • _ f phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7416 Composite Prism Compressive Strength Test Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB M 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT M PB002 PERMIT M 171 DATE: 10/8/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE M 1 of 1 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Bill Kinsella Placement Location: Along Grid A from 1-3 Elevation 4-8',Along A from 3-5 Elevation 4',Along Grid B 1-5 Elevation 0-4', Along(1)3-5 Elevation 04,Along Grid 5 A to B Elevation 0-4' Field Data: Eq. No. Prism Type NA Time Grout Batched 6:50 AM Unit Type 1 Time Grout Sampled 7:20 AM Mortar Type S Grout Slump,in.(C143) 7,00 Grout Mix# PG70030 Air Temperature,°F 54 Grout Supplier Smokey Point Concrete/Skagit Read Grout Temperature,'F(C1064) 66 112 Strength Required,fm 1500 psi at 28 days Field Cure Temperature,°F 112 Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Corr. Compressive No. (Days) I Date (Lbs.) I (inZ Factor Strength(psi) Remarks 37527 7 10-15 152520 65.61 0.86 2000 TYPE 6A:Grouted 37528 28 11-05 0 0.00 1.00 0 Grouted 37529 28 11-05 0 0.00 1.00 0 Grouted 37554 7 10-15 59710 45.45 0.86 1130 Ungrouted 37555 28 11-05 0 0.00 1.00 0 Ungrouted 37556 28 11-05 0 0.00 1.00 0 Ungrouted Reinforcement Inspection Yes n/a:not applicable Specimen Size Prism Reinforcement Conforms Yes n/t: not tested Test Reference ASTM C1314/C39 Comments: Reinforcing steel was in place and was found to conform with S-11 details 1-7 on page S.6 and detail 11 of set of plans dated 10-1-13. Grout was placed via line pump and was mechanically consolidated. i 1 -- COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric City of Arlington Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc. The above lest results relate to the sample(or location)tested. 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www,geotest-inc.com 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 Ge0 1 e5 1 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251 5276 fax:(360)733.7418 Grout Compressive Strength Test Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT#: GB001 PERMIT M 171 DATE: 10/8/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE M 1 of 1 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Bill Kinsella Placement Location: Along Line 1 from A to B at Elevation 0-4' Field Data: Eq.No. Supplier Smokey Point Concrete/Skagit Read Slump,in (C143) 7,00 11 Mix# PG70836 Air Content,%(C231) NT Mix Description 7 Sack Unit Weight,pcf(C138) NT TruckFricket# 8075/2123184 Air Temperature,°F 54 Strength Required 2000 psi at 28 days Mix Temperature,°F(C1064) 55 112 Quantity Placed,cy 9 Field Cure Temperature,°F 112 Time Batched 6:50 AM Water Added on Job,gals Time Sampled 7:20 AM Water Requested by Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Corr. Compressive Remarks No. (Days) Date (Ibs) (in Factor Strength(psi) 37523 7 10-15 31710 11.59 1.00 2740 37524 28 11-05 0 0.00 1.00 0 37525 28 11-05 0 0.00 1.00 0 37526 Hold 00-00 0 0.00 1.00 0 Feinforcement Inspection Yes n/a:not applicable Specimen Size 4"X 4"X 8" Reinforcement Conforms Yes n/t: not tested Test Reference C1019/C39 Comments: Reinforcing steel was in place and was found to conform with detail 11-7 on page S.6 and details 11 on S.5 of plans dated 10-1-13. Grout was placed via line pump and was mechanically vibrated. COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric City of Arlington Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc The above test results relate to the sample(or location)tested, 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com ey C 7 OTG 5T 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7418 Composite Prism Compressive Strength Test Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB M 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT#: P13001 PERMIT M 171 DATE: 10/15/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE#: 1 of 1 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Logan Senrud Placement Location: 4-5'Lift Top-Out at North,West and South Walls.A.2-13/5,13/1-5,and A.4-13/1. Field Data: Eq.No. Prism Type Grouted Time Grout Batched 6:05 AM Unit Type 8"Medium Weight,ASTMC90 Time Grout Sampled 6:49 AM Mortar Type S Grout Slump,in.(C143) 9.00 3 Grout Mix# PG70030 Air Temperature,°F 51 Grout Supplier Smokey Point Concrete/Skagit Read Grout Temperature,°F(C1064) 69 24 Strength Required,fm 1500 psi at 28 days Field Cure Temperature,'F Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Corr. Compressive No. I (Days) I Date (Lbs.) (in 2) Factor Strength(psi) Remarks 37515 7 10-22 0 0.00 1.00 0 37516 28 11-12 0 0.00 1.00 0 37517 28 11-12 0 0.00 1.00 0 Reinforcement Inspection Yes n/a:not applicable Specimen Size Prism Reinforcement Conforms Yes n/t: not tested Test Reference ASTM C1314/C39 Comments: GeoTest was on-site as requested to provide reinforced structural masonry special inspection. Approximately 12 cubic yards of Mix PG70030 (Sampled Truck 8729,Ticket 2123515)was placed at the above locations. Reinforcement was found to be in conformance with the approved structural details on S3-S6. Grout was placed via line pump and was internally vibrated. COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric City of Arlington Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc. The above test results relate to the sample(or location)tested. I I 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com top C y OTe5T 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7418 MASONRY INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT M M1005 PERMIT M 171 DATE: 10/13/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE M 1 of 1 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Jerry Karber Item(s)Inspected Location Elevation 8"CMU Walls 1,A.4-13;5,A.8-13 And B, 1-5 8'-12' Reference Drawings: S1 through S6 Items Inspected —�� Comments Weather Conditions Cloudy Material Conditions Good Reinforcement In Place Per Drawings Grout Space Good Grouting Procedures Pumped into Place Mechanical Consolidation Yes Test Specimens [ No Periodic Inspection he Continuous Inspection (] The above items were conforming V Nonconforming Items(see below) [] Comments: GeoTest arrived on site as requested by the contractor. Rebar was in place and was found to conform to the drawings. Grout Truck#72 from Smokey Point Concrete arrived on site at 12:54 PM with 6 cubic yards of 7 sack pea gravel grout.The masonry contractor will make Prisms for the next pour. COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric City of Arlington Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc. GeoTest will not be responsible for layout of embeds and/or structure dimensions and locations, I I I 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com r' CyeoTG 5T 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)2515276 fax:(360)733.7418 MASONRY INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT#: M1003 PERMIT#: 171 DATE: 10/9/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE#: 1 of 2 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Tim Martin Item(s) Inspected Location Elevation 8"CMU Walls Line 1 /A to AAA/1 to 5 12 to 18' 8"CMU Wall Line,5/A to B 12 to 16' Reference Drawings: S1,S2,S3,S6 Items Inspected Comments Weather Conditions Clear/63° Material Conditions Seconds for the Block,Satisfactory Reinforcement /� Per Notes and Details Grout Space Satisfactory Grouting Procedures I� Line Pump Mechanical Consolidation /� Internal Mechanical Vibration Test Specimens None Taken Periodic Inspection he Continuous Inspection The above items were conforming b/ Nonconforming Items(see below) J1 Comments: At the north wall, line one, A to B the contractor has built and grouted the full wall length to a height of four feet, then the wall from line A to A.4 was constructed to it's full height (sections of four to six feet a day) of eighteen feet. The contractor had the correct horizontal bar (dowels) at the bond beam courses. Engineer's review and acceptance for this is required. Other items were found to be in accordance with the project's plans and code. COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric s Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc coolest will not be responsible for layout of embeds and/or structure dimensions and locations 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com OOV C7 OTe ST 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7418 MASONRY INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors REPORT M M1003 CONTRACTOR: TBD PAGE#: 2 of 2 North Wall Line, Toothed A/4 Construction Joint. lug UA ,� j 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com C Fe0TG 5T 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251,5276 fax:(360) 733.7418 MASONRY INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB M 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT#: M1004 PERMIT#: 171 DATE: 10/10/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE M 1 of 1 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Tim Martin Item(s)Inspected Location Elevation 8"CMU Walls Lines 1 /A.4 to B, B/1 to 3.2&4.4 to 5,5/A.8 to B 4 to 8' B Reference Drawings: S1 (Notes),S3,S5,S6(Notes and Details) Items Inspected Comments Weather Conditions e Overcast/601 Material Conditions h4" 1 Satisfactory(CMU are Seconds) Reinforcement Per plan Grout Space Satisfactory Grouting Procedures / Line Pump Mechanical Consolidation Yes Test Specimens None Taken Periodic Inspection V Continuous Inspection The above items were conforming V Nonconforming Items(see below) Comments: The items listed above were found to conform with the project's plans and with code. <-, COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc. Geotest will not be responsible for layout of embeds and/or structure dimensions and locations. I I I 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com 00' CyeoTG 5T 20611 67th Ave.NE. Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)2515276 fax:(360) 733 7418 Soil Observation Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT#: S0001 PERMIT#: 171 DATE: 9/5/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE#: 1 of 2 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Kevin Richardson OBSERVATION OF:Proof Roll of Subgrade at Building Pad and Parking Lot North and West of Building GeoTest was on site as requested to perform a proof roll of the building pad and part of the parking lot North and West of the building footprint. A fully loaded dump truck was utilized for the proof roll Building Pad: At the building pad the contractor has excavated down to a reported elevation of approximately 2' below footings and grade beams. All topsoil and organics have been removed. The soils conisted of sands with some clayey silt intermixed consistent with TP-1, TP-2, and TP-3 of the geotechnical report performed by Cardno ATC (April 29, 2013). During the proof roll minor rutting and yielding was observed. Slightly more yielding was observed on the southern portion of the building footprint where more clayey silt soils were observed. Care should be taken in this area as to not disturb the soils with equipment. The soils in the building pad were consistent with the geotechnical report and appear properly prepared for continued construction. The earthwork contractor plans on placing fabric and import structural fill on the building pad on Monday next week (9-8-14). Parking Lots (Concrete Paving): GeoTest observed a proof roll on part of the parking lots directly north and west of the building footprint. The earthwork contractor stated that approximately 18" of material had been removed from these areas. At the parking lot just to the west of the building a few inches of darker soil/slightly organic material was still in place. The contractor stated he would scrape out the remainder of the material at a later date. The proof roll indicated firm soils in these locations and in our opinion properly prepared once the additional few inches are scraped off at the west parking lot. GeoTest obtained a sample of import structural fill on 9/4/14 from the Stilly Sand and Gravel pit for sieve/proctor analysis. GeoTest will return to the site upon request. Please refer to the attached photos for additional information. COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc GeoTest's representatives are on-site to observe,test and provide recommendations. The Contractor retains sole responsibility for the methods, operations and sequences of construction,including obtaining approval from the design authority and owner prior to proceeding with any change in the work scope and/or any associated costs 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com 00' 0CG0Te5T 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7418 Soil Observation Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB M 14-0475 CLIENT: Stout Buildinq Contractors REPORT#: S0001 CONTRACTOR: TBD PAGE M 2 of 2 rJ Building Pad and Part of the West Parking Lot (Looking South) { v Proof Roll with Fully Loaded Dump Truck on the West Side _ of Building Pad (Photo Taken - Looking to the South) F Sieve Analysis Test Report - ASTM C136/C117 100 90 80 70 W 60 Z LL Z 50 W w W 40 a 30 20 10 0 100 10 1 0 1 GRAIN SIZE-mm. %+3„ %Gravel %Sand %Fines Coarse Fine Coarse Medium Fine Silt 0 3 3 4 38 48 4 SIEVE PERCENT SPEC." PASS? Material Description SIZE FINER PERCENT (X=NO) Structural Fill for Building Pad 3" 100 poorly graded sand 1-1/2" 98 1" 98 3/4" 97 Atterber Lg imits 1/2" 96 PL= LL= PI= 3/8" 95 Coefficients #4 94 D90= 1.7766 D85= 1.0186 DB0= 0 4974 #10 90 D50= 0.4100 D30= 0.2814 D15= 01909 420 81 D10= 0.1542 Cu= 3.23 CC= 1.03 #40 52 #60 25 Classification 4100 9 USCS= SP AASHTO= #200 3.5 Remarks (no specification provided) Location:Stilly Sand and Gravel Pole Pit-sampled at pit stockpile Sample Number: 1824A Date: 9-5-14 Client: Stout Building Contractor 00� GC OTG�'ST Project: O'Reilly Auto Parts 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA Project No: 14-0475 Figure SP001 Tested By: JE Checked By:GR Moisture-Density (Proctor) Test Report 116 114 12.1%. 113.9 pcf. U 112 12.8%,111-.6-pcfi ZAV for a Sp.G = .N 2.65 c U7 T 110 108 106 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 Water content, % —� -Rock Corrected Uncorrected Test specification: ASTM D 1557-12 Method A Modified ASTM D 4718-87 Oversize Corr.Applied to Each Test Point Elev/ Classification Nat. %> %< Depth USCS AASHTO Moist. Sp.G. LL PI #4 No.200 SP 6 3 5 ROCK CORRECTED TEST RESULTS UNCORRECTED MATERIAL DESCRIPTION Maximum dry density= 113.9 pcf 111.6 pcf Structural Fill for Building Pad poorly graded sand Optimum moisture= 12.1 % 12.8% Project No. 14-0475 Client: Stout Building Contractor Remarks: Project: O'Reilly Auto Parts SPG:assumed 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA Date: 9-5-14 Loc.:Sully Sand and Gravel Pole Pit-sampled at pit stockpile Sample No.: 1824A GG'OTe,5T Figure SP0o1 Tested By: JE/TF __—_ Checked By: GR 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com 00' C y OTG r7T 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7418 FIELD DENSITY/MOISTURE REPORT Nuclear Gauge * ASTM D6938 PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB M 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT M FD001 PERMIT M 171 DATE: 9/8/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE M 1 of 1 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Justin Brooks Compaction Of: Building Pad Structural Fill Field Data: Depth/ DTI Wet Field Dry Compaction Test Location Elev BS Density Moisture Density Lab % Pass/ # (ft) (in) (pcf) N (pcf) # Fail 1 Building Grid A 5/2 066 DT/6 115.9 5.1 110.3 1 97 95 P 2 Building Grid A 5/3,2 066 DT/6 124.5 11.5 111.6 1 96 95 P 3 Building Grid A.9/3.2 066 DT/6 120.3 10.9 1085 1 95 95 P 4 Building Grid A.9/4.8 1 25 DT/10 130.6 6.9 1221 2 96 95 P 5 Building Grid A.5/4.8 1.25 DT/10 127.7 6.0 120.4 2 95 95 P 6 Building Grid A.5/2 1.25 DT/10 1300 5.2 123.6 2 97 95 P 7 Building Grid A/2 1.25 DT/10 1321 5A 125.2 2 99 95 P Lab Max.Dry Optimum Retained Sample Soil Type Source Density Moisture On#4 Test # pc % % Method 1-1824A Poorly Graded Sand Pole Pit 113.9 12.1 6 ASTM D1557/D4718 2-1320A Poorly Graded Sand w/Gravel Stilly Sand and Gravel 126.8 7.0 27 ASTM D1557/D4718 3- 1 1 0.0 1 None Gauge Make/Model/Serial#: Troxler/3440P/60558 I M/D Standard Count: 680/2609 Comments: Depth/Elevation referenced was the approximate height above the native building pad grade GeoTest Services was on-site as requested to test the compaction of import granular backfill being used as structural fill throughout the building pad. Fill was placed over Mirafi HP570 geotextile with approximate 18 inch overlaps. All tests met compaction requirements. COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc. The above test results relate only to the sample(or location)tested. 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com C�G'OTG'ST 20611 67th Ave.NE Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7418 FIELD DENSITY/MOISTURE REPORT Nuclear Gauge * ASTM D6938 PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB M 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT M FDO02 PERMIT M 171 DATE: 9/9/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE M 1 of 1 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Justin Brooks Compaction Of: Structural Fill below Building Footprint and Parking Lot Field Data: Depth/ DTI Wet Field Dry Compaction Test Location Elev BS Density Moisture'Density Lab % Pass/ # I (ft) (in) (pcf) (%) (pcf) #_&Qml WNW0111 Fail 1 Building Grid A.5/3.2 FG DT/8 116,1 76 1078 1 95 95 P 2 Building Grid A.5/4.5 FG DT/8 1161 76 1079 1 95 95 P 3 Building Grid A.9/1.5 FG DT/8 1194 98 108.8 1 96 95 P 4 Building Grid A.5/1.5 FG DT/8 130.5 68 122.2 2 96 95 P 5 Building Grid A/4,9 FG DT/8 131.1 74 122.1 2 96 95 P 6 Building Grid A.1/3 FG DT/8 114.9 5.3 109.1 1 96 95 P 7 Parking Lot,20'W/20'N of SW building corner FG DT/8 1187 7.3 110.6 1 97 95 P 8 Parking Lot,30'W/40'S of NW building corner FG DT/8 116.4 7.3 108.5 1 95 95 P Lab Max.Dry Optimum Retained Sample Soil Type Source Density Moisture On 94 Test # (pcf) (%) %) Method 1-1824A Poorly Graded Sand Gravel Pole Pit 113.9 12.1 6 ASTM D1557/D4718 2-1320A Poorly Graded Sand w/Gravel Gravel Pole Pit 126.8 7.0 27 ASTM D1557/D4718 3- 0.0 None Gauge Make/Model/Serial#: Troxler/3440P/60558 l M/D Standard Count: 680/2559 Comments: FG-Finished Grade Depth/Elevation referenced to approximate finished subgrade GeoTest Services was on-site as requested to test the compaction of import granular backfill being used as structural fill throughout the building pad and parking lot. All tests met compaction requirements. COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc. The above test results relate only to the sample(or location)tested. i i i I i i 1 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98. www.geotest-inc.com 009 OeOTG 5T 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7418 Concrete Inspection & Compressive Strength Test Report PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT#: CB001 PERMIT#: 171 DATE: 9/26/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE M 1 of 2 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Tim Martin Placement Location: Continuous Footings at Lines A, B, 1 &5 Spread Footings at Lines A&B/2,3,4, Interior Grade Beams /Footings A to B/1 to 5 Sample Location: 2nd Truck 10 Cubic Yard Load,at Bottom 10"to 12"of the Grade Beams at Line A.2 to A.4/2 to 3 Field Data: Eq.No. Supplier Smokey Point Concrete/Skagit Read Slump,in.(C143) 4.25 8 Mix# 01550 Air Content,%(C231) NT Mix Description 5.5 Sack,7/8" Unit Weight,pcf(C138) NT Truck/Ticket# 8073/2122675 Air Temperature,°F 63 Strength Required 3000 psi at 28 days Mix Temperature,'F(C1064) 72 113 Quantity Placed,cy 238 Field Cure Temperature,'F 59-78 113 Time Batched 11:56 AM Water Added on Job,gals 0 Time Sampled 12:34 PM Water Requested by Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Compressive No. (Days) Date (Ibs) (in') Strength(psi) Remarks 37111 7 10-03 71030 12.63 5620 TYPE 2: 37112 28 10-24 0 0.00 0 37113 28 10-24 0 0.00 0 37114 28 10-24 0 0.00 0 37115 Hold 00-00 0 0.00 0 Reinforcement Inspection Yes n/a:not applicable Specimen Size 4"X 8" Reinforcement Conforms Yes I n/t: not tested Test Reference ASTM C31/C39 Comments: The reinforcing steel and column anchor bolts were in place in accordance with the project's plans. The concrete was placed in three lifts and each lift was mechanically consolidated. COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc. The above test results relate to the sample(or location)tested. GEOTEST SERVICES, INC. 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 20611 67th Ave, NE, Unit A,Arlington, WA 96223 wwWgeotest-inc.corn phone: (360) 733-7318 tax. (360)733-7418 Concrete Compressive Strength Test Report * Continuation PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors REPORT#: CB001 CONTRACTOR:TBD PAGE M 2 of 2 Sample Location: 10 Cubic Yard Placed at Middle 10"Lift Section/Footings Between Lines Two and Four at A Line Field Data: Truck/rcket# 8093/2122089 Slump,in.(C143) 5.00 Time Batched 1:28 PM Air Content,%(C231) NT Time Sampled 2:08 PM Unit Weight,pcf(C138) NT Air Temperature,°F 64 Water Added on Job,gals 0 Mix Temp.'F(C1064) 73 Water Requested by Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load I Area Compressive No. (Days) Date (Ibs) (in2) Strength (psi) Remarks 37116 7 10-03 69890 12.63 5530 TYPE 2: 37117 28 10-24 0 0.00 0 37118 28 10-24 0 0.00 0 37119 28 10-24 0 0.00 0 37120 Hold 00-00 0 0.00 0 Comments: Sample Location: 20th Truck, 10 Cubic Yard Load,placed at lines A to B/2.3 to 3.3 top 6"Lift Field Data: Truck/Ticket# 8075/2122705 Slump,in.(C143) 5.75 Time Batched 3:30 PM Air Content,%(C231) NT Time Sampled 4:08 PM Unit Weight,pcf(C138) NT Air Temperature,°F 64 Water Added on Job,gals 0 Mix Temp.°F(C1064) 74 Water Requested by Laboratory Data: Lab Test Age Test Total Load Area Compressive No. Days Date (Ibs) (in') Strength(psi) Remarks 37121 7 10-03 62110 12.63 4920 TYPE 2: 37122 28 10-24 0 0.00 0 37123 28 10-24 0 0.00 0 37124 28 10-24 0 0.00 0 37125 Hold 00-00 0 0.00 0 Comments: 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com OO' CGG OTG ST 20611 67th Ave.NE. Unit A.Arlington, WA 98223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360)733.7416 MASONRY INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB M 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT#: M1001 PERMIT#: 171 DATE: 10/7/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE M 1 of 1 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Josh Neyman Item(s) Inspected Location Elevation 8"CMU Walls Perimeter Walls 0'48" Reference Drawings: S1-S6 Items Inspected Comments Weather Conditions 60's Cloudy Material Conditions Dry Reinforcement In Place Per Plan Grout Space Clear Grouting Procedures 9 Cubic Yard Load of Mix#PG70030 Mechanical Consolidation Yes Test Specimens None Periodic Inspection Ne Continuous Inspection The above items were conforming Nonconforming Items(see below) Comments: GeoTest was on-site as requested to provide reinforced masonry inspection. Grout was placed via line pump and was mechanically consolidated. Truck#8083, Ticket#2123138 COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTest Services,Inc. GeoTest will not be responsible For layout of embeds and/or structure dimensions and locations. i M i 741 Marine Drive,Bellingham, WA 98225 www.geotest-inc.com 00 GG'�TG'ST 20611 67th Ave.NE.Unit A.Arlington, WA 96223 phone:(360)733.7318 toll free:(888)251.5276 fax:(360) 733.7418 MASONRY INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts JOB#: 14-0475 ADDRESS: 204th Street NE,Arlington,WA REPORT#: M1002 PERMIT#: 171 DATE: 10/8/2014 CLIENT: Stout Building Contractors PAGE#: 1 of 1 CONTRACTOR: TBD INSPECTOR: Jerry Karber Item(s) Inspected Location Elevation 8"CMU Walls B,4,4-5 and 5,A.8-B 0'to 4' 8"CMU Walls 5,A-A.8,A,1-5 and 1,A-A.4 8'-12' Reference Drawings: S1,S2,S3 and S4 Items Inspected Comments Weather Conditions Cloudy Material Conditions Good Reinforcement In Place Per Drawings Grout Space Good Grouting Procedures Pumped into place Mechanical Consolidation Yes Test Specimens No Periodic Inspection V Continuous Inspection The above items were conforming be Nonconforming Items(see below) Comments: GeoTest arrived on site as requested by the contractor. Grout Truck from Smoky Point Concrete arrived on site at 12:30 PM with 7 sack grout. COPIES: Stout Building Contractors Bartle,Eric Reviewed by This report shall not be reproduced except in full,without the written approval of GeoTesl Services,Inc. Geotest will not be responsible for layout of embeds and/or structure dimensions and locations. i T1—JMAS A. LUNDBERG architect 1736 E. SUNSHINE, SUITE 417 SPRINGFIELD, MO 65804 417.862.0558 FAX417.862.3265 TRANSMITTAL email: thorn@esterlyschneider.com Date: October 9, 2014 TO: Mr. Chris Young City of Arlington Community Development Department 238 North Olympic Avenue Arlington, Washington 98223 He: O'Reilly Auto Parts 204t" Street NE Arlington, WA#1 COPIES DATE DESCRIPTION ACTION TAKEN 2 Copies of Proposal Request No. 1, which includes the following: See Remarks 10-9-14 Proposal Request No. 1 Text Rev. 10-6-14 Sheet A3 Rev. 10-8-14 Sheets E1 and E3 REMARKS For your records. Please contact our office if you have any questions. Thank you. Justin Petersburg /Thom Lundberg skv Copy transmittal to: Mr. Steve Peterie, O'Reilly Auto Parts it i I Routing List Owner(MY,JB) Contractor(Bidders) Architect/Consultant(ESA,MFEC) Other(City,File,Plan Room,Dodge) PROPOSAL REQUEST NO. 1 DATE: October 9, 2014 TO: Stout Building Contractors 1380 West 50 South Centerville, UT 84014 PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts Store Pleasant Hill Road Arlington, WA#1 (AR1) Please submit an itemized quotation for changes in the Contract Sum and/or Time incidental to proposed modifications to the Contract Documents described herein. THIS IS NOT A CHANGE ORDER, NOR A DIRECTION TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK DESCRIBED HEREIN. Description: (written description of the Work) Changes due to coordination with the City regarding externally illuminated signs. Drawings. Sheet A3 (Thomas A. Lundberg) 1. Replace this sheet in its entirety with corresponding attached sheet. Sheet A3 reflects revised Elevations 1/A3 and 2/A3. Sheets E1 and E3 (Jennifer A. Luce, P.E.) 1. Replace each sheet in its entirety with corresponding attached sheet. Sheet E1 reflects revised Lighting Plan and Lighting Fixture Schedule. Sheet E3 reflects revised Circuit Breaker Panelboard Schedule. Attachments 1. Sheet A3, revised 10-6-14 2. Sheets E1 and E3, revised 10-8-14 1 I I ROUting List Owner(MY,JB) Contractor(Bidders) Architect/Consultant(ESA,MFEC) Other(City,File,Plan Room,Dodge) PROPOSAL REQUEST NO. 1 DATE: October 9, 2014 TO: Stout Building Contractors 1380 West 50 South Centerville, UT 84014 PROJECT: O'Reilly Auto Parts Store Pleasant Hill Road Arlington, WA#1 (AR1) Please submit an itemized quotation for changes in the Contract Sum and/or Time incidental to proposed modifications to the Contract Documents described herein. THIS IS NOT A CHANGE ORDER, NOR A DIRECTION TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK DESCRIBED HEREIN. Description: (written description of the Work) Changes due to coordination with the City regarding externally illuminated signs. Drawings. Sheet A3 (Thomas A. Lundberg) 1. Replace this sheet in its entirety with corresponding attached sheet. Sheet A3 reflects revised Elevations 1/A3 and 2/A3. Sheets E1 and E3 (Jennifer A. Luce, P.E.) 1. Replace each sheet in its entirety with corresponding attached sheet. Sheet E1 reflects revised Lighting Plan and Lighting Fixture Schedule. Sheet E3 reflects revised Circuit Breaker Panelboard Schedule. Attachments 1. Sheet A3, revised 10-6-14 2. Sheets E1 and E3, revised 10-8-14 �a I I STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS FOR O'REILLY AUTO PARTS STORE 204 STREET NORTHEAST ARLINGTON,WA PREPARED BY WAYNE E. DAVIS, P.E. CASSANDRA L.JAHR,E.I.T OF BOB D.CAMPBELL&CO.,INC. STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 4338 BELLEVIEW KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI 64111 (816)531-4144 FOR O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE STORES,INC. 233 S. PATERSON SPRINGFIELD, MISSOURI 65802 (417)862-3333 � r 9 i 1 'f 1 SEPTEMBER 3,2013 I L BOB D. CAMPBELL AND COMPANY 4338 BELLEVIEW PAGE OF KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI DATE: 9/3/2013 PHONE NO. (816)531-4144 (LSJ6/96) BY: CLJ FAX NO. (816) 531-8572 DESIGN CODE: ASCE 7-05 FILE: ASCE 7 05 SNW.xI; PROJECT: OAP1310 FACILITY LOCATION: Arlington, WA(AR1) SNOW LOAD: ROOF SLOPE= 0.25 INCHES TO 12 INCHES GROUND SNOW LOAD(Pg)= 15 PSF IMPORTANCE FACTOR: I OCCUPANCY: <300 SNOW LOAD COEF. Ce= 1 Ct= 1 ROOF LOAD(Pf)=0.7(Ce)Ct(I)Pg = 10.5 PSF MIN. ROOF SNOW LOAD (Pf>= Pg=20 PSF) = 15 PSF(CONTROLING DESIGN LOAD) RAIN ON SNOW= 5 PSF TOTAL LOAD(INCLUDING RAIN ON SNOW)= 15.5 PSF MIN. SNOW LOAD= SNOW DRIFT LOADING NOT INCLUDED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 15.5 PSF DRIFT SNOW LOAD: LEEWARD LENGTH OF ROOF PERPENDICULAR TO OFFSET: Wb= FT USE 25 FT DENSITY USE Wb= 25 FT D 15.95 PCF WINDWARD LENGTH OF ROOF PERPENDICULAR TO OFFSET: Wb= 80 FT USE Wb USE Wb= 80 FT HEIGHT OF ROOF OFFSET: hr= 2.67 FT (hr-hb)/hb= 1.75 IF LESS THAN 0.2 THEN he= 1.70 FT NO DRIFT REQUIRED BOB D. CAMPBELL AND COMPANY PAGE OF 4338 BELLEVIEW DATE: 9/3/2013 KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI (LSJ6/96) BY: CLJ PHONE NO. (816)531-4144 FAX NO. (816)531-8572 FILE: ASCE 7 05 SNW.xI: DESIGN CODE: ASCE 7-05 PROJECT: JOAP1310 FACILITY LOCATION: Arlington, WA(AR1) 7d LEEWARD DRIFT DEPTH: CALC. DRIFT LOAD hd= 1.31 FT he>hd USE hd = 1.31 FT hb= 0.97 FT LEEWARD DRIFT WIDTH: LESSER OF THE FOLLOWING: Wd= 5.25 FT 4hd = 5.25 FT hd<hc 4(hdA2)/hc= 4.05 FT 8 he= 13.59 FT WINDWARD DRIFT DEPTH: hd= 1.98 FT he<hd USE hd = 1.73 FT hb= 0.94 FT WINDWARD DRIFT WIDTH: LESSER OF THE FOLLOWING: Wd= 9.26 FT 4hd = 6.92 FT hd>/=hc 4(hdA2)/hc= 9.26 FT 8 he= 13.59 FT BOB D. CAMPBELL AND COMPANY PAGE OF 4338 BELLEVIEW DATE: 9/3/2013 KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI (LSJ6/96) BY: CLJ PHONE NO. (816) 531-4144 FAX NO. (816)531-8572 FILE: ASCE 7 05 SNW.xIs DESIGN CODE: ASCE 7-05 PROJECT: JOAP1310 FACILITY LOCATION: lArlington, WA(AR1) LEEWARD DRIFT LOAD: hd x D= 20.92 PSF WINDWARD DRIFT LOAD: hd x D= 27.59 PSF LEEWARD TOTAL UNIFORM LOAD AND DRIFT LOAD: Pm = 36.42 PSF D(hd+hb)= 36.42 DRIFT PLUS UNIFORM CONTROLS: ADD RAIN ON SNOW D(hr)= 42.59 MAX FOR OFFSET IF APPLIES Density D= 15.95 PCF WINDWARD TOTAL UNIFORM LOAD AND DRIFT LOAD: Pm = 42.59 PSF D(hd+hb) = 42.59 DRIFT PLUS UNIFORM CONTROLS: ADD RAIN ON SNOW D(hr) = 42.59 MAX FOR OFFSET IF APPLIES Density D= 15.95 PCF BOB D.CAMPBELL AND COMPANY PAGE OF 4338 BELLEVIEW DATE: 9/3/2013 KANSAS CITY,MISSOURI (LSJ12/93) BY: CLJ PHONE NO.(816)531-4144 FAX NO.(816)531-8572 FILE: ASCE 7 05 Wind C Exp. DESIGN CODE: ASCE 7-05 PROJECT: OAP1310 FACILITY LOCATION: Arlington,WA(AR1) WIND DESIGN VELOCITY(V) = 85.00 MPH BUILDING EXPOSURE: C BUILDING CLASSIFICATION II ENCLOSED STRUCTURE BUILDING IMPORTANTS: I= 1.00 Kd= 0.85 Main Frm/Components Kzt= 1 Level Site Exposure Case Analysis: 1 Component and Main Frame WIND PRESSURE AT BUILDING HEIGHTS: qz=0.00256 Kz Kzt Kd I MA POINT: POINT HEIGHT(z): Kz qz(PSF) Gz 1 0-15 FT 0.85 13.36 0.85 2 20 FT 0.90 14.15 0.85 3 25 FT 0.94 14.78 0.85 4 30 FT 0.98 15.41 0.85 5 40 FT 1.04 16.35 0.85 Kh qh(PSF) Ch ROOF HT.: 20.00 FT 0.70 11 0.85 BLDG HEIGHT(h): 20 FT BLDG LENGTH(L): 112.67 FT h/L= 0.18 BLDG LENGTH(L): 67.67 FT h/L= 0.30 ROOF ANGLE: 1.2 DEGREES RF Cp= -0.7 OR EXTERNAL PRESSURES: POINT: WALL: ROOF: WINDWRD LEEWRD SIDE NEG. POSIT. Cp 0.80 -0.50 -0.70 -0.70 -0.18 POINT PRESSURES: (RF HT) (RF HT) (RF HT) (RF HT) 1.00 9.1 -4.7 -6.5 -6.5 -1.7 2.00 9.6 DO DO DO DO 3.00 10.0 DO DO DO DO 4.00 10.5 DO DO DO DO 5.00 11.1 DO DO DO DO INTERIOR PRESSURES(ENCLOSED STRUCTURE): WINDWARD OPNG. GCpi= 0.18 gh(GCpi)= 1.98 PSF (CONFIRM BUILDING OPENING CONFIGURATION FOR INTERNAL COEF.) LEEWARD OPNG. GCpi= -0.18 gh(GCpi)= -1.98 PSF BOB D.CAMPBELL AND COMPANY PAGE OF 4338 BELLEVIEW DATE: 9/3/2013 KANSAS CITY,MISSOURI (LSJ12/93) BY: CLJ PHONE NO. (816)531-4144 FAX NO.(816)531-8572 FILE: ASCE 7 05 Wind C Exp. DESIGN CODE: ASCE 7-05 PROJECT: OAP1310 FACILITY LOCATION: Arlington,WA AR1) SUMMARY OF MAIN FRAME WIND PRESSURES: OPENINGS ON WINDWARD SIDE(POSITIVE INTERNAL PRESSURE): POINT: WALL ROOF: WINDWRD LEEWRD SIDE NEG. POSIT. POINT PRESSURES: (RF HT) (RF HT) (RF HT) (RF HT) 1.00 7 -6 -8 -8 -3 2.00 8 DO DO DO DO 3.00 8 DO DO DO DO 4.00 9 DO DO DO DO 5.00 9 DO DO DO DO OPENINGS ON LEEWARD SIDE(NEGITIVE INTERNAL PRESSURE): POINT: WALL ROOF: WINDWRD LEEWRD SIDE NEG. POSIT. POINT PRESSURES: (RF HT) (RF HT) (RF HT) (RF HT) 1.00 11 -3 -5 -5 0 2.00 11 DO DO DO DO 3.00 12 DO DO DO DO 4.00 12 DO DO DO DO 5.00 13 DO DO DO DO BOB D.CAMPBELL AND COMPANY PAGE OF 4338 BELLEVIEW DATE: 9/3/2013 KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI (LSJ12/93) BY: CLJ PHONE NO. (816)531-4144 FAX NO.(816)531-8572 FILE: ASCE 7 05 Wind C Exp. DESIGN CODE: ASCE 7-05 PROJECT: OAP1310 FACILITY LOCATION: Arlington,WA(AR1) SUMMARY OF PARTS AND COMPONENTS WIND PRESSURES: INTERIOR PRESSURE ADDED FOR ENCLOSED STRUCTURE(ADJUST FOR OPEN STRUCT) WIND qh FOR ROOF HEIGHT: AREAS: 10 20 50 100 200 500 WALL FIELD(POSIT): 13 12 12 11 11 10 (NEGAT): -14 -14 -13 -12 -12 -11 WALL CORNERS(P): 13 12 12 11 11 10 (NEGAT): -17 -16 -15 -14 -12 -11 ROOF SLOPE LESS THAN 7 DEGREES-OUTWARD FORCE: AREAS: 10 20 50 100 200 500 ROOF FIELD: -13 -13 -12 -12 -12 -12 RF EDGES&EVES: -22 -o0 -16 -14 -14 -14 ROOF CORNERS: -33 -27 -20 -14 -14 -14 ROOF SLOPE LESS THAN 7 DEGREES-INWARD FORCE: AREAS: 10 20 50 100 200 500 ROOF FIELD: 5 5 5 4 4 4 RF EDGES&EVES: 5 5 5 4 4 4 ROOF CORNERS: 5 5 5 4 4 4 DIMENSION"a" (THE LESS OF THE FOLLOWING BUT NOT LESS THAN 3 FEET) 10%OF BLDG.MIN.WIDTH= 7 FT LEAST HOR. DIM. (FT)= 68 0.4*h= 8 FT NOT<4%MIN.WIDTH= 3 FT a= 7 FT i BOB D.CAMPBELL AND COMPANY Date: 9/3/2013 4338 BELLEVIEW By: Cu KANSAS CITY,MISSOURI PHONE NO.(816)531-4144 Project No.: OAP1310 Location: Arlington,WA(AR1) CMU WALL DESIGN FORCES- 17'-4" FRONT WALL FRONT WALL Parapet H= 17.33 ft SEISMIC Roof H= 16.58 ft RR= 0.200 k Start of Fully H= 11.33 ft RB= 0.145 k Grouted CMU MA= 0.633 ft-k/ft Seismic Force MB= 0.007 ft-k/ft F=0.4(Sd)(1)(W) M(seismic)= 0.443 ft-k/ft Sd.= 0.752 WIND-Positive Fully Grouted Wt.= 0.087 ksf RR= 0.113 k F(fully grouted)= 0.026 klf/ft RB= 0.091 k Reinforced Wt.= 0.055 ksf MA= 0.374 ft-k/ft F(reinf.)= 0.017 klf/ft MB= 0.008 ft-k/ft Wind Force M(wlnd,pos)= 0.374 ft-k/ft Aeff= 100 ftz WIND-Negative Corners: Positive 11.0 psf RR= 0.138 k Negative 14.0 psf RB= 0.116 k Fw(pos)= 0.011 klf/ft MA= 0.477 ft-k/ft Fw(neg)= 0.014 klf/ft MB= 0.008 ft-k/ft qP 13.73 psf M(wind,neg)= 0.477 ft-k/ft GCPI= +/- 0.18 WIND CONTROLS CGp + 0.75 M= 0.477 ft-k/ft - 0.95 pp gp(GCp GCpi)= + 13 psf - 16 psf Fp= 0.028 klf/ft RR M. F MA RB V it BOB D.CAMPBELL AND COMPANY Date: 9/3/2013 4338 BELLEVIEW By: CU KANSAS CITY,MISSOURI PHONE NO.(816)531-4144 Project No.: OAP1310 Location: Arlington,WA(AR1) BACK WALL BACK WALL Parapet H= 17.33 ft SEISMIC Roof H= 14.92 ft RR= 0.222 k Start of Fully H= 11.33 ft RB= 0.122 k Grouted CMU MA= 0.453 ft-k/ft Seismic Force MB= 0.076 ft-k/ft F=0.4(SdJ(1)(W) M(seismic = 0.453 ft-k/ft Sd5= 0.752 WIND-Positive Fully Grouted Wt.= 0.087 ksf RR= 0.156 k F(fully grouted)= 0.026 klf/ft RR= 0.077 k Reinforced Wt.= 0.055 ksf MA= 0.266 ft-k/ft F(reinf.)= 0.017 klf/ft MB= 0.082 ft-k/ft Wind Force M(wind)= 0.266 ft-k/ft Aeff= 100 ft, WIND-Negative Corners: Positive 11.0 psf RR= 0.178 k Negative 14.0 psf RB= 0.099 k Fw(pos)= 0.011 klf/ft MA= 0.35 ft-k/ft Fw(neg)= 0.014 klf/ft MB= 0.082 ft-k/ft qp 13.73 psf M(wind)= 0.35 ft-k/ft GCP,= +/- 0.18 SEISMIC CONTROLS CGP + 0.75 M= 0.453 ft-k/ft - 0.95 pP gp(GCP GCp;)= + 13 psf 16 psf Fp= 0.028 klf/ft - RR MB F IhAA RB V r� � T �� � BOB D.CAMPBELL AND COMPANY Date: 9/3/2013 4338 BELLEVIEW By: CU KANSAS CITY,MISSOURI PHONE NO.(816)531-4144 Project No.: OAP1310 Location: Arlington,WA(AR1) SIDE WALLS SIDE WALLS Parapet H= 17.33 ft SEISMIC-Positive Roof H= 15.75 ft RR= 0.232 k Start of Fully H= 11.33 ft RB= 0.112 k Grouted CIVIL) MA= 0.382 ft-k/ft Purlin Force MB= 0.033 ft-k/ft Roof Load= 0.040 ksf M seismic = 0.382 ft-k/ft Trib Width= 15.00 ft SEISMIC-Negative Purlin Force to= 0.57 ft RR= 0.189 k Centerline CMU RB= 0.156 k F= 0.600 klf/ft MA= 0.734 ft-k/ft Seismic Force MB= 0.033 ft-k/ft F=0.4(Sd,)(I)(W) M(seismic)= 0.734 ft-k/ft S&= 0.752 WIND-Positive Fully Grouted Wt.= 0.087 ksf RR= 0.155 k F(fully grouted)= 0.026 klf/ft RB= 0.063 k Reinforced Wt.= 0.055 ksf MA= 0.179 ft-k/ft F(reinf.)= 0.017 klf/ft MB= 0.035 ft-k/ft Wind Force M(wind)= 0.179ft-k/ft Aeff= 100 ft, WIND-Negative Corners: Positive 11.0 psf RR= 0.135 k Negative 14.0 psf RB= 0.130 k FW(pos)= 0.011 klf/ft MA= 0.601 ft-k/ft FW(neg)= 0.014 klf/ft MB= 0.035 ft-k/ft qp= 13.73 psf M(wind)= 0.601 ft-k/ft GCp;= +/- 0.18 SEISMIC CONTROLS CGP + 0.75 M= 0.734 ft-k/ft - 0.95 pP gp(GCP GCp1)= + 13 psf 16 psf Fp= 0.028 klf/ft RR M. F 7hAA RB V i BOB D.CAMPBELL AND COMPANY Date: 9/3/2013 4338 BELLEVIEW By: Cu KANSAS CITY,MISSOURI PHONE NO.(816)531-4144 Project No.: OAP1310 Location: Arlington,WA(AR1) CMU WALL DESIGN FORCES - 19'-4" FRONT WALL FRONT WALL Parapet H= 19.33 ft SEISMIC Roof H= 16.58 ft RR= 0.258 k Start of Fully H= 11.33 ft RB= 0.139 k Grouted CMU MA= 0.585 ft-k/ft Seismic Force MB= 0.099 ft-k/ft F=0.4(SdJ(i)(W) M(seismic)= 0.41 ft-k/ft Sd:= 0.752 WIND-Positive Fully Grouted Wt.= 0.087 ksf RR= 0.176 k F(fully grouted)= 0.026 klf/ft RR= 0.085 k Reinforced Wt.= 0.055 ksf MA= 0.326 ft-k/ft F(reinf.)= 0.017 klf/ft MB= 0.107 ft-k/ft Wind Force M(wind,pos)= 0.326 ft-k/ft Aeff= 125 ft' WIND-Negative Corners: Positive 11.0 psf RR= 0.196 k Negative 13.5 psf RB= 0.105 k FW(pos)= 0.011 klf/ft MA= 0.412 ft-k/ft FW(neg)= 0.014 klf/ft MB= 0.107 ft-k/ft qP 14.04 psf M(wind,neg)= 0.412 ft-k/ft GCPi= +/- 0.18 WIND CONTROLS CGP + 0.73 M= 0.412 ft-k/ft 0.93 pP g1,(GCP GCp1)= + 13 psf - 16 psf FP= 0.028 klf/ft RR MB F IhAA RB V BOB D.CAMPBELL AND COMPANY Date: 9/3/2013 4338 BELLEVIEW By: CU KANSAS CITY,MISSOURI PHONE NO.(816)531-4144 Project No.: OAP1310 Location: Arlington,WA(AR1) BACK WALL BACK WALL Parapet H= 19.33 ft SEISMIC Roof H= 14.92 ft RR= 0.286 k Start of Fully H= 11.33 ft RB= 0.111 k Grouted CMU MA= 0.369 ft-k/ft Seismic Force MB= 0.254 ft-k/ft F=0.4(Sd,)(1)(W) M seismic = 0.369 ft-k/ft S6= 0.752 WIND-Positive Fully Grouted Wt.= 0.087 ksf RR= 0.226 k F(fully grouted)= 0.026 klf/ft RB= 0.064 k Reinforced Wt.= 0.055 ksf MA= 0.184 ft-k/ft F(reinf.)= 0.017 klf/ft MB= 0.276 ft-k/ft Wind Force M(wind)= 0.276 ft-k/ft Aeff= 125 ftZ WIND-Negative Corners: Positive 11.0 psf RR= 0.244 k Negative 13.5 psf RB= 0.082 k FW(pos)= 0.011 klf/ft MA= 0.25 ft-k/ft FW(neg)= 0.014 klf/ft MB= 0.276 ft-k/ft qP 14.04 psf M(wind)= 0.276 ft-k/ft GCPi= +/- 0.18 SEISMIC CONTROLS CGP + 0.73 M= 0.369 ft-k/ft - 0.93 pP gp(GCp GCP;)= + 13 psf 16 psf FP= 0.028 klf/ft RR M. F 7hAA RB V BOB D.CAMPBELL AND COMPANY Date: 9/3/2013 4338 BELLEVIEW By CU KANSAS CITY,MISSOURI PHONE NO.(816)531-4144 Project No.: OAP1310 Location: Arlington,WA(AR1) SIDE WALLS SIDE WALLS Parapet H= 19.33 ft SEISMIC-Positive Roof H= 15.75 ft RR= 0.293 k Start of Fully H= 11.33 ft RB= 0.104 k Grouted CMU MA= 0.326ft-k/ft Purlin Force MB= 0.168 ft-k/ft Roof Load= 0.040 ksf M(seismic)= 0.326 ft-k/ft Trib Width= 15.00 ft SEISMIC-Negative Purlin Force to= 0.57 ft RR= 0.249 k Centerline CMU RB= 0.147 k F= 0.600 klf/ft MA= 0.656 ft-k/ft Seismic Force MB= 0.168 ft-k/ft F=0.4(Sd,)(I)(W) M seismic = 0.656 ft-k ft S&= 0.752 WIND-Positive Fully Grouted Wt.= 0.087 ksf RR= 0.221 k F(fully grouted)= 0.026 klf/ft RB= 0.053 k Reinforced Wt.= 0.055 ksf MA= 0.129 ft-k/ft F(reinf.)= 0.017 klf/ft MB= 0.182 ft-k/ft Wind Force I M(wind)= 0.182 ft-k/ft Aeff= 125 ftZ WIND-Negative Corners: Positive 11.0 psf RR= 0.198 k Negative 13.5 psf RB= 0.116 k FW(pos)= 0.011 klf/ft MA= 0.503 ft-k/ft FW(neg)= 0.014 klf/ft MB= 0.182 ft-k/ft qP 14.04 psf M(wind)= 0.503 ft-k/ft GCp;= +/- 0.18 SEISMIC CONTROLS CGP + 0.73 M= 0.656 ft-k/ft - 0.93 pP gp(GCp GCp;)= + 13 psf - 16 psf Fp= 0.028 klf/ft RR MB F MA -- R B V BOB D.CAMPBELL AND COMPANY Date: 9/3/2013 4338 BELLEVIEW By: CU KANSAS CITY,MISSOURI PHONE NO.(816)531-4144 Project No.: OAP1310 Location: Arlington,WA(AR1) CMU WALL DESIGN - 17'-4" - Back Wall M(per ft)= 0.453 ft-k/ft Parapet H= 17.33 ft Roof H= 14.92 ft M=(M per ft)(s)- Start of Fully H= 11.33 ft ((ys Est.x)(Wall Wt.)(s)/12)= Grouted CMU M= 0.510 ft-k Fully Grouted Wt.= 0.087 ksf Reinf. @32"oc Wt.= 0.055 ksf Wall Wt. 1.145 klf uO W N T \/ M • Masonry Steel CMU Size 7.625 in ys=Centroid= 3.8125 in f'm= 1500 psi of Rebar Em=(900)f'm= 1350 ksl ES 29000 ksl Fbm=(1/3)f'm= 500 psi Fbs= 19.2 ksl n=E,/Em= 21.5 Rebar Size #5 dm=(estimate) 1.07 in s=Reinf.@ 32 "oc Wm=s/n= 1.49 in As= 0.31 in Am=Wm(dm)= 1.59 in` x=[0.5(Am)(dm)+AJys))/(Am+As)= 1.07 in dm=x Masonry Im=Wm(dm3)/12+Am(x-0.5dm)Z+N(Ys-x)Z= 2.94 in Sm=[1m/(x-0.5dm)](n)= 118 Ina Mallow,m=Fbm(Sm)= 4.93 ft-k Steel SS lm/(YS x)= 1.07 in3 Mallows=Fbs(5s)= 1.71 ft-k Steel Controls-M<M(allow),OK BOB D.CAMPBELL AND COMPANY Date: 9/3/2013 4338 BELLEVIEW By: CU KANSAS CITY,MISSOURI PHONE NO.(816)531-4144 Project No.: 0AP1310 Location: Arlington,WA(AR1) CMU WALL DESIGN - 17'-4" - Front Wall M(per ft)= 0.477 ft-k/ft Parapet H= 17.33 ft Roof H= 16.58 ft M=(M per ft)(s)- Start of Fully H= 11.33 ft ((ys-Est.x)(Wall Wt.)(s)/12)= Grouted CIVIL) M= 0.574 ft-k Fully Grouted Wt.= 0.087 ksf Reinf.@32"oc Wt.= 0.055 ksf Wall Wt. 1.145 klf N W CO - C- Masonry Steel CMU Size 7.625 in y,=Centroid= 3.8125 in f'm= 1500 psi of Rebar Em(900)f'm= 1350 ksl Es= 29000 ksl Fbm=(1/3)f'm= 500 psi Fbs= 19.2 ksi n=E,/Em= 21.5 Rebar Size #5 dm=(estimate) 1.07 in s=Reinf.@ 32 "oc Wm=s/n= 1.49 in As= 0.31 in` Am=Wm(dm)= 1.59 in x=I0.5(Am)(dm)+As(ys)J/(Am+As)= 1.07 in drn=x Masonry Im Wm(dm3)/12+Am(x-0.5dm)Z+A,(ys-x)Z= 2.94 in Sm=(lm/(x-0.5dm)](n)= 118 in' Mallow,m=Fbm(Sm)= 4.93 ft-k Steel Ss=lm/(ys x)= 1.07 in3 Mallows=Fbs(Ss)= 1.71 ft-k Steel Controls-M<M(allow),OK 1 I BOB D.CAMPBELL AND COMPANY Date: 9/3/2013 4338 BELLEVIEW By: CU KANSAS CITY,MISSOURI PHONE NO.(816)531-4144 Project No.: 0AI'1310 Location: Arlington,WA(AR1) CMU WALL DESIGN - IT-4" - Side Wall M(per ft)= 0.734 ft-k/ft Parapet H= 17.33 ft Roof H= 15.75 ft M=(M per ft)(s)- Start of Fully H= 11.33 ft ((ys Est.x)(Wall Wt.)(s)/12)= Grouted CMU M= 1.259 ft-k Fully Grouted Wt.= 0.087 ksf Reinf.@32"oc Wt.= 0.055 ksf Wall Wt. 1.145 klf in W N 00 - - C- Masonry Steel CMU Size 7,625 in y,=Centroid= 3.8125 in f'm= 1500 psi of Rebar Em=(900)f'm= 1350 ksi E,= 29000 ksi Fbm=(1/3)f'm= 500 psi Fbs 19.2 ksi n=E,/Em= 21.5 Rebar Size #5 dm(estimate) 1.07 in s=Reinf.@ 32 "oc Wm=s/n= 1.49 in AS 0.31 in` Am=Wm(dm)= 1.59 in` x=[0.5(Am)(dm)+A,(ys))/(Am+As)= 1.07 in dm=x Masonry lm=Wm(dm3)/12+Am(x-0.5dm)2+A,(ys-x)Z= 2.94 in" Sm=[Im/(x-0.5dm)](n)= 118 in' Mallow,m=Fbm(Sm)= 4.93 ft-k Steel SS 14(ys x)= 1.07 in Mallows=Fbs(Ss)= 1.71 ft-k Steel Controls-M<M(allow),OK I BOB D.CAMPBELL AND COMPANY Date: 9/3/2013 4338 BELLEVIEW By: CU KANSAS CITY,MISSOURI PHONE NO.(816)531-4144 Project No.: 0AP1310 Location: Arlington,WA(AR1) CMU WALL DESIGN - 19'-4" - Back Wall M(per ft)= 0.369 ft-k/ft Parapet H= 19.33 ft Roof H= 14.92 ft M=(M per ft)(s)- Start of Fully H= 11.33 ft ((ys Est.x)(Wall Wt.)(s)/12)= Grouted CMU M= 0.180 ft-k Fully Grouted Wt.= 0.087 ksf Reinf.@32"oc Wt.= 0.055 ksf Wall Wt. 1.319 klf uO W N Ir oo Masonry Steel CMU Size 7.625 in V,=Centroid= 3.8125 in f'm= 1500 psi of Rebar Em=(900)f'm= 1350 ksl Es= 29000 ksi Fbm=(1/3)f'm= 500 psi Fb,= 19.2 ksi n=E,/Em= 21.5 Rebar Size #5 dm=(estimate) 1.07 in s=Reinf.@ 32 "oc Wm=s/n= 1.49 in A,= 0.31 in` Am-Wm(dm)= 1.59 in` x=[0.5(Am)(dm)+A,(ys)]/(Am+As)= 1.07 in dm=x Masonry lm'Wm(dm3)/12+Am(x-0.5dm)Z+A,(Ys-x)Z= 2.94 in Sm[Im/(x-0.5dm)](n)= 118 in' Mallow,m=Fbm(Sm)= 4.93 ft-k Steel Ss=Im/(Ys x)= 1.07 Ina Mallows=Fbs(Ss)= 1.71 ft-k Steel Controls-M<M(allow),OK m - - r �� - - - I BOB D.CAMPBELL AND COMPANY Date: 9/3/2013 4338 BELLEVIEW By: CU KANSAS CITY,MISSOURI PHONE NO.(816)531-4144 Project No.: OOAP1310 Location: Arlington,WA(AR1) CMU WALL DESIGN - 19'-4" - Front Wall M(per ft)= 0.412 ft-k/ft Parapet H= 19.33 ft Roof H= 16.58 ft M=(M per ft)(s)- Start of Fully H= 11.33 ft ((ys-Est.x)(Wall Wt.)(s)/12)= Grouted CMU M= 0.295 ft-k Fully Grouted Wt.= 0.087 ksf Reinf. @32"oc Wt.= 0.055 ksf Wall Wt. 1.319 klf in W N w i ii ix M • - Masonry Steel CMU Size 7.625 in y,=Centroid= 3.8125 in f'm 1500 psi of Rebar Em(900)f'm= 1350 ksi ES 29000 ksi Fbm(1/3)f'm= 500 psi Fbs= 19.2 ksi n=EJEm= 21.5 Rebar Size #5 dm=(estimate) 1.07 in s=Reinf.@ 32 "oc Wm=s/n= 1.49 in As= 0.31 in Am=Wm(dm)= 1.59 in X=[0.5(Am)(dm)+As(ys))/(Am+AS)= 1.07 in dm=x Masonry Im=Wm(dm3)/12+Am(x-0.5dm)z+A,(Ys-x)Z= 2.94 in Sm=[Im/(x-0.5dm)](n)= 118 in' Mallow,m=Fbm(Sm)= 4.93 ft-k Steel Ss=lm/(Ys-x)= 1.07 in Mallows=Fbs(Ss)= 1.71 ft-k Steel Controls-M<M(allow),OK BOB D.CAMPBELL AND COMPANY Date: 9/3/2013 4338 BELLEVIEW By: CIJ KANSAS CITY,MISSOURI PHONE NO.(816)531-4144 Project No.: OAP1310 Location: Arlington,WA(AR1) CMU WALL DESIGN - 19'-4" - Side Wall M(per ft)= 0.656 ft-k/ft Parapet H= 19.33 ft Roof H= 15.75 ft M=(M per ft)(s)- Start of Fully H= 11.33 ft ((ys-Est.x)(Wall Wt.)(s)/12)= Grouted CMU M= 0.945 ft-k Fully Grouted Wt.= 0.087 ksf Reinf.@32"oc Wt.= 0.055 ksf Wall Wt. 1.319 klf in W N OR — CV) Masonry Steel CMU Size 7.625 in ys Centroid= 3.8125 in f'm 1500 psi of Rebar Em=(900)f'm= 1350 ksi ES 29000 ksi Fbm=(1/3)f'm= 500 psi Fbs= 19.2 ksi n=E,/Em= 21.5 Rebar Size #5 dm=(estimate) 1.07 in s=Reinf.@ 32 "oc Wm=s/n= 1.49 in As= 0.31 in` Am=Wm(dm)= 1.59 in` x=[0.5(Am)(dm)+As(ys)1/(Am+As)= 1.07 in dm=x Masonry lm=Wm(dm3)/12+Am(x-0.5dm)2+As(Ys-x)2= 2.94 in Sm=[lm/(x-0.5dm))(n)= 118 in' Mallow,m=Fbm(Sm)= 4.93 ft-k Steel S.=lm/(Y:-x)= 1.07 in' Mallows=Fbs(Ss)= 1.71 ft-k Steel Controls-M<M(allow),OK BOB D.CAMPBELL AND COMPANY Date: 9/3/2013 4338 BELLEVIEW By: CU KANSAS CITY,MISSOURI PHONE NO.(816)531-4144 Project No.: 0AP1310 Location: Arlington,WA(AR1) CONTROLLING LATERAL FORCE East-West Direction Seismic CS= 0.215 Average Roof H= 15.75 ft Building L= 67.67 ft Roof DL= 57.2 k East Wall DL= 91.7 k West Wall DL= 60.1 k VE= 7.3 k Wind Wind Load= 0.209 klf Tributary Width= 15.00 ft VW= 3.1 k Seismic Controls V= 7.3 k North-South Direction Seismic CS= 0.231 North Wall DL= 54.4 k South Wall DL= 66.6 k VE= 14.4 k Wind Building W= 112.67 ft VW= 11.8 k Seismic Controls V= 14.4 k ;, - - A . -T - BOB D.CAMPBELL AND COMPANY Date: 9/3/2013 4338 BELLEVIEW By: Cu KANSAS CITY,MISSOURI Page: 1 PHONE NO.(816)531-4144 Project No.: OAP1310 Location: Arlington,WA(AR1) COLUMN FOOTING DESIGN Allowable Soil Bearing= 2000 psf Footing: 2A Footing: 26 Footing Width= 5.00 It Footing Width= 4.50 ft Footing Depth= 2.00 ft Footing Depth= 2.00 ft T/Slab to T/Ft = 1.33 ft T/Slab to T/Ftg= 0.67 ft Pilaster Length= 0.00 ft Pilaster Length= 0.00 ft Pilaster Width= 0.00 ft Pilaster Width= 0.00 ft Wall Width= 0.67 It Wall Width= 0.67 ft Down Forces Down Forces Pmax(down)= 26.7 k Pmax(down)= 26.2 k q= 1068 psf q= 1294 psf OK OK Uplift Forces Uplift Forces Pmax(up)= -9.1 k Pmax(uP)= -7.1 k Dead Loads Dead Loads Footing DL= 7.50 k Footing DL= 6.08 k Pilaster DL= 0.00 k Pilaster DL= 0.00 k w(wall)= 1.261 klf w(wall)= 1.261 klf Wall DL= 6.31 k Wall DL= 5.67 k Soil DL= 3.47 k Soil DL= 1.38 k Total DL= 17.27 k 'Total DL= 13.13 k 0.6D+W= 1.26 k 0.6D+W= 0.78 k OK OK Footing: 3A Footing: 313 Footing Width= 5.00 ft Footing Width= 6.00 ft Footing Depth= 2.00 ft Footing Depth= 2.00 ft T/Slab to T/Ftg= 1.33 ft T/Slab to T/Ft = 0.67 ft Pilaster Length= 0.00 ft Pilaster Length= 0.00 ft Pilaster Width= 0.00 ft Pilaster Width= 0.00 ft Wall Width= 0.67 ft Wall Width= 0.00 ft Down Forces Down Forces Pmax(down)= 41.4 k Pmax(down)= 40.1 k q= 1656 psf q= 1114 psf OK OK Uplift Forces Uplift Forces Pmax(up)= -9.8 k Pmax(uP)= -7.3 k Dead Loads Dead Loads Footing DL= 7.50 k Footing DL= 10.80 k Pilaster DL= 0.00 k Pilaster DL= 0.00 k w(wall)= 1.261 klf w(wall)= 0.000 klf 'Wall DL= 6.31 k Wall DL= 0.00 k Soil DL= 3.47 k Soil DL= 2.88 k Total DL= 17.27 k Total DL= 13.68 k 0.6D+W= 0.56 k 0.6D+W= 0.91 k OK OK BOB D.CAMPBELL AND COMPANY Date: 9/3/2013 4338 BELLEVIEW By: Cu KANSAS CITY,MISSOURI Page: 2 PHONE NO.(816)S31-4144 Project No.: OAP1310 Location: Arlington,WA(AR1) COLUMN FOOTING DESIGN Allowable Soil Bearing= 2000 psf Footing: 4A Footing: 4B Footing Width= 5.00 ft Footing Width= 6.00 ft Footing Depth= 2.00 ft Footing Depth= 2.00 ft T/Slab to T/Ftg= 1.33 ft T/Slab to T/Ftg= 0.67 ft Pilaster Length= 0.00 ft Pilaster Length= 0.00 ft Pilaster Width= 0.00 ft Pilaster Width= 0.00 ft Wall Width= 0.67 ft Wall Width= 0.00 ft Down Forces Down Forces Pmax(down)= 32.0 k P, Jclown)= 31.4 k q= 1280 psf q= 872 psf OK OK Uplift Forces Uplift Forces Pmax(up)= -10.6 k Pmex(Up)= -8.3 k Dead Loads Dead Loads Footing DL= 7.50 k Footing DL= 10.80 k Pilaster DL= 0.00 k Master DL= 0.00 k w(walp= 1.261 klf w(wall)= 0.000 klf Wall DL= 6.31 k Wall DL= 0.00 k Soil DL= 3.47 k Soil DL= 2.88 k Total DL 17.27 k Total DL= 13.68 k 0.61)+W= -0.24 k 0.61)+W= -0.09 k w/Cont.Footing OK w/Cont.Footing OK I BOB D.CAMPBELL AND COMPANY Date: 9/3/2013 4338 BELLEVIEW By: Cu KANSAS CITY,MISSOURI PHONE NO.(816)531-4144 Project No.: OAP1310 Location: Arlington,WA(AR1) Horizontal Girt Connection to End Walls N=Bolts per Conn.= 4 3/4"Dia.Bolt Y=D btwn Bolts= 28.00 in 1st Bolt: Va=V(allowable)= 1.927 k X=D from P.E.M.B. 6.00 in Others: Va=V(allowable)= 2.050 k Bolts to Wall= T.=T(allowable)= 1.560 k Oo=Overstrength= 2.0 fa P.E.M.B.Loads W= 4.70 k E= 3.90 k w I } Z I I I -o I I x WIND SEISMIC V=W= 4.70 k V=0.7*f!o*E= 5.46 T=W*X/(Y*(N-1))= 0.34 k T=0.7*()o*E*X/(Y*(N-1))= 0.39 V/Va+T/Ta= 0.80 OK WV,+T/Ta= 0.93 OK P.E.M.B. Girt Connection to Parallel Wall NB=Bolts per Conn.= 2 X=Conn.Spacing= 32 in o.c. L=Length of 60.00 ft CMU Wall= 100=Overstrength= 2.0 Nc=#of Conn.= 23 P.E.M.B.Loads 3/4"Dia.Bolt W= 7.20 k V,,=V(allowable)= 3.515 k E= 20.00 k WIND SEISMIC V=W/(Nc*NB)= 0.16 k IV=0.7*.QO*E/(Nc*NB)= 0.61 K r, - I V<Va= OK I I V<Va= OK ►� - r BOB D.CAMPBELL AND COMPANY Date: 9/3/2013 4338 BELLEVIEW By: Cu KANSAS CITY,MISSOURI PHONE NO.(816)S31-4144 Project No.: OAP1310 Location: Arlington,WA(ARl) Purlin Angle Connection-4 Bolts/Purlin, Bolts @8"oc P.E.M.B.Loads V V(k) H(k) L D= 0.52 k W= 1.50 k L ` L= 1.52 k E= 1.63 k ' S= 1.35 k T = Angle Size 3/4"Dia.Bolts _ = H= 6.00 in Va 2.050 k H1=T/Angle to Bolt= 2.00 in Ta 1.560 k Hz=B/Angle to Brg= 1.00 In N= 4 = H3=H-Hl H2= 3.00 in L= 4.00 in L1=Wall to Pt.Load= 3.00 in WIND CHECK BEARING D+0.75(L or S)+0.75W F'm 1500 psi V=(D+0.75(L or S))/N 0.42 k A,= 6.00 in T=((D+0.75(L or S))*L,+ Az= 345 in 0.75*W*(H-Hl))/(N*H3)= 0.79 K B.= 750 psi V/V,+T/Ta 0.71 OK B= 365 psi OK SEISMIC D+0.75(L or 5)+0.75(0.7E) Overcapacity=IZo= 2.0 V=(D+0.75(LorS)/N 0.42 k T=((D+0.75(L orS))*L,+ 0.75*0.7*00*E*(H-H1))/(N*H3)= 0.99 K V/Va+T/Ta 0.83 OK r i, BOB D.CAMPBELL AND COMPANY Date: 9/3/2013 4338 BELLEVIEW By: CU KANSAS CITY,MISSOURI PHONE NO.(916)531-4144 Project No.: OAP1310 Location: Arlington,WA(AR1) Metal Stud Design Wall Heights Brick/Stone? NO Para et 19.67 ft Roof 16.58 ft FIELD CORNER Stud S acin = 2.00 ft Stud S acin = 0.00 ft 'Est.Stud Ga= 18 ga Est.Stud Ga= 0 ga A.a= 129 sf A.ry= 129 sf Pw.d(pos)= 11.0 psf pw.n(Pos)= 0.0 psf PwaB(neg)= 12.0 psf pw.B(neg)= 0.0 psf `Nw.11(pos)= 22.0 plf ww.B(pos)= 0.0 pif ww.,i(neg)= 24.0 plf ww.n(neg)= 0.0 plf qm..u= 14.10 psf gp,w.ii= 0.00 psf gp,ro.F 13.61 psf qp,,..f= 0.00 psf GCp(pos)= 0.73 GCp(pos)= 0.00 GCp(neg)= 0.83 GCp(neg)= 0.00 GCp,,p.f(neg)= 1.10 GCp,,pof(neg)= 0.00 wp(Pos)= 60.5 plf wp(pos)= 0.0 plf wp(neg)= 54.1 plf wp(neg)= 0.0 plf Positive Wind Positive Wind RB= 387# RB= 0# %= 165# %= 0# M= 618 ft-# M= #DIV/OI ft-# M B S,N= 0.341 i^+ IS,.a #DIV/01 1n RR S. 1.159!n S. 0.000 in' I= 4.635 In' 11= 0.000 in' F Am..,mm= 0,553 in Am..,mw= 0.553 in 7m. Amin= 0.239 In 6pdd= #DIV/OI in A6dd<Ann..,.9d? OK Amid<Am..,mid? #DIV/01 Am..,.nd= 0.206 in Amm,.ndm 0.206 In RB A..d= 0.167 in Ae d= #DIV/0! in V 4nd<4n..,.nd? OK 4nd<Am..,and? #DIV/01 Negative Wind Negative Wind RB= 382# Ra= 0# %= 183# RB= 0# M= 701 ft-# M= #DIV/0! ft-# S,.q 0.386 in S,eq #DIV/01 in' S= 1.159 in' S= 0.000 in' 1= 4.635 in' = 0.000 in' A...,mm= 0.553 in 6m..,mid= 0.553 in Amm= 0.252 in Amid= #DIV/01 in 6mw<Am..,m1d? OK Amid<Ama,mid? #DIV/01 6m..,..d= 0.206 in A—,.na= 0.206 in A.nd= 0.172 In Ae.d= #DIV/01 in ? OK 6..d4Am..,..d? #DIV/01 8"x18ga(8005162-43)@24"oc !' �� - i I BOB D.CAMPBELL AND COMPANY Date: 9/3/2013 4338 BELLEVIEW By: Cu KANSAS CITY,MISSOURI PHONE NO.(816)531-4144 Project No.: OAP1310 Location: Arlington,CA(AR1) Metal Stud Design -Over Curtainwall Wall Heights Brick/Stone? NO Parapet 19.67 ft Roof 16.58 ft Wind Beam Ht 12.50 ft T/Curtainwall 11.50 ft FIELD Stud Spacing= 2.00 ft Est.Stud Ga= 18 ga Aeff= 22 sf Pwall(pos)= 12.0 psf RR MB pwall(neg)= 13.9 psf 'wwall(pos)= 24.0 plf wwan(neg)= 27.9 plf F P(pos)= 138.0 # JMA I.P(neg)= 160.2 # gp,wall= 14.10 psf 'gp,roof= 13.61 psf — RB .GCp(Pos)= 0.86 V GCp(neg)= 0.92 GCp,,00f(neg)= 1.55 wp(pos)= 76.4 plf wp(neg)= 60.3 plf Positive Wind Negative Wind RR= 338 # RR= 271# Re= 158 # RB= 217# M= 365 ft-# M= 288 ft-# 5req 0.201 in' Sreq= 0.159 in' S= 1.159 in' S= 1.159 in I= 4.635 in" I= 4.635 in' Amax,mid= 0.136 in Amax,mid= 0.136 in Amid= 0.004 in timid= 0.004 in ilmld'4Omax,mid? OK 4amld'4Amax,mld? OK 6max,end= 0.206 in Amax,end= 0.206 in ,bend= 0.024 in 18end= 0.019 in Pend'4amax,end? OK Pend4amax,end? OK 8"x18ga(800S162-43)@24"oc . u BOB D.CAMPBELL AND COMPANY Date: 9/3/2013 4338 BELLEVIEW By: CU KANSAS CITY,MISSOURI PHONE NO.(816)S31-4144 Project No.: 0AP1310 Location: Arlington,WA(AR1) WIND LOADS- MWFRS Basic Wind Speed= 85 mph Wall Wind Exposure- C Windward= + 9.6 psf Importance Factor,IW= 1.00 Leeward= 4.7 psf Internal= i 1.98 psf Average Parapet H= 18.33 ft Front Roof H= 16.58 ft Parapet Back Roof H= 14.92 ft qP= 13.89 psf Average Roof H= 15.75 ft GCPn(WW)_ + 1.5 Curtainwall H= 11.50 ft GC,(LW)= 1.0 Parapet at = 19.67 ft pp=gp(GCPn) Curtainwall H pP(WW)_ + 20.8 psf pp(LW)= 13.9 psf Reaction at Roof-Building RR= 0.208 klf Reaction at Roof-Curtainwall Tributary Area= 15.00 ft to End Walls Load from = Curtainwall,P 66.6 plf RR= 0.209 klf Controlling Wind Force= 0.209 klf i BOB D. CAMPBELL & COMPANY Project 0AP1310 - I) STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS Date 4- ► - 13 Page of 4338 Belleview•Kansas City,MO 64111 816/531.4144 Overland Park,KS 9131642-2687 SEISMIC SHEAR Roof A reoti,= (o5 X. ►t o = T 15 0 �� Rook VL- = 8 i;,sV x*150 = 53.2 k WW1l Fu" Carokr4-J4 CMtA psp CML-k R-LU-4• @ 32"oc. - Cur+&j,AJ wail- 10 psr, Cc,>Lr►o p� = 5 pts� 6" 54MA S = 2 psq (Oil 5.4•ud S pl�000l = 3�s{r 1�•t• F•S,. = y .6 psF E.Wa-LI. DL= Co.og:7W) + 0•055(3.88)](124 •cod•)= 9 1.4 N•W�,�L = [o.o6�Cta)+ o•o55(3.'1lv)] C��o•33)= 5y•`i S- WO.UIT)L= [o.o8-f(to)}o.o55(3.41a)J ( �9.(pq� +o 9) + 0.00415(S)(35.coT) = (D(o• W• Vva +o.oly (11.38K12� + o0►0(11.50�(38 •ca�) + 0•019 (2-1-4Y38-(D:7)+o.oizN5C3 '38z-4) = Cno• 1 {� W = 5-4•S+ 91•7+ 5y•y+ cn(o•lo4 Coo. 1 = 330 V(E-W)= 0•215 (330') V(N-S)= b•231 (330) = �Co•2� �n(= (53•2. 4 5y•y 4- (oca.w)IZ -�- o.olo(►I.SoY38•co�) o•o1H C'g• I�Y38•ln� ) + o �oo5C3'1('38•co�l = gg,Lp-K �/ = 0.231 ( 98• lo) = 22 8 1� = 22800* 214 ooa #k � 1 BOB D. CAMPBELL & COMPANY Project nAe 131 U — ArI i no&tn, y\lA (ARI l STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS Date -2-13 Page of 4338 Bellevlew•Kansas City,MO 64111 816/531-4144 Overland Park,KS 913/642-2687 CANOPY LOADS v, T, v, z' T1- - 3• I' I�l•92' 21•�5' 1' 3 b•��' 3to•co��2= IS•33 �'+. Per ctmr). • UL= 5 Psi w= 508.33�= 92. plF TO: 92(3)z(0•5)/2 = 2o:4-# 220 tt 220/ I2•33 1 1 LL = 20 ps'r f U0 = 20 ( I$•33� = 3to� p1� t i �/► 3to� (3)/2.= 55t� -� 5cp5_� �1�-5�5�t$• 33 � � : ' : I 5)/2 5 'H0 Tz = - gLi0/1$•33 -_ I • S L - 25 ps>r t* -� �� = f ooltFS•3:3' _ Z%plf -r = 115S 2 it -T•-1-= - 10 LA aj 18 •3 3 PAS- •5�- P= 13.3 Ln (- 1.5:7 -2 1 PS9 I ; o• (oD +W - o•coCS�+ C- 2t) = -18 psi i : : w= -1? (1S•S33 = - 330 'p14 \1/1 _ - 330 (3 )/2 - -.yq5# T = -330 (3)2c&.5 T2= to0/ 18.33 i i BOB D. CAMPBELL & COMPANY Project CAP I--)IC) �A ( 'I� STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS Date 4-2-13 Page of 4338 Belleview•Kansas City,MO 64111 816/531-4144 Overland Park,KS 913/642-2687 CAN4()N STUNS D-t- S = S +25 = 30 FGJP v V2 = -3 8$ 33Y3 �2= 826 'r; = 3ons.33)(a)2(o•5)/2- = 12370: Posy+ U_u'C, .9 z•�5' I S W I .�•�. 123�'� 0 5�-1 �otolo ZI N ►3®" � �y� �353; 0.33' V ,(4). 13$ N 2 0.t►1�. W� 1090 4L1,69 - 240 (a.. 5 H �#•+a 1'0 log M mox ti`s", 18 as S+cads - bY- F2= 8J-co-tk - 2-o9 I ' ✓ ►_ \/22 =825 b5m ✓ S- %'W—C,LP AW00- oIL i �� BOB D. CAMPBELL & COMPANY Project DAD310 -Ar r u3A CARD STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS Date - 13 Pagc of 4338 9elleview•Kansas City,MO 64111 816/531-4144 Overland Park,KS 913/642-2687 GRADE- 13600A AT FNML -- goof - - - -� - I;bi.56' 0 Pa 2•lob' 51.33' Pi-[O.p8:;((o) '+-0.ass Co (51.33.) 158•13w Pit[0.15(2.5)(2.114-0•12.(2•5xo.t,67T51.33) s 'i8.'a k w= 0.231 (5? .8) 13•co1. : Mw 2 -f•2o Clb•58)= 119 f •k- M s n o• [20 0 I.•58)+ 13+b F+ Llla = 51.33/t0 S•5la;t -p e ✓ n P M 10I•t0 315C(o) +1.ras A ± S. " 2, 5(r� ►•33)+ 2.5 33)Z 0,SIT: _ 0.551 :1�5�:n.r:�►.. 1. 1 25 (GSF wax .4 2 .oco IaSJP 2 =fo" W i clt, Car 'Br►% . H x �Tl rT w C cn CD Er r d o M z 00 0 z° '* U' O z � a ~ IQ n w y m G It y r d r z y Z ¢ q 't H o z y ° n 0 Z z y d I prD n n n r N-► d d r � �-G z G') N � � O > � H fi O o x � ° C z <K PROJECT MANUAL oil I AUTOPART&A yI M � OWNER O'Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc. P.O. Box 1156 233 South Patterson Springfield, MO 65801 New O' Reilly Auto Parts Store 204t" Street N E Arlington, WA #1 PROJECT NUMBER (AR1) COMMISSION NO. 3461 7-19-13 RECEIVED AUG 2 3 2013 `j COA Engineering Dept, 1. DOCUMENT 00 01 05 CERTIFICATION PAGE TO THE BEST OF MY PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF,THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL AND STATE CODE REQUIREMENTS. ARCHITECT Thomas A. Lundberg, LEED AP 1736 E Sunshine, Suite 417 Springfield, MO 65804 (417)862-0558 Phone (417)862-3265 Fax CIVIL ENGINEER Anderson Engineering, Inc. 2045 West Woodland Springfield, MO 65807 (417)866-2741 Phone (417)866-2778 Fax LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT Breckon Land Design, Inc. 181 East 50"'Street Garden City, ID 83714 (208)376-5153 Phone (208)376-6528 Fax 1 MECHANICAL-ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS Malone, Finkle, Eckhardt& Collins, Inc 2040 East Sunshine Springfield, MO 65804 (417) 881-0020 Phone (417)881-0053 Fax STRUCTURAL ENGINEER Bob D. Campbell and Company, Inc. 4338 Belleview Avenue Kansas City, MO 64111 (816) 531-4144 Phone (816)531-8572 Fax FIXTURE ANCHORAGE ENGINEER Seizmic Engineering, Inc. 161 Atlantic Street Pomona, CA 91768 (909) 869-0989 Phone (909) 869-0981 Fax END OF DOCUMENT 3: t i NEW O'REILLY AUTO PARTS STORE TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION 0001 01 Project Title Page 0001 05 Certification Page 0001 10 Table of Contents (Revised 04/27/10) 0001 15 List of Drawings BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS,AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 0031 00 Information Available to Bidders SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 —GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 1100 Summary of Work (Revised 02/09/08) 01 2000 Project Procedures (Revised 02/25/09) 01 2300 Alternates (Revised 10/04/02) 01 3300 Submittals and Substitutions (Revised 02/09/08) 01 51 00 Temporary Facilities DIVISION 2—EXISTING CONDITIONS 0201 00 Site Preparation 0241 00 Demolition (Revised 03/11/08) DIVISION 3—CONCRETE 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete (Revised 01/08/10) 03 35 43 Polished Concrete Finishing (Revised 04/27/10) DIVISION 4—MASONRY 04 20 00 Unit Masonry(Revised 02/09/08) DIVISION 5—METALS 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing (Revised 01/08/10) 05 40 00 Cold-Formed Metal Framing 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications DIVISION 6—WOOD AND PLASTICS 06 1000 Rough Carpentry DIVISION 7—THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 1900 Water Repellents (Revised 01/08/10) 0721 00 Building Insulation (Revised 02/28/08) 07 24 00 Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (Revised 03/12/09) 07 60 00 Flashing and Sheet Metal (Revised 02/28/08) 07 84 00 Firestopping (02/28/08) 07 92 00 Joint Sealants DIVISION 8—DOORS AND WINDOWS 08 11 19 Steel Doors and Frames (Revised 08/05/05) 08 14 16 Flush Wood Doors (Revised 01/08/10) 0836 13 Sectional Overhead Doors 0841 13 Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts (Revised 02/28/08) 0871 00 Door Hardware (Revised 02/09/08) 08 80 00 Glazing DIVISION 9—FINISHES 0921 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies (Revised 01/08/10) 09 22 00 Portland Cement Plaster(Revised 11/20/09) 0951 00 Acoustical Tile Ceilings (Revised 01/08/10) 09 65 13 Resilient Base and Accessories 09 90 00 Painting (Revised 04/02/07) DIVISION 10—SPECIALTIES 1028 13 Toilet Accessories 10 80 00 Miscellaneous Specialties (Revised 12/9/08) DIVISION 13—SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 1334 19 Pre-Engineered Metal Building System Erection (Revised 08/05/05) DIVISION 20, 22, 23 and 25— MECHANICAL 2001 00 General Provisions (Revised-03/11/08) 20 02 00 Contract Closeout&Commissioning (Revised 02/20/08) 20 03 00 Materials and Methods (Revised 07/11/06) 20 04 00 Testing Piping Systems (Revised 07/11/06) 20 05 00 Valves (Revised 07/11/06) 20 06 00 Mechanical Identification (Revised 07/11/06) 22 00 00 Plumbing (Revised 03/11/08) 2207 19 Piping Insulation (Revised 07/11/06) 22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures(Revised 02/20/08) 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting & Balancing of HVAC Systems 2311 00 Gas Piping Systems (Revised 03/11/08) 23 23 00 Refrigerant Piping (Revised 03/11/08) 23 30 00 Air Distribution (Revised 07/11/06) 2354 16 Furnaces (Revised 03/11/08) 2381 26 Condensing Units & Evaporator Coils (Revised 03/11/08) 25 00 00 Controls and Instrumentation (Revised 07/11/06) DIVISION 26—ELECTRICAL 26 00 10 Basic Electrical Requirements (Revised 03/12/08) 26 00 20 Contract closeout and Commissioning 2605 19 Wires and Cables(Revised 07/11/06) 26 05 26 Secondary Grounding (Revised 07/11/06) 26 05 33 Raceways 26 05 34 Boxes 26 05 53 Electrical Identification (Revised 03/23/01) 26 24 00 Electrical Equipment(Revised 07/11/06) 26 27 26 Wiring Devices (Revised 03/23/01) 26 29 00 Motor Control 26 50 00 Lighting DLVISION-31 EARTFLW-ORK 31 0000 Earthwork (Revised 03/07/08) DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 11 26 Hot-Mixed Asphalt Paving (Revised 03/07/08) 32 1313 Portland Cement Concrete Paving (Revised 03/07/08) 32 30 00 Site Improvements 32 32 23 Concrete Segmental Retaining Wall System 32 8000 Irrigation Systems 32 90 00 Landscaping (Revised 02/28/08) DIVISION 33—UTILITIES 33 00 00 Site Piping (Revised 03/11/08) 33 50 00 Gas Distribution System (Revised 03/11/08) END OF DOCUMENT DOCUMENT 00 01 15 LIST OF DRAWINGS 1. T1 COVER SHEET 2. SV1 SITE SURVEY(For Reference Only) 3. C1 SITE GRADING PLAN 4. C2 SITE DEVELOPMENT PLAN 5. C3 SITE DETAILS 6. C4 EROSION CONTROL PLAN 7. Ll LANDSCAPING PLAN 8. L2 LANDSCAPE PLANTING DETAILS 9. L3 IRRIGATION PLAN 10. L4 IRRIGATION DETAILS 11. L5 IRRIGATION DETAILS 12. S1 GENERAL NOTES 13. S2 FOUNDATION PLAN 14. S3 ROOF FRAMING PLAN 15. S4 FOUNDATION DETAILS 16. S5 FOUNDATION DETAILS 17. S6 WALL SECTIONS 18. Al FLOOR PLAN 19. A2 DOOR/WINDOW SCHEDULE 20. A3 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 21. A4 WALL SECTIONS 22. A5 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 23. F1 FINISH PLAN 24. SU1 SITE UTILITIES PLAN 25_ P1 PLUMBING PLAN 26. M1 HVAC PLAN 27. M2 HVAC SCHEDULES 28. El LIGHTING PLAN 29. E2 POWER PLAN 30. E3 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES 31. VS1 EMS DETAILS END OF DOCUMENT DOCUMENT 00 31 00 INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS 1. The following items are included for reference only and are for information. a. Site Survey: Boundary and topographical survey,sheet"SV1", bound into the Construction Drawings indicates existing site conditions. b. Pre-Engineered Metal Building: Copy of pre-engineered metal building erection drawings by Butler Manufacturing attached to the Construction set. c. Geotechnical Data:Soils Analysis by Cardno ATC and dated April 29, 2013. d. Hazardous Materials Report: 1. Phase I Environmental Site Assessment by Cardno ATC dated March 27,2013 (if additional information is needed, it will be available upon request from O'Reilly's). Cardno� ATC Shaping the Future FOUNDATION ENGINEERING STUDY For Proposed O'Reilly Auto Parts Store North of 204th Street NE &791h Drive NE Arlington, Washington Prepared for: O'Reilly Auto Parts 233 South Patterson Springfield, Missouri 65802 Prepared by: Cardno ATC 1555 Valwood Parkway, Suite 160 Carrollton,Texas 75006 Cardno ATC Project No. 90.75356.0117 April 29, 2013 �' Cardno` ATC April 29, 2013 Shaping the Future 1555 Valwood Parkway,Suite 160 Carrollton,Texas 75006 Phone +1 972 919 3300 Mr. Curtis McKay Fax +1 972 919 3395 O'Reilly Auto Parts www.cardno.com 233 South Patterson www.cardnoatc.com Springfield, Missouri RE: FOUNDATION ENGINEERING STUDY Proposed O'Reilly Auto Parts Store North of 204th Street NE & 79th Drive NE Arlington, Washington Cardno ATC Project No. 90.75356.0117 Dear Mr. McNay: Cardno ATC is pleased to present this Foundation Engineering Study for the referenced O'Reilly Auto Parts store site. The attached report describes our exploration procedures, summarizes existing site and subsurface conditions, and presents our geotechnical findings and recommendations. Cardno ATC appreciates this opportunity to provide these services and looks forward to working with O'Reilly Auto Parts on future projects. Please contact us if you have questions regarding this study or require additional information. Sincerely, CARDNO ATC 44 °�w ,r ,:30455� 0,��crsrtati s70h'AL ` Tyrone M. Clinton, DBA, PE, GE Jeff ey M. Wold Principal Geotechnical Engineer ' Senior Project Manager t' 4V Dale M. Allison Director, National Client Management Australia • Belgium • Canada • Columbia • Ecuador • Germany • Indonesia Italy Kenya • New Zealand • Papua New Guinea • Peru • Tanzania • United Arab Emirates - United Kingdom • United States • Operations in 85 countries ATC Shaping the future TABLE OF CONTENTS Paqe 1.0 INTRODUCTION....................................................................................................................................1 1.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................1 1.2 PURPOSE AND SCOPE.................................................................................................................1 2.0 FIELD EXPLORATION AND TESTING.................................................................................................3 2.1 FIELD EXPLORATION....................................................................................................................3 2.2 LABORATORY TESTING...............................................................................................................3 3.0 SITE CONDITIONS................................................................................................................................4 3.1 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS..........................................................................................................4 3.2 GROUNDWATER OBSERVATIONS.................................................................................................4 4.0 SEISMICITY............................................................................................................................................5 4.1 SEISMIC SITE CLASS...................................................................................................................5 4.2 LIQUEFACTION.............................................................................................................................5 5.0 ANALYSIS AND RECOMMENDATIONS.............................................................................................6 5.1 PROJECT INFORMATION...............................................................................................................6 5.2 SITE PREPARATION.....................................................................................................................6 5.3 PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION............. ......................................................................................7 5.4 SITE EXCAVATION CHARACTERISTICS..........................................................................................8 5.5 BUILDING PAD PREPARATION RECOMMENDATIONS......................................................................9 5.6 MONOLITHIC SLAB ON GRADE......................................................................................................9 5.7 FOUNDATION AND FLOOR SLAB SETTLEMENTS..........................................................................i l 5.8 SITE DRAINAGE AND LANDSCAPING...........................................................................................11 5.9 WINTER CONSTRUCTION...........................................................................................................12 6.0 PAVEMENT..........................................................................................................................................13 6.1 DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS.........................................................................................................13 6.2 PAVEMENT SUBGRADE PREPARATION .......................................................................................13 6.3 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT(PCCP).................................................................13 6.4 HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT(HMAP)................................................................14 6.5 PAVEMENT CONSIDERATIONS............................ 5 7.0 BASIS FOR RECOMMENDATIONS...................................................................................................18 APPENDIX SITE/BORING LOCATION PLAN BORING LOG KEY TO SOIL SYMBOLS AND CLASSIFICATIONS ASFE IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT YOUR GEOTECHNICAL REPORT O'Reilly Auto Parts it www.cardnoatc.com O'Reilly Auto Parts Store, Arlington,WA ATC shaping the future FOUNDATION ENGINEERING STUDY PROPOSED O'REILLY AUTO PARTS STORE North of 204T" STREET NE & 79T" DRIVE NE ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Project Description O'Reilly Auto Parts (hereafter referred to as client) retained Cardno ATC to provide geotechnical services for the development of foundation, pavement and site preparation recommendations at a proposed O'Reilly Auto Parts store site located in Arlington, Washington. The site, which is a vacant lot, is located north of the intersection of 2041h Street NE and 791h Drive NE in Arlington, Washington. It has a relatively flat topography and ground cover generally consists of grass. Suspected past use of the property was agriculture. General arrangement of the proposed development on the site is shown on the Site/Boring Location Plan included in the Appendix. It is anticipated that the proposed store will be a single-story structure of masonry construction with a slab on grade floor and no basement. Plan area of the new store is approximately 6,800 sf. According to O'Reilly Work Order No. AR1, the maximum anticipated structural loads are 125 psf for floor, 1 kip/lineal foot for walls and 30 kips for columns. Site grading information was not provided; however, for purposes of this study we anticipate that finished floor elevation of the proposed store will be established at approximately ELEV 138 feet. Recommendations for Portland Cement Concrete pavement (PCCP) and asphaltic concrete pavement (ACP) are included herein. It is anticipated that traffic in the proposed pavement areas will consist primarily of automobile and light truck traffic with an occasional semi-tractor trailer. If the details of the proposed construction differ from that described herein, Cardno ATC should be contacted to evaluate the potential impact on the recommendations provided in this report. Exploration for underlying geologic conditions or evaluation of potential geologic hazards, such as mining, landslides, seismic activity, faulting and/or ground subsidence%racking potential due to groundwater withdrawal, were beyond the scope of this study. Potential for liquefaction is addressed in Section 4.2. 1.2 Purpose and Scope The purpose of this study has been to develop foundation and pavement design, and subgrade modification recommendations for the project. The scope of services presented in this report has been based upon the information provided by the client. To accomplish its intended purpose, the study has been conducted in the following phases: O'Reilly Auto Parts l www.cardnoatc.com O'Reilly Auto Parts Store, Arlington,WA ATC Shaping the Future 1. Drilling of soil test borings to determine the general subsurface conditions and to obtain samples for testing; 2. Performed laboratory tests on selected soil samples to determine pertinent engineering properties of the subsurface materials; and, 3. Performed engineering analyses, using the field and laboratory data to develop foundation and pavement design, and subgrade modification recommendations for the proposed development. O'Reilly Auto Parts 2 www.cardnoatc.com O'Reilly Auto Parts Store,Arlington,WA ATC Shaping the Future 2.0 FIELD EXPLORATION AND TESTING 2.1 Field Exploration The field exploration was conducted at the site on April 23, 2013. Cardno ATC retained the services of an independent contractor to excavate the test pits and collect soil samples for testing. Soil conditions beneath the site were explored for this study by excavating 6 test pits to depths of approximately 10 to 13 feet below existing ground surface. Cardno ATC established the approximate location and depths of the test pits. Test pits were located in the field by reference from existing features and by using conventional measuring methods. The accuracy of the test pit locations should only be considered to the level implied by the method used to determine them. Approximate test pit locations are shown on the Site/Test Pit Location Plan included in the Appendix. A track-mounted backhoe was used to excavate the test pits. Representative samples of the subsurface materials were obtained at selected depths in the test pits. Samples were sealed in plastic bags for use in future visual observations and possible testing in the laboratory. Test pits were logged by the subcontractor's geologist. The Field Test Pit Logs were reviewed by a geotechnical engineer and edited using the results of laboratory tests performed on selected soil samples from the test pits. The Test Pit Logs represent the geotechnical engineer's interpretations of the subsurface conditions based on field observations, visual observation of samples and laboratory test results. Lines designating the interface between various strata on the Test Pit Logs represent the approximate positions of the interface. The in-situ transition between strata may be gradual. Samples will be retained for 30 days from the date of this report, after which time they will be discarded unless client requests otherwise. Groundwater conditions recorded on the Test Pit Logs are based on the field observations at the time the exploration was conducted. Ground surface elevations shown on the Test Pit Logs were interpolated from a 1 foot interval topographic survey provided by the client. Each test pit was backfilled with the excavated material upon completion of the test pit. 2.2 Laboratory Testing Soil samples were transported to the laboratory where the Field Test Pit Logs were reviewed and edited by a geotechnical engineer. Soil samples were then selected for geotechnical laboratory testing. Testing included minus#200 sieve analyses and moisture content tests. All geotechnical testing was conducted in general accordance with the applicable ASTM Standards. The results of the laboratory tests are provided on the appropriate Test Pit Logs, which are included in the Appendix. Soil descriptions recorded on the Test Pit Logs result from field data as well as laboratory test data. O'Reilly Auto Parts 3 www.cardnoatc.com O'Reilly Auto Parts Store, Arlington; WA ATC Shaping the future 3.0 SITE CONDITIONS 3.1 Subsurface Conditions Generally, subsurface materials within the maximum depth explored (13 feet) consist of topsoil (0.5 to 2' feet thick) underlain-by loose-to very-dense-sands, silty-sands, gravelly-sands-and sandy gravels, and soft to very stiff clayey silts and silts. Consistency and density classifications of soils are based on the field geologist's opinion of the excavation difficulty. 3.2 Groundwater Observations During the excavation operations, groundwater was observed in the test pits at depths of approximately 5.5 to 9.5 feet below existing ground surface. The presence, depth, and quantity of groundwater seepage may fluctuate based on variations in seasonal rainfall, climatic conditions, site surface runoff characteristics, permeability of on-site soils, continuity of pervious materials, irrigation practices, and other factors. These observations do not constitute a long-term groundwater study nor was such an evaluation authorized as a part of the scope of this study. Any changes noted in groundwater levels during the construction process may require a review of the recommendations presented in this report. O'Reilly Auto Parts 4 www.cardnoatc.com O'Reilly Auto Parts Store, Arlington,WA 1 � f ATC Shaping the Fultire 4.0 SEISMICITY 4.1 Seismic Site Class Part of the International Building Code (IBC) procedure to evaluate seismic forces requires the evaluation of the Seismic Site Class, which categorizes the site based upon the characteristics of the subsurface profile within the upper 100 feet of the ground surface. To define the Seismic Site Class for this project, we have interpreted the results of our soil test borings drilled within the project site and estimated appropriate soil properties below the base of the test borings to a depth of 100 feet, as permitted by the IBC. Based upon our evaluation, it is our opinion that the subsurface conditions within the site are generally consistent with the characteristics of Site Class D as listed in Section 1613.3.2 of the 2012 edition of the IBC and as defined in Table 20.3-1, Chapter 20 of ASCE 7. 4.2 Liquefaction Soil liquefaction is the loss of soil strength during a significant seismic event. It occurs primarily in loose, fine to medium grained, granular soils lying below groundwater. Liquefaction occurs during rearrangement of soil particles into a denser condition, resulting in localized areas of settlement. i Based on visual observations of soil samples and laboratory test results, it is our opinion that the potential for seismically induced liquefaction is unlikely. However, since we cannot completely rule out liquefaction, it is recommended that the store be supported by a monolithic slab on grade foundation. Recommendations follow for a monolithic slab on grade foundation system supported on engineered fill. O'Reilly Auto Parts 5 www.cardnoatc.com O'Reilly Auto Parts Store, Arlington; WA C�c-r9r�® ATC Shaping the Future 5.0 ANALYSIS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 5.1 Project Information The site is located north of the intersection of 2041h Street NE and 79`I' Drive NE in Arlington, Washington. It is anticipated that the proposed-store-will-be a single-story structure-of-masonry construction with a concrete slab on grade floor and no basement. Plan area of the new store is approximately 6,800 sf. Portions of the site will be paved for parking and vehicle traffic. According to information provided in O'Reilly Work Order No. AR1, the maximum anticipated structural loads are 125 psf for floor, 1 kip/lineal foot for walls and 30 kips for columns. Site grading information was not provided; however, for purposes of this study we anticipate that finished floor elevation of the proposed store will be established at approximately ELEV 138 feet. General arrangement of the proposed development is shown on the Site/Test Pit Location Plan included in the Appendix. Cardno ATC has developed foundation and pavement design recommendations on the basis of the previously described project characteristics and subsurface conditions observed in the test borings drilled during the field exploration. After final design plans and specifications are available, a general review by Cardno ATC is recommended as a means to check that the evaluations made in preparation of this report are correct, and that earthwork, foundation, pavement and subgrade preparation recommendations are properly interpreted and implemented. 5.2 Site Preparation Before proceeding with construction, building foundations, concrete flatwork, buried structures, underground utilities, construction debris, vegetation, root systems, topsoil, trash, sediment in low- lying areas, and other deleterious non-soil materials should be stripped/removed, as needed, from proposed construction areas. The actual stripping/removal depth should be based on field observations with particular attention given to old drainage areas, uneven topography, unexpected fill material areas; and excessively wet soils(if present). The stripped-areas should be observed to - determine if additional excavation is required to remove weak or otherwise objectionable materials that would adversely affect fill placement. The stripping should extend at least 10 feet beyond the limits of construction areas. After site stripping, the subgrade in pavement, sidewalk, and other locations that will support surface loads shall be proofrolled to detect soft spots and, if exposed, corrected. Proofrolling shall be performed using a heavy pneumatic tired roller, loaded dump truck, or similar piece of equipment weighing approximately 25 tons. The proofrolling operations shall be observed by a geotechnical engineer or his representative. The subgrade shall be firm and able to support the construction equipment without displacement. Soft or yielding subgrade shall be corrected and made stable before construction proceeds. The depth and extent of the undercut operations at the site should be established by a qualified geotechnical engineer during earthwork construction activities. O'Reilly Auto Parts 6 www.cardnoatc.com O'Reilly Auto Parts Store, Arlington,WA ICar-�Ino" ATC Shaping the Future Prior to engineered fill placement and/or construction of the pavement and other flatwork, the subgrade should be scarified to a minimum depth of 12 inches, its moisture content adjusted, and the subgrade then compacted to at least 95 percent of modified Proctor (ASTM D 1557) maximum laboratory dry density within plus or minus 2 percentage points of optimum moisture content (-2 to +2). Weak or compressible areas which cannot be satisfactorily compacted should be removed and replaced with a properly compacted select material or approved on-site sandy soils as described in Section 5.3. Alternatively, 3 to 6 inch (greatest dimension) angular rock can be pushed into these areas with a roller until a stable base is achieved or a layer of geotextile, such as Mirafi HP 570 or approved equivalent, can be placed over weak areas. Final recommendations should be based on the observations by the geotechnical engineer at the time of construction. The on-site soils are moisture sensitive and may become unstable when saturated (wet). Generally, more undercutting and delays due to the need for extended drying times can be expected if the grading is performed in the seasonally wet periods of the year. 5.3 Placement and Compaction The project may include the placement and compaction of a variety of fill materials, including on- site materials, non-expansive engineered (select) fill, and base materials. Typical material requirements and compaction specifications for each of these materials are provided below. On-Site Soils - On-site sandy and gravelly soils used in areas subject to surface loads or used as backfill or engineered fill should be compacted to at least 95 percent of modified Proctor, (ASTM D 1557) maximum laboratory dry density within plus or minus 2 percentage points of optimum moisture content (-2 to +2). Backfill or Engineered (Structural) Fill - Non-expansive backfill or engineered (structural) fill placed beneath the slab on grade foundation, sidewalks, pavement and other exterior flatwork should consists of a select, well-graded granular material with no particles greater than 3 inches and contain no more than 5 percent fines passing the No. 200 US Standard Sieve. Organic content should be less than 4 percent. The select fill should contain no deleterious material and should be compacted to 95 percent of modified Proctor (ASTM D 1557) maximum laboratory dry density within plus or minus 2 percentage points of optimum moisture content (-2 to +2). It appears that the majority of on-site soils will not meet these requirements; however, this should be confirmed during site grading. Crushed Aggregate Surfacing - Aggregate base course placed beneath pavements should meet the requirements for crushed surfacing in Section 9-03.9(3) of the 2010 WSDOT Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction herein after referred to as WSDOT Standard Specifications. In addition, the base course material should be moisture stable. Aggregate base course should be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of modified Proctor (ASTM D 1557) maximum laboratory dry density. The moisture content must be maintained until placement of the first fill lift. Fill material, whether non-expansive select fill or moisture-conditioned on-site soils; should be placed in loose lifts not O'Reilly Auto Parts 7 www.cardnoatc.com O'Reilly Auto Parts Store, Arlington,WA ATC Shaping the Future exceeding 8 inches in uncompacted thickness. The fill material should be uniform with respect to material type and moisture content. Clods and chunks of material should be broken and the fill material mixed as necessary, so that a material of uniform moisture and density is obtained for each lift. Water required to bring the fill material to the proper moisture content should be applied evenly through each layer. Each lift should be compacted, tested, and approved before another lift is added. As a guide, at least one field density test per lift for each 5,000 square feet of compacted area is recommended. For small areas or critical areas the frequency of testing may need to be increased to at least one test per 2,500 square feet. A minimum of two tests per lift should be required. The purpose of the field density tests is to provide some indication that uniform and adequate compaction is being obtained. Soil should be manually probed to verify that uniform compaction exists within the compacted lifts. The actual quality of the fill, as compacted, should be the responsibility of the contractor and satisfactory results from the tests should not be considered as a guarantee of the quality of the contractor's work. Backfill placed within utility trenches that cross building, pavement and other flatwork areas should be properly compacted. Settlement of parking, drive, sidewalk, and landscape areas due to improper compaction of the Backfill within utility trenches is a common problem. Therefore, Backfill placed in utility trenches or other excavated areas within the building, pavement and other flatwork areas should be placed in lifts, compacted, and tested in accordance with these earthwork recommendations. Trenches should be opened a sufficient width to safely allow compaction equipment access to the backfill and to safely allow for confirmation testing to occur. Backfill should be placed in horizontal lifts. If the trench is over 5 feet deep, the side slopes should be benched or sloped to meet OSHA requirements prior to placing the backfill. 5.4 Site Excavation Characteristics Finished grades at the site were not provided to us at the time of this report. However, we do not anticipate that excavations that exceed the depth of our test borings will be required to develop the site. "Rock" was not encountered in the test borings performed during this exploration. Therefore, rock excavation is not anticipated. We present the following general comments regarding our opinion of the excavation conditions for the designers' information with the understanding that they are opinions based on information from our test borings. More accurate information regarding the excavation conditions should be evaluated by contractors or other interested parties from test excavations using the equipment that will be used during construction. Based on our subsurface evaluation it appears that excavations in soils at the site will be possible using standard excavation equipment. During the excavation operations, groundwater was observed in the test pits at depths of approximately 5.5 to 9.5 feet below the existing ground surface. Some dewatering problems are anticipated. Cuts or excavations made in close proximity or below the apparent groundwater level will cause construction difficulties. Since the on-site soils generally become unstable when O'Reilly Auto Parts 8 www.cardnoatc.com O'Reilly Auto Parts Store, Arlington, WA ��realreo`" ATC Shaping the Future exposed to free water, every effort should be made to keep excavations dry should groundwater be encountered. It is anticipated that minor or slow groundwater seepage could be effectively handled by simple dewatering methods, such as periphery ditches and sumps. A suitable sump could consist of a large diameter pipe set vertically with a coarse sand and gravel mixture placed in the bottom to act as a filter. Care should be exercised in pumping directly from the excavation since this may cause deterioration of the excavation base. Significant (rapid) groundwater seepage may require dewatering utilizing well points. Groundwater traveling through the soil is often unpredictable. This could be due to seasonal changes in groundwater and due to the unpredictable nature of groundwater paths. Therefore, it is necessary during construction for the contractor to be observant for groundwater seepage in excavations in order to assess the situation and make necessary changes and/or recommendations. In accordance with OSHA requirements, the design and maintenance of all excavation retention systems is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Attention is drawn to OSHA Standards 29 CFR - 1926 Subpart P for guidance in the design of such systems. 5.5 Building Pad Preparation Recommendations The building pad area should be prepared as recommended in Section 5.6. 5.6 Monolithic Slab on Grade It is recommended that the structural frame and walls of the proposed store be supported on a conventional reinforced, monolithic slab on grade foundation system. To provide more uniform bearing conditions and help reduce the potential for settlement of the foundation, the slab on grade foundation should bear on engineered fill having a uniform thickness. In addition, the engineered fill should bear on a geotextile. The engineered fill should extend a minimum of 2 feet below the bottom of the deepest grade beam and a minimum of 5 feet beyond the perimeter of the building and any external footings. Construction difficulties should be anticipated if excavations are extended in close proximity or below the apparent groundwater level. Dewatering methods are discussed in Section 5.4. Once the removal and grading operations are completed, a layer of geotextile, such as Mirafi HP 570 or approved equivalent, should be placed on the smooth graded exposed subgrade. The geotextile should be placed on the bottom of the excavation in stages rather than in a single operation. Fill should be placed on the geotextile as it is rolled out. Minimum overlap of the geotextile should be 20 percent of its width. The geotextile will help distribute foundation loads more evenly over the existing loose and soft soils. Depending on how well the engineered fill compacts, an additional layer of geotextile may be required after approximately 1 foot of fill has been placed. Placement of additional layers of geotextile should be determined by the geotechnical engineer at the time of engineered fill placement. O'Reilly Auto Parts 9 www.cardnoatc.com O'Reilly Auto Parts Store, Arlington,WA ATC Shaping the Future Once the geotextile is in place, the placement of the engineered fill should promptly commence. On-site soils not meeting the criteria for engineered fill should not be placed in the building pad area. Compaction of the engineered fill material should be accomplished by placing it in about 6 to 8 in thick loose lifts and compacting each lift to at least 95% of modified Proctor (ASTM D 1557) maximum laboratory dry density. The slab foundation should be designed with exterior and interior (as deemed necessary by the structural engineer) grade beams adequate to provide sufficient rigidity to the foundation system. All grade beams and the floor slab should be adequately reinforced with steel to minimize cracking as normal movements occur in foundation materials. The structural engineer should evaluate configurations and reinforcement requirements for structural loadings, anticipated foundation movements, shrinkage and temperature stresses. A net allowable soil bearing pressure of 2,000 lost (dead + live loads) can be used for design of grade beams bearing on engineered fill at a minimum depth of 18 inches below lowest adjacent grade. The recommended bearing value is based on a Factor of Safety of 3 and can be increased by 1/3 for effects of seismic or wind forces. For frost and seasonal moisture protection, the exterior grade should be a minimum of 18 inches above bases of the exterior grade beams or as required by local building code. All grade beams should be founded at least 18 inches below lowest adjacent grade. Lateral Resistance - Lateral loads against building grade beams may be resisted by friction between bottoms of grade beams and laterally supporting soils. An allowable frictional coefficient of 0.35 is recommended. Alternately, provided grade beams are cast neat against compacted soils, an allowable lateral bearing pressure of 300 pounds per square foot per foot of depth can be used with a maximum lateral bearing pressure of 3,000 pounds per square foot. A combination of friction and lateral bearing pressure can be used provided the latter is reduced 1/3. Foundation excavations shall be properly observed by the geotechnical engineer or his representative to confirm that loose, soft or otherwise undesirable materials are removed so that - - ----foundationa-will-bear-on-sound--material--Soits-exposed-its-the-bases-of-all-s-atisfac-tort'- undatien-- ----- - - - - excavations shall be protected against detrimental changes in conditions such as disturbance, rain, freezing or excessive drying. Surface runoff shall be directed away from the excavations and not allowed to pond within or near formed foundation excavations. If possible, all concrete for foundations should be placed the same day the excavation is made. It is recommended that the floor slab be supported on a 4-inch layer of compacted granular material such as sand, sand and gravel or crushed stone having no more than 5 percent fines passing the No. 200 US Standard Sieve. This will improve subgrade support, aid in distributing concentrated loads, equalize moisture conditions beneath the slab and reduce potential subgrade deterioration due to construction traffic and weather. If a capillary moisture barrier is desired, the blanket should consist of a free-draining granular material meeting the following gradation, as determined by ASTM D 422: O'Reilly Auto Parts 10 www.cardnoatc.com O'Reilly Auto Parts Store, Arlington,WA �arc�o�o ATC Shaping the Future Sieve Size Percent Passing 1 inch 100 #4 0 In moisture sensitive areas, a vapor barrier consisting of 10 mil polyethylene sheeting should be placed directly above the granular blanket. A 2-in thick layer of damp, clean sand should be placed on the vapor barrier to promote uniform curing of slab concrete and as a vapor barrier puncture protection during construction process. The sand layer should be moistened with water just prior to concrete placement. 5.7 Foundation and Floor Slab Settlements Provided the grade beams bear on materials approved by the geotechnical engineer, and placement, compaction and composition of engineered fill are as outlined herein, it is estimated that total settlements under static loads should be limited and not exceed approximately 1 inch. Differential settlements should not exceed 75 percent of the estimated total settlement. 5.8 Site Drainage and Landscaping Adequate drainage should be provided at the site to minimize any increase in moisture content of the underlying soils. Adjacent pavement, sidewalks and other exterior flatwork should be sloped a minimum of 1% (minimum of 5% for a distance of 10 feet for ground surface surrounding the structure) to prevent ponding of water around the building. Downspouts should be connected to separate tightline gravity drains and discharged into a storm drain, sump or other appropriate drain. Water from downspouts should not be allowed to enter the foundation perimeter drainage system. Also, good drainage should be provided in paved areas since the at/and near surface soils are susceptible to pumping if they become saturated (wet). Pumping will contribute significantly to pavement failure. Drainage patterns approved at the time of finish grading should be maintained throughout the life of the building. It should be understood that altered drainage patterns, landscaping, planters and other improvements, as well as irrigation and variations in seasonal rainfall, all affect subsurface moisture conditions, which in turn could affect pavement and structural performance. Perimeter Drains - It is recommended that drains be installed around the perimeter of the store to collect seepage water. These drains could consist of 4 inch (inside diameter) perforated pipes filtered by placing open-graded aggregate adjacent to the pipes. The aggregate should extend a minimum of 6 inches in all directions from the pipe. Mirafi 140 N, or approved equivalent, filter fabric should be wrapped around the pipes and around the aggregate envelope. The drain invert should be installed no more than 8 inches above the bottom of the exterior grade beams. Drainage pipes should be provided with gravity discharge into a storm drain, sump or other appropriate drain. O'Reilly Auto Parts 1 1 www.cardnoatc.com O'Reilly Auto Parts Store,Arlington,WA ATC Shaping the Future It is recommended that all joints in pavements and where pavements, sidewalks, other exterior flatwork, etc. butt against building foundation and/or curbs, be sealed. Sealing joints will help minimize the infiltration of surface water into the underlying subgrade materials. In general, the sealant used should remain plastic and flexible at normal service temperatures. Maintenance should include periodic inspection for open joints and cracks and resealing as necessary. 5.9 Winter Construction If construction of the project is accomplished during winter, steps should be taken to prevent the soils under the grade beams or floor slab from freezing. IN NO CASE should the slab on grade foundation, pavement or other exterior flatwork be placed on frozen or partially frozen materials. Frozen materials should be removed and replaced with approved on-site soils or imported select fill material as described Section 5.3. O'Reilly Auto Parts 12 www.cardnoatc.com O'Reilly Auto Parts Store,Arlington, WA dC�rcJno ATC Shaping the Future. 6.0 PAVEMENT 6.1 Design Considerations Traffic loading information for the proposed pavement was not available at the time of this report submittal. It is anticipated that the parking stalls will be subject to automobile traffic only (standard duty pavement section) and that drives will be subject to both automobile and occasional medium to heavy truck traffic (medium duty pavement section). If the anticipated traffic loading conditions are different than indicated herein CardnoATC should be contacted since it could impact the recommendations presented in the following sections. 6.2 Pavement Subgrade Preparation The pavement area should be prepared as previously recommended in the Section 5.2. Prior to fill placement and/or construction of the pavement,the subgrade should be scarified to a minimum depth of 12 inches, its moisture content adjusted, and the subgrade then compacted to at least 95 percent of modified Proctor (ASTM D 1557) maximum laboratory dry density within plus or minus 2 percentage points of optimum moisture content (-2 to +2). Compaction of the subgrade should extend a minimum of 2 feet beyond the outer edges of pavement or curbs. Weak or compressible areas which cannot be satisfactorily compacted should be removed and replaced with a properly compacted select material or approved on-site sandy soils as described in Section 5.3. Alternatively, 3 to 6 inch (greatest dimension) angular rock can be pushed into these areas with a roller until a stable base is achieved or a layer of geotextile, such as Mirafi HP 570 or approved equivalent, can be placed over weak areas. Final recommendations should be based on the observations by the geotechnical engineer at the time of construction. 6.3 Portland Cement Concrete Pavement (PCCP) If PCCP pavements are utilized, the following recommendations are made expecting that the pavement subgrade soils will consist primarily of on-site silty sands and sands. Typical pavement sections for PCCP are presented in the following Table 1: O'Reilly Auto Parts 13 www.cardnoatc.com O'Reilly Auto Parts Store, Arlington, WA ATC Shaping the Future l Table 1 - PCCP (Rigid) Sections Pavement Section Pavement Type Parking Areas Main Drive Lanes Fire Lanes and Dumpster Pad/Approach Portland Cement 5 inches 6 inches 7 inches Concrete Crushed 4 inches 4 inches 4 inches Aggregate Base Compacted 12 inches 12 inches 12 inches Subgrade Concrete should have a minimum flexural strength of 600 psi at 28 days; that corresponds to roughly 3,600-psi compressive strength. Concrete should be steel reinforced and include joints to control the formation of temperature and shrinkage related cracks. Concrete should include air entrainment to increase the resistance to temperature effects and improve workability. As a general guide, the air entrainment should vary from 5 to 7 percent (by volume). A granular subbase consisting of a clean sand layer placed between the pavement and the properly compacted subgrade is optional. If a sand subbase is used, it should be moistened with water immediately prior to concrete placement. Utility trench backfill that lies within paved and other flatwork areas must be properly compacted. Fill or backfill areas should be proofrolled to verify that soft or yielding subgrade areas have been properly compacted (refer to Section 5.2 for detailed proofrolling recommendations). It is important to minimize moisture changes in the pavement subgrade. The pavement and - adjacent-areas should be-well drained. Regular maintenance-s-hould-be performed on cracks-in- - - - - the pavement surface to prevent water passing through to the subgrade. 6.4 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement (HMAP) Typically, a rigid pavement section is recommended for long term performance and should be used in Fire Lanes and Dumpster Pad areas. However, Cardno ATC understands that an ACP (flexible) section may be considered for the majority of the paved areas at the site. Typical flexible pavement sections for similar applications are provided in the following Table 2: O'Reilly Auto Parts 14 www.cardnoatc.com O'Reilly Auto Parts Store, Arlington,WA Caardn&N ATC Shaping the Future Table 2 - HMAP Sections Traffic Flexible Section Standard Duty' 3" HMA Class'/.—inch (WSDOT 5-04) 8"Crushed Aggregate Surfacing Base-WSDOT 9-03.9(3) Medium Duty2 3" HMA Class 1/2-inch (WSDOT 5-04) 10"Crushed Aggregate Surfacing Base-WSDOT 9-03.9(3) Compacted Subgrade 12 Inches 1. Standard Duty- Parking and light traffic 2. Medium Duty- Drive lanes Crushed aggregate surfacing base course placed beneath pavements should meet the requirements in Section 9-03.9(3) of the 2010 WSDOT Standard Specifications. In addition, the base course material should be moisture stable. Aggregate base course should be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of modified Proctor (ASTM D 1557) maximum laboratory dry density. The performance of the recommended pavement sections can be enhanced by minimizing excess moisture that can reach the subgrade soils. The following recommendations should be considered at minimum: 1 • Site grading at a minimum 2 percent grade away from the pavements; • Compaction of any utility trenches to the same criteria as the pavement subgrade. Preventive maintenance should be planned and provided for through an on-going pavement management program to enhance future pavement performance. Preventive maintenance activities are intended to slow the rate of pavement deterioration and to preserve the pavement investment. All asphalt concrete mixes and aggregate base materials used in construction of pavement should be approved by the geotechnical engineer and meet the 2010 WSDOT Standard Specifications, and/or. The placement of asphaltic concrete should be in accordance the 2010 WSDOT Standard Specifications or as directed by the geotechnical engineer. 6.5 Pavement Considerations Pavement design methods are intended to provide an adequate thickness of structural materials over a particular subgrade, such that wheel loads are distributed to a level, which the subgrade can support. It is important to minimize moisture changes in the subgrade. All pavements shall be sloped to provide rapid surface drainage. Water should not be allowed to pond on or adjacent to the pavement. O'Reilly Auto Parts 15 www.cardnoatc.com O'Reilly Auto Parts Store, Arlington, WA ATC Shaping the Future The pavement design recommendations are subject to successful completion of site and subgrade preparation and structural fill placement as recommended in this report. Imported soils used in paved areas should meet the criteria for engineered (select) fill outlined in Section 5.3. The compaction, quality, and gradation of the crushed aggregate surfacing base course will directly affect the quality and life of the pavement section. Consequently, we recommend a minimum compaction of 95 percent of modified Proctor (ASTM D 1557) maximum laboratory dry density. This will improve the support for the edge of the pavement. Since paving and site grading are typically performed by separate contractors, a time lapse generally occurs between the end of site grading operations and the commencement of paving. Disturbance, desiccation, and/or wetting of the subgrade prior to completion of paving can result in deterioration of the previously compacted subgrade. A non-uniform subgrade can result in poor pavement performance and local failures relatively soon after pavements are constructed. Where applicable, we recommend the pavement subgrade be proofrolled (see Section 5.2) and the moisture content and density of the top 12 inches of subgrade be checked within two days prior to commencement of actual paving operations. If any significant event, such as precipitation, occurs after proofrolling, the subgrade shall be reviewed by qualified personnel immediately prior to placing the pavement. The subgrade shall be in its finished form at the time of the final review. A soil engineering technician working under the direction of a geotechnical engineer should observe compaction of the subgrade and perform soil density tests to confirm that the subgrade has been properly compacted in accordance with the recommendations presented herein. In addition, all paving materials and paving operations should meet applicable specifications of the local governing agency. All joints including sawed joints should be properly cleaned and sealed as soon as possible to avoid infiltration of water, small gravel, etc. Either cold-poured or hot-poured sealing material may be used. Backing should be provided to hold the isolation joint sealant in place. Manufacturers' instructions for mixing and installing the joint materials shall be followed. It is recommended that the 5 inch thick concrete pavement be reinforced with No. 3 or larger bars supported on appropriate chairs and placed on a minimum of approximately 24-inch centers in each direction. It is recommended that the 6 inch or thicker concrete pavement be reinforced with No. 3 or larger bars supported on appropriate chairs and placed on a minimum of approximately 18-inch centers in each direction. Additional reinforcing consisting of No. 5 or larger bars should be included around openings for manholes, drains, planters, etc. Contraction joints should not be placed greater than 20 feet on center each way (OCEW). The perimeter of the pavement should have a stiffening curb section to reduce the potential for distress due to heavy wheel loads near the edge of the pavement and to provide channelized drainage. O'Reilly Auto Parts 16 www.cardnoatc.com O'Reilly Auto Parts Store,Arlington,WA ATC Shaping the Furore Periodic maintenance of all of the pavements should be anticipated.This should include sealing of all cracks and joints and by maintaining proper surface drainage to avoid ponding of water on or near the pavement areas. Even with these precautions, some movements and related cracking may still occur, requiring additional maintenance. J O'Reilly Auto Parts 17 www.cardnoatc.com O'Reilly Auto Parts Store,Arlington;WA ATC Shaping the Future 7.0 BASIS FOR RECOMMENDATIONS Cardno ATC's professional services have been performed, findings obtained, and recommendations prepared in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering principles and practices. Cardno ATC is not responsible for the conclusions, opinions, or recommendations made by others based upon this data. The scope of our services was intended to evaluate soil conditions within the primary influence of the proposed structure and does not include an evaluation of potential deep soil conditions. Analyses and recommendations submitted in this report are based upon the data obtained from the soil test borings performed at the locations indicated. Regardless of the thoroughness of a geotechnical exploration, there is always a possibility that conditions between test borings will be different from those at specific test boring locations and that conditions will not be as anticipated by the designers or contractors. In addition, the construction process itself may alter soil conditions. If any subsoil variations become evident during the course of this project, a re-evaluation of the recommendations contained in this report will be necessary after Cardno ATC has had an opportunity to observe the characteristics of the conditions encountered. The applicability of this report should also be reviewed in the event that significant changes occur in the design, nature, or location of the proposed construction. Recommendations provided herein are based in part upon project information provided to Cardno ATC and they apply only to the specific project and site discussed in this report. If the project information is incorrect or if additional information is available, the correct or additional information should be conveyed to Cardno ATC for review. Cardno ATC's recommendations may then be modified, if necessary. Experienced geotechnical personnel should observe and document the construction procedures used and the conditions encountered. Unanticipated conditions and inadequate procedures should be reported to the design team. Cardno ATC further recommends that Cardno ATC is retained to provide these services based upon our familiarity with the project, the subsurface conditions, and the intent of the recommendations and design criteria. O'Reilly Auto Parts 18 www.cardnoatc.com O'Reilly Auto Parts Store, Arlington, WA ATC t Shaping the Future APPENDIX ` O'Reilly Auto Parts www.cardnoatc.com O'Reilly Auto Parts Store,Arlington, WA j�•� ~ i�f s W[2W TP-6 �} ,a TP-5 TP-2 ' v TP-4 _ 204TH ST NE �./ L Z j rn ' Approximate Test Pit Locations r@ R6IIy • ��►UTa PAars �� �� zo�W��& 7M w Tr �� �& 1. 2,3<3 South Pcttorsom. S'prtngfkid, Vu 658)7 BMW a" WASHI�CiTON Fft" (417)SU-2M FoW (#W V#-77 ro DAIS o+-72-ra Site/Test Pit Location Plan O'Reilly Auto Parts Store —Arlington, WA ATC ATC Project No. 90.75356.0117 5ltapiny the Future April 2013 TEST PIT LOG 4 ,.cir,on Shaping the Future Client: O'Reilly Auto Parts Test Pit#: 1 (Building) Project: O'Reilly Auto Parts Store Project#: 90.75356.0117 Location: Arlington,Washington Drawn By: TMC DRILLING&SAMPLING INFORMATION Date Started: 04-23-13 Hammer Wt.,lb: Date Completed: 04-23-13 Hammer Drop,in: Excavator: E3RA Split Sampler OD,in: Logger: ZL Rock Core Dia..in: Excavation Method: Backhoe Shelby Tube OD,in: DESCRIPTION FIELD&LABORATORY DATA Depth Smpl. Smpl. N #200 Mc GW PL PI Dd Surface Elevation-135.0 Scale No. Type BI'�i % % PCF TOPSOIL BS ................................................ SAND:gray,fine to medium,compact,moist,little silt 2 BS 11 25 ................................................ CLAYEY SILT:dark brown,soil,wet,trace line to medium sand •.5 BS .................................. SAND:gray,fine to coarse,dense,wet,trace gravel — BS •-1 G Bottom of lest pit at 10 lee[ REMARKS: +7-10',Slow groundwater seepage ~ +10',Rapid groundwater seepage&heavy caving 15 COMMENT: Consistency 8,density classifications of soils are based on the field geologist's opinion of the excavation difficulty --20 —25 SAMPLE TYPE GROUNDWATER(GW) BS-BAG SAMPLE v AT COMPLETION See remarks TS-TUBE SAMPLE AFTER HR FT ST-SHELBY TUBE ENCOUNTERED DURING SS-SPLIT SAMPLER EXCAVATION 7 FT TEST PIT LOG mar-dr�o ATC Shaping the Fgtere Client: O'Reilly Auto Parts Test Pit#: 2 (Building) Project: O'Reilly Auto Parts Store Project#: 90.75356.0117 Location: Arlington,Washington Drawn By: TIC DRILLING&SAMPLING INFORMATION Date Started: 04-23-13 Hammer Wt.,Ito. Dale Completed: 04-23-13 Hammer Drop,in: Excavator: E3RA Split Sampler OD,in: Logger: ZL Rock Core Dia.,in: Excavation Method: Backhoe Shelby Tube OD,in: DESCRIPTION FIELD&LABORATORY DATA Depth Smpl. Smpl. N -#200 Mc GW LL PL PI Dd Surlace Elevation-135.7 Scale No. Type BI/Ft % / PCF TOPSOIL 1-- BS ............................................ SAND:gray,fine to medium,loose,moist,trace silt 2 BS 5 22 ............................................... CI AYFY SII T-dark hrnwn,soft,wet w/sand lenses — ----3--•- BS 38 5 • .............................................. SAND:gray,fine to coarse,dense,wet,trace gravel .--4--- BS ---------------—------------------------------- SAND:mottled orange/brown,very dense,wet,some gravel -5--- BS 10 Bottom of test pit at 11 feet REMARKS: +7-9',Slow groundwater seepage _f9,-_L1,-Rapidgroundwatenseepage&heavy_caving— 15 COMMENT: Consistency&density classifications of soils are based on the field geologist's opinion of the excavation difficulty --20 2. SAMPLE TYPE GROUNDWATER(GW) BS-BAG SAMPLE V AT COMPLETION See remarks TS-TUBE SAMPLE v AFTER HR FT ST-SHELBY TUBE v ENCOUNTERED DURING SS-SPLIT SAMPLER EXCAVATION 7 FT TEST PIT LOG Cardnv° arc Shaping the Future Client: O'Reilly Auto Parts Test Pit#: 3 (Building) Project: O'Reilly Auto Parts Store Project#: 90.75356.0117 Location: Arlington,Washington Drawn By: TMC DRILLING&SAMPLING INFORMATION Date Started: 04-23-13 Hammer Wt.,Ib: Date Completed: 04-23-13 Hammer Drop,in: Excavator: E3RA Split Sampler OD,in: Logger: ZL Rock Care Dia.,in: Excavation Method: Backhoe Shelby Tube OD,in: DESCRIPTION FIELD&LABORATORY DATA Depth Smpl. Smpl. N •4200 Mc GW LL PL PI Ed Surface Elevation-136.8 Scale No. Type BI/Ft % % PCF TOPSOIL --I BS ........................ GRAVELLY SAND:gray,dense,moist ----2---- B ................................................ SILT:gray&tan,very still,moist,[race fine to medium sand .-3..-. •-5 ................................................ 1 SAND:gray,line to coarse,dense,wet,trace silt 4 . .............................................. SANDY GRAVEL:gray,very dense,we[ 10 -•--5•— B, Bottom of test pit at 12 feet REMARKS: +5.5-9.5',Slow groundwater seepage -15 +9.5-12',Rapid groundwater seepage&heavy caving COMMENT: Consistency&density classifications of soils are based on[he field geologist's opinion of the excavation difficulty --20 .-25 I SAMPLETYPE GROUNDWATER(GW) BS-BAG SAMPLE V AT COMPLETION See remarks TS-TUBE SAMPLE AFTER HR FT ST-SHELBY TUBE ENCOUNTERED DURING SS-SPLIT SAMPLER EXCAVATION 5.5 FT TEST PIT LOG .arc Shapinq the Future Client: O'Reilly Auto Parts Test Pit#: 4 (Pavement) Project: O'Reilly Auto Parts Store Project#: 90.75356.0117 Location: Arlington,Washington Drawn By: TMC DRILLING&SAMPLING INFORMATION Dale Started: 04-23-13 Hammer WI.,Ili. Date Completed: 04-23-13 Hammer Drop,in: Excavator: E3RA Split Sampler OD,in: Logger: ZL Rock Core Dia.,in: Excavation Method: Backhoe Shelby Tube OD,in: DESCRIPTION FIELD&LABORATORY DATA Depth Smpl. Smpl. N -#200 Mc GW LL PL PI Dd Surface Elevation-136.1 Scale No. Type BI/Ft % % PCF TOPSOIL —••1•••• BS SILTY SAND:mottled gray,line,compact,moist w/gravel lenses 2.... BS 47 22 CLAYEY SILT:mottled gray,soft wet,trace fine to medium sand ..5 —••3.... B� ......................................I......... SANDY GRAVEL:orange/brown,dense,wet w/cobbles -_10 4 B Bottom of lest pit at 12 feet REMARKS: r9.5.10.5%Slav groundwater seepage +10.5-12'.Rapid groundwater seepage&heavy caving COMMENT: Consistency&density classifications of soils are based on the field geologist's opinion of the excavation dillicully 25 SAMPLE TYPE GROUNDWATER(GW) BS-BAG SAMPLE c AT COMPLETION See remarks TS-TUBE SAMPLE i AFTER HR FT ST-SHELBY TUBE ENCOUNTERED DURING SS-SPLIT SAMPLER EXCAVATION 9.5 FT TEST PIT LOG �' Cardno' ,arc Shaping the Future Client: O'Reilly Auto Parts Test Pit#: 5 (Pavement) Project: O'Reilly Auto Parts Store Project#: 90.75356.0117 Location: Arlington,Washington Drawn By: TMC DRILLING&SAMPLING INFORMATION Date Started: 04-23-13 Hammer Wt.,lb: Date Completed: 04-23-13 Hammer Drop,in: Excavator: E3RA Split Sampler OD,in: Logger: ZL Rock Core Dia.,in: Excavation Method: Backhoe Shelby Tube OD,in: DESCRIPTION FIELD&LABORATORY DATA Depth Smpl- Smpl. N -#200 Mc GW LL PL PI Dd Surface Elevation-134.7 Scale No. Type BI/Ft % % PCF TOPSOIL -•T-- BS SAND:gray,fine to medium,loose,moist,little silt -2--- BS CLAYEY SILT:dark brown,soft,wet,trace line to medium sand -5 ---3--- BS 4.... SAND orange/brown,medium to coarse,dense,wet,little gravel ................................................ SANDY GRAVEL: orange/brown, very dense, wet w/occasional .-lo ••••5•-• cobbles Bottom of test pit at 13 feet REMARKS: +7-8.5',Slow groundwater seepage +8.5-13',Rapid groundwater seepage&heavy caving COMMENT: Consistency&density classifications of soils are based on the field geologist's opinion of the excavation dillicully SAMPLE TYPE GROUNDWATER(GW) BS-BAG SAMPLE 17 AT COMPLETION See remarks TS-TUBE SAMPLE AFTER HR FT v- ST-SHELBY TUBE ENCOUNTERED DURING SS-SPLIT SAMPLER EXCAVATION 7 FT TEST PIT LOG Cnrancp- ATC Shaping the Future Client: O'Reilly Auto Paris Test Pit#: 6 (Pavement) Project: O'Reilly Auto Paris Store Project#: 90.75356.0117 Location: Arlington,Washington Drawn By: TMG DRILLING&SAMPLING INFORMATION Dale Started: 04-23-13 Hammer Wt.,Ib: Date Completed: 04-23-13 Hammer Drop,in: Excavator: E3RA Split Sampler OD,in: Logger: ZL Rock Core Dia.,in: Excavation Method: Backhoe Shelby Tube OD,in: DESCRIPTION FIELD&LABORATORY DATA Depth Smpl. Smpl. N #200 Mc GW LL PL PI Dd Surface Elevation-134-4 Scale No. Type BI/Ft % % PCF TOPSOIL 1--- BS --------------------------------------- ------- SAND:gray,line to medium,compact,moist,little silt --- BS CLAYEY SILT:dark brown,soil wet,trace fine to medium sand 5 --..3--- BS .............................................. SAND:gray,line to coarse,dense,wet,trace sill _..4.... BS ........................................ .. SANDY GRAVEL:gray,very dense,wet 5---- BS --10 Bottom of lest pit at 11 feel REMARKS: +6-10',Slow groundwater seepage +10-11%Rapid groundwater seepage&heavy caving COMMENT: Dnsistency&density classiiicalions of soils are based on the lield )ologisl's opinion of the excavation difficulty SAMPLE TYPE GROUNDWATER(GW) BS-BAG SAMPLE v AT COMPLETION See remarks TS-TUBE SAMPLE v AFTER HR FT ST-SHELBYTUBE e ENCOUNTERED DURING SS-SPLIT SAMPLER EXCAVATION 7 FT 1 KEY TO SOIL SYMBOLS AND CLASSIFICATIONS The abbreviations commonly used on each"Boring Log", as seen on the figures and in the text of the report, are as follows: I. SOIL DESCRIPTION V. SOIL PROPERTY SYMBOLS (a)Cohesionless Soils N: Standard Penetration Resistance: Number of blows by a 140 lb Relative Density N, BLOWS/FT hammer dropped 30 in, required to drive a 2 in OD split spoon Very Loose 0 to 4 sampler 1 ft Loose 5 to 10 Qu: Unconfined Compressive Compact 11 to 30 Strength, TSF Dense 31 to 50 Qp: Pocket Penetrometer Unconfined Very Dense Over 50 Compressive Strength, TSF Dd: Natural Dry Unit Weight, PCF (b)Cohesive Soils v: Apparent Groundwater Level at Time Noted Consistency Qu, TSF Mc: Moisture or Water Content, % ILL: Liquid Limit Very Soft Less than 0.25 PL: Plastic Limit Soft 0.25 to 0.50 PI: Plasticity Index Firm 0.50 to 1.00 LI: Liquidity Index(Mc-PL/PI) stiff 1.00 to 2.00 e: Void Ratio Very Stiff 2.00 to 4.00 Gs: Specific Gravity of Solid Hard Over 4.00 Particles k: Coefficient of Permeability II. PLASTICITY is Hydraulic Gradient q: Rate of Discharge Degree of Plasticity h: Hydraulic Gradient Plasticity Index TSF: Tons per Square Foot ESE: Pounds per Square Foot None to Slight 0-4 KSF: Kips per Square Foot Slight 5 - 10 PCF: Pounds per Cubic Foot Medium 11 -30 High to Very High Over 30 VI. DRILLING/EXCAVATING AND SAMPLING SYMBOLS III. RELATIVE PROPORTIONS AR: Air Rotary Descriptive Term Percent CFA: Continuous Flight Auger HSA: Hollow Stem Auger Trace 1 - 10 RW: Rotary Wash Little 11 -20 BH: Backhoe Some 21 -35 AU: Auger Sample And 36-50 BS: Bag Sample RC: Rock Core IV. PARTICLE SIZE IDENTIFICATION SS: Split-Spoon, 1-3/8 in ID, 2 in OD, Except as Noted Boulders: 8 in diameter or more ST: Shelby Tube, 3 in OD, Except as Cobbles: 3 in to 8 in diameter Noted Gravel: Coarse-3/4 in to 3 in WS: Wash Sample Fine-5.0 mm to 3/4 in OD: Outside Diameter Sand: Coarse- 2.0 mm to 5.0 mm ID: Inside Diameter Medium-0,4 mm to 2.0 mm TxC: Texas Department of Transportation Fine-0.07 mm to 0.4 mm Cone Penetrometer Test Silt: 0.002 mm to 0.07 mm RQD: Rock Quality Designation Clay: - less than 0.002 mm CR: Core Recovery, % TS: Tube Sample, 1.5 in or 2.5 in OD RS: Ring Sample, 2.5 in OD NOTE: SOILS ARE CLASSIFIED IN GENERAL ACCORDANCE WITH THE UNIFIED SOIL �ic70'Cd'�0�� CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM ATC CARDNO ATC Sliapinp Uic Fulurc Impoplant Inforlmation YOUP Geolechnical Subsurface p(oblems are a principal cause of construction delays, cost,overruhs, claims, and disputes. T176 f01101,ViOg information is provided to help you manage your risks. Geotechnical Services Are Performed far a elevation,configuration,location,orientation,or weight of the Specific Purposes, Persons, and PPaJeCts proposed structure, Geotechnical engineers structure their services to meet the specific needs of . composition of the design team,or their clients.A geotechnical engineering study conducted for a civil engi- + project ownership. neer may not fulfill the needs of a construction contractor or even another civil engineer.Because each geotechnical engineering study is unique,each As a general rule,always inform your geotechnical engineer of project geotechnical engineering report is unique,prepared solelyfor the client.No changes--even minor ones—and request an assessment of their impact. one except you should rely on your geotechnical engineering report without Geotechnical engineers cannot accept responsibility or liability for problems first conferring with the geotechnical engineer who prepared it.And no one that occur because their reports do not consider developments of which I not even you should apply the report for any purpose or project they were not informed. except the one originally contemplated. Subsurface Conditions Can Change Read the Full Report A geotechnical engineering report is based on conditions that existed at Serious problems have occurred because those relying on a geotechnical the time the study was performed.Do not rely on a geotechnical engineer engineering report did not read it all.Do not rely on an executive summary, ing report whose adequacy may have been affected by:the passage of Do not read selected elements only, tirne;by man-made events,such as construction on or adjacent to the site; or by natural events,such as floods,earthquakes,or groundwater fluctua- ` A Geotechnical Engineerinij Relsort Is Based on lions.Always contact the geotechnical engineer before applying the report A Unique Set of ProJect-Specific Factors to determine if it is still reliable.A minor amount of additional testing or Geotechnical engineers consider a number of unique,protect-specific fac- analysis could prevent major problems. lors when establishing the scope of a study.Typical factcrs include:the client's goals,objectives,and risk management preferences;the general Most Geotechnical Findings Are Professional nature of the structure involved,its size,and configuration;the location of Opinions the structure on the silo;and other planned or existing site improvements, Site exploration identifies subsurface conditions only at those points where such as access roads,parking lots,and underground utilities.Unless the subsurface tests are conducted or samples are taken.Geotechnical engi- geolechnical engineer who conducted the study specifically indicates oth- neers review field and laboratory data and then apply their professional erwise,do not rely on a geotechnical engineering report'that was: judgment to render an opinion a'uorrt subsurface conditions throughout the ® not prepared for you, site.Actual subsurface conditions may differ—somelimes significantly— * not prepared for your project, from those indicated in your report.Retaining the geotechnical cngineer nut prepared for the specific site explored,or who developed your report to provide construction observation is the completed before imporlanl project changes were made, most effective method of managing the ris'.�s associated vJth unanticipated conditions. Typical changes that can erode the reliability of an existing geotechnical engineering report include those Ihat affect: A Report's Recommendations Are Not Final the function of the proposed structure,as when it's changed from a Do not overrely on the construction recommendations included in your parking garage;o an office building,or from a light industrial plant report. Those recommendalions are not final,because geotechnical engi- to a refrigerated warehouse, neers develop them principally from judgment and opinion.Geotechnical E engineers can finalize their recommendalions only by observing actual 1 subsurface conditions revealed during construction. The geotechnical have led to disappointments,claims,and disputes.To help reduce the risk engineer who developed your report cannot assume responsibility or of such outcomes,geotechnical engineers commonly include a variety of liability for the repoftsrecomnondationsif that engineer does not perform explanatory provisions in their reports.Sometimes labeled"limitations" conshilction observation. many of these provisions indicate where geotechnical engineers'responsi- bilities begin and end,to help others recognize their own responsibilities A Geotechnical[vineering Report is Subject to and risks Read these provisions closely,Ask questions:Your geotechnical Misinterpretation engineer should respond fully and frankly. Other design team members'misinterpretation of geotechnical engineering reports has resulted in costly problems.Lower that risk by having your geo- Geoenvironnmental Concerns Are Not Covered technical engineer confer with appropriate members of the design learn after The equipment,techniques,and personnel used to perform a geoenviron- submitting the report.-Also-retain-your geotechnical engineer to review-perti- mental study-differ significantly from-those-used-to-perform a-geotechnical nent elements of the design team's plans and specifications.Contractors can study.For that reason,a geotechnical engineering report does not usually also misinterpret a geotechnical engineering report.Reduce that risk by relate any geoenvironmental findings,conclusions,or recommendations; having your geotechnical engineer participate in prebid and preconstruction e.g.,about the likelihood of encountering underground storage tanks or conferences,and by providing construction observation. regulated contaminants. Unanticipated environmental problems have led to numerous project failures.If you have not yet obtained your own geoen- go Not Redraw the Engineer's togs v!ronmental information,ask your geotechnical consultant for risk man- Geolechnical engineers prepare final boring and testing logs based upon agement guidance.Do not rely on an environmental report prepared for their interpretation of field logs and laboratory data.To prevent errors or someone else, omissions,the logs included in a geotechnical engineering report should never be redrawn for inclusion in architectural or other design drawings. Obtain Professional Assistance To Real with Mold Only photographic or electronic reproduction is acceptable,butrecognize Diverse strategies can be applied during building design,construction, that seoarating logs from the report can elevate risk. operation,and maintenance to prevent significant amounts of mold from growing on indoor surfaces.To be effective,all such strategies should be Give Contractors a Complete Report and devised for the express purpose of mold prevention, integrated into a com- Guidance prehensive plan,and executed with diligent oversight by a professional Some owners and design professionals mistakenly believe they can make mold prevention consultant_Because just a small amount of water or contractors liable for unanticipated subsurface conditions by limiting what moisture can lead to the development of severe mold infestations,a num- They provide for bid preparation.To help prevent costly problems,give can- her of mold prevention strategies focus on keeping building surfaces dry. tractors the complete geotechnical engineering report,but preface it with a While groundwater,water infillration,and similar issues may have been clearly written letter of transmittal.In that letter,advise contractors that the addressed as part of the geolechnical engineering study whose findings report was not prepared for purposes of bid development and that the are conveyed in this report,the geotechnical engineer in charge of this report's accuracy is limited;encourage them to confer with the geolechnical project is not a mold prevention consultant;none of the services per- engineerwho prepared the report(a modest fee may be required)and/or to formed in connection with the geotechnical engineers study conduct additional study to obtain the specific types of information they were designed or conducted for the purpose of mold preven- need or prefer.A prebid conference can also be valuable.Be sure contrac- lion. Proper implementation of the recommendations conveyed tors have suffulenl time to peltorm additional study.Only then might you in this report will not of itself he sufflefenl to prevent mold be in a position to give contractors the best information available to you, from growing in or on the structure involved. while requiring Them to at least share some of the financial responsibilities stemming from unanticipated condificgis. -Rely, on Your ASFE-Member Geotechnc-ialt-- — Engineer for Additional Assistance Read Responsibility Provisions Closely Membership in ASFE/THF BEST PEOPLE ON EARTH exposes geotechnical Some clients,design professionals,and contractors do not recognize that engineers to a wide array of risk management techniques that can be of geotechnical engineering is far less exact than other engineering disci- genuine benefit for everyone involved with a consiruclion protect.Confer plines This lack of underslandinc has created unrealistic expectalions that with you ASFE member geolechnical engineer for more information. r t i ASFE THE BEST PEOPLE ON EARTH 8811 Colesville Road/Suite G106,Silver Spring,MD 20910 Telephone 301/565-2733 Facsimile:301/589-2017 e-rnail:infogasle.orc www.as'e,org Copnigh!2004 by ASFE,hic.Duptcation,reproduction,or copying of this document,in whote orin part,by aqv means wralsoever,is s(rictly prohibiled,except with FSFE's spenfir wfitten oermtssio!L Excerpting,quoting,or othen-ose extrarti.ig wording from this doccmen!is pei milled only with the express written permission of.ASFF,and only for purposes of scholar�y research or book review Dniy members of ASFE may use this document as a comptement to oras an element of a geotechoical engineering repon.Aov other firm,wdividoa!,or ocher entity that so uses this document without buoy an ASFE member could he comrrilling,negloenl or infentional arauduleno misrepreseniafiorl. IIGEF08041.0h9RP �l Assessment "41 Phase I Environmental Site FJ Potential O'Reilly e 1 R e •�{:,fir�. Northeast Corner of 200' Street NE & Olympic Place Arlington, Washington 98223 t Prepared for Ms. Liz Dugger O'Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc. 233 South Patterson Springfield, Missouri 65802 March 27, 2013 Shaping the Fuhrrc Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3159 Table of Contents 1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1 1.1 General Information 1 1.2 Findings and Conclusions Summary 2 1.3 Significant Data Gap Summary 3 1.4 Recommendations 4 2 INTRODUCTION 5 2.1 Purpose 5 2.2 Scope 5 2.3 Significant Assumption 6 2.4 Limitations and Exceptions 6 2.5 Special Terms and Conditions (User Reliance) 8 3 SITE DESCRIPTION 9 3.1 Location and Legal Description 9 3.2 Surrounding Area General Characteristics 9 3.3 Current Use of the Property 9 3.4 Description of Property Improvements 9 3.5 Current Uses of Adjoining Properties 10 4 USER PROVIDED INFORMATION 11 4.1 Title Records 11 4.2 Environmental Liens or Activity and Use Limitations (AULs) 11 4.3 Specialized Knowledge 11 4.4 Significant Valuation Reduction for Environmental Issues 11 4.5 Owner, Property Manager and Occupant Information 11 4.6 Reason for Performing Phase I ESA 11 4.7 Other User Provided Documents 11 5 RECORDS REVIEW 12 5.1 Standard Environmental Records 12 5.1.1 Federal Agency Database Findings 13 5.1.2 State and Tribal Database Findings 13 5.1.3 Local Environmental Records Sources 13 5.2 Physical Setting Sources 14 5.2.1 Topography 14 5.2.2 Geology 14 5.2.3 Soils 14 5.2.4 Hydrology 14 5.2.5 Other Physical Setting Sources 15 5.3 Historical Records Sources 15 5.3.1 Aerial Photographs 16 5.3.2 Fire Insurance Maps 17 5.3.3 Property Tax Files 17 1 March 27,2013 Cardno ATC ii Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3159 5.3.4 Recorded Land Title Records 17 5.3.5 Historical USGS Topographic Quadrangles 17 5.3.6 City Directories 18 5.3.7 Building Department Records 18 5.3.8 Zoning/Land Use Records 18 5.3.9 Prior Reports 18 5.3.10 Other Historical Sources 18 -6- -SITE RECONNAISSANCE- -1_c�_ 6.1 Methodology and Limiting Conditions 19 6.2 Hazardous Substance Use, Storage, and Disposal 19 6.3 Underground Storage Tanks (USTs) 19 6.4 Aboveground Storage Tanks(ASTs) 19 6.5 Hydraulic Lifts 19 6.6 Other Petroleum Products 19 6.7 Polychlorinated Biphenyls(PCBs) 19 6.8 Unidentified Substance Containers 19 6.9 Nonhazardous Solid Waste 20 6.10 Paint Booths 20 6.11 Vehicle Battery Storage and Disposal 20 6.12 Sumps 20 6.13 Clarifiers 20 6.14 Oil/Water Separators 20 6.15 Septic Systems 20 6.16 Floor Drains 20 6.17 Exterior Surface Drains 20 6.18 Wastewater 20 6.19 Waste Pits, Ponds and Lagoons 20 6.20 Stormwater Management System 20 6.21 Wells 20 6.22 Dry Cleaning Operations 21 7 INTERVIEWS 22 8 OTHER ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 23 8.1 Asbestos-Containing Material (ACM) 23 8.2 Radon 23 8.3 Lead in Drinking Water 23 8.4 Lead-Based Paint (LBP) 23 85 Mold Screening 23 8.6 Additional User Requested Conditions 23 9 REFERENCES 24 10 APPENDICES 26 March 27,2013 Cardno ATC ill Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3159 Appendices APPENDIX A SITE VICINITY MAP APPENDIX B SITE PLAN APPENDIX C SITE PHOTOGRAPHS APPENDIX D USER PROVIDED DOCUMENTATION APPENDIX E REGULATORY DATABASE REPORT APPENDIX F AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHS APPENDIX G HISTORICAL RESEARCH DOCUMENTATION APPENDIX H PRIOR REPORTS APPENDIX I RESUMES APPENDIX J RECORDS OF COMMUNICATION APPENDIX K LABORATORY REPORTS APPENDIX L OTHER SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION APPENDIX M TERMINOLOGY March 27,2013 Cardno ATC iv Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3159 1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1.1 General Information Project Information: Site Information: Potential O'Reilly Site 2041h Street Northeast and Olympic Place Arlington,Washington 98223 Consultant Information: Site Access Contact: Cardno ATC Mr. Mark Strivers 6347 Seaview Avenue Northwest 2100 East Section Street, Suite 103 Seattle,Washington 98107 Mount Vernon,Washington 98273 Telephone: 206-781-1449 Client Information: Fax: 206-781-1543 O'Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc. Ms. Liz Dugger Reconnaissance Date: March 12, 2013 233 South Patterson Site Assessor: Nasrin Bastami Springfield, Missouri 65802 Senior Reviewer: Hillary Williams Telephone: 417-862-2674 Environmental Professional: Hillary Williams, Thomas Frazer, and Dale Allison Environmental Professional Statement: We declare that, to the best of our professional knowledge and belief, we meet the definition of Environmental Professional as defined in§312.10 part of 40 CFR 312. We have the specific qualifications based on education, training and experience to assess a site of the nature, history and setting of the subject property. We have developed and performed the all appropriate inquiries in conformance with the standards and practices set forth in 40 CFR Part 312. or Nasrin Bastami, Project Manager Site Assessor Hillary Williams, Project Manager Senior Reviewer/Environmental Professional Thomas Frazer, P.G., Environmental Manager Environmental Professional Dale M. Allison _. Director, National Client Management March 27,2013 Cardno ATC 1 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3159 1.2 Findings and Conclusions Summary Cardno ATC has performed this Phase I Environmental Site Assessment (ESA) in conformance with the scope and limitations of the American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard Practice E 1527-05.Any exceptions to, or deletions from, this practice are described in Section 2.0 of this report. This assessment has revealed no evidence of recognized environmental conditions in connection with the property. The table below summarizes the findings and conclusions of the assessment: Table 1-1 Findings and Conclusions Summary Recognized ASTM Non., Roport SecO.On scope Description Action? Condition Conditi6n REC Condition 4.0 User Provided No Information 5.1.1 Federal Database No Findings 5.1.2 State and Tribal No Database Findings 5.1.3 Local No Environmental Database Findings 5.3 Historical No X See Note Records Sources Below 6.2 Hazardous No Substance Use, Storage and Disposal 6.3 Underground No Storage Tanks 6.4 Aboveground No Storage Tanks 6.5 Other Petroleum No Products 6-6 Polychlorinated No Biphenyls (PCBs) 6.7 Unidentified No Substance i Containers 6 8onhazardous 4-N-oFSo lid Waste � 69 I Wastewater — NoT —�- 6.10 Waste Pits, A No 1 Ponds,and Lagoons I 6.12 Septic Systems No March 27,2013 Cardno ATC 2 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3159 Recognized Non- Report D- Minimis Environmental Action? Condition Condition REC (REC) Condition 6.13 Stormwater No Management Systems 6.14 Wells No 7.0 Interviews No 8.1 Asbestos No Containing Material(ACM) FRadon No Lead in Drinking No Water 8.4 Lead-Based Paint No (LBP) 8.5 Mold Screening No 8.6 Additional User No Requested Conditions The review of aerial photographs identified possible historical land use for agricultural purposes. Given the historical use of the property for agricultural purposes, potential concern is noted regarding the probable use of 1 pesticides, herbicides and fertilizers. If these materials were stored, used and applied according to industry standards, they should not have significantly impacted the property. Evidence of large-scale use or disposal of pesticides, herbicides or fertilizers, such as mixing tanks, chemical storage areas, sprayers, etc. was not observed on the property. Evidence for the overuse of these materials, such as stressed vegetation, was not observed. The property has not been used for agricultural purposes since at least 1990. Therefore, Cardno ATC concludes that the historical use of the property for agricultural purposes and any potential residual pesticides, herbicides and fertilizers in the property soils represents a de minimis condition to the property. 1.3 Significant Data Gap Summary The following is a summary of significant data gaps identified in this report. Table 1-2 Significant Data Gap Summary V. 3.5 Current Use of Adjoining Properties No significant data gap identified. 4.2 Environmental Liens or Activity and Use No significant data gap identified. Limitations(AULs)A�_ — 5.1 Standard Environmental Records No significant data gap identified. 5.2 Physical Setting Sources No significant data gap identified. 5.3 Historical Records Sources No significant data gap identified. ^ 6.1 Methodology and Limiting Conditions No significant data gap identified. 7.0 Interviews No significant data gap identified. T March 27,2013 Cardno ATC 3 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3150 1.4 Recommendations Based on information collected from the Phase l BSA, ATC offers no recommendations for further action at this time. March 27,2013 Cardno ATC 4 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3159 2 INTRODUCTION This section provides information on the scope of the project and any limitations or special conditions which may apply. 2.1 Purpose The purpose of this Phase I ESA was to identify recognized environmental conditions and certain potential environmental conditions outside the scope of the ASTM Standard Practice E 1527-05 in connection with the property at the time of the site reconnaissance. Furthermore, this report is intended to permit the User to satisfy one of the requirements to qualify for the innocent landowner limitations on the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act(CERCLA) liability(i.e., the Landowner Liability Protections, or LLPs) as outlined in 40 CFR Part 312: "Standards and Practices for All Appropriate Inquiries; Final Rule". This report documents the findings, opinions and conclusions of the Phase I ESA. 2.2 Scope This Phase I ESA was conducted in general accordance with the ASTM Standard Practice E 1527-05, consistent with a level of care and skill ordinarily practiced by the environmental consulting profession currently providing similar services under similar circumstances. Significant additions, deletions or exceptions to ASTM Standard Practice E 1527-05 are noted below or in the corresponding sections of this report. The scope of this assessment included an evaluation of the following: > Physical setting characteristics of the property through a review of referenced sources such as topographic maps and geologic, soils and hydrologic reports. > Usage of the property, adjoining properties and surrounding area through a review of referenced historical sources such as land title records, fire insurance maps, city directories, aerial photographs, prior reports and interviews. > Observations and interviews regarding current property usage and conditions including: the use, treatment, storage, disposal or generation of hazardous substances, petroleum products, hazardous wastes, nonhazardous solid wastes and wastewater. > Usage of adjoining and surrounding area properties and the likely impact of known or suspected releases of hazardous substances or petroleum products from those properties onto the property. > Information in referenced environmental agency databases and local environmental records, within the specified approximate minimum search distance from the property. The scope of the assessment also included consideration of the following environmental issues or conditions that are beyond the scope of ASTM Standard Practice E 1527-05: > Mold Screening to report the findings of a baseline survey of readily observable mold and conditions conducive to mold on the property identified by limited interview, document review and physical observation and to provide an opinion on whether an identified condition warrants further action. The scope of work for the Mold Screening was intended to be consistent with ASTM Standard Practice E 2418-06: Standard Guide for Readily Observable Mold and Conditions Conducive to Mold in Commercial Buildings: Baseline Survey Process. The scope of work, including potential deviations from the Standard Guide, is described as follows. The interview was limited to one knowledgeable person from property management or engineering staff. The document review was limited to only those relevant documents made readily available to Cardno ATC in a timely manner. The physical observations were limited to certain Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) system areas and other readily accessible building areas likely to become subject to water damage, plumbing leaks, and flooding. Unless noted otherwise herein, Cardno ATC observed the HVAC equipment I' March 27.2013 Cardno ATC 5 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3159 room(s) and readily accessible mechanical muins. The Mold Screening did not include destructive methods of observation. No sampling or laboratory analyses were conducted. The Mold Screening service as described herein was limited in scope and by the time and cost considerations typically associated with performing a Phase I ESA. No method can guarantee that a hazard will be discovered if evidence of the hazard is not encountered within the performance of the Mold Screening as authorized and that opinions and conclusions must, out of necessity, be extrapolated from limited information and discrete, non-continuous data points. Unidentified mold or other microbial conditions may exist on the property. > Visual observation of suspect ACM, consisting of providing an opinion on the condition of suspect ACM on the property based upon visual observation during the-site-reconnaissance. > Radon document review, consisting of the review of published radon data with regard to the potential for elevated levels of radon gas in the surrounding area of the property. > Lead in drinking water data review, consisting of contacting the water supplier for information regarding whether or not the potable water provided to the property meets or exceeds drinking water standards for lead. > Visual observation of Lead-based paint (LBP), consisting of providing an opinion on the potential for LBP based on the construction date of buildings on the property and visual observation of the condition of suspect LBP. > Wetlands document review, consisting of a review of a current National Wetlands Inventory map of the surrounding area to note if the property is identified as having a wetland. > Flood plain document review, consisting of a review of a reasonably ascertainable flood plain map of the surrounding area to note if the property is identified as being located within a flood plain. 2.3 Significant Assumption Any assumptions in this report were not considered as having significant impact on the determination of environmental concerns associated with the property. 2.4 Limitations and Exceptions Cardno ATC has prepared this Phase I ESA report using reasonable efforts to identify recognized environmental conditions and areas of environmental concern associated with hazardous substances or petroleum products at the property. Findings contained within this report are based on information collected from observations made on the day(s)of the site reconnaissance and from reasonably ascertainable information obtained from certain public agencies and other referenced sources. The ASTM Standard Practice E 1527-05 recognizes inherent limitations for Phase I ESAs, including, but not limited to: > Uncertainty Not Eliminated— A Phase I ESA cannot completely eliminate uncertainty regarding the potential for recognized environmental conditions in connection with any property. > Not Exhaustive — A Phase I ESA is not an exhaustive investigation of the property and environmental conditions on such property. > Past Uses of the Property— Phase I requirements only require review of standard historical sources at five year intervals. Therefore, past uses of property at less than five year intervals may not be discovered. Users of this report may refer to ASTM Standard Practice E 1527-05 for further information regarding these and other limitations. This report is not definitive and should not be assumed to be a complete and/or specific definition of all conditions above or below grade. Current subsurface conditions may differ from the conditions determined by surface observations, interviews and reviews of historical sources. The most reliable method of evaluating subsurface conditions is through intrusive techniques, which are beyond the scope of this report. Information in this report is not intended to be used as a construction document and should not be used for March 27,2013 Cardno ATC 6 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3159 demolition, renovation, or other property construction purposes. Any use of this report by any party, beyond the scope and intent of the original parties, shall be at the sole risk and expense of such user. Cardno ATC makes no representation or warranty that the past or current operations at the property are, or have been, in compliance with all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations and codes. This report does not warrant against future operations or conditions, nor does it warrant against operations or conditions present of a type or at a location not investigated. Regardless of the findings stated in this report, Cardno ATC is not responsible for consequences or conditions arising from facts not fully disclosed to Cardno ATC during the assessment. An independent data research company provided the government agency database referenced in this report. Information on surrounding area properties was requested for approximate minimum search distances and is assumed to be correct and complete unless obviously contradicted by Cardno ATC's observations or other credible referenced sources reviewed during the assessment. Cardno ATC shall not be liable for any such database firm's failure to make relevant files or documents properly available, to properly index files, or otherwise to fail to maintain or produce accurate or complete records. Cardno ATC used reasonable efforts to identify evidence of aboveground and underground storage tanks and ancillary equipment on the property during the assessment. "Reasonable efforts" were limited to observation of accessible areas, review of referenced public records and interviews. These reasonable efforts may not identify subsurface equipment or evidence hidden from view by things including, but not limited to, snow cover, paving, construction activities, stored materials and landscaping. Any estimates of costs or quantities in this report are approximations for commercial real estate transaction due diligence purposes and are based on the findings, opinions and conclusions of this assessment, which are limited by the scope of the assessment, schedule demands, cost constraints, accessibility limitations and other factors associated with performing the Phase I ESA. Subsequent determinations of costs or quantities may vary from the estimates in this report. The estimated costs or quantities in this report are not intended to be used for financial disclosure related to the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement No. 143, FASB Interpretation No. 47, Sarbanes/Oxley Act or any United States Securities and Exchange Commission reporting obligations, and may not be used for such purposes in any form without the express written permission of Cardno ATC. Cardno ATC is not a professional title insurance or land surveyor firm and makes no guarantee, express or implied, that any land title records acquired or reviewed in this report, or any physical descriptions or depictions of the property in this report, represent a comprehensive definition or precise delineation of property ownership or boundaries. The Environmental Professional Statement in Section 1.1 of this report does not ''certify" the findings contained in this report and is not a legal opinion of such Environmental Professional. The Environmental Professional Statement is intended to document Cardno ATC's opinion that an individual meeting the qualifications of an Environmental Professional was involved in the performance of the assessment and that the activities performed by, or under the supervision of, the Environmental Professional were performed in conformance with the standards and practices set forth in 40 CFR Part 312 per the methodology in ASTM Standard Practice E 1527- 05 and the scope of work for this assessment. Per ASTM Standard Practice E 1527-05, Section 6, User Responsibilities, the User of this assessment has specific obligations for performing tasks during this assessment that will help identify the possibility of recognized environmental conditions in connection with the property. Failure by the User to fully comply with the requirements may impact their ability to use this report to help qualify for LLPs under CERCLA. Cardno ATC makes no representations or warranties regarding a User's qualification for protection under any federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations. In accordance with the ASTM Standard Practice E 1527-05, this report is presumed to be valid for a six month period. If the report is older than six months, the following information must be updated in order for the report to be valid: (1) regulatory review, (2) site visit, (3) interviews, (4)specialized knowledge and (5)environmental liens March 27,2013 Cardno ATC 7 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3159 search. Reports older than one year may not meet the ASTM Standard Practice '1527-05 and therefore, the entire report must be updated to reflect current conditions and site-specific information. Other limitations and exceptions that are specific to the scope of this report may be found in corresponding sections. 2.5 Special Terms and Conditions (User Reliance) This report is for the use and benefit of, and may be relied upon by, O'Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc. (O'Reilly), and any of its affiliates, and third parties authorized in writing by O'Reilly and Cardno ATC, including the lender(s) in connection with a secured financing of the property, and/or any entity that purchases the property that is the subject of the report from any of the foregoing, and their respective successors and assigns. Any third party agrees by accepting this report that any use or reliance on this report shall be limited by the exceptions and limitations in this report, and with the acknowledgment that actual site conditions may change with time, and that hidden conditions may exist at the property that were not discovered within the authorized scope of the assessment. Any use by or distribution of this report to third parties, without the express written consent of Cardno ATC, is at the sole risk and expense of such third party. Cardno ATC makes no other representation to any third party except that it has used the degree of care and skill ordinarily exercised by environmental consultants in the preparation of the report and in the assembling of data and information related thereto. No other warranties are made to any third party, either express or implied. Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by Cardno ATC and a third party, Cardno ATC's liability to any third party authorized to use or rely on this report with respect to any acts or omissions shall be limited to a total maximum amount of$100,000. March 27.2013 Cardno ATC 8 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3159 i 3 SITE DESCRIPTION This section describes the property, property improvements, and adjoining properties. 3.1 Location and Legal Description The property is located on the east side of Olympic Place and north of 204`h Street NE in Arlington, Snohomish County, Washington 98223 (hereinafter referred to as the "property"), and is currently identified by the Snohomish County Department of Assessments as Assessor Parcel Number (APN) 008473000000100. The property is a 0.70 acre parcel of undeveloped land. A copy of the Snohomish County Department of Assessment records, including a legal description, is provided in Appendix L. A Site Vicinity Map is located in Appendix A, a Site Plan is included in Appendix B, and Site Photographs are provided in Appendix C. 3.2 Surrounding Area General Characteristics The property is located in a primarily residential and commercial setting with commercial development to the west and southwest of the property and residential development to the south and east of the property. The property is located directly north of the intersection of 79`" Drive NE and 204`h Street NE. The topography of the surrounding area is generally flat.A Property Plan is included in Appendix B. 3.3 Current Use of the Property The property is currently vacant land, consisting primarily of low grasses and native soils. Based on our site reconnaissance, no buildings or development have occurred on the property. 3.4 Description of Property Improvements The following table provides general descriptions of the property improvements. Table 3-1 Description of Property Improvements or• aa r^ .� Size of Property(approximate) 0.70 acre General Topography of Property The topography in the vicinity of the property is generally flat. Adjoining and/or Access/Egress Roads The property is accessed from 204�h Street NE to the south Paved or Concrete Areas(including parking) None Unimproved Areas - I The entire property is considered unimproved. i Landscaped Areas None Surface Water E None. Portage Creek is located on the east-adjacent property. Potable Water Source None(within the City of Arlington service area) Sanitary Sewer Utility None(within the City of Arlington service area) Storm Sewer Utility None(within the City of Arlington service area) Electrical Utility V V None(within the Snohomish County Public Utilities District (PUD)service area) Natural Gas Utility None(within the Snohomish County PUD service area) March 27,2013 Cardno ATC 9 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3159 C Current Occupancy Status Unoccupied Unoccupied Buildings/Spaces/Structures N/A Number of Occupied Buildings N/A General Building Description N/A Number of Floors N/A Total-Square-Feet-of-Space-(approximate) -NIA Construction Completion Date(year) N/A Construction Type N/A Interior Finishes Description N/A Exterior Finishes Description N/A Cooling and Heating System Type N/A Emergency Power N/A N/A—Not Applicable 3.5 Current Uses of Adjoining Properties Current uses of the adjoining properties were observed to be as follows: Table 3-2 Current Uses of Adjoining Properties Potential �--Directlon From -O E f a • s fPkoperly North I N/A L N/A Vacant Land None East ' N/A N/A Vacant Land and None Portage Creek `i South -- 20312 79t"Drive NE y Individual Residential None 20315 791"Drive NE Individual Residential Norie West NA N/A _ _ Vacant Land None Based on our site reconnaissance, the adjoining properties do not appear to represent a recognized environmental condition to the property. - March 27,2013 Cardno ATC 10 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3159 4 USER PROVIDED INFORMATION The following section summarizes information (if any) provided by O'Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc. (User) with regard to the ESA. Documentation may be found in Appendix D or where referenced in this report. 4.1 Title Records User provided a copy of the current deed for the property. The deed record provided did not indicate any environmental issues for the property. A chain-of-title search for the property was not included in the scope of work for this assessment. 4.2 Environmental Liens or Activity and Use Limitations (AULs) User provided no information regarding property environmental liens or activity and use limitations. However, a lien search for the property was included in the scope of work for this assessment. According to the report provided to Cardno ATC by EDR, no environmental liens or AULs were identified for the property. A copy of the EDR Liens report is included in Appendix L. 4.3 Specialized Knowledge User provided no specialized knowledge regarding environmental conditions associated with the property. 4.4 Significant Valuation Reduction for Environmental Issues User provided no information regarding a significant valuation reduction for environmental issues associated with the property. 4.5 Owner, Property Manager and Occupant Information User provided the name of the property owner as Pete Collier, LLC. and the site contact as Mr. Mark Strivers of Pete Collier, LLC.. 4.6 Reason for Performing Phase I ESA According to information provided by the User, the reason for conducting this ESA relates to a possible property transaction. 4.7 Other User Provided Documents Per the ASTM Standard Practice E 1527-05 Cardno ATC obtained the documents listed below from the User. Further discussion may be found in relevant sections of this report. OTHER USER PROVIDED DOCUMENTS Title Date(if known) Author and/or Source(if known) Client Questionnaire March 8,2013 Liz Dogger,O'Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc General Property Information including August 30,2005& Source: O'Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc. Current Tax Records,Aerial Photograph, January 14,2013 Deeds, Plat Map,and Tax Map Proposed Site Plans Not dated Source: O'Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc. March 27,2013 Cardno ATC 11 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3159 5 RECORDS REVIEW 5.1 Standard Environmental Records The regulatory agency database report discussed in this section, provided by EDR of Milford, Connecticut, was reviewed for information regarding reported releases of hazardous substances and petroleum products on or near the site. Cardno ATC also reviewed the "unmappable" (also referred to as "orphan") listings within-the database report, cross-referencing available address information and facility names. Unmappable sites are listings that could not be plotted with confidence, but are potentially in the general area of the site based on the partial street address, city, or zip code. Any unmappable site that was identified by Cardno ATC as being within the approximate minimum search distance from the site based on the site reconnaissance and/or cross- referencing to mapped listings, is included in the discussion within this section. The complete regulatory agency database report may be found in Appendix E. The following is a summary of the findings of the database review. Table 5-1 Standard Environmental Records Approx. MInImum Search Property tt Other Regulatory Database Distance Llsted? Sites Listed;. Federal National Priority(NPL) 1 mile No I 0 Federal Delisted NPL '/2 mile No 0 Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, /2 mile No 0 Compensation,and Liability Information System (CERCLIS)list Federal CERCLIS No Further Remedial Action /2 mile No 1 Planned(NFRAP) Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act 1 mile No 0 (RCRA),Corrective Action facilities(CORRACTS) Federal RCRIS non-CORRACTS Treatment,Storage, '/2 mile No 0 and Disposal Facilities(TSD) Federal RCRA Generators Property&Adjoining No 0 Federal Institutional Control/Engineering Control Property No NA Registry Federal Emergency Response Notification System Property No NA _(ERNS)lis State and Tribal NPL 1 mile No 2 State and Tribal Equivalent CERCLIS(CSCSL) '%mile No 1 State and Tribal CERCLIS No Further Action (NFA) j '/2 mile State and Tribal Landfill or Solid Waste Disposal Sites '/2 mile No 0 (SW/LF) i State and Tribal Leaking Underground Storage Tanks %:mile No 1 (LUST) , State and Tribal Registered Underground Storage i Property&Adjoining No 0� Tanks (UST) State and Tribal Institutional Control/Engineering Property _ No NA Control Registry State and Trit)ai Voluntary Cleanup Site(VCP) /2 mile No 1 ! Independent Cleanup Report(ICR) '/2 mile No 1 State and Tribal Brownfield Sites /2 mile No 0 March 27,2013 Cardno ATC 12 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3159 5.1.1 Federal Agency Database Findings The property was not identified in any of federal agency database searched. Based on distance, topography, assumed groundwater gradient, and/or the current regulatory status, the site identified in the federal agency database is not considered to represent a likely past, present or material threat of release on the property. 5.1.2 State and Tribal Database Findings The property was not identified in any of the state and tribal databases searched. Based on distance,topography, assumed groundwater gradient, and/or the current regulatory status, none of the sites listed in the state and tribal databases are considered to represent a likely past, present or material threat of release on the property. 5.1.3 Local Environmental Records Sources Local Fire Department Cardno ATC contacted the City of Arlington Fire Department for information regarding the property. Cardno ATC received a response from Mr. Tom Cooper, Deputy Chief of the City of Arlington Fire Department, indicating that the City of Arlington Fire Department did not identify any records related to the property. Health Department Cardno ATC requested information from Snohomish County Health District regarding the property. Cardno ATC received a response from Ms. Judy Werst with Snohomish Health District, indicating that no records were identified for the property. Local Environmental Agency Cardno ATC submitted a written request to the Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology) for records pertaining to the property. Ecology acts as the regulatory agency for cleanup of hazardous materials released to the environment, including soil and groundwater assessments performed during UST removal activities. Ecology also acts as the UST implementing agency of Washington State. Cardno ATC received an initial response on March 18, 2013 from Ms. Cherie Gritsch of Central Records with Ecology, indicating the records request has been received and additional information would be available in approximately three weeks. At the time this report was prepared, no further response was received. It is anticipated that a final response will be received by the date of the final report. Departments of:Planning, Zoning, and Building Cardno ATC submitted a written request to City of Arlington Community Development Center for building records related to the property. On March 18, 2013, Cardno ATC received a response from Ms Kristine Banfield, Assistant City Administrator and City Clerk, indicating that the City of Arlington does not have any records related to the property. According to the City of Arlington zoning map, the property is zoned GC, General Commercial, which is appropriate for the proposed use. Electrical Utility Company Cardno ATC spoke with Mr. Mark Stivers, property owner, who confirmed that Snohomish County PUD provides electricity to the property area. However, no electrical service is currently provided to the property. March 27,2013 Cardno ATC 13 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3159 Water Utility Cardno ATC spoke with Mr. Mark Stivers, property owner, who confirmed that City of Arlington provides potable water to the property area. However, no potable water is currently provided to the property. Sewer and Stormwater Utility Cardno ATC spoke with Mr. Mark Stivers, property owner, who confirmed that City of Arlington provides sewer and stormwater utilities to the property. However, no sewer services are currently provided to the property. Other Local Environmental Records Sources Cardno ATC obtained a Building Permit Report for the property from EDR. However, no records were found for the property. 5.2 Physical Setting Sources This section summarizes results of the review of information on the physical setting of the property. 5.2.1 Topoctraphy According to the United States Geological Survey (USGS) 15-Minute Series Topographic Map of the Arlington West, Washington Quadrangle, dated 1981, the property is located at an approximate elevation of 100 feet to 130 feet above mean sea level. The map indicates the property area slopes slightly to the north-northwest. A copy of the topographic map is included in Appendix A. 5.2.2 Geology Cardno ATC reviewed the Washington State Division of Geology and Earth Resources Geologic Map of Washington, 2002. According to this map, the property is located in the Puget Lowland physiographic province, which consists of a broad, low-lying region situated between the Cascade Range to the east and the Olympic Mountains and Willapa Hills to the west. Lower Tertiary sedimentary rocks unconformably overlie the Crescent Formation. The oldest of these sedimentary rocks consist of sandstones, shales, and coals deposited on a coastal plain fed by westward flowing rivers. As the Cascade Range began to form, much of the sediment deposited on the coastal plain was derived from volcanic eruptions. During the Quaternary, the Puget Lowland was covered a number of times by continental ice sheets. The most recent (Fraser) glaciation reached its peak about 14,000 years ago. The Fraser ice sheet extended to Littlerock, south of Olympia. Maximum ice thickness during the Fraser Glaciation was approximately 1,000 feet at Olympia, 3,000 feet at Seattle, and over 5,000 feet at Bellingham. The Fraser ice retreated quickly, leaving behind a landscape sculpted by glacial erosion and covered by newly deposited glacial drift. The location of present-day waterways and river drainages was established by the pattern of Fraser glacial erosion and deposition. The depth to the bedrock is greater than 60 inches. 5.2.3 Soils According to soils data compiled by EDR from digitized United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) maps and resources, the property is underlain by Norma loam. Norma loam is the predominant soil type and is characterized by very slow infiltration rates with layers of clayey soil impeding downward movement of water, or soils with poorly drained to a coarse-grained soils. A typical profile of Norma loam includes zero to nine inches below ground surface (bgs) of loam, nine to 27 inches bgs of sandy loam, and 27 to 59 inches bgs of sandy loam. 5.2.4 Hydrology According to the USGS United States Groundwater Atlas, Segment 7, Washington, Idaho and Oregon, the property is located within the Puget-Willamette Trough regional aquifer system. The Puget-Willamette Trough regional system is characterized by unconsolidated-deposit and basaltic-rock aquifers. Unconsolidated deposit aquifers are the principal aquifers in the property region and "consist chiefly of glacial deposits that are as much as 3,000 feet thick." March 27,2013 Cardno ATC 14 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3159 The shallow groundwater flow direction generally follows the local topography and may be affected by localized conditions. Based on the topography, the inferred local direction of groundwater flow at the property is to the north-northwest. According to the review of EDR's Federal USGS Well Information search of wells within the vicinity of the property, of two wells within one-half mile of the property, groundwater was measured at depth 25 feet below ground surface(bgs). 5.2.5 Other Physical Setting Sources Flood Plain Map Cardno ATC reviewed a Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM), Map Number 53061C0392E, dated November 8, 1999. According to the map,the property is located in Zone X; areas of 0.2 percent annual chance flood; areas of one percent annual chance flood with average depths of less than one foot or with drainage areas less than one square mile-, and areas protected by levees from one percent annual chance flood. A copy of the flood plain map is included in Appendix L. Wetlands Map According to the National Wetland Inventory Map, no federally-designated wetlands are located on or adjacent to the property. A copy of the wetlands map may be found in Appendix L. 5.3 Historical Records Sources The following table summarizes the findings of the research presented below pertaining to historical site and surrounding area uses. I Table 5-2 Historical Use Summary Period Identified Historical Uses Sources Intervals/Comments Property Surrounding Area Prior to 1940 Undeveloped I Undeveloped Topographic Map Earliest record identified Agricultural Residential Dated: 1911 was a topographic map Agricultural dated 1911 depicting the property as undeveloped. Data gap identified from 1912 to 1940; property remains undeveloped and agricultural land across data gap,therefore data gap is not considered significant. JI 1940-1960 i Undeveloped Undeveloped Aerial Photographs—Data gap identified from Agricultural Commercial Dated: 1941, 1954, 1956 1944 to 1953; property Residential Topographic Maps remains undeveloped and Agricultural Dated: 1943, 1956 agricultural land across f data gap,therefore data gap is not considered significant. 1961-1980 Undeveloped Undeveloped Aerial Photograph Data gaps identified from Agricultural Commercial Dated: 1968 1957 to 1967 and 1969 to Residential Topographic Maps 1979;property remains Agricultural undeveloped and g Dated: 1968, 1973 agricultural land across data gaps,therefore data i 1 gaps are not considered March 27,2013 Cardno ATC 15 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3159 HISTORICAL SUMMARY significant. 1981-2000 Undeveloped Undeveloped Aerial Photograph Data gap identified from Agricultural Residential Dated: 1990 1981 to 1985; property Commercial Topographic Map remains undeveloped Dated: 1981 across data gap,therefore data gap is not considered Historical Tax Records significant. Dated: 1995, 1999 i 2001 to present Undeveloped Undeveloped Aerial Photographs No data gaps identified. Residential Dated: Commercial 2005,2006,2009,2011 Interval gaps (greater than five years)were encountered during the research of historical use information for the property and surrounding area. However, based on the review of available historical sources, these data gaps did not have an impact on the recognized environmental condition determinations of this assessment and are not significant data gaps. As such, the requirements of ASTM Standard Practice E 1527-05 §8.3.2.1 and §8.3.2.2 have been satisfied and, as stated in ASTM Standard Practice E 1527-05 §8.3.2.3, the historical research is considered complete. The historical use research conducted during this Phase I ESA did not identify past uses indicating recognized environmental conditions at the property or surrounding area. 5.3.1 Acrial Photographs Cardno ATC reviewed available aerial photographs of the property and surrounding areas as obtained from EDR. Available photographs ranged in date from 1941 to 2011. The following are descriptions and interpretations from the aerial photograph review. AERIAL PHOTOGRA Year Scale — Comments 1941 1":750' Property: The property is undeveloped land and agricultural farm land. Surrounding Area: The surrounding area is undeveloped wooded land, agricultural farm land, and several residential structures. The north-adjacent property is undeveloped land, beyond which are residential and agricultural related structures. 1954 1":500' Property: The property is undeveloped land and agricultural farm land. _ Surrounding Area: The surrounding area is undeveloped wooded land, agricultural farm land, and continues to be developed with residential structures. In addition,there are several dirt roads developed during this time ' - --- - -- - 1956 1":1000' I Property: The property is undeveloped land and agricultural farm land. Surrounding Area: The adjacent properties remain generally unchanged from the prior photograph with the exception of new residential development further north.. ! 1968 1 1":750' Property: The property is undeveloped land and agricultural farm land. Surrounding Area: The adjacent properties remain generally unchanged from i f the prior photograph with the exception to the west where Highway 9 is being developed, 1990 1 :500' Property: The property is undeveloped land and agricultural farm land. Surrounding Area: The north-adjacent property is undeveloped land, beyond which is a residential structure and several new agricultural related structures. The east-adjacent property remains generally unchanged from the prior photograph. There are new residential structures to the northeast of the { p ope y.There are new roads and new areas cleared to the south-southeast of-1 March 27,2013 Cardno ATC 16 Phase i Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3159 PHOTOGRAPH SUMMARY the property(beyond 204 Street NE)for future residential developments. 2005 1":500' Property: The property is undeveloped land. Surrounding Area: The north-adjacent property is undeveloped land, beyond which is new residential development. The east-adjacent property is undeveloped, beyond which is new residential development. There is also a creek(Portage Creek)on the east-adjacent of the property which extends to the north-northwest of the property (beyond the vacant land on the north). The south-adjacent and southwest-adjacent properties are partially developed with new residential structures and commercial structures. The west-adjacent property is vacant land, beyond which is a rectangular structure corresponding with AutoZone. The properties beyond Olympic Place are developed with several new commercial structures. I 2006 1":500' Property: The property is undeveloped land. jSurrounding Area: The adjacent properties remain generally unchanged from the prior photograph. 2009 1":500' Property:The property is undeveloped land. Surrounding Area: The adjacent properties remain generally unchanged from the prior photograph.. 2011 1":500' Property: The property is undeveloped land. Surrounding Area: The adjacent properties remain generally unchanged from the prior photograph. The review of aerial photographs identified possible historical land use for agricultural purposes. Given the historical use of the property for agricultural purposes, potential concern is noted regarding the probable use of 1 pesticides, herbicides and fertilizers. If these materials were stored, used and applied according to industry standards, they should not have significantly impacted the property. Evidence of large-scale use or disposal of pesticides, herbicides or fertilizers, such as mixing tanks, chemical storage areas, sprayers, etc. was not observed on the property. Evidence for the overuse of these materials, such as stressed vegetation, was not observed. The property has not been used for agricultural purposes since at least 1990. Therefore, Cardno ATC concludes that the historical use of the property for agricultural purposes and any potential residual pesticides, herbicides and fertilizers in the property soils represents a de minimis condition to the property. 5.3.2 Fire Insurance Maps A search for fire insurance maps for the property and surrounding area was conducted by EDR. No such maps for the property were available. The Certified Sanborn®Map Report is included in Appendix G. 5.3.3 Property Tax Files Cardno ATC reviewed available tax files from the online Snohomish County Assessor's for the historical ownership information on the property. According to records obtained, Pete Collier LLC purchased the property from Jensen Farm LLC on August 30, 2005. Cardno ATC also reviewed a historical tax documentation obtained from the Snohomish County Assessor Office indicating that on July 9, 1998, Jensen's Kent Prairie Farm LLC purchased the property from Grant and Lois Jensen. 5.3.4 Recorded Land Title Records The acquisition of recorded land title records was not required by the scope of work for this ESA. User provided a copy of the current deed for the property. The deed record provided did not indicate any environmental issues for the property. 5.3.5 Historical USGS Topographic Quadrangles Cardno ATC reviewed available historical USGS Topographic Quadrangles for information regarding past uses March 27,2013 Cardno ATC 17 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site ARl-3159 of the property as provided by EDR. Topographic maps were reviewed for the years 1911, '1943, '1956, 1968, 1973, and 1981. The 1911 map depicts the property in a generally undeveloped area of Arlington. The 1943, 1956, 1968, 1973, and 1981 maps depicted the property as undeveloped land and the surrounding area as rural residential and farm lands. The review of historic USGS Topographic Quadrangles did not identify past uses indicating recognized environmental conditions at the property. 5.3.6 City Directories Available historical city directory listings for the property and surrounding areas were provided by EDR and were reviewed by Cardno ATC. According to the information provided, the property was not listed. However, adjacent properties were listed in one year of the directories as shown below. Documentation is included in Appendix G. Comments 1980, 1986, 1991, 1996, 2000,2004 Property: No listings for the property. Surrounding Area: No listings for adjacent properties. 2008 Property: No listings for the property. Surrounding Area: Arlington Physical Therapy & Integrated Rehabilitation Group (7728 2041h Street Northeast), No Return (20312 79`h Drive Northeast), Residential(20315 791"Drive Northeast) The review of city directories did not identify any recognized environmental conditions at the property. 5.3.7 Building Department Records Cardno ATC submitted a written request to City of Arlington Community Development Center for building records related to the property. On March 18, 2013, Cardno ATC received a response from Ms Kristine Banfield, Assistant City Administrator and City Clerk, indicating that the City of Arlington does not have any records related to the property. 5.3.8 Zoning/Land Use Records According to the City of Arlington Zoning Map dated June 12, 2012, the property is currently zoned GC, General Commercial. No historical use information was readily available for the property. Cardno ATC attempted to review available historical zoning/land use records from the City of Arlington for information regarding past uses of the property and surrounding area. No historical zoning/land use information was available for the property. The lack of historical zoning/land use records is considered a data gap. However, based on the additional historical research conducted during this Phase I ESA, the lack of historical zoning/land use records is not considered a significant data gap. 5.3.9 Prior Reports No prior reports were made available for review. 5.3.10 Other Historical Sources No other historical sources were reviewed. March 27,2013 Cardno ATC 18 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3159 6 SITE RECONNAISSANCE The following is a summary of visual and/or physical observations of the property on the day of the site visit. Photographs can be found in Appendix C. 6.1 Methodology and Limiting Conditions The site reconnaissance consisted of visual and/or physical observations of: the property and improvements; adjoining sites as viewed from the property; and, the surrounding area based on visual observations made during the trip to and from the property. The property was observed along the perimeter and in a general grid pattern in safely accessible areas. The site reconnaissance was conducted by Ms. Nasrin Bastami of Cardno ATC on March 12, 2013. Cardno ATC was unaccompanied during the site reconnaissance. The weather at the time of the property reconnaissance consisted of overcast skies and the temperature was approximately 43 degrees Fahrenheit. At the time of the site reconnaissance, the 0.70-acre property consisted of an undeveloped land. Cardno ATC did not observe any evidence of chemical/hazardous material use, storage or disposal, aboveground storage tanks, dry wells, or evidence of underground storage tanks was observed on the property. 6.2 Hazardous Substance Use, Storage, and Disposal Cardno ATC did not observe the use, storage or disposal of hazardous substances, including hazardous wastes, on the property. 6.3 Underground Storage Tanks (USTs) Cardno ATC did not observe evidence of USTs on the property. 6.4 Aboveground Storage Tanks (ASTs) Cardno ATC did not observe evidence of ASTs on the property. 6.5 Hydraulic Lifts Cardno ATC did not observe evidence of hydraulic lifts on the property. 6.6 Other Petroleum Products Cardno ATC did not observe the use, storage or disposal of other petroleum products on the property. 6.7 Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) Cardno ATC did not observe the presence of PCB-containing equipment on the Property. Cardno ATC observed a pole-mounted electrical transformer southwest of the property. Cardno ATC did not observe labels on the pole-mounted transformer regarding PCB content. Cardno ATC did not observe evidence of leaks or stains around the pole-mounted transformer. Based on the conditions observed, Cardno ATC concludes that the pole-mounted transformer does not represent a recognized environmental condition to the property. 6.8 Unidentified Substance Containers Cardno ATC did not observe the presence of unidentified substance containers on the property. March 27.2013 Cardno ATC 19 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-31b9 6.9 Nonhazardous Solid Waste Cardno ATC did not observe evidence of the generation, storage or disposal of nonhazardous solid waste on the property. 6.10 Paint Booths Cardno ATC did not observe evidence of paint booths on the property. 6.11 Vehicle-Battery_Storage_and_Disposal Cardno ATC did not observe evidence of vehicle batteries on the property. 6.12 Sumps Cardno ATC did not observe evidence of sumps on the property. 6.13 Clarifiers Cardno ATC did not observe evidence of clarifiers on the property. 6.14 Oil / Water Separators Cardno ATC did not observe evidence of oil/water separators on the property. 6.15 Septic Systems Cardno ATC did not observe evidence of a septic system on the property. 6.16 Floor Drains Cardno ATC did not observe interior floor drains on the property. 6.17 Exterior Surface Drains Cardno ATC did not observe exterior surface drains on the property. 6.18 Wastewater Cardno ATC did not observe evidence of wastewater being generated on the property. However, refer to Section 6.20 for further discussion regarding the discharge of stormwater from an adjacent property. 6.19 Waste Pits, Ponds and Lagoons Cardno ATC did not observe evidence of waste pits, ponds or lagoons on the property. 6.20 Stormwater Management System Cardno ATC did not identify a stormwater management system associated with the property. Stormwater is expected to percolate through the soil or runoff to the east toward Portage Creek or runoff toward stormwater catch basins along 204"'Street NE to the south. 6.21 Wells Cardno ATC did not observe evidence of wells on the property. March 27,2013 Cardno ATC 20 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3159 I 6.22 Dry Cleaning Operations Cardno ATC did not observe evidence of dry cleaning operations currently or historically being conducted on the property or adjacent properties. March 27,2013 Cardno ATC 21 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential OReilly Site AR1-3159 7 INTERVIEWS The following persons were interviewed to obtain information regarding environmental concerns in connection with the property: Table 7-1 Interviews Title/ConnpanyfRole Associated With Interview Type ye rs Mr. Mark Stivers I Pete Collier LLC/Property Owner 7 Years I Telephone Cardno ATC contacted Mr. Mark Stivers regarding the historical use of the property. Mr. Stivers stated that he was unaware of any environmental concerns regarding the property and that the property has always been undeveloped and used as an agricultural land by Jensen Farm LLC. Not included in this listing are employees of city, county, or state government, who were contacted for the purpose of retrieving routine public information pertaining to the subject property, and who were not expected to possess first-hand knowledge regarding recognized environmental conditions at the property. Pertinent information from the interviews is discussed in applicable sections of this report with details (including failed attempts to interview). March 27,2013 Cardno ATC 22 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3159 8 OTHER ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 8.1 Asbestos-Containing Material (ACM) Based on the scope of work and the undeveloped nature of the property, ACM was not addressed. No suspect ACM piles were observed on the property. 8.2 Radon Radon is a naturally occurring colorless, odorless gas that is a by-product of the decay of radioactive materials potentially present in bedrock and soil. The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) guidance action level for annual residential exposure to radon is 4.0 picoCuries per liter of air(pCi/L). The guidance action level is not a regulatory requirement for private owners of commercial real estate, but is commonly used for comparison purposes to suggest whether further action at a building may be prudent. Cardno ATC's review of published radon data indicates that the property is located in Radon Zone 3, an area of low propensity with regard to the potential for elevated levels of radon gas. The EDR report indicates that one site was tested within the property zip code. Reportedly, the test revealed radon levels of less than 4.0 pCi/L in the living area. The specific rraad�ornn propensity tic of the area are presented below. p���� ����� Ra1��1WCiIs17W91Y1���ir' iJ LiANNIE -r it:rjl �If�1�3J.•aJa� Living Area—151 0.500 pCi/L 100% 0% 0% Floor Living Area—2nd Not Reported Not Reported Not Reported Not Reported Floor Basement Not Reported Not Reported Not Reported Not Reported J Based on the available statistic and undeveloped nature of the property, radon is not considered to represent an environmental concern at this time. 8.3 Lead in Drinking Water Based on the scope of work and the undeveloped nature of the property, lead in drinking water was not addressed. 8.4 Lead-Based Paint (LBP) Based on the scope of work and the undeveloped nature of the property, LBP was not addressed. 8.5 Mold Screening Based on the scope of work and the undeveloped nature of the property, mold was not addressed. 8.6 Additional User Requested Conditions No additional User Requested Conditions were evaluated for this Phase I ESA. March 27,2013 Cardno ATC 23 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3159 9 REFERENCES ASTM Standard Practice for Environmental Site Assessments:Phase i Environmental Site Assessment Process, ASTM Designation E 1527-05, Published November 2005. City of Arlington, Public Record Request, via Assistant City Administrator/City Clerk, kbattfteld-ft rlingtonLVa.{L Environmental Data Resources, Inc. (EDR), The EDR Aerial Photo Decade Package Inquiry Number 3541208.5, dated March 11, 2013. EDR, EDR Building Permit Report inquiry Number 3541208.11, dated March 11, 2013. EDR, The EDR— City Directory Abstract Inquiry Number 3541208.13, dated March 13, 2013. EDR, The EDR Property Tax Map Report Inquiry Number 3541208.8, dated March 11, 2013. EDR, The EDR-Radius Map Inquiry Number 3541208.2s, dated March 11, 2013. EDR, Sanborn°Map Report, Inquiry Number 3541208.3, dated March 11, 2013. EDR, EDR Historical Topographic Map Report inquire Number 3541208.4, dated March 12, 2013. EDR, EDR Environmental Lien and AUL Search, Inquiry Number 3541208.7, dated March 12, 2013. Federal Emergency Management Agency, Flood Insurance Rate Map, Community-Panel Number 53061C0392E, dated November 8, 1999. O'Reilly Automotive, AAI User Questionnaire, dated March 8, 2013. Snohomish County, Online Government Information and Services, REAL Property Information, Assessor Parcel Number 00847300000100. Snohomish County, Public Records Request for Historical Tax Records, via Assessment Technician ll, Jude.Boothe c( Snoco.orq. United States Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) National Wetlands Inventory (NWI) database (httA;/7wetlandsfws.er,usas,gov/l. United States Geological Survey (USGS) Topographic Map, Mount Vernon, WA Quadrangle Map, 30 Minute Series, dated 1911. United States Geological Survey(USGS) Topographic Map, Marysville, WA Quadrangle Map, 15 Minute Series, dated 1943. United States Geological Survey (USGS) Topographic Map, Arlington East, WA Quadrangle Map, 7.5 Minute Series, dated 1956, and 1968. United States Geological Survey (USGS) Topographic Map, Arlington West, WA Quadrangle Map, 7.5 Minute Series, dated 1973. United States Geological Survey(USGS) Topographic Map, Arlington West, Washington Quadrangle Map, 7.5- Minute Series, dated 1981. Washington State Department of Ecology, Public Records Request to Northwest Regional Office, NWRO Public Request(o)-ecy.wa.gov. March 27,2013 Cardno ATC 24 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Potential O'Reilly Site AR1-3159 1 Washington State Division of Geology and Earth Resources Geologic Map of Washington, dated 2002. March 27,2013 Cardno ATC 25 i SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Project summary: 1. Construction and completion of the New O'Reilly Auto Parts Store for the Owner's intended use of wholesale and retail sale of auto parts at the location described in invitation. To Bid under a single lump sum contract and quantity of time as described in the Contract. B. Work Owner, or others,furnished and installed: 1. Interior painted graphics. 2. Equipment or merchandising fixtures. 3. Exterior building signage(Electrical system and final connection by General Contractor). 4. Security systems not indicated on drawings. 5. Portion of toilet accessories, refer drawings. 6. Communication systems not indicated on drawings. 7. Temporary marketing and advertising signage. 8. Refer to mechanical and electrical plans for utility responsibility. C. Work Owner furnished, Contractor installed: 1. Pre-engineered metal building components. 2. Exterior hollow metal door package. 3. Floor safe. 4. Mechanical heating/cooling equipment, including thermostats. a. Contractor's scope of Work: Order, receive and install heating/cooling mechanical units. Provide and install duct work, supply diffusers, return air grills, brake lathe exhaust fan and duct work, restroom exhaust fan and duct work, and accessories for complete functioning system. 5. Pre-engineered metal building insulation system. 6. ADM Micro System. 7. Lighting fixtures and switchgear as specified on project schedules. D. Permits and Fees: Apply for, obtain, and pay for permits, fees, and utility company back charges required to perform the work. Submit copies and invoices to Owner for reimbursement. No overhead and profit charges are allowed. E. Industry Standards: 1. Applicability of Standards: Except where more explicit or stringent requirements are written into the Contract Documents, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound into or copied directly into the Contract Documents. Such industry standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. Individual specification sections indicate which codes and standards the Contractor must keep available at project site for reference. 2. Publication Dates: Except as otherwise indicated, where compliance with an industry standard is required, comply with standard in effect as of date of Contract Documents. 3. Conflicting Requirements:Where compliance with two or more standards is specified, and where these standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, the most stringent requirement will be enforced, unless the Contract Documents specifically indicate otherwise. Refer requirements that are different, but apparently equal, and uncertainties as to which quality level is more stringent to the Architect for a decision before proceeding. 4. Copies of Standard: The Contract Documents require that each entity performing work be experienced in that part of the work being performed. Each entity is also SUMMARY OF WORK (Revised 02/9/08) �✓ 01 11 00-1 required to be familiar with industry standards applicable to that part of the work. Copies of standards are needed for proper performance of the work;the Contractor is required to obtain such copies directly from the publication source. 5. Abbreviations and Names:Trade association names and titles of general standards are frequently abbreviated. Where acronyms or abbreviations are used in the specifications or other Contract Documents they are defined to mean the recognized name of the trade association, standards generating organization, governing authority, or other entity applicable to the context of the text provisions. F. Codes: Comply with applicable codes and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. If-pertinent-codes-and-standards-conflict-with-any instruction,-process or-material-stated in the Contract Documents, the more stringent shall govern. Submit copies of inspection reports, notices and similar communications to Owner. G. Definitions: 1. Provide: Furnish and install, complete with all necessary accessories, ready for intended use. Pay for all related costs. 2. Approved: Acceptance of item submitted for approval. Not a limitation or release for compliance with the Contract Documents or regulatory requirements. Refer to limitations of'Approved' in General and Supplementary Conditions. 3. Match Existing: Match existing as acceptable to the Owner. H. Intent: Drawings and specifications are intended to provide the basis for proper completion of the work suitable for the intended use of the Owner. Anything not expressly set forth but which is reasonable implied or necessary for proper performance of the project shall be included. I. Writing style: Specifications are written in the imperative mode. Except where specifically intended otherwise, the subject of all imperative statements is the Contractor. For example, 'Provide tile' means'Contractor shall provide tile'. PART 2—PRODUCTS—Not Applicable To This Section PART 3—EXECUTION—Not Applicable To This Section END OF SECTION SUMMARY OF WORK (Revised 02/9/08) 01 11 00-2 SECTION 01 20 00 PROJECT PROCEDURES PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Follow project procedures for proper submission of payment request, schedules, contract correspondence documents, coordination of work, and communication with Owner and Architect. B. Submit information on Architect and Owner provided Project Forms where referenced by AIA, CSI, ORL, or ES numbers. Refer Section 00 90 00 for listing. 1.02 PROCEDURES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION A. Within 48 hours of Contractor's receipt of Notice to Proceed or letter of intent. 1. Submit Subcontractors and Major Material Suppliers to be used for the project, (ORL-G). B. Within 10 days upon Contractor's receipt of Notice to Proceed or letter of intent. 1. Submit proposed progress schedule, bar-chart type, indicating a time bar for each trade or operation or work to be performed at the site. Time bar shall demonstrate planned work, properly sequenced and intermeshed,for expeditious completion of the project. 2. Contractor's supervisory personnel. a. Provide Owner with name,telephone, and fax number of personnel responsible for Project. b. Submit and post a list of emergency telephone numbers and address for individuals to be contacted in case of emergency. 3. Owner's supervisory personnel. a. Owner to provide Contractor with names, telephone numbers of personnel responsible for the project. C. Contractor to notify Owner's field representative 48 hours prior to beginning construction. 1. Forward copy of building permit within 48 hours of issuance by Government Agency. D. Prior to commencing work on the project, Contractor must record Notice of Commencement or similar notices to the extent applicable in the state where the project is located. Provide copy of recorded notice to Owner. 1.03 PROCEDURES DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Progress Payment Request Procedures:Application for payment and lien waivers to be received together on a monthly basis corresponding to the Contract date prior to Owner processing. Noncompliance may result in rejection of application and delay of payment processing. Submit electronically to OREILLYPAYME@YAHOO.COM. Refer to Article 21.2 of the General Conditions of the Contract for electronic submittal requirements. 1. Submit Application and Certificate for Payment(AIA G702 and G703). a. Itemize separate line cost for each major item of work and each subcontracted item of work (use Sections under Division 2 through 26 in Table of Contents as a basis for listing). b. Application to include a summary of approved Change Orders. B. Requirements for sequencing or scheduling: 1. Coordination: a. Coordinate the work of all trades. b. Verify location of utilities and existing conditions. -� PROJECT PROCEDURES (Revised 02/25/09) 01 20 00-1 c. Schedule 10 days after notice to proceed with local utility companies for installation of utility service connections. 2. Owner to schedule with Contractor 21 days prior to anticipated shipping date of Owner supplied Pre-Engineered Metal Building. Owner will provide Contractor notice 48 hours prior to final delivery. 3. Contractor to schedule with Owner's Mechanical Equipment Supplier 14 days prior to completion of building areas being prepared for installation of mechanical systems for ordering, shipping, and receiving of equipment. Orders are to be filled out and submitted by fax on-Supplier-provided-form (ES 1:1). 4. Light fixture coordination. C. Inspection: 1. Contractor to notify Owner's field representative prior to beginning major portions of the work as required by individual specification section, but not less than 48 hours. 2. Coordinate with local, state or federal organizations having jurisdiction over the project for notification and inspection requirements. Forward copies of reports to Owner. 3. Meetings or correspondence between Contractor and Entities having jurisdiction over the project which result in requested modifications to the Work shall be summarized in writing within 72 hours of such meeting and forwarded to Owner for review and response. D. Testing: 1. Contractor shall provide testing as required by General Conditions and individual sections. Refer to sections for testing types and frequency requirements. 2. Submit copies of required test reports in a timely fashion to Owner, Architect, and Entity having jurisdiction over the Project. 3. Owner and/or Architect reserve the right to have tests made when deemed necessary. a. Tests not specified as part of a section shall be paid for by the Owner. Should test reveal a failure of the work to meet Contract Document requirements, subsequent test, related to the failure, will be paid by the Owner, with cost deducted from the Contract amount by change order. b. Tests shall be made in accordance with recognized standards by a competent, independent testing laboratory. c. Materials found defective or not in conformance with the Contract Document requirements shall be promptly replaced or repaired at the expense of the Contractor. E. Field engineering: 1. Secure the services of a registered civil engineer, land surveyor, or employ qualified personnel for setting, maintaining and establishing finished elevations and lines. 2. If the site conditions indicated in the Contract Documents differ materially from those the Gontractor_encounters in-the performance_of-the-work,the Contractor.shalLwithin 48 hours and before such conditions are disturbed, notify the Owner and Architect in writing. F. Construction contract administration correspondence to be submitted as follows: 1. Weekly report(ORL-R) and supporting photos, summarizing site conditions and activities for the specified period. Report to be submitted by e-mail to the Project Administrator and received not later than 9:00 am the following Monday or first available business day of Owner operations. 2. Contractor's Request for Interpretation (CSI 13.2A). 3. Contractor's Change Order Request Proposal (CSI 13.6A). 4. Contractor's Proposal Worksheet(CSI 13.6C and CSI 13.6D). G. Contractor to maintain record drawings and specifications on site by annotation as work progresses. 1.04 PROCEDURES PRIOR TO CONTRACT CLOSEOUT A. The following are prerequisites to substantial completion. Provide the following: PROJECT PROCEDURES (Revised 02/25/09) 01 20 00-2 I 1. Contractor's Punch list(ORL-H). B. Provide the following prerequisites for final acceptance: 1. Final payment request(AIA G702 and G703). 2. Completed punch list(ORL-H). Occupancy Permit. C. Provide the following closeout items: 1. Submission of record documents. 2. Training and turnover to Owner's store management personnel. (ORL 1) 3. Final cleaning and touch-up. 4. Removal of temporary facilities. 1.05 GENERAL PROCEDURES A. Dimensions:Verify dimensions indicated on drawings with field dimensions before fabrication or ordering of materials. DO NOT scale drawings. B. Cutting and Patching: 1. Provide cutting and patching work to properly complete the work. Do not cut and patch in a manner that would result in a failure of the work to perform as intended, decreased energy performance, increased maintenance, decreased operational life, or decreased safety. 2. Perform work with workmen skilled in the trades involved. Use proper tools to minimize damage to adjacent work. Check for concealed utilities and structure before cutting. 3. Match existing materials with new materials conforming to project requirements. 4. Make patches, seams, and joints durable and inconspicuous. Comply with tolerances of new work. C. Installation Requirements, General 1. Inspect substrates and report unsatisfactory conditions in writing. 2. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3. Take field measurements prior to fabrication where practical. Form to required shapes and sizes with true edges, lines and angles. Provide inserts and templates as needed for work of other trades. 4. Install materials in exact accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals. 5. Install materials in proper relation with adjacent construction and with proper appearance. 6. Restore construction and site damaged during installation. Replace construction, which cannot be restored, at no additional expense to the Owner. 7. Refer to additional installation requirements and tolerances specified under individual specification sections. D. Existing conditions: Notify Owner and Architect of existing conditions differing from those indicated on the drawings. Do not remove or alter structural components without prior written approval. Inspect conditions prior to work to identify scope and type of work required. Protect adjacent work. PART 2—PRODUCTS—Not Applicable To This Section PART 3—EXECUTION—Not Applicable To This Section END OF SECTION PROJECT PROCEDURES (Revised 02/25/09) 01 20 00-3 SECTION 01 23 00 ALTERNATES PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide list price for each alternate in Bid Form. Include cost of modifications to other work to accommodate alternate. Include related costs such as overhead and profit. B. Owner will determine which alternates are selected for inclusion in the Contract. C. Alternates are described briefly in this section. The Contract Documents define the requirements for alternates. D. Coordinate alternates with related work to ensure that work affected by each selected alternate is properly accomplished. PART 2—PRODUCTS- Not Applicable To This Section PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULE A. List of alternates: 1. Alternate No. 1 (Deduct Alternate)32 11 26—Hot Mixed Asphalt Paving: Provide hot mixed asphalt paving in lieu of concrete paving where indicated on the drawings, except for the parking area directly in front of the building where concrete paving, as originally detailed, is to extend 20 feet away from the face of sidewalk and length to extend to align with each end of the building face. At locations where hot mixed asphalt paving transitions into building foundation provide a 2-foot wide concrete paving apron consisting of 5"thick concrete with (2)#4's cont. Provide concrete curb/gutter, dumpster pad, and drive aprons as originally detailed. 2. Alternate No. 2 (Add Alternate)32 80 00— Irrigation Systems: Provide underground lawn irrigation system. System shall include separate water service, meter and tap. Provide system design as shown on drawing sheets 13, L4, and L5" and part of"SU1". END OF SECTION SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide types of submittals including shop drawings, product data, samples, schedules, reports, and request for substitutions, as required by the Bidding and Contract Documents in strict accordance with provisions listed in individual sections and number of copies indicated. B. Provide required resubmittals if original submittals are not approved. Provide distribution of approved copies including modifications after submittals have been approved. C. Provide warranties as specified;warranties shall not limit length of time for remedy of damages Owner may have by legal statute. Warranties shall be signed by contractor, supplier or installer responsible for performance of warranty. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 PRE-BID SUBSTITUTIONS A. The naming of specified items on the drawings or in the specifications mean that such named items are specifically desired by the Architect and/or Owner. If the words"or acceptable equal'or"or approved equal'follows such named items, substitution request may be submitted. REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION MUST BE RECEIVED BY OWNER 5 DAYS PRIOR TO BID OPENING, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. B. Substitution Request Forms (Refer Section 00900): Request must be submitted on copies of form (CSI 1.5C)and must name the exact item proposed with complete information filled out and back-up data attached as specified on that form. Use separate Substitution Request Form for each item. Submit one copy of form and back- up data for architectural items and two copies of form and back-up data for engineering items. Request showing only brand name or manufacturer, or otherwise incomplete, will not be reviewed. Submit samples if requested. C. The Owner is the sole judge as to the equality and proposed substitutions. Only written acceptances will be held valid by the Owner. D. If any substitution will affect a correlated function, adjacent construction, or the work of other trades or contractors, the necessary changes and modifications to the affected work will be considered as part of the substitution, to be accomplished without additional cost to the Owner, if and when accepted. E. Under no circumstances shall the Owner's acceptance of any such substitution relieve the Contractor from timely, full and proper performance of the work. 2.02 AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT SUBSTITUTION REQUEST A. Substitution request will be considered only under one of the following conditions: 1. Unavailability of specified product due to a strike, lockout, bankruptcy, discontinuance of manufacturer of a product, or natural disasters. Submit proof that orders were placed within 10 days after review by Owner of item listed in specifications. Failure to order materials in time for proper delivery is not an acceptable condition. 2. When warranty of performance is required and, in the judgement of the Contractor, the specified product or process will not produce the desired result. 1 _i SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS (Revised 02/09/08) 01 33 00-1 B. Submit request for such substitution in writing to Owner within 10 days of date of ascertaining unavailability of material or equipment specified, or that the performance cannot be warranted. C. If any substitution will affect correlated function, adjacent construction, or work of other trades or contractor, the necessary changes and modifications to the affected work will be considered as part of the substitution, to be accomplished without additional cost to Owner, if and when accepted. D. Approved substitutions will be affected by a Change Order. Under no circumstances shall the Owner's acceptance of any such substitution relieve the Contractor from timely,-full and proper performance of-the work. 2.03 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit required shop drawings drawn to a scale sufficiently large to show pertinent features of item and its method of connection to work. Submit related shop drawings together; partial submittals will not be accepted. Reproduction of contract documents in any form for use as shop drawings will not be permitted. Provide manufacturer's name and model number of prefabricated items and indicate methods of attachment and clearances required relative to other trades affecting all elements of work. Identify deviations from Contract Documents if any. Check dimensions, check that trades have been coordinated and that no conflict will develop in this installation. After reviewing shop drawings, indicate Contractor's approval by signing and dating on Contractor's stamp. Failure to follow these procedures will result in rejection of submission and no additional contract time will be allowed for delay for this cause. B. Submit one reproducible and one print of Contractor's stamped and approved shop drawings for Owners review. The Owner will review the reproducible and stamp it with indication of action as appropriate. The Owner will retain the print for his record, and will return the reproducible to the Contractor. For reproducible returned "Rejected" or "Returned for Corrections-Resubmit", correct the original drawings, make a new reproducible reproduction and print, and resubmit. For reproducible returned "Accepted Subject to Contract Requirements" or"Accepted as Noted Subject to Contract Requirements", provide such number of prints of the reproducible as may be needed for field distribution. 2.04 PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES A. Submit(1)copy of product data for Owner's review for items specified in various specification sections (copies for mechanical and electrical data is specified in Divisions 20, 21, 22, 23, 25, and 26). Submit samples, where specified, along with -product data. Make submissions-affecting-color-selectiomwithin 30 days-after-signing - - - - -the Contract. Mark data clearly to indicate exact items submitted, and note deviations from Contract Documents (if any). After reviewing the submittals, indicate approval by signing and dating on Contractor's stamp, and submit to the Owner for review. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 IDENTIFICATION OF SUBMITTALS A. Completely identify each submittal and re-submittal by showing at least the following information: 1. Name of project as it appears on Construction Documents. 2. Name and address of submitter, plus name and telephone number of the individual who may be contacted for further information. 3. Drawing number and specifications section number to which the submittal applies. 4. Whether this is an original submittal or re-submittal. SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS (Revised 02/09/08) 01 33 00-2 3.02 TIMING OF SUBMITTALS A. General: Make all submittals far enough in advance for schedule dates of installation to provide all required time for reviews,for securing necessary approvals,for possible revision and re-submittal, and for placing orders and securing delivery. B. Delays:Costs of delays due to late submittals may be back-charged as necessary and shall not be borne by the Owner. END OF SECTION SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS (Revised 02/09/08) 01 33 00-3 SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide temporary utilities and miscellaneous facilities required during construction, complete, including utility costs, maintenance, and removal. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 UTILITIES A. Temporary Utilities: Provide and pay for costs of gas,water, and electricity required for performance of the work. Make necessary arrangements with utility companies for temporary service. 1. Gas and Water: Provide necessary temporary piping,fittings, and metering. 2. Electricity: Provide necessary temporary electrical wiring and metering. Provide area distribution boxes so located that individual trades may use their own construction type extension cords to obtain adequate power and lighting for construction operations. B. Telephone: Provide telephone for direct communication with Contractor's field project representative. 1 C. Fax Machine: Contractor's option to provide a fax machine at location sufficient to communicate with Contractor's project representative. 2.02 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide on-site temporary toilet facilities for use of construction personnel as specifically required by local or state health department. Maintain in a sanitary condition. 2.03 FIELD OFFICE AND SHEDS A_ Contractor's option to provide field office and storage facilities adequate in size and accommodation for Contractor's field project representative office, supplies, and tools. 2.04 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. Contractor's option to provide project sign. 2.05 PARKING AND STAGING AREAS A. Provide adequate space for construction activities. 1. Do not unreasonably encumber site with materials or equipment. Confine stockpiling of materials in an orderly fashion. New building may be used to secure materials, tools, and equipment in a manner to allow Work to continue unimpeded. 2. Confine operations at site to areas permitted under Contract. Portions of site beyond areas of which is indicated are not to be disturbed. Conform to site rules and regulations affecting work while engaged in project construction. -/ TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 51 00-1 2.06 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION A. Provide temporary heat where needed for proper performance of the work,for curing or drying of work recently installed, and protection of work in place from adverse effects of low temperatures. B. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust,fumes, vapors, and gases. 2.07 DEWATERING, SNOW,AND ICE REMOVAL A. Maintain site, excavations, and construction free of water, snow, and ice, as necessary for protection and execution of the work. 2.08 TEMPORARY FENCING A. Provide temporary fencing, barricades and guards to protect existing construction, trees and other vegetation indicated to remain, against unnecessary damage. B. Provide site enclosure fence, barricades, warning signs, and lights as required for compliance with local, state, and national safety regulations. C. Provide environmental protection systems required for compliance with local,state, and national regulations. 2.09 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION A. During construction period and until fire protection needs are fulfilled by permanent facilities, provide and maintain types and forms of temporary fire protection needed to protect facilities against fire losses. Store combustible materials in recognized fire-safe locations and containers. 2.10 SECURITY A. Provide sufficient control to prevent illegal entry or damage during nights, holidays, or other periods when work is not being executed, and such other controls as required during working hours. 2.11 CLEANING AND TRASH REMOVAL A. Provide facilities necessary for storage and confining construction waste materials, debris and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 REMOVAL A. Maintain construction facilities and temporary controls as long as needed for safe and proper completion of work. Remove temporary facilities and controls as rapidly as progress of work will permit or as directed by Architect. END OF SECTION TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 51 00-2 SECTION 02 01 00 SITE PREPARATION PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide site preparation including: 1. Protection of existing trees, vegetation, landscaping, and site improvements not scheduled for clearing which might be damaged by construction activities. 2. Trimming of existing trees and vegetation as recommended by arborist for protection during construction activities. 3. Clearing and grubbing of stumps and vegetation, and removal and disposal of debris, rubbish, designated trees, and site improvements. 4. Topsoil stripping and stockpiling. 5. Temporary erosion control, siltation control, and dust control. 6. Temporary protection of adjacent property, structures, benchmarks, and monuments. 7. Temporary relocation of fencing, and site improvements scheduled for reuse. 8. Protection from natural resource damage. 9. Removal and legal disposal of cleared materials. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Use experienced workers. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Tree protection, erosion control, siltation control, and dust control materials suitable for site conditions. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 EROSION, SEDIMENTATION AND DUST CONTROL A. Erosion and sedimentation protection: 1. Slope drains:Temporary drains shall be provided to convey surface water down slopes. Slope drains shall be constructed of pipe, fiber mats, rubble, portland cement concrete, bituminous concrete, or plastic sheets stabilized with asphalt. Slope drains shall be provided with an apron at their tips to anchor them and direct water into them. Stone and rubble shall be placed at slope drain outlets to prevent scour at these paints. 2. Seeding and Mulching: Slopes shall be seeded and mulched with seed that will produce a fast growing cover resistant to erosion. 3. Silt barriers: Sedimentation traps shall be constructed by the Contractor around all inlets and maintained throughout construction,.,Sediment accumulated behind silt barriers shall be removed when ponding capacity is reduced by one-half. 4. Silt Fences: Silt fences shall be installed in the locations indicated on plans. Silt fences shall be installed prior to clearing operations. Silt fences shall be kept in good repair and maintained throughout construction. Sediment shall be removed when the ponding capacity is reduced by one-half. SITE PREPARATION 0201 00-1 b. I emporary Construction Entrance: Prior to the start of clearing and grubbing activities, contractor shall construct a temporary construction entrance if indicated on the drawings. Entrance shall consist of 6 inches minimum thickness of 2 to 3 inches washed stone over a geotextile fabric. Contractor may be required to wash vehicles exiting the site during wet weather conditions. B. Stream Damage: The Contractor shall exercise precautionary measures to prevent deposits of sedimentation, construction debris, waste from construction equipment, chemicals, petroleum product spills, or other materials which can be classified as detrimental to natural resources,from entering or causing damage to natural resources. C. Dust Control:The Contractor shall exercise precautionary measures to minimize dust emissions which will include, but shall not be limited to, periodic sprinkling or wetting of the site. The Contractor has the option of using a dust palliative. 3.02 CLEARING A. Prevent damage to existing improvements indicated to remain including improvements on and off site. Protect existing trees and vegetation indicated to remain. Do not stockpile materials and restrict traffic within drip line of existing trees to remain. Provide and maintain temporary guards to encircle trees or groups of trees to remain; obtain approval before beginning work. B. Existing Trees and Planting: 1. Water vegetation as required to maintain health. Cover temporarily exposed roots with wet burlap and backfill as soon as possible. Coat cut plant surfaces with approved emulsified asphalt plant coating. 2. Repair or replace vegetation that has been damaged or pay damages. 3. Completely remove all improvements including stumps and debris except for those indicated to remain. Remove below grade improvements at least 12" below finish grade and to the extent necessary so as not to interfere with new construction. Remove abandoned mechanical and electrical work as required. 4. Trees, 1-1/2" or more in diameter, designated to remain within the cleared areas shall be trimmed of branches to approximately 7 feet above finish grade. Remove all dead branches 1-1/2" or more in diameter. Limbs and branches to be trimmed shall be neatly cut close to the main trunk. Cuts more than 1-1/2" in diameter shall be painted with approved tree-wound paint. C. Topsoil: 1. Topsoil is defined as friable clay loam surface soil found in a depth of not less that 4". Satisfactory topsoil is reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, stones, and other objects over 2" in diameter, and without weeds, roots, and other objectionable _material. 2. Strip topsoil to depths encountered in a manner to prevent intermingling with the underlying subsoil or other objectionable material. Remove heavy growths of grass from areas before stripping. Where trees are indicated to remain, stop topsoil stripping a sufficient distance to prevent damage to main root system. 3. Stockpile topsoil in storage piles in areas not to impede construction activities or encumber adjacent property. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water. Cover storage piles if required to prevent windblown dust. D. Disposal of waste materials: 1. Burning on Owner's property is not permitted. 2. Remove waste materials and unsuitable and excess topsoil from Owner's property and dispose of off site in a legal manner. END OF SECTION SITE PREPARATION 0201 00-2 i SECTION 02 41 00 DEMOLITION PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide demolition work of existing conditions, complete, as indicated, specified, and required for new work, including removal and legal disposal of demolished materials and capping of existing utilities. B. Building and Site Demolition: (Where indicated) 1. Demolition of building structures. 2. Demolition of site improvements including paving, curbing, site walls, and utility structures. 3. Demolition of below-grade foundations and site improvements to depth to avoid conflict with new construction or site work. 4. Removal of hollow items or items which could collapse. 5. Protection of site work and adjacent structures. 6. Disconnection, capping, and removal of utilities. 7. Pollution control during building demolition, including noise control. 8. Removal and legal disposal of materials. 9. Relocation of pipes,ducts, conduits, other mechanical work; refer Divisions 15 and 16. C. Selective Demolition: (Where indicated) 1. Selective demolition of interior partitions, systems, and building components designated to be removed. 2. Selective demolition of exterior fagade, structures, and components designated to be removed. 3. Protection of portions of building adjacent to or affected by selective demolition. 4. Removal of abandoned utilities and wiring systems. 5. Notification to Owner of schedule of shut-off of utilities which serve occupied spaces. 6. Pollution control during selective demolition, including noise control. 7. Removal and legal disposal of materials. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Where required by governing authority, submit documentation of proper disposal of demolition materials and terminating utilities. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations for demolition of structure, safety of adjacent structures, dust control, service utilities, discovered hazards, and environmental requirements. Use experienced workers. 1-04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Immediate areas of work will not be occupied during selective demolition. Adjacent areas may be occupied by the public, including children. PART 2—PRODUCTS—Not Applicable To This Section DEMOLITION (Revised 03/11/08) 0241 00-1 PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 DEMOLITION A. Do not damage building elements and improvements indicated to remain. Items of salvage value, not included on schedule of salvage items to be returned to Owner, shall be removed from structure. Storage or sale of items at project site is prohibited. B. Do not close or obstruct streets,walks, drives or other occupied or used spaces or facilities without the written permission of the Owner and the authorities having jurisdiction.-Do not-interrupt utilities serving-occupied-or-used-facilities-without-the written permission of the Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. If necessary, provide temporary utilities. C. Cease operations if public safety or remaining structures are endangered. Perform temporary corrective measures until operations can be continued properly. D. Provide adequate protection against accidental trespassing. Secure project after work hours. END OF SECTION DEMOLITION (Revised 03/11/08) 0241 00-2 l SECTION 03 30 00 CAST-1 N-PLACE-CON CRETE PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide cast-in-place concrete for general building construction where indicated on drawings and specifications: 1. Footings,foundations, piers and retaining walls (where indicated). 2. Building slabs on grade and ground supported post-tension foundation system concrete (where indicated). 3. Requirements (materials, mixes,finishes)apply to concrete work specified in other sections, refer to individual sections for reference. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's data with application and installation instruction for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories, admixture, patching, compounds, waterstops,joint systems, chemical floor hardeners, dry-shake finish materials and others as requested by Architect. B. Shop Drawings: Concrete reinforcement fabrication, bending and placement. Comply with ACI 315 showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, and arrangement of concrete reinforcement. C. Concrete Mix Design: Submit 1 copy of concrete mix design for each strength or 1 composition of concrete to be used. D. Laboratory Strength Test: Submit 1 copy of all strength tests. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers, which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Standards: Comply with the provisions of the following specifications and standards, except as otherwise noted or specified, or as accepted or directed by the Architect. 1. ACI 301, Specifications for structural Concrete for Buildings. 2. ACI 304.2R-96, Specifications for Concrete Placement by Means of Pumping. 3. ACI 305R-91 and ACI 306.1-90, Specifications for Hot and Cold Weather Concreting. 4. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 5. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, Manual of Standard Practice. 6. Environmental Protection Agency(EPA)volatile organic compound (VOC) evaporation requirements. C. Testing: Contractor shall employ a qualified independent testing laboratory acceptable to Owner and Architect to perform material evaluation as specified under FIELD SAMPLING AND TESTING paragraph. It is recommended, but not required,to utilize same soils testing laboratory that prepared the original geotechnical report. D. Tolerances.- 1. ACI Standards shall govern concrete work except where specified differently. 2. Floor flatness and levelness tolerances: Subfloors Under Materials Such As Vinyl, Tile, Paint and Carpet: ACI 302.1 R and ASTM E 1155,floor flatness (Ff)of 40, floor levelness (FI)of 40. 3. Variation from plumb: / CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (Revised 01/08/10) 03 30 00-1 a. 0 to 10 feet: '/4' maximum. b. 20 feet or more: 3/8" maximum. 4. Variation in thickness: '/4'to''/z", 5%for footings. 5. Variation in grade: a. 0 to 10 feet: '/4" standard, 1/8"for floor slabs. b. 10 to 20 feet: 3/8" standard, %"for floor slabs. c. 40 feet or more:I/4"standard, 3/8"for floor slabs. 6. Variation in plan: a. 0 to 20 feet: '/z". b. 40 feet or more: 3/4"standard, plus '/2'for footings. 7. Variation in eccentricity: 2%for footings. 8. Variation in openings: a. Size: plus 1/8". b. Location: %". 9. Variation in stairs& landings: a. Consecutive steps: 1). Treads: 1/8". 2). Risers: 1/16". b. Flight of Stairs: 1). Treads: '/4". 2). Risers: 1/8". 1.04 FIELD SAMPLING AND TESTING A. The following samples and test will be performed by an independent testing laboratory approved by the Architect. B. Samples: 1. Field samples shall be made and cured in accordance with ASTM C 31,for each concrete strength, at the rate of 3 test cylinders and one slump test for each 40 cubic yards or faction thereof, from each day's pour and record locations for report. 2. Test cylinders shall be as follows: One (1)at 7 days,two (2)at 28 days, and reserve the remaining for testing after a longer period as required by the Architect if the 28 day test does not meet the required strength. In accordance with ASTM C 173 Volumetric Method, or ASTM C231 Pressure Method, make air content check for each set of test cylinders. 3. The taking of samples from small pours of 10 cubic yards or less may be omitted at the discretion of the Architect. 4. Additionally, test slump every 25 cu. yd. recording location for report. 5. When early form removal is requested, field cure cylinders tested at 7 or less days to.-determine sufficient strength C. Testing: 1. Where strength of any group of 3 cylinders or of any individual cylinder fall below minimum compressive strength specified, the Architect shall have the right to require that test specimens be cut from the structure. Specimens shall be selected by Architect from location in structure represented by test specimen or specimens which failed. 2. Specimens shall be secured, prepared, and tested in accordance with ASTM C 42, within a period of 60 days after placing concrete. 3. Concrete shall be considered to meet the strength requirements of this specification if it meets the strength requirements of paragraph 5.6.4 of ACI 318. 4. Should laboratory analysis indicate that the proper concrete mix has not been used by the Contractor, all such concrete poured using the improper mix shall be subject to rejection. 5. The cost of cutting specimens from the structure, patching the resulting holes, and making the laboratory analysis shall be borne by the Contractor. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (Revised 01/08/10) 03 30 00-2 6. The holes from which the cored samples are taken shall be packed solid with no slump concrete proportioned in accordance with the ACI 211 "Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions of No-Slump Concrete". The patching shall have the same design strength as the specified concrete. 7. If any of the specimens cut from the structure fail to meet the requirements outlined in paragraph 5.6.4 of ACI 318. The Architect shall have the right to require any and all defective concrete to be replaced and all cost resulting therefrom shall be borne by the Contractor. 8. Additional Sampling: In addition to the slump tests specified above,the Contractor shall keep a cone(mold)and rod apparatus on the job site for random testing of batches. When concrete does not meet the specified slump requirements, and when directed by the Architect or Owner, immediately perform a slump test in accordance with ASTM C 143. Concrete not meeting the slump requirements shall be removed from the job site. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Form Materials: 1. For Exposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, metal, or other acceptable panel-type materials,to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed surfaces. 2. For Unexposed Finish Concrete: Use plywood, lumber, metal, or other acceptable material. If lumber is used, it must be dressed on at least 2 edges and 2 sides for a tight fit. B. Form Coatings: Commercial formulated form coating compound with maximum VOC of 350 mb/I that will not bond with, stain, nor adversely affect concrete surfaces,will not impair subsequent treatments or finishes requiring bond or adhesion, nor impede wetting of concrete surfaces by water or curing compound. C. Steel Reinforcement: 1. Reinforcing Bars:ASTM A 615(S1), Grade 60, deformed billet steel bars of grades as indicated on the drawings,free from loose rust, scale and other coatings that may reduce bond. 2. Mesh or Fabric Reinforcement:ASTM A 185,welded wire fabric, of sizes and types indicated on the drawings. 3. Fiber Reinforcement: Contractor's option to provide engineered polypropylene fibers for secondary reinforcement of slabs in lieu of mesh or fabric reinforcement. "Fibermesh"or W.R. Grace"Grace Fibers", (NO SUBSTITUTES), in multi-design fiber length (MD Graded), shall be applied at 1.5 pounds per cu. yd. of concrete, or 0.1% by volume, in accordance with ASTM C 1116. 4. Accessories: Include all spacers, chairs, ties, and other devices necessary for properly spacing and fastening reinforcement in place. Use plastic protected reinforcing bar supports conforming to CRSI Class 1 specification for exposed finish concrete. 5. Tie Wires: Soft annealed iron wire not smaller than 18 gage. D. Concrete Materials: 1. Portland Cement:ASTM C 150, Type I. 2. Normal Weight Concrete Aggregates: ASTM C 33, and the following: a. Fine Aggregate: Clean, sharp, natural or manufacturer sand,free from loam, clay, lumps, or other deleterious substances. b. Coarse Aggregate: Clean, uncoated, processed, locally available aggregate, containing no clay, mud, loam, or foreign matter; maximum size 1-1/2". 3. Mixing Water: Clean, free from oil, acid, salt, injurious amounts of vegetable matter, alkalies, and other impurities; potable. 4. Admixtures: CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (Revised 01/08/10) 03 30 00-3 a. Water-Reducing Admixture:ASTM C 494, Type A. Euclid"Eucon WR-75", Mater Builders"Pozzolite 344", Sike Chemical"Plastocrete 160", or Chem- Masters"Chemtard". b. Water-Reducing Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494,Type D. Euclid"Eucon Retarder 75", Master Builders"Pozzoith 300-R",W.R. Grace"Daratard", or Sika Chemical"Plastiment". c. High-Range Water-Reducing Admixture (Super Plasticizer):ASTM C 494, Type F or G. Euclid "Eucon 37",W.R. Grace"WRDA 19", Protex"PSP", Anti- Hydro"Super P", Sika Chemical"Sikament", Gifford-Hill"PSI Super', or Master Builders-"Pozzolite 400". d. Non-Corrosive,Water Reducing, Non-Chloride Accelerator Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E. Admixture manufacturer must have long-term non-corrosive test data from an independent testing laboratory(of at least one year duration) using an acceptable accelerated corrosion test method such as that using electrical potential measures. Euclid"Accelguard 80", W.R. Grace"Daraset", or Master Builders"Pozzutec 20"_ e. Air Entrained Admixture:ASTM C 260, 5% plus or minus 1%for concrete exposed to freeze-thaw. Sika"Sika Aer", Master Builders"MB-VR" or"MB- AE", or W.R. Grace"Dorex AEA". f. Fly Ash Admixture: Use of quality fly by weight will be permitted as a cement reducing admixture by 15% maximum. Provide fly ash meeting requirements of ASTM C 618 Class C or Class F with the following special requirements. Loss on ignition in Table I shall not exceed 3%. Compliance to Table IA shall apply. Amount retained on the 325 sieve in Table 2 shall not exceed 20%. Chemical analysis of the fly ash shall be reported in accordance with ASTM C 114. Submit report indicating for a 6 month period immediately prior to submittal date, weekly test and tests results performed on concrete with fly ash admixture. The option to use fly ash must be submitted to the Architect for approval. g. Prohibited Admixtures: Calcium chloride, thiocyanates or admixtures containing more than 0.05% chloride ions. h. Certification: Provide admixture manufacturer's written certification that chloride ion content complies with specified requirements. i. Other Admixtures: Do not use other admixtures unless accepted in writing by Architect. E. Curing and Sealing Materials: 1. General: Provide products compatible with finish flooring materials, special finish systems or polished concrete finish systems specified. Refer to drawing finish schedule for types and locations. 2.- Comply with Environmental-Protection Agency(EPA)volatile organic compound (VOC)evaporation requirements. 3. Curing Compound: a. High Solids Curing & Sealing Compound: Clear styrene acrylate type, providing 30% solids content minimum and moisture loss of not more than 0.030 grams per sq. cm. when applied at coverage rate of 300 sq. ft. per gallon. Curecrete Distribution "Ashford Formula", Euclid"Super Rez-Seal" or "Aqua-Cure VOX", Master Builders "Masterseal 66", or Sonneborn "Kure-N- Seal 30". b. Dissipating Resin Curing Compound: Euclid "Kurex DR", or approved equal; ASTM C 309, Type I dissipating resin type compound with fugitive dye; film must chemically break down in two to four week period. 4. Concrete Sealer: Curecrete Distribution "Ashford Formula", Sonneborn "Kure 1315", Euclid "Eucopoxy Tufcoat VOX", L&M "Dress and Seal WB 30", or approved equal. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (Revised 01/08/10) 03 30 00-4 F. Miscellaneous Materials: 1. Connectors: Provide all metal connectors required for placement in cast-in-place concrete,for the attachment of structural and non-structural members. 2. Expansion Joint Filler: ASTM D 1751, non-extruding premoulded material, '/2' thick, unless otherwise noted, composed of fiberboard impregnated with asphalt, except use ASTM D 1752,Type II, resin-bound cork for walks and other exposed areas. Sonneborn "Sonoflex F"closed cell polyurethane foam expansion joint filler is acceptable. 3. Vapor Barrier: Polyethylene film, .010"thick; Visqueen or approved equal. 4. Non-Shrink Grout: CRD-C 621,factory pre-mixed grout. a. Metallic: Master Builders"Embeco 885", Euclid"Hi-Mod Grout", Sonneborn "Ferrolith GDS", or L&M"Ferrogrout". b. Non-Metallic: Master Builders"Construction Grout", Sonneborn "Sonogrout", Euclid"Eucon-NS", or L&M "Crystex". 5. Bonding Agent: Polyvinyl acetate, rewettable type;W.R. Grace"Daraweld C", Larsen"Weldcrete", Euclid"Eucoweld", or L&M"Everbond". 6. Patching Mortar: Free-flowing, polymer-modified cementitous coating; BASF"MBT Underlayment—Self leveling", Euclid"ThinCoat", Sika Chemical"Sikatop 120", or Thoro"Thoro Underlayment". 2.02 PROPORTIONING OF MIXES A. Strength: Concrete minimum ultimate strength at 28 days in accordance with ASTM C 94 shall be as follows unless otherwise noted on drawings: 1. Building Foundations, Footings,Walls, Slabs on Grade, and Ground Supported Post-Tension Foundation Systems: 3000 psi with 5 '/2 bags minimum of cement per cubic yard. 2. Exterior Site Concrete exposed to weather including Retaining Wall Systems:4000 psi with 6 bags minimum of cement per cubic yard. B. Mix Design: 1. Prepare design mixes for each type of concrete, in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318, except as otherwise specified. 2. Proportion design mixes by weight for class of concrete required, complying with ACI 211, except as otherwise specified. C. Proposed mix designs shall be accompanied by complete standard deviation analysis or trial mixture test date. Proposed mix shall list the following characteristics: 1. If trial batches are used, gross weight and yield per cu. yd. of trial mixtures. 2. Measured slump. 3. Air content range. 4. Compressive strength developed at 7 days and 28 days,trial batches. 5. Submit written reports to the Architect for design mix at least 15 calendar days prior to the start of work. 6. Use air-entrained mixture in strict compliance with manufacturer's directions. 7. Water/Cement Ratio: Concrete subject to freezing and thawing shall have a maximum water/cement ratio of 0.50 by weight. 8. Admixture Usage: Concrete must contain specified water-reducing admixture or water-reducing- retarding admixture and/or specified high range water-reducing admixture(superplasticizer). Concrete slabs placed at air temperatures below 50' F shall contain specified non-corrosive non-chloride accelerator. Concrete required to be air entrained shall contain an approved air-entraining admixture. Pumped concrete, architectural concrete, concrete required to be watertight and concrete with water/cement ratio below 0.50 shall contain specified high-range water- reducing admixture (superplasticizer). D. Slump Limits: 4" plus or minus 1". Concrete containing high-range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer)shall have a maximum slump of 8" unless otherwise I +� CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (Revised 01/08/10) 03 30 00-5 approved by Architect. Concrete shall arrive at job site at slump of 2"to 3", be verified, then high-range water-reducing admixture added to increase slump to approved level. Other concrete shall arrive at job site at maximum slump of 3"for slabs and 4"for other members. 2.03 BATCHING AND MIXING A. Concrete may be ready-mixed or job-mixed at the Contractor's option, in accordance with governing building code and with the referenced ACI 318. No hand mixing allowed. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 FORM WORK A. Design, erect, support, brace and maintain formwork to support vertical and lateral loads that might be applied until such loads can be supported by the concrete structure. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation and position. B. Construct forms complying with ACI 347, to sizes and shapes, lines, and dimensions shown, and to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, molding, rustications, reglets, chambers, blocking,screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required in work. Solidly butt joints and provide back up at joints to prevent leakage of cement paste. C. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against the concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. D. Provide temporary openings where interior area of formwork is inaccessible for cleanout,for inspection before concrete placement, and for placement of concrete. Securely brace temporary openings on forms at inconspicuous location. E. Chamfer exposed corners and edges 3/4" unless otherwise indicated. Where applicable use wood, metal, PVC or rubber chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints. F. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, adjustable-length, removable or snap-off metal form ties, designed to prevent form deflection, and to prevent spalling concrete surfaces upon removal. G. Preparation of Form Surfaces: Coat the contact surfaces of forms with a form-coating compound where applicable before reinforcement is placed. H. Provisions for Other Trades:.Provide_openingsin._concreteJormwrorktaaccommodate. — work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses, and chases from trades providing such ties. Accurately place and securely support items built in to form. I. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt or other debris just before concrete is placed. Retighten forms after concrete placement, if required, to eliminate mortar leaks. 3.02 PLACING REINFORCEMENT A. Comply with the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute(CRSI)"Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars", and as indicated on drawings and herein specified. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust, mill scale, dirt, and other materials or coatings, which reduce or destroy bond with concrete. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (Revised 01/08/10) 03 30 00-6 C. Accurately position,support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcing by chairs, spacers, and hangers as required. Set wire ties so ends are pointed into concrete. D. In all cases, provide minimum concrete protection over bar reinforcement of at least 3" unless otherwise indicated on drawings. E. Do not place bars more than 2" beyond the last leg of continuous support. Do not use supports to hold runways for conveying equipment. F. Install mesh welded wire fabric reinforcement in as long lengths as practicable, lapping pieces at least one mesh plus 2" but in no case less than 8". Lace splices with wire. Offset end laps to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lift mesh to middle third of slab by use of hooks. 3.03 JOINTS AND INSERTS A. Joints: Provide slab joints, sawed joints and formed construction joints. Locate and install joints, which are not shown on drawings, so as not to impair the strength and appearance of the structure. Submit joint layout to Architect if requested. B. Inserts: Set and build into the work anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that is attached to, or supported by,cast-in-place concrete. Properly locate all embedded items in cooperation with other trades, and secure in position before concrete is placed. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions, and directions provided by suppliers of the items to be attached thereto. 3.04 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Comply with ACI 304, and as herein specified. B. Pre-Placement Inspection: Before placing concrete, clean and inspect formwork, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast-in. Notify other crafts in ample time to permit the installation of their work, and cooperate with them in setting such work, as required. Make sure soil treatment for termite control has been applied, where required, to cushion fill before vapor barrier and concrete are installed. Coordinate the installation of joint materials and vapor barriers with placement of forms and reinforcing steel. C. Vapor Barrier:Apply directly over base. Lay with 6" wide side laps and end laps and seal watertight with manufacturers adhesive. Lay film just before reinforcement is placed and concrete is poured, and protect against punctures. Repair punctures with adhesive-applied extra sheet before proceeding. D. Notify the Architect 24 hours before placing any concrete. Coordinate governmental inspections, if required, with agency having jurisdiction. E. Conveying: Convey concrete from the mixer to the place of final deposit by methods that will prevent the separation or loss of materials. Provide equipment for chuting, pumping, and pneumatically conveying concrete of proper size and design as to insure a practically continuous flow of concrete at the point of delivery and without segregation of the materials. Keep open troughs and chutes clean and free from coatings of hardened concrete. Do not allow concrete to drop freely more than 10 feet. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside of forms. All equipment and methods used for conveying are subject to the approval of the Architect. F. Depositing: Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be placed on hardened concrete so as to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete near or in its final location to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing, and displacement of the reinforcement. G. Cold Weather Placing: Comply with the requirements of ACI 306. H. Hot Weather Placing: Comply with the requirements of ACI 305, I. Compaction: Consolidate concrete during placing operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. -� CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (Revised 01/08/10) 03 30 00-7 When using vibrators, insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations not farther than the visible effectiveness of the machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate the placed layer of concrete and at least 6" into the proceeding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit the duration to the time necessary to consolidate the concrete and complete embedment or reinforcement and other embedded items without causing segregation of the mix. 3.05 FINISH OF FORMED SURFACES A. Rough Form Finish: For formed concrete surfaces not exposed to view in the finished work or by other construction, unless otherwise indicated. This is the concrete surface having texture imparted by form facing material used,with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched, fins and other projections exceeding '/" in height rubbed down or chipped off. B. Smooth Form Finish: For formed concrete surfaces exposed to view, or that are to be covered with a coating material applied directly to concrete, or a covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, damp-proofing, painting or other similar system. This is as-cast concrete surface obtained with selected form facing material, arranged orderly and symmetrically with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch defective areas with fins or other projections completely removed and smooth. C. Smooth Rubbed Finish: Provide a smooth rubbed finish for exposed concrete surfaces and surfaces which have received smooth form finish treatment not later than one day after form removal. Moisten concrete surfaces and rub smooth with carborudum brick or other abrasive until uniform color and texture is produced. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by rubbing process. 3.06 SLAB FINISHES A. Place, consolidate, strike off and level concrete slab to proper elevation. After the concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit the operation, and water sheen has disappeared,float surface at least twice to uniform sandy texture. B. Trowel Finish:After floating, trowel surface at least twice to smooth dense finish. C. Slabs to Receive Floor Covering: Finish as in paragraph "Trowel Finish"above, except trowel to remove trowel marks and to smooth, even finish; omit second troweling. D. Slabs to Receive Polished Concrete Floor Finish: Provide hard steel trowel finish with a minimum of 3 passes with power trowel to achieve Class 5 finish as described in ACI 302.1 R to comply with minimum tolerances of Ff and FI specified herein. Comply with additional requirements of Section 03 35 43. - -E.-Non-Slip-Broom-Finisli: (.At exterior-walk-s,steps;and elsewhere as indicated),- Specified in Section 32 30 00. F. Concrete Sealer: Apply two coats in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.07 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. Weather permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than 7 days. Begin final curing procedures immediately following initial curing and before concrete has dried. Continue final curing for at least 7 days in accordance with ACI 301 procedures. Avoid rapid drying at end of final curing period. B. Curing Methods: Perform curing of concrete by moist curing, by moisture-retaining cover curing, by curing and sealing compound, and by combinations thereof, as herein specified. 1. Provide moisture curing by keeping concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water, by water-fog spray, or by covering concrete surface with specified CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (Revised 01/08/10) 03 30 00-8 absorptive cover,thoroughly saturating cover with water and keeping continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, with 4"lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Provide moisture-cover curing by covering concrete surface with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width with sides and ends lapped at least 3" and sealed with waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 3. Provide curing and sealing compound on interior slabs to receive resilient flooring or left exposed;and to exterior slabs,walks, and curbs, as follows: a. Apply specified curing and sealing compound to concrete slabs as soon as final finishing operations are complete(within 2 hours). Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power-spray or roller in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. b. Do not use membrane curing compounds on surfaces which are to be covered with coating material applied directly to concrete, waterproofing, painting, and other coatings and finish materials, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. 4. Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces by moist curing with forms in place for full curing period or until forms are removed. If forms are removed, continue curing by methods specified above, as applicable. 5. Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces, such as slabs and other flat surfaces by application of appropriate curing compound. Final cure concrete surfaces by moisture-retaining cover, unless otherwise directed. 3.08 PROTECTION A. No wheeling, working, or walking on finished surfaces will be allowed for 16 hours after concrete is placed. B. Provide plywood or other acceptable protective cover at all traffic areas throughout the job. C. Protect all exposed concrete floors, steps, and walks from paint and other materials or equipment that may mar or damage these surfaces. D. For polished concrete floors comply with Section 03 35 43. 3.09 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. Do not remove forms until the concrete has attained 67% or 28 day strength or minimum of 4 days. Use a method of form removal that will not cause overstressing of the concrete. 3.10 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS A. Filling Holes: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete for the passage of work by other trades after their work is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete to blend with in- place construction. Provide all other miscellaneous concrete filling required to complete work. B. Non-Shrink Grout Application: Grout out equipment bases and other locations indicated with non-shrink grout. Provide non-metallic type where grout is exposed. C. Drainage Items: Unless otherwise indicated, provide 3000 psi concrete for culverts and other items required for drainage installation. 3.11 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. General: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar of the same type and class as the original concrete, immediately after removal of forms. Cut out t } CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (Revised 01/08/10) 03 30 00-9 honeycomb, rock pockets,voids over'/2"diameter, and holes left by tie rods and bolts, down to solid concrete but in no case to a depth of less than 1". Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface, before placing cement mortar in the same manner as adjacent concrete. Proprietary patching compounds may be used when acceptable to the Architect. B. Smooth, Exposed-To-View Surfaces: Blend cements so that, when dry, patching mortar will match color of surrounding concrete. Provide test areas at inconspicuous location to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike-off slightly higher than surrounding surface. C. Concealed Formed Surfaces:-Repair defects that adversely affect-the-durability of the concrete. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace the concrete. D. Other repair methods may be used, subject to Architect's acceptance. 3.12 CLEAN-UP A. Do not allow debris to accumulate. Clean up all concrete and cement materials, equipment and debris upon completion of any portion of the concrete work, and upon completion of the entire cast-in-place concrete work. END OF SECTION CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (Revised 01/08/10) 03 30 00-10 SECTION 03 35 43 POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide polished concrete finishing system where indicated on drawings, complete. This section includes the following: 1. Concrete floor substrate grinding to specified finish. 2. Applying sealer, hardener and densifier and performing grinding and polishing to specified finish. 3. Application of protective sealer and stain inhibiter and polishing to specified finish. B. Special Note: Products, materials, tolerances and installation requirements specified under this section shall govern over requirements specified in other related sections. Coordinate with polished concrete finish locations indicated on drawings. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01 33 00. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, installation instructions, maintenance and cleaning instructions, Material Safety Data Sheets(MSDS) and other safety requirements for each component. C. Installer's Certification: Provide letter documenting Installer's accreditation and certification compliance as specified under quality assurance. D. Test Reports: Provide sheen gloss reading test results conducted as specified and recorded on floor plan diagram confirming compliance with specified performance criteria. E. Warranty: Provide 10 year product manufacturer's warranty agreeing to replace and repair defective materials that may occur within the warranty period at no cost to the Owner. F. Pre-Installation Meeting Documentation: Submit pre-installation meeting minutes including date, project name, project number, attendance representatives, work sequencing, specification requirements and other special project conditions. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. B. Installer's Certification: 1. Contact manufacturers specified for listing of approved Certified Installers. 2. Use experienced installers who have successfully performed a minimum of 5 projects of at least 6000 square feet each. Upon request provide listing of projects and contact references. 3. Provide letter of certification from manufacturer stating that Installer is certified applicator of polished concrete finishing system specified and is familiar with proper procedures and installation requirements required by the manufacturer. C. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Maintain records of product container numbers. D. Standards: Comply with the provisions of the following specifications and standards, except as otherwise noted or specified, or as accepted or directed by the Owner and/or Architect. 1. Comply with related standards indicated in Section 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete. POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING (Revised 04/2710) 03 35 43- 1 2. ASTM E 1155, Standard Test Method for Determining Floor Flatness and Levelness Using the F number system. 3. ASTM C779/C779M-05, Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Horizontal Concrete Surfaces. 4. ASTM C805, Standard Test Method for Rebound Number of Hardened Concrete. 5. ASTM E 430, Standard Test Methods for Measurement of Gloss of High-Gloss Surfaces by Abridged Goniophotometry. 6. ASTM G23-81, Standard Test Method for Ultraviolet Light and Water Spray Resistance. E. Finish and Appearance Quality Standards per Concrete Polishing Association of America (CPAA): 1. Level of cut/aggregate exposure based on the following criteria: a. Level 1 -Cream: Polishing only the portland paste at the surface of the substrate without exposing small, medium or large aggregate. b. Level 2-Salt/Pepper: Exposing the fine aggregate such as sand and small aggregate within the substrate. The depth of grind will depend greatly on placement and finishing procedures. Generally this level of grind can be achieved within 1/16 inch of the surface. c. Level 3-Medium Aggregate: Exposing more of the overall girth of the aggregate within the substrate. The depth of grind will depend greatly on the placement and finishing procedures. Generally this level of grind can be achieved within 1/8 inch of the surface. d. Level 4-Large Aggregate: Exposing the overall girth of the aggregate within the substrate. The depth of grind will depend greatly on the placement and finishing procedures. Generally this level of grind can be achieved within '/4 inch of the surface. 2. Level of sheen per ASTM E 430 when the concrete surfaced is mechanically processed. Gloss readings are not to be obtained through the use of any microfilming products, sealers, coating, enhancers or the result of resin transfer from resin bond abrasives. Readings shall be taken not less than 10' on center in field areas and within 1'of floor area perimeters. In no case shall a reading be below 2% of specified minimum sheen. a. Level A Sheen (Satin)as determined by gloss reading of 45-60. b. Level B Sheen (Semi-Gloss)as determined by gloss reading of 60-70. c. Level C Sheen (High GlossO as determined by gloss reading of 70 or higher. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2,0-1- PROJECT SYSTEM P-ERFORMANOE AND APPERANCE CRITERIA - - - - - A. Concrete Mix Color: Natural without dyes or pigment additives. B. Quality Level of Cut: Level 1 -Cream. C. Quality Level of Sheen: Level A, Satin, Polished with 800 grit minimum, Gloss reading 45-60. D. Abrasion Resistance: ASTM C779-Up to 400% minimum increase in abrasion resistance. E. Impact Strength: ASTM C805-20% minimum increase in impact strength. F. Ultra Violet Light and Water Spray: ASTM G23-81 -No adverse effect to ultra violet and water spray. 2.02 MATERIALS AND MANUFACTURERS POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING (Revised 04/2710) 033543 -2 A. GENERAL 1. Compatibility: Provide products which are recommended by manufacturers to be fully compatible with project substrate conditions and special concrete floor finish materials, means and methods. 2. Provide special concrete floor finish products from a single manufacturer unless otherwise approved. 3. All products used shall comply with Environmental Protection Agency(EPA) volatile organic compound (VOC)evaporation requirements. B. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MATERIALS 1. Materials: Comply with Section 03 30 00. Materials and products shall be compatible with special concrete floor finish system. C. SEALER, HARDENER AND DENSIFIER PRODUCTS 1. Manufacturers: Contact manufacturers for listing of Certified Installers of specified products. a. Advanced Flooring Products, 888-942-3144. b. Euclid Chemical Company, 800-321-7628. c. L&M Construction Chemicals, 800-362-3331. d. Prosoco, 800-255-4255. 2. Concrete Sealer, Hardner and Densifier: Advanced Flooring Products"RetroPlate 99", Euclid "Euco Diamond Hard", L&M "FGS Hardener Plus", Prosoco "Consolideck LS",or approved equal. 3. Concrete Stain Inhibitor and Sealer: Advanced Flooring Products"RetroGuard Stain Inhibitor and Sealer", Euclid "Euco Diamond Hard", L&M"PermaGuard SPS", Prosoco"Consolideck LS Guard", or approved equal. D. AUXILIERY MATERIALS 1. Water: Potable. 2. Joint Sealants: Semi-rigid, 2-component, self-leveling, 100% solids, rapid curing, polyurea control and expansion joint filler with Shore A 80 or higher hardness. Comply with Section 07 92 00. Materials and products shall be compatible with special concrete floor finish system. Use color that matches adjacent surface finish. 3. Grinding and Polishing: Provide other related materials as recommend by manufacturer, not specifically described, but required for complete and proper system installation. 4. Cleaning and Preparation Agents: Products recommended by manufacturer for project conditions. 5. Protection Materials: Products recommended by manufacturer for project conditions. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Comply with manufacturer's written instruction for substrate temperature and moisture content, ambient temperature and humidity, ventilation and other conditions affecting installation and performance of special concrete floor finish. 2. Coordinate scheduling with Owner to provide completion of installation of special concrete floor finish prior to 10 days minimum of installation of racking and equipment for an uninhibited continuous application of finish system. B. Examination: 1. Inspect substrate and report unsatisfactory conditions in writing. Verify that surfaces and site conditions are ready to receive work. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper installation of work. Beginning work means acceptance of substrate conditions. POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING (Revised 04/2710) 033543 - 3 2. Concrete must be cured for sufficient period recommended by the special concrete floor finish manufacturer before application can begin. 3. Comply with special concrete floor finish manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. Clean, prime and prepare substrate surfaces for proper installation. C. Tolerances: 1. Comply with Section 03 30 00. 2. Where new or existing substrates are not in compliance with specified tolerances provide repair, grinding, patching or other remedies recommended by polished concrete floor finish manufacturer for project conditions and approved by the Owner and/or Architect. D. Protection: 1. Provide manufacturer's approved substrate protection materials, means and methods to maintain and ensure system performance and appearance criteria specified. 2. Avoid surface deposits of oil, chemicals, agents or other material that will adversely affect special concrete floor finish performance or appearance. No satisfactory chemical or cleaning procedure may be available to remove petroleum stains from the concrete surface. Prevention is therefore essential. 3. All hydraulic powered equipment must be diapered to avoid staining of the concrete. 4. No trade will park vehicles on the inside slab. If necessary to complete work, drop cloths will be placed under vehicles at all times. 5. No pipe cutting machine shall be used on the inside floor slab. 6. Do not place steel on interior slab to avoid rust staining. 7. All equipment must be equipped with non-marking tires. 8. Do not drag or drop equipment or material across the slab which will scratch, chip or damage surfaces. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install polished concrete floor finishing system per manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. Use equipment, means and methods for proper installation. 2. Where walls, columns or substrate penetrations are installed adjacent to or through polished concrete floor finish areas, extend grinding and polishing process to within 1" maximum distance from perimeter of surface interrupting condition by means necessary for uniform appearance with field surface area finish. B. Concrete Substrate Installation.- I. .N.ev-Construction: a. Comply with Section 03 30 00 and the governing requirements of this section. b. Provide hard steel trowel finish with a minimum of 3 separate passes with power trowel to achieve Class 5 finish as described in ACI 302R to comply with minimum tolerances specified in this section. c. Provide concrete curing and sealing materials compatible with special concrete floor finish system recommended by manufacturer. 2. Existing Construction: a. Remove existing applied floor finish(s)including, but not limited to, carpet, VCT, tile, grout, mastic, adhesives, paint, epoxy or other non-concrete floor material to concrete substrate conditions by appropriate means and methods necessary for proper installation of new special concrete floor finish per manufacturer's recommendations. b. Where existing substrates are not in compliance with specified tolerances provide repair, grinding, patching or other remedies recommended by special concrete floor finish manufacturer for project conditions and approved by the Owner and/or Architect POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING (Revised 04/2710) 033543-4 C. Concrete Substrate Grinding and Polishing: 1. Use equipment, means and methods recommended by manufacturer. 2. Grind, polish and clean concrete floor surfaces using methods depending on substrate conditions to achieve project system performance and appearance criteria. 3. Scrub and rinse floor and remove residual color, dust and debris. 4. All grinding and polishing passes shall be made in the same direction until the entire given area has been covered. D. New Construction Concrete Control Joints: 1. Freshly Placed Uncured Concrete:After concrete grinding and polishing, clean concrete substrate of dirt, chalk, markings and saw cut debris with cleaning agent or process recommended by manufacturer. E. Sealer, Hardner and Densife Application: 1. Prior to application of product, substrate to be clean, dry and absorbent. Confirm surface absorbency with a light water spray. If surface does not wet uniformly, use appropriate surface preparation cleaner or mechanical process to remove remaining surface contaminants per manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Calculate Target Coverage Rate: Variations in concrete quality, porosity,job conditions,temperature and relative humidity will affect coverage rates and drying times.Test a representative section of the substrate surface to calculate the target coverage rate, but not less than 200 sq. ft. per gallon. 3. Apply material at specified coverage rate by means recommend by manufacturer. Apply sufficient product to wet the surface without producing puddles. Use a clean, soft bristle push broom, microfiber pad or other means recommended by manufacturer to spread the product and ensure uniform wetting, saturation and penetration of surfaces. 4. If surfaces dry immediately or become sticky, increase rate of application and reapply product.Avoid excess material puddling. 5. Before product dries and cures, immediately clean surfaces not intended to receive application of material. 6. Allow treated surfaces to dry or cure for duration recommended by manufacturer for project conditions. 7. Remove any dried powder residue using stiff broom, power sweeper, automatic scrubbing machine, and/or cleaning agent recommended by manufacturer.Avoid pads or brushes which may damage the floor finish. F. Sealer and Stain Inhibiter Application: 1. Prior to application of product, surfaces to be clean, dry and absorbent. Use appropriate surface preparation cleaner or mechanical process to remove contaminants per manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Calculate Target Coverage Rate: Variations in concrete quality, porosity,job conditions, temperature and relative humidity will affect coverage rates and drying times. Test a representative section of the substrate surface to calculate the target coverage rate per manufacturer's recommendations, but not less than 500 sq. ft. per gallon. 3. Apply material at the specified coverage rate by means recommend by manufacturer to produce an even coat. Restrict spreading area of product to maintain wet edge and avoid drying and visible overlapping. 4. Allow treated surfaces to dry or cure for duration recommended by manufacturer for project conditions. 5. Once dry, burnish surface using a high-speed burnisher, or polishing pad for use on gloss finishes, to heat and fuse the material bond to increase durability and longevity. Surface temperatures immediately behind the burnisher must achieve 90.5 degrees Fahrenheit. 6. Repeat sealer and stain inhibiter material application and burnishing process between coats as necessary for specified gloss finish. Apply up to three coats maximum. POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING (Revised 04/2710) 033543 -5 7. Do not allow floor to be subjected to any forms of moisture, including mopping and wet foot traffic for 72 hours minimum. G. Testing: 1. Test with a properly calibrated abridged goniophotometry device in accordance with ASTM E 430, 2. Record results on floor plan diagram. Readings shall be taken not less than 10' on center in field areas and within 1' of floor area perimeters. 3. Results shall comply with specified system performance and appearance criteria. 4. Rework areas not in compliance until acceptable results are achieved or otherwise approved by-Owner and/or-Architect. H. Joint Sealant Installation: 1. Clean concrete floor joints and substrate by means necessary to allow proper bonding and sufficient sealant material deposit. 2. Install sealant material in control and expansion joints in compliance with Section 07 92 00. 3. Install joint sealants to a depth flush with adjacent surfaces. 4. Remove excess material and clean. 3.04 PROTECTION, REPAIR AND CLEANING A. Provide disposal of slurry, dust and debris in compliance with applicable codes. B. Remove debris and spatter from adjoining surfaces as necessary. C. Repair damages to surface caused by cleaning operation and construction activities per manufacturer's recommendations. D. Restrict areas to traffic, cover and provide protection as specified and per manufacturer's recommendations to prevent damage by other trades during project completion. E. Protect from elements, sweep, clean and maintain until project completion and Owner's acceptance of the work. F. Instruct Owner's representative on proper cleaning and maintenance requirements. END OF SECTION POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING (Revised 04/2710) 033543-6 SECTION 04 20 00 UNIT MASONRY PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide concrete and brick masonry construction work where indicated. Include insulation where indicated in exterior multi-wythe cavity walls. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product data: None required unless submitting for approved equals. B. Samples: None required unless submitting for approved equals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers, which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Field Construction Mock-up: Not required for this project. C. Standards: Comply with the provisions of the following specifications and standards, except as otherwise noted or specified, or as accepted or directed by the Architect. 1. Brick Institute of America Standards and Specifications. 2. National Concrete Masonry Association Standards and Specifications. D. Tolerances: 1. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces of columns,walls and arises do not exceed'/4-inch in 10 feet, or 3/8-inch in a story height not to exceed 20 feet, nor'/2-inch in 40 feet or more. For external corners, expansion joints, control joints and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed'/4-inch in any story of 20 feet maximum, nor'/z-inch in 40 feet or more. 2. Variation from Level: For lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed %-inch in any bay or 20 feet maximum, nor 3/4-inch in 40 feet or more. 3. Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan and related portion of columns, walls and partitions, do not exceed '/2-inch in any bay or 20 feet maximum, nor'/,inch in 40 feet or more. 4. Variation in Cross-Sectional Dimensions: For columns and thickness of walls,from dimensions shown, do not exceed-'/4-inch nor+ �/Z-inch. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MASONRY- GENERAL A. Manufacturer: Obtain each type of unit from one manufacturer, cured by one process, and of uniform texture and color. B. Color, finish, and texture to be as indicated on drawings or to be selected from manufacturer's standard samples for approved equals. C. Provide special shapes where required for corners, lintels,jambs, sash, control joints, headers, bonding, cap, and other special conditions. Provide full 8"face units at CMU corners. Refer to drawings for typical unit types, sizes, shapes and coursing. Comply with referenced standards and other specified requirements for each type of masonry unit required. _ UNIT MASONRY(Revised 02/09/08) 04 20 00-1 2.02 FACE BRICK A. Face Brick: 1. Manufacturer: Acme, Belden Brick, Boral Brick, Endicott Clay Products, Glen-eery Corp., Hebron Brick, Richtex or approved manufacturer. 2. Grade:ASTM C 216,Type FBS, Grade SW, severe weathering type for areas subject to freeze-thaw. 2.03 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Load-bearing Concrete Masonry Units: 1. Manufacturer: No submittal required. 2. Grade: Solid or hollow load bearing block, Grade N, Type 1 —Moisture Controlled, ASTM C 90, 1500 fm minimum compressive strength, normal weight. 3. At fire rated assemblies provide block design and classification required for compliance with assembly rating and type indicated on drawings. Submit certificate upon request from Underwriters Laboratories or other recognized testing agency, as evidence that material supplied meets or exceeds rating and classification standards required. B. Concrete Brick: 1. Manufacturer: Submit manufacturer and samples for approval. 2. Grade: Solid or hollow veneer block, Grade N, Type 1 —Moisture Controlled, ASTM C 55, 3000 fm minimum compressive strength, normal weight. 2.04 MORTAR AND GROUT A. Grout Mix: ASTM C 476. B. Mortar Mix: 1. ASTM C 270, Type S,for reinforced masonry, masonry below grade and masonry in contact with earth. 2. ASTM C 270,Type N, for above-grade load-bearing and non-load-bearing walls and parapet walls and for interior load-bearing and non-load-bearing partitions. 3. Measure and batch materials either by volume or weight, such that required proportions can be accurately controlled and maintained. Measurement of sand exclusively by shovel will not be permitted. Mix mortars with the maximum amount of water consistent with workability to provide maximum tensile bond strength within the capacity of mortar. Mix ingredients for a minimum of 5 minutes in a mechanical mixer. Do not use mortar or grout that has began to set, or if more than2-1/2_houcs.has elapsed.since.initial.mixing. .Re-temper mortar-ducing2-1/2 hour period as required to restore workability. Do not add air-entraining agents or other admixtures to mortar or grout materials. C. Portland Cement:ASTM C150, Type I, except Type III may be used for cold weather construction. Provide natural color or white as required to produce mortar color. D. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. E. Aggregate for Mortar: Sand, conforming to ASTM C144 or ASTM C404, Size No. 2, F. Aggregate for Grout:ASTM C404, Size No. 8 or Size No. 89. G. Colored Mortar Pigments: Natural or synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes. Use only pigments with record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortars. Manufactured by Lehigh,Atlas, Solomon or approved equal. Color as selected by Architect. H. Water: Clean and potable. I. Integral Waterproofing: Aqua Stop Plus, AcmeSheild, Sonneborn "Hydrocide Powder", W.R. Grace"Dry-Block", or approved equal. 2.05 REINFORCING UNIT MASONRY (Revised 02/09/08) 04 20 00-2 A. Vertical Reinforcing Bars:ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed billet bars of sizes and spacing as indicated on drawings,free from loose rust, scale and other coatings that may reduce bond. B. Horizontal Joint Reinforcing: Provide welded wire units prefabricated with deformed continuous side rods and plain cross rods into straight lengths of not less than 10 feet, with prefabricated corner and tee units, and complying with requirements below: 1. Manufacturer: Dur-O-Wall,AA Wire Products, National Wire Products, or approved equal. 2. Side and Cross Rod Wire Size: 9 gage (0.1875-inch diameter)galvanized steel for each 2 square feet of wall area. Vertical spacing shall not exceed 16-inches. 3. Width: Fabricate joint reinforcement in units with widths of approximately 2" less than nominal width of walls and partitions as required to provide mortar coverage of not less than 5/8-inch on joint faces exposed to exterior and'/2-inch elsewhere. 4. Single-Wythe Masonry: Provide type as follows with single pair of side rods: a. Ladder or truss type design with perpendicular or diagonal cross rods spaced not more than 16-inches on center. 5. Multi-Wythe Masonry: Provide type as follows: a. Ladder design for backup wythe with eyes or tabs welded at nominal 16-inches on center and side rods for each face of shell. 6. Tab design with single pair of side rods and rectangular box type cross ties spaced not more than 16-inches on center, with side rods spaced for embedment within each face shell of back-up wythe and ties extending to within 1-inch of exterior face of facing wythe. C. Ties and Anchors: Provide cavity wall ties sufficient to engage backing and veneer and shall be completely embedded 2-inches minimum into mortar and extend within 5/8- inch of joint face exterior and shall meet the following requirements: 1. Manufacturer: Dur-O-Wall,AA Wire Products, National Wire Products, or approved equal. 2. Ties in alternate courses shall be staggered. Maximum vertical distance between ties shall not exceed 24-inches and maximum horizontal distance between ties shall not exceed 36-inches. Additional wall ties shall be provided within 12-inches from edge of openings. a. Fixed Type Ties: There shall be at least 3/16-inch diameter wall tie for each 4.5 square feet of wall area. For cavity walls with greater than 3-inches of air space, there shall be at least 3/16-inch diameter wall tie for each 3 square feet of wall area. b. Adjustable Type Ties:There shall be at least 3/16-inch diameter wall tie for each 1.77 square feet of wall area regardless of air space width. 3. At Metal Studs or Metal Panels: 12 gauge steel screw on anchor, 3/,inch wide by 9-inches long, mill galvanized, and triangle tie, '/-inch wire, mill galvanized, length as required by wall conditions. 4. At Cavity/Composite Masonry Walls: Double eye adjustable truss, with eye sections spaced 16-inches on center, mill galvanized; eye and pintle length as required by wall conditions. 5. At Concrete Foundations: 1-inch wide by 1-inch deep by 3/4-inch throat, 24 gage mill galvanized dovetail anchor slot, and dovetail triangle with wire tie and 12 gage mill galvanized dovetail. 6. At Steel Frames: 9-inch long by 3/4-inch wide, 12 gage, flat continuous adjustable weld on anchor, mill galvanized, and 3/16-inch gage square nosed beam tie, mill galvanized. 7. Screws: ASTM C 954 organic polymer coated steel drill screws. 2.06 MASONRY ACCESSORIES UNIT MASONRY (Revised 02/09/08) 04 20 00-3 A. Flashing: Flexible sheet flashing formulated from virgin polyvinyl chloride with plasticizers and other modifiers to remain flexible and waterproof in concealed masonry applications, black in color,20 mils thick. Lap joints 4-inches minimum and provide mastic and sealant; type as recommended by flashing manufacturer. B. Weeps: 3/8-inch diameter cotton sash cord or rope, length to produce 2-inch exposure on exterior and 12-inches in cavity. C. Sealant Backer Rod: Compressible rod stock polyethylene foam, polyethylene jacketed polyurethane foam, butyl rubber foam, neoprene foam or other flexible, permanent, durable non-absorptive material as recommended by compatibility with sealant by sealant manufacturer. Provide size and shape of rod which will-control the joint depth for sealant placement, break bond of sealant at bottom of joint,form optimum shape of sealant bead on back side, and provide highly compressible backer to minimize the possibility of sealant extrusion when joint is compressed. D. Joint Sealant: Refer Section 07 92 00 for requirements. E. Preformed Control Joints: Polyvinyl chloride material. Provide with corner and tee accessories, cement fused joints. Dur-O-Wall model "D/A A2002", Greenstreak Model "673", or approved equal. F. Cleaning Solution: Non-acidic, not harmful to masonry work or adjacent materials, recommended by masonry unit manufacturer. G. Water Repellents: Refer Section 07 19 00 for requirements. H. Steel Lintels: Refer Section 05 50 00 for requirements. I. Anchor Bolts(where shown on drawings):ASTM A 307, Grade A, galvanized. J. Insulation (where shown on drawings): Refer Section 07 21 00 for requirements. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals. Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance. Coordinate with work of other sections. B. Comply with standards as follows: 1. Comply with PCA Recommended Practices for Laying Concrete Block, Brick Institute of America (BIA)Tech Notes, and NCMA TEK Bulletins. 2. Comply with cold weather and warm weather protection procedures as recommended in BIA Tech Notes. 3.02 PREPARATION A. .Brick:.Wet.ctay_bri;k having ASTM_C.67 absorption rates greater than 0.025 ourice_per square inch/minute. B. CMU: Do not wet concrete masonry units. C. Cleaning Reinforcing: Before placing, remove loose rust, ice and other coatings from reinforcing. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Cut masonry units using motor-driven saws to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as required to fit adjoining work neatly. Use full size units without cutting wherever possible. B. Keep cavities clean of mortar droppings and other materials during wall construction. Strike joints flush facing cavity. C. Provide weeps in exterior wythes of walls located immediately above ledges and flashing, space 32-inches on center unless otherwise indicated. UNIT MASONRY (Revised 02/09/08) 04 20 00-4 I D. Install flashing complying with manufacturer's instructions and as indicated on drawings. Seal projections through sheet and lap and seal seams. Bond as recommended by manufacturer. E. Coursing: Install masonry per tolerances specified. Lay in running bond with vertical joint in each course centered on units in course above and below, except where other coursing is indicated. Do not tooth corners. F. Joints: Maintain uniform joint width of 3/8-inch. Provide full bed, head and collar joints except at weeps. Do not slash head joints. Use as dry a mortar mix as practicable and compress joints as much as possible to produce a dense tight joint. 1. Concealed Joints: Strike flush. 2. Exposed Brick Joints:Tooled. 3. Exposed CMU Joints: Raked. G. Fill vertical and horizontal cells of CMU solidly with grout where indicated. Fill space between hollow metal frames and masonry solidly with grout. H. Install lintels and accessories in masonry construction as indicated on drawings. I. Install reinforcing as specified and indicated on drawings. J. Provide expansion and control joints in accordance with BIA and NCMA recommendations and as indicated on drawings. Install sealants per manufacturer's instructions. 3.04 REPAIR, POINTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace damaged units. B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge any voids or holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point-up joints at corners, openings, and adjacent work to provide a neat, uniform appearance, properly prepared for application of caulking or sealant compounds. C. Clean brick using bucket and brush method, BIA Tech Note 20. D. Clean concrete masonry by dry brushing, NCMA TEK No. 28. E. Install water proofing per manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION UNIT MASONRY (Revised 02/09/08) 04 20 00-5 SECTION 05 12 00 STRUCTURALSTEEL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide structural steel for building construction including sub-framing units which are part of the general framing system. Include related anchors,fasteners, and connectors. B. Modify existing structural steel systems and components to accommodate remodeling and new work where indicated. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01 33 00. B. Submit for approval shop drawings, product data,test reports. 1. Submit shop drawings including complete details and schedules for fabrication and shop assembly of the members, details, schedules, procedures and diagram showing the sequence of erection. Include details of cuts, connections, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, and show size, length, and type of each weld. Provide setting drawings,templates, and directions for the installation of anchor bolts and other anchorages to be installed by others. 2. Perform design under direct supervision of a professional structural engineer licensed in the state where the project is located. Drawings shall be sealed, signed and dated. I 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Standards: Comply with the following: 1. AISC"Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings: 2. AISC"Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges", Paragraph 4.2.1 is modified by deletion of the following sentence: "This approval constitutes the Owner's acceptance of all responsibility for the design adequacy of any connections designed by the fabricator as a part of his preparation of these shop drawings". 3. AISC "Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts"approval by the Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints of the Engineering Foundation". 4. AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code". C. Testing and Inspection: 1. The Contractor shall employ an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the Architect to inspect welded and bolted connections. The following items will be included in testing laboratory inspections: a. Visual inspection of welded and bolted connections for quality. b. Check by ultrasonic or radiographic means approximately 10% each column field weld splices and beam to column welds. C. Test approximately 10%of high strength bolts for correct nut tightness. 2. Correct as directed, at Contractor's expense, connections that are found STRUCTURAL STEEL (Revised 01/08/10) 05 1200- 1 unsatisfactory by testing agency. D. Field and Shop Welding: All structural welding shall be performed in accordance with AWS standards and by welders holding valid certificates and having current experience in the type and position of welds shown on drawings or in notes. Certificates shall be issued by an arrredited tPstinrg agency. All frill penetratinn welds shall be tested by a independent testing laboratory. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATFRIAI S A. Steel Materials: 1. Structural Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36. 2. Cold-Formed Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B. 3. Hot-Formed Steel Tubing: ASTM A 501. 4. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E or S, Grade B; or ASTM A 501.. 5. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, headed type. 6. Unfinished Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A 307, Grade A. 7. High-Strength Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A 325 or ASTM A 490, as applicable. B. Auxiliary Materials: 1. Direct Tension Indicators: ASTM A 959. 2. Electrodes for Welding: AWS Code. 3. Structural Steel Primer Paint: Lead free, alkyd primer equal to Tnemec"10-99 Series", Southern Coatings"Enviro-Guard 1-2900", or approved equal, meeting performance requirements of TT-P-86, Type I, and passing ASTM B 117 after 500 hours with no blistering, cracking, softening, delamination, or rust creepage at scribe and rusting at edges. 4. Grout: a. Metallic Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: Premixed ferrous aggregate grouting compound equal to Master Builders"Embeco 153", Sonneborn "Ferrolith G", Euclid "Firmix", or W.R. Grace"Vibra-Foil". b. Nonmetallic Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: Premixed nonmetallic grouting compound, CE CRD-C621 equal to Master Builders"Masterflow 713", Euclid "Euco N.S.", L& M "Crystex", or U.S. Grout"Five Star Grout". PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION A. Fabricate and assemble structural assemblies in accordance with AISC and AWS codes and specifications, and as indicated on final shop drawings. B. Connections Design:All structural framing connections shall be designed by the steel fabricator to support at least one half the total uniform load capacity shown in the"Tables of Uniform Constants", Part 2 of the AISC Manual of Steel Construction 8'°edition, for the given beam, space and grade of steel specified. C. Fabricate work to shape and size with sharp lines and angles and smooth surfaces. Securely weld or bolt with bearing type connections, unless otherwise indicated. Dress welds smooth on exposed surfaces. Provide rabbets, lugs, and brackets so that work can be assembled in a neat substantial manner. Smooth exposed ends and edges of metal and form joints exposed to weather to exclude water. D. Punch or drill structural steel and/or furnish all clips required to accommodate work of other trades, where supported on or secured to structural steel. STRUCTURAL STEEL (Revised 01/08/10) 051200-2 3.02 ERECTION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable. See that anchor bolts in concrete are properly set to template. B. Set structural steel members to the lines and elevations indicated. Align and adjust the various members forming a part of a complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces which will be in permanent contact before assembly. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. C. Allow for erection loads. Provide temporary bracing to maintain framing in alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bridging and bracing. D. Field weld or bolt component connections as indicated on final shop drawings. Weld in compliance with AWS Code for procedures, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welded work. E. Alterations to Structural Framing: Do not field cut or alter structural members without approval of Architect/Engineer. 1. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or by the use of drift pins, except in secondary bracing members. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. 2. Do not use gas cutting torches in the field for correcting fabrication errors in the structural framing. Cutting will be permitted only on secondary members which are not under stress, as acceptable to the Architect/Engineer. Finish gas-cut sections equal to a sheared appearance when permitted. F. Grout bearing plates on concrete to exact level required with grout and support on steel wedges until grout has set hard. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces and roughen to improve bond. Clean the bottom of base plate contact surfaces. 3.03 PAINTING: A. Shop Painting: 1. Shop paint only structural steel work exposed to view. Paint embedded steel which is partially exposed on the exposed portions and the initial 2"of embedded areas only. Do not paint surfaces which are to be welded. 2. Surface Preparation: Before painting, thoroughly clean all surfaces of all grease, rust, welding droppings and loose mill scale by methods conforming to SSPC-SP-1 and SSPC-SP-3. After erection, wire-brush and touch-up welded or abraded areas. Touch-up with primer. 3. Painting: Immediately after surface preparation, apply structural steel primer paint in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and at a rate to provide a uniform dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. Use painting methods which will result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges and all exposed surfaces. B. Touch-up Painting: 1. Cleaning and touch-up painting of field welds, bolted connections and abraded areas of the shop paint on structural steel is included in Section 09 90 00. C. Touch-up field welds and abraded areas with shop primer. END OF SECTION .I STRUCTURAL STEEL(Revised 01/08/10) 051200-3 SECTION 05 40 00 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide cold-formed metal framing: 1. Exterior and interior load-bearing steel-stud framing. 2. Exterior and interior nonload-bearing steel-stud framing. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. None required unless submitting for approved equals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers, which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacture's instructions. B. Standards: Comply with the provisions of the following specifications and standards, except otherwise noted or specified, or as accepted or directed by the Architect. 1. AISI, Specification for Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members. 2. AWS D1.3, Structural Welding Code. 3. ASTM C 645, Specifications for Non-Load (Axial) Bearing Steel Studs, Runners (Tracks), and Rigid Furring Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board. 4. ASTM C 754, Specifications for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Board. 1.04 LOADING AND DEFLECTION CRITERIA A. In addition to the loads indicated on the drawings, components to withstand design criteria as follows: 1. Interior partition framing: 5 psf minimum lateral load. 2. Exterior masonry veneer framing: L/600 total deflection. 3. All other framing locations, unless otherwise indicated: L/240 total deflection. B. Design system to provide movement of components without damage. 1.05 TOLERANCES A. Fabrication Tolerances: 1/8-inch in 10'. B. Erection Tolerances: 1/1 6-inch. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: Marino, Dietrich, Dale/Incor, Superior, USG, Gold Bond, Unimast, or approved equal. B. Cold-Formed Metal Framing Materials: Refer to drawings for specific member requirements: 1. Exterior Framing: C-shaped load-bearing steel studs with 1.625-inch flange and } flange return lip. J COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00-1 2. Interior Framing: C-shaped load-bearing steel studs with 1.625-inch flange and flange return lip. 3. Shaftwall Framing: I-shaped nonload bearing steel studs. 4. Runner Channel: U-shaped with 1.25-inch minimum flange. 5. Joist Framing: C-shaped load-bearing steel joists with 1.625-inch flange and flange return lip. 6. Furring Channel:W-shaped load-bearing steel furring channels. 7. Deflection Channel: Single slip track design with 2.0-inch minimum flange length. 8. Units 16 gage (.0598-inch)and heavier:ASTM A 446, yield point 50,000. 9. Units 18 gage (.0358-inch): ASTM A 446, yield point 33,000 psi. 10. Units 20 gage (.0329-inch): ASTM A 446, yield point 33,000 psi. 11. Finish: Galvanized,ASTM A 525, G60. C. Framing Accessories:With each type of metal framing required, provide manufacturers standard accessories as recommended by manufacturer for applications indicated, as needed to provide a complete metal framing system, including: 1. Supplementary framing. 2. Lateral bracing, bridging, and solid blocking. a. Strap: 1-1/2"x 20 gage. b. Channels: 1-1/2" x 20 gage. 3. Web stiffeners. 4. Gusset plates. 5. Deflection track and vertical side clips. 6. Stud kickers and girts. 7. Joist hangers and end closures. 8. Reinforcement plates. 9. Anchors, clips, and fasteners. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals. Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction. Coordinate with work of other sections. B. Comply with requirements of ASTM C 1007 for installation of steel studs and accessories and Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association Lightweight Steel Framing Systems Manual. C. Make provisions for erection stresses. Provide temporary alignment and bracing. Framing components may be prefabricated into panels prior to erection. Perform lifting of prefabricated panels in a manner to prevent damage or distortion in any members in the assembly. Wire tying of framing components is NOT permitted. 3.02 I I'll STAl I ATION I 1!l L L!l I l l I V A. Runner Tracks: Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately to the layout at base and top of studs. Secure tracks as recommended by the stud manufacturer for the type of construction involved, except do not exceed 24-inches on center spacing for nail or power driven fasteners, nor 16-inches on center for other types of attachment. Provide fasteners at corners and ends of tracks. B. Wall Studs: Install at 24-inches on center, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for non-plumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements. 2. Secure studs to top and bottom runner tracks by either welding or screw fastening at both inside and outside flanges. Erect horizontal and vertical load bearing studs one piece full length. _Splicing of studs is NOT permitted. Punch-outs shall be 10- inches minimum from ends of studs. COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00-2 3. Allow for deflection,directly below horizontal building framing for non-load bearing framing as indicated on drawings. 4. Install horizontal stiffeners in stud system, spaced vertically at not more than 4 feet on center. Fasten at each stud intersection. 5. Construct corners using minimum 3 studs. Double stud wall openings, door and window jambs with opening larger than 2 feet square, except where indicated in manufacturers instructions. Install runner tracks and jamb studs with stud shoes or by welding and space jack studs same as full height studs of the wall. Secure stud system all around to wall opening frame in the manner indicated. 6. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing in the metal framing system wherever walls or partitions are indicated to support fixtures, equipment, services, casework, heavy trim and furnishing, and similar work requiring attachment to the wall or partition. Where type of supplementary support is not otherwise indicated, comply with the stud manufacturer's recommendations and industry standards in each case, considering the weight of loading resulting from the items supported. 7. Where stud system abuts structural columns or walls, anchor ends of stiffeners to supporting structure. 8. Install diagonal racking bracing at each corner where walls are free standing and not attached to structure. 9. Frame both sides of expansion and control joints,with separate studs; DO NOT bridge the joint with components of the stud system. C. Joist: Install at 24-inches on center, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Place joist as shown on drawings; not more than 2-inches from abutting walls. Connect joist to supports using fasteners or welding 2. Set joist parallel and level,with lateral bracing and bridging. 3. Locate joist end bearing directly over load bearing studs or provide load distributing member to top of stud track. Punch-outs shall be 10-inches minimum from ends of joist. 4. Provide web stiffeners at reaction point and/or as shown on drawings. 5. Provide double joist at floor openings exceeding 2 feet and at interruption of one or more spanning members. 6. End blocking shall be provided where joist ends are not otherwise restrained from rotation. D. Restore damaged components. Protect work from damage. END OF SECTION COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00-3 �c-. I SECTION 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide the following where indicated on drawings: 1. Rough hardware. 2. Pipe bollards. 3. Loose bearing, leveling plates and templets. 4. Anchor bolts, expansion anchors and miscellaneous fasteners. 5. Steel supports for work of other trades. 6. Loose steel lintels. 7. Loading dock edge angles and studs. 8. Pipe and tube handrails and guardrail systems. 9. Security bars. 10. Roof access ladder. 11. Sidewalk drain cover plates, edge angles, and studs. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit for approval shop drawings for the fabrication and erection of all assemblies of miscellaneous metal work. Include plans, elevations, and details of sections and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.0 welding symbols. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers, which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Standards: Comply with the provisions of the following specifications and standards, except as otherwise noted or specified, or as accepted or directed by the Architect. 1. AISC A 36-90, "Specifications of Structural Steel". 2. ASTM A 53-90a, "Specification of Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless". 3. ASTM A 500-90, "Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes". 4. ASTM A 501-89, 'Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing". PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Ferrous Materials: 1. Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars:ASTM A 36. 2. Steel Pipe, Black Finish: ASTM A 53. 3. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500 or A 501. 4. Rolled Steel Floor Plates:ASTM A 786. 5. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60. 6. Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type. 7. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: AWS specifications. ti i METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00-1 B. Fasteners: 1. Bolts and Nuts: Hexagon head type, ASTM A 307, Grade A. 2. Lag Bolts: Square head, FS FF-B-561. 3. Machine Screws: Cadmium plated steel, FS FF-S-92. 4. Wood Screws: Flat head carbon steel, FS FF-S-111. 5. Plain Washers: Round carbon steel, FS FF-W-92. 6. Drilled-In Expansion Anchors: FS FF-S-325. 7. Toggle Bolts:Tumble-wing type, FS FF-B-588. 8. Lock Washers: Spring type carbon steel, FS FF-W-84. 9 7in(- (Gnating- Fasteners in exterinr assemblies or exterior walls. C. Auxiliary Materials: 1. Nonshrink Metallic Grout: CE CRD-C621. 2. Nonshrink Non-Metallic Grout(where exposed): CE CRD-C621. 3. Interior Anchoring Cement: Hydraulic expansion cement. 4. Exterior/Interior Anchoring Cement: Erosion-resistant hydraulic expansion cement. 5. Finish: Primed and painted, refer to Section 09900 for additional requirements. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication. DO NOT delay job; allow for cutting and fitting if field measurement not practical. B. Form work true to line with sharp angles and edges. Weld continuously, grind flush and make smooth on exposed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. C. Field weld components as indicated. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. D. Install work plumb and level with hairline joints and ground flush welds. E. Lintels: Provide sizes indicated with 8-inch bearing at each end. F. Touch-up damaged coatings with shop primer and galvanize repair paint. G. Paint items scheduled in accordance with Section 09 90 00. 3.02 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS A. Pipe Railings: Standard weight steel pipe, with the fittings and brackets as variously detailed, of sizes indicated, neatly welded and all welds dressed smooth. Round with 2-inch minimum radius all changes of direction on stairs. Plug open ends. Set pipe in concrete in non-corrosive pipe sleeves with non-shrink grout or anchor to supports with adequate metal expansion bolts. 1. Steel Handrails and Guardrails: Type and layout as shown on drawings. a. Submit shop drawings for Owner approval prior to beginning construction. b. Handrails shall be constructed of 1-112" diameter standard pipe material at 36" hinh measured from the highest adjarant WPIking surface elevation nhrnia ground and as projected above from top of noising at stairs. c. Guardrails shall be constructed of 1-1/2" diameter standard pipe material at 42" high measured form the highest adjacent walking surface elevation above ground. d. Post shall be constructed of 1-1/2" diameter standard pipe material. e. Infill pickets shall be constructed of /z" diameter solid bar material at 4" on center at locations where handrails or guardrails exceed 15"above the lowest adjacent ground surface. f. Painting shall comply with Section 09 90 00. B. Ladder: Steel bars, rods and shapes of sizes and designs indicated, and securely anchored to floor and wall. METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00-2 i C. Steel Supports: provide structural steel lintels, channels, braces, angles, etc., as indicated and assemble as detailed. Secure all connections to provide rigid supports of all items required including supports not specifically specified in other sections. END OF SECTION METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00-3 SECTION 06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide rough carpentry where indicated on plans: 1. Framing with dimension lumber. 2. Wood grounds, nailers, and blocking. 3. Wood sheathing. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. None required unless submitting for approved equals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers, which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Lumber Standards and Grade Stamps: US Product Standard PS 20, American Softwood Lumber Standard and inspection agency grade stamps. Factory mark each piece of lumber or plywood with type, grade, mill, and grading agency identification or > submit mill certificate that material has been inspected and graded in accordance with ,> requirements if it cannot be marked on material surface. C. Construction Panel Standards: PS 1, US Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood; APA PRP-108. D. Preservative Treatment:AWPA C2 for lumber and AWPA C9 for plywood; waterborne pressure treatment. Label each piece of pressure treated lumber and plywood with the quality control mark. E. Fire-Retardant Treatment: AWPA C20 for lumber and AWPA C27 for plywood; non- corrosive type. Identify material with appropriate classification marking of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., US Testing,Timber Products Inspection, or other testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Fire-Retardant Treatment: Provide at building interior and exterior where required by code. 2. Preservative Treatment: Provide for wood in contact with soil concrete, masonry, roofing, flashing, damp-proofing, and waterproofing, or where installed less than 18-inches above grade. 3. Moisture Content: 19%for lumber items not specified to receive wood preservative treatment and stamped 'S-DRY","K-D", or"MC19". B. Dimension Lumber: 1. Species: Spruce-Pine-Fir graded under National Grading Rules, PS 20-70, or approved equal. 2. Light Framing: Stud, NO. 3 or standard grade. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00-1 3. Structural Framing: No. 2 grade meeting or exceeding the stress rating allowable for repetitive members classified as follows: a. 1-1/2"thick and 3-1/2"wide 1). Fb Bending: 1650 psi 2). Ft Tension: 825 psi 3). Fv Shear: 90 psi 4). Fc Perpendicular: 405 psi 5). Fc Parallel: 975 psi 6). E Modulus of Elasticity: 1,600,000 psi b. 1-1/2"to 4"thick and 5-1/2" to 12"wide 1). Fb Bending: 1400 psi 2). Ft Tension: 625 psi 3). Fv Shear: 90 psi 4). Fc Perpendicular: 405 psi 5). Fc Parallel: 1000 psi 6). E Modulus of Elasticity: 1,600,000 psi C. Construction Panels: 1. Plywood Sheathing:APA sheathing, Exposure 1, exterior grade,fire-retardant treated. Waferboard, composite board, and oriented stand board (but not structural particle-board)are accepted as equals providing specified span ratings are met for installed condition. In all cases, thickness shown is minimum regardless of span rating. Material used for same purpose shall be of same thickness. D. Fasteners and Adhesives: 1. Fasteners: Nails, metal connectors, bolts, nuts, screws, washers, staples, and other fasteners(except as specified or noted otherwise); hot-dip galvanized steel. 2. Power Nails: Not permitted without prior approval of Architect. 3. Adhesives: Meet requirements of American Plywood Association Specifications AFG-01, (latest revision). Use Phenol Resorcinol type for use on pressure treated wood products. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Wood Framing: Comply with recommendations of NFPA manual for House Framing, NFPA Recommended Nailing Schedule, and NFPA National Design Specifications for Wood Construction. B. Plywood: Comply with recommendations of APA Design and Construction Guide- Residential and Commercial. C. Provide nailers, blocking, and grounds where required. Set work plumb, level, and accurately cut. D. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction. Coordinate with other work. E. Comply with manufacturers requirements for cutting, handling, fastening, and working treated materials. F. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated and as required by recognized standards. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting of wood, pre-drill as required. G. Restore damaged components. Protect work from damage. END OF SECTION ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00-2 SECTION 07 19 00 WATER REPELLENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide water repellents for vertical and horizontal exposed surfaces where indicated: 1. Exterior concrete. 2. Exterior brick masonry. 3. Exterior concrete unit masonry. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01 33 00. B. Submit for approved product data, test reports, warranty. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for five years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide five year warranty for water repellent coating, guaranteeing the installation waterproofing and watertight, except for structural cracks or opening caused by settling, expansion or contraction. i PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Manufacturers (Horizontal Surfaces) : BASF"Enviroseal 40", ProSoCo SureKleen "Weather Seal Siloxane WB",Sonneborn "Penetrating Sealer 40", L& M"Aquapel Plus" or approved equal. B. Manufacturers (Vertical Surfaces) : BASF"Enviroseal 40", ProSoCo SureKleen "Weather Seal Siloxane WB", Sonneborn"Penetrating Sealer 40", L & M "Hydropel WB"or approved equal. C. Water Repellents: 1. Appearance: Clear, non-gloss, non-yellowing. 2. Vapor Transmission: Breathing type, non vapor barrier. 3. Penetrating Sealers(Not Visible): Water-based. 4. Application Rate: (2)Coats suitable for substrate and project conditions. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install materials with uniform appearance. Coordinate with work of other sections. B. Clean substrate of substances which might interfere with penetration/adhesion of water repellents. Test for moisture content in accordance with repellent manufacturer's instructions to ensure that surface is sufficiently dry. C. Coordinate with sealants where feasible, delay application of water repellents until WATER REPELLENTS (Revised 01/08/10) 071900- 1 installation of sealants has been completed in joints adjoining surfaces to be coated. D. Do not proceed with the application (except with the written recommendation of the manufacturer)when ambient temperature is less than 50 degrees F;or when rain or temperatures below 40 degrees F are predicted for a period of 24 hours;or within 3 days after surfaces become wet from rainfall or other moisture sources. E. First Coat:Apply heavy, saturation-type,flood coat form bottom up with sufficient material applied to produce a 6 inch to 8 inch rundown below contact point of spray pattern with surface. Apply in overlapping pattern and coverage controlled to approximate recommendation by manufacturer. Allow first coat application to penetrate surface (approximately 3 to 5 minUtes) F. Second Coat:Apply in same saturating manner as first coat. END OF SECTION WATER REPELLENTS (Revised 01/08/10) 071900-2 SECTION 07 21 00 BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide building insulation and vapor retarders where indicated: (Note: For Owner furnished/Contractor installed products, refer to Sections 01 11 00 and 01 20 00) 1. Under slabs-on-grade, board type. 2. Foundation walls, board type. 3. Thermal insulation in exterior cavity walls, board type. 4. Thermal insulation in exterior walls, blanket type. 5. Thermal insulation in exterior masonry walls,foam type. 6. Thermal insulation at underside of roofs, over heated spaces and over soffits, blanket type. 7. Pre-engineered metal building insulation, blanket type(Owner furnished/Contractor installed). 8. Insulation in interior walls, blanket type. 9. Sheet or chemical vapor retarders. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. None required unless submitting for approved equals. ? 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers, which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Standards: Comply with the provisions of the following specifications and standards, except as otherwise noted or specified, or as accepted or directed by the Architect. 1. ASHRA Standard 90.1, "Energy Conservation Code". 2. ASTM C 665-88, "Specification for Mineral-Fiber Thermal Insulation For Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing". 3. ASTM C 578-87a, "Specification for Preformed, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation". 4. NAIMA, North American Insulation Manufacturers Association"Standards of Products". 5. ASTM E 814-88, "Methods for Fire Test of Through-Penetration Fire Stops". 6. UL 1479, "Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops". PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Blanket/Batt Insulation: 1. Manufacturers: a. Pre-engineered metal building wall and roof(Owner furnished/Contractor installed where indicated, refer to Sections 01 11 00 and 01 20 00): GBP Silvercote, Inc. with Lamtec"WMP-10" facing, NO SUBSTITUTES. b. All other locations: Owens-Corning, Manville, Certainteed, USG, Knauf Fiber Glass, Schuller, or approved equal for application. _1 BUILDING INSULATION (Revised 02/28/08) 0721 00-1 2. Type: a. Interior Walls(Contractor furnished and installed): Glass fiber, ASTM C 665, Type I, Class A, Unfaced. Provide 3-1/2 inch (R-1 1). b. Exterior Stud Walls and Soffits (Contractor furnished and installed): Glass fiber,ASTM C 665, Type I, Class A,with foil faced vapor-retarder membrane. Provide 6" (R-19). c. Roof Insulation (Owner furnished/Contractor installed): Glass fiber, ASTM C 665, Type I, Class A,with foil faced vapor-retarder membrane. Provide 9" (R- 30). d. Pre engineered metal building insulation(Owner furnished/Contractor installed): 1). Exterior Walls: Glass fiber, ASTM C 665, Type I, Class A, with "Lamtec" WMP-10 woven reinforced polypropylene faced vapor-retarder membrane (White), ASTM D 4397, 6 mils, 0.13 perm vapor transmission rating. Provide 4" (R-13). 2). Roof: Glass fiber,ASTM C 665,Type I, Class A, with"Lamtec"WMP-10 woven reinforced polypropylene faced vapor-retarder membrane (White), ASTM D 4397, 6 mils, 0.13 perm vapor transmission rating. Provide 9-1/2" (R-30). Two layers of insulation are used to attain required "R"factor(6" faced interior layer and 3-1/2" Unfaced exterior layer), only layer towards interior of building shall have facing and layers shall be oriented perpendicular to each other. 3). Steel Straps: 80 KSI tempered, high tensile strength steel, galvanized, primed with 0.7 mils of low gloss white baked on polyester paint on exposed side, 0.2 mils of medium gloss polyester backer on non exposed side. Minimum size shall be 0.019 inch thick by%-inch wide by continuous length. 4). Crack sealers and tapes for application per manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Flame Spread and Smoke Development Ratings: a. Tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 standards. b. Exposed Insulation: Flame spread rating of 0 to 25, smoke development rating of 0 to 450. c. Concealed Insulation: Flame spread rating of 0 to 25, smoke development rating of 0 to 450. 4. Width: a. Stud Framing: Provide in same width as stud spacing. b. Metal Building Framing: Provide largest width possible to reduce number of seams and joints in manufacturers standard widths. 5. Vapor Retarder: Integral or separate component vapor retarder as indicated. B. Board Insulation: 1. Manufacturers: Dow"Styrofoam SM",Zonolite"Styrene Foam"or equivalent products of Amoco Foam, Uv Foam, and Minnesota Diver rifled. 2. Type: Extruded polystyrene, rigid, ASTM C 578, "R" of 5.0 per nominal inch, compressive strength 30 psi minimum, water absorption 0.3 percent by volume maximum per ANSI/ASTM D2842, square edges. Refer to drawings for thickness required. 3. Vapor Retarder: Integral vapor retarder as required for application. C. Foamed In Place Insulation: 1. Manufacturers: C.M. Chemical "Tripolymer", PolyMaster"PolyMaster", Tailored Chemical "Core-Fill 500",Thermal Corp. "Thermco", or approved equal. 2. Type: Non-Toxic Amino plast foam or multi-part plastic polymer resins, ASTM C 177,"R" of 4.5 per nominal inch, compressive strength 30 psi minimum, shrinkage of 5% maximum, water absorption 5% by volume maximum, water vapor transmission 7 perms per inch maximum per ASTM E 965. Refer to drawings for thickness required. BUILDING INSULATION (Revised 02/28/08) 0721 00-2 3. Flame Spread and Smoke Development Ratings:ASTM E 84, Flame spread rating of 0 to 25,smoke development rating of 0 to 450. D. Accessories: 1. Adhesives, mechanical anchors, hangers and clips for application per manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Crack sealers and tapes for application per manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Masonry mortar: Comply with Section 04 20 00. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction. Coordinate with work of other sections. Provide full thickness in one layer over entire area,tightly fitting around penetrations. B. Install vapor retarder over entire area of inside face of exterior walls and elsewhere as indicated. Seal all seams and around perimeter and penetrations with duct tape to form a continuous vapor retarder free of holes, leave no gapes in insulation/vapor envelope. Repair punctures and tears immediately before concealment of work. C. Protect installed insulation and vapor retarder. END OF SECTION BUILDING INSULATION (Revised 02/28/08) 0721 00-3 • .,-.: I SECTION 07 24 00 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide exterior insulation and finish systems: 1. Applications over exterior plywood sheathing. 2. Applications over exterior gypsum sheathing. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. None required unless submitting for approved equals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers, which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Installer shall have been trained and approved in installation of systems by manufacturer prior to bidding and shall have performed at least three installations of similar size, scope, and complexity in each of past two years. t 1.04 TEST PROCEDURES AND PERFORMANCE A. System shall have been tested to meet or exceed the following: 1. Physical Test: a. Abrasion Resistance: (ASTM D 968) no deleterious effects after 114 gallons of sand. b. Absorption Freeze: (ASTM C 6781). c. Accelerated Weathering: (ASTM G 23) 5,000 hours, no deterioration. d. Impact Resistance: (ASTM E 695) no cracks up to 6 ft. e. Mildew Resistance: (Mil Standard 810B) no growth. f. Salt Spray Resistance: (ASTM D 2247) 5%concentration for 300 hours, no deleterious effects. g. Water Infiltration: (ASTM E 547)full scale mock-up test. h. Water Vapor Transmission: (ASTM E 96)Water Method Procedure. 2. Structural Test: a. Full Scale Structural Test: (ASTM E 330). 3. Fire Test: a. ASTM E 84, on Coating and Insulation Board 1). Flame Spread Rating: 25 or less. 2). Smoke Development Rating: 450 or less. b. Modified ASTM E 108 (Diversified Fire Test). c. ASTM E 119 (Standard Methods of Fire Test of Building Construction and Materials). d. Multistory Fire Test(Full Scale, End Use Configuration Test). -� EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS (Revised 11/30/09) 07 24 00-1 PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: Dryvit, Sto, or BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC-Wall Systems (No Substitutes). B. Finish Coating over Molded Polystyrene Board: 1. Type: EIMA Class PB. 2. Adhesive Base & Finish Coats: Single component of synthetic composition modified polymer and Portland cement in 1;1 ratio, reinforced, air curing, products to be from single manufacturer. a. Portland Cement: Meet requirements of ASTM C 150. b. Silica Sand: 1). Base Coat: Meet requirements of ASTM C 897, dry and lump free. 2). Finish Coat: Meet minimum requirements of base coat except for gradation or other special requirements of Systems Manufacturer. 3). Reinforcing: Chopped fiberglass as supplied by manufacturer. 4). Liquid: Acrylic or other polymer as supplied by manufacturer. 5). Color: As scheduled on drawings,to be factory mixed. 6). Texture Finish:As scheduled on drawings. 3. Thermal Insulation: a. Manufacturers: Amoco, Dow Chemical, U.C. Industries, or approved equal. b. Molded bead rigid cellular polystyrene (ASTM C578, Type IV)with"R"value of 3.7 per inch of thickness, compressive strength 10 psi minimum,water absorption 4% by volume (ANSI/ASTM D2842),flame spread rating less than 25 and smoke development rating less than 450, board size 24 x 48 inch, edges square. 4. Attachment:Adhesive and mechanical anchors. a. Adhesive: As recommended by manufacturer for specific substrate attachment. b. Mechanical Anchors: As recommended by manufacturer for specific substrate attachment. Non-rusting, self tapping screws appropriate for substrate, or nails specifically designed for system. 1-1/2 or 1-3/4 inch approved nylon or corrosion-protected metal washers, separate or forming integral part of fastener. Place at spacing as recommended by manufacturer. 5. Trim Accessories: Provide casing beads, corner beads,starter track, expansion joint assemblies, and control joint assemblies per manufacturer's recommendations. a. Comply with ASTM C 1063. b. Material: Vinyl, conforming to ASTM D 1784. c. Material: Zinc alloy, conforming to ASTM B 69. d. Galvanized steel,conforming to ASTM A 653/A 653M. 6 ReinfnrClr'g Fabric: a. Standard Weight: Glass-fiber fabric, 4.3 ounces per square yard. (Over 6' -0" above finish floor). b. Heavy Weight: High-impact type glass-fiber fabric, 15.0 ounces per square yard. (From below finish floor to 6—0" above finish floor). c. Corner Mesh: Glass-fiber fabric, 7.2 ounces per square yard, treated for compatibility with other EIFS materials. (Provide per manufacturer's recommendations). 7. Water Repellents:Apply water repellents as required by manufacturer. Refer to Section 07 19 00. EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS (Revised 11/30/09) 07 24 00-2 i PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Comply with system manufacturer's instructions for installation of system for specific job conditions. Admixtures shall not be used. Inspect substrate and report unsatisfactory conditions in writing; beginning work means acceptance of substrate. B. Environmental Requirements: 1. Ambient air temperature shall be 40' F minimum and rising at time of installation and for 24 hours thereafter. 2. Temperature of substrate shall be above 40' F during application. C. Place insulation horizontally with joints staggered and tightly butted and corners interlocked. Mechanically attach to degree specified by manufacturer. 1. Make V'grooves at control joint locations. 2. Mechanically fasten reinforcing mesh, as recommended by manufacturer,to firmly attach mesh and complete mechanical attachment of insulation board. 3. Detail work to carefully follow manufacturer's recommendations. D. Expansion joints shall occur at: 1. Expansion joints in substrate. 2. Expansion joints in building. 3. Where finish system abuts other materials. 4. At floor lines of wood framed construction. 5. Where substrate change. 6. Changes in roof lines, building shape, or structural system. E. Control joints shall occur at: 1. Locations to limit monolithic wall areas to 144 sq. ft. 2. Dimensions between either horizontal or vertical joints shall not exceed 12 feet. 3. At high-stress areas such as corners of openings and penetrations such as windows, doors, grills, etc. F. Minor Openings:Where openings are minor and control joints impracticable, reinforce corners with mesh strips at 45-degree angle to corners. G. Provide reinforced base and finish coats to provide a uniform appearance. Completely cover all insulation board including edges. Install areas of special patterns where indicated on drawings. Ensure continuous application, free of cold joints,scaffold lines,texture variations, etc. H. Apply sealants as required by manufacturer. Clean and protect work. END OF SECTION -} EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS (Revised 11/30/09) 07 24 00-3 SECTION 07 60 00 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide flashing and sheet metal (Work not included in Section 13 34 19)where indicated: 1. Sheet metal flashing, coping,fascia, exposed trim, edges, counterflashing, cleats, caps,sills, drips, etc. 2. Gutters and downspouts. 3. Elastic flashing. 4. Sheet metal accessories. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. None required unless submitting for approved equals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers, which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Standards: Comply with the provisions of the following specifications and standards, 1 except as otherwise noted or specified, or as accepted or directed by the Architect. 1. SMACNA, (Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc.)Architectural Sheet Metal Manual (Fifth edition). 2. AA, (Aluminum Association),Aluminum Construction Manual-Aluminum Sheet Metal Work in Building Construction. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Sheet Metal: 1. Preprimed (field paint) Steel Sheets: 24 gage hot dipped galvanized steel (G90) commercial quality, primed one side with coating 1.0 mil total dry film thickness, and with wash coat on reverse side. Refer Section 09 90 00 for field paint, colors as indicated on drawings or as selected by Architect. 2. Prefinished Steel Sheets: 24 gage hot dipped galvanized steel (G90)commercial quality, primed and finished one side with Kynar base fluoropolymer coating 1.0 mil total dry film thickness, and with wash coat on reverse side. Colors as selected by Architect. Coat prepainted side with liquid applied factory installed strippable film for protection of finished surface. Vincent"ColorClad", Peterson "PacClad",or Copper Sales"Una-Clad". 3. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B 209, alloy 3003, mill,finish, temper#14, 20 gage (.032-inch). 4. Zinc-Coated Steel: ASTM A 526, G90 hot-dip galvanized, 20 gage (.032-inch). 5. Lead: ASTM B 749, Type L51121, copper-bearing sheet lead, minimum 4 lb/sq.ft. B. Flexible Sheet Membrane Flashing: Non-reinforced flexible black elastic rubber sheet, 20 mils thick, formulated from virgin polyvinyl chloride with plasticizers and other modifiers to remain flexible and waterproof in concealed applications. FLASHING AND SHEET METAL (Revised 02/28/08) 07 60 00-1 C. Auxiliary Materials: 1. Fasteners: Same metal as flashing/sheet metal or other noncorrosive metal as Solder recommended by sheet metal manufacturer. Match finish of exposed heads with materials being fastened. 2. Solder: ASTM B 32, 50-50 tin/lead solder,with rosin flux. 3. Roofing Cement:ASTM D 2822, asphaltic. 4. Bituminous isolation coating. SSPC- Paint 12, solvent-type bituminous mastic, nominally free of sulfur, compound for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat. 5. Mastic and elastomeric sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating sealant. 6. Epoxy seam sealer: 2-Part noncorrosive metal seam cementing compound, recommended by manufacturer for non-moving joints including riveted joints. 7. Polyethylene underlayment: 6 mil carbonated polyethylene film. 8. Reglets and metal accessories: Sheet metal clips, cleats, straps, anchoring devices and similar accessory units as required for installation of work, matching or compatible with material being installed, noncorrosive, size and gage required for performance. 9. Adhesives: Type recommended by flashing sheet metal manufacturer for water/weather resistant seaming and adhesive application of flashing sheet. 10. Paper Slip Sheets: 5-lb. rosin-sized building paper. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate flashing, counterflashing and other sheet metal work not exposed to view of aluminum. Fabricate flashing, gutters, downspouts, conductor heads, scuppers, copings, caps, edges, trim, and other exposed sheet metal work of prepainted, or preprimed and field painted, steel sheets. Use lead at drains, vents,where indicated, and where required to conform to contour of roofing components and accessories. B. Fabricate for waterproof and weather resistant performance; with expansion provisions for running work, sufficient to permanently prevent leakage, damage or deterioration of the work. Form work to fit substrates. C. Form exposed sheet metal work without excessive oil-canning, buckling, and tool marks, true to line and levels as indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. D. Fabricate prepainted steel with strippable film in place. If soldering is necessary, mechanically remove coating. Touch up with color matched paint. E. Seams: Fabricate non-moving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams. Form aluminum seams with epoxy seam sealer; rivet joints for additional strength where required. F. Expansion Provisions:Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions cannot be used, or would not be sufficiently water/weatherproof,form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1-inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within inints) G. Sealant Joints:Where movable, non-expansion type joints are indicated or required for proper performance of work, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant. H. Separate dissimilar metals from each other to prevent electrolytic action by painting each metal surface in area of contact with a heavy application of bitumastic coating, or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturers of dissimilar metals. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Follow recommendations of SMACNA and AA Manuals for specific application. FLASHING AND SHEET METAL (Revised 02/28/08) 07 60 00-2 B. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance. Coordinate with work of other sections. C. Anchor units of work securely in place by methods indicated, providing for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps,joints, and seams, which will be permanently watertight and weatherproof. D. Underlayment: Where aluminum is to installed directly on cementitous or wood substrates, install a course of paper slip sheet and a course of polyethylene underlayment. E. Bed flanges of work in a thick coat of bituminous roofing cement where required for waterproof performance. F. Secure edges of flashing to other work with angles and bars, and seal with sealant as indicated. G. Retainers:Where indicated, provide saw cuts for metal counter-flashing system using metal flashing receiver as detailed and indicated. H. Seal edges of metal flashings to substrates with roofing cement; install bed or bead of cement in manner, which will maintain a watertight seal. I. Remove strippable film from prepainted steelwork. Restore damaged components and finishes. Clean and protect work from damage. END OF SECTION 1 -� FLASHING AND SHEET METAL(Revised 02/28/08) 07 60 00-3 �.S l SECTION 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide firestopping at the following locations where indicated: 1. Penetrations through fire-resistance-rated floor and roof construction. 2. Penetrations through fire-resistance-rated walls and partitions. 3. Penetrations through smoke barriers and construction enclosing compartmentalized areas. 4. Sealant joints in fire-resistance-rated construction. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. None required unless submitting for approved equal. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply the governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers,which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Fire Performance:ASTM E 119,ASTM E 814, and local regulations. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: Bio Fireshield is specified, unless otherwise indicated; equivalent materials by Metalines/Matacaulk, 3M, Dow Corning Fire Stop, Tremco, USG, or approved equal. B. General: 1. Provide materials that are asbestos free. 2. Provide materials with minimum flame(F)and temperature (T)rating of one hour, but not less than fire resistance rating of assembly being penetrated, as tested per ASTM E 814. 3. Provide materials conforming to governing codes. C. Firestop Sealant: Biotherm Firestop Sealants;single component silicone, gun grade for walls and overhead applications(Biotherm 100) and self-leveling for floor applications (Biotherm 200). D. Firesafing Insulation (batt or board): Mineral wool fiber insulation or hydrous calcium silicate-inorganic, unfaced, thickness required to achieve assembly performance. Johns Manville"Super Firetemp Board", USG "Thermafiber", Fibrex or approved equal. E. Firestop Pillows: Fiberglass cloth bags filled with high temperature mineral wool coated with intumescent material. F. Firestop Mortar: 1. Novasit K-10 Firestop Mortar; single component portland cement fly as mortar. 2. K-2 Firestop Mortar; portland cement based mortar. G. Firestop Sleeve: Prefabricated, steel casing lined with intumescent material. H. Firestop Intumescent Caulk: Biostop 500 single component water based acrylic caulk. I. Crash Foam System: Stainless steel housing lined with intumescent compound, with spring-loaded shutoff mechanism. - FIRESTOPPING (Revised 02/28/08) 07 84 00-1 J. Accessories: 1. Dam Material: Mineral fiberboard, plywood, or particleboard,sheet metal, or other approved material. 2. Retainers, Clips:As recommended by firestop manufacturer. 3. Mineral Fiber Matting: Safing. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Review extent of work with authorities having jurisdiction and obtain approval of installation thickness and methods. B. Sequence work to permit firestopping materials to be installed after adjacent and surrounding work is complete to avoid need for removal of firestopping by work of other trades. C. Clean surfaces and substrates of dirt, oil, loose material and other foreign materials, which may affect proper bond and installation of firestop. Provide primers required for various substrates. Maintain temperatures of substrate materials and ambient air temperatures as recommended by manufacturer. Provide ventilation in areas to receive solvent cured materials. D. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Securely anchor insulation with safing clips. Install firestops without gaps or voids. Tool and trowel exposed surfaces. Remove excess firestop material promptly as work progresses and upon completion. E. Protect, inspect and repair work until final acceptance. END OF SECTION FIRESTOPPING(Revised 02/28/08) 07 84 00-2 SECTION 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide joint sealers at interior and exterior vertical and horizontal joints. Work includes joints around frames of doors, windows, louvers,or other openings in exterior walls,flooring joints,joints at penetrations of walls,decks, roofs, and floors by piping and other services and equipment,joints between items of equipment and other construction,joints at plumbing fixtures,joints at dissimilar material transitions, expansion and contraction joints of masonry and concrete, and other joints indicated to be sealed. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. None required unless submitting for approved equals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers, which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealers,joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by testing and field experience. B. Colors: As selected by Architect from Manufacturers' standard colors or match color of material applied, unless otherwise indicated. 2.02 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. Provide manufacturers standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealant of base polymer indicated which complies with ASTM C 920 requirements, including those for type, grade class, and uses. B. One-Component Nonsag Urethane Sealant: Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, Sonneborn "Sonolastic NP 1", Tremco"Dymonic", Bostik "Chem-Calk 900", Pecora "Dynatrol 1", Mameco"Vulkem 116", or approved equal. C. Two-or-More Component Nonsag Urethane Sealant: Type M, Grade NS, Class 25. Tremco"Dymeric", Sonneborn "Sonolastic NP 2", Bostik"Chem-Calk 500", Pecora "Dynatrol II", or approved equal. D. Two-Component Pourable Urethane Sealant: Type.M, Grade P, Class 25. Tremco "THC 900", Sonneborn "Sonolastic SL-2", Bostik"Chem-Calk 550", Pecora "NR-200 Urexpan", or approved equal. E. One-Component Pourable Urethane Sealant: Type S, Grade P, Class 25. Sonneborn "SL-1", Bostik"Chem-Calk 550", Pecora "NR-201 Urexpan", Maneco"Vulken 45", or approved equal. JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00-1 F. One-Component Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: Type S, Grade NS, Class 25. GE "SCS 1702", Dow Corning 786", Tremco"Proglaze White", Pecora"863#345", or approved equal. 2.03 ACRYLIC EMULSION SEALANT A. One component, nonsag, acrylic, paintable, mildew-resistant, complying with ASTM C 843. Tremco"Acrylic Latex Caulk", Sonneborn "Sonolac", Pecora "AC-20",Woodmont "Chem-Calk 600", or approved equal. 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Joint Cleaner: Type of joint cleaning compound recommended by sealant manufacturer for the joint surfaces to be cleaned. B. Joint Primer/Sealer: Type recommended by the sealant manufacturer for the joint surfaces to be primed or sealed. C. Bond Breaker Tape- Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer,to be applied to sealant-contact surfaces where bond to the substrate or joint filler must be avoided for proper performance of sealant. Provide self-adhesive tape wherever applicable. D. Sealant Backer Rod: Compressible rod stock polyethylene foam, polyethylene jacketed ip polyurethane foam, butyl rubber foam, neoprene foam or other flexible, permanent, durable non-absorptive material as recommended for compatibility with sealant by the sealant manufacturer. Provide size and shape of rod which will control the joint depth for sealant placement, break bond of sealant at bottom of joint, form optimum shape of Sealant head on hack side, and provide a highly rnmpressihlP harkPr to minimi7a the possibility of sealant extrusion when joint is compressed. E. Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving: Refer to Section 03 30 00 for requirements. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 JOINT TYPES AND USAGE A. Acrylic Emulsion Sealant:All interior joints except joints with metal, aluminum, and wet work. B. Elastomeric Sealants: Use single or multi-component urethane at all exteriorjoints and all interior joints with aluminum or metal. Use mildew resistant silicone sealant at sinks, plumbing fixtures, and other wet work. Use minimum 35 Shore A hardness single or multi-component pourable polyurethane sealant for horizontal joints subject to pedestrian and vehicular traffic. 3.02 JOINT SURFACE PREPARATION A. Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation of sealant. Remove dirt, insecure coatings, moisture, and other substances, which would interfere with bond of sealant. B. Perform preparation in accordance with ASTM C804 for solvent release or ASTM C790 for latex base sealants. C. For elastomeric sealants, DO NOT proceed with installation of sealant over joint surface which have been painted, lacquered, waterproofed, or treated with water repellent or other treatment or coating. Remove coating or treatment from joint surfaces before installing sealant. D. Etch cementitious joint surfaces to remove excess alkalinity. Etch with 5%solution of muriatic acid; neutralize with dilute ammonia solution, rinse thoroughly with water and allow to dry before sealant installation. JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00-2 ,I E. Rough joint surfaces on vitreous coated and similar non-porous materials,wherever sealant manufacturer's data indicates lower bond strength than for porous surfaces. Rub with fine abrasive cloth or wool to produce a dull sheen. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance. Coordinate with work of other sections. B. Examine substrate, report unsatisfactory conditions in writing. Beginning work means acceptance of substrates. C. Clean and prime joints, and install bond breakers, backer rods and sealant as recommended by manufacturers. D. DO NOT apply sealant at temperatures below 40' F. E. Apply sealant with hand-caulking gun with nozzle of proper size to fit joints. Use sufficient pressure to insure full contact to both sides of joint to full depth of joint. Employ only proven installation techniques, which will ensure that sealants will be deposited in uniform, continuous ribbons without gaps or air pockets, with complete "wetting"of the joint bond surfaces equally on opposite sides. Except as otherwise indicated, fill sealant rabbet to a slightly concave surface, slightly below adjoining surfaces. Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal surface and a vertical surface, fill joint to form a slight cove, so that joint will not trap moisture and dirt. F. Install sealants to depths as shown or, if not shown, as recommended by the sealant manufacturer but within the following general limitations, measured at the center(thin) section of the bead. 1. For sidewalks, pavements, and similar joints sealed with elastomeric sealants and subject to traffic and other abrasion and indentation exposure, fill joints to a depth equal to 75% of joint width, but neither more than 5/8-inch deep nor less than 3/8- inch deep. 2. For normal moving joints sealed with elastomeric sealants, but not subject to traffic, fill joints to a depth equal to 50% of joint width, but neither more than '/2-inch deep nor less than deep. 3. For joints sealed with non-elastomeric sealants,fill joints to a depth in the range of 75%to 125% of joint width. G. DO NOT allow sealants or compounds to overflow or spill onto adjoining surfaces. Use masking tape or other precautionary devices to prevent staining of adjoining surfaces, by either. H. Tool joints immediately after application of sealant if required to achieve full bedding to substrate or to achieve smooth sealant surface. I. Cure and protect sealants as directed by manufactuers. Replace or restore damaged sealants. Clean adjacent surfaces to remove spillage. END OF SECTION JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00-3 �, Y n1: .a SECTION 08 11 19 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide steel doors and frames. 1. Exterior and interior steel doors. 2. Hollow metal steel frames. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. None required unless submitting for approved equals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers,which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three • years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Standards: Comply with the provisions of the following specifications and standards, except as otherwise noted or specified, or as accepted or directed by the Architect. 1. ANSI/SDI-100, Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 2. SDI 117"Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and Frames". 3. Fire-Rated Assemblies: NFPA 80, and acceptable testing agency listing. 4. Thermal-Rated Assemblies at Exterior: ASTM C 236 or ASTM C 976. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers:Amweld Building Products, Ceco Door Products, Curries Co., Mesker Door, Steelcraft, Republic Steel Co., Fenestra Corp., Kewanee Corp., or approved equal. B. Provide metal doors and frames from a single manufacturer. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Fabrication: Fabricate steel doors and frames rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects,warp, or buckle. Provide clean cut, straight, and true molded members, well formed and aligned miters, dressed and ground smooth, and where applicable, concealed fasteners. Reinforce at corners as required to prevent sagging. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles including astragals. Fit, assemble, and weld units at factory or shop. B. Anchors, Fasteners,Accessories: Manufacturers standard, hot-dipped galvanized at exterior. Provide not less than 3 anchors per jamb. C. Fire Rated Units: Provide fire-rated units complying with NFPA 80"Standard for Fire Doors and Window", and units tested, listed, and labeled in accordance with NFPA 252"Standard Methods of Fire Test of Door Assemblies" by a nationally recognized independent testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Labels must be affixed to the frame. DO NOT paint labels. -� STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES (Revised 08/05/05) O8 11 19-1 D. Steel Doors: 1. Exterior Doors: ANSI/SDI-100, Grade II, heavy-duty, minimum 18 gage(.0358 inch)cold-rolled sheet steel, 1-3/4 inches thick with face sheets zinc coating (ASTM A 525 G60), mill phosphatized. Provide thermally improved doors with maximum U-value of 0.24 BTU/hr./sq. fUdegree F (ASTM C236), "R"factor 14.97, STC rating 26 (ASTM E 90 and ASTM E 413). 2. Interior Doors: ASNI/SDI-100, Grade II, heavy-duty, minimum 18 gage (.0358 inch)cold-rolled steel, 1-3/4 inches thick. Provide acoustically improved doors with minimum STC of 33 (ASTM E 90 and ASTM E 413)where indicated. 3. Cores: Continuously reinforced with a full core of resin-impregnated kraft honeycomb with 1-inch nested, hexagonal-shaped cells. Bond core to inside of both face sheets or polystyrene insulated panel core. 4. Channel Fillers: Flush steel channel fillers for top channel of exterior doors. 5. Vision Panels: Provide glazing stops/moldings for glazed panels. Glass and glazing is specified in Section 08 80 00. 6. Astragals: Provide T and U astragal for pairs of exterior and fire-rated doors and as indicated on door schedule. E. Steel Frames: 1. Exterior and Interior Frames:Welded type, 16 gage (.0598 inch)sheet steel oil or cold rolled. At exterior openings provide frames with ASTM A 525 G60 zinc coating, mill phosphatized. Joints to be mitered or coped corners. 2. Accessories: Door silencers and plaster guards, minimum 3 on strike jamb. 3. Glazing Frames: Provide manufacturers standard steel channel or tubular stops, predrilled for screws and factory finished as specified for doors and frames. Glass and glazing is specified in Section 08 80 00. 2.03 HARDWARE A. Preparation: Prepare hollow metal units to receive mortised and concealed finished hardware, including cutouts, reinforcing, drilling, and tapping in accordance with door hardware schedule and templates provided by the hardware supplier. Reinforce hollow metal units to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface-applied hardware will be done on the job site. B. Location of Hardware: Locate finish hardware as indicated in door hardware supplier templates and/or in compliance with Door and Hardware Institute publication "Recommended Location for Builder's Hardware". 2.04 FINISH A. Finish: Factory finished. Provide manufacturers standard rust inhibitive primer compatible with finish paint specified in Section 09 90 00. Provide asphalt emulsion smind deadening coating on r_.nnr_.ealed frame interiors. DO NOT prime or naint testing agency labels. PART 3— EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install doors and frames in compliance with SDI-100. Set frames accurately in position, plumb and aligned, and securely anchor to adjacent construction. B. Install hardware, adjust as required to provide smooth and proper operation with secure latching or locking. C. Erect fire doors and frames in compliance with NFPA 80 and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES (Revised 08/05/05) 08 11 19-2 D. Clearances: Provide clearances of not more than 1/8-inch at jambs and heads, and not more than'/-inch from floor or 3/16-inch from thresholds. Exterior doors provide 3/8-inch undercut for accessibility threshold standards. E. Touch-up damaged coatings and leave ready to receive finish painting. END OF SECTION i STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES(Revised 08/05/05) 08 11 19-3 SECTION 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide flush wood doors where indicated: 1. Interior solid core flush doors. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. None required unless submitting for approved equals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers, which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Standards: Comply with the provisions of the following specifications and standards, except as otherwise noted or specified, or as accepted or directed by the Architect. 1. Quality Standards: NWWDA I.S. 1A, and AWI Architectural Quality Standards. 2. Quality Standards: NWWDA I.S. 1A, and WIC Manual of Millwork. 3. Fire Rated Wood Doors: Meeting NFPA 252 requirements. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Manufacturers:Ampco, Mohawk, Summit, Graham, or approved equal B. Interior Solid Core Doors: 1. Grade: Custom grade. 2. Construction: PC-7(7-ply, particleboard core)or SLC-7 (7-ply, glued-block core), 1-3/4 inches thick. 3. Wood Finish: Rotary-sliced natural birch faces. 4. Rating: Provide rating as scheduled on drawings. DO NOT finish over required label. C. Auxiliary Materials (Where scheduled on drawing): 1. Glazing Frames: Provide manufacturers standard steel channel or tubular stops, 18 gage cold rolled steel, factory primed, and approved for use in door of fire-rating indicated, pre-drilled for screws and factory finished as specified for doors and frames. Glass and glazing is specified is Section 08 80 00. 2.02 HARDWARE A. Preparation: Prepare wood door units to receive mortised and concealed finished hardware, including cutouts, reinforcing, drilling and tapping in accordance with door hardware schedule and templates provided by the hardware supplier. Reinforce wood door units to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface-applied hardware will be done on the job site. FLUSH WOOD DOORS (Revised 01/08/10) 08 14 16-1 B. Location of Hardware: Locate finish hardware as indicated in door hardware supplier templates and/or in compliance with Door and Hardware Institute publication "Recommended Location for Builders Hardware". 2.03 FINISH A. Comply with requirements of Section 09 90 00. Do not prime or finish testing agency labels. Refer to interior finish schedule for colors. B. Factory pre-finished. C. Color: Equal to Graham#300 medium brown. Any variance inquires submittal of sample for prior approved by Architect. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install door and frames in compliance with SDI-100 and NWMA LS 1A. Prefit doors to frames. Premachine doors for hardware listed on door hardware schedules. Factory bevel doors. B. Set door and frame accurately in position, plumb and aligned, and securely anchor to adjacent construction. C. Install hardware, adjust as required to provide smooth and proper operation with secure latching or locking. D. Install doors with not more than 1/8-inch clearance at top and sides, 1-inch at bottom unless otherwise indicated. E. Erect fire doors and frames in compliance with NFPA 80 and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. F. Touch-up damaged coatings and leave ready to receive final finish. G. Adjust, clean, and protect. END OF SECTION FLUSH WOOD DOORS (Revised 01/08/10) 0814 16-2 SECTION 08 36 13 SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide sectional overhead doors: 1. Exterior units. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. None required unless submitting for approved equals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers,which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: Overhead Door Corp."591"Series. Equivalent by Raynor Garage Door Co.,Wayne/Dalton Corp., Clopay Building Products,Advanced Door Technologies,or approved equal. B. Sectional Overhead Doors: 1. Panel Thickness: 1-5/8 inch. 2. Exterior Surface: Ribbed,textured. 3. Exterior Steel: 0.016 inch, hot-dipped galvanized. 4. End Styles: 16 gage. 5. Standard Spring: 10,000 cycles (High cycles). 6. Insulation:CFC-free and HCFC-free polyurethane, fully encapsulated. 7. Thermal Values: R-value of 14.86; U-value of 0.067. 8. Air Infiltration: 0.08 cfm at 15 mph; 0.13 cfm at 25 mph. 9. High-Usage Package: Required. C. Finish and Color: Two-coal baked-on polyester with white exterior and white interior. Field paint as indicated on drawings, refer to Section 09 90 00 for requirements. D. Wind Load Design:ANSI/NAGDM 102 standards in conformance with local code requirements. E. Hardware: Galvanized steel hinges and fixtures. Ball bearing rollers with hardened steel races. F. Lock: Interior mounted slide lock engaging both jamb tracks with single action. G. Weatherstripping: EPDM rubber tube seals fitted inside joints between sections. EPDM rubber bulb-type strip at bottom. Header and jamb weatherstripping. H. Track: Provide lift clearance type track as recommended by manufacturer to suit loading required and clearances available. I. Operation: Manual pull rope. J. Attachment: Provide secondary framing and fasteners as required by manufacturer for proper operation. SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS (Revised 08/13/09) 0836 13-1 PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturers'instructions. Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance. Coordinate with work of other sections. B. Install assemblies complete with all hardware, anchors, inserts, supports, and accessories Restnre riamao erl finishes and test fnr proper operation. Clean and protect work from damage. END OF SECTION SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS (Revised 08/13/09) 0836 13-2 SECTION 08 41 13 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide aluminum entrances and storefront: 1. Exterior entrance doors. 2. Frames for entrances. 3. Storefront-type framing system. 4. Transoms. 5. Sidelights. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. None required unless submitting for approved equals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers,which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide five year warranty under provisions of General Conditions including coverage for insulated glass units. / 1.04 TEST PROCEDURES AND PERFORMANCE A. Provision for Thermal Movements: System performance to provide for expansion and contraction within system components caused by temperature cycling resulting from a surface temperature ranging from 0° F to 180' F without causing buckling, stressing on glass,failure of joint seals, undue stress on structural elements, damaging loads on fasteners, reduction of performance, or other detrimental effects. Operating doors and windows shall function normally over this temperature range. B. Test Procedures and Performance: 1. Air Infiltration: a. Test units in accordance with ASTM E 283 at static air pressure difference of 6.24 psf. b. Air infiltration shall not exceed 0.06 cmf/ft maximum per square foot of fixed wall area. 2. Water Resistance: a. Test unit in accordance with ASTM E 331. b. There shall be no water leakage at a static test pressure of 12.0 psf. 3. Uniform Load Deflection: a. Test in accordance with ASTM E 330. b. Design and size members to withstand not less than 30 psf minimum positive and negative design wind pressure normal.to the plane of the wall, unless greater loads are required by local code requirements. c. Deflection under design load shall not exceed L/175 of the clear span. 4. Structural Uniform Load: a. Test in accordance with ASTM 330 at not less than 1.5 times the design wind pressure specified, minimum 60 psf. `✓ ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS (Revised 02/28/08) 0841 13-1 b. At conclusion of the test, there shall be no glass breakage, permanent damage to fasteners, storefront parts, or any other damage would cause the storefront to be defective. 5. Condensation Resistance Factor: a. Test unit in accordance with ASTM 1503.1. b. Condensation Resistance Factor(CRF)shall not be less than 59. 6. Thermal Transmittance: a. Test unit in accordance with ASTM 1503.1. b. Conductive thermal transmittance(U-Value)shall not be less than 0.63 BTU/hr/degree F/SF. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Glazing: Meeting requirements of Section 08 80 00 and as scheduled on drawings. B. Manufacturers: EFCO"S-403" specified. Approved equals Kawneer"Trifab 451T" and Vistawall"FG-3000-S". C. Aluminum Entrances and Storefront: 1. Framing: a. Size: 2"x 4-1/2", heavy duty mullion EFCO series 9314/9323, Ixx= 8.207. b. Aluminum: 6063 T5 or T6 alloy and tempered, meeting requirements of ASTM B 221, alloy GS 10A-T5. c. Construction: Thermal broken with screw spline connections per manufacturers'standards. d. Glazing Stops: Snap-in type with "Dry" EPDM gaskets on both exterior and interior. Units shall be 1-inch insulated double glazed consisting of/4-inch exterior pane, '/z-inch air space, '/4-inch interior pane install from exterior side. e. Fasteners:Aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel. Concealed fastenings shall be cadmium or zinc-plated steel. 2. Door Type: a. Size: As scheduled. EFCO series number D300. b. Aluminum: 6063 T5 or T6 alloy and tempered, meeting requirements of ASTM b 221, alloy V5 10A-I5. c. Stiles &Top Rails: 3-1/2" x 1-3/4"x 0.125"thick, plus or minus 0.005, glazing stop section 0.050"wall thickness. d. Bottom_Rail: 10" minimum x 1-314"x 0.125"thick, plus or minus 0.005, glazing stop section 0.050"wall thickness. e. Construction: Mariurauluieis' slaiidaid. f. Glazing Stops: Snap-in type with "Dry" EPDM or neoprene bulb-type glazing. Units shall be double glazed, 1-inch insulated unit,from exterior side. g. Weatherstripping: Neoprene bulb-type, replaceable. 3. Finish: Organic,AA-M12-C42-R1X, Kynar 500/Hylar 5000 Fluropon, in accordance with AAMA 605.2. Color as selected from Manufacturers standards and scheduled on drawings. 4. Door Hardware: Refer to drawing door hardware schedule and Section 08 71 00. D. Auxiliary Materials: 1. Provide all other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete, weathertight, and proper installation of doors and framing systems, subject to acceptance by the Architect. a. Deflection channels: As recommended by system manufacturer. b. Continuous sill flashing sheet metal: 0.040-inch thick aluminum sheet, finish to match mullion sections where exposed. c. Column cladding sheet metal: 0.040-inch thick aluminum sheet,finish to match mullion sections where exposed. ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS (Revised 02/28/08) 0841 13-2 d. Thermal Barrier: Barrier material shall be poured-in-place two part polyurethane. A nonstructural thermal barrier is unacceptable. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Take field measurements before fabrication where possible; DO NOT delay job progress. B. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance. Coordinate with work of other sections. C. Anchor securely in place to structure; install plumb, level and in true alignment. Isolate dissimilar materials to prevent corrosion. D. Coordinate with glass and glazing work; install hardware and adjust for smooth, proper operation. E. Seal frames with an approved sealant, in compliance with Section 07 92 00, in color to match frames, make a neat fully weatherproof job. F. Clean and protect completed system; repair damage. END OF SECTION ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS (Revised 02/28/08) 0841 13-3 �� I SECTION 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide door hardware where indicated. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: None required unless submitting for approved equals. B. Operating and Maintenance Instructions: None required unless submitting for approved equals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers,which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Qualification of Supplier: The finish hardware supplier shall have in his employ an AHC member of the American Society of Architectural Hardware Consultants. C. Hardware for Fire-Rated Openings: NFPA 80 and local requirements. D. Handicapped Accessibility: ANSI A117.1,AADAG, and local requirements. E. Materials and Application: ANSI A156 series standards. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Schedule: Refer to drawing door hardware schedule. Furnish in amounts and finish indicated or as required for complete and operable facility. B. Manufacturers: Products of the following manufacturers will be considered acceptable provided products are of equivalent weight, function, materials, and design. Submit others for prior approval by Architect. 1. Locksets and Cylinders: Schlage (NO Substitutes). 2. Deadbolts and Deadlock Levers: Adams Rite (NO Substitutes). 3. Panic Devices with Alarms (battery powered): Detex, Corbin Russwin, Von Duprin. 4. Panic Devices without Alarms: Yale, Dorma. 5. Hinges and Butts: Hager, Soss, Stanley, PBB. 6. Closers: LCN, Norton, Reading, Cal Royal. 7. Storefront Pivots: Rixon. 8. Storefront Push/Pulls: EFCO, Kawneer, Vistawall. 9. Stops, Bumpers, Weatherstripping, Sweeps, and Thresholds: Pemco, Rockwood, Trimco, Reese, National Guard, Hager. 10. Knox box for fire emergency keys: As required and approved by local governing agency. 2.02 KEYING A. Exterior doors with removable core lock cylinders shall be keyed alike. Include construction keying and control keying with removable core cylinders. B. Supply 2 change keys for each lock. DOOR HARDWARE (Revised 02/09/08) 0871 00-] 2.03 FASTENINGS A. Furnish all necessary screws, bolts, and other fasteners of suitable size and type to properly anchor the hardware. B. Furnish fastenings, where necessary,with expansion shields, toggle bolts, sex bolts, and other anchors, according to the material to which hardware is to applied and the recommendations of the hardware manufacturer. C. Furnish fastenings compatible with both hardware and substrate material and if exposed, matching hardware finish. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Follow guidelines of DHI "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware" and hardware manufacturer's instructions. B. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals. Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance. Coordinate with work of other sections. C. Drill and countersink units, which are not factory-prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. D. Set thresholds in full bed of butyl-rubber or polyisobutylene mastic sealant. E. Adjust operation, clean, and protect. END OF SECTION DOOR HARDWARE(Revised 02/09/08) 0871 00-2 SECTION 08 80 00 GLAZING PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide glazing at the following locations where indicated: 1. Exterior entrances and storefront. 2. Exterior windows. 3. Interior windows and glazed openings. 4. Doors. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. None required unless submitting for approved equals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers, which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Perform work in accordance with FGMA Glazing Manual, Laminators Safety Glass Association- Standards Manual for Glazing Installation Methods. C. Provide safety glass (tempered, laminated) complying with requirements of ANSI Z97.1 and CPSC 26 CFR 1201 CH. Label each piece of glass indicating compliance with requirements. DO NOT remove label prior to installation. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Provide five year warranty including coverage for sealed glass units from seal failure, interpane dusting or misting, and replacement of same. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: PPG, AFG Industries, Cardinal, Libby Owens Ford, Viracon, or approved equal B. Schedule: Refer to drawings door schedule and glazing schedule for glazing types, combinations, and locations. 2.02 GLASS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 1036, ASTM C 1048, and ASTM E774, of the types, classes, and forms specified. B. Float Glass: Type I, Class 1 (transparent), Quality q3 (glazing select); thickness as indicated. C. Tinted Glass:Type I, Class 3 (light reducing), Quality q3(glazing select);tint and thickness as indicated. PPG"Solex" or approved equal. D. Reflective Tinted Glass:Tinted glass as specified with reflective pyrolytic metal oxide coating on one surface; PPG"Solarcool (2)Azurlite" or approved equal. GLAZING 08 80 00-1 E. Security Glass: One-way vision (transparent)inside with chemical vapor deposit on one side for a reflective coating, '/4-inch thickness, safety type where indicated. F. Wire Glass:Type II, Class I (translucent) Form 1 (wired and polished both sides), '/4-inch thick welded square mesh. G. Tempered Glass:Types specified, heat-strengthened (after cutting to final size)to 4 times normal strength, by process designed to eliminate tong marks or by vertical process if glass is installed to conceal tong marks. H. Sealed Insulated Units: 1-inch thick, composed of/4-inch thick exterior pane of glass type specified, Y2-inch air space, and '/4-inch thick clear interior pane of glass type spenified. Air space purged dry hermetic air. Edge with elastomer edge seal. I. Mirror Glass:Type 1, Class 1 (transparent), Quality q2 (mirror),with silver coating, copper protective coating complying with CS27, and 2 mil thick painting coating; '/4-inch thick. 2.03 GLAZING MATERIALS A, Provide materials with proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. B. Glazing Sealants: Elastomeric type. Tremco"Proglaze". Bostik"Chem-Calk 1200", Pecora"836", Sonneborn"Omniglaze", or other approved by system manufacturer. C. Glazing Tape: Preformed type. Bostik"Chem Tape 60", Pecora "Shim-Seal", or Tremco"Pre-shimmed Tremco 440 Tape". D. Setting Blocks: Neoprene or other resilient blocks of 70 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness, adhesively backed on one face only, tested for compatibility with specified glazing sealants. E. Spacers: Neoprene or other resilient blocks of 40 to 50 Shore A durometer hardness, tested for compatibility with specified glazing sealant. F. Compressible Filler Rod: Closed-cell or waterproof-jacketed foam of polyethylene, butyl rubber, neoprene, polyurethane or vinyl,tested for compatibility with specified glazing sealants, of 5 to 10 psi compression strength (25% deflection), recommended by sealant manufacturer for use in glazing channel to prevent sealant exudation from the channel. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Watertight and airtight installation of each piece of glass is required. Each installation must withstand normal temperature changes, wind loading, impact loading without failure of any kind including loss or breakage of glass, failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight, deterioration of glazing materials, and other defects in work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Comply with FGMA"Glazing Manual" and manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Use manufacturers recommended spacers, blocks, primers, sealers, gaskets and accessories. B. Clean channel surfaces and prime as recommended by sealant manufacturer. C. Cut glass to size as required for measured opening, provide adequate edge clearance and glass bite all around. Cut prior to tempering. D. DO NOT install sheets which have edge damage or face imperfections. Install glass with uniformity of pattern, draw, bow, and roller marks. E. Miter-cut and bond (weld)ends of channel gaskets at corners to provide a continuous gasket. GLAZING 08 80 00-2 F. Install sealants to provide complete wetting and bond and to create a substantial wash away from glass. G. Seal face gaskets at corners with liquid elastomeric sealant to close openings and prevent withdrawal of gaskets from corners. H. Remove and replace damaged glass and glazing. Wash, polish and protect all glass supplied under this section. END OF SECTION GLAZING 08 80 00-3 r } q � ti� I 1 SECTION 09 21 16 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide gypsum board assemblies where indicated. (Note: Cold-Formed Metal Framing specified under Section 05 40 00) 1. Interior walls, partitions, and ceilings. 2. Exterior ceilings and soffits. 3. Fire rated assemblies. 4. Remodeling at existing gypsum board construction. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. None required unless submitting for approved equals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers, which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Tolerances: Not more than 1/1 6-inch difference in true plane at joints between ' adjacent boards before finishing. After finishing,joints shall not be visible. Not more than 1/8-inch in 10 feet deviation from true plane, plumb, level, and proper relation to adjacent surfaces in finished work. C. Fire Resistant for Fire Rated Assemblies:Where work is indicated for fire- resistance ratings, provide materials and installations identical with assemblies whose fire resistance rating has been determined per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspection organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Performance: Structural and seismic performance meeting requirements of building code and local authorities. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Manufacturers of Gypsum Board: Domtar Gypsum, Georgia-Pacific Corp., National Gypsum Co., United States Gypsum Co., or approved equal. B. Gypsum Board: 1. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36,Type X fire-rated type, 5/8-inch typical thickness, tapered edges. 2. Water Resistant Gypsum Backing Board:ASTM C 630,Type X fire-rated type, 5/8-inch typical thickness, tapered edges. 3. Exterior Fiberglass Reinforced Gypsum Sheathing:ASTM E 136 and ASTM C 1177, fiberglass matt faced gypsum core,water resistant, Type X, square edges,flame spread rating not to exceed 10, smoke development rating less than 450. 4. Shaftwall Coreboard: ASTM C 442, Type X fire-rated type gypsum core with additives to enhance fire resistance of core, surfaced with water repellant paper on front, back, and long edges, 1 inch typical thickness, beveled edges,width required for blind installation in framing spacing and type indicated. ✓ GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES (Revised 01/08/10) 0921 16-1 C. Joint Treatment Materials: ASTM C 475 and ASTM C 840, 2-coat joint compound, and other materials, paper, or fiberglass tape. D. Trim Accessories: Provide manufacturer's standard trim accessories of types indicated for drywall work, formed of galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated, with either knurled and perforated or expanded flanges for attachment, and beaded for concealment of flanges in joint compound. Provide all corner beads, edge trim- beads, and one-piece control joint beads. Provide decorative profiles factory primed of types indicated. E. Fasteners:ASTM C 1002, self-drilling, self tapping screws for power driving with special head design for 0Ypsi im hoard attachment (Type S), producin0 surface depression for proper concealment; 1-inch long for single ply, 1-5/8-inch long for double ply, 2-inch Iona for multiple plies. Use other fasteners as required. F. Water Resistant Sealer:Type recommended by gypsum wallboard manufacturer for sealing cut edges and holes in water resistant gypsum board. G. Laminating Adhesive: Type recommended by gypsum wallboard manufacturer. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Inspection: Coordinate with carpenter and insulator in placing of backing, blocking, bracing, and insulation where required in walls for acoustical treatment, millwork, fixtures,fittings, and accessories. Examine substrates for proper application of gypsum board systems. Beginning work means acceptance of conditions. B. Install gypsum board assemblies in compliance with ASTM C 840 and GA 216, Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. Install gypsum board assemblies true, plumb, level, and in proper relation to adjacent surfaces. C. Provide fire-rated systems where indicated and where required by authorities having jurisdiction- D. Partitions: Install boards vertically parallel to studs. DO NOT allow butt-to-butt joints and joints that do not fall over framing members. Arrange gypsum board joints on opposite sides of partitions to occur on different studs. E. Ceilings and Soffits: Install boards across framing members in manner which minimizes number of end-butt joints and which avoids end joints in central area of each ceiling and soffit. Stagger end joints at least 24-inches. F. Fastening: Fasten gypsum board to metal studs with specified screws spaced 16- inches on center for walls and 12-inches on center for ceilings of single layer application, 24-inches on center for wall and 16-inches on center for base layer, and 16-inches on center for wall and 12-inches on center for ceilings of double layer applications. G. Expansion/Control Joints: Install expansion/control joints in ceilings exceeding 2500 sq,ft. in area and in partitinn and wall runs exceeding 30-feat unless otherwse indicated. DO NOT exceed a distance of 50-feet in either direction, between ceiling control joints and install a control joint where ceiling framing of furring changes direction. DO NOT exceed a distance of 30-feet between control joints in walls unless otherwise indicated. ' H. Transitions, Trim, and Corners: 1. Provide casing beads where edges of gypsum board meet dissimilar materials. 2. Treat all internal angles formed by the intersection of either wallboard surfaces with metal trim and/or a taped joint system as indicated or required. 3. Treat all vertical and horizontal external corners with metal bead corner reinforcement applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Where new partitions meet existing construction, remove existing corner beads to provide a smooth transition. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES (Revised 01/08/10) 0921 16-2 I. Finishing: 1. Apply joint treatment at joints(both directions);flanges of corner bead, edge trim, and control joints, penetrations,fastener heads, surface defects and elsewhere as required to prepare work for finish. 2. Pre-fill open joints and beveled edges using setting-type joint compound. 3. Apply joint tape at joints between gypsum board, except where trim accessories are indicated. 4. Finish by applying joint compound in two coats(not including pre-fill)and sand between coats and after last coat. Leave ready for finish painting or wall treatment. END OF SECTION ) GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES (Revised 01/08/10) 0921 16-3 w I I SECTION 09 22 00 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exterior portland cement plasterwork (stucco)on metal lath. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 5 Section "Cold-Formed Metal Framing" for structural, load-bearing (transverse and axial) steel studs and joists that support lath and portland cement plaster. ? 2. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for wood framing and furring included in portland cement plaster assemblies. 3. Division 7 Section "Building Insulation" for thermal insulations and vapor retarders included in portland cement plaster assemblies. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. None required unless submitting for approved equals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers, which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Installer shall have been trained and approved installation of systems by manufacturer prior to bidding and shall have performed at least three installations of similar size, scope and complexity in each of past two years. -' PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER(Revised 11-20-09) 092200 - 1 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Comply with ASTM C 926 requirements. B. Exterior Plasterwork: 1. Apply and cure plaster to prevent plaster drying out during curing period. Use procedures required by climatic conditions, including moist curing, providing coverings, and providing barriers to deflect sunlight and wind. 2. Apply plaster when ambient temperature is greater than 40 deg F. 3. Protect plaster coats from freezing for not less than 48 hours after set of plaster coat has occurred. C. Factory-Prepared Finishes: Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for environmental conditions for applying finishes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL LATH A. Expanded-Metal Lath: ASTM C 847 with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60, hot-dip galvanizod zinc coating. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Alabama Metal Industries Corporation; a Gibraltar Industries company. b. CEMCO. C. Clark Western Building Systems. d. Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries company. e. MarinoWARE. f. Phillips Manufacturing Co. 2. Diamond-Mesh Lath: Flat, 3.4 lb/sq. yd. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. General: Comply with ASTM C 1063 and coordinate depth of trim and accessories with thicknesses and number of plaster coats required. B. Metal Accessories: PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (Revised 11-20-09) 09 22 00 -2 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Alabama Metal Industries Corporation; a Gibraltar Industries company. b. CEMCO. C. Clark Western Building Systems. d. Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries company. e. MarinoWARE. f. Phillips Manufacturing Co. 2. Cornerite: Fabricated from metal lath with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60, hot-dip galvanized zinc coating. 3. External-Corner Reinforcement: Fabricated from metal lath with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60, hot-dip galvanized zinc coating. 4. Cornerbeads: Fabricated from zinc-coated (galvanized) steel. a. Small nose cornerbead with expanded flanges; use unless otherwise indicated. 5. Control Joints: Fabricated from zinc-coated (galvanized) steel; one-piece-type, folded pair of unperforated screeds in M-shaped configuration; with perforated flanges and removable protective tape on plaster face of control joint. 6. Expansion Joints: Fabricated from zinc-coated (galvanized) steel; folded pair of unperforated screeds in M-shaped configuration; with expanded flanges. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Water for Mixing: Potable and free of substances capable of affecting plaster set or of damaging plaster, lath, or accessories. B. Fiber for Base Coat: Alkaline-resistant glass or polypropylene fibers, 1/2 inch long, free of contaminants, manufactured for use in portland cement plaster. C. Bonding Compound: ASTM C 932. D. Steel Drill Screws: For metal-to-metal fastening, ASTM C 1002 or ASTM C 954, as required by thickness of metal being fastened; with pan head that is suitable for application; in lengths required to achieve penetration through joined materials of no fewer than three exposed threads. E. Fasteners for Attaching Metal Lath to Substrates: Complying with ASTM C 1063. F. Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641 M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, not less than 0.0475- inch diameter, unless otherwise indicated. 2.4 PLASTER MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type Il. PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (Revised 11-20-09) 092200-3 B. Lime: ASTM C 206, Type S; or ASTM C 207, Type S. C. Sand Aggregate: ASTM C 897. D. Acrylic-Based Finish Coatings: Factory-mixed acrylic-emulsion coating systems, formulated with colorfast mineral pigments and fine aggregates; for use over portland cement plaster base coats. Include manufacturer's recommended primers and sealing topcoats for acrylic-based finishes. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Dryvit Systems, Inc.; Dryvit TAFS. b. Sto Corp.; Powerwall Finish. C. SonoWall, BASF Wall Systems, Inc.; StuccoTex Finish. 2.5 PLASTER MIXES A. General: Comply with ASTM C 926 for applications indicated. 1. Fiber Content: Add fiber to base-coat mixes after ingredients have mixed at least two minutes. Comply with fiber manufacturer's written instructions for fiber quantities in mixes, but do not exceed 1 Ih of fihPr/r:u. yd. of cementitious materials. B. Base-Coat Mixes for Use over Metal Lath: Scratch and brown coats for three-coat plasterwork as follows: 1. Portland Cement Mixes: a. Scratch Coat: For cementitious material, mix 1 part portland cement and 0 to 3/ parts lime. Use 2-1/2 to 4 parts aggregate per part of cementitious material. b. Brown Coat: For cementitious material, mix 1 part portland cement and 0 to % parts lime. Use 3 to 5 parts aggregate per part of cementitious material, but not less than volume of aggregate used in scratch coat. C. Job-Mixed Finish-Coat Mixes: 1, Portland Cement Mix: For cementitious materials, mix 1 part portland cement and 3/4 to 1-1/2 parts lime. Use 1-1/2 to 3 parts aggregate per part of cementitious material. PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (Revised 11-20-09) 092200 -4 PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow- metal frames, cast-in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect adjacent work from soiling, spattering, moisture deterioration, and other harmful effects caused by plastering. B. Prepare solid substrates for plaster that are smooth or that do not have the suction capability required to bond with plaster according to ASTM C 926. 3.3 INSTALLING METAL LATH A. Expanded-Metal Lath: Install according to ASTM C 1063. 1. On Solid Surfaces, Not Otherwise Furred: Install self-furring, diamond-mesh lath. 3.4 INSTALLING ACCESSORIES A. Install according to ASTM C 1063 and at locations indicated on Drawings. B. Reinforcement for External Corners: 1. Install lath-type, external-corner reinforcement at exterior locations. 2. Install cornerbead at exterior locations. C. Control Joints: Install control joints at locations indicated on Drawings. 3.5 PLASTER APPLICATION A. General: Comply with ASTM C 926. 1. Do not deviate more than plus or minus 1/4 inch in 10 feet from a true plane in finished plaster surfaces, as measured by a 10-foot straightedge placed on surface. 2. Finish plaster flush with metal frames and other built-in metal items or accessories that act as a plaster ground unless otherwise indicated. Where casing bead does not terminate plaster at metal frame, cut base coat free from metal frame before plaster sets and groove finish coat at junctures with metal. PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER(Revised 11-20-09) 092200 - 5 3. Provide plaster surfaces that are ready to receive field-applied finishes indicated. B. Walls; Base-Coat Mixes for Use over Metal Lath: Scratch and brown coats for three- coat plasterwork 3/4-inch thickness. 1. Portland cement mixes. C. Plaster Finish Coats: Apply to provide float finish. D. Acrylic-Based Finish Coatings: Apply coating system, including primers, finish coats, and Sealing topcoats, nonording to manufartiirPr's written instnintions 3.6 PLASTER REPAIRS A. Repair or replace work to eliminate cracks, dents, blisters, buckles, crazing and check cracking, dry outs, efflorescence, sweat outs, and similar defects and where bond to substrate has failed. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Remove temporary protection and enclosure of other work. Promptly remove plaster from door frames, windows, and other surfaces not indicated to be plastered. Repair floors, walls, and other surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during plastering. END OF SECTION 09 22 00 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (Revised 11-20-09) 09 22 00-6 SECTION 09 51 00 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide the following: 1. Acoustical tile ceilings,trim, and concealed metal suspension system. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. None required unless submitting for approved equals. B. Provide 1 lot of extra replacement tile matching each type of material provided to Owner at substantial completion. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers, which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Performance: Fire, structural, and seismic performance meeting requirements of building code and local authorities. Acoustical performance based on project requirements. i PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 ACOUSTICAL LAY-IN PANELS A. Manufacturers: Armstrong is specified; equivalent products of BPB Celotex and USG Interiors are acceptable; or approved equal. B. Type C-1: Refer drawing finish schedule. 1. Style: Armstrong"1729" Fine Fissured. 2. Size: 24 x 48 inches by 5/8-inch. 3. Material: Mineral Base Panels,Water Felted. 4. Edge Detail: Square. 5. Pattern: Fissured pattern. 6. Type, Form, and Finish: ASTM E 1264,Type III, Form 2 with painted finish. 7. Class A Flame Resistance, Class I Flame Spread Rating of 25 or less, STC 35-39, NRC 0.55. 8. Insulation Value: Average R-Value of 1.5 at 75°. 9. Weight: 0.60 lbs./sq.ft. 2.02 SUSPENSION SYSTEM MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: Armstrong is specified; equivalent products of Chicago Metallic, Donn, National Rolling Mills are acceptable; or approved equal. B. Type CG-1: 1. Style: Armstrong"Prelude"XL, 15/16 Exposed Tee System. 2. Type: Exposed grid system, direct-hung double-web intermediate-duty system, ASTM C 635. Non-Fire-Resistance Rated. 3. Finish: Steel members, treated and protected against rust and corrosion and factory finished with baked on vinyl enamel or polyester or anodized. - ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS (Revised 01/08/10) 0951 00-1 4. Color:White. 5. Wall Molding: Provide wall molding, of types and profiles indicated, of same material and finish as suspension system. C. Attachment Devices: Type recommended by suspension system manufacturer for attachment or anchorage of ceiling hangers to structure above ceiling, sized for not less than 5 times the hanger design load for the structural classification indicated. D. Hanger Wire: Minimum No. 12 gage, galvanized annealed steel wire. Provide seismic reinforcing as recommended by suspension system manufacturer for compliance with local building codes. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Tile adhesive, staples, and sealant: Provide type recommended by manufacturer for specific project conditions. B. Hold-down clips, impact clips, and seismic compression bracing: Provide type recommended by manufacturer for compliance with local building codes. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install materials and suspension systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and ASTM C 636. Coordinate installation with location of mechanical and electrical work to ensure proper locations. B. Center locate system on room axis, leaving equally spaced border along perimeter. Lay directional patterned units one way with pattern parallel to longest room axis. Level ceiling to within 1/8-inch in 10 feet both directions. Scribe and cut panels to fit accurately. Measure and layout to avoid less than half panel units unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide hold down clips at all units within 20 feet of an exterior door. D. Seismic bracing, where required by local building codes, shall be located at 12 feet on center with the first line of bracing 4 feet or less from wall boundary. Seismic bracing shall consist of(4)splay wires at 45'to runner connections and 45'to plane of ceiling, (1)vertical connection wire provided with compression bracing of 1/2-inch rigid conduit extending full height between connection points. Coordinate with building official for inspection requirements. E. Removal and reinstallation at existing ceilings: Remove and store materials for reuse. Handle with gloves to avoid damaging corners and edges. Clean tiles and grid system, which have been removed. Provide additional materials to complete the work and to replace damaged existing materials. New materials shall exactly match existing materials as approved. F. Adjust, clean, and touch-up all system components. G. Provide wrapped and labeled maintenance stock of new material equal to 211/0 of ceiling panels, tile, and suspension installed. END OF SECTION ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS (Revised 01/08/10) 0951 00-2 SECTION 09 65 13 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide vinyl base, trim, edge strips, and transitions. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. None required unless submitting for approved equals. B. Provide 2% extra stock matching each type of different material provided at substantial completion. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers,which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Performance: Fire performance meeting requirements of building code and local authorities. C. Provide materials and adhesives which do not contain asbestos. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 VINYL BASE AND TRANSITIONS A. Vinyl base B-1: (Refer drawing finish schedule.) 1. Manufacturers: VPI specified;equivalent by Johnsonite, Roppe, Afco, or approved equal. 2. Color: Jet#01. 3. Type:ASTM FS SS-W-40A, Type II, Vinyl. 4. Size: 4-inches by 1/8-inch thick, cove toe. 5. Fire/Smoke Rating:ASTM F 1861-98 and ASTM E 662, flame spread rating 25 or less, smoke development rating 450 or less. B. Vinyl Transitions: 1. Manufacturers: VPI specified; equivalent by Johnsonite, Roppe, Afco, or approved equal. 2. Color: Jet#01. 3. Type:ASTM FS SS-W-40A, Type ll, Vinyl. 4. Size: Manufacturer's standard as required for flooring type transitions, not less than 1-inch wide. 5. Fire/Smoke Rating: ASTM F 1861-98 and ASTM E 662, flame spread rating 25 or less, smoke development rating 450 or less. 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Provide adhesives, primers, seam sealers, crack fillers and other materials required but not specifically described and recommended by the resilient flooring and accessories. J RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 0965 13-1 PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Install in proper relation to adjacent work. B. Examine the areas and conditions under which resilient base and accessory work is to be placed. Moisture content of concrete slabs, building air temperature, and relative humidity must be within limits recommended by flooring manufacturer. DO NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Maintain minimum temperature of 70' F for minimum of 48 hours prior to installation. Maintain 70' F tempPrattire contintimisly dtiring and after installation as recommended by manufacturer, but in any case not less than 48 hours. C. Prepare surfaces by cleaning, leveling, and priming as required. Test adhesive for bond before general installation. D. Resilient Base: Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework, and other permanent fixtures in rooms or areas where base is indicated. Install base in as long lengths as practicable. Tightly bond base to backing throughout the length of each piece, with continuous contact at horizontal and vertical surfaces. DO NOT stretch resilient base during installation. E. Resilient Edge Strip: Place edge strips tightly butted and secured to flooring with adhesive. Install edge strips at all unprotected edges of flooring unless otherwise indicated. F. Clean and protect work per manufacturer's recommendations until final acceptance. END OF SECTION RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 0965 13-2 SECTION 09 90 00 PAINTING PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide the following where indicated: 1. Painting and surface preparation for interior and exterior surfaces as scheduled. 2. Re-painting and surface preparation at areas of remodeling. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. None required unless submitting for approved equals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers, which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Regulations: Compliance with VOC and environmental regulations. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: ICI-Devoe& Raynolds, Glidden Co., Benjamin Moore, Pratt and Lambert, Sherwin Williams or approved equal. First-line commercial-quality products for all coating systems. B. Coatings: Ready mixed except field catalyzed coatings of good flow and brushing properties, capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. C. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac,turpentine, paint thinners, and other materials required to achieve the finishes specified. 2.02 FINISHES A. Refer to drawing interior and exterior finish schedules to types, colors, and locations. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which painting work is to be preformed. DO NOT proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Starting of painting work will be construed as acceptance of the surfaces within any particular areas. B. Perform all preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with the coating manufacturer's instructions and as herein specified. Remove all hardware, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in place and not to be finish painted, or provide protection prior to surface preparation and painting operations. Remove, if necessary, for the complete painting of the items and adjacent surfaces. Re-install the removed items by workmen skilled in the trades involved, after painting is complete. PAINTING (Revised 04/02/07) 09 90 00-t C. Cementitious Materials: Prepare cementitious surfaces to be painted by removing all chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and by roughening as required to remove glaze. Determine the alkalinity and moisture content of the surfaces to be painted by performing appropriate test. If the surfaces are found to be sufficiently alkaline to cause blistering and burning of the finish paint, correct this condition before application of paint. D. Wood: Clean wood surfaces to be painted of all dirt, oil, or other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sandpaper smooth those surfaces exposed to view and dust off. Prime, stain, or seal wood required to be job painted immediately i ipnn delivery to jnb Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of such wood, including cabinets, counters, cases, etc. Scrape and clean small, dry seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shellac,or other recommended knot sealer before application of the priming coat. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sandpaper smooth when dried. E. Gypsum Wall-Board: DO NOT paint over gypsum wallboard work until taped joints are thoroughly dry. F. Ferrous Metals:Touch-up shop applied prime coats which have damaged or bare areas. Wire-brush, solvent clean, and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat. G. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean free of oil and surface contaminates with an acceptable non-petroleum based solvent. H. Aluminum: Remove film of oil and grease before painting by washing with mineral spirits. I. Existing Materials to Remain: At existing areas to be re-painted, remove blistered or peeling paint to sound substrates. Remove chalk deposits and mildew and wash all surfaces with mild detergent. Perform related minor preparation including caulk and glazing compounds. Spot prime bare areas before priming and painting as specified. J. Split Face and Smooth Face Applications: Individual job applications will require that the Contractor pay particular attention to the weather conditions prior to and during applications of products. A cold weather application is given if the temperatures are such that it is necessary for installation. All manufacturers' application data should be followed on temperature and humidity installation. Upon installation, the Contractor shall confirm a pin hole free surface is achieved of the coating system. After application, the Contractor shall peer down on the wall from the top of the building to make sure all of the ledges are covered and are pin hole free. It is recommended that the products are sprayed up, down and side-to-side. It is also recommended that the application be back rolled as well for proper coverage. Contractor must also verify mil thickness at each coating prior to applying succeeding coatings. 3.02 APPLICATION A. Apply naint h\i hrush, roller, spray, or other acceptable practice in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Use brushes best suited for the type of material being applied. Use rollers or carpet, velvet back, or high pile sheep wood as recommended by the manufacturer for material and texture required. B. The number of coats and paint film thickness required is the same regardless of the application method. DO NOT apply succeeding coats until previous coat has completely dried. Sand between each enamel or varnish coat application with fine sand paper, or rub surfaces with pumice stone where required to produce an even smooth surface in accordance with coating manufacturer's directions. C. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through the final coat of paint, until the paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. D. Give special attention to insure that all surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a film thickness equivalent of that of flat surfaces. PAINTING (Revised 04/02/07) 09 90 00-2 3.03 SCHEDULE OF TREATMENTS A. Interior gypsum board or plaster walls and ceilings: 1. One coat of latex primer sealer. 2. Two coats of acrylic latex paint. B. Interior Wood-Transparent: 1. Filler coat(for open grained wood only). 2. One coat of stain. 3. One coat of sealer. 4. Two coats of varnish, satin. C. Exterior and Interior Wood-Painted: 1. One coat of acrylic primer sealer. 2. Two coats of exterior acrylic paint. D. Exterior and Interior Ferrous Metal: 1. One coat of rust-inhibiting primer. 2. Two coats exterior alkyd paint. E. Exterior and Interior Galvanized Metal: 1. Chemical wash. 2. Galvanized iron primer. 3. Two coats exterior alkyd paint. F. Exterior and Interior Concrete, Concrete Block: a. General Application 1. One coat interior/exterior latex block filler. 2. Two coats elastometric coating. b. Cold Weather Application 1. One coat Acrylic resin block surfacer. 2. Two coats solvent borne masonry coating (waterproof sealer). END OF SECTION PAINTING (Revised 04/02/07) 09 90 00-3 SECTION 10 28 13 TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide toilet accessories and metal framed mirrors. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. None required unless submitting for approved equals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers, which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Regulations:ADAAG and local accessibility requirements. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: Bobrick specified; equivalent by Bradley Corp., GAMCO, Fort Howard, Accessory Specialties, or approved equal. B. Schedule: Refer drawing toilet accessories schedule for types and model numbers. C. Materials and Finishes: 1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167, AISI Type 302 or 304, No. 4 polished finish;22 gage minimum. 2. Chromium Plated Brass or Steel: ASTM B 456, type SC 2. 3. Baked Enamel on Steel: Factory-applied gloss white. 4. Sheet Steel: ASTM A366. 5. Tubing:ASTM A269 stainless steel. 6. Adhesive: Contact, waterproof, as recommended by accessory manufacturer. 7. Fasteners, screws, and bolts: Hot dip galvanized steel, tamper-proof. Sizes and spacing as recommended by accessory manufacturer. 8. Glazing: Mirror glass, '/-inch thick,ASTM C 1036. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance. Coordinate with work of other sections. B. Install units plumb and level,firmly anchored in location and at heights indicated or directed by Architect. C. Coordinate with carpenter for installation of required fire treated blocking in framing. D. Restore damaged finishes and test for proper operation. Clean and protect work from damage. END OF SECTION TOILET ACCESSORIES 1028 13-1 SECTION 10 80 00 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide miscellaneous specialties, complete: 1. Fire extinguisher and mounting brackets. 2. Interior building signage. 3. Exterior vinyl building address lettering. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. None required unless submitting for approved equals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers, which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Standards: UL and FM listed products, NFPA 10. C. Regulations: ADAAG. 1 PART 2—PRODUCTS I 2.01 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Manufacturers: Ansul Sentry specified; equivalent by J.L. Industries, Larsen's Manufacturing, Potter-Roemer, or approved equal. B. Fire Extinguishers: 1. Model: #SY-1014. 2. Type: Multipurpose dry chemical type. 3. Rating: UL listed ABC. 4. Capacity: 10 lbs. heavy duty steel extinguisher. 5. Surface Mounting: Manufacturer's standard metal brackets and fasteners as recommended by manufacturer for substrate attached. 2.02 INTERIOR SIGNS A. Manufacturers: Seton specified; equivalent by ASI, APCO, Best, Kroy, Kaltech, Mohawk, National Signage, or approved equal. B. Interior Signs: 1. Model: Refer drawing toilet accessories schedule. 2. Type: Raised or engraved acrylic or plastic. 3. Size: 8 inch by 8 inch. 4. Color: Manufacturers standard colors contrasting from background and as indicated on drawings or selected by Architect. 5. Copy: Helvetica Medium 5/8-inch height lettering, Braille, and accessibility graphics meeting requirements of ADA and CABO/ANSI A117.1 specifications. 6. Fasteners, Tape, and Adhesive: As recommended by sign manufacturer for substrate attached. ! MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES 10 80 00-t 2.03 EXTERIOR VINYL BUILDING ADDRESS LETTERING A. Vinyl lettering indicating building address number,white, Helvetica Medium 6-inch high copy. Attached to glazing per lettering manufacturer's recommendations with non-staining or non-yellowing adhesive. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent ennstructinn and with uniform appearance. Coordinate with work of other sections. B. Install fire extinguishers with wall-hung brackets at locations and heights indicated and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Install interior signs at locations and height indicated and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with ADA and CABO/ANSI A117.1 specifications. D. Install exterior vinyl lettering per manufacturer's recommendations. Ensure attachment to withstand local wind load requirements. E. Restore damaged finishes and test for proper operation. Clean and protect work from damage. END OF SECTION MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES 10 80 00-2 SECTION 13 34 19 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING SYSTEM ERECTION PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide pre-engineered metal building system erection of Owner supplied metal building package where indicated. 1. Structural steel main building frames, secondary framing, bracing, including purlins and girts, engineered and fabricated by the building systems supplier. 2. Steel wall and roof system including mechanical equipment roof curbs, roof penetration flashing, soffits,trim, closures,flashing, counter flashing,fasteners, accessories, gutters, downspouts, engineered and fabricated by the building system supplier. 3. Exterior swing doors, frames and hardware fabricated and pre-assembled by the owner. 4. Pre-engineered metal building insulation system. Refer to Section 07 21 00. B. Refer to Section 00 31 00 for the pre-engineered metal building shop drawings for additional information on scope of work. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Where required by local building official submit for review field test and inspections of high-strength bolting installation as outlined under FIELD TESTING AND INSPECTIONS paragraph. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Use experienced installers. Receive, handle, store, and install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Standards:Comply with the provisions of the following specifications and standards, except as otherwise noted or specified, or as directed by the Engineer. 1. AISC-Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings 2. AISC- MB (Category- Metal Building)Standards 3. MBMA Low Rise Building Systems Manual 4. AWS D1.1-94 Structural Welding Code-Steel 5. ASTM A36-92 Specification for Structural Steel 6. ASTM A325-92A Specification for High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints 1.04 FIELD TESTING AND INSPECTIONS A. Contractor shall employ and pay for a qualified independent testing laboratory to perform periodic field testing and inspection on approximately 10% of the A-325 high- strength bolting (in accordance with nationally recognized standards and per local code requirements) to determine that the requirements for bolts, nuts, and washers are installed and tightened per manufacturer's recommendations. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Refer to Section 00 31 00 for information available on the Pre-engineered metal building shop drawings. PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING SYSTEM ERECTION (Revised 08/05/05) 1334 19-1 PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals. Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance. Coordinate with work of other sections. B. Contractor shall verify that field measurements of new and/or existing building construction,foundation, floor slab, anchor bolt size, and placement are as indicated on pre-engineered metal building erection drawings. C. Field modification of parts shall be in accordance with the best standard procedures and require the approval of the manufacturer's Engineer and be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3.02 ERECTION- FRAMING A. Erect framing in accordance with MBMA Low Rise Building Systems Manual, Common Industry Practices. B. The erector shall furnish temporary guys and bracing where needed for squaring, plumbing, and securing the structural frame against loads, such as wind load, acting on the exposed framing and seismic forces, as well as loads due to erection equipment and erection operations, but not including loads resulting from the performance of work by others. Bracing furnished by the manufacturer for the metal building system cannot be assumed to be adequate during erection. The temporary guys, braces, falsework and cribbing are the property of the erector, and the erector shall remove them immediately upon completion of erection. C. Connect to new and/or existing building construction where indicated. D. Do not field cut or alter structural members without approval of the metal building manufacturer engineer. E. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed. 3.03 ERECTION-WALL AND ROOFING SYSTEMS A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Exercise care when cutting-pre-finished material to ensure cuttings do notremain on the finish surface. C. Transition to new and/or existing building construction where indicated to form weather tight enclosure. D. Fasten cladding system to structural supports, align, level, and plumb. 3.04 ERECTION-STEEL DOORS, FRAMES AND HARDWARE A. Steel Doors and Frames: 1. Install pre-assembled swing doors and frames in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and shop drawings. 2. Install doors and frames in compliance with SDI-100. Set frames accurately in position, plumb, aligned, and securely anchored to adjacent construction. 3. Erect fire doors and frames in compliance with NFPA 80 and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Clearances: provide clearances of not more than 1/8 inch at jambs and heads, and not more than 3/ inch from floor or 3/16 inch from threshold. Exterior doors provide 3/8 inch undercut for accessibility threshold standards. 5. Touch-up damaged coating and leave ready to receive finish painting. PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING SYSTEM ERECTION (Revised 08/05/05) 133419-2 ,I B. Hardware: 1. Install hardware, adjust as required to provide smooth and proper operation with secure latching or locking. 2. Comply with Section 08 71 00-Door Hardware. 3.05 ERECTION-ACCESSORIES A. Install gutters and downspouts in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Field break and install manufacturer's sheet metal stock as required at flashing, counter-flashing,trim, closure, and other locations where performed parts are not provided by the pre-engineered metal building manufacturer. Install per SMACNA standards(latest revision). C. Seal wall, roof,and trim accessories weathertight. 3.06 ERECTION-PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING INSULATION A. Install pre-engineered metal building insulation per manufacturer's recommendations. B. Comply with Section 07 21 00-"BUILDING INSULATION". END OF SECTION PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING SYSTEM ERECTION (Revised 08/05/05) 133419-3 M1� I I SECTION 20 01 00 GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1. Drawings. 2. General Conditions. 3. Supplementary Conditions. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. The work to be performed under this Division shall include all labor,materials,equipment,and transportation necessary to provide a complete and satisfactory system ready to use.The words"the Contractor"or"this Contractor"refers to the Contractor for the work specified in that Section.This Contractor shall examine all Drawings and all Sections of the Specifications and shall be responsible for ascertaining to what extent other Drawings and Sections affect the work herein specified. B. Unless noted on the drawings otherwise,work shall also include: 1. The procurement of and payment for all fees,permits and licenses required for the performance of the work. 2. All fees and direct expenses involved in any inspection required for the project. 3. All hoists,scaffolds,staging,runways,and equipment required for the performance of the work. 4. All job measurements and shop layouts required for the proper installation of material and equipment included in the work. 5. All lights,guards,and signs as required by safety regulations applicable to the work. 6. The removal from the premises,as it accumulates,of all dirt and refuse resulting from the performance of the work. C. The work shall include revisions,modifications,and rework of existing work as required for installation of new work,and as required for connections of new work to existing systems,and as required for connections of existing work to new systems. 1.03 CODES, REGULATIONS,AND STANDARDS A. All work must be performed in accordance with the requirements of local,county,state and national codes and regulations including the requirements of the following: 1. Building Code,Latest Edition. 2. National Electrical Code. 3. Mechanical Code,Latest Edition. 4. Occupational Safety and Health Act.of 1970. 5. Life Safety Code,N.F.P.A.No. 101. 6. For work not specifically listed above, use 7. Plumbing Code,Latest Edition. standards and codes of the National Fire Protection Association. 1.04 ABBREVIATIONS A. All equipment,apparatus and systems shall be rated,tested,fabricated and/or installed in accordance with the applicable industry standard mentioned.The following list will serve to clarify abbreviations that appear in other sections of this specification: 1. AABC-Associated Air Balance Council 2. FS-Federal Specifications 3. ADC-Air Diffusion Council 4. NFPA-National Fire Protection Association 5. AGA-American Gas Association 6. NSC-National Safety Council 7. ASHRAE-American Society of Heating,Refrigerating and Air •8. ASME-American Society of Mechanical Engineers Conditioning Engineers GENERAL PROVISIONS(Revised 3/1112008) 2001 00-1 9. IEEE-Institute of Electrical and Electronics Eng. 10.NSF-National Sanitation Foundation 11.AMCA-Air Moving and Conditioning Assoc.3. ASE-Association 12.ASTM-American Society for Testing and Mad of Safety Engineers 13.MCAA-Mechanical Contractors'Association of Amer. 14.AWWA-American Water works Association 15.ANSI-American National Standards Institute 16.SMACNA-Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning 17.NEBB-National Environmental Balancing Bureau Contractors National Association 18.ARI-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Inst. 19.UL-Underwriters Laboratories 20.NEMA-National Electrical Manufacturers Assoc. 21.OSHA-Occupational Safety&Health 22.EPA-Environmental Protection Agency Administration 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See also Division 01,0133 00 Section"SUBMITTALS"for requirements for shop drawings and product data, B. Before beginning the fabrication of any material or the installation of any equipment,a complete schedule of the materials and equipment proposed for installation shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.This schedule shall include manufacturers'names,catalog data,diagrams,drawings and other descriptive data as required or requested by the Engineer. C. All items of materials and equipment used for the project shall be submitted. D. Refer to General Conditions of the specifications for format and number of copies required. 1.06 SUBSTITUTION OF EQUIPMENT A. All proposed substitutions for specified products on this project(except as listed above)require approval in advance of bidding.Approval will not be granted after award of contract.Substitutions must be submitted for review no later than five(5) working days prior to the bid date to be considered. B. In the event of Engineer's approval of a substitution of equipment,notification will be given by the Engineer(or authorized representative),by the issuance of an amendment to the contract documents incorporating the equipment by name and model number. 1.07 CONTRACT DRAWINGS A. The layout shown on the Contract Drawings is necessarily diagrammatic but shall be followed as closely by actual construction as work will allow 1.08 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to the project properly identified with names,model numbers,types,grades,compliance labels,and other information needed for identification. B. Follow manufacturer's directions in delivery,storage,protection and handling of all equipment and materials. C. Deliver and store equipment and materials to the site in original containers, suitably sheltered from the elements and mechanical injury,but readily accessible for inspection until installed. PART 2-PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 ROUGH-IN A. Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and requirements of the actual equipment to be connected. 3.02 MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS A. Sequence,coordinate,and integrate the various elements of mechanical systems,materials,and equipment. GENERAL PROVISIONS (Revised 3/11/2008) 2001 00-2 3.03 DEFECTIVE WORK AND MATERIAL A. All materials or work found to be defective or in non-conformance with the drawings or different from the requirements of the drawings and specifications or damaged through negligence of Contractor or his employees,or through action of fire or weather will be rejected and shall be immediately removed from premises by Contractor and satisfactory materials and work substituted without delay. 3.04 COOPERATION AND COORDINATION A. Contractor shall confer with other contractors at the site before installing his work to avoid interferences so that maximum head room and clearances may be maintained B. Particular attention shall be paid to situations where recessed equipment,such as pipes and lights occur,or where the work of several trades occurs together above suspended ceilings,in pipe shafts or in areas where space is limited. C. All fixtures,equipment,devices,switches,outlets,pumps,etc.,shall be positioned to avoid all interferences with and to assure proper coordination with work of all other trades,cases,partitions,wall,floor and ceiling patterns,architectural features,etc. 3.05 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Perform cutting and patching in accordance with techniques acceptable to the owner. Restore all finishes to as-new condition. 3.06 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Keep pipe openings closed by means of plugs or caps to prevent entrance of foreign matter,and cover all fixtures, equipment and apparatus as required to protect them against dirt,water, chemical or mechanical damage both before and after installation. B. Fixtures, equipment or apparatus damaged prior to final acceptance of work shall be restored to original condition or replaced by Installer. C. Equipment shall be inherently safe and moving parts shall be covered with guards which meet OSHA requirements. D. Provide protective guards for devices such as or similar to thermostats,valves, and switches which are so located as to be readily subject to tampering,accidental damage,or vandalism. E. Provide safety railings as required. END OF SECTION 20 01 00 GENERAL PROVISIONS(Revised 3/11/2008) 2001 00-3 SECTION 20 02 00 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT&COMMISSIONING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 MAINTENANCE MANUAL AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS(20 01 00) A. All switches,controls,and safety devices shall be clearly and permanently marked with embossed or printed plates as to purpose and as to operation and shall be tested to ensure function and purpose. B. Upon completion of the work,Contractors shall put the systems into service.Contractors shall be entirely responsible for the equipment during all testing operations including the lubricating and turning on and off of such apparatus. 1.02 PROJECT RECORD AND CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS (20 01 00) A. See Division 01 Section "RECORD DOCUMENTS"for red lining of all documents during construction to reflect"as- built" conditions. B. In addition to the requirements specified in Division 01,indicate the following installed conditions: 1. Ductwork mains and branches,size and location,for both exterior and interior;locations of dampers and other control devices;filters,boxes,and terminal units requiring periodic maintenance or repair. 2. Mains and branches of piping systems,with valves and control devices located and numbered,concealed unions located,and with items requiring maintenance located(i.e.,traps,strainers,expansion compensators,tanks,etc.). Valve location diagrams,complete with valve tag chart. Refer to Section 20 03 00-"MATERIAL AND METHODS". Indicate actual inverts and horizontal locations of underground piping. 3. Equipment locations(exposed and concealed),dimensioned from prominent building lines. 4. Approved substitutions,Contract Modifications,and actual equipment and materials installed. 5. Contract Modifications,actual equipment and materials installed. 1.03 CLEANING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS (20 01 00) A. All equipment,piping systems and duct systems shall be thoroughly cleaned internally and externally before being placed in service. B. The Contractor is charged with the responsibility for maintaining all systems and equipment clean and free of foreign matter during the processes of assembly and erection. C. Pipe strainers and air filters shall be cleaned and serviced immediately prior to final inspection. D. When flushing systems,all control,thermal and other elements subject to blocking by foreign matter shall be removed. E. When piping systems are flushed with fluids other than that normally contained,the Contractor shall take adequate precautions to insure that the normal contents of the piping will not be contaminated when placed in service. 2.01 FIRESTOPPING(20 03 00) A. Where ducts and/or pipes penetrate fire-rated ceilings,walls,floors,and any other fire rated assembly the cavity shall be sealed with intumescent material capable of expanding 5 to 10 times when exposed to temperatures of 250°F. It shall be ICBO,BOCA,and SBCCI(NRB 243)approved ratings per ASTM E-814(U.L. 1479). Acceptable materials: DOW- CORNING 3-6548 silicone RTV foain or 3-M fire barrier caulk,or 3-M fire barrier 2001 silicone RTV foams. 3.01 MECHANICAL PIPING SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION (20 06 00) A. General:Install pipe markers on each system indicated to receive identification,and include arrows to shove normal direction of flow. B. Locate pipe markers and color bands as follows wherever piping is exposed to view in occupied spaces,machine rooms,accessible maintenance spaces(shafts,tunnels,plenums)and exterior non-concealed locations. 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch,excluding short take-offs for fixtures and terminal units;mark each pipe at branch,where there could be question of flow pattern. 3. Near locations where pipes pass through walls or floors/ceilings,or enter non-accessible enclosures. 4. At access doors,manholes and similar access points which permit view of concealed piping. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT&COMMISSIONING(Revised 2/20/08) 20 02 00-1 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 50'along each piping run,except reduce spacing to 25'in congested areas of piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings,except omit intermediately spaced markers. 4.01 COMMISSIONING SPRINKLER SYSTEMS(21 13 13)(required if installed) A. Starting Procedures: Follow manufacturer's written procedures. If no procedures are prescribed by manufacturer, proceed as follows: 1. Verify that specialty valves,trim,fittings,controls,and accessories have been installed correctly and operate correctly. 2. Verify that specified tests of piping ate complete. 3. Check that damaged sprinklers and sprinklers with paint or coating not specified have been replace with new,correct type of spniuklcn. 4. Check that sprinkler are correct type have correct finish and temperature ratings,and have guards where required for applications. 5. Check that potable water supplies have correct type of backflow preventer. 6. Check that hose valves and fire department connections have threads compatible with local fire department equipment and have correct pressure settings. 7. Fill wet-pipe sprinkler systems with water. 8. Adjust operating controls and pressure settings. B. Coordinate the fire alarm systems tests. Operate systems as required. 5.01 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS(22 00 00) t A. General: 1. Before being placed in service and after testing is completed,all potable water piping shall be chlorinated as specified herein,in accordance with AW WA Standard C601-54 and as required by the local Health Department codes. 2. Chlorine may be applied by the use of chlorine gas-water mixture,direct chlorine-gas feed or a mixture of calcium hypochlorite and water.If calcium hypochlorite is used,it shall be equivalent to commercial products such as Perchloron,HTH or Maxochlor.The powder shall be mixed with water to form a paste thinned to a slurry and pumped or injected into the lines. 3. If direct chlorine-gas feed is used,it shall be fed with either a solution-feed chlorinator or by a pressure-feed chlorinator. 4. The lines and fixtures shall be flushed thoroughly after chlorination to remove all foreign matter. 5. Injection shall start only when all fixtures are connected and ready for operation. 6. A service cock or riser(3/4"to at least 1-1/4")shall be provided by the Contractor and located at the point of connection to water service.The disinfecting agent shall be injected into and through the system from this cock or riser only. 7. Chlorine,either gas or liquid,or calcium hypochlorite(liquid or powered)shall be used as a disinfecting agent as approved in federal and AWWA procedures. 8. The disinfecting agent shall be injected by a proportioning pump or device through the service cock or riser slowly and continuously at an even rate. 9. All outlets shall be fully opened and closed at least four times during injection and the residual checked with orthotolidine solution. 10. When the chlorine residual concentration indicated not less than 50 parts per million at all outlets,all fixtures and water supply valves shall be closed. 11. The residual shall then be retained for a period of not less than eight hours. 12. After retention,the residual upon checking at most outlets,shall not be less than ten parts per million.If less,the disinfection must be repeated as described above. 13. If satisfactory,all fixtures shall be flushed until residual or orthotolidine tests are not greater than the water supply. 14. Contractor shall famish Engineer or his authorized representative with sterilization report indicating potable water to be safe from contamination. 5.02 FLUSHING WATER PIPING (22 00 00) A. After the piping has been chlorinated,each run of pipe shall be thoroughly flushed out so as to remove all foreign matter from the lines.Flushing will ordinarily be done by opening drain valves along the lines. B. Sufficient flushing water shall be introduced into the mains to produce a velocity of not less than 4 ft.per second,and this CONTRACT CLOSEOUT&COMMISSIONING (Revised 2/20/08) 20 02 00-2 flow rate shall be continued until the discharge is clean and clear and does not show evidences of silt or foreign matter when a sample is visually inspected. 6.01 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL OF GAS PIPING SYSTEMS(23 11 00) A. Inspect,test,and purge gas systems according to NFPA 54,Part 4"Gas Piping Inspection,Testing,and Purging" and local gas utility requirements as applicable. B. Repair leaks and defects with new materials,and retest system until satisfactory results are obtained. C. Verify capacities and pressure ratings of gas meters,regulators,valves,and specialties. D. Verify correct pressure settings for pressure regulators. E. Verify that specified piping tests are complete. 7.01 COMMISSIONING REFRIGERANT PIPING (23 23 00) (REQUIRED ON SPLIT SYSTEMS ONLY) A. Charge system using the following procedure: 1. Install core in filter dryer after leak test but before evacuation. 2. Evacuate refrigerant system with vacuum pump;until temperature of 35 deg F is indicated on vacuum dehydration indicator. 3. During evacuation,apply heat to pockets,elbows,and low spots in piping. 4_ Maintain vacuum on system for minimum of 5 hours after closing valve between vacuum pump and system. 5. Break vacuum with refrigerant gas,allow pressure to build up to 2 psi. 6. Complete charging of system,using new filter dryer core in charging line.Provide full operating charge. 8.01 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING OF HVAC EQUIPMENT A. Cleaning: Upon completion of installation, inspect units and associated components. Remove paint splatters and other spots,dirt,and debris.Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish.Clean unit internally using methods and materials recommended by manufacturer. B. Adiusting:Make control and other adjustments for optimum beating,cooling and/or efficiency. 9.01 STARTUP OF CONDENSING UNITS(23 81 26) A. Start-up condensing unit,in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions.Test controls and demonstrate compliance witli requirements.Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment. 10.01 COMMISSIONING OF HEAT AND COOL UNITS(23 74 00) A. Start-up Services: 1. Start-up HVAC units,in accordance with manufacturer's written start-up instructions.Test controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment. 10.02 CONTROL EQUIPMENT LABELING (25 00 00) A. Labels shall be installed wherever necessary to clarify functions of components and facilitate adjustment and servicing. Labels shall be required on,but not limited to the following: 1. Control panels. 2. Automatic damper motors. 10.03 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF CONTROLS (25 00 00) A. After completion of the installation,adjust all thermostats,control valves,motors and other equipment provided under this contract and place them in complete operating condition subject to approval of Engineer. 11.01 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING OF HVAC SYSTEMS (23 05 93) A. HVAC systems shall be tested and balanced by the HVAC Contractor,as called for in Section 23 05 93. B. The HVAC Contractor shall put all heating,ventilating and air conditioning systems and equipment into operation CONTRACT CLOSEOUT&COMMISSIONING (Revised 2/20108) 20 02 00-3 and shall continue the operation of same during each working day of testing and balancing and shall place the automatic temperature control system in satisfactory operation. C. The Contractor shall make all necessary corrections within 48 hours and within 10 working days for items that require replacement or installation. END OF SECTION 20 02 00 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT&COMMISSIONING(Revised 2/20108) 20 02 00-4 SECTION 20 03 00 MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDES A. Provide the materials as specified in this Section when required by this project. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Hangers,Supports,and Inserts(Insulated or non-insulated piping) 1. Elcen-12X. 2. GrinneIl-#65. 2.02 FLUES,VENTS,AND CHIMNEYS A. Vent Connectors from Individual Equipment: 1. May be single-wall vent pipe unless otherwise called out on plans.Single-wall vent connectors must be totally exposed in the mechanical room,and may not penetrate any wall,ceiling,or chase.Vent connectors for water heaters(where permitted by the recommendations of the manufacturer)shall be 22 gauge galvanized,minimum.All joints shall be made with proper fittings.Cut-in"Taps"will not be permitted. 2. Vent connectors shall be the same size as the appliance outlet,unless shown larger on the drawings. They shall pitch upward at%"per foot minimum. Length shall not exceed that allowed by the applicable mechanical code. Two vent connectors shall not be combined before connecting to the vent or chimney. } B. Combined Vent-ine B: 1. The gas vent system shall be so constructed as to develop a positive flow adequate to exhaust all flue gases to outside atmosphere,without condensation within the vent or spillage at any appliance draft hood. 2. All flue-gas carrying parts of the vent system shall be Selkirk Metalbestos Type B double-wall gas vent piping,and such piping shall be continuous from the appliances vent connector to the vent top. 3. Gas vent piping shall be installed in full compliance with the terms of its Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. listing,with the manufacturer's installation instruction,and with nationally recognized building codes. C. Concentric Vent/Intake-Piping for Condensing Equi went: 1. This applies to condensing gas-fired furnaces&unit heaters: 2. Vent/intake piping and fitting materials: a. Schedule 40 NSF-PW PVC 1120 ASTM D1785 or b. Schedule 40 PVC ASTM D1785 and D2665(dual marked)or c. DWV ASTM D2665 d. Schedule 40 CPCV ASTM D1785(where required). 3. Where required by manufacturer's instructions,use CPVC vent piping. 4. Arrangement of vent fittings must conform to National Fuel Gas Code ANSI: Z223.1-"latest edition". D. Positive Pressure Vent—Stainless Steel: 1. This applies to Air Turnover Units(Thermal Economizers). 2. The gas vent system shall be Metalbestos Galva-Temp series or approved equal. 3. 304 stainless steel inner liner, 1"solid pack insulation,galvanized steel outer casing. 4, Rated for 1,000°F continuous operating temperature. 5. Listed UL— 103. 6. Clearance of 2"is required to combustibles. MATERIALS AND METHODS(Revised 5/1/2009) 20 03 00-1 2.03 HVAC CONDENSATE PIPING A. HVAC Condensate Pi,Ring; 1. Horizontal condensate lines longer than 5 feet(such as in ceiling spaces)shall be 1 %z"Schedule 40 PVC DWV.Connections to units shall be%",equipped with a trap. 2. Condensate lines which pass through return air plenum ceiling spaces shall be 1"type"L"hard-drawn copper in lieu of PVC as stated above. 3. Vertical condensate lines which are not downstream of larger piping shall be N"PVC,Schedule 40,DWV. 4. Condensate lines which penetrate outside walls and spill to grade shall be hard-drawn copper tube,Type «L, 5. Exterior condensate lines shall be PVC Schedule 40,electrical conduit,ultra-violent resistant. Size per plans. 2.04 PIPING MATERIALS A. All piping and fittings shall be manufactured in the United States.Each length of pipe and each fitting shall be marked with the manufacturer's name or trademark and the specification code to which it conforms. 2.05 VALVES A. Refer to Section 20 05 00"Valves"for globe,ball,butterfly,and check valves. 2.06 PIPE SPECIALTIES A. Unions in copper pipe 2 in, and smaller shall be Mueller, Anaconda or Chase Brass, brass solder joint unions constructed for 150 psi working pressure. B. Unions 2-1/2 in. in size and larger shall be companion flanges. (ANSI B16.1). Flanged unions shall be Van Stone,Grinnell or Crane Lap flanges over welding nipples welded into pipelines. C. Dielectric unions suitable for dielectric service shall be provided at pipe connections between steel or cast iron piping and copper tubing. 2.07 HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND INSERTS A. Hangers and supports shall conform to the recommendations of Standard Practice SP.58 of the Manufacturers' Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry. B. All hangers for insulated piping shall be oversized to allow the insulation to nm through the hanger uninter- rupted.Insulation shall be protected from crushing by sheet metal shields. C. Hanger rods shall conform to the following: Pine Size Rod Diameter Up to 2" 3/8" 2-1/2"to 5" 1/2" Trapeze hanger rods shall be of sufficient size to carry weight of trapeze channel,piping and contents,insulation supports and an additional 200 lb.load. D. Wire or perforated strap iron hangers,expansion anchors,and power actuated fasteners will not be permitted. 2.08 SLEEVES A. Provide pipe sleeves for all penetrations of piping through walls. B. Wall sleeves for exterior foundation walls shall be cast iron,standard weight galvanized steel or PVC schedule 40 fabricated sleeves flush with wall inside and outside.Caulk with oakum and lead wool or otherwise adequately waterproof opening between pipe and sleeve. MATERIALS AND METHODS(Revised 5/112009) 20 03 00-2 2.09 FIRESTOPPING A. Where ducts and/or pipes penetrate fire-rated ceilings,walls,floors and any other fire rated assembly the cavity shall be sealed with intumescent material capable of expanding 5 to 10 times when exposed to temperatures of 250' F. It shall be ICBO, BOCA, and SBCCI (NRB 243) approved ratings per ASTM E-814 (U.L. 1479). Acceptable materials: DOW-CORNING 3-6548 silicone RTV foam or 3-M fire barrier caulk or 3-M fire barrier 2001 silicone RTV foams. 2.10 ESCUTCHEONS A. Provide set-screw chrome plated escutcheons (not friction-dependent) on all exposed pipe or pipe insulation passing through or into finished walls,partitions,ceiling and floors.Escutcheons at insulated pipes shall be large enough to encircle insulation without penetrating vapor barrier or jacket. 2.11 STARTERS A. Each piece of equipment requiring a motor starter integral or factory installed,shall incorporate a motor starter. B. Starter heater coil sizes shall be determined by motor nameplate. C. Motor starter control circuits and devices shall be 120 volt, 60 hertz characteristic regardless of power circuit voltage serving motor. D. Provide auxiliary contacts where required for interlocking, intermittent starting,pilot control, remote control, motor shut-down and safety features. 2.12 CONDUIT AND WIRING A. Wiring systems provided under Divisions 20,21,22,23&25 shall be as specified in Division 26. B. All electrical terminals shall be labeled. C. Provide wiring diagrams inside each cabinet. D. Conduit shall comply with all requirements of Division 26. E. Final connections to equipment shall be flexible. 2.13 BELT AND COUPLING GUARDS A. Guards shall be provided for all belt-driven units and at chains,gears,couplings,keys,projecting set screws,and other rotating or moving parts. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 FLUE,VENT,AND CHIMNEY INSTALLATIONS A. Install in accordance with all requirements of the applicable mechanical code. B. Comply with applicable requirements of NFPA 54,fuel gas code,latest edition. C. Any joint in the system which cannot be assembled using factory-fabricated fittings shall be welded gas-tight, 3.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS APPLICATIONS A. Use pipe,tube,fittings,and joining methods are specified within each specific individual section. 3.03 JOINTING OF PIPING A. Threads shall be full and clean cut,and ends of pipe shall be reamed.When screwed joints are assembled,the male thread shall be thoroughly coated with appropriate thread compound to serve as a joint sealer and as a l prime coat of paint for the exposed threads.(Teflon tape may be used at contractor's option.) ! MATERIALS AND METHODS (Revised 511/2009) 20 03 00-3 B. Soldered or brazed joints made with fittings having pre-inserted rings of solder or brazing alloy shall have the tube and fittings cleaned bright and fluxed.Flux shall be water soluble binder flux. C. In potable water systems,the use of solder and flux exceeding 0.2 percent lead content is prohibited. 3.04 EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION A. Provisions shall be made for expansion and contraction in all piping.Piping shall be installed in a manner such that joints will not develop leaks. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF PIPING A. Piping shall be installed on long continuous lengths,with a minimum number of joints.Joints,where necessary shall be carefully made to insure against leakage. B. All piping shall be firmly supported using hangers, brackets and braces to prevent sagging and/or lateral movement. All hangers, brackets, and other supports shall be securely fastened to the construction as may be required and in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. C. All piping shall be installed to maintain maximum head room. D. Nothing shall be suspended from the roof deck. E. Arrangement of all piping shall be as shown on plans.It is especially necessary that all mains be installed with view to accessibility in case of repair and location of pipe lines and spacing between same shall be so made that there will be no conflict between pipe lines by the several trades. F. Under no circumstances shall the size of piping shown on the drawings be changed without written approval of the Engineer. G. Unions or flanges are to be installed on the equipment side of all valves in pipe connections from mains to equipment,to enable equipment to be drained and disconnected without necessitating the draining of mains. H. Valves must be arranged for easy access. 3.06 WELDING A. When welding is to be performed,precautionary measures must be taken to prevent fire. B. Welded joints shall be made by the oxy-acetylene or electric process in accordance with Code for Pressure Piping ANSI B31.1. C. Filler metal for the oxy-acetylene welding process shall conform to the American Society for Testing and Materials Specification for Iron and Steel Gas-Welding Rods, ASTM Designation A251-46T, Classification GA60.Filler metals for the metallic arc welding process shall conform to the American Society for Testing and Materials Specification for Mild Steel Arc-Welding Electrodes,ASTM Designation A233-58T.Classification of electrodes shall be one of the following:E6010,E6015,E7016,E7018. D. Welding shall be done with good quality modem welding equipment by competent operators,and in a thorough, first class, workmanlike manner. Preparation, fabrication welding and installation shall be in accordance with ANSI B31.3-1962. 3.07 HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND INSERTS A. Provide all hangers, supports, bracing, inserts, beams, anchors, guides, sleeves and miscellaneous steel for the proper support,alignment,expansion and contraction of piping and equipment. B. Hanger supports shall be securely fastened to structural members by approved beam clamps and clips,concrete inserts,anchors,or other appropriate methods agreed upon with the Engineer. C. Maximum spacing of hangers and supports for steel and copper piping shall be as follows: Pine Sim Spacing 1/2" thru 1-1/4" Not over 8'-0" 1-1/2"thru 3" Not over 10'-0" MATERIALS AND METHODS (Revised 5/1/2009) 20 03 00-4 3.08 OPENINGS IN CONSTRUCTION A. The Contractor shall be responsible for arranging the work so that minimum cutting or provision of openings will be required. 3.09 CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PADS A. The Contractor shall supply all concrete pads and machine bases required for his equipment noted otherwise. 3.10 VALVES A. Install ball valves with the stem above body in accessible position. B. The necessary valves shall be installed within the systems to provide the following: 1, Required shut-off. 2. Flow control service. 3. Isolation for inspection, 4. Maintenance repair of each piece of equipment. 5. Maintenance and repair of each fixture. 6. Each main and branch service loop. C. Each valve shall be installed so that it is easily accessible for operation, visual inspection and preventative maintenance. 3.11 MOTORS A. Unattached electric motors(motors furnished loose with equipment)shall beset by the contractor. 3.12 CLEANING THE PIPING SYSTEMS A. Before pipe covering is applied and final tests are made, flush the water piping systems thoroughly to remove grit,sand,oil,etc.,to thoroughly clean apparatus and piping. END OF SECTION 20 03 00 i MATERIALS AND METHODS(Revised 51112009) 20 03 00-5 ,. �; I SECTION 20 04 00 TESTING PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1. Drawings. 2. General Conditions. 3. Supplementary Conditions. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. Provide pressure tests on soil,waste,and vent piping systems. B. Provide pressure tests on domestic cold and hot water piping systems. C. Provide pressure tests on gas piping system(if a gas system has been installed). 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 33 00 00-"UTILITIES" B. Section 22 00 00-"PLUMBING". B. Section 20 03 00-"MATERIALS AND METHODS". D. Section 23 23 00-"REFRIGERANT PIPING". C. Section 22 07 19-"PIPING INSULATION'. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Piping systems where required,shall be pressure tested for leaks in accordance with the Code for Pressure Piping,ANSI B31.1.0,and as specified herein. B. All tests shall be performed and all piping defects shall be corrected prior to insulating,inaccessible concealing or back } filling.Leaks shall be repaired,all repaired piping shall be retested.All defective pipe,materials and workmanship shall be removed and replaced and tests shall be repeated until systems are proven entirely tight. C. The tests shall not be performed until after cleaning the piping systems. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 TESTING MATERIALS A. All materials,pumps,compressors and equipment required for testing shall be provided by the Contractor installing the piping system. B. Where water is used in hydrostatic testing,only potable water shall be used. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 TESTING OF PIPING SYSTEM-GENERAL A. Devices or equipment,or parts thereof regulators,gauges,thermometers,etc.,which may be damaged by test pressures shall be removed or protected during tests. B. Fabricated piping shall not be connected to equipment until testing has been completed.Before applying test pressure, provide restraining devices as required to prevent distortion of piping system during testing. C. Welding and screwed joints and other potential leak sources of the systems to be hydrostatically tested shall be painted with a powdered blue chalk and water mixture and allow to dry before testing begins. D. All joints in the piping systems shall be inspected during the test period.All defective joints shall be removed,repaired and replaced. E. Where air is used for pressure testing,the air pressure shall be gradually applied.All leak sources shall be checked for leaks by applying a coating of soap suds to the source. F. After tests have been completed and piping systems proven tight,piping and equipment shall be tested for complete 1� TESTING PIPING SYSTEMS(Revised 7/11/06) 20 04 00-1 drainage through unions,caps,plugs,faucets or hose valves at low points.If piping and equipment do not drain properly,piping and equipment shall be regraded and drain points added until system can be completely drained. Systems shall be left dry in freezing weather. 3.02 SOIL,WASTE,AND VENT PIPING SYSTEM A. All stacks and underfloor sewers of all kinds shall be tested by capping outlets 5'-0"outside building wall,capping all connections,providing a 10'-0"high tight pipe extension and filling with water to top of extension. B. Water shall remain in each system for at least 2 hours without dropping more than I".Leaks shall be repaired and tests repeated until system is proven watertight.System may be tested in sections,but every joint between sections must be tested. 3.03 DOMESTIC COLD AND HOT WATER PIPING SYSTEMS A. Domestic cold and hot water piping shall be hydrostatically tested to a pressure of 100 psig registered at ground floor lever B. Testing shall be considered complete when systems hold the test pressure for a minimum eriod of one t ur without variation in pressure except that which is due to changes in temperature. 3.04 WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS(required, if installed) A. All fire sprinkler piping shall be tested in accordance with NFPA No. 13,Chapter 8,System Acceptance. B. Per NFPA No. 13, Chapter 8, the required minimum hydrostatic test pressure is 200 psi. Test pressure is to be maintained without loss for 2 hours. C. See NFPA No. 13,Chapter 8 for test exceptions and interim air test requirements. 3.05 GAS SYSTEM A. All gas piping shall be tested in accordance with NFPA No. 54(the minimum test). B. Pressure for air-pressure test shall be 20 psi and the minimum test duration shall be two(2)hours. END OF SECTION 20 04 00 TESTING PIPING SYSTEMS (Revised 7111106) 20 04 00-2 SECTION 20 05 00 VALVES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1. Drawings. 2. Supplementary Conditions. 3. General Conditions. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. This Section includes general duty valves common to most mechanical piping systems. 1. Special purpose valves are specified in individual piping system specifications. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 20 0100-"GENERAL PROVISIONS". B. Section 20 03 00-"MATERIALS AND METHODS". 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility. PART 2-PRODUCTS 1 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Valves: 1. Bell and Gossett 5. Grinnell 9. Stockham 2. Conbraco(Apollo) 6. Jomar 10_ Victaulic 3. Crane 7. Keystone 11. Watts 4. Flowdesign 8. Nibco 2.02 VALVE FEATURES-GENERAL A. Pressure and Temperature Ratings:As scheduled and required to suit system pressures and temperatures. B. Sizes:Same size as upstream pipe,unless otherwise indicated. C. Operators:Provide the following special operator features: 1. Lever handles, on quarter-tam valves 6-inch and smaller, except for plug valves. Provide plug valves with square heads;provide one wrench for every 10 plug valves. D. Extended Stems:Where insulation is indicated or specified,provide extended stems arranged to receive insulation. 2.03 GATE VALVES A. Do Not Use Gatc Valves in Building Piping Systems. 2.04 BALL VALVES A. ,Ball Valves. 2 Inches and Smaller. Rated for 150 psi saturated steam pressure, 400 psi WOG pressure; two-piece construction;with bronze body conforming to ASTM B 62, standard(or regular)port,chrome-plated brass ball,replaceable"Teflon"or"TFE"seats and seals,blowout-proof stem,and vinyl-covered steel handle. VALVES(Revised 5/112009) 20 05 00-1 2.05 CHECK VALVES A. Swing Check Valves: MSS SP-80; Class 125, cast-bronze body and cap conforming to ASTM B 62; with horizontal swing, Y-pattern, and bronze disc; and having threaded or solder ends. Provide Class 150 valves meeting the above specifications,with threaded end connections,where system pressure requires or where Class 125 valves are not available. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 VALVE ENDS SELECTION A. Select valves with the following ends or types of pipe/tube connections: 1. Copper Tube Size,2-Inch and Smaller:Solder ends. 2. Steel Pipe Sizes,2-Inch and Smaller:threaded or grooved end. 3. Steel Pipe Sizes 2-1/2 Inch and Larger:grooved end or flanged_ 3.02 VALVE INSTALLATIONS A. General Application: Use ball and butterfly valves for shut-off duty; globe, and butterfly for throttling duty. Refer to piping system specification sections for specific valve applications and arrangements. 1. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. 2. Install valves and unions for each fixture and item of equipment arranged to allow equipment removal without system shutdown.Unions are not required on flanged devices. 3. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above the center of the pipe. 4. Install valves in a position to allow full stem movement. S. Installation of Check Valves:Install for proper direction of flow as follows: 1. Swing Check Valves:Horizontal position with hinge pin level. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests: After piping systems have been tested and put into service, but before final adjusting and balancing, inspect valves for leaks.Adjust or replace packing to stop leaks;replace valves if leak persists. 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A_ Cleaning: Clean mill scale,grease,and protective coatings from exterior of valves and prepare valves to receive finish painting or insulation. END OF SECTION 20 05 00 VALVES(Revised 5/112009) 20 05 00-2 SECTION 20 06 00 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1. Drawings. 4. General Conditions. 2. General Provisions of the Contract. 5. Supplementary Conditions. 3. Solicitation Documents. 6. Division 01. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. Provide identification of all systems and equipment installed under Divisions 20,21,22,23&25. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Division 01 -"GENERAL REQUIREMENTS". B. Section 20 0100-"GENERAL PROVISIONS". 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Data:Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for each identification material and device required. B. Samples:Submit samples of each color,lettering style and other graphic representation required for each identification material or system. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A_ Allen Systems,Inc. C. Industrial Safety Supply Co.,Inc. B. Brady(W.H.)Co.;Signmark Div. D. Seton Name Plate Corp. 2.02 PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS A. Snap-On Type:Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed,semi-rigid snap-on,color-coded pipe markers,complying with ANSI A13.1. B. Pressure-Sensitive Type:Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed,permanent adhesive,color-coded,pressure- sensitive vinyl pipe markers,complying with ANSI Al3.1. C. Small Pipes:For external diameters less than 6"(including insulation if any),provide full-band pipe markers,extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location,fastened by one of the following methods: 1. Snap-on application of pre-tensioned semi-rigid plastic pipe marker. 2. Adhesive lap joint in pipe marker overlap. 2.03 UNDERGROUND-TYPE PLASTIC LINE MARKERS A. General:Manufacturer's standard permanent,bright-colored,continuous-printed detectable tape,intended for direct- burial service;not less than 6"wide x 4 mils thick.Provide tape with printing which most accurately indicates type of service of buried pipe. 1. Provide multi-ply tape consisting of solid aluminum foil core between 2-layers of plastic tape. MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION (Revised 7/11/06) 20 06 00-1 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination:Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require insulation,painting or other covering or finish,including valve tags in finished mechanical spaces,install identification after completion of covering and painting.Install identification prior to installation of acoustical ceilings and similar removable concealment. 3.02 PIPING SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION A. See Section 20 02 00-"Contract Close-out&Commissioning". 3.03 UNDERGROUND PIPING IDENTIFICATION A. General:During back-filling/top-soiling of underground gas piping,install continuous underground-type detectable type line marker,located directly over buried line at 6" to 8"below finished grade. END OF SECTION 20 06 00 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION (Revised 7111/06) 20 06 00-2 SECTION 22 00 00 PLUMBING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1. Drawings. 2. General Conditions. 3. Supplementary Conditions. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. All piping,fittings,meters,valves,hangers and other accessories specified and shown on the drawings for a complete: 1. Domestic cold and hot water piping system. 2. Sanitary waste and vent piping system,including all necessary excavating and backfilling to T-0"outside building foundation. 3. All floor drains,and cleanouts_ 4. Roughing in and final connection to equipment provided by Owner. 5. All non-freeze wall hydrants.hose bibbs,and required vacuum breakers 6. Testinn.flushing,and cleaning.for all piping systems and chlorination of the domestic water piping system. 7. Cos,p ing system(if required). 8. All water heaters. 9. All backflow preventers. B. Fees,permits and licenses;see Section 20 01 00, 1.02"Work Includes". 1.03 RELATED WORK A. 33 33 00"Site Piping" F. 20 06 00"Mechanical Identification B. 20 01 00"General Provisions" G. 22 07 19 "Piping Insulation" C. 20 03 00 "Materials and Methods" H. 22 40 00"Plumbing Fixtures and Trim" D. 20 04 00 "Testing Piping Systems" I. 23 1100 "Gas Piping Systems"(If Required) E. 20 05 00 "Valves" 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. None required unless submitting for approved equals. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards:Comply with current edition of following: 1. Pipe and fittings shall conform to applicable ANSI,AWWA,ASTM,and USASI standards referenced for those products. B. No plumbing fixture,special equipment,device or piping shall be installed which will provide cross connection or interconnection between distributing supply for drinking water or domestic water and polluted supply or waste so as to make possible backflow or back-siphonage of sewage or polluted water into potable water supply system- C. Where possibility of back-siphonage exists,water supplied to fixture shall be introduced through a suitable vacuum breaker installed at code minimum distance above fixture. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Water Hammer Arrestors 1. Souix Chief. PLUMBING (Revised 3/11108) 22 00 00-1 B. Unions(in copper pipe 2 in.and smaller) 1. Anaconda. 2. Mueller. 3. Chase Brass. C. Flanged Unions 1. Cratielap. 2. Van Stone. 3. Grinnell, D. Flange Connections I. Cranite. 2. Garlock. E. Cleanouts,Floor Drains 1. Jay R.Smith. 2. Wade. 3. Josam. 4. Zum. F. Hose Bibbs 1. Chicago Faucet. 2. Woodford. G. Water Heater-Electric 1. A.O.Smith. 2. State. 3. Rheem. 2.02 DOMESTIC COLD AND HOT WATER PIPING SYSTEMS A. All piping and fittings shall be manufactured in the United States.Each length of pipe and each fitting shall be marked with the manufacturer's name or trademark and the specification code to which it conforms. B. At each location indicated on the drawings,install a water hammer arrestor.Air chambers are not acceptable. C. All supply connections to plumbing fixtures and equipment shall be galvanized or copper piping up to face of wall and chromium plated brass piping and fittings for exposed connections.Supply piping shall have screwed connections on both ends for piping through wall.Each fixture shall have a shut off valve at the fixture. D. Each water connection to a plumbing fixture or item of equipment having a submerged inlet or hose end attached shall be provided with a vacuum breaker to prevent back-siphonage of contaminated water into drinking supply,approved by local and state health authorities. 2.03 PIPE AND TUBE MATERIALS A. See Part 3 Article"Pipe and Fittings Applications"for the application of the following pipe,tube,and fitting materials and joining methods required for plumbing piping systems: 1. Hard Copper"Tube:ASTM B 88,Types K,and L,water tube,drawn temper. 2. Sot Copper Tuhe:ASTM B 88,Types K and L,water tube,annealed temper. 3. Hu less,Cast-Iron Soil Pine:CISPI 301. 4. )Qy(Vinyl Chloride(PVC)Plastic DWV Pipe:ASTM D 2665,Schedule 40 or PVC-DWV"Foam Core"- ASTM-F-891;plain ends. 5. Schedule 40 Black Steel:A53 ERW,Grade B. 6. Schedule]0 Black Steel:A135 ERW or A795 ERW,Grade B. 2.04 PIPE AND TUBE FITTINGS A. Wrought-Copper.Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings:ASME B 16.22_ B. Copper Tube,Grooved-End Mechanical Fittings ASTM B 75,copper tube and ASTM B 584 bronze castings. C. Copper Unions:ASME B16.18,cast-copper-alloy body,hexagonal stock,with ball-and-socket joint,metal- to-metal seating surfaces,and solder joint,threaded,or solder joint and threaded ends. 1. Threaded Ends:Threads conforming to ASME B1.20.1. D. Mechanically Formed Outlets:Manufacturer's standard written procedure for forming tee-branch outlet from pipe and tube. E. Malleable Iron Unions:ASME B 16.39,Class 150 hexagonal stock,with ball-and-socket joint,metal-to-metal bronze seating surfaces,and female threaded ends having threads conforming to ASME B 1.20.1. F. Malleable-Iron Thrcad&d Fittings:ASME B 16.39,Class 150,standard pattern,with threads conforming to ASME B 1.20.1. G. Hubless,Cast-Iron Soil Pipe Fittings:CISPI 301= H. Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC)Plastic,DWV Pie Fittings-*ASTM D 2665,made to ASTM D 3311;socket-type; dram,waste,and vent pipe patterns. I. Poly in 1 Chloride(PVC)Plastic,Schedule 40.Socket-Type Pipe Fittings:ASTM D 2466. PLUMBING (Revised 3111108) 22 00 00-2 2.05 JOINING MATERIALS A. Solder,brazing,and welding filler metals are specified in Part 3 of this Section. B. Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings:ASTM C 564 neoprene rubber gaskets and lubricant. C. Ductile-Iron Pipe and Ductile-Iron or Cast-Tron Fittings'The following materials apply: 1. Push-On Joints:AWWA C111 rubber gaskets and lubricant. 2. Mechanical Joints:AWWA C111 ductile-iron or gray-iron glands,high-t\strength steel bolts and nuts,and rubber gaskets. 3. Flanged Joints:AWWA C115 ductile-iron or gray-iron pipe flanges,rubber gaskets,and high-strength steel bolts and nuts. D. Gasket-Tyl e� couplings for Plain-End Nonprressure Sotem Pipe:Rubber or elastomeric compression gasket, made to match pipe inside diameter or hub and adjoining pipe outside diameter. 1. Gaskets:ASTM C 564,rubber for cast-iron soil pipe and ASTM F 477,elastomeric seal for plastic pipe. Gaskets for dissimilar or other pipe materials shall be compatible with pipe materials being joined. E. Couplings for Grooved-End Copper Tube and Grooved-End Copper Fittings:ASTM A 536 ductile-iron or ASTM A 47 malleable-iron housing having copper-colored enamel finish,with synthetic-rubber gasket having central-cavity,pressure-responsive design and suitable for hot water,with ASTM A 183 carbon-steel bolts and nuts. F. Schedule 40 Black Steel Pipe and Fittings-2"and Smaller: Screwed joints with malleable-iron threaded fittings. G. Schedule 40 Black Steel Pine and Fittings-2-1/2"and Larger:Welded joints with standard weight welding fittings. H. Couplings for Schedule 10 Black Steel Pipe 2"and Larger:ASTM A 536 ductile-iron or ASTM A 47 malleable-iron housing having orange-colored enamel finish,with synthetic-rubber gasket having central-cavity,pressure responsive design and suitable for hot water,with ASTM A 183 carbon-steel bolts and nuts. 2.06 PIPE SPECIALTIES A. Unions in copper pipe 2 in.and smaller shall be brass solder joint unions constructed for 150 psi working pressure. B. Unions in steel pipe 2 inch and smaller shall be screwed,malleable iron,brass to steel type(F.S.WW-U-531 c Class 1)for 150 psi working pressure. C. Unions 2-1/2 in.in size and larger shall be companion flanges. (ANSI B16.1).Flanged unions shall be over welding nipples welded into pipelines. D. Flanges shall be forged steel flanges(ANSI B 16.5)constructed for 150 psi.working pressure.Bolts for flanged joints shall be made of bolt steel and shall have clean cut threads with upset square heads and semi-flush hexagonal cold pressed nuts(F.S.WW-F406b). E. Flange connections shall be made up with high pressure special type graphited 1/16 in.sheet packing(ANSI B16.21),- or rubber,for temperature up to 200°F(F.S.HH-G-I56 class A). F. Dielectric unions suitable for dielectric service shall be provided at pipe connections between steel or cast iron piping and copper tubing. 2.07 GAS PIPING A. See Section 23 11 00—"GAS PIPING SYSTEMS"for gas piping materials. 2.08 TRAPS A. Trap all fixtures having waste connections Mth a water seal placed as close to fixture as possible.Provide all required traps including traps not furnished in combination with fixture and equipment. B. Traps for lavatories or sinks shall be chrome plated 17 gauge brass unless noted otherwise on drawings. 2.09 WATER HEATER-ELECTRIC A. Water heater shall be electric storage type,U.L.listed and in compliance with ASHRAE 90A energy efficiency requirements. B. Tank shall be glass-lined with a working pressure of 150 psi and shall be equipped with magnesium anodes. C. Heater shall have a steel jacket with baked enamel finish and shall be fully insulated.Heater shall be equipped with thermostat with automatic overheat safety control,immersion aquastat and single heating element.Provide PLUMBING (Revised 3/11108) 22 00 00-3 ASME pressure and temperature relief valve. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS APPLICATIONS A. The following applications are for only inside and below the building and ending at a point 5'-0"outside the perimcter building walls For piping from 5%0"outside the building to the utility point of connection(POC) see Section 33 00 00"Site Piping". B_ Use pipe,tube,fittings,and joining methods for piping systems according to the following applications: 1. Domestic Waled Distribution Piping BeQ-w Qround; Use the following: a. All interior domestic water piping shall be type"K"hard drawn copper tubing(SIL-FOS 2,FOS-FLO 7 or other silver brazing material).This is required for the water service line from the shut-off valve in the building to a point 5 feet outside the building. b. All copper piping shall be installed with wrought copper fittings.Field-fabricated"T-Drill"taps are acceptable on piping V and larger,if silver-brazed(above-ground piping only). c. Soft temper copper tubing may be used for small pipe in concealed spaces only to permit bends for roughing in, d. Do not use tin-lead solder on domestic water piping.Use only approved lead-free solder or brazing material. 2. Domestic Water Distribution Pining Above Ground:Use the following: a. Hard copper tube,Type L;wrought-copper or cast-copper-allay pressure fittings;copper unions; bronze flanges;and solder joints with Alloy Sn95 solder. b. Fittings Option:Mechanically formed outlets,brazing filler alloy,and brazed joints. c. Fittings Option:Grooved fittings for copper piping. 3. All Exterior Domestic Water Piping Below Ground: a. From 5'-0"outside the building to the utility water main,see Section 33 00 00"Site Piping" 4. Soil Waste and Vent Pining Below Ground:Use either of the following: a. Schedule 40 poly vinyl chloride(PVC)plastic DWV pipe;PVC socket-type drain,waste,and vent pipe pattern fittings;and solvent-cemented joints. 5. Soil.Waste.and Vent Piping Above Ground:Use either of the following: a. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe;hubless cast-iron soil pipe fittings;stainless-steel,cast-iron,or FM-type heavy-duty couplings for hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings;and hubless joints. b. Poly vinyl chloride(PVC)plastic DWV pipe;PVC socket-type drain,waste,and vent pipe pattern fittings;and solvent-cemented joints. c. PVC piping is not permitted in air-handling ceiling spaces,use only cast-iron or ductile iron pipe in these locations. See paragraph 5.a.above for cast-iron pipe specifications_ 6. All Exterior Soil and Waste Piping Below Ground: a. From 5'-0"outside the building to the utility sewer main: See Section 33 00 00"Site Piping". 3.02 JOINTING OF PIPING A. See section 20 03 00-"MATERIALS AND METHODS",Part 3-Execution. 3.03 EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION A. See section 20 03 00-"MATERIALS AND METHODS",Part 3 -Execution. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF PIPING A. See section 20 03 00-"MATERIALS AND METHODS",Part 3 Execution. 3.05 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS WITHIN THE BUILDING A. See Section 20 02 00-"Contract Close-out&Commissioning". PLUMBING (Revised 3/11/08) 22 00 00-4 1 3.06 FLUSHING WATER PIPING A. See Section 20 02 00-"Contract Close-out&Commissioning". 3.07 SOIL,WASTE,AND VENT SYSTEMS A. Size of soil,waste and vent stacks and branch piping shall be as indicated on the drawings,but in no case less than required by the provisions of the applicable codes. B. Where possible,sewers and branches shall pitch down 1/4"per foot,but not less than 1%.Branches,arms and connections,shall be sloped 1/4"in 1'-0"where possible and provide with adequate hangers as specified elsewhere. C. Interior underground,underfloor or on-ground piping,shall be continuously bedded with depressions for hubs on compacted sand or gravel to undisturbed soil for a minimum depth of 6"under pipe. D. Connections to soil,waste and drain stacks shall be at 45 degrees;those to vent stacks may be at 45 degrees or 90 degrees except vent stacks shall be connected at 45 degrees to soil,waste or drain stack. E. Connections to stacks and sewers shall be arranged so that operation of any fixture will not cause fluctuation of water level in traps of other fixtures. F. Interior downspout shall be connected to roof drains;and provided with ample offsets or expansion joints below or integral with roof drains. G. All thread joints shall be made up with red lead applied to male thread only.Threads exposed after joints are made up shall be painted with red lead to prevent rust.Teflon tape may be used at Contractor's option. H. Junctions of screwed pipe to bell and spigot cast iron shall be made with ring or half coupling screwed to end of galvanized pipe to form spigot end. I. Junctions in all drainage lines shall be made with"Y"branches or 1/8"bends,unless closeness of connection prevents it,in which case,where direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical,sanitary tees may be used upon the approval of the Engineer's superintendent. J. Compression joint installation for cast iron soil pipe: 1. Fold and insert the one piece neoprene rubber gas-ket into the hub which has been properly cleaned. 2. Apply gasket lubricant to the spigot and inside of the gasket. 3. Push,draw or drive the spigot into the gasketed hub with a pulling tool or suitable device. K. Do not install pvc piping in air-handling ceiling spaces. 3.08 STACKS A. Stacks shall impose no stress or strain on branches or connections,be plumb and straight and supported at base with 18"x 18" concrete or brick pier to undisturbed soil. B. Unless otherwise noted,soil,waste,drain,and vent stacks shall be concealed in walls,pipe chases,pipe shafts, etc.,with cleanouts extended to accessible locations. 3.09 VENTING A. All plumbing fixtures shall be vented to prevent siphoning of traps.Venting shown on plans is minimum required and vents and vent stacks shall be increased in size and/or number and relocated as required,to prevent trap siphoning and to comply with applicable codes,ordinances,statutes,regulations of all governmental bodies, without increase in contract price. B. A vent stack shall be run parallel to each soil or waste stack to receive branch vents from fixtures and traps. Each vent stack shall originate from a soil or waste pipe at its base.Each soil or waste stack and each vent stack shall be carried through the roof.Where possible,soil,waste,or vent stacks shall be combined before passing through the roof so as to have as few roof openings as possible.Pipes running close to walls shall be offset away from such walls before passing through the roof to permit proper flashing.All vent pipes passing through the roof shall be sized as indicated on the drawings,and shall extend 12"above roof. C. All horizontal vent pipes shall grade up to meet the requirements of the local and state codes. D. Vent risers and branches shall connect to the soil and waste risers above waste of highest fixture. 3.10 ROOF FLASHINGS A. All plumbing piping passing through the roof membrane shall be flashed under the roofing specifications. B. Contractor shall insure all such items are properly flashed and made watertight. PLUMBING (Revised 3111/08) 22 00 00-5 3.11 CLEANOUTS A. Cleanouts for indoor sanitary and storm drainage systems shall be installed not more than 50 feet apart, including the developed length of the cleanout pipe,in all horizontal drainage lines.A cleanout shall be provided at,or no more than two feet above the base of each vertical soil or waste stack and storm water conductor.Cleanouts shall be installed at such other points as may be necessary for adequate rodding out of drainage piping systems.Cleanouts shall be set flush with floor or wall surfaces. 3.12 INSTALLATION OF WATER HEATER A. General:Install water heater in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions.Install unit plumb and level,firmly anchored in location indicated,and maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. B. Support:Orient so controls and devices needing ser vice and maintenance have adequate access. END OF SECTION 22 00 00 PLUMBING (Revised 3111/08) 22 00 00-6 SECTION 22 07 19 PIPING INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1. Drawings. 2. General Conditions. 3. Supplementary Conditions. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. Provide all materials,equipment,apparatus,services,methods,tools,labor,transportation,etc.,required to complete the insulation of the piping systems as specified. B. Cold piping requiring insulation: 1. Domestic cold water piping. C. Hot piping requiring insulation: 1. Domestic hot water piping. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. The Fire Hazard Classification of the materials herein specified shall be listed and inspected by Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.The flame spread rating,fuel contributed and smoke developed as shown in the listing shall be determined by ASTM E84"Method of Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials".Each product shall bear the label of Underwriters'Laboratories.All products used on this project shall be classified as"non- combustible"in the Building Code or NFPA National Fire Code. 1.04 DEFINITION A. The term"piping"as used in this section of the specifications shall include pipe,fittings,valves,specialties,strainers, flanges,unions,runouts,final connections,etc. 1.05 PROTECTION A. Protect insulation against dirt,water,chemical or mechanical damage before,during and after installation. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Insulation B. Adhesives,Lagging,and Sealers 1. Certain-Teed/Saint Gobain Corp. 1. Benjamin Foster. 2. Owens-Corning Fiberglass Corp. 2. Insul-Coustic. 3. Manville Corp. 3. Chicago Mastic Co. 4. Knauf Fiberglass. D. PVC Premolded Fitting,and PVC JacketingValve Covers C. Closed Cell Elastomeric 1. Insul-Coustic Corp. 1. Armstrong. 2. Zeston,Inc. 2. Halstead Industrial Products. 3. Certain-Teed/Saint Gobain Corp. 4. P.I.C.Plastics E. Cellular Glass Insulation PIPING INSULATION (Revised 7/11/06) 22 07 19-1 1. Pittsburg Corning Corporation(PCC) 5. Ceel-Co. 6. Johns-Manville 2.02 COLD AND HOT WATER PIPING AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. "Fiberglass":Minimum 3-1/2 pounds per cubic foot density,fiberglass factory molded or spun pipe insulation with a"K" factor of 0.24 at 75°F.mean temperature and a factory applied fire retardant self sealing vapor barrier"ASJ"jacket. B. " ma ex":At the Contractor's option(for interior piping only),25/50-rated,closed-cell elastomeric thermal insulation equal to"Armstrong-Annaflex"may be used.Install in full accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, including provisions for cementing joints and insulating fittings. 2.06 ADHESIVES, LAGGING,AND SEALERS A. Adhesives,lagging and sealers shall be as recommended by the insulation manufacturers. B. Jacket(PVC)adhesive,lagging and sealers shall be as recommended by the manufacturers. Jackets(PVC)shall be sealed with an all white welding adhesive on all longitudinal and circumferal seams. 2.05 PREMOLDED FITTING AND VALVE COVERS A. Premolded fitting and valve covers shall be factory made of one piece polyvinyl chloride-30 mil minimum. Covers shall overlap the adjoining pipe insulation. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION/GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Clean thoroughly to remove rust,plaster,and dirt before insulation is applied.Insulation shall be applied on clean dry surfaces only.Piping shall have been tested and approved before covering. B. Provide saddles,shields,metal protectors and other appurtenances necessary to prevent crushing of insulation at hangers, rollers,supports and anchors.Provide rigid insulation blocks at saddles. 3.02 PIPING INSULATION A. Insulate all above-ground piping systems,except gas piping and sprinkler piping,with piping insulation of specified type and thickness: Type of Svstem or Pike Insulation Thickness Runouts up to 2" Mains 1. Domestic cold water piping,domestic hot water piping,tempered water piping-------------%a"-----------------1" B. Runouts are individual branches to units/fixtures,not exceeding 12'-0"in leneth. C. Installation of insulation shall be as follows: 1. Pipe:Butt all joints firmly together.Cover joints with 3"butt strips. Smoothly secure all jacket laps and joints strips with adhesive. Self-sealing laps shall be applied according to manufacturers recommendations.Ends of pipe insulation shall be sealed off with a vapor barrier coating at all fittings and valves and at intervals of 21 feet on continuous runs. END OF SECTION 22 07 19 PIPING INSULATION (Revised 7/11/06) 22 07 19-2 SECTION 22 40 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1. Drawings. 2. General Conditions. 3. Supplementary Conditions. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. All plumbing fixtures, including supply and waste fittings, stops, trim, brackets, carriers, etc. required for complete installation. B. All piping, fittings, valves, trim, stops, etc. specified,required for rough-in and final connection to Equipment furnished by Owner. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. None required unless submitting for approved equals. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards:Comply with current edition of the following: 1. Vitreous china fixture,NBS-CS-CS20. 2. Plumbing fixtures(land use),FS-WW-P-541. 3. Enameled iron fixtures,NBS-CS-CS77. B. No plumbing fixture, special equipment,device or piping shall be installed which will provide cross connection or interconnection between potable water system and polluted water or sewage system so as to make possible backflow or back siphonage of sewage or polluted water into the potable water supply system. C. Where possibility of back siphonage exists, water supplied to fixture shall in introduced through a suitable vacuum breaker installed at code minimum height. D. The water system of electric water coolers shall be manufactured of pure copper components only(completely lead free material). The water ways shall not contain any internal plating or coatings. All joints shall be made using silver solder brazing alloy.No lead or soft solder shall be used. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Brass 1. American Standard. 2. Moen Commercial. 3. Chicago Faucet. 4. T&S Brass. B. Drench Shower and Eyewash Units 1. Bradley. 2. Haws. C. Electric Water Coolers 1. Elkay. 2. Halsey-Taylor. 3. Oasis. D. Mop Service Basins 1. Fiat. 2. Williams. E. Seats 1. Beneke. 2. Olsonite. 3. Church. PLUMBING FIXTURES (Revised 2/2012008) 22 40 00-1 F. Sinks 1. Elkay. 2. Moen. 3. Just. G. Valves 1. Ames. 2. Keystone. 3. Apollo. 4. Magnetrol. 5. ASCO. 6. Stockham, 7. Febeo. 8. Watts, 2.02 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM A. All fixtures shall be vitreous china, acid resisting enamel cast iron or stainless steel as specified complete with brass piping, fittings, supplies, stops, flush pipes, trim and brackets. Exposed brass piping and fittings shall be chrome plated. B. Where manufacturer's numbers for a complete assembly are called for, such assembly shall be modified as specified in this section. C. Fixtures shall have water, drain, waste, soil, vent, and other connections as called for. Each water connection fixture shall have an air gap or vacuum breaker as required by local and state departments of health. Water connection sizes are minimum and must be increased to correspond to manufacturer's standards. D. Carriers for wall hung fixtures shall be selected for the particular fixture, piping arrangement and building conditions prevailing at each location. E. Where lavatories without legs are specified,each shall be supported on a chair type carrier with concealed arms. F. Fixture Carriers: 1. Lavatories, urinals, and wall-mounted water closets shall be supported by floor-mounted carriers. Urinal carriers may be omitted where urinals are mounted on masonry walls 6"duck or more. 2.03 WATER CLOSET-HANDICAPPED A. For water closets in stalls or rooms intended to be accessible to the handicapped, the ADA requires the flush handle to be located on the wide side of the stall. For tank-type water closets, furnish units with the handle on the proper side of the tank. For flush valve water closets, install the flush valve with the handle on the proper side. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM A. All fixtures shall be set firm and true,connected to all piping services ready for use. B. Fixtures shall be installed per manufacturers recommendations. C. Fixtures intended to meet ADA requirements shall be installed at recommended heights and with appropriate clearances. D. Sinks and lavatories for handicapped access shall be installed with offset tailpieces and insulated traps. 3.02 OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT A. Provide rough-ins and final connections to all Owner furnished equipment including shut off valves, piping, traps,etc.necessary to connect up equipment after it has be installed in place. END OF SECTION 22 40 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES(Revised 2/20/2008) 22 40 00-2 SECTION 23 05 93 TESTING ADJUSTING &BALANCING OF HVAC SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1" Drawings. 2. General Conditions. 3. Supplementary Conditions. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. HVAC systems shall be tested and balanced by the HVAC Contractor. PART2-PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING OF HVAC A. HVAC systems shall be tested and balanced by the HVAC Contractor. B. Certified testing and balancing is not required on this project.The Contractor shall measure all air flows and record his measurements on the as-built drawings.Any necessary adjustments and/or ductwork modifications necessary to achieve the specified air flows shall be made by the Contractor promptly at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Flowrates of outside air shall be reported for each mechanical unit. D. The HVAC Contractor shall perform the balancing and testing of the HVAC in accordance with the procedures of AABC or NEBB to analyze,balance,adjust and test air distribution systems. E. The HVAC Contractor shall put all heating,ventilating and air conditioning systems and equipment into operation and shall continue the operation of same during each working day of testing and balancing and shall place the automatic temperature control system in satisfactory operation before testing and balancing. F. The Contractor shall leave all strainers clean and all air filters replaced prior to the start of testing and balancing activity. END OF SECTION 23 05 93 TESTING ADJUSTING &BALANCING OF HVAC SYSTEMS 23 05 93-1 SECTION 23 11 00 GAS PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1. Drawings. 2. General Conditions. 3. Supplementary Conditions. 4. Refer to Division 01,01 11 00-Summary of Work. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. This Section includes piping,specialties,and accessories for gas systems within the building and outdoors. B. Fees,pennits and licenses;see Section 20 01 00, 1.02"Work Includes". 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 20 03 00-"MATERIALS AND METHODS" 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. No submittals required when using specified materials. Otherwise, comply with Division 26 Section 26 00 10 "SUBMITTALS"and"SUBSTITUTION OF EQUIPMENT". B. Test reports specified in"Field Qua lily Control"Article in Part 3,Section 23 11 00. B. Maintenance data for gas specialties and special-duty valves for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance Manuals specified in Section 20 02 00—"Contract Close-Out and Commissioning". C. Test reports specified in"Field Quality Control"Article in Part 3. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 54 "National Fuel Gas Code" for gas piping materials and components; installations; and inspection,testing,and purging. B. Comply with the International Mechanical Code,latest edition,for all fuel gas piping installation. C. Provide listing/approval stamp,label,or other marking on equipment made to specified standards. D. Listing and Labeling:Provide equipment and accessories that are listed and labeled. 1.06 DEFINITIONS A. Low-Pressure Gas Piping System:Operating at pressure of 7"W.C.or 1/2 psi,or as indicated on drawings. B. Medium-Pressure Gas Piping System: Operating at a pressure of above%psi to 10 psi. C. Gas Service:Pipe from the street main or LP gas storage tank to point of delivery for the building being served. Piping includes gas service piping,gas valve,service pressure regulator. D. Gas Ping ystem: Pipe within the building that conveys gas from point of delivery to points of usage. Piping includes dielectric fitting and gas valve immediately downstream from point of delivery. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Gas Pressure Regulators 1. American Meter Co. 2. Jordan Valve Div.,Richards Industries,Inc. 3. Fisher Controls. 4. Lancaster by National Meter Parts,Inc. 5. Gas Energy,Inc., Subsid.,Brooklyn Union Gas. 6. Maxitrol Co. GAS PIPING SYSTEMS(Revised 3/11/2008) 231100-1 B. Low-Pressure Gas Stops 1. Hammond Valve Corp. 2. Lancaster by National Meter Parts,Inc. 3. Jomar International,Ltd. 4. Rockford-Eclipse Div.,Eclipse,Inc. C. Gas Valves,2 Inches and Smaller 1. Homestead by Olson Technologies,Inc. 2. Mueller Co.,A Grinnell Co. 3. Lancaster by National Meter Parts,Inc. 4. Mueller Steam Specialty Div.,Core Industries,Inc. 5_ Lunkenheimer Co. 6. Nordstrum Valves,Inc. 7. Milliken Valve Co.,Inc. 8. Rockford-Eclipse Div.,Eclipse,Inc. D. CSST(Corrugated stainless steel tubing) 1. Tileliex. 2.02 PIPES AND TUBES A. Refer to"Pi eeAAgplieations"Article in Part 3 for identification of systems where the following materials are used. B. Steel Pine:ASTM A 53,Type E,Electric-Resistance Welded or Type S,Seamless,Grade B,Schedule 40,black. C. Plastic Pipe:ASTM D-2513,polyethylene pipe,SR-1 1,labeled for gas system use. D. CSST: Corrugated stainless steel tubing with polyethylene jacketing;304 stainless steel. 2.03 PIPE AND TUBE FITTINGS A. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittino;ASME B 16.3,Class 150,standard pattern,with threads conforming to ASME 131.20.1. B. Unions:ASME 1316.39,Class 150,black malleable iron,female pattern;brass-to-iron seat;ground joint. C. Steel Fittines:ASME B 16.9,wrought steel,butt-welding type;and ASME B 16.11,forged steel. D. Transition Fittings Type,material,and end connections to match piping being joined. E. ESST Meehamcal Fittings:Type,material,and end connections to match piping being joined. 2.04 JOINING MATERIALS A. Cottunon Jong Materials:Refer to Section 20 03 00-"MATERIALS AND METHODS" for joining materials not included in this Section. 2.05 VALVES A. Manual Valves:Conform to standards listed,or where appropriate,valves according to ANSI Z21.15 and ANSI Z21.15a. B. Low-Pressure Gas Stops 2 Inches and Smaller AGA-certified design for 2 psig or less gas,with AGA stamp, plug or ball type,bronze body and bronze plug or chrome-plated brass ball. Include flat head, square head, or lever handle and threaded ends. C. Gas Valves,2-4/2 Inches and Larger:MSS SP-78,Class 125 or 175 WOG,lubricated plug type,semisteel body, wrench operated,with flanged ends. 2.06 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Gas Pressure Regulators: comply with ANSI Z21.18. For appliance regulators or ANSUU.L. 144 for second- stage regulators. (This applies only to regulators furnished and installed as part of the project, and not regulations furnished by others). B. Flexible- ortnectors•ANSI Z.21.24 or ANSI Z21.24a,copper alloy. PART 3-PRODUCTS 3.01 PREPARATION A. Precaulions: Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off gas to the premises or section of piping.Perform leakage test as specified in Section 20 02 00 - "Contract, Closeout& Commissioning""Field Quality Control' Article to determine that all equipment is turned off in the piping section to be affected. B. Comply with NFPA 54"Prevention of Accidental Ignition." GAS PIPING SYSTEMS(Revised 3/11/2008) 231100-2 3.02 SERVICE ENTRANCE PIPING A. Extend gas piping and connect to the gas service piping in location and size indicated for gas service entrance to building. 3.03 PIPE APPLICATIONS A. Flanges, unions, transition and special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings same or higher than system pressure rating may be used in applications below,except where specified otherwise. B. Low-Pressure Gas Systems above Ground within or outside Building:Use the following: 1. 2 Inches and Smaller:Steel pipe,malleable-iron,threaded fittings,and threaded joints. 2. 2-1/2 Inches and Larger: Steel pipe,butt-welding fittings,and welded joints. C. Low,nressure gas systems.below ground wi ft the build: Use the following: 1. 1 inch and smaller:CSST tubing inside a schedule 40 PVC plastic sleeve. D. Medium pressure(greater than%x PSI u tp�c IQ PSI). Gas Systems Below Ground outside the buildings: 1. 1/2"and larger: Polyethylene,ASTM D2513. E. Medium pressure (greater than%:PSI up io 10 PSIS gas systems above ground within the building 4adlor on the roof,• 1. Steel pipe,butt-welding fittings,welded joints 3.04 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Use low-pressure gas stops,tapered plug or ball type,for shutoff to appliances with 2-inch or smaller low- pressure gas supply. B. Use gas valves for shutoff to appliances.Where the appliance input exceeds one million BTUH,use a lubricated plug valve. f C. Use gas valves of sizes indicated for other gas shut-off applications where indicated. 3.05 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. For steel pipe,refer to Section 20 03 00-"MATERIALS AND METHODS"for basic piping joint construction. B. Use materials suitable for gas service. C. Joints and connections in underground polyethylene gas piping shall be made by butt-fused heat fusion methods, only by qualified personnel. 3.06 PIPING INSTALLATIONS A. Refer to Section 20 03 00-"MATERIALS AND METHODS"for basic piping installation requirements. B. Above-Ceiling Locations:Gas piping may be installed in accessible above-ceiling spaces(subject to approval of the authority having jurisdiction), whether or not such spaces are used as a plenum. Do not locate valves or unions in such spaces. 1. Prohibited Locations:Do not install gas piping in or through circulating air ducts,chimneys or gas vents(flues), or ducts. 2. Concealed locations: Gas piping may be installed in concealed (inaccessible) locations as permitted by the International Mechanical Code only if all joints in the piping are welded. C. Drigs and Sediment Tragg: Install drips at points where condensate may collect. Include outlets of gas meters. Locate where readily accessible to permit cleaning and emptying. Do not install where condensate would be subject to freezing. 1. Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with, bottom outlet plugged or capped. Use minimum-length nipple of 3 pipe diameters,but not less than 3 inches long, and same size as connected pipe.Install with space between bottom of drip and floor for removal of plug or cap. D. Install gas piping at a uniform grade of 1/4 inch in 15 feet,upward toward risers.Install piping upward from the service point to equipment. E. Connect branch piping from top or side(not bottom)of horizontal piping. F. Install unions in pipes 2 inches and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to each piece of equipment,and elsewhere as indicated.Unions are not required on flanged devices. 1 GAS PIPING SYSTEMS (Revised 3/11/2008) 2311 00-3 G. Anchor piping to ensure proper direction of piping expansion and contraction.Install expansion joints, expansion loops,and pipe guides as indicated. H. Install vent of gas pressure regulators pointing down,in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.07 BANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Refer to Section 20 03 00-"MATERIALS AND METHODS"for hanger and support devices. B. Install hangers for horizontal piping at Won centers or otherwise as called for on the drawings. C. Do Not support gas piping by extending it to stand on the floor. D. Install vent of gas pressure regulators pointing down,in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.08 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves in accessible locations,protected from physical damage. B. Install a gas valve upstream of each gas pressure regulator_ 3.09 CONNECTIONS A. Install gas piping near gas-utilizing equipment and appliances so as to allow servicing and maintenance. B. Connect gas piping to gas-utilizing equipment and appliances with shutoff valves and unions.Make connections b downstream of valves and unions,with flexible connectors where indicated. 3.10 TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Install a gas valve upstream and within 6 feet of each gas-utilizing appliance,Install a union or flanged connection downstream from the valve to permit removal of controls. B. Sediment Traps:Install as described above, as close as practical to gas appliance inlets,downstream of the shut- off valve for the appliance. 3.11 ELECTRICAL BONDING AND GROUNDING A. Install above-ground portions of gas piping systems that are upstream from equipment shutoff valves,electrically continuous and bonded to a grounding electrode according to NFPA 70. B. Do not use gas piping as a grounding electrode. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 20 02 00-"Contract Close-out&Commissioning". 3.13 ADJUSTING A. Adjust controls and safety devices.Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and safety devices, END OF SECTION 23 11 00 GAS PIPING SYSTEMS (Revised 3/1112008) 2311 00-4 SECTION 23 23 00 REFRIGERANT PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1. Drawings. 2. General Conditions. 3. Supplementary Conditions. 4. Refer to Division 01,01 11 00-Summary of Work. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. Refrigerant piping used for air conditioning applications. B. Special duty valves. C. Pipes,tubing,fittings,and specialties. D. Refrigerants. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Division 07,Section 07 09 00"JOINT PROTECTION" for materials and methods for sealing pipe penetrations through basement walls and fire/smoke barriers. B. Section 20 03 00-"MATERIALS AND METHODS". C. Section 20 06 00-"MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION'. D. Products installed but not furnished under this Section include pre-charged tubing, refrigerant specialties, and refrigerant accessories furnished as an integral part of or separately with packaged air conditioning equipment. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product data for the following products: 1. Each type valve specified. 2. Each type refrigerant piping specialty specified. B. Maintenance data for refrigerant valves and piping specialties, for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance Manual specified in Division 01,and Section 20 01 00-"GENERAL PROVISIONS." 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions of the following codes: 1. ANSI 1331.5:ASME Code for Pressure Piping-Refrigerant Piping. 2. ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 15: Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Refrigerant Valves and Specialties 1. Alco Controls Div,Emerson Electric. 2. Henry Valve Company. 3. Danfoss Electronics,Inc. 4. Parker-Hannifin Corp.,Refrig. and A/C Div. 5. EATON Corporation,Control Div. 6. Sporlan Valve Company. 2.02 PIPE AND TUBING MATERIALS A. Refer to Part 3, Article "Pipe Application" for identification of systems where the below specified pipe and fitting materials are used. ` REFRIGERANT PIPING (Revised 3/11/08) 23 23 00-1 B. Copper Tubing:ASTM B 280,Type ACR,hard-drawn straight lengths,and soft-annealed coils,seamless copper tubing. Tubing shall be factory cleaned, ready for installation, and have ends capped to protect cleanliness of pipe interiors prior to shipping. 2.03 FITTINGS A. Wrought-Copper Fittings:ANSI B 16.22,streamlined pattern. 2.04 JOINING MATERIALS A. Brazing Filler Metals:AWS A5.8,Classification BAg-1 (Silver). 2.05 VALVES A. All valves shall be incorporated in the mechanical equipment. 2.06 REFRIGERANT PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Complete refrigerant piping specialty assembly shall be UL-listed and designed to conform to ARI 760. B. Strainers: 500 psig maximum working pressure; forged brass body with monel 80-mesh screen, and screwed cleanout plug;Y-pattern,with solder end connections. C. Moisture/liquid Indicators: 500 psig maximum operation pressure,200 deg.F.maximum operating temperature; forged brass body,with replaceable polished optical viewing window,and solder end connections- D. Filter-driers: 500 psig maximum operation pressure; steel shell,flange ring,and spring,ductile iron cover plate with steel eapscrews,and wrought copper fittings for solder end connections.Furnish complete with replaceable filter-drier core kit,including gaskets,as follows: 1. High capacity desiccant sieves to provide micronic Filtration and extra drying capacity. E. Suction Line Filter-Drier: 350 psig maximum operation pressure,225 deg.F.maximum operating temperature; steel shell,and wrought copper fittings for solder end connections.Permanent filter element shall be molded felt core surrounded by a desiccant for removal of acids and moisture for refrigerant vapor. F. Flexible Connectors: 500 psig maximum operating pressure; seamless tin bronze or stainless steel core, high tensile bronze braid covering,solder connections,and synthetic covering; dehydrated,pressure tested,rninin,mn 7 inch in length. 2.07 REFRIGERANT A. Refrigerant No.410A,in accordance with ASHRAE Standards. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine rough-in for refrigerant piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installation. 3.02 PIPE APPLICATIONS A. Use Type ACR drawn copper tubing with wrought copper fittings and brazed joints above ground,within building. Mechanical fittings(crimp or flare) are not permitted. B. If other than Type ACR tubing is used, clean and protect inside of tubing as specified in Article "Cleaning" below. REFRIGERANT PIPING (Revised 3/11/08) 23 23 00-2 3.03 PIPING INSTALLATIONS A. Install refrigerant piping in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 15-"The Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration." B. Install piping in as short and direct arrangement as possible to minimize pressure drop. C. Install piping for minimum number of joints using as few elbows and other fitting as possible. D. Arrange piping to allow normal inspection and servicing of compressor and other equipment.Install valves and specialties in accessible locations to allow for servicing and inspection. E. Provide adequate clearance between pipe and adjacent walls and hanger, or between pipes for insulation installation.Use sleeves through floors,walls,or ceilings,sized to permit installation of full thickness insulation. F. Insulate suction lines with 3/4" "Armaflex" or equal. Liquid line is not required to be insulated, except where installed adjacent and clamped to suction lines,where both liquid and suction lines shall be insulated as a unit. 1. Do not install insulation until system testing has been completed and all leaks have been eliminated. G. Slope refrigerant piping as follows: 1. Install horizontal suction lines with 1/2 inch per 10 feet downward slope to the compressor, with no long traps or dead ends which may cause oil to separate from the suction gas and return to the compressor in damaging slugs. 2. Install traps and double risers where indicated,and where required to entrain oil in vertical runs. 3. Liquid lines may be installed level. H. Install exposed piping at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are not permitted, unless expressly indicated. j I Install piping free of sags or bends and with ample space between piping to permit proper insulation applications. J. Install piping tight to slabs,beams,joists,colutims,walls,and other permanent elements of the building.Provide space to permit insulation applications,with 1 inch clearance outside the insulation.Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for panel removal. K. Locate groups of pipe parallel to each other,spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves. L. Exterior Wall Penetrations: Seal pipe penetrations through exterior walls using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals.Pipe sleeves smaller than 6 inch shall be steel;pipe sleeves 6 inch and larger shall be sheet metal. M. Fire Barrier Penetrations:Where pipes pass through fire rated walls,partitions,ceilings,and floors,maintain the fire rated integrity. N. Make reductions in pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fittings installed with the level side down. O. Install strainers immediately ahead of each expansion valve, solenoid valve, hot gas bypass valve, compressor suction valve,and as required to protect refrigerant piping system components. P. Install moisture/liquid indicators in liquid lines between filter/driers and thermostatic expansion valves and in liquid line to receiver. Q. Install unions to allow removal of solenoid valves,pressure regulating valves,expansion valves,and at connections to compressors and evaporators. R. Install flexible connectors at the inlet and discharge connection of compressors. 3.04 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. General:Hanger,supports,and anchors are specified in Section 20 03 00-"MATERIALS AND METHODS." Conform to the table below for maximum spacing of supports. B. Install the following pipe attachments: 1. Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal runs less than 20 feet in length. C. Install hangers with the following minimum rod sizes and maximum spacing: NOM. MAX. MIN.ROD PIPE SIZE SPAN-r--r. SIZE-INCHES • 17 7 3/8 1-1/2 9 3/8 2 10 3/8 REFRIGERANT PIPING (Revised 3/11/08) 23 23 00-3 3.05 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Brazed Joints:Comply with the procedures contained in the AWS'Brazing Manual." 1. WARNING:Some filler metals contain compounds which produce highly toxic fumes when heated.Avoid breathing fumes.Provide adequate ventilation. 2. CAUTION:When solenoid valves are being installed,remove the coil to prevent damage.When sight glasses are being installed, remove the glass. Remove stems, seats, and packing of valves, and accessible internal parts of refrigerant specialties before brazing.Do not apply heat near the bulb of the expansion valve. B. Fill the pipe and fittings during brazing,with an inert gas(i.e.,nitrogen or carbon dioxide)to prevent formation of scale. C. Heat joints using oxy-acetylene torch.Heat to proper and uniform brazing temperature. 3.06 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. The Drawings indicate the general arrangement of piping,fittings,and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow servicing and maintenance. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect,test,and perform corrective action of refrigerant piping in accordance with ASME Code B31.5,Chapter VI. B. Repair leaking joints using new materials,and retest for leaks. 3.08 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Verify actual evaporator applications and operating conditions,and adjust thermostatic expansion valve to obtain proper evaporator superheat requirements. B. Clean and inspect refrigerant piping systems in accordance with requirements of Section 20 03 00- "MATERIALS AND METHODS"Article!P_ipcs and PiRe Fitti» S". C. Adjust controls and safeties.Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment with new materials and products. 3.09 COMMISSIONING A. See Section 20 02 00-"Contract Close-out&Commissioning". END OF SECTION 23 23 00 REFRIGERANT PIPING (Revised 3/11/08) 23 23 00-4 SECTION 23 30 00 AIR DISTRIBUTION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1. Drawings. 2. General Conditions. 3. Supplementary Conditions. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. Provide all ductwork with extractors,dampers,turning vanes,hangers,etc.,as indicated on the drawings,as specified and as required to complete this portion of the work in conjunction with the air distribution system. B. Provide factory fabricated units,exhaust fans,wall louvers,access doors,fire dampers,security grilles,grilles, registers,diffusers,etc.,as specified and as shown on the drawings. C. Provide control dampers,fire dampers,and balancing dampers as shown on drawings or as required for proper duct system operation. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. No submittals required when using specified materials,otherwise: Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 20 01 00 -"GENERAL PROVISIONS"for the following equipment: 1. Registers,grilles and diffusers. 2. Duct liner. 3. Fire dampers. 4. Sealing materials 5. Exhaust fans. 6. Fire stopping materials. B. NFPA Compliance:Comply with the following: 1. NFPA 90A, "Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," except as indicated otherwise. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards:Duct lining materials,separately and in combination shall be UL listed and shall have maximum fire hazard classifications of flame spread 25 and smoke development 50. B. Units shall be factory assembled and tested. Fan ratings to be based on current AMCA Standards. C. Roof exhaust fans shall bear AMCA seal. D. Fire dampers shall conform to requirements of National Fire Protection Association and the state and local fire marshal. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Grilles and Registers 1. Anemostat. 2. Titus. 3. Cannes. 4. Tuttle and Bailey. 5. Price. B. Louvers and Dampers 1. Airline. 2. Louvers&Dampers Co. 3. Carnes. 4. Nailor. 5. Greenheck. AIR DISTRIBUTION(Revised 7/11106) +} 23 30 00-1 C. Flexible Ducts 1. Atco. 2. Wiremold. 3. Thermoflex. D. Acoustical Duct Lining 1. Certain-Teed"Ultralite Duct Liner", 2. Owens-Corning"Aeroflex Type 200". 3. Johns-Manville"Mircolite Duct Liner". E. Duct Wrap Insulation 1. Certain-Teed Standard Duct Wrap. 2_ Owens-Corning 0 All-Service/100 F. Branch Duct Fittings 1. Buckley#BMD.(Bellmouth type for rectangular duct) 2. Air-Tite#CATDR(Commercial saddle type for round duct) G. Fire Dampers 1. Air Balance. 2. Ruskin. 3. Cesco. 4. Vent Products. H. Air Filters 1. Airguard Industries-DP-40-2. 2. Continental Filters Company-Areopleat. 3. American Air Filter-AM AIR 300X. 4. Farr-30/30. T Fans 1. Cook 3. Carnes 2. Greenheck 4. Penn 2.02 DUCTS-GENERAL A. Ductwork,unless otherwise shown,shall be galvanized steel sheets(F.S.QQ-S-775 Type 1,Class e)or aluminum alloy 3003(F.S.QQ-A-250/2c Temper H-14). B. Exposed ducts that are noted as painted,use"Paint-Grip"galvanized steel. C. Ducts,unless otherwise approved by the Engineer,shall conform accurately to the sizes indicated on the drawings and shall be straight and smooth on the inside,with joints neatly finished. D. Ducts shall be securely anchored to the building in an approved manner and shall be installed so as to be completely free from vibration under all conditions of operation. E. Turning vanes shall be installed in all elbows,in both supply and return ducts. F. Do not install any radiused elbows(applies to fabricated rectangular duct only). G_ Sheet metal ducts shall be properly braced and reinforced. H. Specific ducts require sealing of joints. See paragraph"Duct Sealing" 2.03 DUCTS-RECTANGULAR A. Rectangular ducts shall be lined as per Paragraph 23 30 00,2.08"Acoustical Duct Lining". B. Ducts(unless noted otherwise on drawings)shall be constructed in accordance with SMANCA low pressure duct construction standards for 1"w.c.pressure.For convenience,they may be constructed per the following table: DIMENSION GAUGE REINFORCING MAX SPACING 0" - 12" 26 None 13"-26" 26 1"standing"S" 5'0" 27"-42" 24 1" standing"S" 4'0" 43" -60" 22 1"x V x'/8" angle 216" Install reinforcing on four sides of duct where depth exceeds 16";install on two sides only where duct depth is 16"or less. C. All rectangular duct with dimensions over 12"shall be cross-broken to prevent"oil-canning." D. At the Contractor's option,the rectangular ducts may be assembled with transverse joints made with the "Ductmate"system or an approved equal.If used,the Ductmate joints shall be assembled with corners,cleats and gasket tape per the manufacturer's instructions. Additional duct sealant is not required with the"Duct Mate" system. Duct metal gauges may be reduced per the ductmate recommendations. AIR DISTRIBUTION(Revised 7111106) 23 30 00-2 2.04 DUCTS-ROUND A. Round ow-presaiLe ductwork shall be galvanized steel"Snaplock"pipe,insulated as per Paragraph 23 30 00, 2.09 "Duct Wrap Insulation".Tape all transverse joints. See also"DUCT SEALING." B. Round ducts: 1. This section supersedes the latest SMACNA standards. 2. Construct round ducts from steel sheets of the following U.S. gauge thickness, using the seam method shown: INNER DIAMETER SEAM DIMENSION GAUGE TYPE 3"to 8" 28 gauge Longitudinal 9"through 26" 26 gauge Longitudinal 2.05 FLEX DUCT A. UL listed Class I preinsulated flex duct(sheathed in a seamless vinyl jacket)maybe used,subject to approval of submittals.It shall be used o�for runouts to supply or return diffusers and only in lengths of 8'or less.Provide nylon,self-extinguishing,locking clamps to secure flexible duct. 2.06 EXHAUST DUCTS A. Exhaust ducts shall be round or rectangular galvanized steel as shown on the plans.Flexible duct is not permitted.Do not line or insulate exhaust ducts,except as called for on the drawings and as specified below. 2.07 DUCT SEALING 1 A. All transverse duct joints shall be sealed during or after assembly with"United" "Uni-Seal"(synthetic elastometric duct sealer or equal.No leakage shall be detectable when the duct is pressurized to 1"water column above the maximum working pressure to be experienced by the system.Un-Sealed duct joints are not acceptable. B. Duct tape,if used,shall be equal to"Venture Tape"#1502,silver. Metalized,polyethylene cloth tape with pressure sensitive adhesive. Minimum 10 mil.Thickness. C. See PART 3-EXECUTION,"DUCT SEALING",for application. 2.08 ACOUSTICAL DUCT LINING (RECTANGULAR DUCTS) A. Acoustical duct lining shall be V thick 1 %2 lb./cu. ft.density. 2.09 DUCT WRAP INSULATION (ROUND DUCTS) A. Duct wrap insulation shall be 1 '/2"thick, 1 lb./cu. ft.density,fiber glass type,with foil scrim kraft facing.The insulation shall have an r-value of 5.7 @ 75°F.mean temperature.FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS B. Where sheet metal connections are made to fan or where ducts of dissimilar metal are connected,a noncombustible flexible connection of approved noncombustible material approximately 6 inches in width, conforming to ASTM Specification D1571-67,shall be installed. 2.10 INSPECTION AND ACCESS DOORS A. Doors shall be 15"x 15"unless otherwise indicated.Where size of duct will not accommodate this size,the doors shall be made as large as possible without weakening duct.Man-size access doors shall be rigid,and shall be provided with airtight neoprene gaskets.Doors shall be provided with galvanized piano lunges and two Camlock brass fasteners.Man-size access doors shall be provided with door handles operable from both sides. Doors in insulated ducts shall be of the insulated type. AIR DISTRIBUTION (Revised 7/11106) 23 30 00-3 2.11 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR DUCTS A. Install rigid round,rectangular,and flat oval metal duct with support systems indicated in SMACNA"HVAC Duct Construction Standards,"Tables 4-1 through 4-3 and Figures 4-1 through 4-8. B. Support horizontal ducts within 2 feet of each elbow and within 4 feet of each branch intersection. C. Support vertical ducts at a maximum interval of 16 feet and at each floor. D. Upper attachments to structures shall have an allowable load not exceeding%of the failure(proof test)load but are not limited to the specific methods indicated. 2.12 REGISTERS AND GRILLES A. Registers and grilles shall be of the size indicated on the drawings.Registers and grilles shall have vanes slanted to prevent direct sight into grille. B. Anything visible through grille in customer contact and office areas shall be painted flat black. C. Provide anti-smudge rings on all ceiling diffuser located in gypsum board and lay-in ceilings.Where ceiling height permits. 2.13 BELLMOUTH FITTINGS A. Supply air branch duct bellmouth fittings with dampers shall be of the locking quadrant type and shall clearly indicate damper position.Extension rods shall be installed where necessary.Each branch duct shall be provided with a bellmouth fitting damper.Bellmouths shall be heavy-duty galvanized steel with neoprene gasket and low- leak 76 gauge.galvanized damper. B. "Spin-in"fittings oriob-fabricated units are not accgptable for supply air ducts. 2.14 FIRE DAMPERS A. Fire dampers shall have the following features: 1. UL#555 listed and labeled to close,if activated,even if air distribution system is in operation. 2. One piece steel frame. 3. Steel blades with interlocking joints.Blades in airstream. 4. Stainless steel negator closure spring if required for horizontal mounting. 5. 160 degree F.U.L.listed fusible links and blade locks. 2.15 FANS A. Inlnre Exhaust: 1. Ceiling ventilator shall be direct drive,forward curved,centrifugal blower type. Fan wheel shall be constructed of galvanized steel and shall be dynamically balanced. The housing shall be constructed of galvanized steel and acoustically insulated for quiet operation. An integral aluminum backdraft damper shall be standard. Blower and motor assembly shall be easily removable from the housing without disturbing the ductwork. The motor shall be permanently lubricated with built-in thermal overload protection and shall be factory tested prior to shipment. The unit shall be supplied with an internal wiring box and receptacle. The discharge position shall be adjustable by moving interchangeable panels supplied with removable fasteners. 2. Ceiling ventilators shall be certified and licensed to bear the AMCA Seal for Air and Sound Performance. Ceiling ventilator performance shall be based on tests and procedures performed in accordance with AMCA publication 211 and comply with the requirements of the AMCA Certified Ratings Program. Fan sound power level ratings shall be based on tests and procedures performed in accordance with AMCA publication 311 and comply with the requirements of the AMCA Certified Ratings Program. Ceiling ventilators shall be UL Listed. AIR DISTRIBUTION (Revised 7/11/06) 23 30 00-4 - 2.16 AIR FILTERS A. Air filters shall be 2"thick medium efficiency,pleated disposable type.Each filter shall consist of cotton media wire bonded to a heavy duty paperboard frame.Filters shall have not less than 4.25 sq.feet of gross media area per sq.ft.filter area. B. Filters shall have an average efficiency of 25-35%when tested in accordance with ASHRAE 52-76 standard. C. Initial clean resistance shall be no more than 0.14 inches W.G.when passing air at the rate of 300 feet per minute. D. The air filters shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories as UL Class 2. E. Provide clean set of air filters prior to final acceptance and complete extra set left on site. F. Install filters in filter grilles and remove filters from units so equipped,but only at completion of construction. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 DUCTWORK A. Duct System Pressure Class:Construct and install each duct system for the specific duct pressure classification indicated. B. Ducts shall be of the internal dimensions shown on the Drawings.In no case shall the Contractor change the indicated size of the ductwork without approval of the Engineer.Wherever necessary to change the shape of the duct,it shall be done gradually and the full area retained. C. Assemble and install ductwork in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve air-tight(5% leakage for systems rated 3"and under; I%for systems rated over 3")and noiseless(no objectionable noise) systems,capable of performing each indicated service.Install each run with minimum number of joints.All joints shall be sealed with duct sealant.Align ductwork accurately at connections,within'/8"misalignment tolerance and with internal surfaces smooth.Support ducts rigidly with suitable ties,braces,hangers and anchors of type which will hold ducts true-to-shape and to prevent buckling. Support vertical ducts at every floor. D. Ducts 24 inch or greater in width or height shall be stiffened with galvanized structural angle reinforcing,not to exceed 4 ft.on centers and on all four surfaces,to prevent sagging or buckling and to provide a rigid installation and freedom from vibration and noise.Where angle cleats are made of same gauge metal as ducts(or heavier) the angle cleats will serve as reinforcing members on two surfaces of the ducts at joints in the ducts.Additional reinforcing angles shall be provided adjacent to branch duct connections which are of less width or depth than the surface of the main duct at point of connection,and at all other locations as necessary to make the duct work free from noise and vibration when fans are operating. E. This Contractor shall carefully check the arrangement of ducts and dimensions for all working spaces at the building so that there will not be interference with the running of ducts. F. Where ducts pass through walls and ceilings(exposed and concealed),this Contractor shall provide bent angle collar(as required to cover annular space)having flanges at comers lapped and riveted and the other leg of angle cut short and bent around corner of duct.Collars shall serve to confine sound barrier packing and shall fit tight around ducts.Where more than one duct passes through the same opening the collars shall form a complete seal of the spaces between and around all such ducts.This shall apply to concealed ductwork as well as exposed ductwork.The space between the duct and mall shall be packed with fiberglass duct-seal to provide an effective sound and dust barrier.Where the bent angle collar in any wall opening must support masonry in the wall above the opening,the top member of the bent angle collar shall be reinforced with rolled section steel angles suitable for the weight to be carried as approved by the Engineer and placed so as to be concealed in the wall in all locations where exposed in finished rooms. 3.02 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS A. Flexible connections shall be securely fastened by zinc-coated iron clinch-type draw bands,for round ducts.For rectangular ducts,flexible connections locked to metal collars shall be installed using normal duct construction methods. 3.03 ACCESS DOORS A. Access doors in ductwork shall be provided at all fire dampers,motorized dampers,and where indicated on the drawings.Unless otherwise indicated,doors shall swing so that fan pressure or suction holds the door closed. Access doors in ductwork with duct liner or insulation shall be insulated. AIR DISTRIBUTION (Revised 7/11/06) 23 30 00-5 3.04 HANGING OF DUCTS A. Horizontal ducts shall be supported with angle and rod or strap iron trapeze hangers. Strap iron hangers shall be placed around sides and bottom of ducts with sheet metal screws in sides and bottom.Trapeze hangers shall be securely fastened to ducts and to the construction above.Horizontal duct supports shall be spaced not to exceed 8 ft.apart and not less than one trapeze support per section of duct. B. Special hanging systems,where indicated,will be installed in lieu of duct supports specified above. C. No equipment or ductwork shall be hung from roof deck. 3.05 BELLMOUTH FITTING A. Install bellmouth fitting with damper in each supply air branch takeoff.Mark damper open and closed positions on side of duct with black paint. B. Fittings shall be secured in duct with screws.Operators shall be outside the duct system.All holes shall be carefully covered and sealed. 3.06 FIRE DAMPERS A. Fire dampers shall be installed as required by NFPA 90A,and as indicated on the drawings.Fire dampers must be installed in 10 ga.sleeve above ceiling terminal air devices or in masonry wall.Steel retaining angles, 10 ga., shall be bolted or welded to sleeve on both sides of wall,with duct connected to sleeve on both sides with slip connector held with not less than one No.8 sheet metal screw on each vertical side of duct. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT A. Install all fans,fire dampers,registers,grilles,etc.,per manufacturer's recommendation and instructions. B. Care shall be taken with installation of roof exhaust fans and roof vents to prevent damage.Any fan or vent dented or damaged in any other way during construction shall be repaired or replaced. 3.08 DUCT TAPE AND SEALANT-INSTALLATION A. DUct Tape shall be installed at the following locations: 1. All. B. Duct Sealant shall be installed on all transverse joints at the following locations: 1. All sheet metal rectangular ducts. 2. All medium and high pressure round metal ducts. 3.09 ACOUSTICAL DUCT LINING—INSTALLATION (RECTANGULAR DUCT ONLY) A. Acoustically line sheet metal rectangular supply,outside and return air ducts and return air,plenums with duct- liner and install as called for in latest edition of manufacturer's installation manual and/or as called for or shown on pages 2-25 to 2-29 of the SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Manual-1985. B. Adhere liner with coated side toward air stream to all interior sides of duct with 100%coverage of fire-resistant insulation bonding adhesive.Adhesive shall completely cover sheet metal at each end of each section of ductwork.Provide Z bar liner retainer on leading edge of liner in the first fitting downstream of any fan. C. When duct width or height exceeds 12"further secure the liner to these surfaces with mechanical fasteners at 16"o.c. D. Velocities-1500 to 4000 FPM:Install as above but additionally paint all joints of liner and butter the edges of liner where sections of ductwork will be joined with fire-resistant mastic. E. Note:All duct sizes shown are inside of linings.Increase sheet metal sizes as required. F. Acoustical duct lining shall be installed at the following locations: 1. All sheet metal rectanadar sunny outside and return air ductwork. AIR DISTRIBUTION (Revised 7111106) 23 30 00-6 3.10 DUCT WRAP—INSTALLATION (ROUND DUCTS ONLY) A. Wrap all round supply,return,and outside air ducts with duct wrap and install as called for in latest edition of manufacturer's installation manual and/or as called for or shown on pages 2-25 to 2-29 of the SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Manual- 1985. B. Adhere duct wrap with vapor barrier outward to all sides of duct with 100%coverage of fire-resistant insulation bonding adhesive.Adhesive shall completely cover sheet metal at each end of each section of ductwork. C. When duct width or height exceeds 24"further secure the duct wrap to these surfaces with mechanical fasteners at 16"o.c. D. Duct wrap shall be installed at the following locations: 1. All round return,supply,and outside air ducts. 3.11 EXHAUST DUCTS-UNINSULATED A. Exhaust ducts shall not be insulated or lined. 3.12 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust volume control devices as required by the testing and balancing procedures to achieve required air flow. Refer to Section 23 05 93-"TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING OF HVAC SYSTEMS"for requirements and procedures for adjusting and balancing air systems. END OF SECTION 23 30 00 AIR DISTRIBUTION (Revised 7111/06) 23 30 00-7 � r � / - -=-_ ---- --_ -- ---_ - - - � - � � - - - ., , ,. ` | / SECTION 23 54 16 FURNACES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1. Drawings. 2. General Conditions. 3. Supplementary Conditions. 4. Refer to Division 01,01 11 00-Summary of Work. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. This Section includes units and accessories listed below,complete with controls. 1. Gas-Fired Furnaces. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 23 30 00—"AIR DISTRIBUTION". B. Section 23 8126-"CONDENSING UNITS". 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. None required on owner furnished equipment. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 70,"National Electrical Code." B. NRTL Listing:Provide electrical components specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. 1. Terms"Listed"and"Labeled":As defined in the"National Electrical Code,"Article 100, 2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications:A"Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory"(NRTL)as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 1.06 DEFINITIONS A. AFUE:Minimum annual fuel utilization efficiency certified by an independent testing agency in accordance with US Department of Energy Test Procedures. B_ Control Wiring:Wire,conduit,and miscellaneous materials for mounting and connecting electric control devices. 1.07 WARRANTY--LABOR ONLY A. Warranty:Provide written labor only warranty,signed contractor,agreeing to replace/repair,within warranty period,inadequate and defective materials and workmanship,including leakage,breakage,improper assembly, or failure to perform as required;provided manufacturer's instructions for handling,installing,protecting,and maintaining units have been adhered to during warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 1 year from date of substantial completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Carrier Air Conditioning;Div.Carrier Corp. j FURNACES (Revised 4/30109) 23 5416-1 2.02 HVAC CONDENSATE PIPING A. See Section 20 03 00—Materials and Methods,Part 2,"HVAC Condensate Piping",for the type of condensate piping materials. 2.03 GAS-FIRED UNITS AND ACCESSORY A. AGA Approval:Units shall bear the label of the American Gas Association. B. Type of Gas:Units shall be listed for use with the type of gas being delivered. C. Provide unit types and minimum ratings and capacities as indicated. D. Provide units that are factory assembled,piped,wired,and tested. E. Cabinet:Heavy,galvanized steel with foil-faced,glass fiber interior insulation.Lift-out panels expose burners, and all other items requiring access for maintenance. F. Main Fan:Factory-balanced,resilient-mounted in an acoustically insulated fan compartment. G. Eflnciencv: 1. ANFUE 90%,minimum-condensing/direct vent type- H. Automatic tan Thermal Switch:Delays fan start until discharge air is heated.Delays fan shutdown until air cools to comfort threshold. I. Automatic Gas Control: Single-stage or 2-stage as specified,24 V a.c.valve. J. I 'tion:Hot surface ceramic igniter with flame sensor. K. Venting:Power venting,using integral centrifugal fan. L. Control Transformer: 120 V a.c./24 V a.c. M. Heat Exchaneer:Aluminized steel. N. Combustion Air Source: 1. Direct connection of air intake pipe for"condensing/direct vent type". 2.04 CONTROLS A. Include control components required for satisfactory operation of units and auxiliary equipment in all seasons, including: 1. Control Transformer:24 V a.c.output,factory installed,and wired in furnace. 2. Thermostat:24 V a.c.single stage heating only wall mounting unit with fan on-automatic selector(where shown). 3. Relays:As required to achieve specified operation. 2.05 FINISHES A. External Casings and Cabinets:Baked enamel over corrosion-resistant treated surface. 2.06 FLUES,VENTS,AND CHIMNEYS A. See Section 20 03 00-"Materials and Methods,"Part 2. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION A. Installation and connection of gas-fired units and associated fuel and vent features and systems shall be in accordance with NFPA 54,the International Mechanical Code(latest edition),applicable local codes and regulations,and manufacturer's published installation instructions. 1. Connect gas piping in accordance with Section 23 11 00—"GAS PIPING SYSTEMS." B. Suspended Units:Suspend from structure using threaded rods,spring hangers,and building attachments.Secure rods to unit hanger attachments.Adjust hangers so unit is plumb and level. C. Controls:Conform to Section 25 00 00—"CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION." FURNACES(Revised 4130109) 23 5416-2 D. Connect ducts in accordance with Section 23 30 00—"AIR DISTRIBUTION." 3.02 COMMISSIONING A. Test functions,operations,and control sequences and protective features.Adjust to assure operation is in accordance with specification. B. Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until specified requirements are met. 3.03 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING A. Clcauina:Upon completion of installation,inspect units and associated components.Remove paint splatters and other spots,dirt,and debris.Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish.Clean unit internally using methods and materials recommended by manufacturer. B. Adjustine:Make control,burner,and other adjustments for optimum heating performance and efficiency.Adjust heat distribution features,including shutters,dampers,and relays to provide optimum heating performance and system efficiency. END OF SECTION 23 5416 FURNACES (Revised 4130l09) 23 54 16-3 SECTION 23 81 26 CONDENSING UNITS AND EVAPORATOR COILS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1. Drawings. 2. General Conditions. 3. Supplementary Conditions. 4. Refer to Division 01,01 11 00-Summary of Work. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. Air-cooled condensing units and evaporator coils. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 20 01 00-"GENERAL PROVISIONS". B. Section 23 23 00-"REFRIGERANT PIPING". C. Section 20 03 00-"MATERIALS AND METHODS". D. Section 26 00 10-"BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS" 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. None required on owner furnished equipment. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of condensing units, of types and capacities required,whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Capacity ratings for condensing units shall be in accordance with ARI Standard 210 "Standard for Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning Equipment". 2. Refrigeration system of condensing units shall be constructed in accordance with ASIIRAE Standard ASHRAE 15"Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration". 3. Condensing units shall meet or exceed the minimum COP/Efficiency levels as prescribed in ASHRAE 90A "Energy Conservation in New Building Design". 4. Condensing units shall be listed by UL and have UL label affixed. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Handle condensing units and components carefully to prevent damage.Follow manufacturer's written instructions for rigging.Replace damaged condensing units or components. B. Store condensing units and components in clean dry place off the ground. Protect from weather, water, and physical damage. 1.07 WARRANTY—LABOR ONLY A. Warranty:Provide written labor only warranty,signed contractor,agreeing to replace/repair,within warranty period,inadequate and defective materials and workmanship,including leakage,breakage,improper assembly, or failure to perform as required;provided manufacturer's instructions for handling,installing,protecting,and maintaining units have been adhered to during warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 1 year from date of substantial completion. CONDENSING UNITS AND EVAPORATOR COILS (Revised 3111108) 23 81 26-1 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Carrier Air Conditioning;Div.Carrier Corp. 2.02 AIR-COOLED CONDENSING UNITS A. Factory-assembled and tested air-cooled condensing units,consisting of compressors,condenser coil,fans, motors,refrigerant reservoirs,and operating controls.Capacity and electrical characteristics are scheduled on the drawings. B. Casing:Galvanized steel finished with baked enamel,complete with removable panels for access to controls, weep holes for water drainage,and mounting holes in base.Unit shall be complete with brass service valves, fittings,and gauge ports on exterior of casing. C. Compressors: Hermetic compressors with built-in overloads and rubber vibration isolation.Compressor motor shall have thermal sensitive overload devices,internal high-pressure protection,high and low pressure cutout switches,start relay,3-pole contactor,crankcase heater,and timer to prevent compressor rapid cycle. D. Refrigerant: "Puron®(R-410A)". E. Refrigerant Circuits:Two completely independent,non-connected refrigerant circuits shall be incorporated(if available). E. Con en e :Coil shall have copper tubes and aluminum fins,complete with liquid accumulator and liquid subcooler. Coil shall be leak tested at 150 psig and pressure tested at 450 psig.Aluminum propeller fans shall be direct driven,with permanently lubricated totally enclosed,fan motor having thermal overload protection and Class"B"insulation. F. Accessories: 1. Head pressure control to modulate condenser fan motor speed for low ambient conditions. 2. Low-voltage control transformer. 2.03 INDOOR EVAPORATOR COIL A. Factory-assembled. Tested and passed burst pressures of 2100 psi. B. Casing: Baked enamel over galvanized steel with interior insulation. C. Drain pan: Rustproof,with sloped bottom to prevent standing water. Provide two(2)brass drain connections. D. Coil construction: Grooved tubing and enhanced fins. E. Testing: All components tested with mineral oil and polyolester oils. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify roof structure and mounting supports are completed to the proper point to allow installation of roof mounted units.Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install condensing unit in accordance with manufacturers installation instructions.Install unit plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated,and maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. B. Support: 1. Install roof-mounted unit on uni-strut and with roof utility clamps,specified in Section 20 03 00. 2. Install ground-mounted unit on 4" thick reinforced concrete pad, 4" larger on each side than condensing CONDENSING UNITS AND EVAPORATOR COILS(Revised 3/11/08) 23 81 26-2 unit.Concrete is specified in Division 3.Coordinate installation of anchoring devices. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: 1. Charge systems with refrigerant and oil,and test for leaks.Repair leaks and replace lost refrigerant and oil. 3.04 DEMONSTRATION A. See Section 20 02 00-"Contract Close-out&Commissioning". END OF SECTION 23 8126 CONDENSING UNITS AND EVAPORATOR COILS(Revised 3/11/08) 23 81 26-3 SECTION 25 00 00 CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1. Drawings. 2. General Conditions. 3. Supplementary Conditions. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. This Section includes all HVAC controls,and accessories for a complete electric electronic temperature control system within the building. B. Provide as herein specified,a complete electric electronic temperature control system.The control system shall be installed by competent control mechanics. The control system shall consist of all thermostats, automatic dampers, damper operators, switches, control panels and other accessory equipment along with a complete system of electrical wiring to fill the intent of the specification and provide for a complete and operable system. All wiring and conduit shall comply with requirements of Division 26. C. The contractor shall install controls as indicated on the drawings for the purpose of automatically controlling each HVAC system. This contractor shall acquaint himself with the desired sequence of control,and it shall be his responsibility to bring about this result. D. The control system must be installed by an experienced contractor who is regularly engaged in installations of similar size and description in his normal course of business, and has existing installations that have been fully operational for a period of not less than three years.Proof of such installations may be required prior to contract approval by the Owner. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 20 03 00-"MATERIALS AND METHODS". 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The system shall be as indicated in the control diagram. Exact duplication of the arrangements shown in the diagram is not required. System design is the responsibility of the controls subcontractor, and he shall arrange the system to accomplish the objectives of control which are indicated by the diagrams and the sequence of operation herein. 1.05 ELECTRIC WIRING A. Control wiring, regardless of voltage, is the responsibility of the contractor, including all conduit and outlet boxes for controls. All line voltage and low voltage control wiring shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the Electrical Specifications. No control wiring shall be installed inside any duct. In general, corridor ceiling spaces on this project are considered to be air handling. B. Control wiring which operates at more than 24 volts nominal shall be copper ware installed in EMT conduit. Low voltage control wiring in accessible locations above ceilings may be jacketed plenum cable. No wire smaller than 18 gauge shall be used. Such wiring shall be neatly strapped in place with plastic wire ties.Attach to electrical conduits,top chords of bar joists,or top rows of joist bridging.Do not attach to or lay on ceilings or bottom chords of bar joists.Low voltage wiring where exposed to view shall be installed in EMT conduit. C. Outlet boxes or other recessed enclosures for control wiring shall be installed as indicated and the contractor shall assure that the proper boxes are available in time to avoid delaying the masonry work or other trades. D. Line voltage wiring which provides power to the main motor of any piece of HVAC equipment, including manual switch wiring, is considered power wiring and is specified under the electrical work. Circuits to motorized dampers are control wiring. CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION (Revised 7111/06) 25 00 00-1 PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Carrier. 2.02 CONTROL DEVICES A. Thermostats, room sensors, temperature controllers, damper motors, relays, switches, and all other control devices shall be provided as required to achieve the control sequences called for. All control system elements require the Engineer's approval of submittals.All equipment and devices used shall be of first quality,the best offered by the control system being used. B. Provide guards for thermostats as noted on the drawings. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 CONTROL DEVICES A. Transformers, control module, and motor interface devices shall be mounted on a plywood base adjacent to air handling unit. B. Install room thermostats furnished with HVAC units and unit heaters,wire,test and calibrate controls. 3.02 TRAINING A. The contractor shall conduct a training session for the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel to familiarize them with the control system.This session shall be held after the system is fully operational. 3.03 EQUIPMENT LABELING A. See Section 20 02 00-"Contract Close-out&Commissioning". 3.04 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF CONTROLS A. See Section 20 02 00-"Contract Close-out&Commissioning". END OF SECTION 25 00 00 CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION (Revised 7/11106) 25 00 00-2 SECTION 26 00 10 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1. Drawings. 2. General Conditions. 3. Supplementary Conditions. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes requirements for electrical installations: 1. Submittals_ 2. Rough-ins. 3. Record documents. 4. Electrical installations. 5. Maintenance manuals. 6. Cutting and patching. 1.03 WORK INCLUDES A. The work to be performed under this Division shall include all labor,materials,equipment,transportation,and facilities necessary to provide a complete and satisfactory system ready to use.Wherever the words"the Contractor" or"this Contractor"appear in this Division,they refer to the Contractor for the work specified in that Section.This Contractor shall examine all Drawings and all Sections of the Specifications and shall be responsible for ascertaining to what extent other Drawings and Sections affect the work herein specified. B. Unless noted on the drawings otherwise,work shall also include: 1. The procurement of and payment for all fees,permits and licenses required for the performance of the work. 2. All fees and direct expenses involved in any inspection required for the project. 3. All hoists,scaffolds,staging,runways,and equipment required for the performance of the work. 4. All job measurements and shop layouts required for the proper installation of material and equipment included in the work. 5. All lights,guards,and signs as required by safety regulations applicable to the work. 6. The removal from the premises,as it accumulates,of all dirt and refuse resulting from the performance of the work. C. The work shall include revisions,modifications,and rework of existing work as required for installation of new work, and as required for connections of new work to existing systems,and as required for connections of existing work to new systems. 1.04 CODES, REGULATIONS,AND STANDARDS A. All work must be performed in accordance with the requirements of local,county,state and national codes and regulations including the requirements of the following: 1. National Electrical Code,Latest Edition 2. Occupational Safety and Health Act.of 1970. 3. Life Safety Code,N.F.P.A.No. 101. 4. NFPA 17/17A,72,72E,54,and 96. 5. For work not specifically listed above,use standards and codes of the National Fire Protection Association. 1.05 ABBREVIATIONS A. All equipment,apparatus and systems shall be rated,tested,fabricated and/or installed in accordance with the applicable industry standard mentioned.The following list will serve to clarify abbreviations that appear in other sections of this specification: 1. AABC Associated Air Balance Council 2. ADC Air Diffusion Council 3. ANSI American National Standards Institute 4. ASE Association of Safety Engineers BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS(Revised 311 212 0 0 8) 260010-1 SECTION 26 00 10 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 5. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 6. EPA Environmental Protection Agency 7. IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 8. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association 9, NFPA National Fire Protection Association 10. NSC National Safety Council 11. UL Underwriters Laboratories 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. See also Division 01 Section"SUBMITTALS"for requirements for submittals,shop drawings and product data. B. Before beginning ing the fabrication of any material or the installation of any equipment,a complete schedule of the materials and equipment proposed for installation shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.This schedule shall include manufacturers'names,catalog data,diagrams,drawings and other descriptive data as required or requested by the Engineer. C. Submit all items listed within each section under"SUBMITTALS". D. Refer to general conditions of the specifications for format and number of copies required. 1.07 SUBSTITUTION OF EQUIPMENT A. All proposed substitutions for specified products on this project(except as listed above)require approval in advance of bidding.Approval will not be granted after award of contract.Substitutions must be submitted for review five(5) working days prior to the bid date to be considered. B. In the event of Engineer's approval of a substitution of equipment,the requestive entity will be notified by telephonic message or FAX by the Engineer(or authorized representative),and/or by the issuance of an amendment to the contract documents incorporating the equipment by name and model number. 1.08 CONTRACT DRAWINGS A. The layout shown on the Contract Drawings is necessarily diagrammatic but shall be followed as closely as actual construction and as other work will allow. 1.09 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver equipment in time to maintain approved construction schedule. B. Deliver products to the project properly identified with names,model numbers,types,grades,compliance labels,and other information needed for identification. C. Store in safe,dry location.Protect from dust,moisture,weather and extreme temperatures. D. Follow manufacturer's recommendation for transportation,handling and storage. 1.10 GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES A. Submit to the Owner,two copies of all warranties and guarantees specified in the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions,the individual sections of the specifications,or as provided by the various subcontractors and material suppliers.All such documents shall show the name and location of the project and the name of the purchaser. B. This Contractor shall provide to the Owner a non-prorated guarantee of all materials and workmanship fora eF riod of not less than one year from the date of the Owner's final certificate. C. Exclusions: lamps furnished by the Contractor shall be guaranteed for their rated life,not to exceed one year from the date of final acceptance.Lamps failing to meet the rated life shall be replaced by the Contractor.Replacement lamps shall be furnished to the Owner and installation of the replacement lamps shall be by the Owner. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS(Revised 3112/2008) 260010-2 PART 2-PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 ROUGH-IN A. Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual equipment to be connected. 3.02 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS A. Sequence,coordinate,and integrate the various elements of electrical systems,materials,and equipment. 3.03 DEFECTIVE WORK AND MATERIAL A. All materials or work found to be defective or not in strict conformity with the drawings or different from requirements of the drawings and specifications or defaced or injured through negligence of Contractor or his employees,or through action of fire or weather will be rejected and shall be immediately removed from premises by Contractor and satisfactory materials and work substituted without delay. 3.04 COOPERATION AND COORDINATION A. Contractor shall confer with other contractors at the site before installing his work to avoid interferences so that maximum head room and clearances may be maintained \ B. Particular attention shall be paid to situations where recessed equipment,pipes and lights occur,or where the work of several 1� trades occurs together above suspended ceilings,in pipe shafts or in areas where space is limited. C. All fixtures,equipment,devices,switches,outlets,pumps,etc.,shall be positioned to avoid all interferences with and to assure proper coordination with work of all other trades,cases,partitions,wall,floor and ceiling patterns,architectural features,etc.All recessed devices,fixtures,etc.,shall be coordinated with all wall,floor and ceiling patterns. 3.05 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Perform cutting and patching in accordance with techniques acceptable to the owner. Restore all finishes to as-new condition. END OF SECTION 26 00 10 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS(Revised 3/12/2008) 260010-3 SECTION 26 00 20 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT&COMMISSIONING PART 1 -GENERAL NOT APPLICABLE PART 2-PRODUCTS NOT APPLICABLE PART 3-EXECUTION 1.01 MAINTENANCE MANUAL AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. All switches,controls,and safety devices shall be clearly and permanently marked with embossed or printed plates as to purpose and as to operation and shall be tested in the presence of the Owner designated representative to ensure that he understands their function and purpose. B. Upon completion of the work,Contractors shall put the systems into service.Contractors shall be entirely responsible for the equipment during all testing operations including the lubricating and turning on and off of such apparatus. 1.02 PROJECT RECORD AND CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS A. See Division 01 Section 0178 00"CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS"for red lining of all documents during construction to reflect"as-built"conditions. 2.01 WIRES &CABLES FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect wiring for physical damage and proper connection. B. Torque test conductor terminations to manufacturer's recommended values. C. Perform continuity test on all power and branch circuit conductors.Verify proper phasing. 3.01 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION PLATES A. Provide plates for all equipment consisting of machine engraved laminated plastic.Plate field shall be black with white core. 1. Size of plate shall be commensurate with lettering thereon. 2. Lettering for major items of equipment, such as a disconnect or panelboard,shall be 1/2" in height. Lettering for smaller items,such as light or timer switches shall be 1/4"in height. 3. Wording on plate shall contain the following information as appropriate and approved by the Engineer. a. Equipment served,such as RTUA. b. Originating or controlled circuit number,such as AL 1,3,&5. c. Voltage. d. Maximum fuse size(if applicable). 4.01 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION (26 24 00) A. Provide engraved plastic nameplates for each switch in main panel, for each panelboard,and for each safety switch.Indicate type of load and maximum fuse size.Provide schedule of nameplates with submittals. 5.01 SECONDARY GROUNDING FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Measure ground resistance from system neutral connection at service entrance to convenient ground reference point using suitable ground testing equipment.Resistance shall not exceed 10 ohms.When resistance exceeds 10 ohms drive and bond an additional ground rod,one rod length away. Ground resistance test shall be made a minimum of 48 hours after rainfall. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT&COMMISSIONING 260020-1 6.01 LIGHT FIXTURES(26 50 00) A. Remove all dirt,paint,and foreign matter from fixture lenses and frames between substantial completion and final acceptance of the building. 7.01 CONTINUITY TESTS A. Test branch circuits and control circuits to determine continuity of wiring and connections. 7.02 VOLTAGE TESTS A. Make and record voltage tests and recorded at the following listed points.Conduct tests under normal load conditions. 1. Service entrance at main panelboard. 7.03 TESTING PHASE RELATIONSHIP A. Examine connections to equipment for proper phase relationships.Verify proper motor rotation. 7.04 TESTING CORRECTION OF DEFECTS A. When tests disclose any unsatisfactory workmanship or equipment furnished under this Contract,correct defects and retest. Repeat tests until satisfactory results are obtained. B. When any wiring or equipment is damaged by tests,repair or replace such wiring or equipment.Test repaired items to ensure satisfactory operation. END OF SECTION 26 00 20 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT&COMMISSIONING 260020-2 SECTION 26 05 19 WIRES &CABLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1. Drawings. 2. General Conditions. 3. Supplementary Conditions. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. Provide wiring and cables including,but not limited to,feeders,branch circuit power,and lighting. B. Provide electrical connections to all equipment unless noted otherwise. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. No submittals required when using specified materials. Otherwise,Division 26 Section 26 00 10 "SUBMITTALS"and"SUBSTITUTION OF EQUIPMENT". 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Wire,cable and installation thereof shall be in accord with the NEC and standards specified. 2. All materials shall be new,without blemish or defect,and UL listed or labeled. 3. Test power and signal wire and cable according to Section 26 00 20-"Contract Close-Out and Commissioning". 1.05 REFERENCES A. Specified references,or cited portions thereof,govern the work. B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA): 1. WC 3-Rubber-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. 2. WC 5-Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. 3. WC 7 - Cross-Linked-Thermosetting-Polyethylene-Insulated. Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. C. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA):NFPA 70-National Electrical Code 1993 Edition. D. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL):Listed and labeled materials. E. Manufacturers' Catalogs: Specified manufacturers' catalogs are incorporated by reference to same force and effect as if repeated herein in full. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials shall be suitably packaged by manufacturer to prevent damage during shipment. Damaged materials will not be acceptable for use. B. Store materials on site in clean,dry storage area. C. Handle all materials carefully to preclude damage. Material with damaged insulation shall not be acceptable for use. WIRES &CABLES (Revised 7/11/2006) 260519-1 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Building Wire 1. Anaconda Wire&Cable Co_ 2. Phelps Dodge Cable&Wire Co. 3. Crescent. 4. Pirelli. 5 Gcneral Cable.Cnrp 6. Sigma Corra-Clad(MC Cable). 7. General Electric Co. 8. Triangle. 9. Okonite. B. Joints and Splices-Indent Type Pressure Connector for#8 AWG and Smaller 1. Buchanan. 2. Ideal. 3. Burrdy. 4. Thomas&Betts. C. Joints and Splices -Insulated Spring Compression Connectors for#10 Awg and Smaller 1. Buchanan,Bcap. 2. T&B,Piggy. 3. Ideal,Wing nut. 4. 3M,Scotchlok. 5. ITT Holub,Free Spring. D. Joints and Splices-Mechanical Compression or Bolted Type Connector for#6 Awg or Larger 1. AMP,Inc. 2. IdealIndusuies. 3. Anderson. 4. ITT Weaver. 5. Blackburn. 6. O.Z./Gedney Co. 7. Burndy Corp. 8. T&B. 9. General Electric Co. 10. 3M Co. 2.02 BUILDING WIRE A. Thermoplastic insulated building wire:NEMA WC 5,UL-83 ICEA S-61-402 or S-66-524. B. Color code conductor insulation for#8 AWG or smaller. Standard colors: 120/240V 1 phase 1. Phase A Black 2. Phase B Red 3. Neutral White 4. Ground Green C. Provide V wide taped,colored bands at panelboards,cabinets,and boxes for sizes larger than#8 AWG. 2.03 JOINTS &SPLICES A. Make terminations, taps and splices with an indent type pressure connector with insulating cover for#8 AWG and smaller. B. Instead of indent type connectors, insulated spring compression connectors may be used for #10 AWG and smaller. C. Use mechanical compression or bolted type connector for#6 AWG or larger. Cover connector with insulating tape or heat shrinkable insulation equivalent to 150%conductor insulation. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 BASIC WIRING A. All power wiring shall be installed in a raceway. B. Use no wire smaller than#12 AWG for power and lighting circuits. C. Use no smaller than 414 AWG for control wiring for fused control circuits. D. Multiwire branch circuits will only be permitted for general use receptacle circuits and individual branch WIRES &CABLES (Revised 7/11/2006) 260519-2 circuits.All other circuits shall have individual neutrals(where a neutral is required). E. Splice only inaccessible junction or outlet boxes.Do not splice in panelboard cabinets and gutters. F. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes,equipment and panelboards. G. Make conductor lengths for parallel circuits equal. 3.02 WIRING IN RACEWAYS A. Pull all conductors into a raceway at the same time. Use UL listed wire pulling lubricant for pulling#4 AWG and larger wires. B. Install wire in raceway after interior of building has been physically protected from weather, all plumbing, heating and ventilating work likely to injure conductors completed, conduit system is complete and interior of raceway cleaned. 3.03 CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS A. Identify each conductor in panelboards,junction or pull boxes,or troughs with a permanent pressure sensitive label with suitable numbers or letters for easy recognition.Identify control wiring at each end and injunction boxes with numeric wire number corresponding to control wiring diagram.See Section 26 05 53- "ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION",for identification requirements. B. Thoroughly clean wire before installing lugs and connectors. C. Make splices,taps and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors without perceptable temperature rise. D. Terminate spare conductors with electrical tape and roll up in box. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 26 00 20-"Contract Close-out&Commissioning", 3.05 BUILDING WIRE INSTALLATION CABLE A. All wiring shall be in conduit,except that MC-Cable may be substituted one as follows: 1. MC-Cable (maximum cable length of 10'-0") may be installed only for branch circuit wiring to light fixtures in lay-in grid ceilings. 2. MC-Cable (maximum cable lenghts shown on Detail 2/E2) shall be installed inside the front checkout counters. B. Feeders and branch circuits: Copper, stranded conductor,600 volt insulation THHN/THWN. (Exception: Wire sizes#10 AWG and smaller shall be solid.) C. Control circuits:Copper,solid or stranded conductor,600 volt insulation,THHN/THWN. END OF SECTION 26 05 19 WIRES&CABLES (Revised 7/11/2006) 260519-3 SECTION 26 05 26 SECONDARY GROUNDING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1. Drawings. 2. General Conditions. 3. Supplementary Conditions. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. Provide power system grounding for service_ B. Provide equipment grounding. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 26 05 33-"RACEWAYS". B. Section 26 00 20—"CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT AND COMMISSIONING". C. Section 26 05 19-"WIRES AND CABLES". 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Test data.Comply with Division 26 Section 26 00 10"SUBMITTALS". 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with 1993 National Electric Code, 2. Comply with Public Authorities having jurisdiction. 1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Ground electrical service neutral at service entrance equipment to the electrode system. B. Ground raceways and electrical equipment. C. Bond together system neutrals, service entrance enclosures, exposed non-current carrying metal parts of electrical equipment, metal raceway systems, grounding conductor in raceways and cables, receptacle ground connectors,and plumbing systems. 1.07 REFERENCES A. Specified references,or cited portions thereof,govern the work. B_ National Fire Protection Association(NFPA):NFPA 70-93 National Electrical Code(NEC) 1993 Edition_ C. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL):All products UL listed and labeled. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Ground rods:steel,copper-encased,3/4 in.O.D.,minimum length 10 ft B. Connections:bronze clamps. SECONDARY GROUNDING(Revised 7/11106) 260526-1 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide a system ground and equipment grounding provisions as shown on plans, and as specified in this section.Comply with NEC Article 250. B. Main service grounding electrode shall consist of all of the following: 1. A concrete encased conductor at the footing as detailed on drawing. 2. Metal cold water pipes where the underground portion of the main water pipe is at least 10 feet long.Install a flexible copper bonding jumper around the water meter. 3. All connections to the grounding electrode shall be of the exothermic type. C. Equipment grounding provisions shall consist of the following: 1. Exposed, noncurrent-carrying metal parts of fixed equipment likely to become energized, including the following,shall be grounded(bonded): a. Electrical distribution and control equipment enclosures,frames,cabinets,and cutout boxes. b. Metal raceways and boxes. c. Wiring devices. d. Motor frames and enclosures. 2. Cord and plug connected equipment, except for double insulated appliances and other exceptions allowed by the National Electrical Code,shall be grounded. D. Equipment grounding conductors shall comply with the following requirements: 1. An equipment grounding conductor shall be installed in all branch circuit and feeder raceways. 2. Ground wires shall be run inside the same raceways as the circuit conductors and shall have green insulation of the same type as the circuit conductors. Ground wires shall be bonded to all boxes and equipment enclosures through which they pass and at each end of metal raceways by means of grounding bushings. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 26 00 20-"Contract Close-out&Commissioning. END OF SECTION 26 05 26 SECONDARY GROUNDING (Revised 7111/06) 260526-2 SECTION 26 05 33 RACEWAYS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1. Drawings. 2. General Conditions. 3. Supplementary Conditions. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. Provide raceways for all conductors, including, but not limited to, that required for service, feeders, branch circuit power,and lighting. B. Provide power raceways to connecting point for all equipment. Make final electrical connections unless noted otherwise. C. Provide identification of all raceways. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. No submittals required when using specified materials. Otherwise, comply with Division 26 Section 26 00 10 "SUBMITTALS". 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide all new materials, without blemish or defect, in accord with standards specified and UL listed or labeled. 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Raceways Include: 1. Rigid Metal conduit and fittings. 2. Rigid non metallic conduit and fittings. 3. Intermediate metal conduit and fittings. 4. Liquidtight flexible metallic tubing and fittings. 5. Flexible metallic conduit and fittings. 6. Electrical metallic tubing and fittings. 6. Liquidtight Flexible conduit and fittings. 1.06 REFERENCES A. Specified references, or cited portions thereof, current at date of bidding documents unless otherwise specified, govern the work. B. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 1. C80.1 -Rigid Steel Conduit,Zinc coated. 2. C80.3 -Electrical Metallic Tubing,Zinc coated. 3. C80.4-Fittings for Rigid Metal Conduit and Electrical Metallic Tubing. C. American National Standards Institute/National Electrical Manufacturers Association (ANSI/NEMA): FB 1 - Fittings and Supports for Conduit. D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA): 1. NEMA TC-3-PVC Fittings for use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. 1.07 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials shall be suitably packaged by manufacturers to prevent damage during shipment. Damaged materials will not be acceptable for use. RACEWAYS 260533-1 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Raceways 1. Allied Tube and Conduit. 2. Republic Steel. 3. Anaconda. 4. Robintech. 5. B-line. 6. Steelduct Conduit Products 7. Carlon. 8. Square D. 9. Certain-Teed Corp. 10. Triangle. 11. Electri-Flex 12. Walker. 13. ETP. 14. Wheatland Tube. 15. International Metal Hose, 16. Wiremold. 17. Jones&Laughlin Steel. 18. Yrnmgstown Steel B. Fittings 1. Carlon. 2. O.Z./Gedney. 3. Crouse-Hinds. 4. RACO. 5. Killark. 6. Steel City. C, Cnndnit Sealing 1. Chase Technology-CTC,PR-855. 2. T&B-Flamesafe. 3. Dow Corning-Silicone RTV foam 3-6548. 4. 3M-Fire Barrier. 5. Nelson-Flameseal. D. Conduit Supporting Devices 1. Minerallac. 2. Crouse-Hinds. 3. Midwest Electric. 4. T&B. 2.02 RACEWAYS A. Conduit: 1. Steel Rigid Metal:Comply with ANSI C80.1,FS-WW-C-581 and UL-6. 2. Intermediate Metal:Comply with ANSI C80.1,FS-WW-C-581 and UL-6. 3. Steel Flexible Metal:Comply with FS-WW-C-566 and UL-1. 4. Steel Liquidtight Flexible:Comply with FS-WW-C-566 and ULA. 5. Rigid Nonmetallic: Comply with NEMA TC-2,PVC,Schedule 40. B. Tubing: 1. Steel Electrical Metallic(EMT):Comply with ANSI C80.3,FS-WW-C-563 and UL 797. C. Surface metallic raceway: 1. Comply with UL E4376 and E41751. 2.03 FITTINGS A. Rigid and IMC Conduit fittings and conduit bodies: 1. Comply with ANSI C80.4,ANSUNEMA FB 1,threaded type. 2. Locknuts;steel or malleable iron. 3. Bushings;insulating or insulated throat type. 4. Couplings;threaded or gland compression malleable iron type.Set screw or indenter type not acceptable. 5. UL listed hazardous location fittings(with sealing compound). B. Electrical Metallic Tubing fittings and conduit bodies: 1. Couplings and Connectors; steel compression type. Set screw type not acceptable. Comply with ANSI/ NEMA FB 1. C. Flexible conduit fittings and conduit bodies: 1. Connectors;malleable iron,threadless,squeeze clamp type for nonjacketed conduit. 2. Connectors; steel or malleable iron compression type with insulated throat and "O" ring assembly for RACEWAYS 260533-2 liquidtight conduit. 3. Comply with ANSI/NEMA FB 1. D. Nonmetallic conduit fittings and conduit bodies: I. Comply with NEMA TC 3. 2.04 CONDUIT SEALING A. Where conduits and/or electrical devices penetrate fire-rated walls and/or floors, the cavity shall be sealed with intumescent material capable of expanding 5 to 10 times when exposed to temperatures of 250°F. It shall be ICBO,BOCA,and SBCCI(NRB 243)approved ratings per ASTM E-814(U.L. 1479). Acceptable materials: DOW-CORNING 3-6548 silicone RTV foam or 3-M fire barrier caulk,or 3-M fire barrier 2001 silicone RTV foams. B. Water Seal: 1. Seal penetrations of perimeter walls or floors below grade to prevent entry of water.Use materials compatible with wall or floor construction and reviewed by Engineer's Representative.Use premanu- factured fittings. 2. Seal penetrations of roof with flashings compatible with roof design and reviewed by Roofing System Manufacturer and Engineers Representative. C. Hazardous Location Seal: 1. Install conduit sealing fitting on conduits entering the hazardous location.Fill fittings with sealing compound. 2. Install conduit sealing fittings on conduits entering devices within the hazardous location. 2.05 RACEWAY SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Suspended conduits less than 1 inch. 1. For exposed construction,provide strap type hangers supported from beam clamps or threaded rods. 2. For conduits suspended above ceilings,anchor to building structural steel.When span exceeds NEC limits, provide channel steel between framing members. Tic wiring of conduit to air ducts, or other piping not permitted.Plumber's perforated strap not permitted. B. Suspended Conduit 1 inch or larger. 1. Provide threaded rod with"U"type hangers for single conduit. 2. Provide trapeze hanger assemblies with Unistrut P-1000,Husky HP-200 or Kindorf B-901 and threaded rod for two or more conduits.Anchor conduits to hanger assembly with split pipe clamps. 3. Anchor threaded rod to inserts in concrete or beam clamp on steel structure. C. Surface Mounted Conduit: 1. Provide one-hole galvanized steel straps for conduits one inch or less manufactured by Appleton,Steel City or RACO.Provide clarnpbacks on exterior walls below grade or in wet areas. 2. For conduit larger than one inch and all exterior surfaces,use malleable iron pipe straps. 3. For multiple conduits, provide channel anchored to wall with conduit attached to channel with split pipe clamps. D. Anchoring: 3. Hollow Masonry:Toggle bolts or spider type expansion anchors. 4. Solid Masonry: Lead expansion anchors or preset anchors. 5. Concrete:Self-drilling anchor or powder driven studs. 6. Metal:Machine screws,bolts or welded studs. 7. Wood:Wood screws. } RACEWAYS J 260533-3 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INTERFERENCES A. Coordinate work with other trades so that interference between piping,equipment,structural and electrical work will be avoided. B. When interference develops, Engineer's Representative will decide which equipment will be relocated; regardless of which apparatus was installed first. 3.02 CONDUIT SIZING,ARRANGEMENT, AND SUPPORT A. In general, conduit shall be concealed within walls, ceilings, and floors. Conduit in spaces such as equipment rooms may be exposed. B. Size conduit for conductor type installed; 1/2 in.minimum size unless noted otherwise. C. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present a neat appearance. D. Route exposed conduit and conduit above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls and adjacent piping. E. Maintain minimum 6 in. clearance between conduit and uninsulated piping.Maintain 12 in. clearance between conduit and heat sources such as flues,and heating appliances. F. Arrange conduit supports to prevent distortion of alignment by wire pulling operations. Fasten conduit using galvanized straps,lay-in adjustable hangers,clevis hangers,or bolted split stamped galvanized hangers. G. Group conduit in parallel runs where practical and use conduit rack constructed of steel channel with conduit straps or clamps.Provide space for 25 percent additional conduit. H. Do not fasten conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps.Remove all wire used for temporary conduit support during construction,before conductors are pulled. 1. DO NOT SUPPORT ANY CONDUITS,BOXES OR ANY OTHER ELECTRICAL WORK DIRECTLY FROM UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT OF ENGINEER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 3.03 CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. All conduit in finished spaces shall be concealed unless otherwise noted. B. Cut conduit square using a saw or pipecutter;de-burr cut ends. C. Bring conduit to the shoulder of fittings and couplings and fasten securely. D. Use conduit hubs or sealing locknuts for fastening conduit to cast boxes,and for fastening conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp or wet locations. E. Install no more than the equivalent of four 90-degree bends between boxes.(Two 90-degree bends for telephone conduits,data conduits,and sound system conduit)- F. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction,as around beams. G. Use hydraulic one-shot conduit bender or factory elbows for bends in conduit larger than 2 in.size. H. Avoid moisture traps where possible;where unavoidable,provide junction box with drain fitting at conduit low point. 1. Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. J. Provide No. 12 AWG insulated conductor or nylon pull string in empty conduit,except sleeves and nipples. K. Provide UL listed expansion-deflection joints where conduit crosses building expansion or seismic joints. L. Where conduit penetrates fire-rated walls and floors, provide mechanical fire-stop fittings with UL listed fire rating equal to wall or floor rating, or, at contractor's option, seal opening around conduit in accord with paragraph 2.04. M. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork where possible. Provide flashing making waterproof joints where conduits pass through roof or roofing membrane. N. Maximum Size Conduit in floor slabs: 3/4 in. Do not route conduits to cross each other in slabs. Run larger conduits below floor slabs or above ceilings. O. Thermally seal conduit where conduits leave heated area and enter unheated area. See 2.04. P. Wipe plastic conduit clean and dry before joining. Apply full even coat of cement to entire area that will be RACEWAYS 260533-4 �f inserted into fitting.Let joint cure for 20 minutes minimum. 3.04 CONDUIT INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Undcrp,round Installations:Rigid steel conduit. Plastic-coated rigid steel conduit-Schedule 40 PVC conduit. B. Installations In or Under Concrete Slab:Schedule 40 PVC conduit. C. In Slab Above Grade:Schedule 40 PVC conduit. D. Exposed Outdoor Locations:Rigid steel conduit. Intermediate metal conduit. E. Interior Locations Above Floor Slabs:Rigid steel conduit.Intermediate metal conduit.Electrical metallic tubing. F. Where nonmetallic conduit is used in or below slab or undereround,continue the conduit runs above slab or grade using: IMC or rigid steel conduit. G. Connections to ballasted lighting fixtures, appliances. and equipment with motors or compressors: Flexible Metallic Conduit. Liquidtight flexible conduit in exterior locations in wet locations, and in grease laden areas such as food service areas.Provide green insulated equipment grounding conductor. H. Hazardous Locations:Intermediate metal conduit.Rigid steel conduit. I. Interior exposed locations in finished s aaces:surface metallic raceway system. J. Provide a green insulated equipment grounding conductor in all feeder and branch circuit raceways. Size co ductor aceor&jg to NEC Section 250-05. END OF SECTION 26 05 33 RACEWAYS 260533-5 SECTION 26 05 34 BOXES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1. Drawings. 2. General Conditions. 3. Supplementary Conditions. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. Provide all boxes for the work. B. Provide coordination of boxes requiring access with General work. C. General Construction Trades provide access panels for boxes hidden by building construction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. No submittals required when using specified materials.Otherwise,comply with General Conditions and Applicable Supplementary Conditions,Division 01,Section 26 00 10"SUBMITTALS"and Division 26 Section 26 00 10 "SUBMITTALS". 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements 1. Comply with NFPA. 2. Provide materials listedAabeled by UL. 2. National Electric Code. 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Boxes include: 1. Wall and ceiling outlet boxes. 2. Pull and junction boxes. 1.06 REFERENCES A. Specified references,or cited portions thereof,current at date of bidding documents unless otherwise specified,govern the work. B. American National Standards Institute/National Electrical Manufacturers Association(ANSVNEMA OS-1-Sbeet Steel Outlet Boxes,Device Boxes,Covers and Box Supports). C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA):NEMA 250-Enclosures for Electrical Equipment. D. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA):NFPA 70-National Electrical Code latest Edition. E. Manufacturers'Catalogs:Specified manufacturers'catalogs are incorporated by reference to same force and effect as if repeated herein in full. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials shall be suitably packaged by manufacturer to prevent damage during shipment.Damaged materials not acceptable for use. B. Store materials on site in clean,dry storage area. C. Handle all materials carefully to preclude damage. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Boxes(other than Floor Boxes) BOXES 26 05 34- 1 1. Appleton Electric Co. 2. Pyle-National 3. Crouse-Hinds Co. 4. RACO 5. General Electric Co. 6.Square D. 7. Hoffman Co. 8. Steel City 9. Hubbell. 10.Thomas&Betts Co. 11. Killark Electric Mfg,Co. 12.Walker. 13. O.Z./Gedney Co. 14.Quazite. 2.02 PULL BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES A Comply with 1996 NEC-370,UL 50 and ANSUNEMOS 1;galvanized steel. B_ Flush mounted pull boxes:Overlapping cover with flush head retaining screws,prime-coated. C. Surface mounted boxes: Screw-on or hinged cover.Provide silicon bronze standard retaining screws. D. Finished Areas:Boxes of 14 gauge steel minimum,galvanized or prime coated. E. Boxes greater than 144 square inch:Make of 1-1/2 in.X 1-1/2 in.X 1/4 in.galvanized angle covered with 10 gauge galvanized sheet steel riveted or bolted with hinged cover of 11 gage galvanized steel. F. Boxes larger than 12 inches in any dimen ion:hinged enclosure. G. F,xterior Below Grade:Non-metallic,sand-gravel polymer base fiberglass reinforced. 2.03 OUTLET BOXES A. Hot dipped galvanized, 1.25 oz.per sq.ft.,sherardized or cadmium plated.Conform to UL 514. B. Liter for boxes.Sliest steel with conduit knockouts,attached lugs for locating.ANSUNEMA OS 1. C. Exterior boxes or exposed interior in wet/damn locations:Cast aluminum,deep type,corrosion proof fasteners, watertight,,gasketed,threaded hubs. D. For suspended or surface mounted fixtures: 1. 4-inch octagonal or square according to devices used.Minimum 1-1/2 in.deep.Furnished with fixture studs. Installed with 3/4 in.minimum depth plaster rings on suspended ceilings.4 in.octagonal or square for all exposed conduit work with fixture extension pan or deep fixture canopy to enclose the box. 2. Fixtures listed for thru-way wiring may be used as such without an outlet box. E. For recessed fixtures: 1. 4 in.octagonal or square.Minimum 1-1/2 in deep.Complete with blank cover. 2. .Fixtures listed for thru-way wiring may be used as such without an outlet box. F. Switch and Receptacle Boxes: 1. Wall:4 in.square for up to two devices.Single gang with 18 cubic inch minimum capacity for one device. Solid gang boxes for two devices.Complete with 1 in.minimum depth tile ring where used in exposed tile, paneled walls.Complete with 1 in.minimum depth plaster ring where used In plastered walls.Install with 1/2 in.raised galvanized device covers conduit work.Provide concrete-tight masonry boxes in poured concrete or CMi J walls. 2.04 CONDUIT BODIES A. Galvanized cast metal of type,shape and size to fit location. B. Constructed with threaded conduit ends,removable cover,corrosion resistant screws. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION A. Provide boxes as shown and for splices,taps,wire pulling,equipment connections and code compliance. B. Locations shown are approximate unless dimensioned.Verify location of boxes and outlets prior to rough-in. C. Locate boxes to allow access.When inaccessible,provide access doors. D. Locate boxes to maintain headroom and present a neat appearance. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Provide knockout closures to cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been removed. BOXES 260534-2 B. Support all boxes independently of conduit except for cast boxes connected to two rigid conduits both 1 supported within 12 inches of box. C. Outlet Boxes: 1. Flush mount outlet boxes in areas other than mechanical rooms,electrical rooms,and above removable ceilings. 2. Do not install boxes back-to-back in same wall.Provide at least 6 in.separation where possible. 3. Use multiple gang boxes where more than one device is mounted together.Do not use sectional boxes. Provide barriers to separate different voltage systems. 4. For boxes mounted in exterior walls,make sure insulation is behind outlet boxes.Do not damage insulation. 5. For outlets mounted above counters,benches,or backsplashes,coordinate location and mounting heights with units.Where boxes are mounted on sidewalls at counters and lavatories,hold boxes to front of counter or lavatory for handicapped accessibility. 6. Adjust outlet mounting height to agree with specified location for equipment served. 7. Position outlets to locate luminaires as shown on reflected ceiling drawings. 8. Position outlets and junction boxes in inaccessible ceilings areas within 6 in.of luminaire;accessible through luminaire ceiling opening. 9. Provide recessed boxes in finished areas;secure to interior wall and partition studs,allow for surface finish thickness.Use stamped steel stud hangers in hollow stud wall,and adjustable steel channel fasteners for flush ceiling boxes. 10. Align wall-mounted outlet boxes for switches,thermostats,and similar devices. 11. Provide cast boxes for exterior locations&wet locations. D. Pull and Junction Boxes: 1. Locate above accessible ceilings or in unfinished areas. 2. Support independent of conduit. E. Provide covers for all boxes. END OF SECTION 26 05 34 BOXES 260534-3 SECTION 26 05 53 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1. Drawings. 2. General Conditions. 3. General Provisions of the Contract. 4. Supplementary Conditions. 5. Solicitation Documents. 6. Division 01. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. Provide identification of manual and automatic operable equipment: 1. Safety Switches. 2. Panelboards&Switchboards. 3. Starters. 4. Control panels,relay panels,and special junction boxes. 5. Contactors,relays and time switches. 6. Manual starters and interval timers. B. Provide identification of all passive equipment: 1. Terminal Cabinets. C. Provide identification of conduit system including boxes. D. Provide identification of wiring system. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with: 1. ANSI A 13.1,Identification of Piping Systems. 2. Local Rules&Regulations. 3. National Electric Code.(NEC) 1.04 REFERENCES A. Specified references, or cited portions thereof,current at date of bidding documents unless otherwise specified, govern the work. B. American National Standards Institute(ANSI):ANSI A13.1 -Identification of Piping Systems. C. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA):NFPA 70-National Electrical Code(NEC) 1993 Edition. D. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL):All products UL listed and labeled. E. Manufacturers' Catalogs: Specification manufacturers'catalogs are incorporated by reference to same force and effect as if repeated herein in full. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Division 26 Section 26 00 10"SUBMITTALS". PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION PLATES A. See Section 26 00 20-"Contract Close-out&Commissioning". 2.02 CONDUIT SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION A. See Section 26 00 20-"Contract Close-out&Commissioning". ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION (Revised March 23,2001) 260553-1 2.03 UNDERGROUND-TYPE PLASTIC LINE MARKERS A. General: Manufacturer's standard permanent, bright-colored, continuous-printed detectable tape, intended for direct-burial service; not less than 6" wide x 4 mils thick. Provide tape with printing which most accurately indicates type of service of buried pipe. 1. Provide multi-ply tape consisting of solid aluminum foil core between 2-layers of plastic tape. 2.04 WIRING SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION A. Wire Insulation Color:See Section 26 05 19-"WLRES AND CABLES". B. Code all wire and cable larger than color coded sizes available from manufacturer by application of electrical plastic tape in colors specified.Apply tape in uniform manner circling wire or cable. Apply tape in all boxes and cabinets.Half-lap tape for length of cable as required by Local Authorities or NEC.Tape shall be 3M,Plymouth or Permacel. C. Maintain consistent coding throughout installation to ensure proper phase identification. D. See Section 26 00 20-"Contract Close-out&Commissioning". 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION A. Complete all panel directories completely typewritten. Each circuit shall be identified by location and type of load.Example:Lighting-Office. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Affix Equipment Identification Plates to equipment with stainless steel self tapping screws.Do not use adhesive. 3.02 UNDERGROUND PIPING IDENTIFICATION A. General:During back-fillnig/top-soiling of underground gas piping,install continuous underground-type detect- able type line marker,located directly over buried line at 6"to 8"below finished grade. END OF SECTION 26 05 53 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION (Revised March 23,2001) 260553-2 SECTION 26 24 00 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1. Drawings. 2. General Conditions. 3. Supplementary Conditions. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. Provide: 1. Panelboards. 2. Contactors. 2. Safety Switches. 4. Fuses. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. No submittals required when using specified equipment or owner provided equipment, otherwise submit information as follows: B. Division 01 Section"SUBMITTALS"—Shop drawings,product data, installation drawings; also see Division 26 Section 26 00 10"SUBMITTALS". C. Division 01 Section"PROJECT RECORD AND CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS"—Complete record of"as-built" drawings and specifications for all components. D. Panelboard submittals shall include overall dimensions,wiring gutter dimensions,location of the main,branches and neutral. E. Safety switches. F. Contractors. G. Time clocks. H. Lighting controllers. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory requirements: 1. Panelboards: a. UL Standard 67. a. Fed.Spec.W-P-I15A Type 1,Class 1. b. NEMA Standards PBI-1977. 2. Safety Switches: a. UL Std.98. b. NEMA Sid.KS1-1975. 3. Contactors: a. UL Std.508. b. NEMA Std. 1CSZ-Z11B. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver equipment in time to maintain approved construction schedule. B. Store in safe,dry location.Protect from dust,moisture,weather and extreme temperatures. C. Follow manufacturer's recommendation for transportation,handling and storage. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Electrical Equipment 1. Cutler-Hammer. 2. Siemens-ITE. 3. GE, 4. Square D. B. Fuses 1. Bussman. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT(Revised 7/11106) 262400-1 2.02 PANELBOARDS-LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE A. Circuit breakers panelboards shall meet Federal Spec W-P-115A for Type 1 panels.Panelboard bussing may be tinned-aluminum. Circuit breakers shall be quick-make,quick-break,thermal-magnetic,trip indicating,and have common trip on all multipole circuit breakers. Trip indication shall be shown by the breaker handle taking a neutral position between ON and OFF when the breaker is tripped.The ampacity of the circuit breaker shall be stamped in a location visible without removing the front of the panelboard. The minimum circuit breaker interrupting capacity shall be as indicated on plans. Circuit breakers shall be plug on type. All circuit breakers on lighting panels shall be UL labeled"SWD" and"HACR"_All circuit breakers serving HID loads shall be so rated.Panelboards shall be equal to the style/type shown on schedules. B. All terminals shall be UL listed as suitable for the type of conductor specified. C. Main lugs shall be bolt type. D. Panelboard bus assemblies shall be enclosed in galvanized or rust-resisting steel cabinets. Fronts shall include doors and cylinder tumbler type locks with catches and sprung loaded door pulls.All doors shall be keyed alike. Door hinges shall be concealed when panel doors are closed.Fronts shall not be removable with doors locked.A circuit directory frame and card with clear plastic cover shall be locked on the inside of the front.Door and front shall be of code gauge steel with rust inhibiting primer and gray baked enamel finish. E. Panelboards shall have solid neutral and equipment grounding bus. Panels designated for electronic equipment (Cpx)shall have 200%neutral bus. 2.03 SAFETY SWITCHES A. All safety switches shall be the fusible type, horsepower rated, NEMA type, general duty (240V and below) unless otherwise noted on drawings. Note: Heavy duty safety switches shall be provided on all voltages greater than 240 V. B. Enclosures shall be code gauge steel with rust inhibiting primer and gray baked enamel finish. Install safety switches with NEMA l enclosures in dry locations and NEMA 3R enclosures in wet locations. C. Switches shall have quick-make,quick-break operating handle and mechanism which shall be an integral part of the enclosure. Switches shall be lockable in both positions and shall have an interlock to prevent opening switch door with handle in the OFF position.This feature shall have a defeater mechanism. D. Switch blades shall be visible in OFF position with door open. Switches shall be dead front type with are suppressors.Lugs shall be UL listed for copper or aluminum.All current carrying parts shall be plated. E. Switches shall have a solid neutral unless otherwise noted. F. Switches shall have factory installed kits to prevent the use of other than UL class R fuses. 2.04 LIGHTING CONTACTORS A. Contactors shall be electrically held and shall switch the load at the voltage required and shall have the quantity of poles required. B. The contactor shall be continuously rated per pole for all types of ballast and tungsten lighting and resistance loads,and shall not be de-rated for use on high-inrush loads. C. The contactor shall have double-break, silver-cadmium-oxide power contacts.Auxiliary arcing contacts are not acceptable. all power contacts shall be convertible from N.O. to N.C. or vice-versa. All contacts shall HVAC clearly visible N.O.and N.C. contact-status indicators. D. The contactor shall be industrial-duty rated for applications to 600 volts maximum. E. The contactor shall have NEMA type enclosure as required by installation. 2.05 FUSES A. Circuits 601 to 6000 amperes shall be protected by current limiting time-delay fuses.Fuses shall hold 500% of rated current for a minimum of 4 seconds, clear 20 times rated current in .01 seconds or less and be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., with an interrupting rating of 200,000 amperes RMS symmetrical. The fuses shall be UL Class L. B. Circuits 0 to 600 amperes shall be protected by current limiting dual-element fuses. All dual-element fuses shall have separate overload and short-circuit elements. Fuse shall incorporate a spring activated thermal overload element having a 284°F. melting point alloy and shall be independent of the short-circuit clearing chamber.The fuse shall hold 500% of rated current for a minimum of 10 seconds (30A, 250V Class RK1 case size shall be a minimum of 8 seconds at 500% of rated current) and be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., with an ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT(Revised 7/11/06) 262400-2 interrupting rating of 200,000 amperes RMS symmetrical. C. Motor circuits-All individual motor circuits with full load ampere ratings(FLA)of 480 amperes or less shall be 1 protected by dual-element fuses.The fuses shall be UL Class RK1,or J,dual-element time-delay. D. The ampere rating of fuses shall be as required by the load served.Field verify by inspecting the nameplate of the equipment being protected. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Comply with equipment manufacturer's written installation instructions for all equipment. B. Install equipment with minimum of T-6"working clearance measured from front of enclosure. C. Set equipment true and plumb using a carpenter's level. D. Support panels adequately in the same manner as described for outlet boxes for different types of construction. E. Wiring within equipment cabinets shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner with branch circuit conductors run along the outside edges of the wiring gutters and then horizontally into the terminals. F. For flush mounted panelboards,stub a minimum of three 3/4"diameter raceways into the ceiling cavity space. G. Install safety switches which serve as equipment disconnecting means so that equipment maintenance can be performed within sight of the disconnect if possible. H. When safety switches are mounted directly to equipment in wet locations, the installation shall be watertight. Install sealing locknuts with rubber 0-rings for equipment with knockouts. I. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for equipment connectors. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated,tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Std.486A. J. Adjust operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement. K. Touch-up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finishes. L. Prior to energization of circuitry, check all accessible connections to manufacturer's tightening torque specifications. M. Prior to energization of equipment, check with ground resistance tester phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground insulation resistance levels to ensure requirements are fulfilled. N. Prior to energization,check equipment for electrical continuity to circuits,and for short-circuits. O. Subsequent to wire and cable hook-ups, energize equipment and demonstrate functioning in accordance with requirements.Where necessary,correct malfunctioning units,and then retest to demonstrate compliance. P. See Section 26 00 20-"Contract Close-out&Comnmissioning". Q. Fuses shall not be installed until equipment is ready to be energized. END OF SECTION 26 24 00 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT(Revised 7111106) 262400-3 - � I SECTION 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1. Drawings. 2. General Conditions. 3. Supplementary Conditions. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. Provide: 1. Switches. 2. Device plates. 3. Receptacles. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 26 05 19—"WIRES AND CABLES". B. Section 26 05 34—"BOXES". 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide product data in accordance with Division 26 Section 26 00 10"SUBMITTALS". 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements:All materials:U.L.listed or labeled. 1.06 REFERENCES A. Specified references,or cited portions thereof,govern the work. B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA): 1. WD-1 -General Purpose Wiring Devices. 2. WD-5-Specific Purpose Wiring Devices. C. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA):NFPA 70-National Electrical Code(NEC) 1993 Edition. D. Underwriters'Laboratories,Inc.(UL):All materials UL listed and labeled. E. Federal Specification WC596F(Receptacles)and WS896E(Switches). 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials shall be suitably packaged by manufacturer to prevent damage during shipment. Damaged materials will not be acceptable for use. B. Store materials on site in clean,dry storage area. C. Handle all materials carefully to preclude damage during installation. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Arrow-Hart. B. Leviton. C. Hubbell. D. Pass&Seymour. WIRING DEVICES (Revised March 23,2001) 262726- 1 2.01 WALL SWITCHES A. Specification Grade,20A, 120-277 V.,quiet type,back and side wired,toggle handle. Color-Ivory. Equal to Hubbell series as follows: 1. Single pole-#CS-1221 4. 4-Way-#CS-1224 2. Double pole-#CS-1222 5. Pilot Light Switch-#HBL-1221L 3. 3-Way-#CS-1223 B. Narrow Switches: Equal to "Eagle" #1211-V, 20A, 227V., quiet type, back wired, toggle handle. Color— ivory. Provide Eagle#919 mounting strap and"Pass&Seymour"SNG1 cover plate. 2,02 RECEPTACLES A. Duplex: 1. Flush, straight blade, 3 wire grounding,construction series,heavy duty, specification grade, 20 A, 125 V., NEMA 5-20R,capable of being split wired and/or feed thru. 2. Hubbell#CR-5362,or equal. 3. Color:Ivory(Gray for"Designated Receptacle). B. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter: 1. Commercial, specification grade feed through type capable of protecting downstream receptacles on same circuit,grounding type,UL class A-Group 1,20 amp 125 v. 2. Solid State ground fault sensing and signaling,5 ma.trip level. 3. Color:Ivory. 4. Hubbell#GF-5362,or equal. C. Isolated Ground: 1. Single or duplex,3 wire,construction series,heavy duty specification grade,20 amp, 125V,NEMA 5-20R. 2. Color: Orange. 3. Hubbell CR-5352IG or equal. C. Telephone/Communication Outlet: 1. Provide wall box only and provide blank coverplate for locations that are not used. 2.03 DEVICE PLATES A. Materials: 1. Finished SI aces: .04 inch thick,type 302,satin finished stainless steel. 2. Outdoor.Exterior:Cast metal,gasketed.Provide springloaded gasketed door for receptacles. 3. Surface Devices in Unfinished Areas:Galvanized steel. B. Use plates manufactured by device manufacturer. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install wall switches with OFF position down. B. Install convenience receptacles with grounding pole on top when mounted vertically or with grounding pole on left when mounted horizontally. C. Install plates on all switch,and receptacle outlets. Install blank plates on all unused boxes. D. Install devices and plates flush and level. E. Seal all connections on GFCI with seal coat compound and wrap with two layers tape, END OF SECTION 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES (Revised March 23, 2001) 26 27 26-2 SECTION 26 29 00 MOTOR CONTROL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1. Drawings. 2. General Conditions. 3. Supplementary Conditions. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. Provide starters specified and shown on electrical drawings. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 26 05 33-"RACEWAYS". B_ Section 26 24 00-"ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT". C. Section 26 05 19-"WIRES AND CABLES". D. Section 26 05 53-"ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION". 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product data in accord with Division 26 Section 26 00 10"SUBMITTALS". 1. Provide catalog cut sheets showing voltage, controller size, ratings and size of switching and overcurrent protection devices,short circuit ratings,dimensions,and enclosure details. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements 1. Power&Control Wiring in accord with N.E.C. 2. NEMA ICS-2,NEMA KS 1. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. General Electric. C. Square D. B. Siemens. D. Eaton. 2.02 MOTOR CONTROLLERS A. Manual Motor Controller 1. NEMA ICS 2, AC general-purpose Class A manually operated, full-voltage controller with overload element,red pilot light,auxiliary contact,where noted,and push button operator. B. Fractional Horsepower Manual Motor Controller 1. NEMA ICS 2, AC general-purpose Class A manually operated, full-voltage controller for fractional horsepower induction motors,with thermal overload unit,red pilot light,and toggle operator. C. Motor Starting Switches 1. NEMA ICS 2, AC general-purpose Class A manually operated, full-voltage controller for fractional horsepower induction motors,without thermal overload unit, with red pilot light where shown, and toggle operator. D. Magnetic Motor Controllers-Non-reversing MOTOR CONTROL 26 29 00- 1 1. NEMA ICS 2, AC general-purpose Class A magnetic controller for induction motors rated in horsepower with 120 volt encapsulate coil,poles and size as scheduled or as indicated_ 2. Contacts: Totally enclosed, double-break, silver-cadmium-oxide power contacts. Contact inspection and replacement shall be possible without disturbing line or load wiring. 3. Wiring: Straight-through wiring with all terminals clearly marked. 4. Overload Relay: NEMA ICS; with one-piece thermal unit construction. Thermal units shall be inter- changeable. Overload relay control circuit contact shall be replaceable.Thermal units shall be required for starter to operate. 5. Auxiliary contacts,pilot devices and other options as scheduled or as indicated. 6. All controller enclosures shall be as scheduled or indicated. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install enclosed controllers where indicated,in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install enclosed controllers plumb with 5 ft.AFF to operating handle. C. Install fuses in fusible switches under provisions of fuses section. D. Select and install overload heater elements in motor controllers to match installed motor characteristics. E. Provide engraved plastic nameplates under the provisions of Section 26 05 53-"ELECTRICAL IDENT1FiCATION". F. Provide neatly typed label inside each motor controller door identifying motor served,nameplate horsepower, full load amperes,code letter,service factor,and voltage/phase rating. END OF SECTION 26 29 00 MOTOR CONTROL 262900-2 SECTION 26 50 00 LIGHTING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1. Drawings. 2. General Conditions. 3. Supplementary Conditions. 4. Refer to Division 01,01 11 00-Summary of Work. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. Provide lighting fixtures. B. Provide required fixture supports. C. Provide lamps. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. No submittals required on specified equipment or owner furnished equipment otherwise provide: Product data in accordance with Division 26 Section 26 00 10"SUBMITTALS". 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory requirements. 1. NEMA Std.Pub.Nos.SH5 and TTl for pole construction,materials,and hardware. 2. Building lighting fixtures: a. Applicable sections of NEC. b. ANSI132.1 C. UL 57,676, 1570, 1571,and 1572. d_ Fluorescent ballasts shall be CBM labeled. C. NEMA Std.Pub.Nos.FA 1.LEI and LE2. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Electronic ballasts 1. Advance. B. Lamps 1. General Electric. 2. Phillips. 3. Osram-Sylvania 2.02 FIXTURES A. Specified on plans. 2.03 BALLASTS A. All ballasts shall be rated for the circuit voltage shown on plans. B. All ballasts shall be P thermal rating.Fluorescent ballasts shall have class A sound rating. C. Ballasts for exterior lighting fixtures shall be suitable for use at temperatures-20°F.and above. D. Unless otherwise noted,fluorescent ballasts shall be solid state electronic type for use with T8(Octron or equal) fluorescent lamps.Electronic ballasts shall have a total harmonic distortion of 10%or less. LIGHTING 26 50 00—1 2.04 LAMPS A. Provide lamps for all light fixtures as scheduled on drawings. B. All flourescent lamps shall contain mercury in reduced amounts allowing them to pass the EPS's "Toxic Characteristic Leaching Procedure'(TCLP)and be so labeled PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Provide all plaster frames, angles, channel, hangers and supports required to support lighting fixtures.Fixtures shall be supported independently of ceiling. B. Exit signs in suspended ceiling areas shall be located in the center of the ceiling tile and oriented so as to provide maximum visibility to escape paths. C. See Section 26 00 20-"Contract Close-out&Commissioning". END OF SECTION 26 50 00 ti LIGHTING 265000-2 SECTION 31 00 00 EARTHWORK PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Perform excavation,filling, compacting and grading operations both inside and outside building limits as required for below-grade improvements and to achieve grades and elevations indicated. Provide trenching and backfilling for mechanical and electrical work and utilities. B. Provide subbase materials, drainage fill, and common fill materials for slabs, pavements,and improvements. C. Provide suitable fill from off-site if on-site quantities are insufficient or unacceptable, and legally dispose of excess fill off-site. D. Provide rock excavation without blasting, unless specifically authorized, in unit prices on Bid Proposal and as defined herein. 1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. If a boundary and topographical survey have been prepared for this site, refer to Section 00 31 00. B. If a geotechnical analysis has been prepared for this site, refer to Section 00 31 00. C. Data on indicated subsurface conditions are not intended as representations or warranties of accuracy or continuity between soil borings. It is expressly understood that the Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn therefrom by Contractor. Data is made available for the convenience of Contractor. Additional test borings and other exploratory operations may be made by Contractor at no cost to Owner. D. Locate existing underground utilities in the area of work. Provide adequate means of protection during earthwork operations. Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult utility owner immediately for directions. Cooperate with Owner and utility companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of operating authority. 1.03 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Contractor to employ and pay for a qualified independent geotechnical testing laboratory to perform soil testing and inspection service during earthwork operations. It is recommended, but not required,to utilize same soils testing laboratory that prepared the original geotechnical report. B. Test and analysis of fill material will be performed in accordance with ANSI/ASTM D 698"Standard" Proctor Density. C. Frequency of test: One in-place compaction test should be performed for each 2,500 square feet of fill placed, per lift, with a minimum of three tests per lift. D. Sub-grade shall be approved by testing lab before backfilling begins. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit for approval field density test reports. B. Submit for approval list of materials and gradations proposed for use. -� EARTHWORK(Revised 03/07/08) 31 00 00-1 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compaction (Unless otherwise indicated in Geotechnical Analysis): 1. Under structures, building slabs, steps, pavements, and walkways, 95% minimum density, ASTM D 698, at moisture content range of 1% below to 3% above optimum moisture content. 2. Under lawns or unpaved areas, 90% minimum density,ASTM D 698, at moisture content range of 3% below to 3%above optimum moisture content. B. Grading Tolerances Outside Building Lines: 1. Lawns, unpaved areas, and walks, plus or minus 1-inch. 2. Pavements, plus or minus'/z-inch. C. Grading Tolerance for Fill Under Building Slabs: Plus or minus'/z-inch measured with 10-foot straightedge. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Subbase material: Material acceptable for intended use as subbase for paving specified unless noted on the drawings. 1. Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel. 2. Crushed limestone graded from 1"to dust. 3. Crushed slag. 4. Natural or crushed sand,free of silt, clay, loam, friable or soluble materials, and organic matter. 5. Cohesive subgrade: Subgrade soils may be stabilized with hydrated lime, cement, or flyash, or chemical treatment in accordance with AASHTO standards. The quantity of additive required should be determined after the site is stripped of the loose topsoil and the subgrade soils exposed. Actual percentage required shall be determined by independent laboratory tests provided by Contractor and approved by Architect. 6. Substitute materials may be utilized with prior approval from Architect. B. Drainage fill: Washed gravel or crushed stone, '/4"to 1/4"size; ASTM C 33, Size 67. C. Common fill: Mineral soil substantially free from organic and unsuitable materials, and free from rock or gravel larger than 2" in diameter, 80% passing No. 40 sieve and not more than 50% passing No.200 sieve. D. Structural fill: 1. Inactive silty or sandy clay,with a plasticity index less than 20 and a liquid limit less than 45, free of rocks greater than 6" in diameter. 2. Gravel or sandy gravel free of organic and unsuitable materials and within the following gradation limits:4"sieve, 100 percent finer by weight; 1"sieve, 60 to 100 percent; No. 4 sieve, 25 to 85 percent; No. 20 sieve, 10 to 60 percent; No. 50 sieve, 4 to 35 percent; No. 200 sieve, 0 to 5 percent. 3. Substitute materials may be utilized with prior approval from Architect. PART 3— EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION A. Excavation classification: Excavation classifications shall be defined herein and includes removal and disposal of any material encountered to obtain required subgrade elevations, including pavement, obstructions visible on ground surface, underground structures and utilities indicated to be removed, boulders, solid rock, rock in ledges, and rock-hard cementitious aggregate deposits. EARTHWORK (Revised 03/07/08) 31 00 00-2 B. Unauthorized excavations (removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations and dimensions)shall be corrected as follows: 1. At structure: a. Extend the indicated bottom elevation of footing to the lower elevation. b. Provide concrete or lean concrete mix approved by Architect. c. Compacted structural fill. 2. Elsewhere: Backfill and compact as directed. C. Excavation for structure: Excavate for structure to elevations and dimensions shown, extending excavation a sufficient distance to permit placing and removal of concrete formwork, installation of services, other work, and for inspection. Excavate by hand to final grade just before concrete reinforcement is placed. Trim bottom to required lines and grades to provide solid base to receive concrete. 1. Arrange for observation of completed excavation by geotechnical engineer prior to fill placement or footing construction. D. Excavation for pavements: Cut surface under pavements to comply with cross-section, elevations and grades as indicated. E. Excavation for trenches: Dig trenches to the uniform width required for the particular item to be installed, sufficiently wide to provide ample working room, and to the depth indicated or required. Trench width for piping shall be cut to provide 6"—12"of clear space between the pipe O.D. and trench wall. Carry the depth of trenches for piping to establish the indicated flow lines and invert elevations with a minimum of 4" of granular bedding below the pipe. Beyond the building perimeter, keep bottoms of trenches sufficiently below finish grade to avoid freeze-ups. Where rock is encountered, carry the excavation 6" below the required elevation and backfill with a 6" layer of crushed stone or gravel prior to installing pipe. Grade bottoms of trenches as indicated, notching pipe bells to provide solid bearing for the entire body of pipe. Backfill trenches with concrete where trench excavations pass within 18" of column or wall footings and which are carried below bottom of such footings, or which pass under wall footings. Place backfill to level of bottom of adjacent footing. Do not backfill trenches until tests and inspections have been made and backfilling authorized by Architect. Use care in backfilling to avoid damage or displacement of pipe system. F. Excavation of rock: If rock, as defined below, which requires for its removal the continuous use of pneumatic tools or drilling and blasting, is encountered, Contractor shall cease all excavation and trenching work in associated area and notify Architect in accordance with General Conditions. Provide rock excavation unit price basis as set forth in Contractor's Bid Proposal defined as follows: 1. Solid rock excavation is defined as rock in solid bed or masses in its original or stratified position including boulders and detached masses of rock, portions of which projecting into the lines of excavation and necessary to be removed exceed in any one bed, mass or boulder one (1)cubic yard, and which is not, in the opinion of the Architect, practicable to except after drilling and blasting. 2. Trench rock excavation is defined as excavation of a continuous nature, narrow in width such as excavation for foundation walls, foundation wall footings, plumbing, heating and sewer lines, drain tile and excavation of a similar nature. 3. Pit rock excavation is defined as excavation of an isolated nature, such as piers, footing for piers, shafts, tanks and other excavation of a similar nature. 4. Solid rock occurring in any excavation shall be uncovered by Contractor and measured by the Architect before its removal by the Contractor. Any rock removed before Architect's inspection and measurement.shall be treated as earth excavation and the Contractor shall not be entitled to additional compensation for its removal. 5. Unless rocks comply with the requirements above, closely packed strata or flint or other rock separated by clay or earth seams shall be classed as earth excavations and the Contractor shall not be entitled to additional compensation for its removal; provided, however, that bedded deposits, unstratified masses, and other rock —� EARTHWORK (Revised 03/07/08) 31 00 00-3 deposits so firmly cemented as to present the characteristics of solid rock shall be deemed to be solid rock within the provision above when Architect so certifies. 6. Blasting: No blasting of rock will be allowed unless specifically authorized. a. Contractor shall comply with all local, state, and federal laws, ordinances, applicable safety code requirements and regulations relative to handling, storage, and use of explosives and the protection of life and property. b. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damages caused by his blasting operations. Suitable methods shall be employed to confine all materials lifted by blasting within limits of the excavation or trench. c. No blasting of rock will be allowed in foundation wall lines or general areas that are within twenty(20)feet of adjacent structures unless specifically authorized. d. All rock which cannot be handled and compacted as earth shall be kept separate from other excavated materials and shall not be mixed with backfill or embankment materials except as specified or directed. 3.02 SHORING AND BRACING A. Sheeting, bracing and shoring shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and be designed by a professional engineer licensed in the jurisdiction of the project and built to withstand all loads that might be caused by earth movement or pressure, and shall be rigid, maintaining shape and position under all circumstances. Design and construction shall be in compliance with codes and ordinances of governing authorities having jurisdiction. B. Except where banks are cut back on a stable slope, excavation for structures and trenches shall be properly and substantially sheeted, braced, and shored, as necessary, to prevent caving or sliding; to provide protection for workmen and the work; and to provide protection for existing structures and facilities. 3.03 BACKFILL AND FILL A. Place and compact acceptable soil material in layers to required elevations. Do not place materials on surfaces that are muddy,frozen, contain ice, or frost. Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits. B. Place acceptable materials in layers not more than 8" loose depth for materials compacted by heavy equipment and not more than 4" loose depth for materials compacted by hand equipment to subgrades indicated as follows: 1. Structural Fill: Use under foundations, slabs on grade in layers as indicated. 2. Drainage Fill: Use under designated building slabs, at foundation drainage and elsewhere as indicated. 3. Common Fill: Use under unpaved areas. Note, where post-tension type foundation systems are indicated or when recommended in Geotechnical Analysis for other foundation system types, provide 12" of high plastic index type clay soil "plug" surrounding unpaved building perimeter for a minimum of five (5)feet extension from building properly compacted to minimize infiltration of surface water for gaining access to subgrade beneath structure. 4. Subbase Material: Use under pavement, walks, steps, piping and conduit. 5. Pipe Embedment: Pipe embedment shall extend from the pipe bedding to 12" above the top of pipe for plastic pipe and to the centerline of the pipe for reinforced concrete pipe. Pipe embedment shall consist of gravel or sand compacted to 90% density. 3.04 PAVEMENT SUBBASE COURSE A. Place specified subbase material in layers of indicated thickness, over subgrade surface to support pavements. Place in a single layer not to exceed 6" in thickness and in equal layers of 6"or less for thickness greater than 6". EARTHWORK (Revised 03/07/08) 31 00 00-4 3.05 BUILDING SLAB DRAINAGE COURSE A. Place drainage fill material on prepared subgrade in a single layer not to exceed 6" in thickness and in equal layers of 6"or less for thickness greater than 6". 3.06 GRADING A. Subgrade elevation to be 4" below finish indicated for placement of topsoil specified in Section 32 90 00. Grade areas indicated with uniform levels or slopes between finish elevations. Shape surface of areas to 0.10 ft. above or below required subgrade elevation, compacted as required. Where in-situ soil is used as subgrade, soil shall be scarified, moisture conditioned and recompacted to a depth of 6-inches unless otherwise noted. 3.07 MAINTENANCE AND DISPOSAL A. Dewatering: Prevent surface water and subsurface or groundwater from flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings, and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrade and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps,well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines, and other de-watering systems components necessary to convey water away from excavations. Convey water removed from excavations and rainwater to collection or runoff areas. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits for each structure. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. } B. Material storage: Stockpile excavated materials in such a manner not to impede construction activities, encumber adjacent property, or within drip line of trees to remain. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles for proper drainage. Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations. C. Protect existing structures, planting, utilities, and conditions designated to remain. D. Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Recompact and regrade settled, disturbed and damaged areas as necessary to restore quality, appearance, and condition of work. E. Control erosion to prevent runoff into sewers or damage sloped or runoff areas. F. Control dust to prevent hazards to adjacent properties and vehicles. Immediately repair or remedy damage caused by dust, including air filters in equipment and vehicles. Clean soiled surfaces. G. Dispose of waste and unsuitable materials off-site in a legal manner. END OF SECTION EARTHWORK(Revised 03/07/08) 31 00 00-5 SECTION 32 11 26 HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide hot-mixed asphalt paving over prepared subbase where indicated: 1. Parking areas. 2. Driveways (Excluding drive aprons specified as concrete construction). B. Provide striping for parking, roadway,fire lanes and handicapped markings as indicated on drawings. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit for approval product data,test reports, certificates signed by material producer and Contractor, certifying that each material item complies with, or exceeds, specified requirements. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers, which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Comply with State highway or transportation department standard specifications, latest edition,and with local governing regulations if more stringent than specified requirements. 1.04 LAYER DESIGN THICKNESS AND TOLERANCES A. Provide prepared subgrade, granular base, bituminous base course and bituminous surface course as indicated on the Site Details Sheet. Subgrade shall meet the requirements of Section 31 00 00-Earthwork. B. Construction Tolerances: Test finished surface of each course for smoothness using 10 foot straightedge, applied parallel with, and at right angles to centerline of paved area. Surfaces will not be accepted if exceeding the following tolerances and smoothness: 1. Base Course Thickness:Within '/z-inch. 2. Surface Course Thickness:Within'/4-inch. 3. Base Course Surface Smoothness:Within '/-inch. 4. Surface Course Surface Smoothness:Within 3/16-inch. No ponding acceptable. 5. Crowned Surfaces:Within '/inch from template. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather limitations: 1. Apply prime and tack coats when ambient temperature is above 50' F, and when temperature has not been below 35' F for 12 hours immediately prior to application. Do not apply when base is wet,frozen or contains an excess of moisture. 2. Base course mixtures shall not be placed when either the temperature of the surface on which the mixture is to be placed is below 40' F, on any wet or frozen -� HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING (Revised 03/07/08) 3211 26-1 surface, or when weather conditions prevent the proper handling and finishing of the mixture. 3. Surface course mixtures shall not be placed when either the air temperature or the temperature of the surface on which the mixture is to be placed is below 50' F, on any wet or frozen surface, or when weather conditions prevent the proper handling or finishing of the mixture. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Use locally available materials and gradations, which exhibit a satisfactory record of previous installations. B. Base Course Aggregate: Sound, angular crushed stone, crushed gravel, or crushed slag, sand, Stone or slag srreenings. C. Surface Course Aggregate: Crushed stone, crushed gravel, crushed slag, and sharp- edged natural sand. D. Mineral Filler: Rock or slag dust, hydraulic cement, or other inert material complying with ASTM D 242. E. Asphalt Cement: Comply with ASTM D 3381 for viscosity-graded material;ASTM D 946 for penetration-graded material. F. Prime Coat: Cut-back asphalt type;ASTM D 2027 MC-30, MD-70, or MC-250. G. Tack Coat: Emulsified asphalt,ASTM D 977. H. Herbicide Treatment: Commercial chemical for weed control registered by Environmental Protection Agency and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. I. Lane and Parking Area Marking Paint, Colors as indicated on drawings: Alkyd-resin type, ready-mixed,AASHTO M 248, Type I. 2.02 ASPHALT-AGGREGATE MIXTURE A. Provide plant-mixed, hot-laid asphalt-aggregate mixture complying with ASTM D 3515, complying with local DOT and DPW regulations. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before applying prime coat. Proof roll prepared subbase surface to check for unstable areas and areas requiring additional compaction. Do not begin paving work until deficient subbase areas have been corrected and are ready to receive paving. B. Prime Coat: Apply at the rate of 0.2 to 0.5 gallons per square yard over compacted subgrade. Apply material to penetrate seal, but not flood, surface. Cure and dry as long as necessary to obtain penetration and evaporation of volatiles. C. Tack Coat: Apply to contact surfaces of previously constructed asphalt or portland cement concrete and surfaces abutting or projecting into asphalt concrete pavement. Distribute at rate of 0.05 to 0.15 gallons per square yard of surface. Allow to dry until at proper condition to receive paving. Exercise care in applying bituminous materials to avoid smearing of adjoining concrete surfaces. Remove and clean damaged surfaces. 3.02 APPLICATION A. Placing Mix: Place asphalt concrete mix on prepared surface, spread and strike-off. Spread mixture at minimum temperature of 275' F. Place inaccessible and small HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING (Revised 03/07/08) 3211 26-2 areas by hand. Place each course to required grade, cross-section, and compacted thickness. Beginning of work means acceptance of subbase. 1. Paver Placing: Place in strips not less than 10 feet wide, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. After first strip has been placed and rolled, place succeeding strips and extend rolling to overlap previous strips. Complete base course for a section before placing surface course. 2. Joints: Make joints between old and new pavements,or between successive days' work,to ensure continuous bond between adjoining work. Construct joints to have same texture, density and smoothness as other sections of asphalt concrete course. Clean contact surfaces and apply tack coat. B. Rolling: Begin rolling when mixture will bear roller weight without excessive displacement. Compact mixture with hot hand tampers or vibrating plate compactors in areas inaccessible to rollers. 1. Breakdown Rolling: Accomplish breakdown or initial rolling immediately following rolling of joints and outside edge. Check surface after breakdown rolling, and repair displaced areas by loosening and filling, if required,with hot material. 2. Second Rolling: Follow breakdown rolling as soon as possible, while mixture is hot. Continue second rolling until mixture has been thoroughly compacted. 3. Finish Rolling: Perform finish rolling while mixture is still warm enough for removal of roller marks. Continue rolling until roller marks are eliminated and course has attained maximum density. C. Patching: Remove and replace paving areas mixed with foreign materials and defective areas. Cut out such areas and fill with fresh hot asphalt concrete. Compact by rolling to maximum density and smoothness. D. Protection: After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until pavement has cooled and hardened. Erect barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough not to become marked. E. Traffic and Lane Markings: 1. Cleaning: Sweep and clean surface to eliminate loose material and dust. 2. Striping: Use lane-marking paint,factory-mixed, quick-drying, and non-bleeding; yellow or white color as indicated or selected by Architect. 3. Do not apply traffic and lane marking paint until layout and placement has been verified by Architect. 4. Apply paint with mechanical equipment to produce uniform 4"wide straight edges. Apply in 2 coats at manufacturer's recommended rates. Colors as indicated on drawings. END OF SECTION HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING (Revised 03/07/08) 3211 26-3 SECTION 32 13 13 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide cast-in-place concrete paving over prepared subbase where indicated on drawings: 1. Parking areas. 4. Walkways. 2. Driveways. 5. Curbs and gutters. 3. Vehicular entrances. 6. Trash pads. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit for approval product data, mix design, test reports in accordance with Section 03 30 00. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers, which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Comply with requirements of Section 03 30 00 for concrete mix design, sampling, testing, quality control, and as specified below. C. Construction Tolerance: 1/8" in 10'for grade and alignment of top of forms; '/" in 10'for vertical face on longitudinal axis. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide concrete materials,forms, reinforcing, and isolation joint fillers as specified in Section 03 30 00. 2.02 CONCRETE MIX, DESIGN TESTING: A. Comply with requirements of Section 03 30 00 for concrete mix design, sampling, testing, and quality control as specified below. B. Design the mix to produce normal-weight concrete consisting of portland cement, aggregate, air-entraining admixture and water to produce the following properties: 1. Compressive Strength: 4000 psi, at 28 days. 2. Slump Limits:4-inches maximum, (plus or minus 1-inch), unless otherwise specified. 3. Air Content: 5 to 7 percent. 4. Flexural Strength: ASTM C 78, 550 psi minimum at 28 days. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements of Section 03 30 00 for mixing, testing, placement, reinforcement placement,joints, tolerances, curing, repairs, protection and placing 11 concrete. J PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING (Revised 03/07/08) 32 13 13-i B. Proof roll subbase and check for unstable areas. Report unsatisfactory conditions in writing. Beginning paving work means acceptance of subbase. C. Joints: Construct control, isolation and construction joints true to line with face perpendicular to surface of pavement, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Construction joints:At locations of separate pours or thickness separations. 2. Isolation joints: a. Walkways: Twenty-four(24)feet on center unless otherwise indicated. b. Parking areas, driveways, curbs, and guttering: Twenty-four(24)feet on center maximum. 3. Control joints: a. Walkways: Six(6)feet on center unless otherwise indicated. b. Parking areas, driveways, curbs, and guttering: Twelve (12)feet on center maximum. 4. Seal isolation and construction joints. 5. Contractor's option to pour concrete curb and cutter integral (monolithic)with concrete paving in lieu of providing key-ways or dowels. D. Tactile detectable warning surface: Provide tactile surface on concrete handicapped ramps with colored and textured surface as indicated on drawings. E. Work edges of slabs, gutters, back top edge of curb, and formed joints with an edging tool, and round to'/4" radius, unless otherwise indicated. Eliminate any tool marks on concrete surface. F. Protect Concrete paving until weight of a person will not leave an impression. Exclude traffic from pavement for at least 14 days after placement. Remove and replace concrete paving which shows impressions or other defects. Skim coating defects is not acceptable. G. Dispose of over-mixed concrete off-site in a legal manner. END OF SECTION PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING (Revised 03/07/08) 32 13 13-2 SECTION 32 30 00 SITE IMPROVEMENTS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide the following site improvements where indicated on drawings: 1. Bollards 2. Fencing 3. Dock bumpers 4. Site Signage (Fire lane) 5. Site signage(Handicapped accessible parking) 6. Precast concrete parking bumper blocks 7. Precast concrete downspout splash blocks 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. None required for this section unless otherwise indicated. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers, which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Regulations: ANSI, ADA, and local governing code. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide units specifically designed for exterior exposure and intended use: 1. Bollards: Concrete-filled steel bollards. a. Concrete construction shall comply with Section 03 30 00. b. Steel construction shall comply with Section 05 50 00. c, Painting shall comply with Section 09 90 00. 2. Site Signage: Handicapped accessible parking. a. Steel construction and fasteners shall comply with Section 05 50 00. b. Painting shall comply with Section 09 90 00. c. Signs: Type and model as shown on plans. 1). Manufacturer: Best, Grimco, Seton or approved equal. 2). Comply with ANSI, ADA, and local governing code. (a). Lettering, symbols, color, quantity, and mounting heights. 3. Precast Concrete Parking Bumper Blocks: a. Concrete construction shall comply with Section 03 30 00. 1). Concrete:4000 psi, Type A. 2). Reinforcement: (2)#4's continuous minimum. b. Steel construction shall comply with Section 05 50 00. 1). Anchor with (2)#4 dowels per block. c. Size: length 6—0", height 5", width: 9", with edges rounded with faces chamfered. 4. Precast Concrete Downspout Splash Blocks a. Normal weight concrete construction. SITE IMPROVEMENTS 32 30 00-1 b. Manufacturers standard precast size with channel design. c. Slope for positive drainage away from building. 5. Fencing: CCA treated wood type with steel frame and accessories. a. Steel construction and fasterers shall comply with Section 05 50 00. b. Wood construction shall comply with Section 06 10 00. c. Accessories: Refer to drawings for model number. 1). Gate hardware: (a). Manufacturer: Stanley or approved equal. 2). Fencing Hardware.- (a). Manufacturer: Simpson Strong Tie or approved equal. 6. Dock Bumpers and Steel Edge Angles:Type and model where shown on plans. a. Steel construction and fasteners shall comply with Section 05 50 00. b. Manufacturer: Durable Corporation or approved equal. 7. Site Signage: Fire lane. Type and model where shown on plans. a. Steel construction and fasteners shall comply with Section 05 50 00. b. Painting shall comply with Section 09 90 00. c. Signs:Type and model as shown on plans. 1). Manufacturer: Best, Grimco, Seton or approved equal. 2). Comply with ANSI, ADA, and local governing code. (a). Lettering, symbols, color, quantity, and mounting heights. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals. Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance. Coordinate with work of other sections. B. Restore damaged finishes and test for proper function. Clean and protect work from damage. END OF SECTION SITE IMPROVEMENTS 32 30 00-2 SECTION 03 32 23 CONCRETE SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SYSTEM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide concrete masonry unit segmental retaining wall system, complete. 1. Work includes preparing foundation soil,furnishing and installing leveling pad, unit drainage fill and backfill to the lines and grades shown on the construction drawings. 2. Work includes furnishing and installing geogrid soil reinforcement of the type, size, location, and lengths designated on the construction drawings. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01 33 00. B. Shop Drawings (Required for retaining walls exceeding 36" in height): 1. Submit for approval shop drawings of retaining wall system design, including wall elevation views, geosynthetic reinforcement layout, pertinent details, and drainage provisions. The shop drawings shall be signed by a registered professional engineer licensed in the state of project location. 2. Design Calculations: Engineering design calculations prepared in accordance with the NCMA Design Manual For Segmental Retaining Walls, or the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, Section 5.8(whichever is applicable). Analysis of global stability must be addressed and incorporated into the shop drawings. C. Submit for approval samples, product data,warranty, test reports, maintenance data. 1. Samples: Furnish one unit in the color and face pattern specified, if requested. Furnish 12 inch square or larger piece of the geosynthetic reinforcement specified. 2. Test Reports: Submit a test report documenting strength of specific modular concrete unit and geogrid reinforcement connection.The maximum design tensile load of the geogrid shall be equal to the laboratory tested ultimate strength of geogrid/facing unit connection at a maximum normal force limited by the"Hinge Height"of the structure divided by a safety factor of 1.5. The connection strength evaluation shall be performed in accordance with NCMA test method SRWU-1_ 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Deliver, handle, store, and install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Use experienced installers certified by manufacturer and meeting governing regulation licensing requirements. 1. Remove damaged or otherwise unsuitable material, when so determined, from the site. 2. Exposed faces of concrete wall units shall be free of chips, cracks, stains, and other imperfections detracting from their appearance, when viewed from a distance of 10 feet. 3. Prevent mud,wet cement, adhesives and similar materials which may harm appearance of units, from coming in contact with system components. B. Comply with requirements of the following related Sections: 1. Section 31 00 00 Earthwork for compaction, sampling, testing and quality control standards. CONCRETE SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SYSTEM 32 32 23- 1 2. Section 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete for concrete mix design, sampling,testing and quality control standards. C. Standards: Comply with the following. 1. ASTM C-1372 Specification for Segmental Retaining Wall Units 2. ASTM D-422 Particle Size Analysis 3. ASTM D-698 Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil-Standard Effort 4. ASTM D-4318 Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils 5. ASTM D-4595 Tensile Properties of Geotextiles-Wide Width Strip 6. ASTM D-5262 Unconfined Tension Creep Behavior of Geosynthetics 7. ASTM D-3034 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe(PVC) 8. ASTM D-1248 Corrugated Plastic Pipe D. Testing: 1. If a geotechnical analysis has been prepared for this site, (refer section 00 31 00). Follow geotechnical analysis recommendations. 2. Contractor to employ and pay for a qualified independent geotechnical testing laboratory to perform soil testing and inspection services during earthwork and retaining wall construction. It is recommended, but not required, to utilize same soils testing laboratory who prepared original geotechnical report. 3. Testing and inspection shall comply with Section 31 00 00 Earthwork.As a minimum, quality assurance testing shall include foundation soil inspection, soil and backfill testing, verification of design parameters, and observation of construction for general compliance with design drawings and specifications. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01MODULAR CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT RETAINING WALL UNITS A. Manufacturers:Anchor Wall, Keystone Block, Stonewall Select, or approved equal. Modular concrete materials shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C1372-Standard Specifications for Segmental Retaining Wall Units B. Modular concrete units shall conform to the following architectural requirements: 1. Color(s): To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard samples. 2. Finish: Exposed vertical surfaces sculptured split face. Concealed and horizontal faces smooth unless otherwise indicated. 3. Unit Size: 6" (H)x 16" (W)x 12" (D) minimum in angular tri-planer configuration with an integral concrete shear connection flange/locator 4. Bond configuration- running with bonds nominally located at midpoint vertically adjacent units, in both straight and curved alignments. 5. Exposed surfaces of units shall be free of chips, cracks or other imperfections when viewed from a distance of 10 feet under diffused lighting. C. Modular concrete units shall conform to the following structural and geometric requirements measured in accordance with appropriate references: 1. Compressive strength = 3000 psi minimum; 2. Absorption =8 % maximum (6% in northern states)for standard weight aggregates; 3. Dimensional tolerances =± 1/8"from nominal unit dimensions not including rough split face, ±1/16" unit height-top and bottom planes, 4. Unit weight- 100 Ibs/unit minimum for standard weight aggregates; 5. Inter-unit shear strength- 1500 plf minimum at 2 psi normal pressure; 6. Geogrid/unit peak connection strength-1000 plf minimum at 2 psi normal force. D. Modular concrete units shall conform to the following constructability requirements: CONCRETE SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SYSTEM 32 32 23-2 I 1. Vertical setback= 1/8"±per course (near vertical)or 1"+ per course per the design; alignment and grid positioning mechanism-fiberglass pins,two per unit minimum; maximum horizontal gap between erected units shall be- 1/2 inch. 2.02 SHEAR CONNECTORS A. Shear connectors shall be 1/2 inch diameter thermoset isopthalic polyester resin-pultruded fiberglass reinforcement rods or equivalent to provide connection between vertically and horizontally adjacent units. Strength of shear connectors between vertical adjacent units shall be applicable over a design temperature of 10 degrees F to+ 100 degrees F. B. Shear connectors shall be capable of holding the geogrid in the proper design position during grid pre-tensioning and backfilling. 2.03 BASE LEVELING PAD MATERIAL A. Material shall consist of a compacted crushed stone base or non-reinforced concrete as shown on the construction drawings. 1. Aggregate Base: Crushed stone or granular fill meeting the following gradation as determined in accordance with ASTM D448: Sieve Size Percent Passing 1 inch 100 No.4 35 to 70 No.40 10 to 35 No. 200 3 to 10 Base Thickness: 6 inches (minimum compacted thickness). 2. Concrete Base: Nonreinforced lean concrete base. a. Compressive Strength: 500 psi (maximum). b. Base Thickness: At least 2 inches, but not more than 3 inches. 2.04 UNIT DRAINAGE FILL A. Drainage Aggregate: Clean crushed stone or granular fill meeting the following gradation as determined in accordance with ASTM D448: Sieve Size Percent Passing 1 inch 100 3/4 inch 75 to 100 No. 4 0 to 60 No.40 0 to 50 No. 200 0 to 5 B. One cubic foot, minimum, of drainage fill shall be used for each square foot of wall face. Drainage fill shall be placed within cores of, between, and behind units to meet this requirement. 2.05 REINFORCED BACKFILL A. Backfill (Comply with geotechnical engineer's recommendations and Section 31 00 00- Earthwork): Soil free of organics and debris and consisting of either GP, GW, SP, SW, or SM type, classified in accordance with ASTM D2487 and the USCS classification system. 1. Soils classified as SC and CL are considered suitable soils for segmental retaining walls with a total height of less than 15 feet unless the Plasticity Index (PI)is 20 or more. 2. Maximum particle size for backfill is 2 inches. 3. Unsuitable soils are organic soils and those soils classified as CH, OH, MH, OL, or PT J CONCRETE SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SYSTEM 323223- 3 B. The maximum aggregate size shall be limited to 3/4 inch unless field tests have been performed to evaluate potential strength reductions to the geogrid design due to damage during construction. C. Material can be site excavated soils where the above requirements can be met. Unsuitable soils for backfill (high plastic clays or organic soils)shall not be used in the backfill or in the reinforced soil mass. 2.06 GEOGRID SOILD REINFORCEMENT A. Geosynthetic reinforcement shall consist of geogrids manufactured specifically for soil reinforcement applications and shall be manufactured from high tenacity polyester yarn or high density polyethylene. Polyester geogrid shall be knitted from high tenacity polyester filament yarn with a molecular weight exceeding 25,000 Meg/m and a carboxyl end group values less than 30. Polyester geogrid shall be coated with an impregnated PVC coating that resists peeling, cracking, and stripping. B. The maximum design tensile load of the geogrid shall not exceed the laboratory tested ultimate strength of the geogrid/facing unit connection as limited by the "Hinge Height" divided by a factor of safety of 1.5. The connection strength testing and computation procedures shall be in accordance with NCMA SRWU-1 Test Method for Determining Connection Strength of SRW. 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. Drainage Pipe: If required, the drainage pipe shall be perforated or slotted PVC pipe manufactured in accordance with ASTM D-3034 or corrugated HDPE pipe manufactured in accordance with ASTM D-1248.The pipe may be covered with a geotextile filter fabric to function as a filter. B. Construction Adhesive: Exterior grade adhesive as recommended by the retaining wall unit manufacturer. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION & PREPARATION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which the retaining wall system is to be erected, and notify the Architect/Engineer in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Excavation support, if required, is the responsibility of the Contractor, including the stability of the excavation and it's influence on adjacent properties and structures. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Contractor shall excavate to the lines and grades shown on the construction drawings. Owner's representative shall inspect the excavation and approve prior to placement of leveling material or fill soils. Proof roll foundation area as directed to determine if remedial work is required. B. Over-excavation and replacement of unsuitable foundation soils and replacement with approved compacted fill will be compensated as agreed upon with the Owner. Over- excavation not approved by Architect/Engineer will not be paid for by the Owner. CONCRETE SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SYSTEM 32 32 23-4 Replacement of these soils with compacted fill and/or wall system components will be required at the Contractor's expense. Use care in excavating to prevent disturbance of the base beyond the lines shown. 3.03 BASE COURSE PREPARATION A. Place base materials to the depths and widths shown on the Drawings, upon undisturbed soils, or foundation soils prepared in accordance with related sections. B. Extend the leveling pad laterally at least 6 inches in front and behind the lowermost concrete retaining wall unit. C. Provide aggregate base compacted to 6 inches thick (minimum). D. The Contractor may at their option, provide a concrete leveling pad as specified in lieu of the aggregate base. E. Where a reinforced footing is required by local code official, place footing below frost depth. F. Compact aggregate base material to provide a level, hard surface on which to place the first course of units. G. Prepare base materials to ensure complete contact with retaining wall units. Gaps are not allowed. 3.04 MODULAR UNIT INSTALLATION A. First course of units shall be placed on the leveling pad at the appropriate line and grade. Alignment and level shall be checked in all directions and insure that all units are in full contact with the base and properly seated. B. Place the front of units side-by-side. Do not leave gaps between adjacent units. Layout of corners and curves shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Install shear/connecting devices per manufacturer's recommendations. D. Place and compact drainage fill within and behind wall units. Place and compact backfill soil behind drainage fill. Follow wall erection and drainage fill closely with structure backfill. E. Maximum stacked vertical height of wall units, prior to unit drainage fill and backfill placement and compaction, shall not exceed two courses. 3.05 STRUCTURAL GEOGRID INSTALLATION A. Geogrid shall be oriented with the highest strength axis perpendicular to the wall alignment. B. Geogrid reinforcement shall be placed at the strengths, lengths, and elevations shown on the construction design drawings or as directed by the Engineer. C. The geogrid shall be laid horizontally on compacted backfill and attached to the modular wall units. Place the next course of modular concrete units over the geogrid. The geogrid shall be pulled taut, and anchored prior to backfill placement on the geogrid. D. Geogrid reinforcements shall be continuous throughout their embedment lengths and placed side-by-side to provide 100%coverage at each level. Spliced connections between I CONCRETE SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SYSTEM 32 32 23-5 shorter pieces of geogrid or gaps between adjacent pieces of geogrid are not permitted. 3.06 BACKFILL PLACEMENT A. Installation of backfill shall be per geotechnical engineer's recommendations. B. Place reinforced backfill, spread and compact in a manner that will minimize slack in the reinforcement. C. Place fill within the reinforced zone and compact in lifts not exceeding 6 to 8 inches (loose thickness)where hand-operated compaction equipment is used, and not exceeding 12 inches (loose thickness)where heavy, self-propelled compaction equipment is used. D. Only lightweight hand-operated compaction equipment is allowed within 4 feet of the back of the retaining wall units. If the specified compaction cannot be achieved within 4 feet of the back of the retaining wall units, replace the reinforced soil in this zone with drainage aggregate material. E. Unless otherwise specified by project geotechnical engineer, provided the following minimum compaction requirements for fill placed in the reinforced zone. 1. Walls Less Than 15 Feet High: Compact to 95 percent of the soil's standard Proctor maximum dry density(ASTM D698) [modified Proctor maximum dry density(ASTM D1557))for the entire wall height 2. Walls 15 Feet High BUT NOT MORE THAN 30 Feet High: Change compaction requirements to 98 percent of the soil's standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D698) [modified Proctor maximum dry density(ASTM D1557)]for depths below 15 feet. 3. Walls Over 30 Feet High: Change compaction requirements to 100 percent of the soil's standard Proctor maximum dry density(ASTM D698)for depths below 30 feet. 4. Increase compaction requirements for retaining walls with slope heights at the back of the reinforced soil zone greater than 5 feet above the top of wall. Verify compaction requirements with Project geotechnical engineer. 5. Utility Trench Backfill: Compact utility trench backfill in or below the reinforced soil zone to 98 percent of the soil's standard Proctor maximum dry density(ASTM D698), or as recommended by the Project geotechnical engineer. If the height from the utility to finish grade is higher than 30 feet, increase compaction to 100 percent of the standard Proctor density. Utilities must be properly designed (by others)to withstand all forces from the retaining wall units, reinforced soil mass, and surcharge loads, if any. 6. Moisture Content: Within 2 percentage points of the optimum moisture content for all wall heights. F. At the end of each day's operation, slope the last level of compacted backfill away from the interior(concealed)face of the wall to direct surface water runoff away from the wall face. G. The General Contractor is responsible for ensuring that the finished site drainage is directed away from the retaining wall system. In addition,the General Contractor is responsible for ensuring that surface water runoff from adjacent construction areas is not allowed to enter the retaining wall area of the construction site. 3.07 CAP UNIT INSTALLATION A. Apply adhesive to the top surface of the unit below and place the cap unit into desired position. CONCRETE SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SYSTEM 32 32 23- 6 1 B. Cut cap units as necessary to obtain the proper fit. C. Backfill and compact to top of cap unit . 3.08 SITE CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES A. Vertical Alignment: Plus or minus 1-1/2 inches over any 10-foot distance,with a maximum differential of 3 inches over the length of the wall. B. Horizontal Location Control From Grading Plan: 1. Straight Lines: Plus or minus 1-1/2 inches over any 10-foot distance. 2. Corner and Radius Locations: Plus or minus 12 inches. 3. Curves and Serpentine Radii: Plus or minus 2 feet. C. Immediate Post Construction Wall Batter: Within 2 degrees of the design batter of the concrete retaining wall units. D. Bulging: Plus or minus 1-1/4 inches over any 10-foot distance 3.09 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Replace damaged units with new units as the work progresses. Remove debris caused by wall construction and leave adjacent areas clean. END OF SECTION CONCRETE SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SYSTEM 32 32 23-7 SECTION 32 80 00 IRRIGATION SYSTEMS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide irrigation system pipe,fittings, valves, sprinklers, backflow prevention, and automatic controls. B. System design shown on drawings is schematic and approximate. Actual placement may vary slightly as required to achieve full, even coverage without spraying onto buildings, sidewalks,fences, etc. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit for approval shop drawings, product data,warranty,test reports, maintenance data. Provide seal, signature, and date of authenticity of landscape architect or licensed irrigator in state of project location when required by local or state regulations. B. Provide reduced copy of record drawings to half-size, color key circuits and sprinkler zones, and laminate both sides with 5 mil.thick or heavier plastic and mounted adjacent to controller. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers, which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Deliver, handle, store, and install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Use experienced irrigators and installers certified by manufacturer and meeting governing regulation licensing requirements. Submit Certificates of State Registration when requested. C. Water Conservation: Comply with governing codes and regulations. D. Precipitation Rate: 0.35 minimum per hour for every hour that the system is in operation or as required for local precipitation zone recommendations, whichever is less. E. Water Coverage: 1. Turf Areas:As indicated on Drawings. 2. Other Planting Areas: 100 percent. F. Testing: Hydrostatic test at 50 psi and 50 gpm. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Rock-Free Soil: 1. Backfill soil around PVC pipe. 2. Soil having rocks no larger than '/,-inch in any direction. B. Gravel: 1. For use around drains. 2. '/z-inch to 3/4-inch maximum round, water worn, washed rock. C. Sand: Natural or crushed free of silt clay, loam, mica, friable or soluble materials, and organic matter. } IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 32 80 00-1 D. Topsoil: Existing in place material. Remove rocks, roots, sticks, clods, debris, and other foreign matter over 1-1/2 inches longest dimension encountered during trenching. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Manufacturer: Rain Bird, Toro, or approved equal. System components shall be of single manufacturer. Conform to requirements shown on drawings for system type and model numbers. B. Pipe, Pipe Fittings, and Connections: 1. Pipe shall be continuous and permanently marked with Manufacturer's name, size, schedule, type, and working pressure. 2. Pipe sizes shown on drawings are minimum. Larger sizes may be substituted without additional cost to Owner. 3. Pipe: a. Pressure lines: ASTM D2241 schedule 40 PVC or ASTM D2239 160 psi polyethylene pipe. b. Lateral lines: Polyethylene flexible pipe ASTM D2239 rated at 100 psi or ASTM D2240 Class 200 PVC. 4. Fittings: a. PVC ASTM D2241 schedule 40; schedule 80 PVC for threaded nipples. 5. Sleeves: a. Under parking area and driveway paving: PVC plastic, ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40 pipe;ASTM D 2466, Schedule 40, PVC plastic socket-type pipefitting; solvent-cemented joints. b. All other: Class 200 PVC pipe. c. Sleeve diameter shall be double the nominal size of the irrigation pipe enclosed. d. Extend sleeves 18-inches minimum beyond walk or pavement edge. C. Sprinkler heads: 1. Conform to requirements shown on drawings as to type, size, and radius of throw, pressure, and discharge. 2. Each type of head shall be product of single Manufacturer. D. Sprinkler Risers: 1. Rotor pop-up sprinkler or quick coupling valves shall have an adjustable riser assembly(three ell swing joint assembly) unless otherwise noted on drawings. Swing joint fittings shall be schedule 40 PVC plastic and nipples schedule 80 (gray) PVC unless otherwise designated on drawings. a. Horizontal nipple parallel to side of lateral line shall be 12" long minimum. All other nipples on swing joint riser shall be a length required for proper installation of sprinkler head. 2. Stationary spray pop-up sprinkler heads, shrub spray heads, bubbler heads,and stationary spray sprinkler heads shall have risers made up of one of the following ways: a. 4-inch flex-riser#FR-100 connected directly to lateral tee with an appropriately sized schedule 40 PVC threaded ell and schedule 80 (gray)nipple. b. Three (3) schedule 40 street ells connected to lateral tee to form an adjustable riser or pop-up riser as detailed. c. Risers for sprinkler heads shall be 14-inch long minimum and 24-inch maximum. 1). Rainbird swing pipe with spiral barb fittings and street ell as detailed. 2). Toro"Funny Pipe". d. Equal as approved by Architect prior to bidding. E. Automatic Sprinkler Control: 1. Automatic Controller: a. Manufacturer: Rainbird"E" series or approved equal. IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 32 80 00-2 1). Indoor mounted with plug in 120 amp power, no battery required. 2). Three programs:Automatic, semi-automatic, and manual operation with timer. 3). Size station capacity to accommodate system indicated on drawings. b. Accessories: 1). Rain sensor installed per Manufacturer's recommendations and at location indicated on drawings. 2). Rain freeze installed per Manufacturer's recommendations and at location indicated on drawings. 2. Control valves shall be of a size and type indicated on drawings. 3. Control wire shall be OF-UL listed,color-coded copper conductor direct burial size #14 minimum. 4. Waterproof a. Manufacturers: DBY by 3M, SSC by Imperial, Gel Cap by Spears, or approved equal. 5. Run one extra control wire from panel continuously from valve throughout system similar to common wire for use if a wire fails. Wire shall be different color than all other wires, shall not be green, and shall be marked in control box as an extra wire. F. Valves: 1. Electric valves shall be of a size and type indicated on drawings. 2. Quick coupling valve: a. Brass one piece with locking top. b. Provide one key with hose swivel. G. Valve Accessories: 1. Valve Boxes: a. Rectangular heavy duty. b. Lock top or snap top lids. c. Sizes large enough for easy removal or maintenance of valves. d. Use extensions as required. e. Manufacturers: Ametek, Brooks,or approved equal. H. Backflow Preventors: 1. Continuous pressure-type vacuum breakers: a. Manufacturers: Watts,Zurn, Febco, or approved equal. Size and model number indicated on drawings. b. Locate riser portion of unit within planting bed or location to protect and conceal. Mount lowest point of unit discharge 12-inches minimum above grade. 1. Other Components: 1. Recommended by Manufacturer and subject to Architect's review and acceptance. 2. Provide components necessary to complete and make system operational. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Trenching & Backfilling: 1. Pulling of polyethylene pipe is permitted. Pulling of PVC pipe is not permitted. 2. Over-excavate trenches 2-inches and bring back to indicated depth by filling with fine, rock-free soil or sand. 3. Cover pipe, both top and sides, with 2-inches of rock-free soil or sand. In no case shall there be less than 2-inches of rock-free soil or sand surrounding pipe. 4. Perform balance of fill and compaction as specified in Section 31 00 00. B. Sleeving: 1. Sleeve water lines and control wires under walks and paving. IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 32 80 00-3 2. Use one water pipe maximum per sleeve. Sleeve control wiring in separate sleeve. 3. Position sleeves with respect to buildings and other obstructions so pipe can be easily removed. 4. Over excavate and provide 4-inches compacted granular backfill on top, sides, and full depth of trench when benealh pavernent or traffic areas. C. Grades& Draining: 1. In areas where freezing may occur, grade piping so system can be completely drained. a. Slope pipe to drain to control valve box where possible. b. Where this is not possible, slope pipe to a minimum number of low points. At these low points, install: 1). 3/4-inch brass ball valve for manual drain 2). 2-inch Class 200 PVC pipe over top of manual drain and cut at finished grade. 3). Provide rubber valve cap marker. 4). Provide one cu.ft. gravel sump at outlet of each manual or automatic drain. 5). Do not use automatic drain valves. c. Slope pipes under parking areas or driveways to drain outside these areas. d. Provide and install quick coupling valve or valves in location for easy blowout of entire system. D. Pipe: 1. Install pipe in a manner to provide for expansion, contraction and as recommended by Manufacturer. 2. Unless otherwise indicated on drawings, install main lines with minimum cover of 18-inches below finished grade. Install lateral lines with minimum of 12-inches of cover below finished grade. 3. Install pipe and wires under driveways or parking areas in specified sleeves 18- inches minimum below finish grade unless otherwise indicated on drawings. 4. Locate no sprinkler head closer than 12-inches from building foundation. Heads immediately adjacent to walks or curbs shall be 1-inch minimum below top of walk or curb and have 1-inch minimum horizontal clearance between walk or curb. 5. Clean interior of all pipes, fittings, and joints prior to installation. Exclude entry of foreign material. 6. If pipe is larger than 2-inches, install concrete thrust blocks wherever change of direction occurs on PVC main pressure lines, unless otherwise indicated on drawings. E. Control Valves& Controller 1. Install controller, control wires, and valves in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations and according to electrical code. 2. Install valves in heavy-duty plastic boxes located flush with finish grade. Do not install more than two (2)valves in single box. Place 6-inches minimum of gravel below valve for drainage and maintain 4-inches between bottom of valve and top of gravel. 3. Install 3/-inch brass ball valve in valve box on downstream side of automatic valves if lateral line slopes toward valve box. 4. Tape control wiring to side of main line every 10 feet. Where control wire leaves main or lateral line, enclose in class 200 PVC conduit. Use waterproof wire and connectors at splices and locate all splices within valve boxes. Use white or gray color wire for common wire and other colors for all other wire. Each common wire may serve only one (1)controller. 5. Tie a 24-inch loop in all wiring at change of direction 30' or greater; untie after all connections have been made. 6. Sleeve below all hard surface elements with class 200 PVC twice the diameter of the wire bundled within. IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 32 80 00-4 F. Sprinkler Heads 1. Prior to installation of sprinkler heads, open control valves and use full head of water to flush out system. 2. Set sprinkler heads and quick-coupling valves perpendicular to finish grade. 3. Maintain a 12-inch minimum distance from all property lines. G. Site Test, Adjustment& Instruction 1. Test pressure lines at line pressure and make certain there are no leaks before backfilling. 2. Adjust heads to proper grade when turf is sufficiently established, such lowering or raising of heads shall be a part of the original contract with no additional cost to Owner. 3. Adjust heads for proper distribution and trim so spray does not fall on building or adjacent property. 4. Adjust water timing of valves to provide proper amounts of water to all plants. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in proper operation and maintenance procedures. H. Protection & Cleaning 1. Protect existing landscaping from damage. Repair and repave cut paving to match paving in original condition. 2. Restore damaged components and test for proper operation. Clean out system and protect work from damage. END OF SECTION IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 32 80 00-5 1 SECTION 32 90 00 LANDSCAPING PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide landscape work where indicated on drawings: 1. Trees, shrubs, plants, and ground cover. 2. Finish grading and lawns. 3. Topsoil and soil amendments. 4. Initial maintenance of landscape materials. 5. Pruning and relocation of existing plant materials. 6. Reconditioning existing lawns. 7. Slope protection, riprap stone, and erosion control matting. B. Plant totals shown on plant list are for convenience of Contractor only and are not guaranteed. Verify amounts shown on drawings. All planting indicated on drawings are required unless otherwise noted. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. None required unless submitting for approved equals. B. Submit signed Landscape Turn Over form (ORL-S)prior to turnover to Owner for watering and maintenance. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers, which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Balled and Burlapped Plants and Trees: Graded to American Standard for Nursery Stock,ANSI Z60.1. C_ Testing: Laboratory testing for suitable soil amendments and fertilizer for plants provided. D. Planting Season: Plant or install materials during normal planting seasons for each type of landscape material utilized. Correlate planting with specific maintenance periods to provide maintenance from date of substantial completion. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Warrant trees and shrubs for a period of one(1)year after date of Substantial Completion, against defects including death and unsatisfactory growth and except for defects resulting from neglect by Owner, abuse by others, or natural phenomena. Replace unsatisfactory plant material at end of warranty period at no additional expense to the Owner. One replacement is required. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Plants 1. Conform to requirements of plant list on drawings and to"Horticultural Standards" of American Association of Nurserymen as to kind, size, age, etc. LANDSCAPING (Revised 02/28/08) 32 90 00-1 2. Nomenclature: Plant names used in plant list conform to'Standard Plant Names" by American Joint Committee on Horticulture Nomenclature except in cases not covered. In these instances,follow custom of nursery trade. Plants shall bear a tag showing the genus, species, and variety of at least 10%of each species delivered to site. 3. Quality: a. Plants shall be sound, healthy,vigorous, free of plant disease, insect, pests or their eggs, noxious weeds, and have healthy, normal root systems. Container stock shall be well established and free of excessive root-bound conditions. b. Do not prune plants or top of trees prior to delivery. c. Plant materials shall be subject to approval by Architect as to size, health, quality, and character. d. Bare root trees are not acceptable. e. Provide plant material from a licensed nursery. 4. Measurements: a. Measure height and spread of specimen plant materials with branches in their normal position as indicated on drawings or plant list. b. Measurement should be average of plant, not greatest diameter. c. Plants properly trimmed and transplanted should measure same in every direction, d. Measure caliper of trees 6-inches above surface of ground. e. Where caliper or other dimensions of plant materials are omitted from plant list, plant materials shall be normal stock for type listed. f. Plant materials larger than those specified may be supplied with approval of Architect if: 1). Compliance in all other respects. 2). No additional cost to Owner. 3. Size of roots or balls are increased proportionately. 5. Shape and Form: a. Plant materials shall be symmetrical or typical for variety and species and conform to measurements specified in plant list. b. Well grown material will generally have height equal to or greater than spread. However, spread shall not be less than 2/3 height. B. Lawns: (Hydroseed),fresh, clean, new crop seed mixture by approved method composed of Falcon Tall Fescue (75%)and Rebel Rye (25%)or Crossfire (25%) and degradable green dyed wood cellulose fiber or 100% recycled long fiber pulp. Mixture shall be free from weeds or other foreign matter toxic to seed germination. Seed purity shall be 95%with a minimum 80% germination. C. Lawns: (Sod), strongly rooted, 2 years old, ASPA approved, consisting of Falcon Tall Fescue (75%)and Rebel Rye (25%)or Crossfire (25%)cut with minimum '/2-inch and maximum 1-inch topsoil base or approved equal. D. Topsoil: From site stockpile or additional fertile, friable topsoil from local source. Material shall be reasonably free of subsoil, clay, lumps, brush, reproductive parts of noxious weeds, and other litter, and free of roots, stumps, sticks, and stones larger than 2" in any dimensions. E. Planting Soil Mixture: Provide mixture in ratio of 3 parts topsoil, 1 part peat moss and 1 part sand. Add amendments as required. F. Soil Amendments: 1. Fertilizer, ten pounds of 13-13-13, non-burning fertilizer per 1000 square foot composed of not less than 50% organic slow acting guaranteed analysis fertilizer or approved equal. 2. Rotted composted manure. 3. Planting Tablets: 21 gram Agriform (20-10-5)or approved equal. 4. Lime, peat moss, and other amendments as required for planting soil mixture. G. Pre-Emergent Herbicide: Elanco XL, Ronstar, Surflan, or approved equal, complying with regulatory agency requirements. LANDSCAPING (Revised 02/28/08) 32 90 00-2 H. Landscape Materials: 1. Gravel:Water-worn creek gravel, 5/8"diameter, 3" deep, unless otherwise indicated on drawings. 2. Filtration Fabric:Water permeable fiberglass or polypropylene fabric, 6 mil. thickness minimum. 3. Tree Wrapping: Standard burlap, Heavy crepe paper,Tree wrap tape. 4. Stakes and Guys: a. 2"x 2"x 10" new hardwood,treated softwood, or redwood, unless otherwise indicated on drawings. b. 16 ga. wire with new rubber hose or strap to protect tree. 5. Vinyl Edging: 4"wide Hortiscape or approved equal; color black. 6. Bark or Mulch: a. Straw, wood cellulose fiber, ground or shredded bark. b. 1-112"to 3" pine bark wood chips. c. Medium or large size redwood bark. d. Shredded pipe bark. e. Shredded cedar. f. Aged 1 year shredded hardwood. 7. Riprap: 6"-12"diameter rock 18"thick over filter fabric. 8. Erosion control matting: a. Nylon woven geomatrix: SC150 by North American, Green or approved equal. b. Nonwoven polyester geotextile: Akzo or approved equal. c. Polyvinyl chloride non-woven mat: Greenstreak or approved equal. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 LAWN PLANTING A. For seeded lawns, apply seed at rate of 5 pounds per 1000 square feet. Apply erosion control matting over areas where slopes exceed 1:4 or in areas of concentrated storm water flow. B. For lawns with sod, place sod tightly, with grain in same direction,joints staggered. Apply wood pegs composed of softwood of sufficient size and length to ensure anchorage at areas where slopes exceed 1:4 and at locations of concentrated water flow. 3.02 TREES AND SHRUB PLANTING A. Loosen subgrade and spread planting mixture to minimum depth required to meet grades and elevations indicated. Excavate pits/beds/trenches for trees and shrubs. Excavate pits and vertical sides and with bottom of excavation slightly raised at center to provide proper drainage. Loosen hard subsoil on sides and bottom of excavation. B. Prepare topsoil by mixing fertilizer with loam. Apply fertilizer at a rate of 10 pounds of actual nitrogen per 1000 sq.ft.for plant beds and 2 pounds per inch of trunk for tree pits. C. Install soil mix to a depth of 18" in plant beds. D. Add planting tablets in plant pit as follows: 1. 1 gallon shrub: 1 tablet. 2. 5 gallon shrub/tree: 3 tablets. 3. 15 gallon tree:4 tablets. 4. 24 inch box tree: 6 tablets. E. Set trees and shrubs on compacted soil mixture in center of pit. Plant immediately after removing burlap, wrapping, or container. Adjust plant position and place backfill around base and sides, and work each layer to settle backfill and eliminate voids and air pockets. LANDSCAPING (Revised 02/28/08) 32 90 00-3 F. Water thoroughly when excavation is 2/3 full. Place final backfill and water again. Dish top of backfill for mulch application, level backfill for rock type ground cover. G. Install vinyl edging at locations indicated. Securely anchor or stake per manufacturer's recommendations. H. Apply specified pre-emergent herbicide to shrub and ground cover planting areas per manufacturer's recommendations. I. Install adjacent ground covering; refer drawings for types and location. 1. In lawn areas: Provide 2-inch deep layer of bark or mulch in a 24-inch diameter around base of tree and rake to neat finish appearance. 2. In gravel areas: Provide layer of filter fabric installed per manufacturer's recommendation and apply 3"deep layer of gravel raked to neat finish appearance. J. Wrap new deciduous tree trunks neat and snug by applying 6 to 10 inch wide strips spirally from ground line to second finished branches. Hold in place with suitable non- plastic cord. K. Stake, guy, and support as required. 3.03 CLEANUP, PROTECTION,AND MAINTENANCE A. Keep pavements clean and work area in an orderly condition, Remove excess,waste material,trash and debris. B. Replace damaged materials and dead or unhealthy plants prior to turnover to Owner. Maintain lawn areas by mowing, watering, fertilizing and applying weed killer in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations until date of substantial completion. Maintain trees and shrubs until date of substantial completion, but in no case less than 60 days after planting. C. Correct areas of soil settlement. D. Instruct Owner on proper maintenance procedures. END OF SECTION LANDSCAPING (Revised 02/28/08) 32 90 00-4 SECTION 33 00 00 SITE PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The following shall apply to this Section: 1. Drawings. 2. General Conditions. 3. Supplementary Conditions. 4. Division 01,01 11 00—Summary of Work. 1.02 WORK INCLUDES A. The basic materials used in the various piping and fluid conveying systems 5'-0" outside the building to the serving utilities point of connection(POC). Unless stated otherwise the following is required: 1. Water System 2. Fire Hydrants and Valves(if used) 3. Sanitary Sewer System B. Gas service,meter and regulator(if used)will be provided by the gas utility company. C. Unless noted on the drawings otherwise,work shall include: 1. The procurement of and payment for all fees,permits and licenses required for the performance of the work_ 2. All fees and direct expenses involved in any inspections required for the project. 3. All hoists,scaffolds,staging,runways,and equipment required for the performance of the work. 4. All job measurements and shop layouts required for the proper installation of material and equipment included in the work. 5. All lights,guards,and signs as required by safety regulations applicable to the work. 6. The removal from the premises, as it accumulates, of all dirt and refuse resulting from the performance of the work. D. The work shall include revisions,modifications,and rework of existing work as required for installation of new . work,and as required for connections of new work to existing systems,and of existing work to new systems. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 20 0100-"GENERAL PROVISIONS". D. Section 20 06 00-"MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION B. Section 20 03 00-"MATERIALS AND E. Section 21 13 13-"WET-PIPE SPRINKLER METHODS". SYSTEMS" C. Section 20 04 00-"TESTING PIPING F. Section 22 00 00-"PLUMBING" SYSTEMS" 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. None required unless submitting for approved equals. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards:Comply with current editions of following,as applicable: 1. National Fuel Gas Code,NFPA 54. 2. AWWA and ASTM standards. 3. National Fire Protection Association NFPA 24. 1.06 PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND CONDITIONS A. The existing utilities and conditions as encountered or as shown on the drawings shall be protected from damage during all construction including the excavation and backfrlling of trenches, and, if damaged, shall be repaired by the Contractor at his expense. '•- SITE PIPING (Revised 3111/2008) 33 00 00-1 1.07 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Follow manufacturer's directions in delivery,storage,protection and handling of all equipment and materials. B. Deliver and store equipment and materials to the site in original containers,suitably sheltered from the elements and mechanical injury,but readily accessible for inspection until installed. C. Plastic pipe and materials shall be stored under cover and protected from sunlight and heat. 1.08 INTERFERENCES A. The Contractor shall confer with other Contractors at the site to avoid interferences. In the event that interferences develop, the Engineer's decision will be final and no additional compensation will be allowed for the moving of misplaced piping,valves,etc. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Valve and Valve Boxes 1. Meuller. B. Hydrants and Valves 1. Mueller. 2_ American Foundry. 3. Clow. 4. Waterous/Tiaveise City. 2.02 PIPING MATERIALS AND APPLICATIONS A. The following anplications are for only from 5'-0"outside the building to the utility point of connection(POC). B. Underground domestic water piping: 1. 3/"- 1 %a",Schedule 40 PVC pipe with solvent-welded joints. 2. 1 %2"-3", SDR-21,PVC pipe (ASTM D2241) Class 200,Bell and Spigot with rubber gasketed joints and matching fittings. Provide concrete blocking at all tees and elbows. 3. 4" and larger, SDR-18 PVC pipe(AWWA C-900) Class 150 Bell and Spigot with rubber gasketed joints, and matching fittings. Provide concrete blocking at all tees and elbows. C. Underground fire protection water piping: 1. 3" and smaller polyvinyl chloride(PVC)pipe,class 200 bell and spigot with rubber sealing ring,(SDR-21, with matching fittings).Provide concrete blocking at all tees and elbows. 2. 4" and larger polyvinyl chloride(PVC)pipe,class 150 bell and spigot with rubber sealing ring conforming to AWWA C900.Fittings shall be ductile-iron conforming to AWWA C111/A21.11 with non-toxic rubber gaskets.Provide concrete blocking at all tees and elbows. 3. Ductile iron pipe, 150 psi working pressure,conforming to ANSI/AWWA C-151/A21.51 with mechanical joint fittings conforming to AWWA C-1 I I/A21.11 with gasket material that is non-toxic,durable and impervious. Provide concrete blocking at all tees and elbows. D. Sanitary Sewer Piping: 1. Polyvinyl chloride(PVC)sewer pipe shall conform to ASTM D3034(SDR-35).Fittings shall also conform to ASTM D3034(SDR-35).Connections shall be molded tees and wyes,Joints shall be rubber gasketed. 2. Cast iron or ductile iron pipe and fittings shall conform to USASI#A-21 class 50 with mechanical or push-on joints. 2.03 VALVES AND VALVE BOXES A. Valves shall be AWWA iron body,bronze mounted,double disc,parallel seat,non-rising stem gate valves with a working pressure of 200 psi.Valves shall be furnished with end connections as required. B. Valve boxes shall be cast iron,two-piece,slip or screw type. C. Valve and boxes shall be as approved by the water department. SITE PIPING (Revised 3/11/2008) 33 00 00-2 2.04 FIRE HYDRANTS A. Fire hydrants shall be of the compression type with break flange and shall comply to AWWA Standard C-502. Hydrants shall be tested to 300 psi with a working pressure of 150 psi. B. Hydrants nozzle arrangement shall be one 4" pumper nozzle and two,2-1/2" hose nozzles equipped with caps and chains.Nozzle threads shall comply with the fire department standard. C. Hydrant inlet shall be 6" with mechanical joint or flanged connection as required. Main valve shall be 5-1/4". Hydrants shall have conventional packing. D. Install shutoff valve ahead of each hydrant with cast iron valve box. Valves shall be UL listed, 175 psi working pressure,iron body.Bronze mounted,non-rising stem. E. Hydrants and valves are subject to approval by the local fire department. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING A. General 1. The underground pipe lines shall be constructed of the materials specified and as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. The pipe shall be laid true to lines and grades shown on the drawings using batten boards. All pipe which has its grade or joint disturbed or is found to be defective or damaged after laying shall be taken up and relaid or replaced as directed by the Engineer without additional charge. Trenches shall be kept free from water until pipe jointing material has set and pipe shall not be laid when the trench conditions or the weather is unsuitable for such work.At all times when work is not in progress, all open ends of pipe and fitting shall be securely closed to the satisfaction of the Engineer so that no trench water,earth or foreign substances will enter the pipe or fittings. B. Excavation 1. Perform all excavation of every description and of whatever substances encountered,to the depths indicated on the drawings.Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings,the minimum cover over the top of the water lines shall be Y-0". All excavation materials not required for fill or backfill shall be removed from the site, or utilized as directed by the Engineer. All excavation shall be made by open cut. The banks of trenches shall be kept as nearly vertical as practicable and where required, shall be properly sheeted and braced. Trenches shall be excavated true to line and shall not be less than 12" wider nor more than 16" wider than the outside diameter of the pipe to be laid therein. The maxnnuin width of trench specified applies to the width at or below the level of the top of the pipe. The width of the trench above that level maybe made as wide as necessary for sheeting and bracing and the proper installation of the work.The bottom of trenches shall be accurately graded and shaped so that each section of pipe for at least one-third(1/3) of its exterior circumference and for its entire length shall rest frrnly on undisturbed soil, except for portions of the pipe sections where it is necessary to excavate for bell holes and for the proper sealing of pipe joints.Provide a 4" sand or crushed rock base under all underground piping. Piping shall have 12" of sand or crushed rock cover properly compacted. 2. Where rock, clay, hardpan, or similar formation is encountered, it shall be removed and replaced with suitably selected sand or crushed rock. 3. See the applicable section of these specifications for contract payment provisions for removal of rock. C. Drainage and Removal of Water 1. The Contractor shall control the grades around all excavations so as to prevent water from running into the excavated areas or tunnels. Any water which accumulates in excavations or tunnels shall be removed promptly.Grading shall be brought to meet existing adjacent grade. D. Bracing and Shoring 1. This Contractor shall do all shoring and bracing necessary to retain earth banks and prevent caving in and displacement of adjacent soil, furnishing all necessary timbers, cribbing, planking or sheet piling for that purpose.Proper shoring for safety of working is the exclusive responsibility of the contractor. E. Protection of Existing Utilities 1. All existing utilities shall be protected from damage during the entire construction including the excavation and backfilling of trenches and,if damaged,shall be repaired by the Contractor at his expense. SITE PIPING (Revised 3/11/2008) 33 00 00-3 F. Installation of Pipe 1. Pipe lines shall be laid to the grades and alignment indicated on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. All pipe lines shall be laid at a constant grade as required by code. 2. Install piping in accordance with the following standards: a. Ductile-iron pipe-AWWA C600. b. Polyvinyl chloride-per manufacturers instructions 3. Provide anchorage for tees,bends,valves,hydrants,etc.Thrust blocks shall be concrete,2500 psi. G. Backfrlling 1. The trenches shall not be backfilled until all required tests are performed and until the systems,as installed, conform to the requirements of the Specifications. After the trench bottom or bedding has been prepared and the pipe installed, sand or gravel at a moisture content which will facilitate compaction, shall be carefully placed alongside the pipe in layers not exceeding 6"in depth.Care shall be taken to insure thorough compaction of the fill. Each layer shall be thoroughly compacted to 95% proctor density by tamping. 2. The remainder of the backfill under pavements, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, and driveways shall consist of sand, gravel, or crushed rock as approved by the Engineer. Rock, broken concrete or pavement, large boulders,and frozen earth shall not be used as backfill material. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for backfilling all ditches, trenches or excavation covered by this contract. H. Replacement of Pavements,Walks,Curbs,and Lawn Areas. 1. Pavements, walks, streets, curbs, and lawn areas which are cut or damaged during construction of the sewers, gas lines, water lines, etc. shall be replaced and restored to the original conditions by this Contractor. 3.02 LINES, GRADES,AND ELEVATIONS A. Sewer lines,grades and elevations shall be laid out with a surveyor's transit and level to offset stakes set to one side of the trench.After the trench is excavated,these lines and grades shall be transferred to a string stretched between batter boards set at 50 ft. intervals across the trench. During the pipe laying, the line shall be determined by hanging a plumb bob from the grade string. The invert of each length of pipe shall be set to the proper elevation by measuring down from the string with a grade rod. B. No blocking of any kind shall be used to adjust the pipe to grade except when used with embedment concrete. Bedding shall be required for all sewer construction, except ductile iron pipe, and shall be of a minimum thickness equal to 1/4 of the outside diameter of the sewer pipe but shall not be less than four inches(4"). C. Each section shall be unobstructed, smooth, straight, true, with uniform slope and compliance with this requirement shall be demonstrated to Engineer by arranging for visual inspection by him and by shining a light from one end of die section to the other end. 3.03 SEWER INSTALLATION A. Take great care in working on existing sewers so as not to interrupt service to any existing building without permission. B. Where sewer pipes do not rest on natural ground but cross building excavation, the pipes in this area shall be supported on 8"concrete block or 6"poured concrete walls which are built up from undisturbed ground. C. Where branch sewers connect to main sewer, they shall drop at 22-1/2' or 45' and connect at 22-1/2' or 45°. 90'connections will not be permitted.Flow line of two sewers shall be continuous or shall drop in direction of flow. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Water Line Testing:Before joints are painted or covered,test underground water lines to hydrostatic pressure of at least 150 lbs.psi.Leakage shall not exceed 200 gal.per inch of pipe diameter per mile per 24 hours.Contrac- tor shall be responsible for discovering leaks and making necessary repairs. B_ Underground sewers shall be tested in one or more sections by closing outlets; extending connections to 4'-0" above grade; filling system to top of lowest extensions. Inward (from wet trench) or outward (to dry trench), infiltration shall not exceed 200 gallons per 24 hours per mile per inch diameter of pipe. SITE PIPING (Revised 3/11/2008) 33 00 00-4 C. Leaks shall be repaired and tests repeated until leakage or infiltration is within above limits. D. Substitution of air testing is not permitted. 3.05 CONTINUITY OF SERVICES(UTILITY OUTAGES) A. All existing services must be kept in continuous operation with no interruption of services (sewer,water, gas, etc.). Contractor shall install temporary services as required to maintain this continuous operation and shall remove all temporary services when work is completed. Where interruptions are absolutely mandatory, they shall be kept to an absolute minimum and coordinated with Engineer. 3.06 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. All fire hydrants,valves,valve boxes,etc. shall be installed as detailed and per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. END OF SECTION 33 00 00 SITE PIPING (Revised 3/11/2008) 33 00 00-5 SECTION 33 50 00 GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced.The publications are referred to in the text by basic designation only. l. AMERICAN GAS ASSOCIATION(AGA) a. AGA-01 -(1989)A.G.A.Plastic Pipe Manual for Gas Service 2. AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE(API) a. API Spec 5L-(1992)Line Pipe 3. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS(ASTM) a. ASTM D 2513-(1991 a)Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe,Tubing,and Fittings b. ASTM D 2683 - (1990) Socket-Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter-Controlled Poly- ethylene Pipe and Tubing c. ASTM D 3261 - (1990) Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing d. ASTM D 3350-(1984)Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials 4. AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS(ASME) a. ASME-17 - (1992; Addenda Dec 1992) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; Section DC, Welding and Brazing Qualifications b. ASME B 16.21 -(1992)Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges c. ASME B16.40 - (1985) Manually Operated Thermoplastic Gas Shutoffs and Valves in Gas Distri- bution Systems d. ASME B31.1 -(1992)Power Piping e. ASME B31.8 -(1989;B31.8a,B31.8b,B31.8c,Errata Jul 6, 1990&Feb 28, 1991)Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems 5. FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS(FS) a. FS L-C-530-(Rev C)Coating,Pipe,Thermoplastic Resin 6. MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS INDUSTRY (MSS) a. MSS SP-25-(1978;R 1988)Standard Marking System for Valves,Fittings,Flanges and Unions b. MSS SP-84-(1990)Valves-Socket Welding and Threaded Ends 7. MILITARY SPECIFICATIONS(MS) a. MS MIL-T-27730-(Rev A)Tape,Antiseize,Polytetrafluoroethylene,with Dispenser 8. NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF CORROSION ENGINEERS(MACE) a. NACE RP0274-(1974)High Voltage Electrical Inspection of Pipeline Coatings Prior to Installation 9. STEEL STRUCTURES PAINTING COUNCIL(SSPC) a. SSPC SP 6-(1991)Commercial Blast Cleaning 10. UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES(UL) a. UL-06-(1992)Gas and Oil Equipment Directory 1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Piping Piping shall be joined by performance qualified joiners using qualified procedures in accordance with AGA-01.Manufacturer's prequalifred joining procedures shall be used.All joints shall be inspected by a qualified inspector in the joining procedures being used in accordance with AGA-01.Joiners and inspectors shall be qualified at the job site by a person who has been trained and certified by the manufacturer of the pipe to train and qualify joiners and inspectors in each joining procedure to be used on the job.Training will include use of equipment,explanation of the procedure,and successfully making joints which pass tests specified in AGA-01.The Contractor shall submit a copy of the training procedure and qualification of the trainer for approval of the Engineer.The Engineer shall be notified at least 24 hours in advance of the date to qualify 1 GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (Revised 3/11/2008) 33 50 00-1 joiners and inspectors.The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy report of each inspector's and joiner's training and test results. B. Materials and equipment shall be the standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the products and shall essentially duplicate items that have been in satisfactory use for at least 2 years prior to bid opening.Asbestos or products containing asbestos shall not be used.Equipment shall be supported by a service organization that is,in the opinion of the Enginoar,ronnonnhly convenient to the site.Vnlvcs,flanges, and fittings shall be marked in accordance with MSS SP-25. C. The Contractor shall become familiar with all details of the work,verify all dimensions in the field,and shall advise the Engineer of any discrepancy before performing the work. D. When shipping,delivering,and installing,pipe and components shall be handled carefully to ensure a sound, undamaged condition.Particular care shall be taken not to damage pipe coating.No pipe or material of any kind shall be placed inside another pipe or fitting after the coating has been applied,except as specified in paragraph INSTALLATION.Plastic pipe shall be handled in conformance with AGA-01. E. Hot tapping of existing mains shall be performed by a contracting firm or utility company experienced and qualified to do such work and with at least 5 years experience in the successful performance of such work.The Contractor(s)or utility company performing hot taps and squeeze-off of existing utility lines shall accomplish the taps,plugging,and squeeze-off operations using equipment specifically designed for such purposes and approved by the Engineer prior to the performance of any such work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Follow the procedures specified in Division 01,0133 00 Section"SUBMITTALS." PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE, FITTINGS,AND ASSOCIATED MATERIALS A. Polyethylene Pipe,Tubing,Fittings and Joints 1. Polyethylene pipe, tubing, fittings and joints shall conform to ASTM D 3350 and ASTM D 2513, pipe designations PE 2406 and PE 3408,rated SDR 26 or less,as specified in ASME 1331.8. Pipe sections shall be marked as required by ASTM D 2513. Butt fittings shall conform to ASTM D 3261 and socket fittings shall conform to ASTM D 2683.Fittings shall match the service rating of the pipe. B. Identification:Provide pipe flow markings and metal tags for each valve,meter,and regulator shall be provided as required by the Engineer. C. I ulating Joint Materials:Insulating joint materials shall be provided between flanged or threaded metallic pipe systems where shown to control galvanic or electrolytic action.Joints for threaded pipe shall be steel body nut type dielectric type unions with insulating gaskets.Joints for flanged pipe shall consist of full face sandwich-type flange insulating gasket of the dielectric type,insulating sleeves for flange bolts and insulating washers for flange nuts. D. Gas transition fittings shall be manufactured steel fittings approved for jointing steel and polyethylene pipe. Approved transition fittings are those that conform to AGA-01 requirements for transition fittings. E. Valves shall be suitable for shutoff or isolation service and shall conform to the following: 1. Steel Valves (For above Grade Only on Meter Riser): Steel valves 1-1/2 inches and smaller installed aboveground shall conform to MSS SP-84, carbon steel, socket weld or threaded ends with handwheel or wrench operator. 2. Polyethylene valves for underground installation only shall conform to ASME 1316.40.Polyethylene valves in sizes 1/2-inch to 6 inches shall be used with polyethylene distribution and service lines. F. Protective Covering Materials:Continuously extruded polyethylene and adhesive coating system materials shall conform to FS L-C-530,Part(3). PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING A. Earthwork shall be as specified in Section 31 -"EARTHWORK GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (Revised 3/11/2008) 33 50 00-2 • �l 3.02 PIPE FOR GAS MAINS A. All pipe for gas mains shall be orange or yellow colored polyethylene. Steel fittings at hot taps shall be coated with protective covering as specified.Plastic mains shall not be installed aboveground. 3.03 SERVICE LINES A. Service lines shall be constructed of materials specified for gas mains and shall extend from a gas main to and including the point of delivery within 5 feet of the building.The point of delivery is the meter set assembly.The service lines shall be connected to the gas mains as indicated.Service line shall be provided with an isolation valve of the same size as the service line.The service lines shall be as short and as straight as practicable between the point of delivery and the gas main and shall not be bent or curved laterally unless necessary to avoid obstructions or otherwise permitted.Service lines shall be laid with as few joints as practicable using standard lengths of pipe.Shorter lengths shall be used only for closures.Plastic service lines shall not be installed aboveground. 3.04 PIPE,TUBING,AND FITTINGS A. Pipe,tubing and fittings shall be clear and free of cutting burrs and defects in structure or threading and shall be thoroughly brushed and chip-and scale-blown.Defects in pipe or tubing or fittings shall not be repaired.When defective pipe,tubing,or fittings are located in a system,the defective material shall be replaced. 3.05 PROTECTIVE COVERING FOR UNDERGROUND STEEL FITTINGS A. Except as otherwise specified,protective coverings shall be applied mechanically in a factory or field plant especially equipped for the purpose.Fittings that cannot be coated and wrapped mechanically shall have the protective covering applied by hand,preferably at the plant that applies the covering to the pipe.Joints shall be coated and wrapped by hand.Hand coating and wrapping shall be done in a manner and with materials that will produce a covering equal in thickness to that of the covering applied mechanically.The coatings shall consist of one of the following: 1. The plastic Resin Coating System: The coating system shall conform to FS L-C-530, Part (3). The exterior of the pipe shall be cleaned to a commercial grade blast cleaning finish in accordance with SSPC SP 6.Adhesive compound shall be applied to the pipe.Immediately after the adhesive is applied,a seamless tube of polyethylene shall be extruded over the adhesive to produce a bonded seamless coating. The nominal thickness of the pipe coating system shall be 10 mils(plus or minus 10 percent)of adhesive and 40 mils (plus or minus 10 percent) of polyethylene for pipes 2 through 16 inches in diameter. Joint coating field repair material shall be applied as recommended by the manufacturer and shall be one of the following: a. Heat shrinkable polyethylene sleeves. b. Polyvinyl chloride pressure-sensitive adhesive tape. c. High density polyethylene/bituininous rubber compound tape. 2_ The coating system shall be inspected for holes,voids,cracks,and other damage during installation. 3.06 INSTALLATION A. Installation of the gas distribution system,including all equipment,shall be in conformance with the manufac- turer's recommendations and applicable sections of ASME 1331.8 and with AGA-01.Abandoning existing gas piping shall be done in accordance with ASME 1331.8.Pipe cutting-shall be done without damage to the pipe. Unless otherwise authorized,cutting shall be done by an approved type of mechanical cutter.Wheel cutters shall be used where practicable. Cutting of plastic pipe shall be in accordance with AGA-01.Valve installation in plastic pipe shall be designed to protect the plastic pipe against excessive torsional or shearing loads when the valve is operated and from any other stresses which may be exerted through the valve or valve box. B. Installing Pipe Underground:Gas mains and service lines shall be graded as indicated.Mains shall have 24-inch minimum cover,service lines shall have 18-inch minimum cover,and both mains and service lines shall be placed on firmly compacted select material for the full length.Trench shall be excavated below pipe grade, GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (Revised 3/11/2008) 33 50 00-3 bedded with bank sand,and compacted to provide full-length bearing.Laying the pipe on blocks to produce uniform grade will not be permitted.The pipe shall be clean inside before it is lowered into the trench and shall be kept free of water,soil,and all other foreign matter that might damage or obstruct the operation of the valves, regulators,meters,or other equipment.When work is not in progress,open ends of pipe or fittings shall be securely closed by expandable plugs or other suitable means.Minor changes in line or gradient of pipe that can be accomplished through the natural flexibility of the pipe material without producing permanent deformation and without overstressing joints may be made when approved.Changes in line or gradient that exceed the limitations specified shall be made with fittings specified.When polyethylene piping is installed underground, foil backed magnetic tape shall be placed above the pipe to permit locating with a magnetic detector.After laying of pipe and testing,trench shall be backfilled to 12 inches over pipe with compacted bank sand. Remaining backfill is to be select soil compacted in 8-inch layers to finish grade. C. Where"squeeze-off'of existing polyethylene piping is permitted for temporary shut off during connection of mains or branches,a"squeeze-off'tool specifically designed for the pipe size and material encountered shall be used.After squeeze-off operation is complete,a rerounding support clamp shall be applied to reduce pipe stress. Rerounding support clamp shall be constructed of 2306 polyethylene material. 3.07 PIPE JOINTS A. Pipe joints shall be designed and installed to effectively sustain the longitudinal pullout forces caused by the contraction of piping or superimposed loads. B. Polvethylepg Pipe_Jointing Procedures Jointing procedures shall conform to AGA-01.Indiscriminate heat fusion joining of plastic pipe or fittings made from different polyethylene resins by classification or by manufacturer shall be avoided if other alternative joining procedures are available.If heat fusion joining of dissimilar polyethylenes is required,special procedures are required.The method of heat fusion joining dissimilar polyethylenes resins shall be tested in accordance with paragraph TESTING,subparagraph Destructive Tests of Plastic Pipe Joints. 1. Personnel which perform joining procedures for polyethylene pipe shall meet the following qualifications prior to commencing work: a. Performed joining of piping on at least one project using piping of the same type and size as to be installed under this contract. b. Attend a qualification training course, after contract award, conducted by the manufacture of the pipe installed under this contract. The training shall be a minimum of 8 hours and cover as a minimum the items set forth in the AGA plastic pipe manual. Equipment used for training shall be of the same manufacture as that to be utilized on this project. 2. The Contractor Quality Control representative shall attend the same training as that required for the personnel performing the joining procedure. 3. Testing:Instruments which must be available at the project site: a. Thermometer b. Anemometer c. Pyrometer(or temperature crayons) 4. Verification of Joining Procedure: Each morning,prior to commencing work, a joint of each size and type to be installed during that day shall be made. a. Three coupons from each joint shall be taken at 120 degrees apart. b. Each coupon shall be checked for alignment and subjected to a bend test. c. Coupons shall be identified and retained. d. Should the ambient temperature change by more than 20 degrees F or wind velocity increases by more than 10 MPH when ambient temperature is below 50 degrees F, the joining procedures to be used for the remainder of the day will be retested. 5. Recording Test Data: The following items where applicable, shall be recorded each day of installing pipe. (Complete the attached sheet titled"TEST DATA RECORD FOR P-E PIPE.") a. Manufacture of Equipment b. Operating pressures c. Heating iron temperatures d. Ambient conditions e. Coupon Data GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (Revised 3/11/2008) 33 50 00-4 f. Installer and CQC signature block C. Connections Between Metallic and Plastic Piping:Connections shall be made only outside,underground,and with approved transition fittings. 3.08 VALVE BOXES A. Valve boxes of cast iron not less than 3/16-inch thick shall be installed at each underground valve.Valve boxes shall be provided with locking covers that require a special wrench for removal.Wrench shall be furnished for each box.The word"gas"shall be cast in the box cover.When the valve is located in a roadway,the valve box shall be protected against movement by a suitable concrete slab at least 3 square feet.When in a sidewalk,the top of the box shall be in a concrete slab 2 feet square and set flush with the sidewalk.Boxes shall be adjustable extension type with screw or slide-type adjustments.Valve boxes shall be separately supported,not resting on the pipe,so that no traffic loads can be transmitted to the pipe. 3.09 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES A. Connections between new work and existing gas lines,where required,shall be made in accordance with ASME B31.8 using proper fittings to suit the actual conditions.When connections are made by tapping into a gas main, the connecting fittings shall be the same size as the pipe being connected.The Contractor shall provide all materials for the connections to the existing gas lines,and shall make final connections in accordance with approved procedures.The Contractor's Connection and Abandonment Plan shall be submitted and approved prior to making any connections to existing gas lines.The Contractor shall notify,in writing,the Engineer 10 days before connections to existing lines are to be made.All above-grade valves,risers,and vault and valve box covers shall be removed.Vault and valve box voids shall be filled with suitable compacted backfill material. Deactivation of any portion of the existing system shall only be done as directed by the Engineer.Reactivation of any existing gas lines will only be done by the Government. J 3.10 PRESSURE AND LEAK TESTS A. The system of gas mains and service lines shall be tested after construction and before being placed in service using air as the test medium.The test pressure shall be 150 percent of the maximum operating pressure or 50 psig,whichever is greater.However,the maximum test pressure shall not be more than three times the design pressure of the pipe.Prior to testing the system,the interior shall be blown out,cleaned and cleared of all foreign materials.All meters,regulators,and controls shall be removed before blowing out and cleaning and reinstalled after clearing of all foreign materials.All testing of gas mains and service lines shall be done with due regard for the safety of employees and the public during the test.Suitable steps shall be taken to keep persons not working on the test operations out of the testing area while testing is proceeding.The test shall be made on the system as a whole or on sections that can be isolated.Joints in sections shall be tested prior to backfilling,when trenches containing the sections must be backfilled before the completion of other pipeline sections.The test shall continue for at least 24 hours from the time of the initial readings to the final readings of pressure and temperature.The initial test readings of the instrument shall not be made for at least 1 hour after the pipe has been subjected to the full test pressure,and neither the initial nor final readings shall be made at times of rapid changes in atmospheric conditions.The temperatures shall be representative of the actual trench conditions.There shall be no indication of reduction of pressure during the test after corrections have been made for changes in atmospheric conditions in conformity with the relationship T(1)P(2)=T(2)P(1),in which T and P denote absolute temperature and pressure,respectively,and the numbers denote initial and final readings. During the test,the entire system shall be completely isolated from all compressors and other sources of air pressure.Each joint shall be tested by means of soap and water or an equivalent nonflammable solution prior to backfilling or concealing any work.The testing instruments shall be approved by the Engineer.All labor, materials and equipment for conducting the tests shall be furnished by the Contractor and shall be subject to inspection at all times during the tests.The Contractor shall maintain safety precautions for air pressure testing at all times during the tests. GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (Revised 3/11/2008) 33 50 00-5 3.11 TEST DATA RECORD FOR P-E PIPE Project Name:_ Address: City,Statq,Zip: 1. DATE TIME 2. FUSION EQUIPMENT Manufacturer Model Design Pressure Design Iron Temp Actual Pressure(a) Actual Iron'Temp(b) (a)Pressure gauge calibrated date: (b)Method of determining iron temperature: 3. WEATHER CONDITIONS Ambient Temperature Wind Velocity Weather Condition(ie-clear,dry,etc) 4. TEST COUPON DATA(mark and return coupons) Bend Test Ali e—ot Bead Size I I l 1 I I 5. TEST AUTHENTICATION(signature) Equipment Operator CQC Representative QA Representative_ END OF SECTION 33 50 00 GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (Revised 3111/2008) 33 50 00-6 ` 80103dSNI JNIOlinG 3H1 AS a3AO8ddV SS3un 03ZIiiOH-Lnv S3 NVHO N � 7%, A �� 31va �0 �lf� �N' tONI1NVld t10J 91Md 37r`95 944dV2'9 s�r adV0a0Mr1 Ol a3i3a �OA � d � 0 V 9y / 1N3WidVd34 ONicnne 174Y1id1.9(Z'131Pfl9�9(�`!13]l�la"ICSi1.31 s� N N "pB� ����"' �' 1SN00 Mol 30- 1440 Ooo4l)ffIBd E. wrv.tew+�kireH.o.ea NOIlVA313 H1AOS Z L e YI' t 9C .l _ — / — ------ --- —i NMdNOLLOtIi d0 Y10LL0a � '�y � -- Atf1` � _ it - �` _ I it to I r I - % UCft ia001l IIAMI t 19VJ O w01.91 0 MI'Avaygy avvp101fJgl}d Ow I - t +lam a '-Z• % !G - t r -'"Z`,.[' ,alwvvnWvt uarnola•to 1 �MT! t{ � �! l \_. l r•„f �� ��.I ! 1. C fT._I_:�� 32K iXA`tN)3 d)11�pA �, I / /���?'Lf�FO• ;��}.��) - i2 - 1f, -1�. 1 -_ � '% _r_7-. 4---~t 91 r I ///✓'����!�/ `_ �$ // / t_ L %flia c�- u1 nay 1• ` 1N0131�1Va -,. a t •. p s ,�II1A� i { � lip. I / � s e° �g •�� AW om-Orl W R ,K It It I t,•Yw. p • • 1t .0•DL1 A3}3 'L'v Uy.�$�,,� (1 4/Al1 ' ALNOSVW'0'1 U1•,��c9-"plt-A C:8 I 1 �' or 8. --w:r4 Geiull)Wed N�V.1[Nyn 11Ntl.O.CB NOU"313 lS3M "" Ct —rl — n L � tl ' iqa,. •I 1 / av,,�'�'Mq�,�.r _ —_ -•' _—- -— -____- t�ndNouwmoiot sn 'tii,�h 2 JIAgt Aa7a / t 2 r rl r; 1 Lrc rr�r 1, T T. S.` g ,'2_ ep9 ��� _� �.• or� c �/J uaa,wad laaavm�va�Nv i b S 111I11. 7:-1•'1t�r a`J ?: - 'Af'"1A:..en i �;: -IC( 2'1.1- yfl 11aDMi71p91-391 a1 0A dlnO NCXa03m3Nwn YIa1aad DVo PgJo10YONa 0103atM a O 914119x3017d OIAVIAVdi02lN31.%H 1l 11 1l ANNfJyVlf'O t / 1 r/ Jh.----a L a I AiWO'1Vn .PJ (dw Qai A £ZIi•fZc SOZ Y�i --1fI. � tom° 'MMst�'•+ �' — �1 ' �- G53Z Z95'009 � ��/ � S •�,ii�w�. �q.' :p "'b1j W p' I ``]��I 1 _ - r SCOSG VI-A Tlraj,a{ 1av,>,,r eia�tAr, 004'S 9:5'?'S SiLII - 2jiMGfl1E i dnOM9 INV 3GAI BSI `�`�� = 1✓12'�y� s lolw mpoadspldnp 'len )IV() ea a—I aw,?N aIU ICZ8-69h'6051 xe1 dnoao lav 3eni tlaie�n»e iru betu iyud uo s:alc� »y�Q lPl7•l-LE/£9 bSflZ..95'OOA A M-sA1149'8obolPla-l-i£/E9: ��/yl-ss oeo dnoiglayagnlwoq loolrv4ssR+dldn.'-1 .)Inteonry,amail+na naume,(1 IaglarlN4jOaO 9RiS'696'605 . uolsslw red lnoyilm id3ypoa ufiasap 'I• �`O sly;iouollanpbadvPu-inevi uo}IIweNPPol tl/N 206467M'eslillu.l smel iyei,6doJlt;}.A aapun PatioN sa4ueg0 41lMpaeoaddtl(I aILq no=.ads-,leg A-WI any uoi6u14sem M£Z£Z palaalo�d vq.inmlir lktla6no uryi - paxoaddtl[ I Zioz,xinp a0u30111ed 0900 aalllp M!IieA — - llelaa I Flea S1N. - - —eod Pwwai4101a11a1lauue4a SIN. - „0601Pno13. (pailnbal se - -- (pallnbaa se)slaualsel IIeM --slaualsel IleM �'"• AM (pallnbai-se) i sMowq lV as AZ l aV AOZ L 6uounow leelo wogog, 5 Flddns lamod gem 09 N . (punbal-se) ' 3a AZL-w AOZL 4311MS loauuaosla sallddns iamod gem og -� (pannbal se}wed)shmanm Uel!mg laauuoos!0 poleougel_pet L x deep.l ' -- � (pallnbal se)Sa3l aPgM (pannbai se)sail eU4M �� sloeq lagal allUM'wnle E90- �� >F hued 1a>loeq a114M IeweWl'ulnle Ob0' i`�►. � HoelB pue aBUM of aselins PuZ lined'aoel,dwnq„lagel (oZ6E#SWd)uaaJg g awo lgnop 0l aaep „b/L pue swnlal.b/E 4ym PuZ lined,slagal possogwa„algnoP„„b/E Pue saaeL gjeoAlod OSL'Pewwo3 w—swnlau.6/E 411m saael gaeoAlod powlo}09L' 1t►�1 +�' Ir �� suinlal lloo'wnle.S)pela 060- aU4M I�oelg of aaelins PuZ lined •S , slaeq o)eahlod palwol OSL'deep.Z/L b b/t 9 „ s}ellaerlq 6ullunow loop dal. 5�,.� „o 6 No �� ►-���-� oyc�l r 3JM-s4143VOfiOlPl3-1-WC9 #Iced suinlaa lauuego 19 sde3 Powiod AV,, ql!M 0601 pnol3 powiod „�F x g�� S,Lr yw}}7' -�•�' -uo!ieu!wnll! 0313AHM 'JUIEd al!gM pue�Oe18 aoelans pu3 -suinjaa I!oo wnu!wnle I,q 4oElB %,sdwnq„jagal ub/L ql!M An gaeofilod pawaoI Mq 01„dd„ 'DAM PUE MOEIVOZVE #SWd) uaaa0 :o1 yalew Tined migdeb polu!Ed ooe}ans puZ pue Luawssogwa alqnop q!m gaeo4lod pawaol si o6oq pno10 aaAll!aa,On pal :ol Juled SAeMaalM•SALlMaa!M MA x M,L uo SJORal Iauueyo „dy„ ql!M o6oq pno10 IaAll!aa,0„ „siollol jauuega pue lauigeo o6ol pnol3 paleuimili lo4as (7) Alddns pue ainjaeinuew ..siH/d oinyIa (016ue130a passedwoou3) .il -bs Zb'69 L (sLuauodwo0 lenp!AIpu1 pou!gwo0) .0 -bs 50'S L n0-a L = XL :aleoS IsAll!98l0„ Ma1A ap!S 3JM-sJ1W0'80 o1Pl3-1-L6 E9 #IJUd Ma!A Luoa3 Ma!A OP!S (Flleuoluodoid poleos sinodel lie)0001 l0 aulnno lloelq to wogoq pue„d„to del g11M eu11W wdV:etoN. N m a VV (a v 41 ('lj bs l l'bZ) I (If bs LO'03) ('11 bs L8'OL) —` nZ lb-a6 — l b/L 6-1 8 9- l j PaS5Og1113 9AN -sao!oa 3y!_sads p!dau jle0 :.ptq Om.. fa4m Sa a111poy,, auiey ll!:I I[Z8'G9b'605 a1'J ����� �.�� 38n1 :1 aluun�e lou hew lined ua siola W-Zi b 658Z'Z9s'0o8 1anl4ca ®1�3N� CIO-,Z�=„g-.i ! � �0.3d•aau!ge3juawnuo -dnue9lep agnl luoil olllll-� :II?j(; laglclt,N 11,106 98M69W60S uasaiwiadlno4i!mldaouanifi!sap uo3 IIWpNPPal 7/N Z0686 VIA'NUNCh sigF!o iio!lanPoadae ou a>lew smeli4bYAdo:)IeeaOajiapun Pal0Ns36ue404llMPae0Addq[ ] 3Wfl ❑o=i a;eg anduO0um4su M£Z£Z Palaaiaads �;oml,e!euifiuoci4I PaAuAddq[ ] 6SOZ'6AenAgaj 86uaglned 0000 aoUdOeui!NeA JiNjox)j ad soW I IT (&J2410494Lct) f 1 I "llts 00'9V gym, A0-3d-18uige3juawnuoW-Z L b Aeldsia «0-,Z L x ,0-,# lauigea AS juawnuoW piepuelS 083 mogelnoleo ainsodxa lau!geo/ad!d leuwalul ssolg :ol lau!geo iWed uo!leu!wnll! ail SO OMM (9SdSOHM39) 39 le311aa/1 tsm .��� Jin z At aZ/t.i •(s,aylo Aq ad!d) adld loals 0t *uog „ti GAlaoaa of do las Apewalu!laulge0 -sjau(elaa (pa6u!y uou-olgenowaa) yb/L Z uV.M lau!geo poleo!Aei deep „bZ JZ '8AM pue�Ml8 `u9919 oZbE SWd 'PaH 300Z SWd yolew of so!ydejg 'aoejins puZ uo so!ydea6 polu!ed ul!M passogwa 916u!s s!Adoo „sued olny„ 'passogwa algnop OR s3!gdea6 „All!aa,0„ 'Mtjp ,,Z Ul!M uexal to ino powaol an sooe3 -saael passogwa pue pawjol ql!m louigeo juawnuow -wnlii j/p mou (t) ouo Aiddns pue amlaelnueW '14•bs 00.9V „0-,L = u8/E :aleoS 30-3d-l3u!ge0luawnuoW-Z L b #lead - U61S alod o . (uo!leool aad sa!aen) saaglo-Aq aseq luawnuolN, '% IL 0-11AX toulAx 6 jO r% 'ON[`03 F-n38W.V0'O eoe-E.on- -DNI `-QJ& -1l38dWV'a 'o 908 �.. ZLSB-LES(QW)WA "t:-LES(9ta) i L Lb9 OW '4410 S8SLMM A%elA"Qla S££j u 8 1'f)i L .O-,L =.TJt �It�S .7Si •N`)r8 Jl�I�fONON1f OL HO&W I AVI 80 3ZIS :.LIY(l m o ij..Lv. al m n od Hols NoisLNM- S2133NMN33 Wt 01 DN HS 31ON °i.Ltt�ct ,-----, .a-, •,WC =ass ZS ` OIJL33S JNnw.LsNl oL as ad ta3it ~`- 1t£ #r�Ft�O:� I marl Hn�aiNc%i; .�' .5 salo.�a a Lela �� 3sva 3'Odb"s I f ei- - - - - .a-b -�+-s i-�• - (H313{dyia 3'+.C?H � �' C` .9L& 31i�A3ROl3lj I . Z .a.l W00 trK fS; b `o • WA,: aNOO} CF T .ZL'NOUVaNnOd 01111 1 iUCOd3 8 lll?!i] S I lOfl w t___a� 3ab'd'd3 0 t SlA4C1 LH[38 9l(r} i 2lOf rONt! b!Q.bx!if = C) b s—fAmoa 1l138 ba sarr Bf cz r4`Y7J NMOHS Str ONIlOCd d0 E ` 243d NJrS t{Od SL109 dOl OiN1.9L VA(3 CBEIMI D _ 2iCHOhltf 7M.rr'E(t} '00.7.E IT] c 11 o I-IV InOHS 11:14 Q ® ` ,. -._____------------------- .G-.aL �r�le f 0 CNN `�-33S 3UtaL'dJ H5fNr3 SW 1sod'VJts�Rldy ,ram' j �j o•i -Sl!`n-(3€IO'dAl U0J C5 L33iS OL b3nd AUVSSM3N SV 1f10?3) X+T :• t f :►�� ;�13�1 Z3iICEl'd'lain�lVrlh 2iOd:S [33N5 NO S31ON W8nL n� us of 83=sti 'Hoz:jv Ol -.LN00 f {Z}H-Uhn % �� .ti`�� �=- '�3332�'C':Y'3 33d3 kloovis HO-ulds('{RCN`.9 ('HOHV Ol M3gi-L)iW3a CNOB 3'J`�d H1GOi S'801TTdS,M430 ! '', 1 `�-- alva H0"t+d t]RlOI,a4I nwZGii � S2i3H.F.0 A.9 Alvid 3SN8$310d NOiS= `5213H10,48 N:fS E:7fl .O-.t =.1:1E 3ZVOS Asa' .-L S I tl O a L CITY OF ARLINGTON 238 N. OLYMPIC AVE - ARLINGTON, WA. 98223 42 PHONE; (360) 403-3551 BUILDING PERMIT Address:7815 204th Street NE Permit#: 171 Parcel#:00847300000100 Valuation:531720 00 OWNER APPLICANT CONTRACTOR Name:O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE STORES, Name:O'Reilly Auto Parts Stores,Inc Name:Stout Building Contractors,LLC INC. Address:233 S.PATTERSON AVENUE Address:233 South Patterson Ave Address: 1380 West 50 South City,State Zip:SPRINGFIELD„MO 65802 City,State Zip:Springfield,MO 65802 City,State Zip:Centerville,UT 84014 Phone: Phone:417-829-2949 Phone:801-200-6571 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR Name: Name: Address: Address: City,State,Zip: City,State,Zip: Phone: Phone: LIC#: EXP: LIC#: EXP. JOB DESCRIPTION PERMIT TYPE: Commercial New CODE YEAR: 2012 STORIES: I CONST.TYPE: DWELLING UNITS: 0 OCC GROUP: BUILDINGS: I OCC LOAD: PERMIT APPROVAL I AGREE TO COMPLY WITH CITY AND STATE LAWS REGULATING CONSTRUCTION AND IN DOING THE WORK AUTHORIZED THEREBY;NO PERSON WILL BE EMPLOYED IN VIOLATION OF THE LABOR CODE OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON RELATING TO WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE AND RCW 18.27. THIS APPLICATION 1S NOT A PERMIT UNTIL SIGNED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL OR HIS/HER DEPUTY AND ALL FEES ARE PAID. IT IS UNLAWFUL TO USE OR OCCUPY A BUILDING OR STRUCTURE UNTIL A FINAL INSPECTION HAS BEEN MADE AND APPROVAL OR A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY HAS BEEN GRANTED. IBCI 10/1RC1 10. SALES TAX NO'I K'Is s tax relating to construction and construction materials in the City of glon must h and coded C reported on your sales tax return form ,' s� tort#" Il I. — _ , %J $ / )l rc Print Name Date VRele wd B Date CONDITIONS Adhere to approved plans. THIS PERMIT AUTHORIZS ONLY THE WORK NOTED,THIS PERMIT COVERS WORK TO BE DONE ON PRIVATE PROPERTY ONLY. ANY CONSTRUCTION ON THE PUBLIC DOMAIN(CURBS,SIDEWALKS,DRIVEWAYS,MARQUEES,ETC.)WILL REQUIRE SEPARATE PERMISSION. PERMIT FEES Date Description Fee Amount 8/27/2014 Building Permit Fee $6,392,28 8/27/2014 Building Plan Review Fee $4,154.98 8/27/2014 State Building Code Surcharge Fee $4.50 8/27/2014 Traffic Mitigation-City $83,875.00 Total Due: $94,426.76 Total Payment: $94,426.76 Balance Due: S0.00 CALL FOR INSPECTIONS BUILDING(360)403-3417 When calling for an inspection please leave the following information: Permit Number,Type of Inspection being requested,and whether you prefer morning or afternoon CITY OF ARLINGTON BUILDING DEPARTMENT CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE SEC. 110 NOTE:THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT CERTIFY ELECTRICAL WORK At 7815 204th Street NE Building Permit Number 20140171 Name & Address of Owner Occupant Load Number of Stories O'Reilly Automotive Stores 125 1 233 S. Patterson Ave. Type of Construction/Sprinkler system required Use Springfield, MO 65802 II-B No Auto Supply THE New Building HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND APPROVED AS COMPLYING WITH THE 2012 EDITION OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE FOR GROUP M OCCUPANCY ISSUED THIS 23rd DAY OF February , 2015. BY n BY �J FIRE OFFICIAL BUILDING OFFICIAL THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE POSTED IN A CONSPICUOUS PUBLIC AREA AND SHALL NOT BE REMOVED,MUTILATED OR OBSCURED AND SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN LEGIBLE CONDITION AT ALL TIMES.ANY CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY REQUIRES A NEW CERTIFICATE. COMMERCIAL APPLICATION SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST Department of Community Development City of Arlington• 238 N Olympic Ave. •Arlington,WA 98223• Phone(360)403 3551 • FAX(360)403 3418 THIS APPLICATION TO BE USED FOR NEW COMMERCIAL STRUCTURES AND RESIDENTIAL DWELLINGS UNITS CONTAINING TOWNHOUSES OR THREE OR MORE UNITS.THIS APPLICATION MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BYA COMMERCIAL APPLICATION SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST AND AN OCCUPANT'S STATEMENT OF INTENDED USE. Name of Project: O'Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc. Valuation: $531.720.00 Project Address: 204 Street NE Lot 1 Jensen Farm Division No. 1 according to the ParcellD#: 00847300000100 Legal Description Plat recorded in Volume 60 of Plats, Page 32, in Snohomish County, Washington. Owner: O'Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc.(Jeremy Bass) Phone Number. (417)829-2949 Address: 233 South Patterson Ave. City: Springfield State: MO Zip Code: 65802 Engineer:Bob D.Campbell&Company,Inc.(Lee Johnson) Phone Number. (816)531-4144 Cell Phone: NIA Fax: (816)531-8572 E-mail: Ijohnson@bdc-engrs.com Address: 4338 Belleview City: Kansas City State: MO Zip Code:64111 General Contractor:TBD Phone Number: Cell Phone: Fax: E-mail: Address: City: State: Zip Code: Contractor's License Number: Expiration: Contact Person: Office of Thomas A.Lundberg,LEED AP(Tim Guillot) Phone Number: (417)862-0558 Cell Phone: N/A Fax: (417)862-3265 E-mail:tim@esterlyschneider.com Address: 1736 East Sunshine,Suite 417 City: Springfield State: MO Zip Code: 65804 Proposed Scope of Work:Construction of a new commercial building for the purpose of the retail sale of auto parts. he . certify that he above information is correct and that the construction on, a d the occupancy and the use of the above- de c ed propertx6if be in accordance with the laws, rules and regulation of the fate f Washington. v-A7 � pplicants Signature Dat Jeremy pass Print Applicants Name FOR STAFF USE ONLY Permit# Ac#te&dy Amount Received Receipt# Date Received Web Forms—146 Page 6 of 9 7/10CJY COMMERCIAL APPLICATION SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST Department of Community Development City of Arlington • 238 N Olympic Ave. •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403 3551 • FAX(360)403 3418 PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF A PERMIT, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED IN ITS ENTIRETY AND RETURNED TO THE CITY FOR APPROVAL. THE COMPLETED FORM MUST HAVE THE ORIGINAL SIGNATURES OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ALL PARTIES. Name of Project: O'Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc. Project Address: 204 Street NE Owner: O'Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc. (Jeremy Bass) Phone Number: (417) 829-2949 Address: 233 South Patterson Ave. city: Springfield State: MO Zip Code: 65802 Architect: Office of Thomas A. Lundberg (Tim Guillot) Phone Number: (417) 862-0558 Address: 1736 East Sunshine, Suite 417 city: Springfield State: MO Zip Code: 65804 Engineer. Bob D. Campbell & Company, Inc. (Lee Johnson) Phone Number: (816) 531-4144 Address: 4338 Belleview city: Kansas City State: MO zip Code: 64111 General Contractor: TBD Phone Number: Address: City: State: Zip Code DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES Special Inspection Firm Special Inspectors: TBD The Special inspection Firm of will perform special inspection for the following types of work(separate forms must be submitted if more than one firm is to be employed). ® Reinforced Concrete ([3 Bolting in Concrete ® Pre-stressed Concrete ([3 Shotcrete (� Structural Masonry ® Structural Steel and Welding (j3 High-Strength Bolting ([3 Spray-Applied Fireproofing ® Smoke-Control Systems ([3 Other Specify. All individual inspectors to be employed on this project will be WABO certified for the type of inspection they are to perform. If inspection is for work that is not covered by the WABO categories, a detailed resume of the inspector and firm must be submitted.The resume must show the inspector and firm are qualified to perform the work and testing required by the project design and specifications. The work shall be inspected for conformance with the plans and specifications approved by the City. Revisions and addenda sheets will not be used for inspection unless approved by the City.The special inspector shall report to the City revisions that are not approved. A daily record will be maintained on site itemizing the inspections performed, for the review of all parties.Any nonconforming items shall be brought to the immediate attention of the contractor for resolution.A weekly shall be submitted to the City;detailing the inspections and testing performed, listing any nonconforming items and resolution of nonconforming items. Unresolved nonconforming items will be detailed on a discrepancy report and presented to the building department. A final report shall be submitted to the Building Division prior to the Certificate of Occupancy being issued.This report will indicate that inspection and testing was completed in conformance with the approved plans,specifications and approved revisions and addenda. Any unresolved discrepancies must be detailed in the final report. The special inspector and special inspection firm serve in the role as"deputy"City of Arlington inspectors and as such are responsible to the City of Arlington Building Division in the performance of the required work. Web Forms—146 Page 8 of 9 7/10CJY , COMMERCIAL APPLICATION SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST Department of Community Development City of Arlington• 238 N Olympic Ave. •Arlington,WA 98223 • Phone(360)403 3551 •FAX(360)403 3418 Contractor: The contractor shall provide the special inspector or agency adequate notification of work requiring inspection. The City approved plans and specifications must be made available,at the job site for the use of the special inspector and the City Inspector.The contractor shall maintain all daily inspections reports,on site,for review. The special inspection functions are considered to be in addition to the normal inspections performed by the City and the contractor is responsible for contacting the City to schedule regular inspections. No concrete shall be poured or other work covered until approved by the City Inspector. Building Division: The Building Division shall review any revisions and addenda.Approved copies will be given to the contractor to maintain as part of the approved plan set. The City Inspector will monitor the special inspection functions for compliance with the agreement and the approved plans. The City Inspector shall be responsible for approving various stages of construction to be covered and work to proceed. Design Professionals: The architect and engineer will clearly indicate on the plans and specifications for the specific types of special inspection required, and shall include a schedule for inspection and testing. The architect and engineer will coordinate their revisions and addenda process in such a way as to insure all required City approvals are obtained, prior to work shown on the revisions being performed. Owner: The project owner,or the architect or engineer acting as the owners agent,shall employ the special inspector or agency. ENFORCEMENT: A failure of the special inspector or firm to perform in keeping the requirements of the IBC,the approved plans and this document may void this agreement and the Building Officials approval of the special inspector. In such case a new special inspector and/or firm would need to be proposed for approval.A failure of the design and/or construction parties to perform in accordance with this agreement may result in a STOP WORK notice being posted on the project,until nonconforming items have been resolved. ACKNOWLEDGE ENTS I have read frd agree to co ply with the terms and conditions of this agreement. Owner /J Date: 7 h-? OOV Gener (Cont Date: Architect: Date: Engineer: Date: Special Inspection Agency: Date: City of Arlington Building Official: Date Web Forms—146 Page 9 of 9 7/10CJY .1 COMMERCIAL APPLICATION SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST Department of Community Development City of Arlington• 238 N Olympic Ave. •Arlington,WA 98223 • Phone(360)403 3551 • FAX(360)403 3418 Project Namerrenant O'Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc. Site Address 204 Street NE Bldg/Unit/Suite IBC Construction Type IIB IBC Occupancy Type Mercantile Description of Use Retail sale of auto parts Building Square Footage 7,385 Number of Stories Square Footage Per Floor 7,385 Will there be any installation, modification or removal of the following? (Check all that apply) ❑ Automatic fire extinguishing systems ❑ Compressed gas systems ❑ Fire alarm and detection systems ❑ Fire pumps ❑ Flammable and combustible liquids(tanks, piping etc...) [Z] Hazardous materials ❑ High piled/rack storage ❑ Industrial ovens/fumace ❑ Private fire hydrants ❑ Spraying or dipping operations ❑ Standpipe systems ❑ Temporary membrane structure,tents(>200sq ft)or canopies(>400 sq ft) Provide details on any of the above checked items: Hazardous Materials include auto parts and automobile accessories_ Installation,changes,modifications or removal of any of the above may require additional submittals, Information,or permits during the plan review or construction process. Jeremy ppss P nt Name of Occupant/Agent 11 Signature of Occupant/Agent Date Web/ rm Fos—146 Page 7 of 9 7/10CJY r COMMERCIAL APPLICATION SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST Department of Community Development City of Arlington•238 N Olympic Ave. •Arlington,WA 98223 • Phone(360)403 3551 •FAX(360)403 3418 The following minimum information is required for your Commercial/Multi-Family Building Permit Application. Mark each box to designate that the information has been provided. Please submit this checklist as part of your submittal documents. Incomplete applications will not be accepted. 0 One(1)City of Arlington Commercial/Multi-Family Permit Application (One permit application per building or structure is required) 21 One (1)City of Arlington Commercial/Multi-Family Submittal Requirements Form ❑✓ Three(3)Site Plans ❑✓ One (1) 11"x 17"Site Plan 0 Three(3)Architectural Drawings ✓❑ One (1) 11 " x 17"Set of Building Elevations ✓� Three(3)Structural Drawings ✓� Three(3) Structural Calculations ✓❑ One(1)Geotechnical Engineering Reports(if applicable) ❑✓ One(1)Project Specification Manuals(if applicable) Z One (1)NREC Code Compliance Forms 21 One(1)Special Inspection Requirements Forms 0 One (1)Occupant's Statement of Intended Use Form N/A[:] One(1) Letter of Verification of Water and Sewer Availability from City of Marysville(if applicable) Drawings shall be BOUND SEPARATELY BY TYPE, architectural, structural and landscape, and then ROLLED TOGETHER iN COMPLETE SETS> An intake appointment is required for all new Commercial or Multi-Family Building Permit Applications. To schedule an appointment please contact the City of Arlington Permit Center at(360) 403 3551 or by email to Pre App Appointment Request. 1 ackn ledge that all items designated above are included as part of this application. 8 r, licant's Signature D toe RECEIVED A�JG 2 3 2011 5 COA Engineering Dept. Web Forms—146 Page 1 of 9 7/10CJY COMMERCIAL APPLICATION SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST Department of Community Development City of Arlington•238 N Olympic Ave. •Arlington,WA 98223 • Phone(360)403 3551 •FAX(360)403 3418 The building permit does not include any mechanical,electrical,plumbing or fire sprinkler/alarm work. These permits are issued separately.Mechanical,electrical,plumbing, or fire sprinkler/alarm permits require a separate permit application and may also require separate plan review. Please note that any tenant improvement work in a space that involves food handling or preparation requires Snohomish County Health District approval before the permit can be issued.You must provide the Permit Center a copy of the approval letter or the approved plans. Contact the Snohomish County Health District at(425)339-5250 with any questions or for more information. An intake appointment is required for all large Tenant Improvement Building Permit Applications.To determine if your project requires an intake appointment,to schedule an appointment or to ensure that you have the most current information,please contact the City of Arlington Permit Center at(360)403-3551 or by email to permitcentercDci.arlinoton.wa.us. Application by courier or mail will not be accepted. Incomplete applications will not be accepted. I acknowledge that?etems designated as submittal requirements must accompany my Building Permit Application to be considered a complete submitt I'.r Signature: Date: 7 ne ner's Representative O'R illy Automotive Stores, Inc. 417-829-2949 Compa y: Phone: Web Forms—146 Page 5 of 9 7/10CJY Permit#: 171 Permit Date: 08/26/13 Permit Type: COMMERCIAL BUILDING Project Name: O'Reilly Auto Parts Store Applicant Name: O'Reilly Auto Parts Stores, Inc Applicant Address: 233 South Patterson Ave Applicant, City, State, Zip: Springfield, MO 65802 Contact: Jeremy Bass Phone: 417-829-2949 Email: Scope of Work: Auto Parts Store Valuation: 531720.00 Square Feet: 7385 Number of Stories: 1 Construction Type: Occupancy Group: ID Code: Permit Issued: 08/27/2014 Permit Expires: Form Permit Type: Status: COMPLETE Assigned To: Launa Black Property Parcel# Address Legal Description Owner Name Owner Phone Zoning JENSEN FARM DIV 1 BLK O'REILLY 00847300000100 7815 204TH ST NE 000 D-00 LOT 1 AUTOMOTIVE 630 RETAIL STORES,INC. Contractors Contractor Primary Contact Phone Address Contractor Type License License O'Reilly Auto Parts Store, Jeremy Bass 417-829-2949 233 South Patterson OWNER Inc. Avenue Office of Thomas A Tim Gulliot 417-862-0558 1736 East Sunshine, AIA/PE Lundberg Suite 417 Bob D Campbell& Lee Johnson 816-531-4144 4338 Belleview AIA/PE Company,Inc. Stout Building Todd Davis 801-200-6571 1380 West 50 South CONSTRUCTION Contractors,LLC CONTRACTOR Inspections Date Inspection Type Description Scheduled Date Completed Date Inspector Status 09/11/2013 C20.BUILDING New Commercial Bldg 01/26/2015 01/26/2015 z.Christopher Young Completed FINAL Plan Reviews Date Review Type Description Assigned To Review Status Ok to issue the permit with the following conditions; Slab insulation is required to be 7.5 per UA Calculations 08/26/2013 COMMERCIAL z.Christopher Young BUILDING Provide access to roof Insulation for all refrigerant/condensate lines must be protected.No tape allowed. 08/26/2013 COMMERCIAL Permit Tracking Launa Black BUILDING 1.A Knox Box is not required,however,if the applicant 08/26/2013 COMMERCIAL elects to install one have them contact the Fire Department z.Tom Cooper BUILDING for ordering information. No additional comments. Fees Fee Description Notes Amount Building Permit Table 4-1 $6,392.28 State Surcharge- 1 st DU Residential- 1 st Unit $4.50 Building Plan Review Table 4-2 $4,154.98 Traffic Mitigation-SF Single Family 25 PM Trips @$3,355.00 $83,875.00 each Total $94,426.76 Attached Letters Date Letter Description 12/11/2014 Review Comment Form 08/27/2014 Building Permit Payments Date Paid By Description Payment Type Accepted By Amount 08/27/2014 Stout Building Const. 7815 204th Street NE check#11838 Launa Black $10,551.76 O'Reilly 08/27/2014 O'Reilly 7815 204th Street check 91759756 Launa Black $83,875.00 NE,Arlington,WA Outstanding Balance $0.00 Notes Date Note Created By: 08/19/2014 Added Traffic Mitigation fees to permit.AR Amy Rusko Uploaded Files Date File Name 02/23/2015 969831-7815 204th St..doc 08/27/2014 8-27-2014 Signed Permit.pdf 08/26/2013 BLD-171.pdf Date: 04/08/2026 Permit#: 171 Permit Date: 08/26/2013 Review Date: 08/26/2013 Permit Type: COMMERCIAL BUILDING Review Type: COMMERCIAL BUILDING Target Date: 09/09/2013 Scheduled Time: Completed Date: Description: 1.A Knox Box is not required, however, if the applicant elects to install one have them contact the Fire Department for ordering information. No additional comments. Review Status: Assigned To: z.Tom Cooper Time In: Time Out: Hours: Property Information Parcel#: 00847300000100 O'REILLYAUTOMOTIVE STORES, INC. O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE STORES, INC. 233 S. PATTERSON AVENUE 7815 204TH ST NE SPRINGFIELD, MO 65802 Zoning: 630 RETAILLot: 113lock: Date: 04/08/2026 Permit#: 171 Permit Date: 08/26/2013 Review Date: 08/26/2013 Permit Type: COMMERCIAL BUILDING Review Type: COMMERCIAL BUILDING Target Date: 09/09/2013 Scheduled Time: Completed 09/09/2013 Date: Description: Ok to issue the permit with the following conditions; Slab insulation is required to be 7.5 per UA Calculations Provide access to roof Insulation for all refrigerant/condensate lines must be protected. No tape allowed. Review Status: Assigned To: z.Christopher Young Time In: Time Out: Hours: Property Information Parcel#: 00847300000100 O'REILLYAUTOMOTIVE STORES, INC. O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE STORES, INC. 233 S. PATTERSON AVENUE 7815 204TH ST NE SPRINGFIELD, MO 65802 Zoning: 630 RETAILLot: 113lock: Noi u s�e�:.ei IIIOa'laplOegaSSUa►Sa'�n Iaall4a�e:pBWa j 00 N019N!Hv) 3NOHd VL9Z-ZN-L6ti a3e rrr 'vo u 59ZE'Z98'Llt:194 40899 imOSSIN'plap;lUJAS Z08S91 nossIW'a131dJN12ldS 8550'Z98'Llb Ll6 alinS'aulUsunS Ise 9ELl NO%I311Vd Hinos EEZ , VA `NOIONIRIV' M 1-44 033111E)3LI 4L86 ,t3��,IH�IId 3N 133N1S Hl>y0l ��mw& N O JHII[Gu SVWOH 1 ,L 6 4 .e,io45 1�d ll1Qd o ,we 'a c N W w � w Ng00a W z u�lU- O a Z,0. z m m� o¢¢W w¢zpw(aJ OJ x O w w gp 'max- k¢aa a°a4 z Z ;:z w .. 0 0 W Ix_ O r LL U z z O o g m ° ri°-r m aY LLX rcp YW o °a °-° os, mo ogaWaw�aamwW� K m ~ LLU 6 } Ili M W U ❑ UFmm mZ - 111 m pm2 W' x�inw ■■ ❑ w ❑z C7 a WO w 0 ¢ m � ZJ wW �Z rQFQ t°mz xm C7 OLL ❑ Illm >i za m z W mm o m�f z ~ 0 w 0Q OJ Z m� Fa-1❑=O �Z wo-6c9922 W�Kz W ° J o W Q Q W o OJ n� km w W mO o a ❑ H W K m2 U- O O❑o°a OII--..W F�(m0¢ F r mU W 50 �a m ❑OFW w a y =Z U ag >> wV m ❑wTuzwzrHm m a LL O U m w f} 00 IJ Z�H um Wm o 2 Um-m�Of°-°O F m J m }J LLW LLN O O.0w O ?s FO .. ° 02 O mmm ga¢�❑mr W ❑ a z m> > 0z o� a> > o ¢ �¢ 0 ozo w_ a O a ¢ B x❑ ° 0❑ z❑ aU �a ..0 m az a ~ ❑ O ^ aLL. FLO a= w a 5 w ..w w 0 F Owz m W ❑ -�0 m zz W 'z5� mz �u w- xmwaNxm�Nw m '- m a Nx zx m� 4x ❑ wm ❑- LL z-" 0 2 z N� o aam °�`¢ T❑�`la"p❑❑❑ 0�0 U ■■ ZU OU sm mU QW !❑ Ez 0 005`-' U �i .,� LL OQ N OW gLL Nm� aa=�rOzwal-0�m� Q J y LLm Ff/J ¢¢ gm I-F z U❑ w O am O N Z +-w Z z F-0 .. } wm0 gm NI-J °xmv¢�O❑X aZZJ ❑o �JJ WZ Q6 m Z O U � m ZLL z O m zW~ JO WN- ZNQmgLL OW mw ¢ Z W W zN-J N m¢ aN 2Q zK J C7Z N ❑ O d O W Z g a _... Z Z a w K z ZF UQJNOO°W�d0��a3 Z Ww � a W ¢Z mZ OW Qz I-a w W ZQ m O U' O Z ❑ LL z ww 6 mF LL F Q m JKQa'V-2� O C7❑O a w� o or Zg ULL ❑ w wZinw LL z a 0 z o ° > zx' w x Q ZLL. mLL W J Fm U' F F- w ¢ W ¢ W r F Wow Zx F- ❑ ¢7LL W W, W I-ZO W H 0❑ ' ❑ g z° W U' Q g mm p �K S mLL wwi- W Z U W O m z m z W arc N W ?U K Z ¢ j U W y° m U a F O W Z `-' O Q U a LL= Q ' Jam Q S w ❑ 1O W c~i N m m w° m m C7- Z O t=0 00 ¢m I-O u. ❑¢ Z¢ 0 0 m mQQ OaWOZ F� t-� W'Z' �m zmcai z0WLL p Z❑ K O wm a• F❑ K ffl m ¢ Jim U OS`O Z' Il1Z W W•-, 10 7o�m W W W WE mm ❑y gm Jw Nw �w Wm �� mQ°Q ..zo o2w0= WI- 2m 0 Qz mu0 °x z zJ mm° x¢ xmw ❑�9amom ,zc��ozW 'o ti w U 2 w O H J w W o m U¢ m Z w ¢IO p ❑O GIH 7 U F U Q_4 w 6 o w F Z m o Q m y W W x W 2 m U O x-U m wo �z m ¢ °z ❑ wzx wLL w0m0 �O r c¢� liiw Uw z aw OJz x m w a aJ �- mw Z ? 3� w� w rc w o r o w LLo �J zo zww 3�u >� 5 om ;w¢ ?J Q�LLx�� zJmmzzz r 2 S a Z Z WW p?m QLLLLJW❑ Z� Uw ..O zLL OLL C<O a jW J~� Q z0 N OH 0❑ Zm� w m p¢¢❑�m gY¢amo>wo O OZ O¢ OW m0 YO ti1W m0 }26 OU, I-U mJW g❑}❑ ym 20 ❑O 00 00 0m O I-O ❑ a0 Uw0 Op yU FO °OJ w1a-` mOK�i OIa USU W-I-1-' U I- O f m F- Z Z F m m a Z Z W Q LL p a X W Z.�w N J O~ Q r LL~ LL~ LL�d U m F- X~ x Z N F- m ¢ Q 0 Q m- m 1-m}J p m ~ m m- mJ m mm m m O O a O- x m } W OORW Qwl- am am 0m ate~ mzY ¢J a Y�J2WWU¢� o W z w m w_ mLL w- m¢J w} c wm m m �m m m ❑m a zxm a y o ❑ z W W 1- W W O W W O W LLm LLW I-O LL ❑ O F 2� a']a Ql- m 2 U W m w m W O W W F F WLL F W O LL m w x 5 w W Z W 0 0� F W m 0 W a-W LL¢S O U LL Q Q-1-_O a x LL LL❑ LLO LLO 1-LL mLL W O- WLL U W J z- W m: ZaO�I-a• ❑j m O pa WLL w^,z m SLL F. OaLL V Ow O �LL m~Q mLL mJ❑ m Z LL rc �¢ �¢ zrc W xw ¢w m> mw ¢0= mo Oa z¢LL �IawOmO ❑_ 1+-w ow rw zw r ¢ ow �w o Oaw wmw ow ow ap ow LLOO 000 ¢O¢a Ow�W�O�r�a W m gm am am LLU W am Um ❑O mQmU�LL Qi0 W m ❑� m� J� v�°.,'a 2� z m¢� �6� mm ❑mmm W UH °�UF a W UUm>mx�Uin L7 am ❑ � 00000 OOO O 000000 OOOO O OHO N � N N m m. m W 00 S y Q Z Q Q la-. m U f/1 w m IL F�-��N pF-K_pFO w O F 1 Z 1=1'� ^ ¢ ~ Q 3 W 1 V a O�mwF ra�mmy� O ��m S o m - azw xo ❑ °zxJO 0aY2W�= y ��� c~i °o0 o f� 3^ w xp o o x 3- 3x Ngg 5wi� tnma O NUmW U U UZ w zU Om FOp Ooz y }YmZ z z3 Zw ~ m z m¢.-,¢�g ❑¢mz S x as°z�z� w o m w ❑ m g N�maa� m 0 w ,y x w _ w mn �= x m�hz a o-' o��ow�o O 1- �z OU ¢-z=K'Oo ONi Z M3a¢x 2 wQ Y N as-N �m-„ I-'Oz J m m W '1I a zo ¢� z Nxm- ¢ p�.gvnFU ❑ wa N3JJ�a �w�O ° H > o W °.�' u0yug wOt-F-�r d5 wui O ❑ V`O� m xF ¢ ¢ u _I- } = a O o " J UlzaoU¢� �z O���p wm ��m ¢ rcdw�� m �w o N �o�_uwi��w o `n `nw xw�zm�o al-m0 m x❑S 0w LLo �o- W 0 0 m z I- m 1¢ 0 m0U`W wo w iui_ W ,� J�OU Zg❑ IL 2`z I' ❑ z� Ot-Og¢m p 2 Z I¢ gW?r- o❑ ui axe _ m�` w� m 0v o2 o w w 0 0 0 W ao mJw ¢W ❑X o a0 0 LL02¢ W W a u Q W I/1 Llm2 W t!JZm�0 V r O F h ¢ H am 3 >U'm U } ay W 2N O F U mwmmj c7a i ��z waN¢O oml-"¢wu� 0 p u a o LL ❑: p 0 ❑, m mm p z rw-"0. °W5� om o `g y o W o 0y ° p ozm ❑ ¢ ❑ m 0°� ❑ W w p� g mmLLmw x5 0 _ 0 .� ,R 0 0 p 0 m 2 z W z LL ¢ LL .aaao Igi~u5 LL� uimc V /_� �. �w �m� LL_ - N m - a �Z 0 rn = ¢a¢¢ mom wz 0 U 0 O N< U j '^ ❑ W W m L�� T w J 2 LL' LL W I" -L a m J z 0 '� /A o' a OZ m Z z W Jz`..x VJ y N gN O �ZW 3 W w w of Q _� 6 U ym W $ I¢- Z m m r I• w W ~m g ~ Z ~ °w3 ■ F a m Z Z z o 2 m ■ _O ❑ W //��// 0 N W y LW z z Q O ..AA /IAA ¢ w O z m m m W U' Y I Q W Q Q X W W z J m Z ¢ ~H O ° 0 Z Z p W z U ❑O z z Z. to 0 O a W_ w a w:D Qi�W° WLL �� o gym v0iwa� 0z2r ¢ 5y- wm 3 p mLLW ❑5 z� x❑< w 0 mX�a zyw �� m w ��°W �¢1 C macW. p m0 mZ w O James zUw a z LL w LL X a W N + ill f IJ ri 1 r GY I r �II Y zoz_I F, T J. A 6 IT- m Z. r z N y� w li I Q N � y N - - —a-Pi ¢ m { ! }r H i� N y, J M < r 1. \ r._ N _ _ I H, i r I NLj Z In_ �Q W m I LU W W �� W —J N G p O \/` O �7. N V W N - N w z II z II z II N� g � m 5 F +I z = z z N z a ~ a w pqp z Z x z z y x Z Z e i w0. = O< W w ii OQ O 2 °0 Q x °O ® K K' m O_ Z U m m m_ z V m m +-:- z U m I-' m LL zc zy oIq ob a0 w z4 zq O o'- a0 y w z zy x� oo LL0 W y - zy �� 00 0� yl 00 za o °o 0 0� y� �'� 00 °�O� °� °o p� o m N :wg LL O �LL m m� �.o 11J Nm W� �0 22 O LL gw aw °'w �� M �w dw aw �IJ olo � dw�w >w ?�W 0o M > > �> ko O, d p z oui P a d O 0 C oWO ¢ z ow C OW W W zw om M Fw rw r-W LLw mm r W H W r W rc �w.W w W LLW mm �w ww IiW mm 'G ?�/•%.oeNaN NNa�a �' WOaV2plaUgasf►Aa►Saro�laall4aau.glum-a �a R9�d I�BD 9d) 3NOHd 17L9Z-Z98-L0? 2 m '•,a 59Z8'Z98'Ll9:191 POR9911j"OSSIN'111a11vulidS Z08591af10SSm'Ol31dJNINdS r m S 's 8558'Z98'Llti LIP 311nS'aulill ISuq 9£LI YM 'NOIDNIMY 3N 'IS HIPOZ ] n n�] NOS?l311Hd H1f10S Selz u V� OCSLIU M oaagpunl ov suwoul .y oo < 60 �y i> mKZ N f500'[HH-L I4�*T3 ~yWy lil Z 6WON U �p OZ°o'S98'LSf:auoyd �p 1 O K Z w W 60N59 Yno..IW'VIo98Wd8 aN K z a< _ .�IvnnslPoa oroz z_ Wv .b8 _ �°�$ m � aQ 00 88f'B6'oN o,uoall ~Kq'W V�1 �j� BaVlp�- 'fl'd`90f1'I'tlTI3dINNH1' xW� 8 A�UI aWxx �g, EMI U • Uwo. Z ZN =agps y, h 3h 0O a 8 F �_W I=- BOO M W !`1 q� 0 'i'J ^W7Zi -- yy _ - - V°I> O Z• W ZMOO � . N ____ _ ____ ___ N ____ ___ ___ ____Fill 11 O .0 h r �W ZO � �abpt uxi F W WN -i,OZW� < < < s !f W � r Kz- d: W W 1�1 Bw T W K W III% 3 F 9:a C S •IF e a IP 5:e w `yga r4 R 6 y<wbb '4 .< Yi I :� 1 I k ZN 0.0. 1�ry61N = 6 own nII I � oV NZ 60i -II- - IIIIII �3 yyxxtt 'E�f,1} __a M9 11 _ xCHA -t gal- III' Y,«-IN _l F� a V M /➢ i i ii M - o�l[ ® IN � O t uj °b Sw z Z :OP _Y__ __ L__-______!0. S •-- I---aa� I 0_ g I I `� HMO � gog^ ° WDi Fi3�a m �" F V1NN � � E� K 'F I F I r f I r W Z a �pq� q/ Q U ui Him YYYW..��� I<t�=t� Ie� U_ i i III Q V ' U� sW(� O � - --� � ��'+ -� � � � � I 1 li I I z I I Cli LU I J 4__ __j L J L J _ J J L.J L J W Z ® I' a M W �<Q� xW >y7a.Z 0 0.1 d Cr ay aa WOO N^ 0 �� � z&i u z ogg 8 8 I� I H G W iClo W W00.:¢ LSs NN NN �ttl 7� 7� jrl M� = GS afAJ aNV w\ v ° + + wx z �� �� H°H�8 ^�EI�a n.. xz dxz "xz Wq LLz0 0VZ5 a 3 _ I M3;- " ®W a ZB !.� ZZ N II L� y ccyL<��~ 1N dM WS Z U 2�z Z!A W� O O 5D�i1 ^tJ 0 bD\�W ° Z� yI3�8 In sY8 ov Wv my ev Ov dM �. Z3 41<RW 124_�w i0 �i w x a 88 �E z € i € i ° &o gz _ � o� �dS0, �=Qr E q' �Td � I I I.i�Qi� � aF o.F bd $a Ob8 SziS Sn zi azf p�52��tY]�oo° r` �W [YyS�� ° a ly > HO 1z HO N U 4®0. ' } d mmmm a\ W r�h B ail H rcc-3iI aN� I9— U F o iT I Q� I Lz. Z< UJ tYJirc e� z R - - - g � m m AW3HiO a N N a N .- N N ,LLO tlO� Ins�3a a3H10 x x x x r — cc c p- 'ONWJNI F •Q.I•N x x Z ® h o �aon� x x x x x tl3Hi0 x x x � •sans x x x x x TIVM'dMnS x x x x u l e E� 6 l e���� 9 1 ♦-i' 0351131 x i y gg Oa c g In C•�Q� lllt]111 p e p p Q p p p F J U I I ,z o z �� tsuj SyC� ZyI$ a S2 mp�iI" ypr` xatyE2o P.i nil �tpl1{Oy qx c�ia4?x ®z Ng NZ W2 z O_W 1 WLL aaln 3d8 = oc c� �Ba ~ }� i8 ' d x a3 387 < ez's 0 g, 5 It 0.NaV o�ow � �® �m �m �¢ NW �z � g� �� � i�e Zd W fA B �ylLgy] �jOU lai IN ® J ' HKNt� E W W g Wa.ri 2 w O x s g $ O s � IIIIII wd ss:c-%OZ Zoo a 136a90\0\6*90\380'0 Cti1 v� e rs q f�/%pie eeu y -�a' ' woa•iaplaugas�laaisain'iaall9a�u�Ildw-a (l# NOlON178V) 3NOHd tL9Z-Z98-LL4 `I;� 's 59ZE'Z98'Llb zu� 6o899unosslW'pIall�ulads Z08891af10SSIW'al31AONNdS m w m _ o � 8550'z98'11r LIP alms'aniusuns ISM 9s?zl dM `NOlDN1721d NOSLI311Vd H_Lno2££Z 3N "1S Hl'POZ >J •iySk'ryl" ojjQp11Hj IV s o UI o q l :Bjo4S mod of nV 1118NA MeN r' g10G111'vle £500'IBB'LLFxe3 00.0 J '•C 6 m 0 r ONZ<b °r LLW <SmZ o3 mO >m W 9 0 1 W S 1 < < O 1 MZ 06S2• ¢ 5F 920W Jm r r pOO m- Z J }JLL U K MO J J Wv y\ m yUKW r O- <w K-J Wpr J jy20 W mJ < w O 20K -¢ Z WWO Z O BI W U U OZBO'IBB'Lty:avoKd rJZ Fv aLL�•UZ 1m--W0 mOUrUOW 6Z S m K Z mZ6QRQ;w Svi� If Wz SVPtWi UIWi ^ O' Z!,Q bUe59!:naesRN'Play8ulMg 2 3U X<�U< 00Wp K�S USNv �W m 22i2--1S- W UV oJ°C. ym mN ~O gFWS WS W YJ <' lYZ1}-3 ? Um m O W W 2 K w auaym•nS 1*R9 BbBZ _ 5B£Bb.�N asO0an7 W O }W 2 J Zm- zJWZ O yUmyU11W 00 IZ_I -M QyrWr-LL O }Q U N - 2 2 mLL SOr - 4 W LL = 4 U Hd.,dJ[l'I.�N3dINNH[ I� JZ r2Zm2 JUN mwmJJW SZ <y WU°Z S QO �zUJ� U CN OW ZOMOm •N 00 3Z>JNr� <W 6m OCO U m 2~ Z 2 <WK 2� OK JZ O_rKr > W > p _ ZCc ZSWW J°J J<O i3 WG FWb Zyvy1>ZZU NFW >b KU Ue�Jb <Jm <� m WwW<y,y1W pUao 2 6 O 00 Z <Cz JO ZWWoy 4W`J`JJ 0<. S6 i2- W IW-J K 3N q .2 KK N =d r ;N° 20 Wo ZOO 6yGJZm N YJW N W Q UU O F m 1- 1- SJ U�QYz U-E.-mQWC1-0p>p 30 SO t:Km<Zwl-W'S Z m0 Z<<<FS•• •F<QSZ 3W m0 <O �O••WN >aN >W O< ❑p IS-0 � WU'y WNf=/1 •• A. N IWi_ W Z. W S O . fQZp �y°OX �mzW JoZU=K< YO ZroZ 6F{2-W° JW owwm>FZV. Wm JU <K UZ�m� dJyy11 Yp ZW OO a02_a KC J WymO O LL dN YNk "� 1'O OrV W mJ y_J2 1�0 w NWSo2 UN SN m2rrw W BIZ m6WK 1<-Qb Nv WK mU2m J<BI Jm JX JWOK>WN JM =0. 13m2N 2'W OBIM =Z M OW S zirW<w J J3 F y QR'm SOW rQWW w JJ W JU oo r Km-UO J-- ZW K 3p6 WO Z YO M F Q Xmv <K••-' aSJ - <W}rM W F-W LLmp2� W t O UJ W 0W- <W Qm Q- W1Jr UW ZZZ F- - OU ZU J X- OUJ O ZS Q K W SO N< NW NWQZW< S1W.. 2WZ WOZ K Ho .;� i2 Z � W 2' U 2 rJ J QJJ»yJ<-- <UW Z F Or TWOS O Nz - m Z yI�ZU (/w1Rj KZ m}JZ YYQYYKSY Oa gggKg<m 2 pJW O= <QZGJ aH mU ZW�O~U ma>a U� aW OK W� q^U )) Ja ZWfIJ-- y0 R'Za00F0 m m IZg-mmpNUO Qi I 1 O W U W WOZ G QWOfyJ z o`a o<U ZUS mW O OKU 2W JU " - QF mUW >UN <Or U UO^ UJ UW�3°m2 UM 3UU W WU� 7JVNm-M OOWJm ^W Or p 20- Wr0 m mOz K y 3Q UJUWW -m jW <Q y0: 1- W W < KUgyl� <FI>- aZ QJ QO 20 ZZ <r O < > SIB r> m>VI_i;: VGr WLL S 3< Z- rr WW jKWJ 00< W <US- 0- OS UJJ F Ll U -U QW1� w - KU^ mQ CJ KO- -O K- K 2' O U- WWOWI�OW<4.1-rpp,,O aj Q b0 N O a, 3J r -J WZ OOypW00 K-$ U r<FU O m W<y y W-- U- ON W J U rW(� tic r< rJJmm J r� r r K rU OyUON2J2 Um<2 I J O 00 « J'1' YY }y- y1d1O W<J 2r<Z^ pO JZ WM WW2 O J J OWNQ UU> JW> Z mOW ZK�B11 Zc Z ZU- W - Zm zz 2 W W O IZ 2'UZ JOO JU W ZZ2K WO:. OX¢OM U>- Jp Sz2 W JO JWa WWW JSW N _Z' U-IZ o< OZ OZF-bW00 pW pp O �. -1 m •m Z In p 1 \p Om< QNW QZa $UmOmLL LLO�UWU•UM UQ• aU iHEi% UK <r amW J11w m00 QB10 O N LLm-<1n O(O U$ U- U-OaWrm US UWU QQ M111 ImNi I IUvI I I t M_ MU �/r•.M�� ZQ N M V N m I� m b .- ~ 0 m .- N N m O•- O V O•I• W WO W F W W i211 WOW <w I- U O We W U W 2 • S JD F-I W O K m .1 ,M/, yy1� 1Y... F}••V z $W r 2 NJ H Xm r W I<- r Xt<- LLQWJm 60 W O N 2 NO V/ Z O OO S 3W Q •11 .111- - > > U >U my W 2 ;M WJW WJO QJ Om� LL pK Z I ` Fr- ° m 2r rOOJj QC W. m9 W O rr N 1� N r r J( m2 SJ X. -J OW O W FSpWU ZpQ-<1jUy< XOZO K - 8 W m4S W 2 U 1� > N (WJ,,) 'F W W J y $0 2 W 4 UW NmW FJ UJ p M- Q _ V z WO 10-. I=-r v J yW O N O 0 026 U N6 mW N< N< yU ON <(�jZ o?K< =W. X Wa QZy j�G<1]U OS U 4 Z WZ F•• LL Z r W r �1 F J WO� �/� LL dWr JZ° x Xa p}W, W. F Ja ' N ' QO 4N NW T NW 8.Q >W >W <W NU W < Oa ZODB=l K Zd vw N.M 0 .1:yF Kra Z Z Z J O �_ O U U O a W j1'ZW co O jZW U JW r r< F- W d1 SU J ' W 3 3 �W 0. NW JLL NW NW 10 < U ° x YW m-6 WX0 m<WW > <NZWO mJ - _ _ QQY LL- ' m Q� ~ W J Z, 1 N OZ°U Z oZ IZN U W Om S Sm y} O K NC Y�^� LLW !W "I - OW U rM ; Om �UO�JU N-OK wW W W W r oz 0Z0 Lu pZ W °-J H O F O > O UUr> � U U-W � Wi m= J F^2 NJ �• ;Q W mKW lW ZI-O aW WW W� <O YN Z m F 4LL J Wt�mO W <Z QF }p U'mJ OW O J r U U Z O U O W W<o-0 LL �� J F ZO �W vZ J W Wd ZO. Y mZU 32 K ydy )2) HO Im r I < W}¢j1m WSI-,�, •rW jZW - SQ 1U W W W > g¢a FUN •m LL j Z < J< ? Z U U N 600 K CWU Z q}2 r r$ OW J rQ O W m M�410r (bjOZ N jWFF OF WO m N H 2 p.-.b N-v'+ o Irl11-w�^OF mvmZ� Z U U Z O$V U�y W 2 y W Z IOi I=i 3 U J O _ 3 z z } rr r x z rc o F r p r ,, •o w�dJ_ 3Woo Uww-w ozo 0 0 1 cLL4! _m ZQ < i a gyz ~ o LLom rc W wJ W NZ`yF' LLZ UZ W j0 y IS- o ZQUdr it NpZ- OOW WZ 3-2• N2 M2 o00 CFO oo ? 0 j i �iU Q066W<-1 < mWam .0 FI<-1<-•aa Um rOr r 0 zoo UWF $ W S w r U U W Z W .J J a V w.NQ� Q �_<m 2 Z (((�(]]]]� <z6 r r °K1 (�=,�3(U�U(�J3 JJ jO KpKp So Wy�da' UZ (90 WUJ <ZE OJ UpW U U\'N� 01NW U2F mog U8m8 G�° jWWWW UJ OJ OJ O O mmW� zW2 j > > O W U t� J W 2 W 1�Q"iIWVr V <Vw Z aZN3 W3 W OO O�mU y .+m C< y� N� FEU OVU �z z z O dv� aIJiKO ? aoc WJLLU UUO>p W2 2N ZJ Z 2 j CUB C < 4 ZU W W W U' S m Z Z K m YOU Z Cz Q6 m O- - - - _ O�OLLOz �CRS V W d U=U; U W Z mm0 U m O J J J _ Vo x / W z W m 4 r52 W a . < "'"BI 0 to sc O ® , R ej �J_T W JO J� s w �Ngti ON a ooq n z m�o2ow�1J.1 W LL Q rI w �rz iz� �03 w°zd'? m Bid 0Q ui (/WH1 m•T.2 Z Z>Jp _ 20 1ilN 0 € ° < < a 4°.� ZUKO �6fU � LL Sit 0 02 (•� m wiz yzI ;bNo '� z '� z z �S �ZU.gf� aB:za TZ U.1 < < C C < (/� k o t.M w zW.00o W o c°i Src Fc �wW � i•,11 s p� ° W m(Y criFiW °9 Ocmi o^E30 t2wowo ��< zaL € V) w ZO c z Or z �'L'm ZZz E3 zo N 5 I- d W ywdz InVm a ° - j Z WWW L In U Z Ia�ZK=Z N QZ �1p^Bj p tiIr E g o 0.8EE .,d o8 zzz rR z a < a 19°2°a00 s � �_o Lars ° o u J 19• L�zW °m; Sb oa V W \ x \ \ gFqowo WWI c4 X !3 p� rc a -0 m mmy owZ °o 0Fz E z z z !!�lcd so cwi 5zffiw�c F KKS�mu z FZ ¢a z SKQ O U K d 8 J b U U NV6V6 WN Zm YO Z cr J W mKJZ Or �• ° � NW� KaF mm Zam W Z �U ZZy1 WO WU WZ Nm Q W �w l2�' 0 � tnBISO Z� Z<� (J i 0 m 2_O 20 J O pO Z € W30oo. t1nn U1�1...O Zp o 0Z 6 00 J ° W4j KMK04.KpSCW�tNBn�Z <2 KUa �O OJ Z Z� Z pZ O pKKKZO U O O �pFffi�< IL OWKF WmU O NN Z�/y7 a Q a ME Oz OOwO mO ld Sa IF-<!N 3 O m K 2C K Wm W� U'wy W 2 7 MK W z�(J 2V6 4.=E Wm UU V U \ x \ \ Fw vLLim `on�o�JxKm V O C gp 2 k' Z �O m 0 0 m {L��ZZ 22 1,, r� Z Z Z K ] y1U21 Z 00 E. po /� m01d Mm �� OWE OW Uz ZZ O W N w O OIV^mZ °WZ° 6� ° €y z� °lV W 5 N W g 'm ■YO■ Y� Ul�O Wy�dj mWz -pw 2 SZ M M Q N U f.v Q lV2w2'WMI2 _' 3 Vm UW i� N aOB- ii Z r`� Wm zwc o°vy� z3 Wym �++ �y 2 i Wh m 40w wrc� (1� �. m 2 2 2 2 2 � Oo moo �H 8 � 8 \ x \ \ /�/�� �W v �y1 c�iH H ��•//yy M z z z 30 1 U `• � v'J 1.1 O 0-CZ N W YJ z .9 2 g S (ri f- Q o Q 11 Q m� F" W E < m o o w 1i ° ° °& rc� w mo ¢� I I I I • i mm�o Su o pgp SmS Yp}}°FoF aSp' Wa fn 6� W3�, �jo Y III' W ((�11 mm 44pp p N- c ow iy F,. € UFo-m / " �0 O K O N Y b m O N a b m N N N N N M M h M M $ W 00 N� �.- - O O N �,J o it 251. cc U�` Z N �� mm O W I �O W I F C M K9 9 W'�m� ^^ } X X X Z �O �OGI� M U co I I Om V O 0 m `<' `Q' °d c ® ..w n u w U ;•' 0 �n� Omz J °p o a 1 a r %LL z ,jO } iol'aoZ pzoz)m m3pQ9 JzO coCL V a yy �_ °�IU Yj0°-{ N Y O WCCyZCE�WZO O C �_ OLIN � y N 0 C C m 6 N N m N a20 N 120 120 IS/1 W Jw �/� 2 J� DO 6W ajKHa°'�^/ Wr2wzV�/ ppx \ z mi<c t�� o°mud zwz w°NN \2NNN NNN m M N N N b N F a Z ❑ O y0 �� =OU�I I A t= 3z� U 1iyyH ■ Z O O IS ZOZ Y00W 22 Zz O� GiWh Z W lBi�l IJ lil O z r •M�•M U _ EZOUI B1 M YLL}ZU92i1 0.mF, .- -.1 11(�(���, Q 3 U M O W O _6mjW zLL Lmi Wd6�OUZay � t �Zp F6 Q FO a i m pU < pp QQ pp ss pp pp m LU OZQg = Q Y.� X X X \ pap>011^�LZU11GI�- J��/IOO�.�K 2'S N M OS'LL T ® > a ® Q a b N N N 1°O m O O 4 0 N Nm O °.m ZO Z <N g=ONaZ <^U Za1oM FR V '11 O mOK 9 q n N M M M W b Bl N ° a �S.0 W•K,�zOz OU3Y d.y99.._p2jy W z 4 O O gg O gg O O N W ��U'N O F �w° Ota-SSI�ZO ;Qd x \ i 3 Iwa�3�� o a vi W o o w z o Six RsZ z w o'-9 N M Z w rc o V z6cwzmo0 o O y`w o Opo o ° ob o nmi /� O W O N 2 a N 17 N r N . �8� . p �.-• ¢' pO QZF?WY. ZµV z? li. iJ iti ti dl a s' ''7'"1 } W ti i rc rcoz°<Zi cc gi az o< oq B�1 g g Iy-1 w z22p..o Sw� �azzc°i�c°i �f$-o so WQ m m ^ m ~Offi SQ �. N � GOWO�O ( KBE KM Q 23U W z \L°i ro o o m w SMS 0 /\1prll II_ 2, 2 Z X z w m m V r M m I N w I{{ILwL�1 r 2 2 KpF O Q O O O D O N b m 0 0 m 0 0 0 0 �� W aaaaa i i i- Z^ OW 3 3Q- V U N N N N N N N N N N N N 8 W C K W ([L w W 2 - I I ma/ Q Qj m z ,m z I- a 8, a 4m�w o z .00 y L? v a�,J¢ y oW III , g oa W ZO� m d'O m C rcl� yCV Z OJ L z3U �Z pZZz U m w v� BF1 °I u wo 2 °� III__ 6 �2 K000< I<i B^)�` y�Wl6Ell w w ICI mIm mW o tapO �'�,iw r wi �2 QSc�mow Lu m W U K Y Y ;jn UOV C3UU 0g O 2 2 N N c2i Xo w z $<¢ Z�Joi�a a zl0 z_ m z l l-a m 11 o z T rc rc W and o c> tin ll. _ N./ a < r o rc o. W w e5 ° €I€ o wl w ° W 11.15 'wf'y� m g SFjQ O Q !L O vI O Q o m x ° o = W 11. 1<Sn� a a a a C. 00 w� W cmi m o _�o m.tin 2 c m 7 g.� � m y'.y M y a S. I.-. o.. 1 J O JJM l- {\I a O Q J Z .- M M 1� O1 YI N m N N N N N M M M M 6 � �mV1 I W .�.I BB r c U O N a b m O N a' b m O N m m pp N h Z O O- O N a b m N N N N N M M M M O Y JO N a Q a O J C (1 Z t J < M N L •,iC LU U^ m �• pig,+' _gym.- �_� z]5 Y w U Sa o0 3 �� I{ G 5 1 W W M �I rc` j NI N N'M a 42 m za 5 d d 3 0 S o a o Io 0 0l I19FF aa� �oo��z J � o �GSWSi ��=z W U U U V m N N m B) m . • • • b m 2 m Z U J O gd j r0 59 ~ JQ p C Y/ O Op O m a oo pp pp pp N O O oo N O O N�0 O O yUg1m (��f }O1J .2(Mim9 yW/aa N •- M d' `C O Y N Y NI V N Y N N MI N N N N N F UIa ZR d3 U��Zd J ZpMj �WZ �U�'ra /1 g I loge z o9 oioor- wzd' m 9ww wo° ° mzgm I.r al aj° of oc°� `aG <z 2 W°€ oZz�N y ;v 20 _ ._ � UQ m NyMMN r ;U 0009m0 KWW -1 2 Ic M I I I I I I I 2 a33 \ozo¢ XPi�p w o > a -1 O O Or O 00 0 ° O 00 O m O O m m Z N 2 0a i6oU UFO I in �0> " mZ1� �/ Y11�� ¢¢ F� U FZFZ Ka O Z S Im\// yym1� (/� m O < N 1� L` O n N r r N m Obi M M m 1b0 bb bb V �y NI- ° \W ¢OW Y] W < °Z�eT a / %00Y1 \ee Y Cm ■/ J N N N N N N N N •-• .-I ^ UU Vk� oZ d OOy Cj Oj-Z W a,U ~ [� 0 H J a S Y m N Nf N ' m F'Ldk i aF W�W V 2 y ,.1z ZU00 fm'Jm�W� 1,' ¢ W mQ UWU jr$� I o 44 ;W I w <KZp p0�� •.. aS� ___B. a x zjLLJ oUc� iR\Z a µ1 ''iUz F�<Fz 0Lu z�n� Q �� � Rom• rc� J W w p o 0 3wzdJ�� cx n rrco $gym �i� ° w2a Y m� J$YU z_ 9-. A"OO. W O O i°O N m ^ t0 m °N mZ2S� Wr.-.JOD \ U OO ¢ Wrz VgZO 2U,yO pO 1�R T O yQ a b < m 0 b b Or, �-�'GwN Z / z isWWw COWv< F-Z V ==1G 2 i S Y M M In d >J.�Z3 f 2 'vR ��d1 Q z z o e 2 wo1 uu�c>�o,o $ =o�oN mUazb ' Q € W II // O /� 01aayy3oocgo"src �zFW �Qo L /R Y. a < o a ro $ S $ n $ $ N S m m c N $ oU�wwwzzya26NaW �o� Oamd Ir V tin a J m ,a boo _ '~ o tin F oou �c°�l,_'W onF �� ��j O ---II J Z (9 0 om z\ Z Z I Lys j w [m\.t 6 _ JZW I I I I I 1 I " I I I J on° cOmv {yF��SW�cv W x ___= m m d 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m o 0 o m m p a° $ww�U�° ztL o{yf-� m3o2Z W°o�3 J z W 4 U U Z N N N N N N N m N N N N N ^ N CC W + F Z O Z< O w N \ Q U a31Nn0�IM 31VNIOa00� a O U WM W O Wp N �O 02 y<VINy � O 8 CC O ac m m k ¢ � rc ow c9 NQQJo W 2 c L Z x o c c c coati m1 ?wZUrc m cWi o W p 0 m �- oo] 3 v a Gz H o iz'zlSo a le c 11 a° a w- cF 0o z �LLJ W zm N U U° K jUYY W z c3 200 W OU mUOVO a{-. z mZF o N U w ¢ O LL 4 N z W 4 F °F J m F Z F U Z w m 6 y V N o : o �"�1J'cix oc c <�B-!w ¢ o z a z zlz °d o �5� I coo o~z No w ° i�a wol."1z 1'}.XU !n Oc�3z, CO C m K Zm¢O < FI Er oc 90 €I i.€ cc fn 1, '�UQ oXc333 m < o an O o < a3x o c- O 5 ��, o a o tin ca za' 2 m W(> z v1 y x W V°I=O 1` w aNj1 W tJ O� O U 2 ' M b N m •• m N N N N'N M M M Yml d Q U wd£O:Z-4LOZ J.o 9 £3649o\a\649o\3210\.H